Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/26
Dr. Norman Finkelstein, who should be Professor Finkelstein (if interest, please look into the record of the grotesque denial of tenure to Dr. Finkelstein at DePaul University), remains one of the foremost experts and independent scholars on the Israeli occupation and the crimes against the Palestinians.
Not only known for exemplary independent Scholarship, Finkelstein retains the moral fortitude, mental clarity, and persistence necessary to conduct the research on this topic in spite of the mass of public relations, or massive propaganda, intended to distort the image of the conflict and intentional destruction of his professional academic career. By the loss of one audience, though, he did garner another one.
By these intellectual and ethical standards, especially because of the autonomous existence in both regards, Finkelstein exists as a rare and formidable human being worth careful reading and deep consideration in the written word. His most recent book is considered the magnum opus and is entitled Gaza: An Inquest Into Its Martyrdom.
Here we talk about the right of the Palestinians to extricate themselves from the currently or soon-to-be unlivable conditions with some modicum of contextualization.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: 70% of the current population of Gaza, more than 70 years later, are officially recognized as refugees. Approximately half of the population is comprised of children.
Also, it is one of the most densely populated places on Earth. Most of the water accessible to Palestinians is contaminated. In other words, 97% of the drinking water is unfit for human consumption.
Dr. Sara Roy, Senior Research Scholar at the Center for Middle Eastern Studies, describes this as slowly being poisoned by the contaminated water, where this implies about 1 million Palestinian children being poisoned by Israel.
Electricity is available only for some few hours per day. As Palestinians live in what has been called the world’s largest open-air prison – most can’t leave the Gaza Strip, their conditions have been reported as being unlivable by 2020.
To set the groundwork for some of the other questions, what are some of the other layers to this issue needing explicit statement and repetition in the media?
Dr. Norman Finkelstein: I think that your statement covers a lot of the salient facts. The one fact that it omits – well, I guess, there are two salient facts that it omits – is the problem with exports.
The Gaza economy was largely dependent upon trade of its agricultural goods. Israel has, effectively, banned any exports from Gaza. There are occasional relatively minor and intermittent exceptions.
Once in a while, they will allow Gaza to export some strawberries, but then they will deny Gazans the right.
So, it makes for an unpredictable pattern, which means nobody is going to make contracts even on those limited numbers of exports because it is impossible to know if and when the contracts can be honoured.
So, there is a basic problem of exports. Then there is the other basic problem of what Israel designates dual-use items. Dual-use items are a list of items that Israel claims can be used for both civilian and military purposes.
This list of dual-use items includes, most critically includes, cement. It means Gaza is not able to rebuild from the devastation that Israel inflicted in 2014 during Operation Protective Edge.
It destroyed or made unlivable about 18,000 homes in Gaza. I am not sure what the current status is on the number. I don’t have them off the top of my head. The number that they have been able to rebuild of the homes that were totally flattened during Operation Protective Edge.
But the problem of cement. Also, there are various medical devices which are also classified as dual-use, which can’t make their way into Gaza.
The long of the short of it is: all of the representative or, I should say, all of the expert organizations monitoring the situation in Gaza, whether it be the International Monetary Fund, or the World Bank, or UNCTAD.
They all concur. There is a consensus. That the principle factor inflicting misery on Gaza is the Israeli blockade, the Israeli siege. Unless that siege is lifted, there is no possibility for any progress Gaza.
Jacobsen: Let’s take an example to indicate media reportage bias as well, as you noted elsewhere, in the past, the Hamas ‘rockets’ being asserted as rockets, but, in fact, being enhanced fireworks.
For those less aware, perhaps, on the style of framing the issue or distorting the truth, or simply lying, how have the cases of the enhanced fireworks or Hamas ‘rockets’ been reported, in general, in the Western media broadly speaking, in Israeli outlets, and in the other Middle Eastern news and opinion publications?
Finkelstein: Well, the Hamas rockets have effectively been a godsend to Israeli propaganda. Like fireworks on the fourth of July, they are a spectacle, but a spectacle with almost no military consequence.
If you take the case of Operation Protective Edge, Hamas allegedly fired 5,000 rockets at Israel, according to the official Israeli figures. Only 1 house was destroyed and a handful of others incurred some, apparently, minor damage.
This cannot be explained by the allegedly Israeli anti-missile defense system called Iron Dome because Iron Dome only deflected – I guess the official Israeli figure – is about 800 Hamas rockets.
In fact, it is probably much smaller, probably on the order of 50 or so were deflected or disabled. The fact of the matter is: these so-called rockets caused so little damage because they are not rockets.
At least, not rockets in the normal way conceived in the imagination. They are closer to fireworks, enhanced fireworks. Or, I guess, it was Foreign Affairs magazine, which called them bottle rockets.
The sort of thing when you were a kid that you would put in a Coke bottle and then set off, and light the fuse and it went into the air.
It is basically what they are. News media like to repeat the figure: several hundred rockets, several hundred this.
Like to repeat the “fear and terror” it induces in Israel, but almost never reports the actual damage, except for the fact that Israel will with a few photos, which are then supposedly representative of the damage done.
They are not really representative. They are exhaustive of the damage done. One photo is supposedly representative of thousands of cases of damage inflicted.
In fact, the one photo is also the only photo. The problem, of course, is the alleged or so-called Hamas rockets have been ballyhooed or deplored by both sides.
So, Israel deplores them as an existential threat. Hamas used to ballyhoo them as a major threat to Israel, echoing the Israeli claim that they were creating an existential threat. Both sides had a mutual stake in inflating the actual damage inflicted by these rockets.
Jacobsen: The attacks on Palestinians appear to become more visible and obvious to more of the wider populace of the world.
There continues to be completely or mostly nonviolent Palestinian protestors, who then are killed, at least, in the double digits in repeated incidents if not more.
In terms of attitudinal stances amongst, for instance, the general American populace and, in particular, American Jewry, how is this wider visibility of the killing of nonviolent protestors changing social attitudes about the Israel-Palestine conflict, as you have written, for example, on a growing disaffection of some American Jews with Israel?
Finkelstein: The major turning points in the Israel-Palestine conflict, as perceived by the broad public. The turning points have correlated or corresponded with the major Israeli bloodlettings among Palestinians, but also neighbouring Arab states.
If you go back, if you were to chronicle or chart the shifts in public opinion, the first major shift comes in 1982, at the time of Israel’s major invasion of Lebanon in June 1982. Israel killed between 15,000 and 20,000 civilians and Lebanese, overwhelmingly civilians.
The Israeli massacre in Lebanon climaxed in September with the Sabra and Chatila massacres in the refugee camps. The refugee camps of Sabra and Chatila.
At that point, it was the first major shift in public opinion. It wasn’t that a big slice of public opinion, but it was the first significant change in public opinion.
That’s when you might say the old left, the communist-oriented left, and the radical wing – maybe radical is too strong, the most militant wing of the anti-war movement. “Anti-war” meaning Vietnam and then its aftermath, what was the aftermath of the anti-war movement.
That sector of public opinion. People like Pete Seeger, Daniel Ellsberg, and assorted others. They came out against Israel publicly for the first time, making a strong statement of condemnation.
And then as time elapsed, the next major change comes in 1987 with the inception of the First Intifada and Israel’s massive use of force in order to quell an overwhelmingly non-violent resistance to the Israeli occupation.
Then there was another – so to speak – defection from the Israel camp, another slice of public opinion you would say. Now, inroads are starting to be made in liberal mainstream opinion, not the left fringe but the substantial liberal opinion.
At the time, it would be magazines like The Nation magazine, The New York Review of Books. You begin to see wavering support for Israel.
The next big shift comes in the Second Intifada, beginning in 2000, when Israel used a massive criminal force in order to suppress the Palestinian resistance, often violent in this case, to the Second Intifada.
The next major turning points come with Operation Cast Lead in 2008/09, which had a very substantial effect on public opinion. And then, most recently, Operation Protective Edge in 2014. Unfortunately, the Great March of Return, a non-violent protest, that begin March 30th of last year, 2018.
They did not have the resonance they should have had in changing public opinion. Ironically, the picture I just chronicled or mapped out has changed somewhat because the major factor now driving alienation from Israel is not the various Israeli bloodlettings.
As I said, the Great March of Return has had a relatively marginal impact on public opinion.
The fact has changed things quite significantly is Benjamin Netanyahu, not just political alliance but his, ideological alliance with the alt-right internationally and, in particular, his ideological, not just political, alliance with Donald Trump.
When I say, “Ideological alliance,” it used to be said that if Israel used to make unsavory alliances, say the alliance between Yitzhak Rabin and Shimon Peres, the leading Labor Party leaders in Israel, who made alliances with South Africa.
These were said to be alliances of convenience because Israel was so isolated politically. It had to look for allies wherever it could find them. The current alliance between – open embrace more than alliance – Trump and Netanyahu is not an alliance of convenience.
It is an alliance based on shared values, perceptions, shared ideological worldview. It is the worldview of the alt-right. Israel is not even a typical alt-right state, because in most alt-right states there is some alt-left to balance out the alt-right.
We have a Donald Trump and a Bernie Sanders. In Brazil, there is a Bolsonaro, but there is also a Workers’ Party on the other side. In the case of Israel, you have an alt-right, and you have an alt-more-right.
There is no center. There is no left. It is an extremely right-wing state, currently – extreme right. Not just at the governmental level, but at the level of society.
Jacobsen: Following from the prior question, and looking into the extensive research into nonviolent protests, writings, and tactics of Mahatma Gandhi by you, why were the Gandhian tactics so effective?
How does this translate into the efficacy of the nonviolent protests and tactics of the Palestinians?
Finkelstein: Well, first of all, it is to the eternal credit of the Palestinians. That they have been able to hold out for so long and persist so long in their non-violent resistance.
It has been going on now for more than a year, the protests, which means they’ve lasted longer than, in an American context, the Montgomery bus boycott.
Which began with Rosa Parks who refused to sit in the back of the bus, that boycott, which is a crossroads, a milestone, in American history, lasted almost exactly one year.
The Gaza protests have now lasted for a year and one month as of now. No one can deny or gainsay the heroism or the courage of the people of Gaza.
The demonstrations have been overwhelmingly non-violent. Non-violent except for trivial things like throwing rocks or various sorts of implements which barely or do not even reach the Israeli snipers on the other side.
This has been documented, now, in a very authoritative, extensive, impressive UN Human Rights Council report on Gaza, probably the most impressive report that has been written on it, on the conflict thus far.
I would say in terms of its conscientiousness, its precision of language, precision of law. I would say it surpasses significantly the Goldstone Report on Operation Protective Edge. The report by Richard Goldstone, the South African jurist, which created a hysteria in Israel.
The current report is even better and also crosses certain red lines, which human rights organizations have been reluctant to cross up until now. It states explicitly and emphatically that Israel not just used disproportionate force.
Israel did not just use indiscriminate force, but Israel is intentionally targeting Palestinian children, Palestinian medical personnel, Palestinian journalists, Palestinian disabled people. It is intentionally targeting them for murder.
That’s an unusual acknowledgement. Although, anybody who has followed the conflict knew this all along. Human rights organizations have been very averse to acknowledging it. Now, this new report does.
The one really regrettable fact of these demonstrations is that they cannot succeed without international support. At some point, Israel is just going to mow down everybody, or wear them away, erode their will.
Unless, these demonstrations have an international resonance, which puts a pressure on Israel to stop the killing. The demonstrations cannot succeed. Unfortunately, the solidarity, the international solidarity, movement with Gaza did not rise to the occasion.
Consequently, it has, basically, been ignored, not just by the mainstream media, which is what one might expect. But they have been ignored by the solidarity movement. That, I think, is politically a disaster.
Jacobsen: In contrast to the nonviolent protest tactics of the Palestinians, what has been the main tactic of the Israelis?
Why does this require a pretext, even strained ones, to prevent poor international public perception, in line with the question on media reportage bias?
Finkelstein: Well, Israel always claims it has a pretext. The pretext this time to the non-violent protest has been two-fold.
First of all, Israel periodically targets Hamas militants or Islamic jihadi militants in the hope of provoking a counterattack with these so-called rockets.
So, Israel can claim it is defending itself. In fact, what it is really hoping to do is end non-violent protests and get the Hamas to use its rockets, so Israel will then have another pretext to go in and slap Gaza.
So long as Hamas does not play along wit this dirty Israeli provocation, Israel has trouble finding a pretext to go into Gaza.
The problem, right now, is that in the absence of media coverage Israel barely even needs a pretext to continue to fire, or to kill and injure, with abandon in Gaza because nobody is paying much attention.
I should add that Israel is highly sensitive to public attention. It has been careful to limit the actual killings and instead have its snipers aim, for example, at the knee caps of Gaza protestors, so as to permanently maim them.
What’s called life changing injuries, which is basically a death certificate to those who get these injuries, it means that you’re disabled for life. You become a parasite in Gazan society. You have no future.
But these sorts of life changing injuries don’t get any media attention because, typically, it just says, “X number of people killed.” It may then say, “Wounded,” but “wounded” is somewhat or very misleading because these are not just wounds in general.
These are calculated, life changing injuries, permanent maimings for the demonstrators.
Jacobsen: During Operation Cast Lead from 2008-09, on the first day, in the first five minutes, Israel killed 300 Palestinian civilians. How does this compare or contrast with the current killings?
Why is this difference significant, in terms of the fewer numbers of Palestinians killed followed by the greater negative reaction by more of the world?
Finkelstein: Well, a war gives people or gives states carte blanche kinds of mass killings, which aren’t permissible in non-war situations.
And so, what Israel did in the first day of Operation Cast Lead is just quickly forgotten, whereas when you’re engaging in non-violent resistance, it’s much more difficult to conceal the magnitude of the horror that is being inflicted.
That is incidentally why the Human Rights Council report was able to state categorically that Israel was intentionally targeting civilians.
Had it been a war situation, and Israel intentionally targets civilians including children during wars, during Operation Protective Edge on July 12th, I think it was, when they killed the four children playing hide-and-seek in broad daylight on the wharf in Gaza.
That was killing children. However, the thing about non-violent protest. You can’t claim things like the fog of war and s-h-i-t happens in war. So, that kind of excuse, extenuation, doesn’t fly in those sorts of situations.
There was just so much video evidence, and eyewitness evidence, of kids being shot in the head as they were fleeing the perimeter fence of Gaza or disabled people being shot, or a person carrying the flag being shot.
There was no way to make the claim of, “Well, there was somebody shooting me or by that person.” All sorts of the usual excuses for Israeli killing.
They just weren’t available. So, the human rights organization, in this case the Human Rights Council, commission, was forced or felt free to report the truth.
Namely, that this was, these are, the targeted killings of children, medical personnel, journalists, disabled people, and so forth.
Jacobsen: UNCTAD and the IMF published several reports. The consensus is the proximate cause of the terrible conditions in Gaza emerging from the Israeli blockade with, perhaps, marginal responsibility of Hamas.
How does this violate international law as a form of collective punishment?
Finkelstein: Right, the Israeli claim that it is imposing the blockade as a matter of self-defense. I won’t go into the technicalities here. I don’t think Israel has any right to self-defense. I’m not going to go into that argument right now.
The simple matter is: how, for example, does preventing the export of strawberries serve a military purpose? How does preventing people who need cancer care from travelling abroad serve a military purpose?
It is quite clear that a purpose or the purpose of the blockade is to punish the people of Gaza by having elected Hamas into office and also to create the incentive, or to incentivize, the people of Gaza to remove the Hamas government and replace it with one that is more pliable to the U.S. and to Israel.
There are aspects of the Israeli blockade of Gaza that couldn’t possibly be explained, defended, on so-called military grounds. Even if it had the right of military grounds, which I don’t believe it does, but that is a separate question.
Even if it had the right of military self-defense, there are critical aspects of this blockade in particular with the exports, the denial of exports, or the denial of the right to travel for people in need of medical care, which clearly has no relationship to any notion of self-defense.
But are designed to collectively punish the people of Gaza, first, for having elected Hamas into office and, secondly, to incentivize the people of Gaza to rid itself of Hamas, and collective punishment is illegal under international law, I would say in the current case, since Gaza has already crossed the threshold or is approaching the threshold of unliveability.
The blockade has to be classified as a crime against humanity, as a population of 2 million, 1 million of whom are children, are effectively being confined into an area, which is not metaphorically and not poetically but literally, as described by relatively tame economic and human rights organizations, as being unlivable, as a physical fact.
So, if you are confining 2 million people in a literally unlivable situation, you’re not allowing them to leave. That’s consigning them to a slow or fast, depending on the circumstances, death. That has to be described as a crime against humanity.
Collective punishment can be defined as a crime against humanity in certain situations. The International Criminal Court has described it as a crime against humanity. I would say in the case of Gaza, right now, that it has crossed that threshold.
Jacobsen: Given the mostly child population, the entrapped locale and densely populated area, the urgency of unliveable conditions by 2020, and the right to extricate themselves, instead of idealized or fantasy ‘solutions,’ what are pragmatic steps for the Palestinians to remove themselves from this context, including removal of the blockade?
What would be the first and foremost step for the international support networks to assist the Palestinians in these practical steps? The Palestinians who are giving their lives.
Finkelstein: The last question, to me, is pretty straightforward. The answer has to be the international community has to force Israel to lift the blockade and put it in accordance with international law and enable the people of Gaza, who are currently being strangled, being throttled, to breathe.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Finkelstein.
Finkelstein: Okay,
best of luck.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/26
Doris Lin, an attorney specializing in animal law and the VP of legal affairs for the Animal Protection League of NJ. I hold a degree in Applied Biological Sciences from M.I.T. and have worked for the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection and the US Environmental Protection Agency. I’m a former chair of the NJ State Bar Association’s Animal Law Committee, and I am the author of the Wildlife Protection chapter in the NJ Environmental Law Handbook. Here we talk about her life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Just give us a bit of background, what is your story?
Dorin Lin: I’m an animal rights attorney. I work for Animal Protection League of NJ, mainly filing lawsuits against hunting and defending the free speech rights of protesters.
Jacobsen: How did you become involved in non-human rights activism?
Lin: I had always loved animals, and when I was a teenager in NJ when NJ was considering a bill to ban the steel-jawed leghold trap. The article in the local paper mentioned Friends of Animals, so I got in touch with them and ordered pre-printed postcards that I gave out to teachers and friends. I started ordering lots of animal rights pamphlets and leaflets to read and to hand out.
Jacobsen: How did you become an Administrator of “About Animal Rights”?
Lin: Back in 2008, About.com had hundreds of topics and each topic had a Guide and a newsletter. I was subscribed to the vegetarian food newsletter, and one day, I noticed a link at the bottom that said, “Be a Guide.” I clicked on it and there was a list of topics they needed Guides for, and one of them was animal rights.
Jacobsen: What are the basics of non-human animal rights?
Lin: Animals have a right to be free from human use and exploitation. They have rights because they are sentient – they are capable of suffering and feeling pain.
Jacobsen: What are the central powerful objections to non-human animal rights? How much are these invalid? How much are these valid?
Lin: I think most people don’t realize how their morals are influenced by the culture they were raised in. That’s why most Americans think it’s OK to eat cows, pigs, and chickens, but are horrified by the idea of eating dogs, horses, and whales. They are full of moral outrage at the thought of eating these other animals.
They don’t think of cows, pigs, or chickens as thinking, feeling beings. Obviously, they are thinking, feeling beings. We know that nonhuman animals are capable to emotions and thought because we see it in our pets every day. There’s also objective scientific evidence; a conference of neuroscientists signed a declaration that nonhuman animals have consciousness.
Some animal uses are patently frivolous: circuses, fur, cosmetics testing, etc. The excuses for fur and circuses are flimsy, since the purposes are vanity and entertainment.
Companies test products on animals for pure greed and profit: to prove a new ingredient safe for consumers so that it can be patented and sold exclusively by that company. Some people believe that meat is necessary for human health, but this has been debunked over and over, and many studies show the benefits of a vegan/vegetarian diet.
People also sometimes say, “People are more important!” It’s a speciesist view, but even if you believe that, the mayor of your town is probably more important than you, but that doesn’t mean she has the right to kill you and eat you.
Jacobsen: How much is the respect for the health and wellness of other animals important for the health of ecosystems?
Lin: It’s extremely important. All species – plant, animals, microbes, fungi – are part of the ecosystem. It’s a complex web that connects all of us, and if you mess up one part of the web, it affects on other parts. Wild animals are important for spreading seeds and fertilizing the ground.
Jacobsen: How much is animal agriculture contributing to anthropogenic climate change or human induced global warming?
How can changes in our eating and the reduction in the suffering of non-human animals through the decrease in animal agriculture help with the health of future generations of people through reductions in the predicted severities of anthropogenic climate change?
Lin: Animal agriculture is one of the biggest, if not the biggest, causes of climate change.
It takes a tremendous amount of land, water, fertilizer, pesticides, antibiotics, energy, and other resources to raise crops to feed to animals for people to eat. The main driver of rainforest deforestation in the Amazon is animal agriculture, because land is being cleared to graze cattle and to grow crops to feed cattle.
Cow flatulence is also a big source of methane, a greenhouse gas. Eating plants directly, instead of feeding plants to animals, is one of the best ways to fight climate change.
Jacobsen: What have been lies made about human rights? What truths dispel them?(I’m assuming that there is a typo in the question, and it should be, “What have been lies made about animal rights?”)
Lin: In the 17th century, Rene Descartes, a mathematician and philosopher, said that animals do not feel pain and cry out just like a machine that makes a sound.
Obviously, with science supporting evolution and the knowledge that people are animals, our brains and nervous systems are not so different from other animals. Few people today would doubt that animals are sentient.
The companies that benefit from animal exploitation – fur stores, factory farms, and animal testing facilities – try to paint animal activists as terrorists.
With their high-paid lobbyists and donations to legislators, they’ve passed the Animal Enterprise Terrorism Act in the United States, as well as state laws against animal activism, despite the fact that animal activists have never killed or seriously injured anyone.
White nationalists are stockpiling weapons and going on killing sprees, but these corporations have convinced legislators that the real terrorists are the animal rights activists filming undercover videos of animal abuse.
Jacobsen: If people want to become active, how can they do it? Who can be expected as opposition to this animal rights activism? How can they prepare for such opposition?
Lin: I’m a big fan of local, grassroots groups. Google “animal rights” and the name of your state or province to try to find a local group. You can participate in protests, letter writing campaigns, tabling, boycotts, and other activism. If there is no local animal rights group, you might be able to find a vegan Facebook group for your area.
However, many of these groups are centered around vegan food – finding it, buying it, and making it. It’s fun to go to a vegan potluck, and there is definitely value in having vegan friends, but that’s not activism. If you’re not finding organized activities, I encourage people to start your own group!
The opposition is going to come from the industries that profit from animal exploitation and from
people who are set in their ways. Don’t get discouraged. We have an uphill battle against centuries of customs and culture. It’s a marathon; not a sprint. I think it’s important to find other local animal activists so that you can support each other (see previous mention of vegan potlucks). If you don’t know anyone locally, you can find people and groups on social media. I’ve always loved the Margaret Mead quote, “Never doubt that a small group of thoughtful, committed citizens can change the world, Indeed, it is the only thing that ever has.”
Jacobsen: Any recommended books or speakers?
Lin: Lauren Ornelas from Food Empowerment Project, Christopher Sebastian, Breeze Harper, Aph Ko, Dawn Moncrief from A Well Fed World, Carol Adams.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts in conclusion?
Lin: I think it’s important to understand that animal rights is a social justice movement and we do ourselves and the animals a disservice when we distance ourselves from other social justice movements. The environmental movement is a natural ally, but we also need to align ourselves with anti-racism, anti-classism, pro-LGBTQ, feminism, and other movements. It’s so counterproductive when I see homophobic and racist messages being used in the animal rights movement. Similarly, we have to address fat shaming and disease shaming within our movement. Vegans come in all shapes and sizes, and, vegans can get sick.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Doris.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/25
Takudzwa Mazwienduna is the informal leader of Zimbabwean Secular Alliance. This educational series will explore secularism in Zimbabwe from an organizational perspective. Here we talk about Zimbabwe and secularism.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How do you maintain and grow an organization, informally, in the midst of opposition from a dominant religious culture?
Takudzwa Mazwienduna: As Zimbabwean citizens, it is our civic duty to uphold and inquire publicly about the constitution. The Zimbabwean constitution upholds secularism and as long as Christians do not respect this, we will continue inquiring about how they infringe on these positions in our capacity as individual citizens. We are looking to register formally however in order to work with various stakeholders and become effective.
Jacobsen: How have you maintained some internal fortitude in the midst of the work to build a secular community in Zimbabwe through the Zimbabwean Secular Alliance?
Mazwienduna: The secular community has become one big family ever since we established the social media platforms on which we interact. Life long friendships have been forged and we meet up regularly.
Jacobsen: How important are allies in the work to build secularism within Zimbabwe?
Mazwienduna: Allies would make a huge difference considering that the religious establishments we protest against have powerful allies. Our voice as a minority would be magnified and we can make a lot more difference.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Takudzwa.
Mazwienduna: It is always a pleasure Scott.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/23
Lois Backus is the Executive Director of Medical Students for Choice. Here we talk about her background, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Just to provide a moderate background, what are some aspects of family and personal story?
Lois Backus: I have been the Executive Director in the field of reproductive health since early 1989, 12 years as the ED of two Planned Parenthood affiliates and 18 years here at Medical Students for Choice. During my time with Planned Parenthood, I added abortion services to the medical services provided at my affiliates clinics and among the challenges inherent in that work (funding the renovations, designing the changes in medical systems, training staff, etc), the greatest challenge was finding a qualified physician to provide the abortions. At my first affiliate, finding a physician took 3 years. I moved to Medical Students for Choice in order to have a positive impact on physicians trained and willing to provide this service for those who need it.
Personally, I have been married for 40 years, have one adult son who is married and has a daughter who is a major source of delight in my life. My entire professional career has been in nonprofit management and advocacy. I came to this career path after serving as a Peace Corps Volunteer in Afghanistan and witnessing the direct effects of unclean water and food supplies. When I returned to the US, I obtained a Masters in Public Health at Yale University and embarked on my health-related, nonprofit career.
Jacobsen: For those interested in contributing or becoming involved with the organization, even simply donating finances or professional networks, how can they do it? MSFC is a small organization in terms of staff (11) with a powerful reach across the globe (221 student chapters in 24 countries).
Backus: Those interested in learning more about our work can find ample stories and resources at https://msfc.org. Donations can be accepted here https://msfc.org/about-us/giving-to-msfc/. In addition, anyone is welcome to reach out to us at students@msfc.org.
Jacobsen: What the specific advocacy and representation work of Medical Students for Choice? MSFC’s mission is Creating Tomorrow’s Abortion Providers and Pro-Choice Physicians.
Backus: We work to cultivate and support group advocacy focused on changing institutional and public policy via tactics involving empowering coordinated action by groups of medical students. Student groups (chapters) work to influence their institution’s policies and curriculum around reproductive healthcare and join larger community-based and state- or province- or country-wide campaigns to influence health policies in reproductive healthcare. In addition, MSFC provides a range of educational programs for highly motivated individual medical students who wish to learn more about abortion provision and have no access to that education in their home institutions.
Jacobsen: There are over 10,000 medical students and residents represented by the organization. What does this imply for the potential force exerted or influence on public policy and politics around the world? MSFC is 26 years old.
Backus: In that time, graduated members of MSFC have taken on leadership roles in reproductive health and other health specialties that have helped to dramatically increase abortion access (we have former members providing abortions in 42 US states, five Canadian Provinces, and three other countries).
Jacobsen: What nations matter most in terms of influence on global policy and orientation in politics around the practice of pro-choice medicine?
Backus: I believe the US has a huge influence through its global funding (or non-funding) of public health, including reproductive health programs, particularly in less developed countries needing US funding. MSFC’s chapters in Africa, while not being directly funded in any way by government funding, have suffered the loss of key educational partners due to the US Global Gag Rule.
Jacobsen: Who has been the main opposition since the beginning of pro-choice medicine to pro-choice practices?
Backus: For MSFC, the largest barrier has been the extremely heirarchical nature of the medical system. Medical students advocating for controversial or unpopular issues within the medical education system have often paid a career price for their activism (uncomplimentary “Dean’s Letters,” poor grades, failing to “match” for a residency). Much of this institutional push back is based in an institution’s concern about the raising of controversy as opposed to direct anti-choice efforts, but occasionally, coordinated anti-choice efforts contribute to this barrier. For instance, pro-life medical students objecting to an MSFC group’s activities as religiously discriminatory, or negative grading of a student’s work by a professor who is pro-life.
Jacobsen: What have been their efforts, tactics and strategies, and failures and successes?
Backus: This is too big a question to answer here. I could write a book.
Jacobsen: How can individuals, organizations, policymakers, and others, anticipate the efforts, and tactics and strategies, of pro-life and anti-choice organizations into the future – to reduce their successes and increase our own?
Backus: As we try to do with our student members, pro-choice organizations need to concentrate on building the level of mission commitment within each activist that they will need to carry this effort through the next few decades. This cultivation of mission focus and long-term view among those in the pro-life organizations is largely responsible for their overwhelming success. That is why MSFC focus 20 years out rather than on year by year outcomes.
Jacobsen: How can an organization campaign effectively?
Backus: See my comments above. Long-term strategic focus.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Lois.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/22
Kwabena “Michael” Osei-Assibey is the President of the Humanist Association of Ghana. We will be conducting this educational series to learn more about humanism and secularism within Ghana. Here we talk about divvying-up tasks, flak from some of the public, and then outreach, too.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In terms of the work of the Humanist Association of Ghana, as with other organizations, there is an issue with capacity and capacity-building. How do you divvy-up tasks for everyone? How do you deal, as an organization, with public flak? How do you go about reaching out to a less-than-friendly public at times?
Kwabena “Michael” Osei-Assibey: Like all sentient entities, HAG has faced a few crisis on the way to finding itself. The first was at its inception when we faced an identity crisis. The question of who we are came up a lot. At that time we were just a freethought social group, a space for outliers to meet and be comfortable in their own skin for a few hours. Made up of atheists, deists, agnostics, universalists and freethinkers of various dispositions, settling on humanism as a tag that binds us all was not an easy decision. We lost some members in resolving that crisis. Then came our crisis of purpose – What does HAG want to be. Even if we agree in principle that humanism should be the glue that binds us together, does it call us to a higher purpose? Do we just remain a social group that meets and provides space for freethinkers or are we capable of more. Our first two conferences showed us that we are capable of more. However, they also showed us that with purpose comes responsibility, something that not every member was willing to accept.
The organization remains purely a volunteer organization. Projects are proposed by members who then look for support from within the membership or from our pool of sister activist organizations. For example, a member, Selasie, passionate about the environment, proposed a partnership with another organization, Environment 360, to help clean up the beach as well as participate in a DIY boat race with boats made from recycled plastic bottles. Members got on board and we planned, executed and won the race. Another typical example is our monthly meetings and planned discussions that we have. When I wanted to have a series of conversations on humanism and economics, I sought out experts in the field with the help of members and we had a series of lectures and dialogues on the subject; from capitalism to socialism, and inequality to social justice. Similarly, our series on The history of the universe till now and what predictions we can make about tommorrow, was facilitated by a member, Eugene, who was passionate about the topic. Same can be said about participation in our podcast series as well as video series. In the case of tasks requiring technical audio visual skills, our current communications officer, Thaddeus, has been invaluable in that regard. The central theme here is that, we currently rely on passion for a project and the executives do our best to support whatever project members propose.
Our executive body, is also mandated under our constitution to perform certain keys tasks. Again, all this is volunteer based and so the executive body will sometimes ask for help from the membership body. There are always members keen to step in and help and HAG has been very fortunate in that regard. I will however state that it has not been easy balancing work and volunteering for activist work. The work-life-activist balance is something that I and many of our frequent-flyer volunteers struggle with and sometimes activism fatigue sets in. HAG is currently on the trajectory to be a political force in national conversations and we should be looking towards building the framework for such a time. We will be falling on Roslyn’s experience working with international humanist bodies as well as patrons like Leo Igwe to help with capacity building and planning for such a time. That said, I foresee a future in which HAG has a physical office with a few paid officers to help coordinate all projects and the volunteers that come with them.
Public flak is to be expected in our part of the world given the high levels of religiosity. There are two kinds we face, as a collective and as individuals. As a collective, we sometimes have to issue statements to condemn certain actions or write op-eds about sensitive issues. Depending on the issue, we either face a disproportionate amount of negative comments or quiet support by most sides. For instance, any post or statement showing support for the LGBTQIA+ community will draw in the vilest of comments while our op-eds about noisy churches will even get support from some section of believers. In any of these cases, we moderate the comment section with the goal of educating through calm logic and reasoning, encouraging empathy and solidarity with marginalized groups. On a few occasions, comments have to be deleted because they may cause more harm than serve any educational value. As individuals, our social media walls are prime with public flak on our personal posts about humanism and we mostly treat them the same way we do on our HAG pages. A few of us, in solidarity with minority communities, go on TV or radio to talk about sensitive topics. This is where it gets a bit tricky. Our faces and voices become known and may put us in danger, however, we always argue that our privilege will protect us and so far, we have been right.
In meeting the public, everyone has a different style but it mostly boils down to finding a common ground and being affable. You will almost always find someone discontent with the government, or state of practice of religions and that is a great starting point. Asking questions and just listening while always finding something to agree with before introducing your disagreement or perspective allows for whoever you are speaking to, to feel appreciated and connected to. Also, laying the foundation that you can agree to disagree or that you are not tied to your identity or beliefs and is willing to change your views with new evidence, provides some hope and assurance to whom ever you are speaking to. Mostly, curiosity wins. Most people have never met an atheist or know what humanism is and so are driven by their curiosity to understand how and why any sane person will not believe as they do.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Kwabena.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/21
Richael is with the Media/Social Media Working Group of the Abortion Rights Campaign. Here we speak frankly on women’s reproductive rights.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: As a grassroots movement oriented around the advancement and empowerment of women through activism for safe, free, and equitable abortions, do other similar campaigns exist in the world, in case others want to become active and involved in their own locale?
Richael: Absolutely, there are countless dedicated activists trying to advance abortion rights across the globe. Many of these groups, like ourselves, have spent years fighting for access to safe and legal abortion. In the current climate where we are seeing the rollback of reproductive rights internationally, we are proud that countries like Ireland have bucked that trend by introducing pro-choice laws and hope that this can be a source of hope for others. The fight for abortion rights is a global one and we stand in solidarity with activists across the world as they continue to fight for their basic reproductive rights. Getting involved with these groups is generally pretty easy to do – many of them, like ourselves, are volunteer-based and welcome any support. For anyone thinking about whether or not to get involved, my advice would be to go for it! It’s the best thing many of us in the Abortion Rights Campaign have ever done.
To name but a few of our neighbouring campaign groups:
Alliance for Choice, Northern Ireland (our sister organisation)
CALM, Isle of Man
Pro Choice Gibraltar, Gibraltar
Voice for Choice, Malta
Sister Supporter, UK
Jacobsen: Why are the criteria of safe, free, and equitable important for the provision of abortion, of this fundamental human right?
Richael: At ARC, we fight for free, safe, legal and local abortion for all who need or want it. Cost should never prove a barrier to people accessing basic healthcare. Aside from the costs of the actual procedure, it is crucial that abortion be accessible to all who need it. While we welcome the Irish Government’s commitment to providing abortion within the public healthcare system, we know that people needing to make multiple trips to a GP (necessitated by the non-evidence-based mandatory waiting period) or travel long distances incur additional, unequitable, costs. Furthermore, people living in Northern Ireland are being forced to pay at least €450 for an abortion in the South. Safe abortion means basing practice on best medical evidence and adopting a person-centred, non-discriminatory approach. There are many ways in which this is lacking from the current system. Mandatory waiting periods, refusal of care, vague criteria and anti-choice harassment outside clinics are just a few of the problems we’re experiencing with the new law. Legal abortion means legal for all. The continued criminalisation of medical practitioners is something we remain extremely concerned about – as it creates a chilling effect whereby some medics interpret the law overly cautiously for fear of prosecution. We’ve already seen this play out in Ireland, with certain hospitals attempting to lower the (already incredibly tight) cut-off point of 12 weeks. We have called on the Government to rectify these problems and will continue to do so for as long as is necessary. We are fully prepared to keep fighting until truly free, safe, legal and local abortion is achievable for all. And after that, we’ll fight to maintain it.
Jacobsen: What is Together for Yes? How is the level of grassroots organizing effective for political and policy-level change in society?
Richael: Together for Yes was the National civil society group that successfully campaigned for a Yes vote in the referendum to repeal the 8th amendment. It was founded by ARC, the Coalition to Repeal the 8th and the National Women’s Council of Ireland. ARC was built from the grassroots – we are a non-hierarchical, intersectional, all-volunteer group who have not compromised our position, in spite of many telling us we were “too extreme”. We were unequivocal in our asks from day 1 – free, safe, legal abortion – and nothing less. We spoke the word “abortion” when many were afraid to do so, and we made it our mission to break down stigma. The importance of this committed, on-the-ground activism cannot be underestimated. Without it, our restrictive laws might never have received the condemnation they did from international monitoring bodies. We’d probably still be waiting for a referendum announcement – let alone a yes vote and a law which permits abortion on request in early pregnancy.
Jacobsen: What was the 8th Amendment to the Irish constitution? How was the Abortion Rights Campaign crucial in its repeal?
Richael: The 8th amendment was the article in the Irish Constitution which equated the life of the pregnant person with that of an embryo, prohibiting abortion in effectively all circumstances. Its’ existence was a form state-sanctioned obstetric violence. The 8th forced hundreds of thousands of pregnant people overseas in order to obtain basic healthcare – and forced many more (often those without the means to travel) to import safe but illegal abortion pills, risking up to 14 years in prison. Tragically, women have died at the hands of the 8th amendment.
There are a myriad of ways in which the Abortion Rights Campaign proved crucial to the repeal of the 8th amendment, but perhaps one of the most important things we did was to re-shape the conversation around abortion – breaking down stigma and providing space for people who’d had abortions in Ireland to share their stories.
Jacobsen: Why is the respect for women’s rights indicative of the health of a society and of the level of equality in society? How can abortion be a rough estimate as to the level of respect for the rights and autonomy of women?
Richael: Having control over one’s own body is one of the most fundamental human rights their is. If we restrict that right from half our population, how can we claim to have equality when it comes to any other aspect of our lives?
Jacobsen: How is the Health (Regulation of Termination of Pregnancy) Bill key for the provision of free, safe, and equitable abortion for women in Ireland?
Richael: The Health (Termination of Pregnancy) Act will, for the first time in Ireland’s history, enable some people to have an abortion on request. It is a monumental step forward and a powerful recognition of just how fundamentally grassroots campaigning has changed Ireland. However, the Act is not without its’ flaws – as we have outlined above – and we have a long way to go until we achieve the free, safe, legal standard of care that is needed.
Jacobsen: Looking at the real successes and honest failures of the Abortion Rights Campaign at all levels, what can other individuals, organizations, and movements learn from them?
Richael: That is to say, the increasing of the probability of more successes and the fight for the reduction in failures or simply learning from failures in the historical records. One big lesson would be: don’t compromise in your asks. One lesson Ireland learnt as a result of this, and previous referenda (e.g. equal marriage in 2015) is that people are more open than they are sometimes given credit for. On the flip side, what happened in Ireland is not a perfect model for how to achieve policy change. We should never have had to have a Citizens Assembly or a referendum in order to access our basic human rights. Nor should people have had to bare their souls and their stories to strangers, or be subject to the abuse that they faced on the streets and the doorsteps. The referendum campaign was traumatic for many and its’ wounds will take time to heal. It also failed to adequately represent the diversity of voices in the pro-choice movement and Ireland as a whole. We are looking to address these issues as we move forward with our activism – and to do that in collaboration with groups who were underrepresented in the referendum campaign. Another, crucially important, lesson is that the activism does not stop when the laws are passed – far from it. We know that laws are better where activists stay involved – we also know that rights hard won are easily lost. We’ve fought too hard to give up fighting now.
Jacobsen: Why are abortion rights fought against by their main oppositions? Who are the main oppositions to abortion rights in Ireland? What are the main lies told by the opposition in the past, right into the present, and more recently (as in novel lies or smears, or mischaracterizations)? Following the last question, what truths dispel these myths?
Richael: At their root, all anti-choice arguments really come down to is patriarchy. And believing that women and people with wombs are not deserving of bodily autonomy. There are countless myths about abortion perpetuated by the anti-choice side, none of which it would be helpful to name. If you’re looking for the truth, the pro-choice community has evidence on its’ side. Like the fact that making abortion illegal doesn’t lower abortion rates – it just increases the risk of unsafe abortion. Or the evidence which shows that exceptions-based models of provision harm pregnant people.
Jacobsen: In Canada, we have Dr. Henry Morgentaler as a leading light in the historical record. Who are other bright lights in the historical record for the reproductive rights of women – but in Ireland?
Richael: In my view, the true ‘bright lights’ for reproductive rights are the people you’ll probably never hear about – the people who shared their abortion stories on the doorsteps and in their own homes. The rural activists who face additional challenges in their work and are often brushed over in Dublin-centric narratives of the referendum campaign. The people who sell merchandise, write papers, fundraise, update websites, organise events – and do all the other (often unglamourous) tasks to ensure that the work gets done.
Jacobsen: Any recommended books or speakers?
Richael: Pro by Katha Pollitt, Autonomy by Kathy D’arcy. Anything by academics Fiona DeLondres and/or Mairead Enright.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Richael.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/20
Annie Laurie Gaylor is the Co-President of the Freedom From Religion Foundation (FFRF) with Dan Barker. She has been part of the fight against the encroachment of religion on secular culture, and human and women’s rights for decades. Here we talk about secular women in leadership and 21st-century men.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Building on the former responses of the first session, who have been important voices of men for equality of the sexes and genders?
Annie Laurie Gaylor: John Stuart Mill, a freethinker who wrote The Subjection of Women in 1869 (with aid of his wife Harriet Taylor Mill), Robert Dale Owens, the great Frederick Douglass, who was a participant at the Seneca Falls Convention in 1848, Robert G. Ingersoll, the agnostic orator and writer was a firm advocate for women’s rights.
Jacobsen: As the 21st century has progressed, what seems like modern, unique issues for men – emergent ones – in the secular communities?
Gaylor: I guess you’d have to ask men.:) Perhaps: learning to share the power, the podium, to adapt to a changing world where women and people of color are as invested as they are in espousing secularism.
Jacobsen: With women’s voices heard more into the late 20th and early 21st centuries, what have been the distinct forms of women’s leadership emerging in the secular communities? Why have they formed in this way if distinct?
Gaylor: Certainly the 19th and early 20th century women freethinkers almost all shared, as a rule, a commitment to the importance of this world, the only world we know, and improving life here on earth, instead of wasting time, money and energy on an imaginary or speculative afterlife. Women freethinkers tend to be very practical. We have faith in ourselves, our rights, the potential of humankind and in the natural world.
Today most women freethinkers are deeply committed to equality and reproductive rights for women; it’s often a shared passion with freethought. I don’t know if I can comment on distinct forms of female leadership, but the commitment to freeing women is solid, and this is true on an international level. The women unbelievers in Morocco or Bangladesh or from Poland cannot escape the heavy hand of religion on women.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Annie Laurie.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/19
Emma Duke is the Board Director of Communications on the Board of Directors of the Abortion Support Services Atlantic (Halifax, Nova Scotia). Here we talk about her life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: For the abortion services in the Atlantic, what are the important points to bear in mind?
Emma Duke: Abortion Support Services Atlantic (ASSA) is a 100% volunteer-run organization. We are a grass-roots, pro-choice feminist group working to increase access to abortion, while also providing education and outreach.
ASSA delivers abortion doula training throughout the Atlantic provinces, where volunteers are trained to provide non-medical support to people who are ending their pregnancy.
This can include emotional support before, during or after an abortion, information, assistance with transportation and navigating the healthcare system.
Jacobsen: How was the Abortion Support Services Atlantic founded?
Duke: Shannon Hardy founded ASSA in 2012 as a response to the major gaps in services for people accessing abortion services in the maritime provinces.
Knowing that transportation is a major barrier, at the time residents of PEI had to leave the island to terminate a pregnancy, coupled with stigma and difficulty navigating the healthcare system, Shannon decided to do something about it.
She started a Facebook group connecting people seeking abortion services to volunteers. It has since grown into a well-known group, having served over 300 people. Shannon regularly facilitates abortion doula training throughout the Atlantic region.
Jacobsen: What have been the major stages of growth and development for Abortion Support Services Atlantic?
Duke: In 2017 we changed our name from Maritime Abortion Support Services To Abortion Support Services Atlantic to recognize Newfoundland and Labrador.
We had already been doing education and outreach in the province, so we wanted our name to reflect that. Most recently, we announced our inaugural board of directors in January 2019 and we are currently in the process of becoming a registered non-profit organization.
Jacobsen: Who has been the main opposition to the provision of abortion services in this geographic locale? Why?
Duke: ASSA was founded and is based in Halifax, Nova Scotia, yet any opposition from the community is generally the same in each of the Atlantic provinces. The most vocal opposition include faith-based groups that campaign from an anti-choice perspective.
Jacobsen: What have been their central tactics in the past?
Duke: These groups tend to use scare tactics that are not based on fact or evidence-based research. For example, one group was espousing that surgical abortion causes breast cancer.
Instilling fear in people who may be feeling vulnerable is a common theme we see. Harassment is another tactic used, where protestors will rally and even take photos of people entering and leaving the clinic.
In Newfoundland and Labrador, “bubble zone” legislation was introduced in 2016 to create safe access zones around abortion clinics. Anti-choice groups were harassing physicians and other service providers at the clinic and outside their own homes.
Another tactic that has been used by anti-choice groups are crisis pregnancy centers. These are clinics that on the surface appear to offer abortion as an option for unplanned pregnancies, however actually operate with an anti-abortion agenda.
These are extremely dangerous because folks who are unaware and enter the crisis pregnancy centers are often counselled against having abortions. The tactics used are espousing false medical information, deceptive advertising and use of ultrasound.
Ultrasound imaging is used as a last-ditch effort into pressuring service users into keeping the pregnancy. Again, these centers are often run by faith-based groups or organizations. The Abortion Rights Coalition of Canada maintains an up to date list of crisis pregnancy centers in Canada.
Jacobsen: What have been their central tactics in the present?
Duke: We’re definitely noticing that anti-choice rhetoric and campaigns are moving beyond the traditional protests outside of clinics. In 2018 Dartmouth, Nova Scotia witnessed the emergence of a billboard with anti-choice content on one of the area’s busiest roads.
The organization mentioned on the billboard is actually based in British Columbia, which shows us just how far-reaching and damaging the anti-choice messages are. These campaigns to make abortion illegal fuel the stigma around accessing abortion services.
New Brunswick has one abortion clinic, Clinic 554, which opened after the Morgentaler Clinic closed its doors. Located right next door is the Women’s Care Center, a crisis pregnancy center. Again, we understand their approach to be deceptive, false information and scare-tactics.
Jacobsen: How can other organizations and activists anticipate, prepare for, and overcome such efforts in the future?
Duke: It’s important to be able to recognize what a crisis pregnancy center looks like and not refer people there. It’s also important to do your homework: learn who the anti-choice groups are and how they operate.
Be prepared to debunk their false information and come equipped with actual facts. Working together is very important, especially at the grassroots level.
ASSA strives to build healthy relationships with clinics, abortion providers and our volunteers. Trust is a major component in this work.
Jacobsen: What are the main concerns for Abortion Support Services Atlantic and its constituency now?
Duke: As a growing organization, we’re hoping to expand our reach beyond Nova Scotia. Two of our board members are located in Newfoundland and Labrador and we’re hoping that will help our outreach.
Our volunteer list is growing and we hope to improve access to abortions for folks living in rural and remote areas.
Jacobsen: How can the public become more involved, help protect the services, and expand the provision of safe and equitable abortion services – as a fundamental human right – in the Atlantic?
Duke: This comes down to reproductive healthcare. Making decisions about one’s own body and reproductive choices is a basic human and healthcare right.
I think it’s important to keep that message on the forefront in order for the public to become more involved and protect access to abortion services. Having a public platform to educate and inform the public can be powerful in fuelling advocacy as well.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts in conclusion?
Duke: While we have made strides in reproductive healthcare, there is still a lot of work to be done. Mifegymiso is still not covered by all provincial health plans throughout the country.
Folks living in rural communities face tremendous barriers in accessing abortion services, whether it be surgical or medical. Either case requires an ultrasound, which can be challenging to obtain in remote communities. Transportation is another obstacle.
Anyone living in Labrador has to travel to St. John’s for a surgical abortion. Factored into the cost is flight, accommodations, gas, and potentially missing days of work. After 35 years, Prince Edward Island recently opened their first abortion clinic in Summerside.
However, travel is still a major barrier for accessing the service. Throughout the Atlantic provinces, coverage for abortions is also dependant on location in some areas. If a surgical abortion is performed in a clinic, it is not always covered by the provincial health plan.
We would like to see full coverage regardless of where the procedure occurs, the removal of mandatory ultrasound and counselling and other barriers removed for folks living in rural and remote communities.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Emma.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/18
Rob Boston is the Editor of Church & State (Americans United for Separation of Church and State). Here we talk about freethinking literature.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s start with some general historical context for this series, what were some of the earliest sources of freethinking writing in the world?
Rob Boston: I’m not an expert in this area, but I guess it depends on how far back you want to go and how you define “freethinking.” There were ancient Greeks who cast doubt upon the existence of the gods, so they were probably among the first freethinkers.
In the late Roman era, many cite the views of Hypatia, who has become a symbol of resistance to dogmatic Christianity even though she was herself a Pagan.
During the Middle Ages, church and state were combined in the Western world, and public expressions of doubt of the claims of Christianity could cost you your life. I’m sure there were freethinkers around then, but my guess is that they kept a low profile.
Jacobsen: Who were some of the first authors, and what were some of the first publications and books, for the secular and freethinking in the United States?
Boston: Many people would look to Thomas Paine’s “The Age of Reason” as the first American work of freethought. Paine was not an atheist, but he certainly cast doubt on the claims of revealed religion and championed Deism.
I would also argue for Thomas Jefferson. Jefferson was also not an atheist but his editing of the Gospels in what is now called “The Jefferson Bible” and his attempts to merge rational thought with Christianity by stripping away its miraculous claims were, I think, important steps along the way.
From there we go to the men and women who wrote during what has been called the Golden Age of freethought in the late 19th century – Robert Ingersoll, Matilda Gage, Elizabeth Cady Stanton and others.
For anyone who wants to learn more about this period, I highly recommend Susan Jacoby’s book “Freethinkers.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/17
Here we talk with the Administrator of “Ex-Muslims of India.”
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: For those leaving Islam in India, what are the main difficulties for them?
Administrator, “Ex-Muslims of India”: Well, to be honest, the main difficulties be it Muslims in India or Muslims elsewhere is the belief system that has been shoved down their brains, Islam or religion, in general, isn’t just a thought process, what can be eliminated with a different thought.
They are indoctrinated by this set of beliefs and ideologies, that are hard or nearly impossible to shackle themselves out of it. So, all their life, right from the beginning; they grew up with this doctrine of Islam, by parents, society or whatever.
They lived their whole life in this rainbow bubble of Islam being the most peaceful and feminist religion and happy secular religion.
Problem isn’t the doctrine, they themselves are the problem to them, what I’ve experienced from Indian Muslims in general is: they aren’t eager to know more about their religion; they never step out of that bubble to explore their or any other religion; they are happy being brainwashed by the set of beliefs their parents shoved down on them.
Most of them have no idea about the reality of Islam. They have no idea of how many books of hadith they have. Whenever they try to step out of this bubble, their whole life shatters right beside them, and they couldn’t survive it; and the only option they have is to return back to that very bubble their parents created around them, and their parents along with them too, live life in such a bubble.
Yes, so whenever someone tries to break through it, he’s ridiculed, backlashed, abandoned, or disowned by their parents. Children in India aren’t given that freedom after their 18th birthday where they can go and thrillingly live their life accordingly as it happens in Canada, the US, or Europe.
They are meant to grow out with their parents until their parents die, so in a culture like this where they literally can’t survive alone out, getting disowned by their parents is like a death to them, so in fear of this most of them being rational and logical don’t take the step and leave religion, they just go on with it their whole life.
Jacobsen: What are the forms of support that ex-Muslims in India need most now?
Administrator, “Ex-Muslims of India”: The form of support ex-Muslims in India need is freedom of speech, to talk about their former religion without the fear of death or lynching.
A platform where they can come up with their thoughts and ideas to eliminate the dangers of religion. My idea of getting this page was for this sole reason, so more of Muslims come out for help to us and so we can be a help to them.
Jacobsen: Who are important Indian secular voices and ex-Muslim voices?
Administrator, “Ex-Muslims of India”: I don’t think so. There aren’t many secular voices that openly criticize the idea of religion; India calling themselves the most secular and democratic country still is bonded by the dogma of religion, be it Islam or Hinduism, voicing themselves out here is still a danger to their lives, fewer people open up about their voices and they are backlashed by the media and the society as a whole.
Ex-Muslim voices? I don’t think so, there isn’t any, whoever tried to were either killed or flew to another country for a safer place to live.
Jacobsen: What support and community does the online world provide for ex-Muslim Indians?
Administrator, “Ex-Muslims of India”: Well, to be honest as of now, I don’t think so; it did not do any good for them or maybe they never tried to get the support from them since they still fear of exposing themselves out. But I do hope, if someone comes out in need of help, the online world doesn’t fail him/her.
Jacobsen: How can ex-Muslim Indians self-empower?
By learning more of the ridiculousness of their religion and counter them as a whole to whoever he can and try to break the cycle of being the parent-child, get out of it and live a life as their own. Yes, it will be hard, but it will only be better for them on a bigger level.
Jacobsen: How can others help to undermine religious fundamentalism at its roots in India alongside Indian ex-Muslims?
Administrator, “Ex-Muslims of India”: A moral support I believe would be enough, because that’s the only thing India ex-Muslims lack as of now. There are none to stand beside them to undermine religions. We personally need that moral hand support.
Jacobsen: Any recommended organizations or authors?
Administrator, “Ex-Muslims of India”: Nope, I couldn’t come across any that would be a bit of help to us or ex-muslims I know of.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts in conclusion?
Administrator, “Ex-Muslims of India”: I agree, it’s hard to us to leave a religion, we are taught from the start, we grew up in religion more than we grew up in enjoyment.
We were forced down religion from the very start of our life, getting out of it is hard, but worth every sweat, pain, and blood. Once you’re out, you’ll know the feeling of being a free bird, life in a blue sky and not a cage.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time.
Administrator, “Ex-Muslims of India”: Thank you!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/16
Shannon Hardy is the Founder of the Abortion Support Services Atlantic (Halifax, Nova Scotia). Here we talk about her life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Were early experiences from family or personal life influential on the decision to become professionally involved in the provision of abortion services?
Shannon Hardy: I was raised in a community that helped each other, my mom and my aunties were strong, fierce feminists.
Jacobsen: Why was the Abortion Support Services Atlantic (Halifax NS) founded in the first place? Who founded it?
Hardy: I (Shannon) am the founder of ASSA (then Maritime Abortion Support Services). It can about because there were no abortion services available on PEI in 2012 and people needed a way to get to Halifax for their procedure.
Jacobsen: What have been some major developments and setbacks for the Abortion Support Services Atlantic (Halifax NS), as an organization?
Hardy: As of 2016, ASSA started offering trauma informed support training. And in 2019 we created our first board of Directors.
Jacobsen: Since Abortion Support Services Atlantic (Halifax NS) is entirely volunteer-run, how does this influence the possible extent of the services provided by it?
Hardy: In some ways being volunteer run limits us, because we can’t offer gas money or other financial help for our volunteers but it also means we’re not beholden to anyone.
Jacobsen: What is a central barrier to pregnant individuals from getting safe and equitable access to abortions in Nova Scotia? What is a barrier to pregnant individuals from getting safe and equitable access to abortions in Canada?
Hardy: The biggest barrier to access is political will. By allowing medical facilities and medical professionals to deny people access to a medical procedure simply because those facilities and professionals don’t want to provide abortion is unconscionable.
Other barriers are resistance to utilizing telehealth for follow up, not prioritizing ultrasounds for abortions and not educating the public the same way they do for other medical procedures.
Jacobsen: What have been tragic stories and heartwarming stories around women’s reproductive rights in Nova Scotia?
Hardy: I think the tragedy is that we don’t truly have universal health care.
One of my favourite stories is when we set up a drive for someone who was adamant that they couldn’t tell their family and they didn’t want anyone in their town finding out.
I offered support via text, found a volunteer and the evening before the appointment, the person texted and said they told their sister and didn’t need a ride because she was going to drive her.
She followed up that text by saying that the only reason she was able to tell her sister was because of the unconditional support ASSA extended to her, and she thought, if we could offer that maybe it was ok and she could talk to her sister.
And that is the reason we do what we do. We are here to give unconditional support, we are only here to serve, with no strings and no agenda.
Jacobsen: Any recommended authors, organizations, or speakers? Any final feelings or thoughts in conclusion based on the conversation today?
Hardy: I know I left some of the answers blank but I think Emma answers those. Thank you for reaching out!
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Shannon.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/15
George Martin is a Spokesperson for Anonymous for the Voiceless. Here we talk about Anonymous for the Voiceless.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Although, the organization is an anonymous-oriented one. I will still ask if you’re willing. What was family and personal background? What is the story there?
George Martin: For me, and for most others in the group, it was the same. We were all raised non-vegan, but came to veganism later in life. I grew up supporting all forms of animal exploitation. I am the only vegan in my entire family (including extended) and it’s the same for most of us!
Jacobsen: How is Anonymous for the Voiceless providing activism on-the-ground for total animal liberation? Also, what is implied by the phrase “total animal liberation”.
Martin: The focus of our activism is the ‘Cube of Truth’ demo, whereby we take to the streets and present ourselves as a static art piece which shows graphic footage of the animal exploitation industries (meat, dairy, eggs, leather, vivisection, etc.). We talk to bystanders about veganism and give them information (in the form of a card) which allows them to go away after the conversation and look into some of the stuff we’ve talked to them about themselves (documentaries, YouTube videos, books, studies, etc.).
By “total animal liberation”, we mean that we are in no way a welfarist group, i.e. we do not promote so-called “humane” methods of animal exploitation like “grass-fed” or “free range”. We are an abolitionist group, so we are trying to promote the message that there is no right way to do the wrong thing, i.e. that there is no nice way of enslaving and murdering a sentient being who does not wish to die.
Jacobsen: How can individuals work to assist Anonymous for the Voiceless, either directly or indirectly?
Martin: The amazing thing about AV is that any vegan can set up their own chapter (we use the term “chapter” to refer to a certain city/town’s demo group), wherever they are in the world. All they have to do is email join@anonymousforthevoiceless.org stating the chapter they wish to set up and we do all we can to assist them setting one up, including sourcing volunteers and promoting their first event. People can also donate to the organisation via cubeoftruth.com
Jacobsen: What are other individuals or organizations doing similar animal rights work?
Martin: There are many other brilliant outreach groups out there, such as Earthlings Experience, which is the same principle (showing footage to bystanders and conversing with them about the footage). With regards to specific individuals, it is hard to pick one out, as the Cube of Truth is very much a team-based demonstration, so it’s not something solo activists generally do.
Jacobsen: What is the fundamental ethic underlying the work of Anonymous for the Voiceless?
Martin: That animals are not ours to eat, wear, use, experiment on, and do as we please with. We also promote the environmental and health benefits of a plant-based diet, but our focus is on the ethics of using animals.
Jacobsen: What have been effective tactics and strategies of Anonymous for the Voiceless?
Martin: Many activists within the organisation run “outreach workshops”, which aim to improve the skills of volunteers and get them more confident speaking to bystanders. We also have a highly organised structure, with lots of documents that our volunteers can read to help them prepare for their demonstration and ensure everything is conducted in a professional manner. We pride ourselves on our effectiveness and professionalism, and as such, our demos yield results (we know this because it is a common occurrence that people join our group having previously passed by our demonstrations as a non-vegan themselves).
Jacobsen: What have been honest failures and real successes of Anonymous for the Voiceless? How can others learn from the failures and build on/replicate the successes?
Martin: The organisation was founded by Paul Bashir and Asal Alamdari a few years ago, and through trial and error we have found what works and what doesn’t. One thing we found that didn’t make our outreach as effective at first was the type of footage we showed on some occasions. For example, we’d show footage to bystanders of cows and pigs at sanctuaries, showing them that this is how animals SHOULD be living, but this didn’t work because many bystanders mistook this footage for “high welfare” farm footage and assumed we were a welfarist group. As such, we removed it and focused only on the graphic stuff so the message was clear. We also focused too heavily on the food industry previously, which is a mistake, because we are not there to just promote a diet–we want to make it clear to people that animals are also enslaved and abused for clothing, for cosmetic products, and for entertainment. So our message from this to other animal rights groups is to make sure there is a very clear vegan message if you want to see real results (otherwise people will just change what they eat and not what they wear, or what they brush their teeth with, and so on!).
Jacobsen: Any recommended authors or speakers?
Martin: I cannot speak for everyone in the organisation as we have thousands of volunteers all over the world and there is no one thing we all agree other than that we are vegan… but for me, personally, I highly recommend watching Gary Yourofksy’s ‘Best Speech You Will Ever Hear’ on YouTube. That’s what changed me in the first place (back in 2012 when I came across it by chance while online one day, as a meat eater!) and it’s featured on our outreach cards that we give to bystanders also.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts in conclusion?
Martin: Yes! I would like to address my fellow atheists reading this: many atheist non-vegans say veganism is like a “religion” in order to discredit it, but nothing could be further than the truth. Vegans are not trying to show you anything that is NOT directly observable–it’s not faith-based in the slightest. In fact, there is a quote that is extremely relevant to the graphic footage we show people to document the reality of what happens to animals every day because of most people’s consumer choices: “Religion is getting people to believe in things they can’t see. Veganism is getting people to see things they don’t want to believe.”In fact, we are very much conditioned into eating animal products from birth–no one naturally sees a dog as friend and a cow as a food source… it’s all a learned prejudice, known as “speciesism”. So the reasons we have for viewing various species of animals as we do are completely arbitrary–these are merely learned prejudices.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, George.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/14
Azis is the Administrator of “Ex-Muslims Atheist.” Here we talk some ex-Muslim communities.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you become involved in the ex-Muslim community?
Azis: I became involved in the ex-Muslim community around 3 years ago. I was not a part of the community until a year later after I found out about the “Ex-Muslim Atheist” page and soon became involved with other ex-Muslims and befriending some of them.
I remain friends with them to this day. The journey was actually what most closeted ex-Muslims go through. Curiosity leads to great things here as I was a silent lurker for most and became active after I found more people like me and now, here I am.
Jacobsen: What were some pivotal moments in questioning the tenets of Islam?
Azis: The pivotal moments came when my best friend died by suicide in 2015. I was a devout Muslim for most of my life, but I became a skeptic after I reached the age of 13-14.
There were some historical inaccuracies that led me to question the severity of the claim such as the female infanticide and the kingdom of Solomon but I never truly did question the verses in the Quran out of fear.
Then Charlie Hebdo took place right in 2015, I began to question myself and my faith. Seeing Muslims commenting about that wasn’t “true” Islam despite the fact that it was very much condoned by it yet at the same time, these same people were celebrating their deaths made me upset.
That was the day my morality took over my blind faith. It helped me see clearly. But after my father died in the same year, I became more devout but my skepticism already grew and the fear faded away slowly.
I began reading more and more so as to fulfill the role of a good Muslim man in my family after he died but only found myself with more contradictions in the Quran.
I found myself losing faith in the community I used to love. My best friend, whom I met in 2014, taught me more about love than Islam ever did. She taught me that I can be a better person, even without religion, and to see her die broke me in a way no one could ever describe.
Not even myself. That was the day I question why God would take away someone I love. I was not disappointed in God, however. Because the next year, I discovered that none of it is real. I just couldn’t muster the courage to fully admit it out of fear.
Jacobsen: What parts of Islam simply make no sense whatsoever?
Azis: Me personally, the part where Muhammad supposedly split the moon in two, the way he described how sperm came from the ribs and how he flew on a winged-horse akin to other ancient myths that predate the tale.
These were the ones that baffled me only for me to learn that there were more like these. That was the day I actually began to read the Quran instead of reading the Arabic verses.
Jacobsen: How can questioning Muslims begin to take the next step into becoming ex-Muslims – simply questioning some basic ethical precepts or truth/factual assertions of the faith?
Azis: In my experience, the way to get Muslims into questioning themselves is by getting them to question their own morals. People only want to talk about science if they think they know about the subject, despite the fact what they know of the subject is ill-informed.
Much like how anti-vaxxers want to talk about vaccines but only if it’s against vaccine itself. If you present them with facts right away, their cognitive dissonance will kick in and protect them from questioning the truth. Some are able to get them thinking logically but that takes quite the process.
But nothing really gets them from questions quite like a kick in their morals. Isn’t it funny how most Muslims are morally better than the faith itself?
Questions like “Is it okay to beat your wife if they refuse sex?” “Do you think it’s okay to take in slaves and sell them?” “Do you think killing people in the name of God is justifiable?” “Do you think people being tortured in hell is logical and merciful?”
Most ex-Muslims that came to me were already skeptical about the illogical verses and knew that they are scientifically inaccurate but the fear of hell and god itself is what keeps them from leaving. Tackle these issues first and see the result.
Jacobsen: Why was “Ex Muslims Atheist” started in the first place?
Azis: I came to “Ex Muslim Atheist” only months after the page started. I became aware of its existence in early 2017. I was in a Facebook group and someone had shared one of the page’s post where the founder, Harris Sultan, was threatened by extremists with death.
I came and helped with some of the posts by debating with the remaining visitors and offered them psychological questions, much like what I hinted above. He was impressed with the way I answered them and offered me to become an admin. I officially became an admin weeks later, however.
Jacobsen: What is its function as a page?
Azis: The page’s function serves as a tool to help Muslims questions the things they were afraid to know or didn’t know about whatsoever. However, the page has become a safe place of sort for closeted ex-Muslims to share their harrowing stories of leaving Islam and offer them support.
Kind of like a therapy, in a way. We have also helped ex-Muslims escape their countries and find asylum somewhere and we’re hoping to rescue more as soon as I find a way out of my own country as well.
We’re hoping to create an organization solely on the rescue of atheists in Islamic countries. But until then, the page will remain the same way it originally serves to offer.
Jacobsen: What are other social media groups like it? Ones to be recommended for continual visiting for good content.
Azis: To my knowledge, there aren’t as many support groups for ex-Muslims on social media. There are plenty of pages that offer the same as us, but in terms of support, they are scarce in number.
A good site where I can recommend them to find support and make them feel less alone is a subreddit “Ex Muslims”. You will find many that are just like us there. Though the page does get Muslim trolls every now and then so be careful.
Jacobsen: Of those ex-Muslims giving a voice for other ex-Muslims and doing good work, who are they?
Azis: Not a person but a page that is doing good work is a page called “Ex-Muslims of North America”, “Council of Ex-Muslims of Britain”, and “ExMuslim TV”.
I recommend if you have a story to tell yourself without having to worry about being taken out of context or used against you, go there. Or come to us and we’ll help you the same.
Jacobsen: How can others help ex-Muslims help themselves in extricating themselves from the oppression of fundamentalist religion?
Azis: The answer to this question is; listen. Just listen. Let ex-Muslims speak for themselves because that’s what they have been clamouring for so long. To have someone to listen to them and not be judged for it. This is how you help them be free from the intricacies of the fundamentalists. A safe space for the secularists and free-thinkers can do great things. Not only that, they have impressive knowledge about Islam – something that many don’t know of, quite surprisingly. The thing that often steers ex-Muslims to the far-right is not the far-right themselves but kind-hearted liberals who seeks to silence other ex-Muslims from speaking because they believe what we know of Islam isn’t as lovely as they hear from other Muslims. They marginalize us despite the fact that we are the most oppressed group of people in the world. I, myself, am a leftist liberal and I fear that my fellow ex-Muslims turn into the far-right and the most common complain that I hear is that liberals are (one of) the main factor to this. Believe me, most of us are liberals ourselves. We believe in the value of freedom and acceptance. Something Islam is clearly against. We do not wish to see the world become more conservative as it is. We have experienced that here in our own Islamic countries.
Jacobsen: How can others support organizations like the ex-Muslim councils or the public figures, or the social media groups or pages, in their efforts in bringing forward a confident ex-Muslim community and collective voice?
Make
sure they are not alone. Keep on supporting and cheering them if you wish to
fight against the oppression from the fundamentalists but make sure they are
all safe first. If they’re still in an Islamic country, give them options to
help them leave.
Give them a platform to speak, a platform to write, a platform to share. This
is how you can build a generation of confident ex-Muslims all around the world.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts in conclusion?
Azis: My final thoughts about this is simple: Thank you. Thank you for giving me a chance to speak. Thank you for giving me a chance to share my stories. I sincerely hope that this will be helpful, not just for the ex-Muslims, but to everyone else reading this. Isn’t it great to have someone to listen to you?
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Azis.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/13
Here we talk with the Administrator of “Ex-Muslim Memes” about ex-Muslims, memes in a colloquial sense, and online community building.
*Preamble: “I’ll try to keep this as short as possible… and I speak for myself, I don’t know how things are for other ex-Muslims and their community…”*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In terms of the ex-Muslim community, what do they tend to find funny or amusing about Islam after leaving it?
Administrator, “Ex-Muslim Memes”: It’s funny how my friends and family value my opinion when buying a new car, computer, mobile phone or when it comes to carrier and other problems, but suddenly my opinion does not matter when it comes to religion. They say that I should be a scholar before my opinion starts counting.
Jacobsen: How does this sensibility differ with the types of Islam that some ex-Muslims may be coming from?
Administrator, “Ex-Muslim Memes”: There are two types of Islam. One that allows rational thinking and forces us to form our own opinion about God, Quran, existence, and heaven and hell: we can not come to the conclusion that these do not exist in any way.
Another one is that does not allow any rational thinking and we must accept God, heaven, hell, reward, punishment, etc. Any doubts that arrive in our mind is the work of Satan.
Ex-Muslims coming from any of these backgrounds have one thing in common that they like to think and rationally assess all the religious matters.
However, most often the former does not hold it against Islam that it stopped us from thinking, but the latter blame it on religion for stopping us thinking.
Jacobsen: Why was “Ex-Muslim Memes” founded in the first place?
Administrator, “Ex-Muslim Memes”: It was founded for entertainment purposes. Also, the fact that most of the Islamic teachings are spread by meme; not on the internet but in real life.
We should have our own way of presenting our views and have our own culture. For example; most Muslims don’t need to say anything against gays.
They just refer to the story of prophet LOT, if a husband follows the wishes of a wife or they like to make major decisions together; other people will spread the word that he is being “رن مرید” “follower of women.”
It is alarming because Allah has made men in charge/leaders and women the follower, and so on.
Jacobsen: How has this page grown over time?
Administrator, “Ex-Muslim Memes”: It has grown slowly. Because I could not ask for help from my friends and family.
My identity as a creator of this page is unknown to anyone I know. So, it’s mostly people who liked our posts shared the content and it’s growing because of that.
Jacobsen: What has been the feedback from the online Muslims about the page?
Administrator, “Ex-Muslim Memes”: The feedback of online ex-Muslims. Usually, ex-Muslims from my country do not interact with the page or the post because by interacting they may reveal their identity.
Although, in my country, leaving religion is not a capital crime, but sharing/speaking something against religion, prophet, religious figure, or Quran can be considered as blasphemy, which is a capital crime and can be punished as life imprisonment or death.
Jacobsen: Any recommended pages, writers, thinkers, or books on leaving Islam?
Administrator, “Ex-Muslim Memes”: “Pakistani freethinkers” is a good group to join on Facebook groups. Usually, posters use an alias to protect their identity, but their content is good quality. Also, “Satanic Verses” by Salman Rushdie is a great book.
Jacobsen: How can others becoming involved in supporting the ex-Muslim community?
Administrator, “Ex-Muslim Memes”: It depends on which ex-Muslim community you are talking about. Ex-Muslims in Islamic countries cannot reveal their identity, or leave fundamentalist Islam. As long as you believe in Allah and the Quran to be the word of Allah, nothing will happen.
In some Muslims countries, we can get persecuted for revealing that we have left Islam or think Islam is not the religion of God. In some Islamic countries, you can leave Islam without any consequences, but being vocal against Islam can get you in trouble.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts in conclusion based on the conversation today?
Administrator, “Ex-Muslim Memes”: Thank you for giving me the opportunity to express my feelings and opinion.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/12
Dr. Jeffrey S. Rosenthal is a Professor of Statistics at the University of Toronto. Here we talk about the Computer Age and statistics.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You wrote a new book entitled Knock On Wood. Why, in the Computer Age, is statistics more relevant than ever?
Professor Jeffrey Rosenthal: Because of automation, we have access to more data than ever before. Every time you purchase something with a credit card, or enter a bus with your transit pass, or visit a web page, or pass a road toll, that is logged in a data file somewhere. The result is an unprecedented amount of information. The challenge then becomes, how can we process that information? How can we interpret it? How can we learn from it? How can we use it to our advantage, to make better decisions and allocate our resources more wisely? That is where statistical analysis comes in.
Statistics and probability are also used in the computer algorithms themselves. If you take a public opinion poll, you have to sample people randomly to get an accurate result. Similarly, computers are using randomness more and more to learn complicated relationships, which in turn allow them to perform amazing tasks like recognising faces and songs and fingerprints.
Jacobsen: Our world is infused with chance. We live with limited knowledge. We are continually faced with choices. Right there, we face a world of uncertain choices, and so chance and luck. Also, we can be faced with bunk beliefs throughout the culture: astrology, horoscopes, numerology, lucky charms, and the like. How can knowledge of the way the world works and the basics of statistics, chance, and, indeed, luck, set us on a proper path to critical thinking about the world?
Rosenthal: In both my books (Struck By Lightning and Knock On Wood), I have tried to argue that just a little bit of understanding of the principles of randomness — probabilities, and selection biases, and statistical significance, and so on — can go a long way towards helping us to interpret the evidence around us more accurately. I think superstitious beliefs arise on the one hand because humans feel a need to “explain” outcomes even if they are actually random, and on the other hand because humans don’t have a good understanding of low probability events, and how to avoid what I call “luck traps” which trick us into drawing conclusions which can’t be drawn. The more data and information we have, the more important it is to think critically and wisely about the world around us and what we can truly learn about it.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor Rosenthal.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/12
Here we talk with the Administrator of “Ex-Muslims India.”
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Administrator “Ex-Muslims India”: I was born in a traditional Indian Muslim family. My grandparents were Qawwals (Sufi Islamic singers). I was brought up by them.
My family is not so practicing. But my grandparents were strict adherents of Islam. I had their influence in my childhood. And I used to perform plays of Hindu religion in their temples when I was a child.
Since I had so many Hindu friends, I had a good touch even with Hindu culture. I knew a bit of Christianity when I was a child, as we rented a portion of our house for a church.
My belief has gone through different stages. I’ve explained in detail in this article. http://akhuddus.blogspot.com/2015/12/my-search-for-god-success-or-failure.html
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Administrator “Ex-Muslims India”: I’m an engineering graduate. And I was taught reading Arabic by elders.
Jacobsen: As an Administrator for “Ex-Muslims India,” what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Administrator “Ex-Muslims India”: I feel responsible towards provoking thoughts among masses. People are just believing things blindly, where a thorough examination of the scripture which they believe, can prove that their belief was wrong.
Jacobsen: What are the unique concerns of ex-Muslims in an Indian context? What are concerns that are the same as ex-Muslims around the world?
Administrator “Ex-Muslims India”: Yes, it is almost the same. But since we’re in India, it might be a bit safer than a few Islamic countries. But still, there can be a threat. I was threatened by people for being an Ex-Muslim.
Jacobsen: Does the sex and gender of the ex-Muslim factor into considerations of safety and precautions?
Administrator “Ex-Muslims India”: Yes. Even though the discrimination is common, it’s intense towards women, as women are treated like properties in Islamic ideology
Jacobsen: For those ex-Muslims who want asylum and don’t know how to do it, how can they do it? What should they keep in mind about it?
Administrator “Ex-Muslims India”: I can’t answer this question. It’s more related to law. As the law is specific to the country, I feel lawyers of the country where they want asylum are the right people to answer this question.
Jacobsen: Who have been important allies in the work of “Ex-Muslims India”?
Administrator “Ex-Muslims India”: There are a few local organizations, which helped me to participate in discussions with Muslims, in my area. Like Satyanveshana Mandali, but coming to my online presence, it is being managed by only me.
Jacobsen: What are the more heartwarming and tragic stories that you’ve coming across with ex-Muslims in India?
Administrator “Ex-Muslims India”: I got messages from Indian ex-Muslims, Pakistanis, and Arab ex-Muslims. Especially Arabs, they always have to live in fear when they leave Islam.
I even knew a few Pakistani’s who don’t want to share their details for their safety. I knew an Indian girl who was afraid of her own family after leaving Islam.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Administrator “Ex-Muslims India”: It definitely helps people to be involved more in the activity. Since we are a micro-minority, we are the people who really need support from others. Having a sense of community definitely helps us to feel more secure.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Administrator “Ex-Muslims India”: It’s an engaging conversation. Glad to be a part of this talk.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time.
Administrator “Ex-Muslims India”: You’re always welcome.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/11
Here we talk with the Administrator of “Gay Ex Muslim.”
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the more well-known difficulties of homosexuals within some Islamic communities and countries?
Administrator, “Gay Ex Muslim”: Check out our post in relation to that: https://www.facebook.com/341957429901417/posts/407158043381355?sfns=mo
Telling Your Pakistani Mom That You’re Gay | Ackley Bridge
Jacobsen: What are some of the lesser-known aspects of prejudice and difficulties of the homosexual community in some Islamic communities and countries?
Administrator, “Gay Ex Muslim”: You are subject to disownment, abuse by family members, lack of job opportunities, etc.
Jacobsen: What Islamic communities and countries have more acceptance of the homosexual communities within them?
Administrator, “Gay Ex Muslim”: As per as we know, none.
Jacobsen: How are ex-Muslims, typically, treated around the world?
Administrator, “Gay Ex Muslim”: Maryam Namazie describes them as minorities within minorities. Ex-Muslims are silenced, threatened, at worst killed.
Jacobsen: As minorities within minorities, obviously, Muslims are disliked in some Western nations. However, within these groupings, some Muslim communities show prejudice to ex-Muslims and governments outright ignore ex-Muslims, in spite of the large number of groups and councils. In a way, ex-Muslims undergo, probably, more pain and suffering and isolation than others, as minorities within minorities. Is this exacerbated within the homosexual ex-Muslim communities?
Administrator, “Gay Ex Muslim”: We have published about this subject: https://www.facebook.com/341957429901417/posts/406967216733771?sfns=mo
Brunei to pass Sharia law that will punish gay sex with death by stoning
Jacobsen: What are concerns unique to the homosexual ex-Muslim community?
Administrator, “Gay Ex Muslim”: Above!
Jacobsen: At the same, what are the benefits in the newfound freedom for the homosexuals who leave Islam?
Administrator, “Gay Ex Muslim”: Freedom of Expression, allowed to be Gay and Religious Freedom.
Jacobsen: How can bridges be built between the Muslim and ex-Muslim communities?
Administrator, “Gay Ex Muslim”: Tolerance and acceptance.
Jacobsen: What is “Gay Ex Muslim”? How did it start out? What are its aims?
Administrator, “Gay Ex Muslim”: Check out this piece: https://www.facebook.com/341957429901417/posts/399438910819935?sfns=mo
Jacobsen: What are other groups, pages, or organizations providing space and benefits, e.g., protections and a voice, for the ex–Muslim homosexual community – or simply individuals?
Administrator, “Gay Ex Muslim”: Check out this piece: https://www.facebook.com/341957429901417/posts/399438910819935?sfns=mo
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/10
John Seager is the President of Population Connection. Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: To provide a brief background, anything personal or familial not reachable through a Google search about you? Perhaps, something relevant to the pro-choice advocacy and work now.
John Seager: I’ve been with Population Connection (formerly known as Zero Population Growth) for 23 years.
I came from a progressive political and legislative background having worked briefly for the US Environmental Protection Agency and having served as Chief of Staff for a member of the US House of Representatives who worked on behalf of international family planning as well as the rights of women to choose abortion.
Jacobsen: As the President of Population Connection, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Seager: In addition to the usual management responsibilities, I’ve delivered hundreds of lectures and other presentations on 84 college campuses and in many other venues. I’d welcome invitations from our Canadian friends. I’ve spoken at many atheist, agnostic, and secular humanist events.
Jacobsen: Population is a 501(c)(3) non-profit organization. Since the organization works from the United States, since 1968, what have been major victories in its work for global access to family planning and reproductive health care?
Seager: Since our founding, we’ve seen ups and downs and major shifts. The good news includes the fact that there are now nearly 100 nations around the world, including the US and Canada, that are at or below “replacement rate” in terms of family size, as compared with about four such nations at the time of our founding.
We don’t by any means claim direct credit for this progress, but we’ve been a consistently strong voice on behalf of voluntary family planning.
One of the unfortunate developments has been the rise here in the US of strident opposition to sexual and reproductive rights and health. It is a major battleground.
Jacobsen: Who have been the central oppositions to the work of Population Connection for family planning and reproductive health care? What are their tactics? How can we combat them?
Seager: The evangelical Religious Right in the US is the locus of opposition. They certainly oppose the right of women to access abortion, but also stand in the way of virtually every effort to maintain and expand fact-based sex education and reproductive health services.
They are single-minded, well-funded, and politically savvy with a strong ally occupying the White House. The situation with regarding to Catholicism is more complex.
While the hierarchy follows Vatican dictates in opposing abortion and modern contraception, practicing Catholics in the US actually have smaller families than Protestants.
Our side needs to assert the inalienable right of every person to a clear zone of privacy. This includes freedom of – and from – religion and the freedom to decide if, when, and how many children to bear.
The latter depends on people having unfettered access to sound information and affordable services including contraception and abortion. Elections matter.
We must outwork the opposition. And we must be relentlessly upbeat and optimistic, if we’re to prevail.
Jacobsen: What are some common misunderstandings by the public about family planning and reproductive health care? What truths dispel those misunderstandings?
Seager: What’s key here is that every woman everywhere needs to have the education, information, and access to the full array of reproductive health services.
It must always be focused on her own personal needs and circumstances as she views them. Rights are rights. There is room for compromise on many issues, but not when it comes to individual rights.
Jacobsen: Since the Global Gag Rule took effect, what has been the impact on the international population? How has this gag affected the efforts of the international pro-choice community in the advancement of women’s reproductive rights?
Seager: The Global Gag Rule imposed by President Trump is causing much pain and hardship since health providers in some of the poorest places on earth have lost funding since they cannot in good conscience agree to be silenced by this edict.
It is directly responsible for increases in unplanned pregnancies, unplanned births, and abortions (mostly unsafe) due to unplanned pregnancies.
It will result in the deaths of many women and infant children. It’s a mean, miserable act. The US Congress can and must take this power away from the President.
Jacobsen: With its 50-year anniversary passing, what will be its efforts and plans for the future?
Seager: While families have gotten smaller in many places around the world due to increased access to reproductive health services, we’re still adding about one billion people to our overcrowded, overheated planet every dozen years.
We need increased investment in family planning, and we need to ensure that the next generation is aware of the population connection to other critical global issues.
Jacobsen: Any recommended authors or speakers?
Seager: Robert Engelman’s book, More, is excellent as is Alan Weisman’s Countdown. For a rebuttal of the false notion that we need more people to have a healthy economy, our book, The Good Crisis, is available as a free download.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Seager: We need to trust, support, and empower women everywhere so they can achieve full reproductive autonomy.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, John.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/09
Courtney is the Host of “The Free Speech Podcast.” Here we talk about her life, work on the podcast, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Just to give an idea to the audience here, what is some relevant background from early life into the present?
Courtney: I grew up in the United States, more specifically in the South. My upbringing was in a seemingly nonreligious household, that had its fair share of dysfunction. In high school, I tried on Christianity and thought that I agreed with its tenets, but within two years’ time, I left it behind. I had too many questions and the answers I was provided, if I was given any, weren’t satisfying. I have always been known to ask deep questions, from a young age, up into the present. Oftentimes, I find that by asking questions that are interesting to me, questions that are deemed taboo, off-limits, or controversial, the responses and in turn the relationships that I build are full of depth, complexity, passion, and thought. That isn’t to say that I haven’t gotten my fair share of hate, disconnect, or loss of relationships, but I find that the meaningful conversations trump the shallowness of the lost relations.
Jacobsen: What differentiates the American-specific orientation towards freedom of speech and the more internationalist frame of freedom of expression to you?
Courtney: The vast coverage of freedom of expression is unique to the United States. In my opinion, it is this set of rights that distinguishes us from the rest of the world. Freedom of speech is the epitome of American values. On an international scale, a lot of countries seek more control over their people in this regard.
Jacobsen: Why found The Free Speech Podcast?
Courtney: The Free Speech Podcast is founded on the premise that ideas are not sacred, they should be questioned and discussed at length, but with tact, civility, and reason. The core elements that underpin The Free Speech Podcast are Enlightenment values that I feel are necessary for civil discourse, progress as an American society as well as globally. The Free Speech Podcast is a safe place for unsafe ideas, a place to express your opinion without fear of aggression, ad hominem attacks, or belittlement. I feel as though this is missing from the public discourse found on social media sites where it’s easy to lay behind a computer screen without real consequences for our comments. People are apt to typing messages that more than likely wouldn’t be stated if people were face to face. So, I want a place that people come to see, engage, and participate with reasonable discussion about difficult topics that sometimes, maybe even most of the time, don’t have answers.
Jacobsen: “The Art of Debate and How it Can Help Relationships and Anxiety” was the most recent episode or recording prior to the interview. Why this topic?
Courtney: Debate is often misconstrued or is tossed around with a negative connotation to the word. People shy away from it for fear of rejection, ostracism for the wrong idea, and the confrontation assumed to come with it. I want to highlight how this is a horrible misconception of debate, and though it can be portrayed as a winner/loser style, it has the potential to enhance our relationships and our mental health. Debating ideas gives courage, confidence, and the skills to manipulate words into meaningful sentences and arguments to attempt to articulate a perspective or point, using the evidence gathered through research.
Jacobsen: How can debate help with anxiety and relationships?
Courtney: In honest debates, people change their minds in the presence of good evidence. This can be powerful to the everyday person who may struggle with communicating their wants or needs, how they feel, why they feel the way that they do, and how to reconcile counter arguments in a productive, civil, and meaningful manner. Debating, at its core, is centered on impeccable communication skills. Communication skills are proven to be crucial and critical to successful relationships, whether that’s spousal, friendship, parent/child, etc.
Debate, in the case portrayed in the most recent episode, gave Penny the courage, skills, and platform to face her anxiety head-on. I have found that facing our fears, within boundaries, we are able to push ourselves beyond the limits we set for ourselves. We have the ability to curtail negative emotions and behaviors by growing beyond our superficial limits that we set.
Jacobsen: If we’re looking at the epithets floating within mostly the online sphere, we can observe the two major ones with two distinct streams of thought. One is “Social Justice Warrior” or SJW. Another is “Free Speech Warrior” or FSW as a logical complement to the first. Epithet-ism pervades modern discourse on all or most sides. Why?
Courtney: Humans have evolved to find patterns within people, our environment and ourselves. Boiling down political positions into these epithets are a natural way to make sense of our world. When ideas become too complex, people boil them down to bite-sized pieces that are easier to digest. Unfortunately, this can be a detriment to understanding others who differ from us. We put people into boxes based on a political perspective, ideology, race, religion, etc to make sense of them, instead of engaging with them personally. At our evolutionary roots, this goes back to our tribalism nature, our ability to identify threats quickly, and to know who or what we can trust.
Jacobsen: How can an emphasis on freedom of speech, in particular, and freedom of expression, in general, in a podcast re-invigorate a core internationalist value?
Courtney: I believe wholeheartedly that the most effective way to have progress, in any sense of the word, is to have a marketplace of ideas. Competition for ideas will drown out the ones that don’t hold up against scrutiny, and the most logical and sound will prevail. So, in order to keep this value alive, we must celebrate it, entertain it, engage with it, and create it. Freedom of speech (thought) is the most precious right we have in keeping our autonomy.
The podcast is an homage as much as it is a creative endeavour to uphold this core right.
Jacobsen: What topics seem more out of bounds for the more left-oriented folks? What subject matter seems more off-grounds for the more right-shifted people?
Courtney: From the left-oriented folks, I have found that conversations on topics such as criticism of Islam, nationalism/patriotism, gun rights and border security are emotionally charged and oftentimes extreme.
Right-oriented folks tend to shy away from conversations concerning Universal Healthcare and Income, higher education (specifically free education), secularism, and lack an openness on the topic of abortion.
Jacobsen: Should we remove or keep the epithet-ism ongoing at the moment? In either case, why does this labelling become a widespread default in a Computer Age among individuals from all backgrounds?
Courtney: To circle back to the previous question on the pervasiveness of epithet-ism, we can learn how to shy away from these contrived boxes we use to simplify the world, but our nature based on our evolution will mostly side with compartmentalization. This is both a downfall and an asset.
We naturally put people into boxes, seek to hear news that we agree with, and engage with others who are like-minded. We’re also engaging in the Computer Age on social media, where the companies are begging for our attention. They are constructing platforms that feed us the news in ways that we want to hear it, maybe even what news we are exposed to, encourage the creation of groups and hashtags to further a particular topic or people, and show us ads that are designed to specifically target us. This can be an incredibly strong force acting against diversity of ideas, organic gathering of news and research, and seeing people and organizations that differ from us.
Jacobsen: Any recommended authors or podcasts?
Courtney: Some of my favorite authors include Peter Boghossian, Carl Sagan, Steven Pinker, Robert Sapolsky, Neil deGrasse Tyson, Christopher Hitchens, Daniel Dennett, Paul Bloom, Yuval Noah Harari, Jonathan Haidt, and J. K. Rowling,
I suggest the Joe Rogan Experience show, Unregistered Podcast with Thaddeus Russell, Sam Harris’ Making Sense, and Rubin Report with Dave Rubin.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts in conclusion?
Courtney: I want to make it clear that the most reasonable, deep, and meaningful interactions happens between humble, intellectually honest people who are at ease with being proven wrong, learning, and growing.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Courtney.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/09
This is an ongoing and new series devoted to the South African Secular Society (SASS) and South African secularism. The Past President, Jani Schoeman, and the Current President, Rick Raubenheimer, will be taking part in this series to illuminate these facets of South Africa culture to us. For the opening session, Rick joins us.
Here we talk about secular marriages in South Africa.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is happening with secular marriages in South Africa? How are you involved with some of it?
Rick Raubenheimer: Let us get the background first, the South African constitution adopted after apartheid provides that there shall be no discrimination on various grounds including religion, gender, sexual orientation, etc. It was then realized that the South African Marriage Act, as it stood then, only allowed marriage between a man and a woman.
The legislature decided that they should do something about that. Because of the opposition from the churches, they created a whole new act rather than amending the Marriage Act. This was called the Civil Union Act. It provides for a wider definition between any two consenting adults. Therefore, it allows for gay marriage as well.
It broadens the scope from simply being restricted to basically Christian and Jewish marriages. This was all very well. But there was a get out clause. The Department of Home Affairs, as we call it here, is responsible for things internal to South Africa. That is the agency of last resort, if you like, to get married.
It is basically getting married in the registry office. Any two people can go to the Department of Home Affairs, in theory, and can get married. It does not have to be done in a church or anywhere else. The only problem with this is the Home Affairs offices had a get out.
Under the Civil Union Act, they could opt out of giving same-sex marriages. The net result of this was in the more backward – let us say, more rural and religious, areas. It would be more difficult to find someone from the Department of Home Affairs who would marry them.
That loophole has now been closed by an amendment to the act. Home Affairs has two years in which to rectify the situation. In the meanwhile, last year, SASS, the South African Secular Society, had some requests from some of our members that they get appointed marriage officers by the Department of Home Affairs.
They cannot go to the Office of Home Affairs and say, “Appoint me as a marriage officer under the Civil Union Act.” They must go through a ‘religious organization.’ Two people who want to become marriage officers approached SASS and said, “Will you become our ‘religious organization’?”
We approached Home Affairs and said, “We would like to certify marriage officers under the Civil Union Act.” Home Affairs made us jump through several hoops including twice getting us to provide a list of 250 members, which we did. Then, finally, Home Affairs certified us as an organization that can designate marriage officers.
Once we told Home Affairs who we want to get designated, they must study the Civil Union Act and pass with no less than 75%. Having done that, they can be certified as marriage officers. We set up a process to interview people to make sure that they are suitable and follow the guidelines of SASS and agree with our worldview, which includes the naturalistic worldview.
That they will have ceremonies free of supernatural elements and will marry same-sex and opposite-sex couples. We give their details to Home Affairs. Then after a time (not a quick process), Home Affairs sets up their exam at a suitable Home Affairs office. Then Home Affairs takes up to 2 months to mark it.
With any luck, it tells us that we have a designated marriage officer. So far, we have one. Three others have have failed their exams (with 70% each, coincidentally). We await them rewriting their exams. We have another 14 or 16 people in various stages of getting interviewed, notification to Home Affairs, or who are writing their exams for the first time.
This has, in a sense, be a major good for us. Because we have people from all over the country who are interested in becoming marriage officers. A lot of them are gay. That is their reason. They want to provide that service in places where people could not otherwise get married for the next one and a half years, at least.
That is what has happened on the marriage officers side. It is very exciting. It has also increased our membership. Because, to stay on the right side of Home Affairs, marriage officers must be part of our ‘congregation’, hence be part of the paid membership. It is about 10 dollars per month (USD).
Also, the people who are married must be members of the ‘congregation.’ It is gradually growing our membership. It is an unintentional fashion, so we might as well make good of it. Many of our members are intending marriage officers.
Jacobsen: What would be the average number of ceremonies somebody would perform through SASS?
Raubenheimer: Our marriage officer who is in Cape Town who was certified in November has done 5. 1 foreign couple. 1 same-sex couple. 3 mixed couples. 1 was an interfaith couple.
Jacobsen: What is feedback from some of the public, whether in the news or who have had the privilege of having the ceremonies officiated in this way?
Raubenheimer: We do not have feedback from the couples. The public, mostly the atheist community, has been very supportive and said, “Wow, what a wonderful thing to happen.” But I think they are a minority in a traditional country like South Africa.
I think they are providing a valuable service in the secular community and for people who would like to have a ceremony rather than just a plain, “I do,” in the magistrate’s office in Home Affairs – and one that is legally binding. We have put it out there that the people who we designate as marriage officers can provide other ceremonies like funerals – probably the next one – and things like baby namings, coming of age, and renewing of wedding vows.
On funerals, in South Africa, the legal parts are handled by undertakers. They take care of the bodies, dispose of them, or whatever is going to be done. A funeral ceremony can be done by anyone in the family or interested party. It does not require legal certification. But no one has shown a great deal of interest in it.
Jacobsen: Could the organization provide a nice bridge for the atheist and non-religious becoming more accepted but also couples of other worldviews using an intermediary for their interfaith weddings?
Raubenheimer: To a degree. We do ceremonies free of the supernatural. People can bring the ceremonial part of their faith without breaking our rules. I think this was the case with the interfaith couple. Someone from a Jewish background and somebody from a Catholic background.
In a Jewish ceremony, the couples stand under an awning. It is held with four poles and “pole bearers” to carry it. There will be variations. But typically, they will break a glass to symbolize in some perverse fashion that the marriage will not be broken the way the glass has been broken.
From the Catholic side, they had candles, which can be seen as symbols to people in one faith and another faith. They were, in a way, saying to the family that they were respecting them, but without invoking gods, angels, and demons, and so on.
Jacobsen: What do you see as some of the difficulties or the tensions for those who may be conducting these, as you expand into funerals and so on?
Raubenheimer: One of the interesting things that we have had has been from the theistic community. On the website, we explain the naturalistic worldview. We explain the concepts behind SASS and the naturalistic point of view, and the rejection of the supernatural. We ask if they agree with the SASS code of conduct – not doing marriages with the supernatural or with only heterosexuals.
They tick them. Then we ask them, “Why do you want to become a SASS marriage officer?” We get answers like, “I am spiritual but not religious. I do Reiki and touch healing and crystal healing, and x, y, and z. So, I want to do marriages with all these things.”
Even more interesting, we get people who say, “I am a pastor in x, y, or z evangelical congregation. I want to be a marriage officer in the congregation.” They would have to prove they are a legitimate organization and show they have a specific amount of membership and so on.
We simply tell them to apply to Home Affairs directly. Expanding into other areas, we probably have not foreseen everything yet. Part of this would be trying to bring the supernatural in through the back door. Some parts of families being unhappy that some gods are not invoked.
What was said with the interfaith marriage was the tolerance of the different families, the right noises were being made. People seemed happy and tolerant and not finding a problem with it. Often, you would expect – particularly with interfaith things – the families to become acclimatized to the idea that “we need to tolerate another religion on the account that this is what our son or daughter is marrying into. We will put up with this, at least.”
If the opposing god –shall we say– is not invoked, then this becomes a relief.
Jacobsen: Do more men inquire or more women inquire about these forms of weddings – to give a wedding or to be provided a wedding?
Raubenheimer: Interestingly enough, we have not had that many directly. I will explain why. Before the marriage project was ongoing, we had a page on our website with the officers willing to perform secular weddings. This somewhat annoys Home Affairs. But they are not doing much about it.
All of these marriage officers have come through a particular religion or group; thus, marrying “outside their congregation”, it is strictly speaking against the rules. Home Affairs is against it. But there is nothing that they do about it.
Marriage planners tend to inquire about secular weddings. They go there and look up a wedding officer in their area and then ask them. We simply do not have blanket coverage over the country, yet. We work with Cape Town mainly. We cannot provide things throughout the country entirely. We should be able to do this within the next year.
In the meantime, people would approach the marriage officer. So, I cannot answer the question about the distribution of people inquiring.
Jacobsen: What would it take in terms of the advertising and the marketing campaign to expand the reach of secular weddings in South Africa?
Raubenheimer: It would require a certain amount of money as our income is roughly 10USD per month from 20-25 members. The first thing to do would be to use social media or atheist groups to drive up the paid membership, perhaps offer some more benefits like a t-shirt and knowledge that they will be supporting secularism in South Africa.
We could think about paid advertising on social media and so on. At the moment, it is mostly word of mouth and Facebook atheist groups and then trying to get out that way.
Jacobsen: What are other non-secular organizations providing in terms of marriages that could be replicated?
Raubenheimer: We are, in a sense, nationwide pioneers. There is an organization in Cape Town called the Free Society Institute. They preceded us in terms of certifying their director and one other as marriage officers. They were not of great assistance to us in doing the job.
Apart from that, we are being strictly secular, and so being pretty much the pioneers. There are some, shall we say, liberal churches who have put themselves forward as churches. They do not require strict adherence to the faith. They would, in essence, do a secular wedding, as one of the ones listed on our website.
Jacobsen: What are some common vows given at a secular wedding?
Raubenheimer: Again, it is a bit premature to ask me that. We do ask our proposed wedding officers for sample ceremonies that they would give and they would present it to us during the interview. We give them feedback on it.
There is a formula used by Home Affairs. Essentially, the couple says that there is no impediment to their getting married. There is a formula that the marriage officers then put to them. They then say, “I do,” on either side. Then the marriage officer announces them, husband and wife.
But other than that, it is pretty much free form.
Jacobsen: Do you expect a backlash from fundamentalist religious groups who see you as servants of some dark power in some way?
Raubenheimer: We have not seen that yet. It is entirely possible, particularly in rural areas. I think, generally speaking, secularism has been so far below the radar and a minority thing. It is going to take a while before it gets noticed. Unless, we were to conduct an actual atheist billboard campaign.
It [Laughing] really is not our style. We have been more low key and conciliatory. We have been more accommodating rather than in-your-face antitheists. We did lose some members at the beginning when we were settling on our values because of this.
It seems the best way to handle this in South Africa rather than Madalyn Murray O’Hair atheism. It is better to go about things softly. Anti-theists can do things on their own, but not under the SASS banner.
Jacobsen: What is the importance of secular wedding officiants in order to advance secular values in South Africa?
Raubenheimer: I would say it is a key feature because multiple people have said, having discovered that we are getting secular marriage officers organized, “I wish I had this when I got married.” People either had to go to what you would call a magistrate or get somebody who said that they would do a secular wedding and then got carried away based on habit halfway through by throwing god into the mix.
Several people have had unpleasant experiences with that. I think it is key, as we, in fact, say on our website; that we bring in the secular values of the South African constitution. That there will be no discrimination on the basis of religion and actually providing people in their service.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Rick.
Raubenheimer: Thank you, Scott.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/08
Annie Laurie Gaylor is the Co-President of the Freedom From Religion Foundation (FFRF) with Dan Barker. She has been part of the fight against the encroachment of religion on secular culture, and human and women’s rights for decades. Here we talk about secular women.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Who are some secular women in history who made important, but almost unknown to the wider public, contributions to secularism in the United States?
Annie Laurie Gaylor: Francis Wright was lionized by the early suffragists of the 19th century, placed in the frontispiece of the first volume of “The History of Woman Suffrage,” but is largely unremembered today.
She became the first woman to speak publicly to men and women in what were known as “promiscuous assemblies” from the podium in the United States, the first to speak publicly to advocate women’s equality and certainly the first to question the utility of religion and denounce the power of the clergy.
She was a pioneering antislavery activist, social reformer, early advocate of free public schools and editor of the “Free Enquirer.” She knew Jeremy Bentham, won praise from Thomas Jefferson and became the confidante of General Lafayette.
To the US press and clergy, she was vilified as “The Red Harlot of Infidelity,” a “bold blamer and voluptuous preacher of licentiousness.” She entreated believers to “turn their churches into halls of science.”
Another path-blazer largely unknown today but in her day as well known as Gloria Steinem was Ernestine L. Rose, born in Poland, the daughter of an orthodox rabbi who successfully fought for her own property rights when he tried to marry her off at 16 to a much older man using her inheritance from her mother as a dowry.
She wound up in the United States in 1836, just in time to become a booster of the Married Woman’s Property Act, introduced in the state of New York by a freethinking judge who had no support until Ernestine showed up. She went door to door asking women to sign a petition for their property rights and in five months’ time had only garnered five signatures.
But she didn’t give up, other women joined her, and in 1848, the first Married Woman’s Property Act was passed in New York, a small step for New York women, but a large step for womankind.
She went on to visit 23 states seeding similar legislation, and also openly espousing atheism. She was much admired in freethought circles and spent most of her life seeking to help women and overcome religion.
Jacobsen: What books would you recommend on the subject of secular women? How have women simply been the backbone of religious communities and, potentially, secular ones too? But they have been denied core decision-making positions or prominent public intellectual status?
Gaylor: I edited the first anthology of women freethinkers, “Women Without Superstition: No Gods — No Masters, The Collected Writings of Women Freethinkers of the 19th and 20th Centuries,” published by FFRF and available from FFRF.
It does need updating for the 21st century. I recommend Eleanor Flexner’s “A Century of Struggle” (about the early feminist movement but including many secular activists), “From Housewife to Heretic” by Sonia Johnson and “Infidel” by Ayaan Hirsi Ali.
Women have played a disproportionate role in the secular movement in part because we have the most to gain (and to lose) when religion controls government. Historically many women have started and led or are leading secular and freethought groups all around the world.
Since “Women Without Superstition” came out, Yuri Suhl has researched and written a new biography on Ernestine L. Rose, called “Ernestine L. Rose: Women’s Rights Pioneer.”
Matilda Joslyn Gage is another overlooked early feminist pioneer, who comprised what was called the “triumvirate” of Elizabeth Cady Stanton and Susan B. Anthony.
Together they edited the first volumes of the “History of Woman Suffrage” and she wrote the ground-breaking “Woman, Church & State” (still in print in 1893). A new bio out on her is “Born Criminal: Matilda Joslyn Gage, Radical Suffragist” by Angelica Shirley Carpenter.
Karen Garst has written or edited two books, “Woman v. Religion” and “Women Beyond Belief.” Candace Gorham has written “The Ebony Exodus Project: Why Some Black Women Are Walking Out on Religion— and Others Should Too.”
Jacobsen: How can the secular community continue to improve the representation and presentation of secular women to the public, and secular women of color?
Gaylor: Keep inviting them to speak at conferences and contribute writings to journals.
The early American suffragists were typically embraced by the freethinking community. E.C. Stanton was a revered figure published in most of the major secular journals, for example.
This led Susan H. Wixon, a respected freethought writer in the late 19th century, to say that “Freethought has always been the best friend woman had” in a major speech.
The Freedom From Religion Foundation would not exist today were it not for the intersection of the interests of women with the proponents of secular government.
My mother and I co-founded FFRF after my mother’s work as an early abortion rights and contraceptive rights advocate (with me trailing around as a middle-schooler) in the late 1960s.
We both became aware that the only organized enemy of women’s rights, particularly reproductive rights, was religion, and realized women could not be free unless government is free from religion.
Today surveys of our membership (now over 31,000) reveal that of all the other major social controversies, the support for abortion rights is uppermost.
So while our membership is male-dominated (as is true for the secular movement in general), these members support the most controversial of women’s rights. We continue to advocate for reproductive rights, along with LGBTQ rights, as an integral part of the movement.
So the short answer, in summary, for how secular groups can continue to attract women is for us to continue to advocate for the rights of women to be free from religious dogma in government.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Annie Laurie.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/08
Nik J. Gray is the Co-Founder of the Society of ExMuslims Australia. Here we talk about her life, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Nik J Gray, Co-Founder of SEMA: My family is a bit different from most Muslims as I am the child of a convert. My family are very religious Islamically and I grew up along the eastern coast of Australia as well as temporarily living in Somalia.
I didn’t have much of an education growing up as my family didn’t believe that an Australian/Western Education was acceptable instead was homeschooled from a religious perspective. I do not have much to do with my family as they can not accept my apostasy.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Nik J Gray: I was not able to obtain my high school graduate until after I left home. I tried to study at university but due to the lack of support from government agencies, I was unable to continue to study and work.
After a few years, I obtained a few certificates in Business Management. Informally, I read anything and everything I can get my hands on.
Jacobsen: What are the central issues facing ex-Muslims in Australia?
Nik J Gray: A distinct lack of understanding and support from not just general population but government agencies. I left home in 2011 and many ExMuslims are still facing the same issues that affected me. We are constantly silenced when we try to speak up on any issue that may affect us as being islamophobic or racist.
Jacobsen: Are there some issues ex-Muslim women face that ex-Muslim men do not, and vice versa? What are they?
Nik J Gray: As an ExMuslim woman I definitely had issues adjusting to a world where men and women mixed. I was timid, shy and didn’t know how to do anything such as catch a bus, find a job or pay bills.
I think this is an issue that can affect perhaps ExMuslims of both genders however perhaps more women as we are often kept more isolated from the outside world versus our male counterparts.
As a woman I can not say much regarding the issues that exMuslim men face but they do have their own hurdles they must jump.
Jacobsen: What are important allies in the efforts to protect, provide asylum for, and give community to ex-Muslims in Australia?
Nik J Gray: Currently the only support ExMuslims in Australia seem to be recieving is from the Secular Party of Australia and Progressive Atheists. Beyond that most organisations seem to be silent, but that can also be a lack of awareness due to how secretive the ExMuslim community is in Australia.
Jacobsen: What writers and thinkers most accurately articulate the concerns of the ex-Muslim community?
Nik J Gray: I think that most ExMuslim activists on Twitter such as Yasmine Mohammed, Armin Navabi, and Ali Rizvi are all doing great work when it comes to the concerns of exMuslims.
Jacobsen: Moving into 2019, what the targeted objectives of “Society For ExMuslims Australia”?
Nik J Gray: Right now we are just aiming to be a face of ExMuslims in Australia with the hopes to be able to provide a network of support groups for ExMuslim Australia wide in the coming future.
Jacobsen: What are some of the heartwarming as well as tragic stories that you’ve encountered with ex-Muslims?
Nik J Gray: Every ExMuslim story I hear breaks my heart a little bit. It is a terrible thing that in the 21st century we have people fearing for their lives not just in Muslim countries.
For myself personally, the heartwarming stories I encounter are when people tell me that they finally feel free. Every ExMuslim story is a tragic tale that sometimes ends in joy, and sometimes in misery.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Nik J Gray: Society of ExMuslims Australia is still in its grassroots stage. We are all volunteers who are taking time out of lives to dedicate to the void that is missing in the ExMuslim community in Australia.
I have always said when asked what can other people do to support exMuslims and I respond with; Listen and Share our stories through whatever means you can.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Nik J Gray: I just hope that one day an organisation like SEMA won’t have to exist because people can leave Islam without fearing losing their family or even their lives.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time.
Nik J Gray: Thank you.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/07
Joyce Arthur is the Founder and Executive Director of the Abortion Rights Coalition of Canada. She has been an abortion rights and pro-choice activist since 1998. Arthur worked for 10 years running the Pro-Choice Action Network. In addition to these accomplishments, she founded FIRST or the first national feminist group advocating for the rights of sex workers and the decriminalization of prostitution in Canada. We decided to start an educational series on reproductive rights in its various facets. Here we talk about Ontario.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: With the repeal of the sexual education curriculum in Ontario, what are the central concerns about this move by Premier Doug Ford in terms of consent?
Joyce Arthur: Students live in a very different world today, compared to 1998 when Ontario’s previous sex-ed curriculum was implemented. Everyone uses the Internet, with its easy-to-access porn, and its cyberbullying, including online sexual harassment of women and girls. That makes teaching the concept of consent crucial for safety reasons and to reduce abuse. Consent means that each person needs to ensure their partner has actively agreed to any sexual act. Consent means a clear, even enthusiastic yes – not reluctance, uncertainty, or silence. As sexual health educator Kristin Rushowy said, “While ‘no means no’ was the mantra for years when talking about sexual consent, it’s now ‘yes means yes’.” Further, once consent is given, it can be retracted at any time including during sex; it is never ongoing.
It’s been social conservatives and anti-choice and religious groups driving the opposition to the former Liberal government’s 2015 sex-ed curriculum, so let’s compare this modern concept of consent to the traditional view on sexuality. The idea of consent is actually antithetical to right-wing religious beliefs. Sex should be only for married couples (a man and a woman born that way, to be clear) and the main purpose is procreation, not pleasure. It wasn’t that long since marital rape was not a crime – because a wife was expected to give herself to her husband and meet his demands, and by marrying him she permanently consented to sex. We see the same dynamic at work when we confront the sexist assumption that a sex worker, just by virtue of selling sexual services, has thereby lost her right to say no and gives default consent to having any kind of sex with anyone at any time. From the right-wing point of view then, the whole idea of consent is highly questionable because it gives sexual autonomy to women and encourages sex for pleasure and casual sex outside marriage. They don’t like “yes means yes” and want to go back to “no means no” because they are sexually repressive.
Interestingly, the Ontario government has backtracked somewhat after they got an earful from their public consultation, and they plan to put consent back into the curriculum. We’ll have to wait and see how much effort they put into that. But I doubt we’ll see them use the word “enthusiastic” when it comes to sexual consent.
Jacobsen: Let’s make this comparative and practical, and concrete: what was sexual education and public life like before the explicit introduction and implicit expectation of, more, consent-based sexual education and sexual activity? How did things change in the 4-5 years with the introduction of the modernized sexual education curriculum in Ontario, and elsewhere, along the same lines of education and activity?
Arthur: Sex education has always been a controversial topic and was not mandated in Ontario schools until 1987, in response to the AIDS crisis. Indeed, sex-ed has always tended to be scare-mongering – avoid sex if you don’t want to get pregnant or an STI. And best to wait until you’re married, of course. It’s still mostly that way, although it’s improved compared to early sex-ed in the 1960’s and 1970’s – if you got any at all back then, it was about teaching body parts and menstruation. It’s really a shame that the new Ontario government rescinded the new sex-ed program because it represented the most progressive and comprehensive one in Canada. Most provinces fall far short of teaching progressive sex-ed; they still emphasize abstinence and avoiding STIs. You can read a 2017 summary of the sex-ed policies/programmes of each province and territory here: http://www.arcc-cdac.ca/postionpapers/39-Sex-Education-in-Canada.pdf
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Joyce.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/07
Kelly is the Community Clusers (BBCs) Coordinator of The Brights Net. Here we talk about her life, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Kelly: I was born and raised in Sacramento, CA., the first child of three. My parents, as adults, immigrated from Greece to the United States. We had a rather traditional Greek home, whereby, the language, foods, art, music, customs, faith, and friends, were predominately Greek.
I’d like to point out that as with many people who immigrate to a foreign land, it is only natural to seek out people, community, interests, etc., which are similar to your own.
It’s a matter of social survival, I suppose. In our case, the Greek community, at that time, was centered around the only Greek Orthodox Church in the area.
This is where we met other Greeks who became part of our “family”. I can’t begin to tell you how many “Aunts and Uncles” I have. Not biological, of course, but through the “extended” family, which came about through the relationships formed in the Greek community.
As a child, I didn’t feel “different” about my family being from Europe, as most of my friends had the same experiences. I suppose the only time I did feel different, was when I was surrounded by people who did not have a “direct” link to their heritage.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Kelly: As for my formal education, even though I was brought up Greek Orthodox, I attended Catholic schools for the majority of my life. I even attended an all girl’s Catholic high school, in Sacramento, considered at the time, to offer a higher standard of education.
(Little did I know, it was an environment which encouraged mind control, submission and intellectual deficiency.) From there, I went on to earn my Bachelor’s degree in Psychology.
To this day, I have little, if any fondness, of my experiences attending Catholic schools. In particular, I recall the sinister weapon of “control and obedience” – Physical, as well as mental.
Upon reflection, everything was deemed sinful/destructive – Especially, knowledge. As an individual, you were always set up for failure. Even the most innocent and natural of thoughts/ideas, was considered to be shameful and abhorrent.
It would have been bad enough to teach and threaten adults with these preposterous ideas/views, but to do this to children is unforgiveable, in my opinion.
That said, I do, however, consider myself one of the lucky ones. Albeit later in life, I was introduced to the concept of the “naturalistic” worldview. I found this outlook refreshing, as well as inviting.
For once, I was encouraged to be “curious”, something I NEVER experienced in Catholic schools or the Greek Orthodox Church. Suddenly, I could ask questions, read, and learn, without having anyone of self-appointed authority prohibiting me.
Once I learned that living without the supernatural was a viable option, I felt an extraordinary sensation of freedom. I found myself discussing and sharing ideas, with others, topics of immense interest.
This may sound trivial to some, but until that time, I accepted the notion of not questioning certain ideas. In fact, the thing that I have found most difficult to forgive concerning supernatural indoctrination, is that it literally “robbed” me of knowledge and curiosity. I was told “what” to think, rather than “how” to think.
Jacobsen: Like the Brights Community Clusters (BCCs) Coordinator, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Kelly: Brights Community Clusters (BBC’s) are active groups of Brights throughout the world. People who register as “Brights” can meet other Brights in their communities. Last count, I believe there are roughly 130,000 registered Brights.
In fact, one of the most successful BCC’s is the Russian Brights. They have an online community which you can view at the following link: https://brights-russia.org/ Currently, I’ve been more active in the distribution of the evolution poster, “Earth and Life: changes over time”.
Thanks to our extremely generous donors, we are able to send high school science educators (for free), a resource tool, vital to the teaching of evolution and “sound science”. To date, we have sent out several hundred posters to high school instructors across the globe.
Jacobsen: As the Brights emphasize the lack of any supernaturalism in the universe, how does this differ from some more standard non-religious viewpoints?
Kelly: I think there is a great deal of confusion concerning the term Bright. Let me clarify: The term “Bright” is a noun, not an adjective. The actual term, “Bright” comes from the Enlightenment period of history.
In 2003, co.founders Dr. Futrell and Dr. Geisert, decided to begin and promote The Brights’ Net. As a registered Bright, one identifies as an individual who lives their life without “ALL” supernatural – not just god.
Many individuals have confused the term as another way of defining yourself as an atheist. Atheism only describes one’s view about god. Being an atheist says nothing about one’s notions concerning other supernatural: Psychics, astrology, superstitions, numerology, spirits, etc.
I have met several individuals who will openly dismiss the notion of god, only to admit that they believe in other supernatural phenomena/entities. As a Bright, one is identifying themselves to be free of any and all supernatural.
Jacobsen: With a focus on individuals, how does the Brights movement differ from others in terms of the non-supernaturalist movements with individualism?
Kelly: Our focus is not on religion or god. We have no dogma. Individuals are encouraged to act within their own spheres of influence. We intend to work to grow a constituency of Brights able to exercise social and political influence in a constructive fashion.
The Brights movement is not by design, an anti-religious force in society. The overall aim is civic fairness for all, which necessitates there being a place in politics and society for persons who hold a naturalistic outlook.
Jacobsen: Why does naturalism form a foundational basis of the Brights movement? What does this mean in practical terms for the interpretation of events presented to members?
Kelly: The Brights movement offers a different narrative. We aim to have people accept us as “full” participants in civil society.
Unfortunately, in many cultures, when one is identified as a person without supernatural beliefs, they are automatically perceived in a negative light – We want to change that perception.
Jacobsen: What are the community clusters and meetups? What are some examples of the happenings in these provisions for the Brights community?
Kelly: Community clusters and Meetups allow for fellow Brights to meet one another in their communities. Each group meets on their own volition, and they decide what they’d like to do, discuss, etc.
You can find out more by going to our website, www.the-brights.net and click on the “Community” tab. If your area does not have a BCC, you can always start one on your own.
Jacobsen: Who have been the more integral members, writers, and thinkers of the Brights international movement? Can you recommend any books by them?
Kelly: We have several well known Brights, who we refer to as “Enthusiastic Brights”. You can view them on our website under the “People” tab.
Some included are Daniel Dennett, Susan Blackmore, Richard Dawkins and Leo Igwe. Many have written books and are on the speaking/lecture circuit. As for reading material, I highly recommend “The God Delusion”, by Dr. Dawkins.
That particular book changed my life, for the better, might I add! I’m also rather fond of Dr. Dennett’s, “Breaking the Spell”, as it is extremely well done and certainly thought provoking. These individuals are Brights because they registered their approval with the stated aims of the movement.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Kelly: Thought you’d never ask. J First and foremost, go to our website, www.the-brights.net and register as a Bright – It’s free. Next, get involved in your community and tell people you are a Bright.
I have found that through discussion and visibility, people become more aware of our constituency and inevitably, this is how we grow. You’d be surprised as to how many people have the same views concerning the supernatural.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Kelly: I think it’s important for individuals to realize just how vital it is to have a voice in the promotion of a naturalistic worldview. I hope that your readers will visit our website, www.the-brights.net and decide as to whether they identify as a Bright.
As participants in the movement, we strive to be accepted as full participants in society. With openness and visibility, we can strive to change the narrative!
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Kelly.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/06
Autumn Reinhardt-Simpson is an abortion doula and Ph.D. student in religious studies at the University of Alberta. She is the author of the Humanist Ceremonies Handbook (Humanist Press, 2018) and the upcoming The Companion: An Abortion Doula Handbook. You can visit her at her website www.electriceelpond.com.
Here we talk about abortion doulas and abortion doula training in Edmonton.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You’re the only qualified abortion doula and abortion doula trainer through the Abortion Doula Training Program in Edmonton. In other words, you’re a one-woman enterprise.
I wanted to have this information available to the general public with this educational series. To start, for those who may not know, what is the main service of the Abortion Doula Training Program (Edmonton)?
Autumn Reinhardt-Simpson: Well, to begin with, I don’t actually have any name for my training program. I think Joyce over at the Abortion Rights Coalition of Canada (which you should totally check out) just gave me that as a heading! I’ve been working on my own until recently and therefore didn’t really give myself any kind of name. But yes, I do train people to become doulas so, in a sense, I run a training program. And my second book, which I’m working on now, will be something of a handbook for people who are interested in becoming an abortion doula.
But to answer your question, the main service I offer is…being an abortion doula! That means that I do everything from answering questions in person, on the phone, online, etc., about the different abortion procedures and walk people through getting appointments, filling out paperwork, etc. I also go with them to the clinic and even into the procedure itself if they want me there. Ultimately, a doula is an advocate. Many people accessing abortion care don’t have anyone to advocate for them or educate them ahead of time. They usually go through the process alone and with no idea what’s going to happen. At worst, they’ve run into anti-abortion pregnancy care centers which have filled their heads with all kinds of nonsense and doom. What I hope to do is put people at ease, educate them fully about their options and rights, and then help them navigate the process medically and emotionally.
Jacobsen: What is the amount of training required to become an abortion doula?
Reinhardt-Simpson: This is something that varies wildly. Legally, there are absolutely no requirements which is both awesome and kind of not great. Abortion doula work began as a very grassroots feminist concept of accompaniment based on relationship and so not having strict and impersonal official licensing bodies can be good. However, it does mean that anyone can set up as an abortion doula which, obviously, is not always good. I’m trying to find some middle ground by training doulas myself while also allowing for a high degree of flexibility. My concern is that I want to make sure that potential doulas are empathic and “other-focused”. It doesn’t help that many people are attracted to this work who see it as simply another form of visible activism. I want people to understand that we’re working with actual human beings in complex situations and with complex feelings.
Most interested people do tend to seek out training programs. I got started in this quite early on in the movement so I got somewhat grandmothered into this work before there were many official training programs but most people today would probably do something more formal. Some clinics have training and then use the doulas in-house. I’m an independent doula myself so I’m not tied to any one clinic which gives me some flexibility.
Jacobsen: For those who have an interest in training to become an abortion doula in the province of Alberta, what are your recommended steps for them?
Reinhardt-Simpson: I would ask them to contact me by email at areinhardtsimpson@gmail.com. We’d have a nice, long chat and, if they seem suited to the work, I’d have them shadow me a bit to see what it’s like and then, when ready, set them up with a few of their own patients. Part of the training does involve a background check.
Jacobsen: What are the professional ethics for working with patients as an abortion doula in Canada (or elsewhere)?
Reinhardt-Simpson: As I mentioned before, there are no legal or governing bodies that oversee abortion doula work so there is no official set of professional ethics. That said, the movement STRONGLY emphasises patient confidentiality and professionalism. That last one might mean various things to various people but in the training I offer it means that you should be confident that the information you are providing is true, accurate, and easily accessible to your patient. I provide each trainee with a list of resources that should help them to track down info when needed. It’s also very important to me that trainees understand that though they may love this work, it is never about them. The patient should always be the focus of all our efforts. Therefore, if you’re a very loud and proud activist – that’s awesome and we need that -but this work may not give you the buzz that you’re used to as we try to keep the patient front and center.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Autumn.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/06
Miriam de Bontridder is a Board Member of the Foundation The Einder. Here we talk about her life, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Miriam de Bontridder: The first 17 years of my life I lived in a small village in Flanders (Belgium). I have had a Catholic upbringing and until I went to Ghent for my studies, my mother required me to attend Mass every Sunday, even though I did not believe in (a) god since I reached the age of 13.
I was raised with rural values that were characterized by solidity.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
De Bontridder: At the University of Ghent (at the time a stronghold of progressivity) I studied Philosophy and then Law. I continued my law studies in Amsterdam, where I graduated in Dutch law and in International law. At the end of my career as a lawyer, I became deputy judge at the high court in Amsterdam.
Jacobsen: What tasks and responsibilities come with the Board Member position for Foundation The Einder?
De Bontridder: In 2013 I was approached to join the board of De Einder as a volunteer and to take on the portfolio of legal affairs there.
About De Einder I just knew at that time that it was founded in 1995 by a department of the Humanist Alliance in connection with two briefly successive events that took place in the same region. First a young man who jumped from an eleven storey apartment with death as a result, then a young woman who has thrown herself in front of a train with amputation of her lower limbs and a psychological trauma that could no longer be healed.
The question arose: ‘how to humanise suicides’ in the sense that someone who does not want to continue living is no longer dependent on cruel methods and means and where bystanders or relatives are spared as much as possible.
The question can also be described differently: how to prevent suicide? Not in the sense of what has come to be known as suicide prevention. No, in another sense, in the sense that the suicide is stripped of all horror and turned into a careful consideration process in which a person of sound mind, without being dependent on a physician, ends his life in a humane way after having gone through a rational and emotional process of consideration which ends up with the substantiated judgment that life has nothing or almost nothing positive for him anymore in prospect.
This form of suicide – stepping out of life without the intervention of a physician and using humane methods after a careful weighing process has been completed – De Einder calls ‘self-euthanasia’ or ‘a careful suicide’.
As there is a provision in Dutch criminal law that makes assistance with suicide punishable the peculiar situation arises that cruel suicides are not in violation of the law, but careful suicides may conflict with the law. With regard to the prohibition of assisted suicide in the Dutch penal code case law has arisen in which a distinction is made between punishable and non-punishable assistance in suicide.
What is allowed:
- to provide general information
- to give moral support (possibly by being present at the moment of suicide)
- to conduct conversations about the intended suicide
What is not allowed:
- to encourage suicide
- to provide resources such as medicines intended for suicide
- to instruct in the sense of giving an assignment with the intent that it is carried out
- to take over the control
- to carry out support activities around the execution
For the consultants of De Einder who inform people about how they can find death in a peaceful way, it is important that they act within the limits of the law. It is my task to supervise this.
Jacobsen: What have been some of the main struggles and victories for Foundation The Einder?
De Bontridder: Let me tell you what De Einder does. With that I give you both an image of its struggles and of its victories.
The vision and mission of De Einder is to discuss and implement a human death which is registered by the person himself. What does that mean? By ‘a self registred human death’ De Einder understands the completely voluntary decision to realise the end of one’s own life using humane methods after a careful consideration process has taken place at which the legitimate interests of others have been taken into account.
According to De Einder, the fact that people have not asked for their own birth does not mean that they are also not allowed to control their death. In De Einder’s view, everyone has the right to decide on his own end of life, even if that decision leads to the termination of that life. De Einder stands up for a right to die.
For the sake of convenience I define the right to die as the right whereby someone with a death wish who fully oversees the consequences of carrying out this wish and who takes the legitimate interests of others into account in his decision making process, has access to safe and reliable means that result in a peaceful, self-chosen human death or has access to someone who is prepared to execute his wish to die peacefully.
People who come to De EInder sometimes have an acute death wish and sometimes have only a future death wish.
People with an acute death wish often suffer from chronic physical or psychological problems, or don’t feel heard by their GP or specialist, or have been informed that their request can not be treated within the euthanasia law, or consider their lives as completed or do not want to use aggressive suicide methods.
People who do not have a direct death wish, are often driven by a desire to be in the possession of preventive means in order not to be dependent on their doctor.
Objective of De Einder is to provide moral support to people who are planning their final phase of life. This moral support is offered by consultants who guide people in clarifying their often ambivalent feelings and thoughts with regard to end-of-life decisions. In a personal meeting De Einder’s consultants discuss with the person concerned the questions and possible doubts with respect to the choices that are being considered by him. Most often such conversations are centred around the most radical decision that a person can take: the decision to end his own life. Those who are faced with such a decision feel the need and deserve to submit their considerations – and their questions and doubts – to someone who is familiar with end-of-life decisions. Someone who has enough distance to avoid identification with the client but who is also empathic enough to understand his death wish. Someone whose most important concern is that the client takes a well-considered decision with regard to the question to be or not to be. Someone who can ensure that the person who has taken a well-considered decision to commit suicide, says goodbye to the world in harmony and intimacy with his social environment.
Sensitive issues that the consultant is paying attention to are questions such as if the person concerned is of sound mind, if he is competent to fully oversee the consequences of his intention to step out of life and if he is capable to implement himself all steps to end his life without bringing other people into danger. Furthermore, it must be sure that an applicant’s wish to die is completely voluntarily, without there being any implicit or explicit pressure that others have exerted on him. In addition, an applicant must take into consideration the legitimate interests of others when deciding to step out of life. And finally, it must be plausible that self euthanasia is indeed the only alternative that remains for the applicant.
The consultant fulfils the role of discussion partner in the deepening of the issues discussed above and not the role of someone who makes demands. If the person seeking assistance does indeed consistently hold on to his opinion that life has little or nothing positive to offer and is mainly suffering, the consultant will inform the person concerned of how to achieve a peaceful and dignified death.
For each observer, the following must be an eye-opener: the science of how to obtain access to reliable euthanatics takes away so much fear and tension from the person concerned and creates such a great reassurance that even with ease the decision is taken to continue living. Speaking about the death wish gives such a great relief, and having the relevant information offers people such a high level of security, that people often derive the strength to take up therapy again. It is the tension of ‘not being able to talk about’ – often out of fear of engaging the crisis service or anxiety for the judgmental opinion of relatives and third parties – which can lead to obsession with the death wish and make this whish overpowering.
Jacobsen: In consideration of the upcoming battlegrounds, so to speak, what will be the next areas of activism in the next decade, for Foundation The Einder?
De Bontridder: During the time that De Einder was founded and many years later, little was known about human suicidal methods and drugs. The Einder had to invent the wheel here. “How to prevent potential suicides from using horrendous means and methods for themselves and their environment?” was a question in a field that nobody had any experience with.
Around the turn of the millennium information about humane suicides and methods were described in the so-called Scottish book that in the Netherlands was only clandestine available. This WOZZ booklet was published in 2003 by the Scientific Research Foundation for Careful Suicide (WOZZ). In 2006, The Peaceful Pill Handbook by Philip Nitschke and Fiona Stewart appeared and in 2010 the first edition of the book ‘Uitweg’ by Boudewijn Chabot and Stella Braam was published. These last two books contain a wealth of information with respect to the question of how to end your life in a humane way.
With the arrival of Uitweg and the later editions of The Peaceful Pill Handbook, in which addresses were included to order the desired euthanatics, the focus of De Einder has shifted. There is now more attention for the question on whether the existing euthanasia law should not be extended.
The current euthanasia law is suitable for what it is meant for: enabling the physician to honour a request for euthanasia by a patient suffering from a medical disease. The current law enables doctor’s euthanasia.
De Einder is of the opinion that there should also be a law that makes a careful suicide possible for a person who suffers existentially. Think of the ‘completed life ‘of elderly who are not sick but who ‘suffer from life’. According to De EInder, someone who suffers from life must be able to end his life with the help of euthanatics made accessible by the government and without being dependent on the personal moral values of a doctor.
About such a second law it is said that it would form a bomb under the current euthanasia law. My preliminary judgment is that this does not have to be the case:
It is self-evident that strict requirements are imposed on doctor’s euthanasia where a person requests someone else, i.e. the doctor, to end his life. But self-euthanasia where a person takes his own life by means of a euthanatic which he can – with or without the aid of intimates or end-of-life counselors – request from a government agency that only performs a marginal test on formal requirements (such as for example if the wish to die is not born under pression of others), does not have to meet the strict requirements posed to doctor’s euthanasia.
Jacobsen: What are the more local issues? Of these local issues, what ones link to the more international problems for the global community or organizations linked with FoundationThe Einder?
De Bontridder: Local issues are not at stake. At stake our universal values as the right to live and to right to die when life is unbearable.
Jacobsen: How does Foundation The Einder provide a solid basis upon which to change the legal conditions and sociocultural conversation around right to die issues?
De Bontridder: My answer would be too legal and too technical, could we skip this question?
Jacobsen: How is the Nederlands more progressive on euthanasia issues than other nations? How does the social health of the nation improve with these progressive measures taken by Nederlands? How can other countries learn from its example?
De Bontridder: May I reformulate this question? Would an organization like De Einder be helpful in other countries? Could other countries benefit from an organization that dedicates itself to turning the number of cruel suicides into suicides that can carry the predicate ‘carefully’?
An organization like De Einder does not exist in any other country than the Netherlands. The impression exists that self-euthanasia, ‘the careful suicide’, is still a subject that is taboo in most other countries.
Could it be the case that there occur more cruel suicides in these countries while in the Netherlands more ‘careful suicides’ take place?
There is no scientific research with respect to this question, but if such research comes I guess it could lead to interesting conclusions.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with donation of time, addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, and so on?
De Bontridder: I am afraid we cannot be of much help for Canadian people seeking for end of life assistance. And we neither can offer them possibilities to get more involved in our organization.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
De Bontridder: No particular thoughts or feelings,thank you for considering me for this interview.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Miriam.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/05
Kwabena “Michael” Osei-Assibey is the President of the Humanist Association of Ghana. We will be conducting this educational series to learn more about humanism and secularism within Ghana. Here we talk about Ghanaian humanism in its flavour and community.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is the status of the Humanist Association of Ghana now? You took over from Roslyn. Your partner (Roslyn), certainly, set forth the progress of the humanist community in Ghana a lot. What are some upcoming events and activities, and developments, for 2019/2020?
Kwabena “Michael” Osei-Assibey: The focus since I took over was in creating more spaces in order to expand our audience. Central to that was establishing relationships with more organizations and laying the ground work for our first ever Freethinking Festival as part of our Freethinking Campus Initiative.
Let me take you back a bit. HAG organizes a Freethought meeting on the last Sunday of every month and has organized two successful 2 day conferences in the past. We have also been invited to talk about minority rights and critical thinking on several occasions on different platforms. However, this has never been enough and we have always had the urge to expand. The universities seemed like a pretty good place to start. After all, universities are supposed to be prime grounds for freethinking and critical thinking. I believe that was first of many erroneous assumptions.
A few of us organized and printed some flyers and went on a door-to-door campaign on campus to get a feel about what students thought about critical thinking and freethinking. We knocked on over a hundred doors and spoke to hundreds of students in the process. Nine out of ten times when we were invited into a room, there will be either a student listening to gospel music, reading a bible or showing clear hostility to the idea of humanism/atheism/agnosticism. This was indicative of and not different to already established sentiments and behavior of the general population.
Concurrently, we were struggling with finding a new “home”, a place we can host our free-thought meetings and other programs. Over the past three years, Afia Beach Hotel had been our home. The owner, Helen List, is a member and generously let us use her space. However, the hotel was fighting a losing battle with the Government of Ghana, whom, in their infinite wisdom, was using eminent domain to take over the hotel and other property by the beach for the development of a “Marine Drive” project – a series of high rise properties. The irony is, even though she had been displaced, no compensation has yet to be paid to her. This tragedy was/is personal to every member of our organization.
It was also during this time that we undertook a constitutional review to include an additional officer, a communication officer, and review the duties of the executives. We also reviewed term limits and included a code of conducts. This was followed by elections. Our new executive body are, with me winning a second term as president, Eibhlín Ní Chléirigh as finacial secretary (second term), LLoyd Thompson as Organizing Secretary (first term), Thaddeus Twumasi as Communications officer (new position and first term), as well as Emmanuel Wolley (first term) and Selasie Djameh (second term) as Council members. The team was voted in for a 2 year term.
Back to our up coming Freethought Festival. In August, we will be organizing the maiden 7-day Festival of Ideas (Freethought Festival) under the theme – Power Structures and we can change them. Given what we experienced on campus, we realized conversations like this, and others, were very much needed. We plan to have conversations on and around gender and sex, religion and governance, science and pseudoscience, arts and social change, mental health, and social change. We are planning a diverse group of panelists from scientists, to professors, artists, student leaders, and policy makers. We are very existed bout it. Although still in the planning phase, a lot of the potential panelist we spoke to are keen to be part of the conversations. Fostering conversation after the festival and growing our campus base will keep us very busy for the rest of the year.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Kwabena.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/05
Harris Sultan is an Author and the Founder of “Ex Muslim Atheist.” Here we talk about his life, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Harris Sultan: I was born in Lahore, Pakistan. My father at the time was working as an engineer in Saudi Arabia so my sister, myself and my mum moved to Saudi Arabia.
My family left Saudi Arabia when I was two years old so I don’t have any memory of it but I often wonder how my life would have been had my family stayed there. I was always a bit curious but now when I meet other ex-Muslim atheists and just atheists, I’ve realised I wasn’t so special after all.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Sultan: I went to a Christian school in Lahore. I did my high school there. We go to college for the 11th and 12th year of school and I managed to get into Govt. College Lahore, one of Pakistan’s best colleges. After that, I moved to Australia in 2003 for my undergraduate studies. I graduated in IT in 2007 and became an Australian citizen in 2008.
Jacobsen: What was the path towards becoming an ex-Muslim, as well as an atheist, for you? What differs from that path compared to those who travel from Islam simply into another faith?
Sultan: I’ve written my journey in detail in my book so I hope your readers will buy my book, available on Amazon and all your favourite bookstores :). I was always interested in the God question.
I came up with Pascal’s wager on my own when I was in college and believe it or not, I actually came up with the conclusion that it is probably best if I believed in God because if he doesn’t exist, it wouldn’t matter, if he does, I’ll be fine. I was up and down with the God question but never really thought about renouncing Islam.
I had become fairly moderate or what I like to call, a hypocrite which is a good thing. I always say a good Muslim (Jihadi) is a bad human (terrorist) and a bad Muslim (feminist, non-homophobic) is actually a good human.
I remember sometime in 2005 or 2006 I got hold of a news article here in an Australian newspaper where a journalist was trying to attack Richard Dawkins.
Even though it was severely biased and now I know how the journalist was strawmaning and even misrepresenting Dawkins, it was still Dawkins’ arguments that were making more sense to me, be it evolution or God in general. This made me look up Dawkins a little more and then I found a treasure trove on this “New Atheism”.
All of a sudden I had these hundreds of hours of videos and lectures and debates of people like Dawkins and Hitchens. I was smitten, all the questions I had in my mind and answers that I wanted to give but couldn’t articulate were now being presented in the most eloquent of ways.
I then read “The God Delusion” and became a convinced atheist. I openly credit Richard Dawkins for arming with the arguments against God.
I always wondered why one person would leave one mythical religion and join another one? My main problem with Islam was the idea of this supernatural God that has absolutely no evidence.
Even if the Quran was the most benign book, I still would have had a problem with the philosophy surrounding the existence of God. I never felt the desire to have a belief in anything that is not supported by any evidence.
This is where I think the difference lies between ex-Muslim atheists and ex-Muslims who turn to other faiths. These are the people who still want to believe in a God but are disenchanted with the bad morality in Islam and in the character of Muhammad.
Therefore, they turn to Christianity or Hinduism. I must add that in my experience most ex-Muslims turn out to be atheists but this could be my data bias as only those ex-Muslims get in touch with me who turn atheists.
Ex-Muslim Christians or ex-Muslim Hindus (I only know of one) go to other places to share their views. It would be interesting to do an advanced survey on ex-Muslims to find out if they have become atheists or adopted another religion.
Jacobsen: Can you explain to our audience the confrontation with Uthman Badar, please? What was the big takeaway from the experience for you?
Sultan: Well, I kind of knew what his position on apostates was. He is a hardcore Salafi (a literalist who follows the Quran literally and believes in all the Sunni Hadiths). I knew he had professed on record that apostates should be killed.
I just expected him to give a straight forward answer that he had already given in the past and demonstrate some intellectual honesty. He did get in a bit of trouble last time for saying it so I was just expecting him to explain why apostates should be killed but he was slipperier than I thought. He kept dancing around but wouldn’t give a straight answer.
Since he wasn’t giving a straight answer, I asked him if he had changed his stated position to which he replied he hadn’t meant he was still for the killing of apostates.
Before the debate, I had expected him to be intellectually honest and own publicly what he believes in private but I found him not to be of such calibre.
It wasn’t just the apostasy question, I made so many points on Islam regarding homophobia, misogyny etc. but he wouldn’t comment on anything.
My conclusion of him is that he should keep doing what he is doing, he is good for us, more the likes of him talk, more the questioning Muslims will leave Islam.
Jacobsen: In the context of the growing non-religious community around the world in raw numbers and in terms of the growing numbers of ex-Muslims, especially in the open and frank ones with online platforms, what is the next step?
Sultan: In my view, we should keep this onslaught on religion. We are going through a very unique time in history, not only that we have the best tools available to facilitate the flow of information, but we also happen to be living in a time when we can openly attack the bad ideas of religion, at least in the secular countries.
We shouldn’t take this for granted. The religions of the world are facing the toughest battle for their survival and we shouldn’t relent. If we don’t root out religion from the very fabric of our society, it can always come back in its original form or an even more dangerous form.
Jacobsen: What would be the basis for the construction of a global ex-Muslim organization, especially with the rise of the councils, the online groups, and the greater comprehension of questioning Muslims and ex-Muslims of their rights to freedom of expression, freedom of religion, freedom of belief, and freedom of conscience under the UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights?
Sultan: It’s not just the non-Islamic religions that are facing this onslaught from atheists and secularists, it is probably Islam that is caught the most off guard. The ex-Muslim councils and online groups are popping out of nowhere and their memberships are soaring in numbers.
20 years ago, the Islamic establishments of the world, would never in their wildest dreams have imagined this. Now, it’s not just the ‘west’ they have to fight, it’s the people from within their ranks, the native informants as they like to call us, that have become their biggest headache.
The kingdom of Saudi Arabia, the biggest exporter of the hardcore Salafi Islam exporter, branded atheists as terrorists in 2015.
It’s probably true to some extent, they are terrified of atheists and their free thinking. Our numbers are growing and with each new ex-Muslim on our side, we get stronger and they get weaker.
It is only a matter of time when our numbers will be so immense that the UN and the western powers will have no choice but to pressurise Islamic countries to change their ways and stop hunting down atheists and free thinkers.
Our biggest challenge is to motivate people and unite them to stand up for their rights. Not all atheists can flee to western countries and I am waiting for the day when these people will stand up and start a revolution.
Jacobsen: What are the main threats to ex-Muslims, individually and collectively now?
Sultan: The physical threat is always there, especially for public ex-Muslims. Only a couple of days ago I was warned by a charged criminal to “watch my back”.
This threat is not only just for publicly open ex-Muslims but the violence is so ingrained in Islam that anyone who even thinks about leaving Islam, immediately starts thinking about the consequences.
This might have served as a tool for the survival of Islam but it is also turning out to be a weapon against Islam.
This brutal hold over people’s thoughts is, at least in the 21st century, making young questioning ex-Muslims angry and I mean very angry.
I just hope there wouldn’t be any bloodshed but when a significantly large number of atheists is achieved say in, Pakistan or Egypt, there will be a clash if the governments there don’t change their ways.
It has already started happening in Iran, a huge number of ex-Muslims are not just politely criticising Islam, but they are actually hating Islam now, they are burning the Qurans and the burqas openly. There have been at least two attempts in the last 10 years for a revolution.
In my view, it’s only a matter of time when the Islamic Republic of Iran is overthrown. We just have to gather our forces and keep exposing the barbarity of the governments of these Muslim countries.
Jacobsen: What is the main tool of the extremists – not ordinary Muslims but ultra-conservatives – in attracting people into their ranks and for their fundamentalist causes?
Sultan: Quran sitting in a closet of some Muslim household is like a rifle sitting in a house of an ordinary American.
The tool for death and destruction is right there but most members of the household are just not aware of either its presence or its utility.
But every now and then we will have someone who will realise this, open the closet, understand its power and use it! Quran is essentially a bomb waiting to explode in the minds of young Muslims.
In the current climate, geopolitics, conflict of Israel and Palestine have a huge part but neither I nor a lot of other people are fully sold on this. There was no state of Israel before 1948 yet there have been clashes between the West and the East throughout the 1400-year history of Islam.
Thomas Jefferson, then an ambassador in the late 18th century reported to his superior in Paris that the Tripoli pirates on the coast of Africa held the view that the westerners, non-Muslims are meant to be enslaved. That report by Jefferson looks like a report from some CIA operative on ISIS.
Islam wants to spread either by proselytisation or by the sword, it doesn’t matter, it has to spread. Islam will keep successfully producing those Jihadis until Islam is either fully gone or severely modified.
200 years ago I could have been saying the same about Christianity as it was probably the bigger menace at that time but Christianity, as a religion has come a long way but Islam hasn’t.
Every major Islamic country you look at (barring Turkey), Islam is deeply rooted in their political structure. Unless Islam changes or evolves, these Islamic countries won’t change.
Once the violence from the Quran and Hadith is eliminated, there will be more will in the governments to act against the jihadi recruiters. I discussed that in my book how I, a teenage boy from an upper-middle-class household, almost became a jihadi.
Since my father was never interested in the violent Islam, he managed to pull me out of it but I could have been dead for 20 years for some crazy mullah’s dream of conquering Indian occupied Kashmir in the name of Islam.
I wish I could say its only geopolitics, you resolve Israel-Palestinian conflict, everything will be fine but I will be severely deluding myself.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on, to the global ex-Muslim movement?
Sultan: The Ex-Muslim movement is still relying on the backs of volunteers. People like me donate a huge chunk of our time for something none of us gets paid for. In addition to our time, we also attract a risk of safety. I was recently threatened by a Muslim not far from my house.
I was thinking if this crazy person does manage to find out where I live, I could be in serious trouble. I am a little disappointed in the attitude of atheists in general. We don’t tend to support each other as much as we need to.
Yes, our numbers are rising but this is no time to sit back, we need to keep it going, we need to keep supporting each other. Every time you share or like our tweets or videos, you help, if you can, please do support people like me on Patreon, buy books written by atheist writers and share the ideas.
Remember, this is the only time in history when us atheists can actually challenge religions openly, let’s not take it for granted. We can lose it very quickly.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Sultan: I’m glad you are doing it in the old school written format. I think we are overwhelmed by the podcasts and video interviews, some people like to read in the old fashioned way.
What you are doing is great, you are bringing like-minded people together and helping us spread our message. At times it might seem repetitive but the fact that the majority of people haven’t heard these arguments shows how much we have to keep saying the same thing over and over again.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Harris.
Sultan: Thank you for having me.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/04
Mubarak Bala is the President of the Humanist Association of Nigeria. We will be conducting this educational series to learn more about humanism and secularism within Nigeria. Here we talk about Nigerian freethought and freedom of expression.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In a song by Falz, inspired by the work of Childish Gambino, entitled “This is Nigeria,” one of the reactions to the video reflects something interesting around the world.
The religious preachers, pastors, imams, and others, at times, can simply spread falsehoods without consequence, e.g., legal action or other threats. Then someone – Falz – speaks, in an artistic production, on organized religion and gets a threat of legal action by a religious organization, the Muslim Rights Concern.
Does this reflection a typical double standard in the discourse towards Nigerian society’s arts and culture community by the religious? Does this reflect other issues around freedom of expression for secular compared to other Nigerians?
Because they have this right to freedom of expression in the UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights Article 19 and the 1999 Constitution of Nigeria in Section 39(1).
Mubarak Bala: Typically, secularists and atheists the world over, are quiet misunderstood and often misrepresented.
The more the society is religious the higher the contempt and disdain. They think it’s a favor to befriend or even allow you live, have a job or date you.
The video by FALZ drew their ire, but they quickly realized, that they were giving the song more popularity with the controversy and withdrew their threat of litigation.
There are funnier incidences, sometimes they win, other times they lose. But the positive outcome of it is that our community gets more analysis by the typical, normal citizens, and they now see us for who we are.
Just this morning, see what I woke up to:
https://punchng.com/atheists-too-deserve-buharis-cabinet-appointment/
In fact, this incidence you mentioned was not the first, two years ago, Akon and a few other Hollywood stars intervened in a case of a Muslim actress from northern Nigeria, after we publicized her case online, so vigorously that the clerics were forced to swallow their fatwa.
They decreed that she should marry, and banned her from Kannywood, the local film industry. Her crime: singing and holding hands with a male teenager. Her name is Rahma Sadau, her co-singer, Classiq. A Christian male from the region.
Her case gave them the shivers because he is controversial, does not conform to the conservative rules they imposed and fights misogyny in the industry. A Muslim girl with a nonMuslim associating even if on camera is strictly frowned upon.
When Goodluck Jonathan (President 2010-2015) provided seed money in billions of naira, millions in dollars, to fund the booming northern Nigerian film industry dominated by Muslims, the clerics moaned and fought it with all their might, until it was scrapped. An attempted revival by the current President also hit the rocks, as the clerics lobby has great voting blocks in the region.
Ironically, a few months after their jihad against this ‘Zionist agenda’ to dilute Muslim morality with joy and entertainment, the Saudi Prince, MBS launched his cinema and entertainment industry, so huge that Hollywood would be jealous. The clerics were now confused.
So all in all, in this region of the world, conservatives try hard to fight art, liberalism, secularism as well as anything new. They mostly target the female more, FALZ just happened to show girls in hijab dancing the ‘Shaku Shaku’, which is what really caught their attention.
He was drawing attention to recent abductions and forceful conversations to Islam, of Christian students in northern Nigeria. Those that did not, are killed or enslaved, as Islam would have wanted.
Just this week, my long term friend and Humanist publicly discarded humanism and converted to Islam at the national Mosque in the capital, when online zealots raised ire, that she was promoting sex education by selling sex items and or providing counsel about male and female orgasm.
The online Mullahs of the fanatic sect of Islam called for her boycott, and sternly warned her, her apologies only drew more to call for her head. She then decided to seek the best protection around, since we could not help her with anything beyond online defense, neither would the government.
She is now donning the ‘Proud to be a Muslim’ tag on her Facebook page, Muneerat Abdussalam, and the region, is celebrating her, including those that just a few days ago posted that they would mob her and behead her.
It is either a case of genuine conversion through Stockholm Syndrome, or a ploy to be safe, as all the other atheists do in this part of the world, be safe, just to survive.
I knew what she’s going through when she says they almost made her commit suicide due to the threats. I knew exactly how it feels. Then I know, at least I’m male, it is why I was spared. They hate women more.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mubarak.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/04
Richard S. Russell is the Co-Founder of Atheists and Agnostic of Wisconsin. Here we talk about his life, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was family background, and personal background, especially with regards to atheism and religion in particular, in brief?
Richard S. Russell: I was raised in a household where my father was Presbyterian and my mother was previously Eastern Orthodox. But since there were no Eastern Orthodox churches around, they attended the Presbyterian Church. My sister and I went to Sunday School.
By the time I went to high school, I was teaching Sunday School, but I had begun to question almost all of it. By the time I got out of high school, I didn’t really have much of the belief left.
Jacobsen: With regards to Atheists and Agnostics of Wisconsin, why was it originally founded?
Russell: It started as a chapter of the Freedom From Religion Foundation, as “FFRF Madison”. For whatever reason, we seem to have rubbed the FFRF national leadership the wrong way.
We could never figure out how we had done that. Maybe they were nervous, at the time, about having people who could just drop in on them at a moment’s notice. But we kept trying to make nice with them. They just became more and more suspicious of what we were up to.
We never understood what that was about. They said, “You can’t name your organization, the FFRF something.” We thought this was strange, as they already had an FFRF Pennsylvania and an FFRF New Jersey. So, we named ourselves Rationalists of Greater Madison, but still maintained as a chapter of the FFRF.
This came to a head in 1992 at their national convention, when a number of a people from our chapter were personally pilloried by the FFRF inner council. Again, we had no idea why this was happening.
They came up with all sorts of excuses that we were a disruptive force. They, basically, ended that convention with a passing of a constitutional amendment that the Board of Directors of the FFRF can expel any chapter. And, a week later, we were notified that the board had in fact expelled RGM on a 7-2 vote.
There was no hearing, no notice, no opportunity to say anything. The members of Rationalists of Greater Madison as individuals then dropped out of FFRF. We still have no idea what we did to piss them off.
This kind of purge is, of course, not at all uncommon in the atheist movement.
Madalyn Murray O’Hair of American Atheists threw out chapters of its own. FFRF itself comprised people excommunicated from AA. The idea of internal purges is disheartening.
Meanwhile, we had started to get participation from outside the Madison area. At that point, we said, ‘We can’t be that parochial anymore.” We decided to rename ourselves the Atheists and Agnostics of Wisconsin.
Then we heard about the Atheists Alliance International, a group of local organizations that had also run afoul of AA but had banded together on the basis of democratic principles rather than top-down authoritarianism.
Jacobsen: Then this also leads to AAW being defunct?
Russell: I wouldn’t say it is defunct. I have gone off to do other things. I believe AAW as an organization is still continuing. I am no longer active with it. Carol Smith could tell you more. At some point, our existence had 90% concentrated in the Madison area. As we got more from the rest of Wisconsin, it became more difficult to host in-person meetings.
We tried to turn this into an email discussion group that only met a few times a year for celebrations. It became harder and harder to do things face-to-face. It put us on the road to dissolution, because we did not have personal contact.
Jacobsen: For those who may be questioning their faith and may be looking for an organization leaning towards skepticism, agnosticism, and so on, what can you tell them about social and communal activities and organizations?
Russell: There are a couple of different avenues available for people. The Unitarian Universalist society has what they call meeting houses. They hold meetings – I guess you would call them – not services.
They hold the place for non-religious people that a church would hold for religious people. Sunday Assembly is for young couples who want something to do with their kids. We had a Sunday Assembly here in Madison. They ended up disbanding as well.
For an online resource, I am part of the Madison Skeptics Meetup. It is very strongly pro-science. We have 98% atheists. It helps us make contact with other people. Anyone can host a meeting. If others are interested, they can show up.
My wife and I host an atheist lounge every month. We pick a topic and then have an hour of discussion. We host at a local restaurant. That has turned out to be quite popular. We will host a book discussion too.
Our next one, for a book called Nudge will be held in March. In May, we have a series of books. They are small discussion groups help in the living room. But they are entertaining.
Jacobsen: As we move further into 2019, what are hopes and fears in the US for you?
Russell: The Supreme Court scares us. There are five Catholics on it which is bad news for reproductive rights and church-state separation. The hopeful sign is more young people are turning away from religion as mostly useless. The future is bright but the present has some problems.
Jacobsen: Do you think there is going to be a split happening between generations in a way, but also the ways in which the laws could be set while the younger generations coming up are more and more secular?
Russell: The evidence of progress is making the traditionalists crack down stronger on the progress against their traditions. It is a struggle uphill against an awful lot of entrenched interests. Those interests have control over the levers of power, have had for some time.
It is a resurgence of racism and religious fundamentalism in America. It is a cause for concern. No matter how much I see the beliefs of the young, they tend to not be activists. The activists tend to be older people who are more set in their ways and set in their religious traditions.
Those people have set molasses on the gears of progress. We are moving forward more slowly. It is the same problems that the progressive forces have had through all of history.
Jacobsen: What do you recommend for young people to enter the organizations, form the coalitions, and become more active, as this does impact their lives?
Russell: For young people, many of them are tied up with college trying to get skills that will be good in the job world. The idea that we, in the past, could graduate from college and get a job with a good and reliable employer. You’re loyal to them; they’re loyal to you. You get a pension and then retire.
Those days are over. They will switch jobs 4 or 5 times if they get to retire at all. Those are things that they are grappling with. Activism is, frankly, way down on the list. They are trying to get in touch with families. They are on social media. There are a lot of demands on their attention.
I am not surprised there is not too much activism. What can be done? It is going to be focusing on climate change that will impact the second half of their lives. The fact is that climate change is helping only a coalition of the wealthy That coalition is a threat to their future existence.
But while it is really easy to see where the wealthy are helping themselves, they can have a great many religious allies; this needs to get out to the older people to keep making those points. The first point about the wealth influencing social policy is so blatantly obvious.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Richard.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/03
Nicole Infinity is the Camp Coordinator for Camp Quest North. Here we talk about he life, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you? Did religion play a role in it?
Nicole Infinity: Tumultuous. I was baptized at the age of 7 into the Lutheran Church. My half-sister, then an infant, older brother, and I were baptized at the same time.
I took classes and had earned the right to be confirmed in the church, but I just didn’t believe. It was a progressive church, I had several friends there, and I even had some god feelings, but it just wasn’t right for me. It is where I found my love of camp though. I attended Christikon.
A week-long summer camp in Montana. Twenty other kids and I drove from Minnesota on a school bus each summer to attend this camp set in the mountains where we reflected, sang, hiked, danced, and camped. I fell in love.
At 16, I stopped going because I just couldn’t pretend anymore. I was at a point where I was questioning everything around me and the church and camp were not places I could do that.
Jacobsen: If you reflect on pivotal people within the community relevant to personal philosophical development, who were they for you?
Infinity: Honestly, I have little interest in atheist prophets, but I recognize that some are very important as people transition from deity belief to a secular life. However, discussions with close friends and the Camp Quest community have helped guide my personal philosophies.
Jacobsen: What about literature and film, and other artistic and humanities productions, of influence on personal philosophical worldview?
Infinity: All of the above, of course. When I was a very angry teenager it was Requiem for a Dream and Fight Club. Now, I am open to a more subtle approach. I feel there is a power in foreign film to make the world smaller and personalities, feelings, and beliefs more familiar.
The films of Hirokazu Kore-eda, Jean-Pierre Jeunet, Pedro Almodovar are ones that come to mind first. Where do we go now? or Et maintenant on va où?, Eat Drink Man Woman, Antonia‘s Line, Lucky, Jihad for Love, The Way He Looks, and Monsoon Wedding are also films I find to have many truths.
The writing of Sandra Cisneros, Bell Hooks, Roald Dahl, Amy Tan, Allison Beckdel, Elizabeth Gilbert, and Craig Thompson also ring true to me as well.
Books made for young people as well like The Big Orange Splot, Charlotte’s Web, and Haroon and the Sea of Stories. Artwork and music have always been an influence, but there is too much to even mention.
Jacobsen: How did you come into contact with the Camp Quest programs and initiatives? What were your initial impressions?
Infinity: As an educator, I attended a conference in where Camp Quest was tabling among hundreds of other youth development and educational organizations in a huge open room.
I happened to walk past the table. That was the first time I had heard of a secular summer camp. Having loved attending summer camp as a child and young woman, I applied immediately to be a camp counselor that summer.
After volunteering at the camp that summer, I was hooked. I was surrounded by other people who I felt I could be open with and supported by. The campers were like any other group of kids; excited, curious, and energetic.
Expect, all of these young people were being raised in secular or half-secular households. I joined the board that fall. It was 2009 and I have been with the camp since.
Jacobsen: As you work for Camp Quest North, what are the associated tasks and responsibilities coming with the position?
Infinity: Overnight camp is a unique experience for campers and counselors. When I began, my role was a volunteer counselor.
I joined the board of directors, became head counselor and continued with camp each summer. Eventually, I became a camp director. For the past few years, I have been the camp coordinator.
We have grown from a camp of 13 campers in 2004 to a camp of 140 campers in 2018. We began with one week of camp and now run four weeks including a week long day camp for younger kiddos.
Currently, I facilitate planning the schedule and activities, purchase and maintain supplies, organize and lead retreats, coordinate with the board of directors, communicate with parents and counselors, and work to continue to grow camp.
All of this while recognizing that we are working with young people ages 4 to 17 and our main goals are to help people become compassionate, questioning, and active. We also have many safety considerations. There are many different pieces of running a successful summer camp.
Although we are not adding a new week to camp this summer, we are making one of our week’s gender inclusive. During this week, campers will be placed into cabins by age regardless of gender identity.
As a secular organization, I feel we have the power to be radically inclusive and progress in a way that is based on evidence. We try to incorporate that into all we do.
Jacobsen: What have been some of the more touching experiences while in the community? What have been the difficulties working with youth?
Infinity: Through camp, I have found a community of supportive and thoughtful people who I love and trust. Two of my kids’ guide parents are people I met at Camp Quest.
It is a multi-generational community of people working together to have fun and think deeply about how we can shape the world into a better place for everyone.
Although I have always loved working with young people, I realize there are some difficulties. Our toughest challenge is when parents sign kids up for camp, but the kids don’t really want to be there.
The week-long video game/smart phone detox is a bit much for some kiddos. However, I truly believe that overnight camp, not just Camp Quest, has a unique power to build character, create independence, and open minds.
Jacobsen: How do you coordinate programs and initiatives with other Camp Quest directors?
Infinity: We begin planning the next summer of camp in October at our yearly Planning Retreat with any counselor and board member who is interested.
There, we choose a theme and change the schedule as needed. Camp Quest Inc. also holds a yearly Leadership Summit where camps get together to share ideas. There are also some online sharing sources which are currently being developed more fully.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Nicole.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/02
Professor Alex Rosenberg is the R. Taylor Cole Professor of Philosophy at Duke University. Here we talk about his life, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Professor Alex Rosenberg: I was born after the Second World War in Austria, my parents were refugees from Poland. We emigrated the US in 1949 and I lived in several rural locations before moving New York City at the age of 9.
My father was a physician and my mother became a social worker in the US, eventually teaching at Columbia U. I have a fraternal twin brother. Our upbringing was secular and non-religious.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Rosenberg: My formal education continued and still continues long after my PhD at the age of 23. Being an academic means you are continually educating yourself. Is it informal? Perhaps.
No courses exams and grades, but you have to meet academic standards in what you write and argue for. That’s formal. I spend a few years after becoming a full professor going back to grad school, studying, molecular biology. Made a huge difference to my understanding.
Jacobsen: Within your extensive academic and literary career, what do you see as your most enduring contributions to Academia and to the written canon of nonbelievers?
Rosenberg: I suspect that “The Atheist’s Guide to Reality” and “How History Gets Things Wrong: The Neuroscience of our Addiction to Stories” will outlast my other academic writing.
But I fear both will be long forgotten before people stop reading my novels. The first of them, “The Girl from Krakow” is atheistic in its tenor.
Jacobsen: What arguments best support the atheist position?
Rosenberg: The strongest positive support for atheism is science, physics and biology. “The Atheist’s Guide” sketches the science that strongly supports atheism. In it I hope to show what else atheist’s need to believe about reality, and why it all so strongly supports atheism.
The strongest negative support is the argument from evil against theism. For me that argument has been more of a motivation to search for positive arguments that support atheism.
Jacobsen: What arguments best respond to the or counter the strongest arguments for the theist position?
Rosenberg: As I said, the argument from evil. It is psychologically the most effective argument and the epistemic version is philosophically the most cogent one.
Jacobsen: For those who do not know, what best defines Darwinian Reductionism? How does this provide an explanatory framework for our innate and culturally developed ethics in addition to our cognitive capacities as primates?
Rosenberg: Darwinian reductionism is just my label for the way molecular biology relates to the rest of biology. It’s a label for an academic thesis.
The label for my explanatory claims about our cognitive capacities, ethical doctrines and social structures is more broadly “disenchanted naturalism” and more narrowly “nice nihilism”—the doctrine that our ethical values constrain us to be largely civilized to one another, nice, but don’t have a firm or any foundation.
Jacobsen: Most views of atheism come in the form of negation or denial of the existence of gods or a singular God.
If we take the stance of atheism given within the affirmative arguments presented in the earlier responses, what ethics are more likely to follow or be implied by an atheistic view of the cosmos?
Rosenberg: No ethical view follows from atheism… that’s too limited a basis for any conclusions beyond the nonexistence of god. It’s the (scientific) premises of arguments against God’s existence that have such implications.
Generally, they resign us to the emptiness of arguments for the objectivity of the core morality we all share—atheists and theists, while reassuring us that mostly we are cooperative, altruistic, sociable creatures who get along with one another pretty well… under conditions of moderate scarcity.
Jacobsen: Why does our innate predisposition for narrative, for oral stories, bias our comprehension of history, when presented as narrative? How can we alleviate the misrepresentations of this narrative bias to better gain access to the truth of the past?
Rosenberg: We’re the result of a Darwinian process that selected for storytellers as a solution to the design problem of collaboration and cooperation on the African savanna in the Pleistocene.
Neuroscience shows that this adaptation was a quick and dirty but quite crude solution to the problem and that now we are living with its consequences for human institutions that are often harmful.
If we want to get a grip on our past, we need to surrender the demand for story telling and substitute scientific modeling. That’s what “How History Gets Things Wrong” is all about.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Rosenberg: I don’t know how they can do that, but doing it is rewarding psychologically…we were shaped to be nice, and that means sharing enlightenment with others.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Rosenberg: It’s easier to be a Canadian atheist than an American one. I wish I had not forgone my chance to be a Canadian atheist when I left Nova Scotia almost 44 years ago!
Despite the weather, you should enjoy your nations’ moral superiority to America.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Alex.
Rosenberg: It’s my great pleasure, Scott.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/02
Abderrahmane M’hiri is an ex-Muslim. Here we talk about his journey, in brief.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you grow up?
Abderrahmane M’hiri: I have grown up in a Muslim country and society in a Muslim family.
Jacobsen: What was upbringing for you?
M’hiri: I began to question since a young age “about 13-years-old.”
Jacobsen: When did you begin to question Islam?
M’hiri: The first reason for me to leave Islam was the tremendous amount of violence and bloodthirst. The way the Quran treats the female gender. And then the scientific and historical mistakes that the Quran is crowded with.
Jacobsen: What reason or reasons lead to leaving Islam?
M’hiri: The outcome was very devastating and the struggle started from there. I was taken by the police from the high school after one of the students told his family I was questioning God and his mother immediately informed the school supervisor.
Jacobsen: In terms of the outcomes, how did family, friends, and community, even strangers, react to you?
M’hiri: Friends were mostly aggressive and in some cases it ended with violence. And 2 years ago, I had faced a major aggression from a group of muslim extremist which resulted in my arm being broken.
Jacobsen: What are you trying to do now?
M’hiri: Now, I am trying to seek asylum in Denmark, so I can at least breathe peacefully.
Jacobsen: How can people help?
M’hiri: Any help to bring the story to the media in my case will be very important and I hope I can get the asylum here.
Jacobsen: How can newer or other ex-Muslims find their way, too?
M’hiri: All ex-Muslims in my opinion should work together and unite so we can always make sure we can help one another.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Abderrahmane.
M’hiri: Thank you.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/01
Ngaire McCarthy is the Past President and a Trustee of the New Zealand Association of Rationalists & Humanists (Inc.). Here we talk about her life, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Ngaire McCarthy: I am Māori: Born 1942 in Auckland. My Iwi are Ngapuhi, Ngati Tamatera, Ngati Hako. I have six siblings; my father was an atheist my mother was a sceptical religionists.
Although I was not introduced to religion I observed it at school and at functions, I was astute enough to notice that Christians saw us Māori as sinners that needed to be converted to their god. I resented them and their hypocrisy. My eldest brother introduced me to science fiction, from those books grew a curiosity about science, astronomy and the complexity of the world around me.
I read my father’s books on Socrates and Plato, so my education started at home. I was brought up with a social conscience and a healthy disrespect for authority.
My mother taught us about our tikanga our Māori culture, the first thing I noticed was the place of women in the pakeha world, before colonisation Māori women were equal to their men, Christianity tried to change that, happy to say that they did not succeed, we Māori women worked hard to retain our place in our own society while pakeha women were suppressed and had no rights.
I joined the Women’s Liberation movement to help my pakeha sisters fight for equality and respect. As far as creation stories go I prefer the stories of my Māori ancestors, we have about 95 gods and goddesses, they were adventurous, magic and funny, and they only warred among themselves.
In my teens I became involved in the fight for the rights of my people which led me deeper into the history of the part that religion played in the oppression and suppression of Māori.
I became interested in the NZ anti nuclear disarmament organisation and discovered Bertrand Russell, that was the beginning, the foundation of my thinking that led me to grow an insatiable thirst for knowledge and justice.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
McCarthy: I was formally educated until 5th form college, I left school to join the workforce which was quite normal for large families at that time for both Māori and Pakeha; however, I left school as an A student, with my eyes wide open. My favourite place to be was the Auckland Public library and when I could I slipped into any free lectures of interest that were on at the University.
My main education took place at the University of hard knocks, as I learned to navigate around racist gate keepers who were there to make sure that as a Māori you could never advance up the ladder in the workforce, or rent an apartment, or get the same wage as Pakeha.
I found the “NZ Rationalist Ass” when I saw them on a march in Auckland, complete with banner in support of Māori rights.
Jacobsen: As the Past President and Trustee of the New Zealand Association of Rationalists & Humanists (Inc.), why was the association founded in the first place?
McCarthy: In 1923 word arrived in Auckland that Joseph McCabe was to visit NZ the author of 65 books at the time he was renowned for his books on the history of papacy, spiritualism and evolution.
His imminent arrival in Auckland was the catalyst that prepared the way for the formation of the Auckland Rationalist Association.
Dr. Bill Cooke has written the full history of the NZARH. “Heathen in God zone”
Jacobsen: What were some of the early bumps and achievements along the way to success for the organization into its current level of development and growth?
McCarthy: In the early days the Association concentrated on religion and the way it had infiltrated into our law and public schools. They laid the foundation for our aims and objectives, all of this had to take a back seat when the second world war started, the Association was upfront in its condemnation of fascism.
The NZARH is self-funded and relying on the generosity of its members was not enough, leadership issues and lack of money was an ongoing problem.
In 1927 the Ass’ began its own journal called “The Truth Seeker” an ambitious undertaking for so few people, but it proved successful, over the years it has had a number of name changes, today it is called “the Open Society “The journal is now in its 91st year of continuous production financed solely by the Association and is one of the unsung triumphs of NZ publishing history.
Jacobsen: Who have been, typically, opposed to the work and advocacy of the New Zealand Association of Rationalists & Humanists (Inc.)?
What are effective means by which to build bridges rather than burn them, and to correct misrepresentations, if deliberate, or misinformation, if accidental about rationalists and humanists?
McCarthy: Naturally the largest group of people who are opposed to our work are religionists and those who are opposed to a separation of church and state.
Over the years I have watched the attitude toward our organisation change as decades of our Associations work in the field of lectures, journals, education on atheism, lectures and conferences have finally come home to roost.
We own a magnificent freehold historic building in Symonds street opposite the Auckland University, purchased by past members in 1960 which houses the largest collection of free thought literature in Australasia, we build bridges through education which is the only effective way to combat misinformation and misrepresentation.
Jacobsen: What is the specific flavor of New Zealand rationalism and humanism?
McCarthy: Tolerance, justice, a fair go for all citizens, the right to food, shelter and above all a society that is humane and without superstition.
Jacobsen: Who are respected authors and speakers for the broader audience of the rationalist and humanist community? Those who would even, and in fact do, appeal to the wider masses of the public who simply reject non-religion and scientific skepticism a priori.
McCarthy: We have excellent speakers and authors within our membership ranks, we have branches throughout NZ, members in the UK, and Australia, we lack any super star speakers, however as a team our authors and our speakers command respect where ever they go.
Jacobsen: What is the one big thing missing from the community of humanists and rationalist around the world?
How can we work, as a global community, to build this more, not for superiority in any way but, rather, for equality with those who wish to follow a path of church-life and religious scripture?
McCarthy: Over the last decade, globally Rationalists, Humanists, Sceptics, Atheists and all free thinkers have been drawing closer together. We are exchanging ideas and attending each other’s conferences we are building a strong community of freethinkers all over the world.
The only way forward for global free thought freedom, is for our organisations to collectively concentrate on a secular education for all public schools.
To attain “Freedom of religion and freedom from religion” should be the driving force of all free thought organisations, it is time to concentrate on removing special privileges from all religions in secular countries, it is time to declare secular countries as the only healthy way forward for a healthy open society.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
McCarthy: Every organisation in the world is asking these questions.
We now reach out to young atheist humanists through our website, the young do not join associations. Our membership fluctuates between 3 to 400 paid membership.
Our reach through social media is 2,000 and climbing. We have a face book page which is very busy. Everyone is time poor, but when something needs to be done our members are there to help.
Our building brings in huge rent, our building ” Rationalist House” is an Auckland icon and gives us a well known profile. Our journal and our website carry application forms to join our association.
We are active in the community of NZ through our Celebrants, who do secular weddings and funerals, we are asked to contribute to social government policy making and we debate religionists, we have been around long enough to avoid debating with militant religionists and pseudo scientists.
Social media has been a game changer for all news media, clubs and organisations, we embraced the change.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
McCarthy: The NZARH has had a different road to travel than other free thought organisations, the biggest hurdle has been educating the public, NZs and Māori, about the place of Māori in a secular world.
Our treaty of Waitangi is the founding document of our nation and as such we are partners with our government. Our Treaty is entrenched in law and protected; however, the churches and religious journalists who are against secularism use scare tactics and fake news to spread negative lies about us losing the Treaty if NZ becomes secular.
So far we are succeeding, as Māori leave religion faster than NZs. We noted that in our last census 2013, (latest census figures yet to be released) that religion was on the rise in Auckland our biggest city, which goes against statistical trend.
On further investigation we found that Auckland has the biggest intake of global refugees in the country and they are all religious. So for me it is obvious that the next big challenge for free thinkers is to work toward a secular state where separation of church and state is entrenched in law.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Ngaire.
McCarthy: Nga mihi.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/31
Robert Nola is a Member and Honorary Associate of the New Zealand Association of Rationalists & Humanists (Inc.) (NZARH). Here we talk about his life, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Professor Robert Nola: My father was a Dalmatian immigrant to New Zealand from Croatia in the late 1920s (but he was called ‘Austrian’). There is a quite large community of Dalmatians in New Zealand.
Like most of them he was a Catholic but religion sat rather lightly on him. This background was an important influence in my youth. My mother was New Zealand born but of Portuguese, Welsh and Scottish background; however none of this was a strong cultural influence.
Not being a Catholic she had to become one when marrying my father – in the long run she never really did. Instead she struck out on her own path to religion becoming a spiritualist later in life. So there was not, as whole, a unified commitment to any particular religion in my family.
Since there was a state school directly opposite where we lived I went to that instead of a more distant catholic school. So luckily I escaped a catholic school education.
But I did attend the central cathedral mass for Dalmatians at 10 o’clock on Sundays. For my father, that was more of a social get-together for Dalmatians than a religious happening.
Being before Vatican II, the Mass was in both Latin and Croatian – something which was rather a marvel for a boy growing up in New Zealand in the 1940s and 1950s.
In so far as I have a religious background, it was Catholic rather than anything else. I remember asking a priest ‘What is a protestant?” In an Irish accent which still rings in my ears but which I cannot imitate he replied “Robert, all Protestants are going to hell!’.
That became a longstanding religious belief of mine and one of the last I abandoned (well, I still believe it a bit!). It has always seemed to me that the Catholics had a more well worked out worldview than Protestants.
But to an atheist, both are equally mad. The encounter with the priest was my first exposure to the sectarianism which has blighted religion.
When young I was most impressed by the Eucharist in which the body and the blood of Christ were up there on the altar – and then presented to us. I thought that was as close as we could get to God.
But later I came to believe that all this was rubbish, such was the influence on me of a central doctrine of Catholic Christianity. This is a good example of how a ludicrous religious dogma can be built up out of supposed events in the life of (a supposed) Christ.
Later I discovered in the local Library Bertrand Russell’s Why I am not a Christian. From that point on I never looked back. At last I had some good reasons for rejecting religion and being an atheist.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Nola: In many ways reading Russell was influential. I went to university and studied mathematics and philosophy. I earned a PhD in philosophy at the Australian National University and then returned to an academic position at my old university in Auckland.
I recently retired as a full professor after teaching for 47 years. My area of research was philosophy of science (with dollops of metaphysics and epistemology).
For a long time I did not care about religion, but I did cover many topics which had a bearing on it both positively and negatively. For example I taught a course in Philosophy of Atheism.
Jacobsen: As a Member and Honorary Association of the New Zealand Association of Rationalists & Humanists (Inc.) (NZARH) how did you earn the latter position? What tasks and responsibilities come with the latter position?
Nola: Though initially I did not take a very active role in the NZARH, I did attend meetings over the years and gave talks in Rationalist House, a building which is close to the University and is owned by NZARH as its headquarters.
I suppose for those reasons I was made an Honorary Associate. This is a means of giving the Association a more public profile by drawing on public figures.
Much more prominent are Associates such as Richard Dawkins along with two previous Auckland mayors who had been public atheists. Luckily no special tasks befall an Honorary Associate – apart from trying to publicly represent the causes of atheism, rationalism and humanism.
Once elected I thought I should try to fulfil this role given the higher public profile Christianity had achieved even though it is in decline – and other religions as well.
Social and political issues surrounding blasphemy, apostasy, euthanasia, abortion, religious education in schools and issues surrounding religious refugees and the like are still with us – not to mention the doctrinal absurdities of all religions.
Jacobsen: What is the perspective of the membership about the overall operations of the association?
Nola: There is no one perspective. Members have come to NZARH as atheists, agnostics, freethinkers, humanists, and the like. Some are also renegades from religion.
So there is a plurality of perspectives; but there can be unity of purpose. There is an annual AGM which elects a Council which meets once a month. If there is an issue here, it is how the Council communicates back to the membership NZARH and its various branches.
But in general the Council has been able form policies which the general membership of NZARH endorses.
For example, there is the national organisation SEN, Secular Education Network, which was formed to advocate the repeal of NZ laws concerning religious instruction and observance in schools.
Yes, this is still part of NZ law governing primary school education. SEN has been strongly supported by NZARH in funding its case before the courts (still ongoing).
Importantly the NZARH publishes quarterly a 24 page journal called The Open Society (now in its 92nd volume). It is run by an editorial committee. It generally contains a number of articles on a wide range of issues.
Recently there has been an attempt to increase the Maori perspective on religion hoping to show that there are such people as Maori atheists who are not part of the great wash of supposed Maori spiritualism and Christianity!
Jacobsen: In terms of those functions and social and communal activities of the association, what are important ones for community building amongst and between the various rationalist and humanist communities in New Zealand?
Nola: The NZARH is centred in Auckland and has at least 5 branches in the North Island. There is also the NZ Humanist Society (NZH) centred in Wellington with its branches. And there are various Sceptics societies.
In 2018 NZARH and NZH pooled resources to host the International Humanists Conference in NZ during August. This was successful and shows how the various organisations in NZ can come together for a united purpose despite their separate identities.
Jacobsen: How can the association replicate other associations’ or organizations’ activities to better build community solidarity and increase membership, to increase both the numbers in the community and the strength of the existing one?
Nola: This is a difficult question for which I do not have a complete answer. But some background. Recent censuses have showed a decrease in belief in religion, especially Christianity, with the growth of non-believers.
In the 2013 census, 48.9% of NZers claimed some Christian affiliation. However of European NZers 46.9% said they had no religion; and surprisingly 46.3% Maori said they had no religion.
We are awaiting the result of a 2018 census hoping it will show that the percentage of non-believers has surpassed the percentage of Christian believers.
But a 2018 report, Faith and Belief in NZ, prepared by religious organisations has already shown this. They say that more than half of NZers (55%) do not identify with any main religion.
One in five have spiritual beliefs (20%) whilst more than one in three (35%) do not identify with any religion or spiritual belief. A third of NZers (33%) identify with Christianity (either Protestant or Catholic), whilst another 6% identify with other major religions.
These results show that New Zealand is a largely secular nation and increasingly so. This is under-recognised.
Now the interview question concerns increasing membership. Can we say that with the decline in religious belief and growing secularization in NZ there has been a corresponding increase in membership of NZARH?
Though I do not have exact figures the answer to this would appear to be ‘No”! This is an issue for NZARH to address.
Jacobsen: What are the main reasons for members leaving the community if, indeed, they do leave it?
Nola: They get too old to attend or pay subscriptions, or unfortunately die. Some find us no longer ‘relevant’, as they say. NZARH keeps track of the membership but there are no details of which I am aware concerning overall variation in membership and the reasons for that.
Jacobsen: For those who are questioning their faith and leaning more towards scientific skepticism as a way of thinking and humanism as a life stance, what would you recommend for them in terms of coming into the rationalist and humanist community and safely leaving the, usually, fundamentalist religious ones?
Nola: I would say that they should engage with the best of atheist and humanist literature. In its building NZARH has a magnificent library. But it is unfortunately underused.
It could become a centre for an appropriately organised instruction in atheism, humanism, rationalism, and the like. We should work on establishing such reading and research groups.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Nola: At the moment, most of what members do is voluntary. This includes being a member of the Council or a member of the editorial board for the journal, writing for the journal, etc.
I cannot see how this could change. Though we have a membership of over 400 people, only a few at any one time are active. So if anyone shows an interest in an issue they are immediately snapped up to do a job of work for NZARH.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Nola: Most of the questions concern organisational matters. And that can be appropriate. But not addressed are issues to do with the kind of doctrines an anti-religious group should support.
In the name ‘NZARH’ the ‘R’ stands for rationalism and the ‘H’ stands for humanism. First, a concerted effort ought to be made in addressing what R and H stand for. This is not well-understood and lip-service is often paid to rationalism and humanism.
It is not enough to simply repeat the phrase “evidence based belief” as an account of rationalism. Second, in the academic world there has developed over the last quarter century a number of investigations into religion from the point of the theory of evolution and cognitive psychology.
These offer the best approach to understanding why humans have developed religious beliefs. But they need to be separated from the academic contexts in which they have been developed and made more accessible to a general audience.
Third, there is a perennial dispute over the credentials of religion versus science. Science is generally under attack around the world and that is not acceptable.
A good book on this conflict is Jerry Coyne’s Faith versus Fact; there are many themes in this worth studying and developing. So there is work to be done not only on the organisational and political fronts but also the intellectual front as well.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor Nola.
Nola: Thank you for the questions and I hope that this initial encounter will lead to more exchanges between Canadian and New Zealand atheists.
For example Canada is a leader in changes to its euthanasia laws while NZ is still mired in parliamentary reviews and debates in which the Courts can play no role.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/31
Reverend Gretta Vosper is a unique individual in the history of Canadian freethought insofar as I know the prior contexts of freethinking in Canada’s past in general, and in the nation for secular oriented women in particular.
Vosper is a Member of The Clergy Project and a Minister in The United Church of Canada (The UCC) at West Hill United Church, and the Founder of the Canadian Centre for Progressive Christianity (2004-2016), and Best-Selling Author.
I reached out about the start of an educational series in early pages of a new chapter in one of the non-religious texts in the library comprising the country’s narratives. Vosper agreed.
Our guest today, Rabbi Denise Handlarski, is the Rabbi of SecularSynagogue.com. Secular Synagogue is an online community for Jews. Handlarski is the Rabbi of the Oraynu Congregation for Humanistic Judaism in Toronto, an Ordained Rabbi through the International Institute for Secular Humanistic Judaism, and a member of the Association of Humanistic Rabbis.
She is licenced to perform life cycle events including wedding ceremonies, funerals and memorials, baby namings, and Bar and Bat Mitzvahs. Handlarski focuses on “Tikkun Olam” or repairing the world, and the emphasis of ethical behaviour within Jewish culture.
Here we talk about atheists and humanists at the pulpit.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When we observe the freethought history of women, and if we take into account the predominance of men in the leadership and in the history texts, the tales of women freethinking, in and out of religious communities, can become either lost, downplayed – for a variety of reasons, or lost in the mosaic of the profiles of men.
Within The United Church of Canada and the Humanistic Judaism traditions, what set the stage for the freedom of women to lead, sermonize, and create communities of faith or non-faith – in the case of an atheist reverend and a humanist rabbi? How does this tradition lead right into the cases of the two of you?
Rabbi Denise Handlarski: The Humanistic Jewish movement has always been open to female leadership, with no obvious barriers to entering our seminary, being hired in our communities, etc. I would say that all major religions are still unlearning some of the patriarchy and paternalism on which they are founded. Our texts, our institutions, our broader communities where we live and practice, continue to need to work through some gender stereotyping and expectations.
Having said that, I believe there is no movement in Judaism more committed to equality and equity than Humanistic Judaism. We give tradition a vote and a voice, but our philosophy and ideology mandate that we choose justice over tradition every time. For that reason, we do not hold onto problematic texts, liturgies, songs, etc simply because of their traditional or nostalgic value. I’d also say that although some movements try to make the name of their god feminine, or alternate masculine/feminine names/pronouns, the idea of God as Male is still quite dominant. Sometimes the English translation is changed, but the words being said in Hebrew continue to be words evoking and invoking a male God. I do think this filters into how Judaism is understood and experienced.
I came to Secular Humanistic Judaism as a teenager, feeling my feminism was in conflict with my Jewish community. I had witnessed so much sexism already, and it made me want to reject the religion and culture completely. It was when I found secular communities that were culturally Jewish that I found I could have my feminism and my Judaism too. There is no doubt that this was foundational on my path to be a rabbi.
Again, we continue to have problems. There is no doubt that sexism still lurks in Humanistic Jewish communities, as in all communities. I believe that some of the ways I’ve been spoken to and treated by congregants, members of the public, other rabbis, has to do with my sex and gender. Still, I’m aware that it was only a few generations ago that a woman wanting to become a rabbi would have no option available to her. I’m proud to be part of the movement that allowed women leaders in first, and has made it part of our expression of Judaism to pursue gender justice.
Rev. Gretta Vosper: There are so many in The United Church of Canada (UCC) who are ignorant of its history and who believe that dismissal or condemnation of a non-theistic or atheist minister is appropriate. It is not. In fact, based on our historical theological trajectory, non-theistic clergy should be the norm and atheistic clergy welcomed alongside them.
Until the 1960s, preachers in the UCC held very close to the traditional perspectives represented in the UCC’s 1925 statement of doctrine, an archaic assertion of beliefs that were mostly undermined by contemporary, critical scholarship. Although most educated within UCC theological training institutes or colleges would have been made familiar with contemporary critical scholarship, upon stepping into their first pulpit, they often learned very quickly that their congregants were not. The great chasm which had always existed between the pulpit and the pew has remained in place, it would seem. The UCC, however, was about to let down the drawbridge and share their heretofore privileged knowledge with those outside the keep.
The bridge was lowered in 1964 with the publication of a radical new church school curriculum – aptly titled “The New Curriculum” – the product of over a decade of work led by the UCCs most celebrated scholars. From kindergarten to adult study classes, regular churchgoers, for the first time ever, were exposed to the findings of contemporary, critical scholarship. It was a new day for the UCC and its clergy excitedly shared contemporary critical scholarship with the people in their pews.
Whoops.
Over the first year of the curriculum, Sunday School registration dropped by close to one hundred thousand children. Adult membership peaked in 1965 and has diminished ever since. While the positioning of contemporary, critical scholarship within the grasp of the general public may not be the only factor that gutted church membership, it was certainly coincidental with that decline. But so, too, was the creation of a strong social safety net, the core of which is Canada’s universal health care system. It is significant that in every social democracy, the strength of a social safety net is inversely proportional to religious belief and participation. The UCC might have educated its people beyond belief, virtually eliminating the need to stay in church, but with the government of the day alleviating fears about health, welfare, and the future, it may be that the church didn’t stand a chance. [1]
Beginning in 1982, a denominational team worked on one of the big questions raised by the New Curriculum: “Is the Bible really the world of God; is it authoritative for us?” They returned their work to the highest denominational council which quickly learned that, decades after the New Curriculum began teaching progressive scholarship, many members were unaware of its dramatic claims. Indeed, the curriculum saw less than a decade of publication. So the denominational council rejected the team’s recommendations coming to a fretful compromise: it refused to state whether the Bible was the world of God or not. Four years after agreeing that ordained gay clergy could be in relationship while leading a congregation, no one wanted to rock the boat so seriously and so soon. Survival trumped truth.
And here is where a little bit of cynicism about the leadership of women in religion comes into play. On the critical edges of belief, power and prestige are scanty. Those whose identity is tied up in the pre-critical vestments of authority and knowledge have no interest in risking either. They stay cloaked until they retire and when they do leave the pulpit, if they don’t get handed the collar of “Emeritus Minister”, they rarely look back. Others simply leave leadership roles and participation before they retire, their inability to reconcile what they know with what they need to say they know.
But women, we who watched from outside the in group for so long, are eager to get in and see what we can do with the stuff religion provides. And it is great stuff. We arrive in the circle with little allegiance to many of the elements of leadership that have long been considered privileges or signs of power. And this is why women have the disposition, the strength, and the vision to be leaders on the permeable membrane the lies between religion and the secular. We are invested in the substance of religion – its place in the articulation of meaning, the central place it has occupied in our pursuit of well-being, connection, the luminous aspects of human relationship. We are not invested in the exclusive narratives and the exclusive language in which they have long been couched, much of which is tied to the privilege and power we have mocked and now eschew.
So here we are, two women committed to the truth, eagerly exploring the membrane between religion and the secular, and very likely making history along the way.
[1] Gregory S. Paul, “The Evolution of Popular Religiosity and Secularism: How First World Statistics Reveal Why Religion Exists, Why It Has Been Popular, and Why the Most Successful Democracies Are the Most Secular.” in Atheism and Secularity, Vol 1, Issues, Concepts, and Definitions, Phil Zuckerman, ed., Praeger: Oxford, 2010.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/30
Here we talk with the Humanists of Linn County.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: For the humanists in Linn County, why was the organization originally founded?
Humanists of Linn County: Although there were other secular social groups (i.e. atheist, agnostic), there wasn’t a secular/non-religious community that was focused on doing positive good in our community and promoting the tenants of humanism.
Jacobsen: Who were integral to its formation in the first place?
Humanists of Linn County: There were several charter members. The key person that lifted the organization off the ground was Roxanne Gissler.
Jacobsen: How has the organization developed over time?
Humanists of Linn County: We formed a 501c3, developed by-laws, created a Meetup and Facebook page. We met every weekend at a local coffee shop where we provided members and guests with updatesto our groups activities and also discussed religion, politics, etc.
Jacobsen: What are some of the more prominent and enjoyed social and communal activities of the Humanists of Linn County?
Humanists of Linn County: We enjoy the weekend coffees. We also host “Skeptics in the Pub” on a monthly basis which attracts a different demographic of people.
We also organize road-side cleanups and other volunteer activities throughout the year. We also completed our second celebration of Carl Sagan’s birthday party at our local planetarium.
Jacobsen: What are the demographics of the Humanists of Linn County? Does this, in any way, affect the provisions of the organizations?
Humanists of Linn County: The demographics of our group skews older. Although we do have an affiliate group, Freethinking Families of Linn County, that has catered to families the last couple years.
That said, we are beginning to discuss ways to better accommodate families with children as this, I believe, is the key to the growth of our community.
Jacobsen: In terms of the important activism of the Linn County humanist community in the past and right into the present, what have they been?
Humanists of Linn County: We have participated in Reason on the Hill at our state capital where we have given a secular invocation at the opening of the House and Senate legislative sessions.
We have promoted humanism at various local venues as well as partnering with our local Inter-Religious Council on many social justice issues. We also do an annual Science in Schools fundraiser where we raise money for a local middle school science or math department.
This has caught the attention of local news organization and has given us positive publicity.
Jacobsen: What have been the real successes and honest failures?
Humanists of Linn County: Each year we host an Annual Symposium on a particular topic. Our last symposium was on Parenting Beyond Belief. We held it at our local nature center and found it to be well-attended and a real success.
As far as failures, we have had difficulty growing the organization due primarily to limited options for a meeting space and also making it somewhat difficult for potential members to get information about our group. That has been solved with the recent launch of our new website.
Jacobsen: How can others build on those successes and learn from those failures?
Humanists of Linn County: Recognize the importance of making it easy for people to connect with your organization and more importantly understand what humanism is and why they should care.
Jacobsen: How can other become involved in the organization with donations, volunteering, membership, or alliance building with their own organization based on common causes and concerns?
Humanists of Linn County: They can visit our website at hlcia.org.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts in conclusion based on the conversation today?
Humanists of Linn County: I think with a growing secular demographic in our country people our looking for a sense of purpose, a moral foundation, and feeling of community outside of organized religion. I believe secular humanism can provide all three.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/29
Alton Mungani is the Co-Founder, Editor, & Curator of Zimbabwean Atheists. This educational series will explore non-belief in Zimbabwe. Here we talk about the dominance of Protestantism in Zimbabwe, decolonization, and the comical examples of religion gone awry.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is the dominance of Protestantism in politics and cultural life in Zimbabwe?
Alton Narcissity Mungani: Protestantism has hybridized and evolved into the very cause of strife in Zimbabwe. Percentage-wise, it would be difficult to pin down, but more than 70% of the Zimbabwean population is religious, and of that percentage, 60% are Protestant, and it is increasing. In the political sphere, politicians are at the forefront of claiming divine inspiration and monopolising their deity.
We find politicians spewing such rhetoric as “the voice of the people is the voice of god”; clearly disregarding that, among those very ‘people’ are a growing population who are disenfranchised by this obsession with religion. As Zimbabwe is a politically charged country, the message of any political leader will almost inextricably be the message of their followers.
Even within the current political zeitgeist in the country, the main opposition leader is even a ‘pastor’. That does not build much confidence in the electorate, unless the electorate themselves are sheeple that are easily manipulated (and that is the case for the majority).
Culturally, Protestantism has sunk its metaphorical teeth deep into our culture. As it were, Zimbabwe was a cultural smorgasbord, before imperial religion was introduced.
There were numerous groups with just as numerous cultural beliefs and practices, yet still managed to coexist under the same African sun.
With colonialism came religion, specifically Christianity, which the many different groups were either forced, bribed or cajoled into adhering to. Such quotings as The Beatitudes served to alter the very culture of Zimbabweans.
Where they would say “blessed are the poor, for theirs is the kingdom of god” (or something to that general effect), they made the meaning literal to the Zimbabweans, and became the basis for their exploitation of resources.
That is just one example of how Protestantism disrupted the culture of Zimbabwe.
Jacobsen: What role will decolonization play in the dismantling of fundamentalist religion in Zimbabwe?
Mungani: The very basis of fundamentalist religion in Zimbabwe is rooted in colonization; where, as mentioned above, the Western imperialists introduced fundamentalist religion to us.
While there were already existent religious customs, beliefs and practices in Zimbabwe, these never escalated towards the fanatical, and were more of a personal understanding and recognition of one’s environment and one’s place in the whole “machine of the universe”.
Every human being had a role to play, was a worthwhile cog in the wheel of nature. Colonization then introduced a “super”-natural aspect to all of this, discarding the pre-existing customs and condemning them as evil.
Even after Zimbabwe’s independence from colonial rule, decolonisation was not yet a possibility. This was because, while Zimbabwe fought and won against colonial rule, the country started its journey as and independent country by following the model of the colonial power.
Our leaders would put on the airs of the British, dress like the British, dine like the British, and even build their parliament after the British. To this day, the bicameral parliament in Zimbabwe still holds a procession led by the Sergeant-at-Arms (dressed like the Black Rod of the British House of Commons), who holds a golden mace which has to be present before any debates may commence.
None of what I have described above resembles anything practised by any precolonial group, tribe or nation in the whole of Africa. While at that, the Speaker of Parliament will then commence the business of the day with a prayer to the Christian god. This in itself reeks of fundamentalist religion, which imposes upon people and demands no resistance.
Decolonization will, for one, restore the pride in ourselves as a free-standing people who do not need someone to come and tell us to throw away what we have always done in favour of the foreign.
It will also destroy the virus of fundamentalist religion, which is nothing short of divisive, imperialistic and capitalist.
Jacobsen: What are some comical examples of religious gone awry in Zimbabwe?
Mungani: Most recently, a self-styled ‘prophet’, Walter Magaya got into trouble with the law. This was because he claimed to have worked with some Indian scientists to formulate the cures for HIV/AIDS and Cancer.
The product was named “Aguma”, and was introduced by Magaya to his congregants at one Sunday service, claiming to remove all traces of HIV or Cancer in a week.
Magaya had not consulted with the Medical regulatory authorities of the country; his ‘miracle medicine’ had never been tested for safety; basically, a lot of rules were flouted.
Now, for a person who leads thousands in his church countrywide, I personally think it was rather foolhardy of him to just go ahead and introduce dubious medication, especially in a country with rampant social media accessibility (ergo: word travels fast).
By the end of the next day, Magaya was under national scrutiny. It was found that his miracle drug was nothing more than “snake oil” and he was fined hard by the law.
While this was comical, it was also worrying, because there were some of Magaya’s followers who actually stopped taking their prescribed medications, because of this ‘miracle cure’…
Most recently, (as recent as this last weekend), I read a story of a group of people who tried to re-enact the botched “resurrection” job by South Africa based Nigerian charismatic, Pastor Alph Lukau and his “Lazarus-esque” co-conspirator, Elliot. (The interwebs are brimming with this story.)
Anyway, this last weekend, a child had passed away, and as the family and friends were getting ready to inter the body, a group of “apostolics” showed up, waxing poetic about a divine revelation that the dead child was, in fact, not dead. Attempts to “resurrect” the child were, of course, futile.
Again, while this was hilarious, it is also terrifying that there are people to this day who are spewing their vitriol that the apostolics were right. Except they weren’t, were they? lol
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Alton.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/29
The Ontario Coalition for Abortion Clinics (OCAC) and Humanist Canada have established a partnership through the Dr. Henry Morgentaler Memorial Scholarship. The intent of the scholarship is to provide physicians help in the acquisition of the skills necessary to perform abortions.
Dr. Morgentaler (1923-1913) was a humanist physician, a pro-choice advocate, and the first president (1968 to 1999) of the Humanist Association of Canada (Humanist Canada).
His legacy in Canadian society is the provision of safe abortion services – seen as a fundamental human right, as stated by, for example, Human Rights Watch, Supreme Court of Canada-level legal challenges, the decriminalization of abortion in the country, and the courage in civil disobedience to risk jail-time.
Also, Morgentaler trained several physicians at his clinics. In honour of the legacy and efforts for the progress for or furtherance of reproductive rights in Canada, the Dr. Henry Morgentaler Memorial Scholarship will continue the work of Morgentaler for the next generations of abortion providers and services.
“This scholarship recognizes Dr. Morgentaler for his work and sacrifice in the fight for a woman’s right to access safe, fully funded abortions on request,” said Rosemary Warren, a member of the OCAC. “In keeping with Dr. Morgentaler’s great interest in training, these funds will assist physicians to become abortion providers and help ensure Canadian women’s right to choose.”
The scholarship will be offered at $1,000 (CAD) on an intermittent basis for physicians who will intend to become abortion services providers. These will be used for a training-to-competency within the techniques and skills necessary to offer the abortion services within Canada.
“Humanist Canada is excited to collaborate on this important scholarship with the Ontario Coalition for Abortion Clinics to continue to protect women’s reproductive rights in Canada as well as advance the humanist and human rights values Dr. Henry Morgentaler stood for, and stands as a testament to, in the national narrative of Canadian society,” Scott Jacobsen, a Board Member of Humanist Canada, stated.
More information can be found here:
https://www.newswire.ca/news-releases/dr-henry-morgentaler-memorial-scholarship-announced-821243261.html.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/29
Humanist Canada together with the Association humaniste du Québec will be hosting an essay through the Humanist Canada Essay Contest.
The essay contest will provide an opportunity for students at the high school and CEGEP level express thoughts on humanism in Canadian society.
It is intended for the advancement of humanist values in both the Anglophone and Francophone spheres of the nation.
Within this advancement is critical analysis and thought about the value and need of humanism in Canada now, there are no predefined topics, though.
In addition to the opportunity to freely express ones thoughts as a young person on humanism in Canada, there will be a total of $8,000 in prize money.
The first place prize in each language will be $1,000. Thus, this does qualify as a proper competition, where the deadline is May 15th, 2019.
“We are proud to give Canadian students a forum to express humanist themes given the on-going attack on science and reason we have observed in society,” Dr. Lloyd Robertson, Vice-President of Humanist Canada, stated, “Humanist Canada and Association humaniste du Québec are proud to be the hosts of the HCEC. We look forward to receiving many submissions from inspired and interested high school students.”
The full information for the essay contest can be found here: https://hc-contest.ca/en/.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/29
https://www.youtube.com/user/NZARH
Jacobsen: If you could move the dial of equality for the rationalists and the humanists within the country more towards equality, how would you do it?
Harrison: The mission of the NZARH is not to fight exclusively for the interests of humanists and rationalists, rather it is to support our objects, which means the promotion of reason and evidence being a way to know about reality, and supporting the right to freedom of belief and speech for all. We support a open and tolerant society.
While we will certainly campaign to see inequality in the law towards atheists addressed we also stand beside minority religion in terms of their right to belief and free speech.
What we don’t agree with is bigotry and hatred against groups based on ethnicity, gender or sexual preference. We don’t agree with special rights and privileges for the religious or religious organisations.
Jacobsen: In terms of activism and advocacy, what have been real successes and honest failures of the rationalist and humanist movements within New Zealand? What can other organizations around the world learn from those successes, to build on them, and failures, to enact course corrections in case of heading in that direction?
Harrison: One of the lessons I discovered at the Open Source Society is that the President has no command authority. There is no army, no ranks, no ability to direct.
Furthermore unlike religious organisations we hold free thinking as our primary value, and so our organisation is filled with people who have strong views differing from one another in many respects.
Individual agency and open discussion in the NZARH is the norm, and a collective orthodoxy does not exist. Religious organisations have an agreed orthodoxy which cannot be challenged which defines their community, within which there is security and support.
For these reasons sometimes getting everyone pointed in the same direction can be challenging.
But this weakness is also strength because people do not simply accept what they are told blindly. I’m proud that we have people who are capable of acting independently with integrity and honesty. One thing that runs high is our commitment and dedication.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Harrison: Becoming a member and contributing financially is always welcome. We use this money to run campaigns which aim for significant social or legal change.
Social networks have allowed us to reach more people, but it is still a challenge to convert social media support into more real world support. We have not been entirely unsuccessful with this but it is still a non trivial problem.
Many people are concerned about specific issues, and so their focus will be on what they are personally invested in. We are involved with several campaigns where people can help support directly.
What this means depends on the campaign. Some might involve writing to your MP, others might involve protests, others involve attending committees and councils.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Harrison: The importance of reason and evidence today cannot be overstated. We live in a world where the leaders of the most powerful country in the world denies the science behind the most serious existential risk we have seen to humanity behind nuclear war.
It is troubling to see the rise of science denial such as flat earth belief and the proliferation of beliefs which are manifestly in contradiction to what we know from the science.
We are in the end game now. What we do as a species over the next twenty to fifty years will potentially seal our fate as a civilization if not a species.
We have seen the degeneration of reasoned debate and the advent of a toxic political environment where people are being vilified, abused and threatened. If we don’t get our house in order the price we pay will be our future.
At the end of the day my motivation for volunteering as the humble servant of the association was to do what little I could to turn the rudder, even if only a little.
Obviously there are many also trying, a personal hero of mine today despite his flaws is Elon Musk. He respects science and evidence. He understand the threat we face and has done more than any individual I know to turn the rudder. We need more like him.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Peter.
Harrison: Thank you for taking the time to write.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/28
Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about mathematical training, comprehension of the universe, and the effects on secular activism and personal worldview.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In terms of the mathematical training for you, and as you have a high level of mathematical training and expertise connected to a lifetime of activism, how does the comprehension of the relations of numbers to one another and of numbers to physics and cosmology, and of physics and cosmology to the universe as an apparently neutral operator, influence secular activism and personal worldview?
Herb Silverman: As a youngster from an Orthodox Jewish background and an interest in mathematics, I was fascinated and puzzled by an infinite God with infinite power who lived in infinite space for an infinite amount of time. I felt that studying “infinity” would help me understand God. I became intrigued by Zeno’s Paradox of the infinite, and here’s one version of that: An arrow goes halfway to its target. It then goes another halfway, and repeats the process an infinite number of times. Therefore, it can never reach its target. But, of course, the arrow does reach its target.
Zeno was a philosopher, not a mathematician, living in an era before the concept of a limit (the basis of calculus) was discovered independently by Newton and Leibniz. They showed that infinite sums can converge to a finite limit. In Zeno’s case, we can begin with one half, then add half of that (one fourth) and keep adding halves. This infinite series has the limit 1, which is the Zeno target.
I later learned that infinity is a theoretical construct created by humans, and that the number “infinity” does not exist in reality. Since the concept of infinity can help solve math problems, it seemed to me that an infinite God was created by humans to help solve human problems. Infinity, like gods, is not sensible (known through the senses). Mathematically there are many types of infinities, just as people believe in many gods. My mathematics students have sometimes falsely treated infinity as if it actually existed as a real number, and such misuse often got them into trouble. And so it is with many god believers who treat a so-called infinite deity as a real person.
Religious believers assume their god is real and infinite because a finite god would be limited. However, we can show mathematically that there can’t be a largest infinity. In fact, there are infinitely many infinities. So, any infinite god could theoretically be replaced by a more powerful infinite god.
The nineteenth century mathematician Leopold Kronecker once said, “God created the integers, all else is the work of man.” I interpret this statement to be more about the axiomatic approach than about numbers or theology. To build a system you have to start somewhere (Kronecker started with integers). Mathematicians usually begin with axioms that seem “self-evident” because they are more likely to guide us to real-world truths, including scientific discoveries and accurate predictions of physical phenomena, though there may be doubt as to whether the axioms themselves are true. Most ancient religions are also loosely based on axioms. Their most common axiom is “God exists,” which is not as self-evident as it appeared to be in a pre-scientific world. A “God axiom” might give comfort to some, but it lacks predictive value.
Mathematician are interested in conclusions that may be deduced from axioms, regardless of whether the axioms are actually true. Mathematicians, unlike most theologians, recognize that their axioms are just made up. So, a perfectly valid and logical proof may have nothing to do with reality. Part of the beauty of mathematics is seeing the strange and mysterious places that apparently simple and innocuous assumptions may lead.
Case in point: The Euclidean geometry taught in high school contains five reasonable axioms, like “all right angles are equal” and “there is exactly one straight line between two points.” Euclid’s fifth axiom, known as the “parallel axiom,” says that for a point not on a straight line you can draw exactly one line parallel to the original line that passes through the point. By eliminating Euclid’s fifth axiom, mathematicians developed systems known appropriately as non-Euclidean geometries.
Is this axiom changing merely a useless game? Even if it is, mathematicians can justify it on aesthetic grounds if the subsequent reasoning is deep, innovative, and creative. This particular story has a happy ending even for the most practical individual. Einstein developed his general theory of relativity by making use of the theoretical mathematics of non-Euclidean geometry, and applying it to what we now understand to be a non-Euclidean, four-dimensional universe consisting of three-dimensional space and one-dimensional time. Euclidean geometry, however, still works just fine here on planet Earth. (“Superstring theory” might eventually reconcile quantum mechanics with general relativity, though the theoretical mathematics behind it requires at least a ten-dimensional universe. Sounds impossible, but so did a four-dimensional universe in the days of Euclid.)
Some mathematical discoveries seemed so unusual at the time that they were assigned strange names like “irrational” number, a number that can’t be expressed as the quotient of two integers. The square root of two is one of infinitely many irrational numbers. My mathematics research field, complex variables, might sound supernatural because it deals with what are called “imaginary” numbers. There may be no perfect God, but there are “perfect numbers,” defined as numbers equal to the sum of their divisors. The first is 6 (1+2+3). The next perfect number is 28.
Whether intentionally or otherwise, many scientists may be viewed as secular activists because they have made obsolete many “God of the Gaps” arguments. We can accurately predict future eclipses, which are no longer attributed to God’s wrath. With every natural scientific discovery, there’s less reason to believe in the supernatural. The eighteenth-century French mathematician and astronomer, Laplace, did groundbreaking work on the stability of our solar system. When Emperor Napoleon asked him why he didn’t mention a creator, Laplace said: “I had no need of that hypothesis.” Perhaps a future Laplace will explain to a future Napoleon why our universe had no need of a God hypothesis.
Regardless of current disputes about infinity, I’m happy that we can freely discuss our views without meeting the same fate as Giordano Bruno in 1600. He taught that the universe was infinite with an infinite number of worlds like ours. At that time, it was considered heretical for finite man to discover the nature of the infinite, which was deemed clearly allied with the nature of God. This brilliant mathematician and cosmologist was burned at the stake, one of the last victims of the Inquisition.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Herb.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/28
Bill Cooke is the Past President and a Trustee of the New Zealand Association of Rationalists & Humanists (Inc.). Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Bill Cooke: My background is unusual, I suppose. I was born in Kenya when it was a British colony. I am one year away from being second-generation Kenyan.
We left Kenya in 1965, two years after it became independent, unlike most English people my parents knew, who left soon after. We then moved to New Zealand, rather than return to England.
I grew to adulthood just at the time when the English became ‘pommie bastards’, in reaction to Britain joining the EU and hanging countries like New Zealand out to dry.
As to religion, my father’s favourite comment sums my parents’ views up. When asked if he was religious, he would answer, “Religious? Certainly not. We’re Church of England.”
I was brought up in a house crammed with books. That is a habit I have maintained, owning something around 4000 now.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Cooke: Neither of my parents had much formal education. The war intervened. But they both valued learning and education. I was the first in my family to go to university. I ended up three masters degrees and a PhD.
Jacobsen: As the Past President and Trustee of the New Zealand Association of Rationalists & Humanists (Inc.), what comes along with this experience, in perspective as a past president, and this new role, as a trustee?
Cooke: My mantra while active is that nobody is indispensable. The curse of voluntary organisations (especially if they have money) is people who come along, so some work, and presume themselves indispensable to the organisation’s future.
The moment anyone gets anywhere near such a thought is the moment they should be sidelined. So, proper procedure and processes, while dull, is what is indispensable.
Jacobsen: What have perennial threats to the work and practice of the rationalistic and humanistic movements in New Zealand?
Cooke: New Zealand is such a secular country that remaining relevant is among the key challenges.
As well as maintaining a continuing critique of religious claims and pretensions, rationalist and humanist organisations really must offer up a contrasting vision of how life can be led successfully without recourse to the supernatural in any way.
Jacobsen: Who have been important allies in the activist work for the organization?
Cooke: In my view we should ally ourselves with liberal religious groups, who often share similar views about evangelical religion. I have in mind groups like Unitarians and the Sea of Faith.
Also, a range of single issue groups like voluntary euthanasia, penal reform are natural allies. I would like to see much more effort made to work with green organisations. The anti-science Gaia-inspired fluff many of them like to spout is a barrier to the progress that is needed.
Jacobsen: What have been substantial or, at least, noteworthy legal and sociocultural wins towards more equality and instantiation of rationalist and humanist values within the public sphere?
Cooke: Changing attitudes toward homosexuality, blasphemy and euthanasia. And there is something of a reduction in the casual prejudice against atheists.
Jacobsen: If you could mark one man and one woman who have been integral to the work of the international rationalist and humanist movements, who have they been? Why them?
Cooke: Paul Kurtz had many faults, but he put his money where his mouth is and made many serious contributions to humanism, both in the United States and around the world.
And Alice Roberts in Britain is doing excellent work in articulating a science-based humanist outlook to the general public.
Jacobsen: What are some other recommended organizations, books, and so on, with rationalist and humanist content?
Cooke: The Center for Inquiry in the US, the Rationalist Association in Britain and the Atheist Centre in India are the standout organisations in my opinion.
For books, the list is too long, but a core list would have to include Bertrand Russell’s ‘The faith of a rationalist’ and ‘Why I am not a Christian’. I enjoyed Andre Comte-Sponville’s The Book of Atheist Spirituality and Robert Solomon’s Spirituality for the Skeptic.
In other moods I got a lot from Alex Rosenberg’s The Atheist’s Guide to Reality. Floris van den Berg’s Philosophy for a Better World does a fair job of lining atheism up with green priorities. I also got a lot from Tzvetan Todorov’s Imperfect Garden: The Legacy of Humanism.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Cooke: Time and money are the two most important ways to contribute and there is no shortage of ways to employ those two resources.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Cooke: The movement is not, in my view, doing enough to articulate what a humanist life, free from the pretensions of supernaturalism, would look and feel like.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Cooke.
Cooke: Happy to help.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/27
Alton Mungani is the Co-Founder, Editor, & Curator of Zimbabwean Atheists. Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In terms of your family background, what is it?
Alton Mungani: I was born in a small city in the middle of Zimbabwe called Gweru. The last in a family of four boys, I was the quiet, reclusive boy who stayed in his room and read a lot. I was quiet because my three older brothers were closer to each other, often had what I thought were abrasive personalities; and would often gang up to pick on me. So I decided that the best way to avoid that was to keep out of their way. My parents were middle class labourers, and for the first six years of my life, we lived in a high-density suburb. After my parents built a house in a middle-low density suburb, we moved; my brothers changing schools, and being six years old, I started my primary education at what was regarded an ‘A’ school in the city. For secondary and high school, my parents insisted on sending us all to boarding school, which we all did. My brothers eventually all left the country and are living and working outside Zimbabwe. My parents are now retired, and I still stay at home with them.
Jacobsen: What is the personal background? Your story leading into the present work as a Zimbabwean freethinker.
Mungani: From childhood, I was always a literary gourmand. I would pore over every book I could lay my hands on with a feral hunger. I did not care whether the book was ‘for my age’ or not, whether or not I actually understood what I was reading, but I read still. I exhausted the books at home, and I basically spent every free second in the school library. This hunger for knowledge was to be the foundation of my being a freethinker, way before I realized it. My family identified themselves as Adventists, even though we were never really the super-devout types. My father drank and smoked (still does), and since that is ‘frowned upon’ by Adventists, he was never too enthusiastic about church. The rest of the family would go to church here and there; and I had a stint where I was particularly religious. I was in the church choir, would participate in activities, and was generally a ‘good Christian’ (hic). But that was not my only religious exposure. I have an uncle who is of the Rastafarian religion that I grew up around. I would talk to him about almost everything, and he encouraged my inquisitive mind. He would give me more books to read, and we would discuss and debate what I would have read. Through him, I realised and appreciated religious diversity.
The ghosts of the books I read would haunt my every waking hour. A lot of the books were of the philosophical tilt, and my inquisitive mind began to question even further. My adventures in philanthropy began to buttress my love for humanity. I learnt and taught myself that human rights needed to be respected, regardless of race, sex, orientation, tribe, or social position. I got to realise that while offering service in one way or another, many organisations sometimes violate certain rights, be it intentional or otherwise. Being a freethinker got me to understand that religion, especially brand-name religions (as Rami Shapiro calls them), have a tendency to violate certain human rights, and the victims are none-the-wiser because the violation has been clothed in such a way that they think the violation is to their benefit. I became a personal champion for enlightening people on their rights and how not to be victimized.
Jacobsen: What were some pivotal moments in life for you, in terms of atheism?
Mungani: As a liberal mind, the transition into atheism was not a momentous event, but a gradual realisation and awakening, combined with disillusionment. Living in a society that is predominantly Christian, many sceptics and freethinkers have stayed silent, in fear of discrimination and labelling. That said, I can say some of my pivotal moments are when the religious not only acknowledge, but even respect my atheism. A vivid example is when I attended a social gathering where the deliberations were usually preceded by a prayer. On that particular day, the moderator of the gathering mentioned that there was not going to be any praying involved. This, of course, was received with dissatisfied murmurs from the crowd. At the end of the event, the moderator walked up to me and explained that he had prevented the praying because I was in the room, and he did not want to offend me. That gave me a warm feeling, because where the religious can be so entitled as to want monopoly over offense; it was a confidence boost to know that there are people out there who respect humanity regardless of religious leanings or none at all.
Another pivotal moment with regards atheism, was when I wrote an article that was published in a national newspaper in 2017. The article was a treatise in support of a proposed new curriculum for primary and secondary education in Zimbabwe. The curriculum had secular leanings, advocating for the tolerance of the diversity of cultures in Zimbabwe, as well as advocating for a more science and technology-based approach to education; thus championing reason, objectivity and free enquiry in schools.
Jacobsen: What were some important books for you?
Mungani: The most important book that solidified my conviction as an atheist was The God Delusion by Professor Richard Dawkins. I received the book as a birthday present from my cousin; and I did not put it down until I finished reading it. After the first read, I studied it more, making reference to other books and the internet. I looked for and began reading his other books, namely The Blind Watchmaker and The Selfish Gene, which I still read here and there. Sam Harris’ The End of Faith and Letter to a Christian Nation were other books of value to me. Of course, I would be remiss if I didn’t mention Christopher Hitchens’ God is Not Great – How Religion Poisons Everything. This book remains a personal favourite.
Jacobsen: Who have been pivotal mentors or figures in global and then African, even Zimbabwean, free thought for you?
Mungani: Secular activism worldwide has seen many champions over the
years. From figures with a science-oriented tilt like Richard Dawkins, to
comedians like Seth Rogen, I find inspiration from the small, seemingly
insignificant acts, to the grandiose discoveries like stem-cell research.
In Africa, I have been inspired by the works of Leo Igwe and my personal
friends Takudzwa Mazwienduna and Gayleen Cornelius, who continue to champion
free thought and humanism against numerous odds.
In Zimbabwe, the interactions through social media platforms like WhatsApp groups, I have grown to realize that my country is full of intelligent freethinkers, who are chock full of knowledge and innovative ideas.
Jacobsen: When you look at the landscape of the frauds and religious charlatans, and fundamentalists, in Zimbabwe, who are prototypical examples of it?
Mungani: The scourge of zealous Pentecostal Christianity in Zimbabwe has crippled the psyche of millions. Self-stylised ‘prophets’ captivate the minds, hearts and pockets of many Zimbabweans. Names like Prophet Walter Magaya of PHD Ministries and Prophet Emmanuel Makandiwa of UFIC Church are the prototypes. They have made multi-million dollar businesses out of the pockets of none-the-wiser people. The frauds attributed to them are too numerous to mention. We would keep at this ad infinitum.
Jacobsen: What are ways to overcome magical thinking in Zimbabwe?
Mungani: More than anything, a strong re-education is required. The people of Zimbabwe need a crash course in disillusionment. They need shock therapy to shake off the Stockholm Syndrome they suffer from, in the name of western religion. The majority of the problems that riddle the country would dissipate if the people let go of their imaginary friends. Only then can we overcome magical thinking.
Often, it is not the laity or the followers, but, rather, the corrupt leaders who take advantage of the laity or the followers who endorse magical thinking and utilize this to take advantage of them. Of course, this can take religious or secular form with, sometimes, the worst forms of encouragement of us and them thinking with racism and other forms of bigotry and xenophobia. What are some effective means by which to empower the laity or the followers, or the general public, to be more skeptical of these corrupt leaders, religious or secular?
The laity needs to be taught that it is totally fine to ask questions. We have a tendency of putting leaders on a pedestal, thus somehow making them the absolute authority. It doesn’t help that the leaders themselves claim ‘divine endorsement’, and catch the laity at their weakest. From an elemental point of view, the followers must deign to ask if indeed ‘God’ sent the Israelites to sack Jericho (since the Bible is where they get the majority of their justification); then move further to ask why this leaders claims that that leader and his followers are wrong, and why he thinks he’s right.
Scepticism is borne of inquiry. If one can enquire of anything, then it’s simply the next step to be sceptical of that thing you inquired of.
Most importantly though, the laity needs to learn to laugh at themselves. Laugh at yourselves when you ask questions. Laugh because you realise that you could have asked all along, but you didn’t. Laugh because you realise that all along you’ve been living your life how someone else wants you to live. Someone who probably died hundreds of years ago and should have never been listened to in the first place. Laugh because now you can, where you couldn’t before! Laugh because why not?
Jacobsen: Any recommended authors on atheism or freethinking in Africa?
Mungani: Atheism in Zimbabwe is still in its infancy. Due to the high levels of religiosity in the country, many freethinkers are ‘in the closet’ while they communicate on social media platforms, that’s just about it. We are trying to instigate an awakening of sorts; where the more atheists and freethinkers come out, even more are encouraged to rear their heads. Social stigma and persecution has kept many potential bestsellers from being published, if only their writers had the freedom to put pen to paper. Many families are religious, and in some cases, if one family members reveals that they are atheist, that may lead to disdain, or in extreme cases, ostracizing of said confessed atheist. That has, unfortunately, meant no published authors on freethinking in Zimbabwe.
Jacobsen: Who are some of the important figures in the history of freethought in Zimbabwe?
Mungani: Freethought in Zimbabwe has only recently seen the light, in a manner of speaking. As I mentioned above, we are only beginning to spread our wings. In our very brief and almost non-existent history, I make reference to the aforementioned Takudzwa Mazwienduna, who has written numerous articles on freethought on different online publications. Shingai Rukwata Ndoro is one other figure who has been very vocal on social media platforms, openly challenging politicians and religious leaders alike to toe the human rights line.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Alton.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/27
John Hont is the Vice-President of Dying With Dignity NSW. Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
John Hont: Please see https://www.dwdv.org.au/about-us/meet-the-board.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Hont: As above.
Jacobsen: As the Vice-President of Dying With Dignity Victoria, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Hont: Support the president and the board. Provide leadership, along with the president, on future directions of the organisation.
Jacobsen: What are some of the more tragic as well as heartwarming stories coming out of the work of Dying With Dignity Victoria?
Hont: Please see https://www.dwdv.org.au/takeaction/personal-stories-2.
Jacobsen: In terms of the activism of the past through Dying With Dignity Victoria, what have been important legal and sociocultural victories?
What have been some honest failures? How can others and yourselves learn from the failure and improve upon the successes?
Hont: Great success in 2017, with the passing of the Voluntary Assisted Dying Act (VAD) 2017.
Jacobsen: Moving into 2019, what seems like some of the more important targeted objectives of Dying With Dignity Victoria for 2019?
Hont: Continue our public education program on VAD and Advance Care Directives. Monitor the outcomes from the VAD Act.
Jacobsen: Who tends to be the main opposition to the values, principles, and aims of Dying With Dignity Victoria? Why them? How can their counter-efforts be combatted?
Hont: Australian Christian Lobby, Right to Life. Combatted with tireless campaigning and providing factual evidence.
Jacobsen: In terms of the ways in which there have been written works around the right to die, dying with dignity, accompanied suicide, euthanasia, medical assistance in dying, and so on, what are the important articles and books to become more richly informed on the subject matter?
Hont: Rodney Syme’s A Good Death. Lots of articles and information on our website dwdv.org.au
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Hont: People can join, donate, volunteer, or become a board member.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Hont: I hope I have provided the information you were seeking.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, John.
Hont: You are welcome, Scott.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/26
Mubarak Bala is the President of the Humanist Association of Nigeria. We will be conducting this educational series to learn more about humanism and secularism within Nigeria. Here we talk about humanism in Nigeria.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Looking into the humanist community compared to the traditional fundamentalist religious community within Nigeria, what remain the greatest risks to them?
Mubarak Bala: The greatest threat to one’s existence as (a closeted) Atheist/Humanist/Secularist, is exposure, without their contingency plan.
Many are still closeted, given they have jobs, homes, families and children whose bills and responsibilities lies on their shoulders, so all could collapse like a house of cards, should anyone suffer a leak, either by mistake or betrayal, sometimes by trusted persons once intimated about one’s belief or unbelief.
There was one, whose girlfriend knew was, and showed acceptance to, (probably out of the desperation to get married and the hope he may revert back), but betrayed him, to his family after marriage and pregnancy.
He died in 2017 in what the family just said was a motorcycle accident. And as it is, we could not ascertain if it was really an accident as he was hurriedly buried according to Islamic rites, and hardly does any authority care to investigate accidents in this part of the world.
Our resources also, would not have allowed for us to further the investigation on our suspicions. As he was far, very far from the states in which we have better reach and connections.
It was sad.
Jacobsen: In addition, what was the central difficulty for individuals such as Dr. Leo Igwe, and yourself, in the maintenance of the humanist community in Nigeria, especially as the antipathy to the non-religious was, already, very high?
Bala: Firstly, we have scarce funding, from between ourselves, since we only muster from our earnings, and most of our members are still students, with no jobs nor financial independence. So organizing events, sponsorships and logistics are hard, but we still thrive, thanks to our well to do members who share more than the average fees we tax ourselves.
Secondly, there’s that sense of suspicion, as members fear newcomers fearing their sincerity, finding comfort in the small community of friends we have scouted or risked to have received their contact, who mostly are genuine rationalists and thinkers looking for a community. The fear by members, who in all honesty is genuine, drags our, (already out) efforts to longer and slower cohesion.
There’s also this nagging question between Humanists as to what or what should a humanist do or not do. Many think just by being atheist, they have ‘conquered’ and so, chose to be assholes to others, bullying the religious (their person, and not the religions we normally bash), and also, bring rancor and disharmony within the community. Although it is expected in a pack of cats, where no one lords it over others, there still need to be sanity of attitude towards the fellow human, be it a theist or non-theist.
Jacobsen: For those facing less difficult circumstances in the foundation and maintenance, and growth, of a humanist community, any encouraging words for them?
Bala: We always advise that people be safe in their closets, until they could finish school and secure the already scarce jobs in the tight economy as ours, not just in Nigeria but throughout the region (West Africa), and the continent as well. The developed countries have better soft landings for atheists and the minority, not here.
I have gone through both thick and thin, and have first hand experience in how things could go from spark to boom. Mostly, shouting out loud is only a last resort if one’s life is clearly in danger, that’s when we have to come together and save who so ever has emergency, and we do this, more efficiently now, with our experience, locally and with good contacts with others beyond our borders.
The hope is that in future, we could be able with resources and better organization, be able to lobby and educate, or pressure the authorities to help or establish protection agencies or centers for vulnerable people from at risk situations, especially since it is their loved ones in these situations that harm or try to kill them, and bury any evidence or suspicion.
The safest place to be an atheist is no longer just in the mind only, it is on the internet, with an account that keeps your identity safe, while you keep good contact with like mind, in future when it is safer, one could then come out.
Already, we have marriages between members and issues therefrom, so there is hope, we no longer have to fear that no one would marry us. Many would, even as theists as they are, especially if their parents are not a hindrance. Some, are lucky to even meet their match online or within our safe spaces across the country and the country. There is hope and always good news these past years especially.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mubarak.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/26
Liz Jacka is a Board Member in Dying With Dignity NSW. Here we talk about her life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Liz Jacka: I was born in Auckland New Zealand in 1945. I am of Celtic origin (Scottish, Irish, Cornish) and had a pretty strict Catholic upbringing and education. The family didn’t have much money. There were four kids, of whom I am the eldest.
My parents’ marriage was very problematic and my relationship with my father was pretty toxic. (I forgave him when I was in my forties after undergoing psychoanalysis. He also apologised although he had not had analysis.)
I was educated to PhD level, having studied both science and humanities. I spent my life as an academic, first in Philosophy, then in media studies. We never talked about anything difficult in the family so I had no idea about death etc.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Jacka: See above for academic details. I have self-educated in end-of-life issues. After I became very interested in the issue of voluntary assisted dying (VAD) about 6 years ago, I have read all of the international debates and reports about the issue and have watched very closely developments in various parts of the world. I have also read many of the recent books on the subject.
Jacobsen: As a Board member, a longstanding one, in Dying With Dignity in Australia, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Jacka: My involvement began when I provided research support to NSW Upper House Greens MP, Cata Faehrmann who in 2013 introduced a VAD Bill into the Upper House of the NSW Parliament. It was defeated by 23 to 12. I am a member of the Greens Party and VAD is party policy.
I joined the Board of Dying With Dignity NSW in 2014 and have done various things over the period until now. I have written submissions to inquiries, I have participated in campaigns around actual bills (another attempt was made in 2017 to pass a bill in NSW, which failed by only one vote).
I do a lot of menial clerical stuff and I take all the phone calls that come into the office. This has been a big and quite taxing part of my job as we are often approached by desperate people and their relatives and asked for hep to die. So I have become a kind of phone counsellor.
I also contribute to a weekly media watch of all Australian stories about the issue and I have helped to organise forums on the issue and I have spoken to various audiences about the issue. I have also written articles and letters to newspapers and magazines.
Jacobsen: What have been the developments of the organization since your time in it?
Jacka: Our organisation has gone through big changes since I’ve been on the Board. This is due to the election of two extremely dynamic and switched-on board members who have expertise in digital campaigning techniques.
They both work almost full time on the issue and they are both very active in the Voluntary Euthanasia Party which has fielded candidates in both Federal and Sate elections.
Jacobsen: In terms of moving further into 2019, what are the important activist efforts of dying with dignity in Australia in general? Who are the important allies in this collective effort to advance, if wanted, personal autonomy in the choice of how and when one dies?
Jacka: The 2017 Bill was introduced into parliament by a cross-party group, which gave it a much better chance of succeeding. A similar Bill will be introduced again in 2019. There is also a state election in March 2019. All our efforts will go into campaigning hard for our cause.
Our allies and a doctors group who are in favour of VAD, The Nurses Professional Associations (the nurses officially support VAD), to some extent the Associations who represent senior Australians.
We have yet to have much success with the Palliative Care profession. Here, as elsewhere, they see VAD in opposition to VAD whereas we would see them as complementary.
Jacobsen: Who are the important writers and thinkers of this national and global rights-based movement?
Jacka: One of the Australian campaigners is Dr Rodney Syme of Victoris, who has been helping people with end of life decisions for many years. he has written two excellent book (google him).
He has also gone on national TV and confessed to actually assisting terminally ill people to die at the time of their choosing (which is illegal) but has never been charged with any crime.
Other doctors have written books on the futility of intensive care and heroic measures for the frail and elderly. Awareness to the issues amongst the general population is growing with around 85% saying they would approve of VAD for terminally ill people who are suffering intolerably.
Jacobsen: In terms of the real successes and honest failures in the efforts for dying with dignity, the right to die, euthanasia, and so on, what have those been in the history of Australia’s branch of this movement?
How can others interested in becoming politically and socially active build on those successes and learn from those failures?
Jacka: This is a huge question. I think the chipping away approach over the years in Australia is bearing fruit. All states and territories are considering introducing VAD. In fact, Victoria passed a VAD law in 2017 and this comes into effect in June 2019.
Western Australia has issued a parliamentary report urging the introduction of VAD laws and Queensland is also seriously considering it. Note that in all three of these states there is a Labour government.
Jacobsen: Historically speaking, who have been the primary opposition to the dying with dignity movement? Why them? How can this opposition be combatted?
Jacka: The primary opposition to VAD are the Catholic and Anglican Churches. They have managed to spook politicians and there is a huge reluctance on the part of the conservative parties (the Liberal and National parties).
The extreme religious right has a solid grip on the Liberal Party, which makes it very difficult t get Liberals to vote for VAD because they are afraid of not being pre-selected.
The other strong opposition comes form official doctors group, The Australian Medical Association, although when doctors are surveyed individually there is a slight majority in favour.
As outlined above, the palliative care profession is officially against it, though we get Emails from many palliative care nurses who are in favour, based on their close acquaintance with the pointy end of the dying process.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Jacka: Any amount to things to do: we particularly need people who are prepared to front politicians and demand that they hear the arguments. We need people who will help us to monitor and respond on our facebook page, we need people to letterbox, and come to demonstrations.
We need people with design and internet skills. All members of the current board (10 in all) do all the work on a voluntary basis.
We do not seem to have been successful in getting a permanent group of extra volunteers, but when the Bill was being debated in parliament in 2017 a large number of our members fronted up outside Parliament House wearing t-shirts and waving banners.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Jacka: I think in 10 years’ time, maybe less, all of Australia will have VAD. There is a greater recognition of the problem that modern medicine can cure anything except frailty and the wonders of modern medicine are keeping people alive far beyond their desire to keep living and their capacity to lead a life that is meaningful to them.
Of course, even worse off than terminally ill people (at least they will die within a foreseeable time frame), are those with incurable degenerative diseases such as MS, MND, Parkinson’s and severe stroke who may be forced to live for years in a situation where they have no dignity, no autonomy and little capacity to take pleasure from their life.
I personally would like to see VAD extended to these groups. I am not presently in favour of including those with mental illnesses or dementia, even though their suffering must be terrible. That is at present in the too-hard basket.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Liz.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/25
Professor Kenneth R. Miller is a Professor of Biology and Royce Family Professor for Teaching Excellence at Brown University. Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Professor Kenneth Miller: I was born and raised in Rahway, New Jersey, which is part of the New York City metropolitan area. My Dad was in the Army, and was stationed in Fort Dix, NJ, in 1944 when he attended a local dance event for GIs and met the high school girl who would become my Mom.
My Dad, who grew up in Indiana, graduated from high school and spent two years studying for the priesthood before he decided that the life of a priest was not for him. Then, WWII intervened, and he spent the next four years in the service. He was trained in communication circuitry during the war, and worked off and on for subcontractors of the telephone company in NJ after I was born. My Mom had trained as a secretary in high school, and worked for many years as a medical assistant to two doctors in town.
Our family wasn’t very well off, so after a few years we had to move in with my Mom’s parents, so three generations shared that house. I attended the public schools in Rahway, and graduated from Rahway HS. I was awarded a college scholarship by the Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, and studied Biology at Brown University. I earned my PhD in Cellular Biology at the University of Colorado, supported by a National Defense Education Act fellowship.
I was pretty busy in high school, being elected student government president as well as Governor of New Jersey Boys State, which led to a senior year where I traveled throughout the state giving speeches at American Legion events (since the Legion sponsors Boys State). I was also a varsity swimmer (a sport I continued in college), an Eagle Scout, and worked summers as a lifeguard.
I was raised as a Roman Catholic (my Dad’s faith) although my Mom converted to Catholicism only after I was born. My Mom’s parents, whom I loved dearly, were Methodists, although they rarely attended church. My Dad was determined that his boys would go to public, rather than parochial, schools, and I thank him for that. As a result, I had friends of all faiths, and some of no faith at all.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Miller: As noted, I graduated from Rahway High School, and then earned a BS and then a PhD in Biology, so that’s the extent of my formal education. In addition to my interests in science, I have always been a voracious reader, and that led to an interest in writing. In college I took several courses in literature, and even enrolled in a poetry workshop course. I published a couple of poems in a campus magazine, and continued to write poetry in graduate school, even participating in a couple of public poetry readings. In retrospect, I’m glad I picked science as a career path rather than poetry, but the discipline of verse writing clearly made me a better writer, and I believe that is reflected in the books and articles I have written as part of my professional life.
Jacobsen: You, in some ways akin to the brilliant and underappreciated Eugenie Scott – or Darwin’s Golden Retriever, amount to a living American monument, in regards to the personal role in one of the landmark moments in the evolution and creationism sociopolitical, and educational system, controversy. In reflection on the progress since the Kitzmiller v Dover (2005) trial, what is the educational system, in terms of biological sciences, looking like now, compared to 2005?
Miller: It is now nearly 15 years since the Kitzmiller trial, in which I was an expert witness, and it’s very clear that the outcome of the trial was a pivotal event for science education in America. The precedent set by the trial took the steam out of the “intelligent design” (ID) movement, and made it clear to school systems across the country that there would be severe First Amendment issues with any attempt to undermine the teaching of evolution for religious reasons. As a result, evolution is now part of the required science curriculum in every American state (yes, even Texas!), and formal efforts to introduce ID into state curricula have failed repeatedly. That’s a good thing. However, the pressure has not abated, and we continue to see efforts to introduce “alternative theories” into the science classroom under the guise of “academic freedom” bills that have been introduced in several state legislatures. The National Center for Science Education, with which I am affiliated, and dozens of state “citizens for science” organizations have successfully parried nearly all of these efforts.
Jacobsen: The Roman Catholic Christian hierarchs, probably, do not want to repeat the mistake of the dealings with Galileo Galilei. Prominent science popularizer and astrophysicist Dr. Neil deGrasse Tyson argues for a caveat, of course, to the Galilei affair with the unpleasant demeanor of Galilei as a non-trivial factor to consider in the eventualities of the case. The Pontifical Academy of Sciences has eminent scientists, including Nobel laureates, who meet periodically for scientific reasons and will offer advice to the Holy See upon request. What else have been some proactive efforts of the Roman Catholic Christian hierarchs and, potentially, laity who are educators in biological sciences to prevent this Galilean fiasco happening once more?
Miller: Yeah, I’m pretty sure that the Church today realizes that they handled the Galileo thing rather badly, and doesn’t want to see anything like that happen again! It’s worth noting, as Dr. Tyson pointed out, that a personality clash between Galileo and the Pope had as much to do with the suppression of his work as any doctrinal objections.
The Catholic Church has, in fact, been a major sponsor of scientific research over the past few centuries. Despite the many failings and, yes, crimes of the institutional Church, Catholic institutions like the Vatican Observatory and Catholic colleges and universities have supported scientific research and educated whole generations of scientists. It is also worth noting, with respect to evolution, that four popes (Pius XII, John Paul II, Benedict XVI, and Francis) have spoken or written in support of the theory of evolution. No doubt to the surprise of many non-Catholics, the Church has actively supported and promoted scientific research and science education for centuries.
Jacobsen: In terms of the opposition to the teaching of evolution by natural selection, broadly speaking, what has been their efforts to distort the reality of evolution by natural selection, miseducate the young, or simply lie for socio-political points?
Miller: These efforts have taken many forms, some of them attracting very little public notice. Teachers everywhere report informal pressure from parents and occasionally from students to skip or water down their treatment of evolution, despite state standards requiring it to be taught. Anti-evolution organizations like the Discovery Institute and Answers in Genesis churn out a steady stream of anti-evolution talking points, which are occasionally picked up by state and local groups hoping to challenge the teaching of evolution in their local schools. And I have already mentioned the “academic freedom” bills that regularly appear in state legislatures.
Very few of these efforts are overtly religious. Rather, they do their best to sound scientific by arguing that evolution is disproven on the basis of thermodynamics, information theory, the complexity of the genome, or by gaps and inconsistencies in the fossil record. Then, while they provide absolutely no evidence supporting special creation or intelligent design, they argue that these “theories” must be considered since they are the only possible alternatives to the theory of evolution. In effect, they have placed their ideas, without any scientific support, as the default explanation in the event evolution is rejected.
Jacobsen: Based on the recent book by you, what is the central argument for free will within an evolutionary context?
Miller: To be clear, in my book The Human Instinct, I did not claim to have discovered a neurological basis for free will. Rather, I argued that many of the determinist arguments against free will are not valid. These include a set of well-known behavioral experiments, in which Benjamin Libet claimed that the brain’s decision to act in a certain way occurs subconsciously (and therefore deterministically) before we become aware of it. Like Daniel Dennett, I disagree with Libet’s claim that these results demonstrate anything like an absence of free will in decision making.
Instead, I argue that much of the resistance to the concept of free will comes from those who actually wish to make a case for a purely physical concept of brain action that denies a spiritual soul, and thereby excludes the spiritual or mystical from human thought and activity. Well, I also am a physicalist in the sense that I see no reason to believe that there is anything that happens in the brain that cannot be explained by the laws of physics and chemistry and the cell biology of neural connections. But that does not mean that the physical basis of thought denies human agency, by which I mean the capability to observe, to analyze, to consider, and then to make rational decisions. To me, that is exactly what free will means.
I make the further point that if that sort of free will does not exist, then neither does science. The reason is that science itself depends upon the ability to evaluate observations and experimental data in a rational way that allows for the brain to choose freely between possible alternatives. If scientific reason itself is predetermined, then each and every scientific conclusion of any sort is suspect.
Jacobsen: John Paul II wanted to affirm the reality of a spiritual self. How does the conceptual Roman Catholic Christian conceptualization of a soul and ensoulment connect with this argument for free will if at all?
Miller: Many people would argue that ensoulment is the very essence of free will, and that human agency is couched in the spiritual soul. I don’t agree, since I believe that independent decision-making is based in the dynamic circuitry of the brain itself. I do think that the concept of the soul as the spiritual reflection of human individuality is important to Christianity, and would agree with JP-II’s point that science is not competent to investigate the reality of the soul, since the soul itself would have to be a spiritual entity, not a physical one.
Jacobsen: In terms of the teaching of evolution by natural selection and adherence to Roman Catholic Christian theology and suggested practices, following from the previous question, why does this exist, potentially in principle, beyond the confines of science to investigate, as a metaphysical – not a supernatural – question?
Miller: I take your question to mean why ensoulment or any question worth asking should be beyond the competence of science to investigate. Indeed, there is a philosophical concept often called “scientism” which suggests that science is indeed the right way to answer any question, or at least any question worth asking. The interesting thing about scientism is that science itself can provide no support for its claim that it alone has access to all things knowable.
Let me be clear. Science is the best method we are ever likely to discover for exploring, explaining, and understanding the physical world, including the world of life. But certain questions very clearly lie beyond the competence of science to approach. Some of these are philosophical, dealing with meaning of life, the nature of good and evil, the essence of virtue, the reality of love. Others, such as the ultimate origin of the universe or the sources of the laws of physics, are existential in that they are unlikely to be solved by scientific approaches. We cannot, for example, explain why the fundamental constants of nature hold the values that they do, or, in the words of many philosophers, why there is something rather than nothing. This does not negate science in any way. Rather, it is a recognition that some questions are beyond the power of science to answer.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Miller: Given the nature of your blog, I would suspect that very few of your readers are theists, and perhaps many of them are suspicious of the commitment to science of anyone who professes a belief in God, as I do. Let me assure them of two things. First, communities of faith have a long history of nurturing, supporting, and promoting the practice of science. Think of the great scientific contributions of the Islamic caliphate, as well as the Christian medieval university system, which gave rise to major advances in the physical sciences and astronomy. Second, I would make a point shared by nearly all of the scientists I know who would identify as believers — that is, that any faith that might require the rejection of science is not a faith worth having. This is not because science in any was proves or justifies our faith. Rather, to take a phrase from Guy Consolmagno, Director of the Vatican Observatory, it is because our faith in God justifies science itself.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor Miller.
Miller: My pleasure! Thank you.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/24
Mark Brandt is the Co-Facilitator of the Unitarian Universalist Humanists of Clearwater. Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Mark Brandt: I was born in Iowa in 1946 and moved to Florida at age 11 in Feb 1958. The nuclear family consisted of my parents and older brother. Mom and dad were married for 69 years.
They both died in in 2009. We had a plain vanilla family life. There was never any violence or abuse. I would describe home life as midwestern stoic. My older brother died at age 43 in 1986. Church was required for me by my parents until I was age 15.
They didn’t come but I was required to go until that age. Culture, language etc were all midwestern protestant. Education included a BA from Florida State University, the sophomore year of which was spent in Florence, Italy. Post graduate study culminated in a law degree (JD) from the University of Virginia.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Brandt: Formal education is noted above, although my scholarship in law school was spectacularly mediocre. The last 30 years or so have been devoted to trying to learn more about the world.
The first major undertaking was to read the bible from cover to cover, skipping only the parts about the cubits of the ark and some of the genealogies. That really set me on my secular/atheist path. I have been a modest autodidact since then reading most of the atheist authors.
I have joined 4 secular humanist and atheist organizations, to wit: AHA, CFI, FFRF, and AA. Articles in their publications have been read and digested. Several years ago a group of secular friends engaged with 5 Baptists.
We would get together once a month for discussions on subjects such as evolution, suffering etc. After 8 or 9 sessions, we were starting to repeat our arguments and decided to disband the discussions.
It was a good learning experience and helped to refine my worldview and arguments for atheism/humanism.
Jacobsen: You are a Co-Facilitator for the Unitarian Universalist Humanists of Clearwater with Bill Norsworthy. How does the work as a co-facilitator differ from other service or gathering leaders of more traditional religions?
What is the typical layout of the gathering, of which you facilitate? Is there a formal schedule? What is the general content?
Brandt: As to co-facilitating the UU Humanist group, Mark and I try to have a speaker once a month. Meetings are held from 12:30 to 1:30 on Sundays after the UU services.
After our meetings, usually a bunch of us adjourn to a local restaurant for further conversation. Usually in Feb, our group, along with other Tampa bay free thought organizations sponsors a Darwin Day Celebration.
In the past, we have hosted Daniel Dennett of Tufts University and Frans de Waal of Emory as our featured speakers. Richard Dawkins and the former head of American Atheists have also spoken at our UU campus.
Our meetings are secular. There are no songs or rituals. They are just an opportunity for like minded folks to gather. It’s an informal gathering. We have also hosted a summer social at a restaurant and a winter solstice potluck dinner.
Jacobsen: In terms of the primary and secondary beliefs of Unitarian Universalism, how does the humanistic flavor of Unitarian Universalism differ from the non-humanistic one?
Brandt: UU’s do not subscribe to a formal creed so you’ll find an eclectic mix of beliefs. Secular humanism is one of the main worldviews among UU’s.
Our UU congregation has been quite accepting of differing views. Those who have some nebulous spiritual views seem to accommodate us humanists quite easily and vice versa.
Jacobsen: What are the main activist efforts of the Unitarian Universalist Humanists of Clearwater?
Brandt: Our activities are listed above. We try to not be overly active (this may be a rationalization for being lazy) so as to not be considered a rogue group within the congregation.
Our members are active within the larger congregation in social action issues and other congregational activities.
Jacobsen: What have been the important social outreach efforts of the Unitarian Universalist Humanists of Clearwater?
Brandt: Our congregation has been quite active with migrant workers, refugees, the LGBTQ community and other marginalized groups.
Jacobsen: What do you see the potential threats to the community and social life of the Unitarian Universalist Humanists of Clearwater as we move further into 2019?
What might be proactive efforts to combat some of these, potentially, regressive forces in alliance with other organizations?
Brandt: I don’t see any direct threat to what the UU Humanists are doing. There is a battle on the national level with the religious right trying to turn back the clock against the forces of modernity which humanists have embraced.
There is the possibility of violence fomented by the right, but no threats have been received by our humanist group. We have not been actively engaged in trying to promote secularism other than our normal activities.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Brandt: Our group is listed on the UU Clearwater website. We do receive inquiries from time to time. Visitors to UUC also find out about our group and ask to be included on our email list.
We will continue to gently push for a more rational, evidence and fact based world eschew the mythological world of deities and gods.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mark.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/23
Bill Norsworthy is the Co-Facilitator of the Unitarian Universalist Humanists of Clearwater. Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Bill Norsworthy: I was born and raised in Louisiana. My parents both graduated from college. My mother was a language major and father was a journalist.
They were both devoted Episcopalians, so I was, too. By high school, I had my doubts, having discovered Thoreau, Emerson and the Transcendentalists.
While in graduate school I was introduced by a friend to Unitarian Universalism. A couple of years later I joined the UU Congregation in Atlanta. Since then I have been an active UU in several congregations.
I have two sisters, one in Louisiana and one in California. I have two adult children, both of whom live in the Tampa Bay area and six grandchildren. I have been in partnership with Marie Chapman for 15 years.
As for the dynamics of my formative years, I would say that my parents were very helpful in allowing me to think about the world and to express my thoughts without being too judgmental.. It wasn’t always a smooth one, but my journey as a Freethinker has been quite fulfilling.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Norsworthy: I graduated from Louisiana State University with a Bachelor of Science degree in Finance. I also have an MBA from the University of Massachusetts.
Informally, I have always enjoyed reading and discussing ideas with friends and colleagues. Most of my reading is in non-fiction and focuses on history, biography, science and religion.
Jacobsen: You are a Co-Facilitator for the Unitarian Universalist Humanists of Clearwater with Mark Brandt. How does the work as a co-facilitator differ from other service or gathering leaders of more traditional religions?
Norsworthy: One of the best aspects of Unitarian Universalism is its non-theistic philosophy.
This allows our Humanist Group to explore a wide range of topics and issues in our monthly meetings. While it is not a requirement of membership, the great majority of our Humanist group members are atheists or agnostics.
This group offers opportunity to connect with like-minded people and to support the search for better understanding of the cosmos and the roles we have in it.
Jacobsen: What is the typical layout of the gathering, of which you facilitate? Is there a formal schedule? What is the general content?
Norsworthy: We generally meet once a month from September through May. Our meetings are held on Sunday afternoon and are followed by lunch at a nearby restaurant.
We usually have a single guest speaker and we always have a Q&A session after the talk. Sometimes we have a musical presentation, as well.
One of our meetings each year is to celebrate Darwin Day. It is hosted by our group plus several other freethought groups in the Tampa Bay area: CFI, Atheists of Florida, Suncoast Humanists.
These meetings, held on Saturday at UUs of Clearwater, usually have three speakers on science topics and the program lasts about three hours.
Jacobsen: In terms of the primary and secondary beliefs of Unitarian Universalism, how does the humanistic flavor of Unitarian Universalism differ from the non-humanistic one?
Norsworthy: UUs generally have a very liberal attitude toward religion. Our focus is on the life we have and not on one that might exist after this one.
Some UUs do have a belief in something, which they choose to call God, but very few would define God in an anthropomorphic or personal way.
Jacobsen: What are the main activist efforts of the Unitarian Universalist Humanists of Clearwater?
Norsworthy: Since we are part of the UUs of Clearwater, the Humanist Group doesn’t have an independent activist program. Our members do participate in various social justice activities.
Our group does work with the other freethought groups in the area to promote science, freethought, atheism and humanism.
Jacobsen: What have been the important social outreach efforts of the Unitarian Universalist Humanists of Clearwater?
Norsworthy: As indicated above, the UUs of Clearwater has a very active social justice program that supports racial equality, refugees, immigrants, farm workers, prison reform and those in poverty.
Jacobsen: What do you see the potential threats to the community and social life of the Unitarian Universalist Humanists of Clearwater as we move further into 2019?
What might be proactive efforts to combat some of these, potentially, regressive forces in alliance with other organizations?
Norsworthy: As throughout the world, there are regressive forces locally that would like to create a theocracy.
In this area, these forces are empowered by conservatives who are in firm control of the government of the State of Florida.
We have not experienced any direct persecution but the potential is always there. The Tampa Bay area is not too extreme (not to say that there aren’t extreme people here), but political affiliation is about one-third each for Democrats, Republicans and Independents.
Our Humanist Group is affiliated with the Tampa Bay Coalition of Reason and with the American Humanist Association. In addition, I am a member of the Board of the Secular Coalition for America, a coalition of 19 national freethought groups.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Norsworthy: We encourage our members to be involved in community organizations and political parties and to represent our worldview that secularism is the best way to deal with the challenges of the modern world.
We do accept donations to defray the cost of our speaker program. We haven’t engaged in writing articles…yet, but that is an excellent idea. Thanks.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Norsworthy: The freethought/secular movement has been gaining strength for the last 300+ years. While this has not been a straight line of growth, it has experienced a significant increase in the last generation.
The future of Secular Humanism will likely be even better, as the ideas of the Enlightenment continue to inspire creativity and problem solving that will improve life on this “pale blue dot,” as Carl Sagan so eloquently described our fragile planet. We are committed to furthering that cause.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Bill.
Norsworthy: Thank you, Scott. Your inquiry is much appreciated. Please let us know if we can answer any other questions.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/22
Hope Knutsson is the Former President, a Founding Member, and a Board Member of Siðmennt (Félag Siðrænna Húmanista). Here we talk about her life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Hope Knutsson: I was born and grew up in New York City, the middle child of 3 sisters, in a secular family with Jewish roots. I feel enormously grateful to my parents for not indoctrinating me with religious myths but emphasizing the importance of education and social responsibility.
My mother was an elementary school teacher and my father, a college graduate who had been accepted into medical school but didn’t go due to the Great Depression, owned a printing company. All 3 of us sisters are college graduates.
I have been a social activist all of my adult life, active in the 1960’s in protesting the war in Vietnam, the Military-Industrial Complex, nuclear power stations, and the inequities of the American health care delivery system. In 1974 I moved to Iceland to help establish a curriculum in occupational therapy at an Icelandic university.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Knutsson: I majored jointly in philosophy and psychology and have a Bachelor’s degree from Brooklyn College/City University of NY. I have a Master’s Degree in occupational therapy from Columbia University.
Throughout my life I have read extensively, subscribed to publications, and taken courses in assorted areas of health care, psychotherapy, atheism, and Humanism. I was mentored by the prominent cognitive behavioral therapist, Dr. Arnold Lazarus.
Jacobsen: As a founding member of Siðmennt (Félag Siðrænna Húmanista), why was the organization founded in the first place?
Knutsson: In 1988 I started to organize the first civil confirmation program in Iceland, modeled on the one in Norway.
After the first program was completed in 1990 the families who had been involved in it decided to form an organization for secular ceremonies in order to keep the secular confirmations going and to expand to offering the nation secular baby-namings, weddings, and funerals as well as working towards separate of church and state because Iceland still had and has today, a state church.
This is a bizarre anachronism in a democratic republic. Iceland has in recent years usually been listed in the top ten least religious countries in the world. Siðmennt, the Icelandic Ethical Humanist Association was founded in 1990. I have been a member of its board ever since and was president for 19 years.
Jacobsen: Why was there a niche for ethical humanism within the context of Iceland?
Knutsson: A very small percentage of Icelanders are religious but most people used the services of the state church clergy because there were no alternatives available. Icelandic clergy are viewed as civil servants, rather than moral leaders.
Siðmennt did a survey of the life stance views of Icelanders in November 2015 and one of the interesting and widely publicized results was that the percentage of young Icelanders who believe that a God created the world was ZERO! https://www.patheos.com/blogs/progressivesecularhumanist/2016/01/poll-0-0-of-icelanders-under-25-believe-god-created-the-world/?fbclid=IwAR17SG95XH3GoN0eDE-m5WJzEI05GUmIKn6cm0kAj9-tmrsbI9OZUUWNtf0
Jacobsen: What are the ethical humanist concerns within Iceland?
Knutsson: Working towards separation of church and state, eliminating Christian proselytizing within the school system and other public places, providing secular alternative ceremonies at the important transition points in life, commenting publicly and holding educational conferences about ethical and human rights issues.
Jacobsen: How has Siðmennt (Félag Siðrænna Húmanista) developed over time, as you have seen the trajectory into over a couple thousand members now?
Knutsson: Just for background information: the total population of Iceland is only 350,000. After the first 2 decades of its existence Siðmennt had around 300 members. We lobbied Icelandic MPs for almost a decade to get equal legal status and funding with religious organizations.
In 2013 the law about religious organizations was finally amended and granted life stance organizations equal status. Siðmennt applied to be registered under the new law and in May of that year we became the first legally registered life stance organization in Iceland. Since that time our membership has grown by leaps and bounds and is now close to 3000.
Siðmennt has been running the secular confirmation program for 31 years and it has grown from 16 teenagers the first year to 542 now in 2019. This winter we are holding 24 classes in critical thinking/ethics/human rights/human relations and 14 ceremonies in various parts of the country in the spring.
We have around 50 trained celebrants who conduct baby-namings, weddings, and funerals. The demand for our ceremonies has snowballed. In 2018 we conducted 396 ceremonies, which is a 15% increase over the previous year. We conducted 13 confirmations for 470 kids, 123 baby-namings, 248 weddings, and 12 funerals.
Siðmennt is one of the leading groups working for separation of church and state. Another high priority is getting religious proselytizing out of the public schools. Fortunately there are hardly any faith schools in Iceland. Siðmennt holds conferences and seminars on a wide variety of human rights and ethical issues. We also have an annual Humanist of the Year award along with an award for science education.
Jacobsen: Who are the leading writers and thinkers within the ethical humanist tradition?
Knutsson: Do you mean the classical internationally known ones? Or our local ones? Our local living scholars are: Jóhann Björnsson, Sigurður Hólm Gunnarsson, and Svanur Sigurbjörnsson.
Jacobsen: As we move into a world with rising authoritarianism and demagoguery with women’s rights as one of the first considerations of both of those forces for being axed, what can the international ethical humanist, secularist, and, indeed, feminist movements do to attenuate and reverse the corrosive social and legal effects of the aforementioned rising authoritarianism and demagoguery?
Knutsson: Siðmennt has held both local seminars and conferences about the rise of populism and will be hosting an international conference that includes these issues in June. https://icelandtravel.artegis.com/event/ieha2019?fbclid=IwAR1virCGRxQzukZdjXSn10U5GYLdN09YRWYGIV3KIipUvku7lZ6vjGYjCK4
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with donation of time, addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Knutsson: Are you asking about local people or people abroad?
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Knutsson: No.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Hope.
Knutsson: You are very welcome.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/21
Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about expectations in activism, mathematics, Judaism, and ethical values.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: As the collective background of an individual remains an important consideration, not as an in-depth reflection but as a heuristic of what to statistically expect, in activism, how can knowledge of the background of a collective help explain larger scale phenomena of communities?
For example, as a logician and mathematician, you rejected the rituals and the god of Judaism but accepted the ethical values of the Jewish traditions.
This reflects many ordinary Jewish people who reject the supernaturalism and the ritualisms of Judaism. Your individual flavor of non-religiosity differs in more nuanced and sophisticated respects than this. However, you get the thrust of the point.
If an activist runs for office or wants to become active in community civic and political life, how can a demographic and collective background understanding of the community help with activist work in dealing with the community and in individual interactions with local American citizens – noting, of course, this can extend to other areas of our region or the world as a means by which to effectuate positive change?
Herb Silverman: I think activists who run for public office should not only describe their views on issues that affect the community, but also explain what led them to those views—religious or otherwise. We are all affected by our early influences. Some people change a little, some a lot, and some not at all. Activists should also be able to formulate good reasons to run for public office. I certainly had a good reason to run for governor of South Carolina in 1990—to challenge the provision in our state constitution that prohibited atheists from holding public office. I lost the gubernatorial race, of course, but won a unanimous decision in the state Supreme Court, thus nullifying the anti-atheist clause. Mission accomplished.
As an added bonus, my campaign turned out to be more educational than I had anticipated—for me and for other South Carolinians. People were curious about who or what turned me into an atheist and on what basis I could live a moral life. It was an opportunity for me to examine my religious beliefs, describe the difference between” evidence based and biblically based morality, and change some stereotypes people had about atheists. I didn’t indiscriminately bash religion, as many had expected. I talked about what I kept from my Orthodox Jewish upbringing, which includes an emphasis on education, promoting social justice, the idealistic aspiration of Tikun Olam (repairing the world), and questioning. This last one motivated me to abandon the religious teachings that no longer made sense to me, like meaningless religious rituals, unreasonable dietary restrictions, and God belief. Judaism does not require belief in God, and I’m comfortable being a member of the atheist sect of Humanistic Judaism.
Despite my quixotic “political” career, I don’t think atheists running for office should lead with their atheism or even talk about it unless the subject comes up. We should be able to justify our positions through the application of reason, science, and evidence, which is likely why most of us became atheists. At the same time, if asked about our religious beliefs, we should not hide our atheism. During the Q&A in a debate I had about morality, one person said I must be an honest person because I acknowledged being an atheist. Trying to avoid the A-word because you think it is a skeleton in your closet makes it become a skeleton. I think it’s better to openly discuss your so-called skeletons before others discover them. To the surprise of many, I revealed all my skeletons in my autobiography. For better or worse, no opposition research is needed on me.
Whether motivated by activism to run for office or work on important community issues, you will need support from others. It helps to seek common ground, sometimes with people you often disagree (perhaps because of their biblical beliefs). But if they are inspired by religion to treat others fairly and do good works, we can work with them on selected issues. Just about all religions and secular philosophies have grounded morality in some version of the Golden Rule. The good values a religion promotes are human values, not specific to any particular religion. And those are the values we should emphasize when working with religious people. We may differ about a future life, but atheists and theists can work together on concerns that matter in this life, like human rights, racial discrimination, the environment, poverty, peace, and other social justice issues.
In seeking supporters for your cause, it helps to support others in their causes with which you agree. I’ll illustrate with an example. The South Carolina Progressive Network is composed of 36 organizations, including the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry. Most organizations either have no theological position or have members who are quite religious. All are outside the mainstream and opposed by the Religious Right. The rationale for the Progressive Network is that people are more likely to listen to a network of groups than to one lone group or one lone individual.
For instance, our secular humanist group sought Network support for a Charleston Day of Reason, coordinating with national freethought organizations across the nation. I expected opposition from some religious members because it was on the same day as the National Day of Prayer. I told them the day was picked because reason is a concept all Americans can support, and that we wanted to raise public awareness about the persistent threat to religious liberty posed by government intrusion into the private sphere of worship. To my pleasant surprise, the support was unanimous and the Progressive Network asked Mayor Joe Riley to issue a proclamation in support of a Charleston Day of Reason, which he did.
The Network and others joined in a local park to celebrate a day of reason, tolerance, democracy, and human rights. The celebration began with a member of Charleston City Council reading the mayor’s proclamation. Others, both secular and religious, then contributed freethought statements or comments in support of reason. When we associate faces with organizations, it is much easier for these groups to support each other’s causes. It’s also a great way to make new friends.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Herb.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/21
Mubarak Bala is the Executive Director of the Humanist Association of Nigeria. Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Mubarak Bala: I grew up in the mid ’80s, (born July, 1984) life was liberal, and our society in northern Nigeria, multi-tribal, then the Saudi program kicked in, to counter the Iranian exportation of their Islamic Revolution. Clerics were sponsored to study Islam in Arabia, and disseminate core Islamic values (Sunni).
By the 1990s, the society started changing, more provocative sermons, women were then secluded, and the colorful Somali-type hijab, replaced the colorful light veils seen with Hausa-Fulani women.
I only spoke Hausa and understood Arabic by age 10, almost zero English, although savvy with Mathematics and Science skills. This is because I was enrolled in a Saudi-Funded ‘Islamic Foundation’ school named as such, with semi-fanatics and a Muslim-only staffing.
It was only for Muslims. By 1995, we were taught, as part of the Extra-curricular activities, how to shoot bows and arrows at an arranged Evening class, only once. Maybe it was sneaked in as a curriculum, since the Military government frowns at Fanaticism.
Families were mostly liberal, I missed most of the early childhood plays as my curricula were tight, 7am-1pm, the supposedly Western Education at Islamic Foundation, then 4-6pm another called Sabilur-Rashad Madrassah, Quran-only school, and between 8-10pm another Islam and jurisdiction lesson, mostly Islamic History and how to behave as a Muslim.
Even on weekends when we were supposed to be free, we had extra-Islamic lessons at another Madrassa, morning and Evening.
Now you understand how suffocating that would be for a kid.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Bala: By Secondary School age, 1995-2001, I was first at a day-science-school called Islama Community Secondary School, an all-Muslim school in Kano, 1995 to 1997, then on to its sister school as a boarding school, it was a Science school with Strict Islamic discipline as well as Qur’an memorization.
I was good at both, and always read translated versions of the Quran when the things bore me, I have been warned to stop by my clerics, as no one was supposed to read and understand them by themselves, my curiosity never waned though.
I had a habit of comparing what Allah said on an issue, and what science really said, friends would jeer me if I narrate my observations, especially, as always, when Science seemed to get it right, and quiet opposite of what Islam says.
But all the self-education, also gave me the courage as to as too much, getting answers in some, or beat up/flogged on others. I hoped to modernise Islam and make it more acceptable to reasonable minds. I thought this would help humans escape that punishment of hell-fire Allah created just for them.
Now I know better, lol.
Jacobsen: What is your current role in the Humanist Association of Nigeria? What tasks and responsibilities come with this position?
Bala: The just concluded National Convention in Abuja, January 12-15th, ended with an interim executive body, with me as President, a board of Trustees, as well as tasks and charts as how to steer the Association further into success and activities, funding and further expansion of the ever growing membership in the country, from both religions.
Our Agenda has been set, we are registered, and have been more vocal and present both online and in person, to national activities and events, political and social, our website would soon take up, and the bulk of our work would be out there for all to see and follow.
As part of organising ourselves, we also are partnering with other socio-cultural/secular NGOs on a few activities of interest, such as child prevention from witchcraft accusations by the Christian clergy, and the Almajiri (google a few links) enslavement of male kids by Islamic clerics.
Jacobsen: As you consider the struggles since the foundation of the Nigerian humanist movement by Dr. Leo Igwe, what have been the real victories and honest failures of the Humanist Association of Nigeria?
Bala: Failures are the delays we faced in getting registered, it took two decades just to register the secular association, in a much debated legal tussle, this hindered our growth, organisation and funding which would have been the means by which we could support members at risk, educate society to understand our stand and why the society need reason and rationalism.
Had we succeeded in getting most of the basic structures in place from the 1990s that the founding members started, we may have countered the narrative that led to the agitation for Boko Haram and sharia insurgency.
Our successes are numerous now, we have atleast been recognised by the government, which is a very important step, and a strategic stepping stone, to achieve all other goals.
Jacobsen: What have been the hardest struggles in the fight for secularism, human rights, and humanistic policies and initiatives at the national level?
Bala: Mostly in this part of the world, it is mis-information and mis-representation. many think morality only comes from millennia old books and that whoever counters such archaic canonical orthodoxy, is up to something sinister and dangerous.
I personally was misunderstood by my immediate family, the moment I expressed doubts about religion, they called me names and sought to silence and deter me from ever coming public with it, honor to them, is ultimate, and any price could be paid to preserve it.
Same it is, at the national level, the government, having emerged from the clueless age of the military era, is handed over to semi-educated illiterates, greedy but oblivious to facts of life, which in effect, allows individuals to abuse office and sneak-in tribal and religious agenda, from both Islam and Christianity, as rivalry grow, to hoist them on the populace. Secularists and liberals suffer most from both angles.
Jacobsen: Who tend to be the ones who push back the hardest against equality of the humanist community in Nigeria?
Bala: The masses. Nigeria has the largest number of un-schooled populace, mostly in the north off the country, which is why, many are also subconsciously, just terrorists without the balls to carry arms. Democracy dictates they have a vote, which means they could influence politics and policies, and yes they do.
Second is the clergy, from either of the major religions here. They have access to the leadership, and so, exert pressure as to which direction they wish the government and country is steered, mostly to ill-ends,
Jacobsen: Why are international solidarity movements important, in spite of the inevitable times when things will become incredibly difficult, painfully so, emotionally and then hard in terms of financials as well?
Bala: Before I knew of any such secular movements in Nigeria, I thought there may never be life after atheism in Northern Nigeria, then many made contact, and I realised, all we needed is organisation and a safe space.
We now no longer need International Organisations with trivial (mostly financial) assistance, we simply raise money within ourselves, and get a few support financing when the bills are bulky.
What we most need and require these days, is the voice from other International Associations, especially when we have legal or threats to counter, within Nigeria.
Such organizations have bigger voices and could influence policy-makers within and outside our shores, with good media contacts, especially the on-air ones, as well as the online flood of individual efforts. It does save lives.
Jacobsen: Who are the biggest charlatans in Nigeria? How do they exemplify the fraudulence, bilking, and manipulation through demagoguery, fear mongering, and lying seen in other mass religious movements in other regions’ histories?
Bala: We have two major religions here, Islam in the north, Christianity in the south. Both religions and their clergy, have been the bane of our national development.
They scare people with imagined monsters and social exclusion, such that reason is feared, shunned and ridiculed.
Sadly, the system favors those with the votes, and so, although on paper, the country is secular, we are nowhere near that now, with governments and politicians boasting of contributing to erection of the largest Jesus statue in Africa, (google it, its funny), to the largest church auditorium in the world.
Nigeria now has more worship and miracle centres, than hospitals, schools, and industries. It is appalling.
Most appalling is that the effort to educate the people that these are not what they need, were mostly met with violence. Imagine trying to save a victim of a snake-bite, only to be attacked by the victim, mistaking you as a bigger venom carrier. Sad!
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, and so on?
Bala: We hope to have formal websites and organiZation’s accounts, we mostly raise funding from ourselves, we also plan to register members, so as to see how we could spread the responsibility around, to ease the burden on the main circle.
We hope to also get assistance from other well-to-do sister organizations outside our shores, especially how to counter fanaticism and put up ads that open up the society from the general delusion that breeds terrorism and misery on and off our lands.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Bala: It has been a great hour, the questions were apt, and takes one down memory lane… sweet memories, and scary paths one could have veered into.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mubarak.
Bala: It is my pleasure. Would be glad these encounters happen more often. Thank you.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/20
Justin Scott is one of the hardest working atheist activists in the United States, having committed the past four years to atheist activism to help normalize atheism and stand up for the rights of one of the most ignored minority (soon to be majority) groups.
Named Atheist of the Year by American Atheists for 2017, Scott is now currently serving as State Director for American Atheists in his home state of Iowa, which he has called home for all of his 37 years.
From “bird dogging” presidential candidates–he was able to confront every major presidential candidate during the 2016 presidential race–to delivering secular invocations at the state capitol and in city council chambers across Iowa, along with ending government endorsed prayers as well, Scott has made a name for himself as one of the most successful atheist activists out there. Scott can be reached at justinscott@atheists.org.
Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you? Did religion play a role in it?
Justin Scott: I experienced a pretty average middle class, Iowa upbringing. I’m sure at the time it seemed like a struggle but looking back on it, it was no worse than what many Americans experience.
My parents divorced when I was young so I got used to not getting to hang out with friends every other weekend as I would visit my dad. Both of my parents remarried and worked.
My dad was in the public eye locally as an insurance salesman. This career choice all but guaranteed that religion would continue to play a role in our lives as worked for a Lutheran insurance company.
This meant that every Sunday was more than sermons and coffee/donuts afterwards. They were work days for him.
We attended church and Sunday school regularly which was odd as my mom, although a self-described Catholic, never really seemed interested in religion or church. I think she sent us there on her weekends to appease my dad.
Jacobsen: If you reflect on pivotal people within the community relevant to personal philosophical development, who were they for you?
Scott: My dad first and foremost. Although he was heavy on bible scripture and guidance (“It’s not MY will, it’s THY will”…man I got sick of hearing that from him growing up) he was also a very practical and pragmatic man.
When he finally shut up about his divine inspiration, he was very straight forward about life and how to maneuver around the bullshit it can throw at us.
At the end of the day, I think he had just experienced enough in his life that he didn’t want his kids to repeat his mistakes. It’s just too bad that he relied so heavily on his religion and deeply held beliefs to do it.
For what it’s worth, there wasn’t a single religious figure or leader that really made a lasting impression on me.
Perhaps that was due to their personalities, perhaps it was due to the fact that the Lutheran churches I was part of growing up were very much like Hallmark cards: they were just there to give you the warm and fuzzy version of Christianity.
Believe in a God and Jesus, do some nice things in your life, help others and everything else will pretty much work itself out.
Jacobsen: What about literature and film, and other artistic and humanities productions, of influence on personal philosophical worldview?
Scott: Growing up I really didn’t explore deep concepts. It’s not that I wasn’t a deep thinker and didn’t want answers, I was just too wrapped in being a child of divorce and navigating the struggles that come with that.
I’d say that movies like Schindler’s List and American History X were the first movies to really open my mind to the evil that exists in this world.
Jacobsen: How did you come to find the wider borderless online world of non-religious people?
Scott: Great question. When I was in college, social media was just beginning and I really had zero interest in it which is hilarious given the fact that I practically live on it now.
Back then I was big into message boards for the sports teams that I loved. One website offered fans an “Off Topic” board where everything was free reign.
I can remember stumbling upon some atheist and nonreligious threads that made me literally look over my shoulder from time to time to make sure no one had seen me reading them.
The notion that being an atheist or nonreligious was even an option was foreign to me.
I always got the sense from my dad that being religious was a forgone conclusion; that it wasn’t a matter of whether I was going to be a believer, it was just a matter of what Lutheran church I was going to be part of the rest of my life.
Jacobsen: How did this lead to American Atheists Iowa? How can others become involved in non-religious activism? Any reflections on the response from Rubio now?
Scott: Iowa American Atheists existing and me accepting the state director role is something I could have never envisioned when I came out as an atheist just four years ago.
In 2015, as I was coming to terms with my atheism, I just wanted to know that I wasn’t the only person out there. I was nervous about what being an atheist meant and if/how it would change people’s perception of me.
In just three years, however, I’ve not only been fortunate enough to have created three atheist groups in Iowa but I’ve been named the 2017 Atheist of the Year by American Atheists and am now proudly serving as state director in Iowa.
It’s been quite the ride. Anyone reading this can have the same thing happen. For what it’s worth, I encourage that. I want every atheist out there reading this to know that being a great atheist and activist for secular issues doesn’t take any special talents.
When I look back at the trajectory I’ve followed to Iowa American Atheists and by no means is it the end all, be all of my activism career, it boils down to 1) working hard, 2) being persistent 3) knowing that not only are you not aone but your efforts may very well inspire the next great activist.
I am still learning but that’s a good thing as I’m finding that the more I trust those around me, the more success we all enjoy!
Jacobsen: Within the current position as the State Director for American Atheist Iowa, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Scott: The main task is to support and celebrate the atheist community of Iowa however I can. No two days in this role have been the same. Some days it’s heavy on emails and phone calls.
The next day I may be coordinating activism efforts with a large atheist non-profit group. And after that I may travel across the state to offer assistance to an up-and-coming humanist group.
What I love so much about this role is that it challenges me to put my energy and focus on serving fellow atheists across Iowa. I try inspiring them by sharing my experiences with them (the good and the bad) in an attempt to make them the best atheist activists and citizens they can be.
Jacobsen: What are some of the provisions for the community there? How does this manifest in the online sphere as well?
Scott: When groups sign on to become an affiliate with American Atheists they enjoy a plethora of tabling materials like rally signs, bumper stickers, buttons and other items but most importantly, they join a network of atheists that are as motivated as they are to make a positive impact in their communities.
There is no greater feeling as an organizer to see people’s faces light up when they realize the community of atheists that are out there, ready to put their metaphorical and literal arms around them.
Jacobsen: What unique issues for secularism face Iowan atheists? What specific inclusivity issues face atheists in Iowa? In particular, how do some of these reflect the larger national issues?
Scott: I don’t think it’s so much that we have unique issues, it’s the fact that with Iowa being a hotbed for national politics with our caucus every four years, there’s an expectation that potential presidential candidates must engage with every corner of our state in order to have any chance to win the presidency.
This poses the atheist community a unique challenge and opportunity to put secularism on the national and international spotlight. My activism during the 2016 presidential race attempted to do this.
Despite some major national and international headlines that I was able to generate, it didn’t spark a larger conversion nationally about secular issues, atheists or atheist voters.
Sure, there were stories published on these topics however they weren’t a direct result of activism on the ground here. I’m hoping to change that with the 2020 presidential race, starting now.
Regarding inclusivity issues, the biggest one facing us right now is the prayer process in the Iowa legislature. I delivered what is believed to be the first secular invocation (aka “atheist prayer”) in the history of the Iowa legislature back in April 2017.
Since then, I have been discriminated against two years in a row by my Senator who states that my atheism and his Catholicism will not allow him to support me to take part in state government.
This is something that is being discussed nationwide as state legislatures are coming under fire and are being sued for not providing an inclusive experience to atheists and nonreligious Americans.
We’re also seeing this situation play out in city councils across the country as well. I’d be just as fine if the whole process of government-endorsed prayer and religious ritual came to an immediate end nationwide.
I know it’s a cliche but America cannot enjoy true religious freedom without freedom from religion. The more state legislatures and city councils insist on either upholding the status quo of government-endorsed prayer or bringing it to their chambers, the weaker our Constitutional protection of church/state separation becomes.
Jacobsen: How can secular American citizens create an environment more conducive and welcoming to secular women, secular youth, secular people of color, secular poor people, and secular people with formal education less than or equal to – but not higher than – a high school education?
Scott: I’m not the first to say this so I’m not taking credit with this but encourage and make sure that all of those kinds of secular individuals are afforded an opportunity to be in a leadership position.
The more diversity of those making decisions, the better. It’s those unique perspectives that will enrich the community and our “movement”.
Jacobsen: How can the secular community not only direct attention to ill-treatment of religious followers by fundamentalist religious leaders but also work to reduce and eventually eliminate the incidences of ill-treatment of some – in particular, the recent cases of women – within the secular community?
Scott: Great question. First, I don’t think we ever have to choose one or the other. They should both be issues that we focus on and I think in varied ways, the atheist community of the world is attempting to face both.
I think with both, it starts with addressing the threat to human dignity that both of your examples pose.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Scott.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/19
Haafizah Bhamjee is the Executive Administrator of “Ex-Muslims of South Africa.” Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Haafizah Bhamjee: I grew up in a relatively conservative Indian family in Johannesburg. I was raised Muslim, but often found religion disinteresting and restrictive.
The community that I was a part of was incredibly insular. Because, I suppose, of the inherent inequalities left behind by the past, Apartheid spatial planning created pockets of communities that exist quite separately from the rest of South African society.
Often times, I felt isolated inside of that community because I thought differently to my peers and the people around me.
Starting school at age seven was the first time I began interacting with people of different races, cultures and religious beliefs. It offered me a place to explore the world in a more positive and fascinating way.
My mother, whose family is conservative, enrolled myself and my siblings into madrassah from a young age. I attended madrassah in the afternoons, after school each day.
At madrassah we were taught all manner of Islamic scripture and teachings. I disliked it and performed poorly. I attended madrassah for eleven years. Looking back, I regret the time lost.
These two vastly different kinds of education meant that I was able to see things from two different perspectives, and it opened my mind up to the possibility that everything is far more complex and complicated than it seems, and that there is no easy answer to anything.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Bhamjee: Iam lucky to some extent. I am the only person in my immediate family who graduated from University, and one of very few women in my family to gain a tertiary qualification. My father was always very open-minded and encouraged us to study and gain knowledge.
However, I received other kinds of education too. I’ve been involved in different kinds of activism and human rights advocacy since I was a teenager.
My political education, interacting with radical communities and being exposed to different political theory definitely changed the way that I see morality.
In Islamic households we are taught about a kind of morality that centres the protection of religion and theocracy. This often is at the expense of people’s lives and happiness. Women, almost always, get the shorter end of the stick.
Being able to see inequality as immoral was revolutionary for me. Choosing to foreground my desire for dignity and respect was what led me towards questioning faith itself.
The Islamic education I received did little to answer my questions. Contesting the two always led definitively away from religion.
Jacobsen: As an Executive-Administrator for “Ex-Muslims of South Africa,” what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Bhamjee: Primarily, it’s about people.
I left Islam more seamlessly than others, meaning that I was not harassed or attacked for my decision and I was not pressured by my family. I come from a supportive background and I am grateful for that.
Things are not always as simple for everyone. Many ex-Muslims still live in fear and secrecy, despite the secular democratic laws that protect freedoms and choices. Leaving Islam is often met with shaming and violence.
ExMZA attempts to create safe spaces online and offline for ex-Muslims to come together, speak about their experiences and support each other.
We arrange Meet-ups and underground online chat groups to help ex-Muslims interact with each other. We also try to do some awareness through social media platforms and the media.
Our main concern is to ensure that everyone who reaches out to us is offered a safe space to chat and share their thoughts, and so that they feel supported when they decide to come public about leaving the faith.
Jacobsen: What are the main concerns of ex-Muslims in South Africa? Does the sex and gender of the ex-Muslim become a factor in the problems faced by an ex-Muslim?
Bhamjee: Ex-Muslims are aware of how their individual community’s function. We know the extent to which ‘the boundaries can be pushed’. Many live secretly as ex-Muslims continuing to practice publicly.
Generally, the cost of coming out is too high. Many fear that their decisions would impact their relations with their families and friends. Others are concerned that it would result in strained working conditions or would restrict their career opportunities. The shame that comes with being an ex-Muslim is often too much to bear.
Some additionally fear that they will be subjected to physical abuse from their families or from members of their community.
Many of us who are public about being ex-Muslim have received death threats or threats against our loved ones. Some have experienced physical or emotional abuse, and have been disowned by their families.
Men and women experience apostacy differently. For one, its often easier for men to hide their beliefs, or lack of beliefs. Women, on the other hand, are still expected to wear the hijab and to raise their children Islamically.
Furthermore, modesty culture means that when a woman leaves Islam, she is dealt with in the same way that one might deal with a disobedient child. We are rarely spoken to as equals. And we are often gaslighted when we describe the different forms of sexism and patriarchy that we face.
Jacobsen: What organizations have been important allies of the organization?
Bhamjee: We have often found support in the South African Secular Society. An organisation that is just a few years older than we are.
Solidarity amongst atheists and free-thinkers is important in order to create a united face against the persistent rise of religiosity. South Africa is a conservative country, with well-funded and established religious organisation.
Jacobsen: Moving more into 2019, what are the targeted objectives for you?
Bhamjee: ExMZA started out as a support network, but we are slowly beginning to realise the need for targeted discourse and activism inside of Muslim communities.
We hope to begin to get the conversation started around the taboo, “unspeakable” nature of apostasy. We want to be able to live positive lives, without fear of harassment, and to be accepted by our friends and family members.
This can only happen if Muslims come to the table and choose to be more accepting. We hope to reach out to sympathetic Muslim leaders and organisations, and to gain the support of liberal Muslim communities.
We also hope to utilize the internet as a tool towards conscientisation and de-stigmatization.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Bhamjee: Like I said earlier, it really is about people choosing to be open minded and accepting.
Getting to a point where people are comfortable with diversity in the community, i.e. ex-Muslims, former Muslims, LGBT+ Muslims; means that we begin exposing conservative, insular communities to the possibility of acceptance and change.
We encourage everyone to learn more about us and to help us to build a network of solidarity. Starting up the conversation requires sympathetic people in the media to come forward and offer to carry our message forward through media exposure.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Bhamjee: Yes, I’d like to highlight the importance of solidarity and free-speech. Often times, the kind of work that we do requires making thoughts and opinions public, and this often leaves people vulnerable to harassment. It is important that keep the pressure on when it comes to foregrounding the rights of ex-Muslims to speak.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Haafizah.
Bhamjee: Thank you for taking the time to interview me.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/18
Scott Sharrad is the President of the Atheist Foundation of Australia, Inc. Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Scott Sharrad: I grew up in the suburbs of Adelaide, Australia and went to the local state primary and high schools. It was, at the time, quite an anglo area with at least 90% of the students being of an Anglo background.
Religion wasn’t part of my upbringing in my home; I often describe it as secular. My father had a strong interest in fossil collecting which manifested in me as an intense curiosity in science and how the world works.
I do remember my first experiences with religion. My primary school (Spence Primary School), shared grounds and facilities with three other schools: Hysen, another government school; Pilgrim, an Independent/Anglican School; and Nativity, a Catholic primary school.
I was in year 2 or 3 – I believe – when students from Nativity performed the Stations of the Cross and the entire Campus came out to support and watch them.
I was in the middle of my class with close to 900 other students from the other schools, standing on tiptoe to try and see and make sense of what was going on.
My second experience came when I joined “Kids Club,” a youth group on Thursday evenings with craft, games and food. I imagine I went along because I didn’t have many friends. However, this youth group, like so many was run by a church (Southern Hills Baptist Church).
I remember they would occasionally do a prayer; not every week though. One of the adults or the minister would lead the group and everyone would close their eyes and bow their heads. I remember looking around and wondering why this felt so alien and foreign.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Sharrad: I have a Bachelor of Music Education and am currently completing a Bachelor of Business (Accounting). I worked as a contract and relief teacher for a few years before moving on after burning out from long days of work both at school and then again when I got home.
During my entire life, however, I’ve been constantly reading, talking and learning from others whilst gaining experience volunteering.
Jacobsen: With the presidency of the Atheist Foundation of Australia Inc., what are some of the important tasks and responsibilities with the national leadership position?
Sharrad: The Atheist Foundation of Australia Inc. is fundamentally a democratic organisation where every member of the Committee of Management is equally responsible for the success of the Foundation.
I see my role as being a facilitator, helping others to achieve their goals, providing guidance and support, and helping others learn how to run an organisation. I consider this to be vital to ensure the longevity of the Foundation.
Jacobsen: Who have been the most vocal opponents of the Atheist Foundation of Australia Inc.? Obviously, the international attitudinal and legal data indicate a widespread, mass hatred or base antipathy to atheists – no matter the strength of our particular brand of coffee.
Sharrad: The Australian religious and political landscape is quite different to many other western countries. The general public attitude towards religion is that it is a private affair and “as long as you’re not pushing it on me, I don’t care what you believe” is the general sentiment.
This can be seen in the public reaction to two previous Prime Ministers: Kevin Rudd and Tony Abbott. Both were religious, Anglican and Catholic respectively; Rudd attended church every Sunday, often doing door stops on the church steps.
But the public reacted strongly against Abbott’s Catholicism because of his past history and his present actions. In particular, his attempt to ban the Morning After Pill while he was Health Minister leading to a parliamentary vote to override the decision.
Rudd practiced publicly but never tried to legislate his beliefs; Abbott practiced privately but actively tried to legislate in line with his beliefs. The Australian public did not like that. And so whilst there is an “Australian Christian Lobby,” a fundamental and evangelical organisation that tries to influence politics, its influence is waning.
Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, how has Atheist Foundation of Australia Inc. continued to fight these regressive forces?
Sharrad: The Foundation does its part by maintaining, as much as it can with its volunteer base, a public presence. However, to be honest, much of the progressive movement recently experienced in Australia has been the result of “single issue” campaigning: marriage equality being the most recent change.
The AFA supports all of these progressive campaigns as they arise, not wishing to detract from the people those issues directly affect and only taking an active lead when the issue is directly related to atheism or secularism.
Jacobsen: In terms of the important legal and sociocultural victories of the past 19 years for Atheist Foundation of Australia Inc. and atheism in Australia, what have those been in your opinion?
Sharrad: The 2011 and 2016 Census campaigns encouraging Australian’s to mark “no religion” are definitely high points. These campaigns were run by the Atheist Foundation of Australia in collaboration with a number of other Atheist and Humanist organisations, in particular Sydney Atheists and the Humanist Society of Victoria.
Our campaigns, combined with a change in the answer format of the question, led to a substantial increase resulting in more than 30% of Australians actively stating they have no religion.
Jacobsen: Could there be a mass mobilization of the various national and international secular organizations to work on unified goals through the UN, in entire regions, and so on?
For example, a mass mobilization for the removal of the blasphemy laws around the world with continuous, strong pressure from around the world Secular people comprises a significant number of the global population, in the hundreds of millions.
Sharrad: The Atheist Foundation of Australia is an affiliate member and supporter of the International Humanist and Ethical Union (IHEU). The IHEU is an international NGO with: Special Consultative Status at the United Nations in Geneva, Vienna, and New York (including General Consultative Status at UNICEF); observer status at the African Commission on Human and Peoples’ Rights (Banjul); General Consultative Status at the Council of Europe (Strasbourg), and a partner in human rights with UNESCO (Paris).
Jacobsen: What are some of the activities and social and community provisions through the Atheist Foundation of Australia Inc. to its membership?
Sharrad: Duo to the large geographic area and sparse population, The Foundation, in the first instance, provides online forums for people to connect through and in the second supports independent local, city based organisations who provide the in-person community support atheists desire.
Until recently, the AFA published a publication, The Australian Atheist, but that has been discontinued due to the lack of volunteer editors. The Foundation does plan on reviving its publishing mandate with a new site to be launched in the near future.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Sharrad: The most effectual way at this point in time to support organised atheism in Australia and to ensure that an atheist voice is heard in the public sphere and in the corridors of power is by volunteering your time. All membership organisation depend on volunteers for their success and the AFA is no different.
If someone would like to volunteer their time or skills they can reach the AFA via email: info@atheistfoundation.org.au. One can also become a financial member by visiting our website https://atheistfoundation.org.au or going directly to: https://bit.ly/2FSR1Ow.
With the launch of the new site, there will be more ways of providing ongoing financial support to the Foundation as well as many avenues to contribute original content and articles.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Sharrad: The situation in Australia for atheists is a mostly positive one. However, there are still pockets of discrimination which are harmful to the individuals experiencing it and by extension harmful to our society as a whole and so we must be vigilant to those.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Scott.
Sharrad: Thank you.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/16
Milad Resaeimanesh is a Leader in the Central Committee of the Ex-Muslims in Scandinavia. Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Resaeimanesh: I was born in Mashhad, Iran. I have only one younger sister. I have been studying religion since I started my primary school. I also have been practicing the Islamic rules, like praying, fasting etc. However, soon I started my high school studies, as many other Iranian teen agers, I turn to be an atheist, or an ex-Muslim.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Resaeimanesh: I have Foundation degree in computing from Nottingham Trent International College and Bachelor of Science in Computer Science from Nottingham Trent University.
Jacobsen: As an Executive in the Central Committee of the Ex-Muslims in Scandinavia, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Resaeimanesh: I am the admin of the CCES website, Facebook page, Instagram, Twitter and YouTube. I am also responsible for our monthly TV program. I am also the member of the council of the CCES, which decides about the policies must be followed.
I supervise the new members’ responsibilities, and I am one of the spokespersons of the CCES.
Jacobsen: What have been the more prescient concerns of the ex-Muslim community in Scandinavia?
Resaeimanesh: Criticizing Islam is mostly done by the far-right wings. Although they have way different purposes, the far-rights follow almost the same patterns as us.
Consequently, we as a political organization human based goals, who fight for a world based on equality, where the place ones born is never an issue, must clearly differ our activities with the far-right wings.
Jacobsen: Some ex-Muslims may seek help and even asylum. However, they may not know the way to do it.
How can these newer or unsafe ex-Muslims ensure greater personal safety? How can they seek help in coverage or community? What are the mains things to consider in seeking asylum for them?
Resaeimanesh: The Central Committee of the Ex-Muslims in Scandinavia is a political-social organization. We Demand: Universal rights and equal citizenship for all. We are opposed to cultural relativism and the tolerance of inhuman beliefs, discrimination and abuse in the name of respecting religion or culture.
Freedom to criticize religion. Prohibition of restrictions on unconditional freedom of criticism and expression using so-called religious ‘sanctities.
Freedom of religion and atheism.
Separation of religion from the state and legal and educational system.
Prohibition of religious customs, rules, ceremonies or activities that are incompatible with or infringe people’s rights and freedoms.
Abolition of all restrictive and repressive cultural and religious customs which hinder and contradict woman’s independence, free will and equality. Prohibition of segregation of sexes.
Prohibition of interference by any authority, family members or relatives, or official authorities in the private lives of women and men and their personal, emotional and sexual relationships and sexuality.
Protection of children from manipulation and abuse by religion and religious institutions.
Prohibition of any kind of financial, material or moral support by the state or state institutions to religion and religious activities and institutions.
Prohibition of all forms of religious intimidation and threats.
So, if an asylum seeker, joins us, his or her activities with us may help his/her asylum case.
Jacobsen: Who have been important intellectual leaders, writers, and speakers on the issues of ex-Muslims?
Resaeimanesh: The best person I know is Mina Ahadi, the founder of the council of the Ex-Muslims.
Jacobsen: What community and social activities does the Central Committee of the Ex-Muslims in Scandinavia provide for new members? For those newer members, what tend to be either life skill issues or integration issues?
Resaeimanesh: We run social events. The theme of the events is decided by the council of the CCES. We also are very active on the social networking websites and applications.
We ask the new members, to provide and create materials we can publish online, write articles expressing their feeling and opinions about Ex-Muslims issues, etc.
Jacobsen: What other ex-Muslim organizations have been important allies in the work for seeking asylum, building ex-Muslim coalitions, and gathering force for larger scale activist efforts?
Resaeimanesh: Ex Muslims organizations, all around the world belongs to the same movement, though they based on different countries, and they mostly focused on the issues and events happen on the based country.
In 2017, we celebrated the 10th anniversary of the council of Ex-Muslims in Cologne, Germany.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Resaeimanesh: Those who are interested in participating and being involved, can simply fill in the membership form though our website. Our monthly activities will be explained to our new members, and they decide which part of our activities and how they would like to participate.
We at the CCES are also very keen and open for the new suggestions in order to improve our performances.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Resaeimanesh: I believe, we can build a society based on humanity and equality. This can be reached only if we all rise, and fight for it. I
would like to ask everyone not to remain silent but to stand and fight for a better world. Joining or supporting us, can be seen as an effective way to support the movement we represent.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Milad.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/17
Mandisa Thomas is the Founder of Black Nonbelievers, Inc (Twitter & Facebook). One of the, if not the, largest organization for African-American or black nonbelievers or atheists in America.
The organization is intended to give secular fellowship, provide nurturance and support for nonbelievers, encourage a sense of pride in irreligion, and promote charity in the non-religious community.
I reached out to begin an educational series with one of the, and again if not the, most prominent African-American woman nonbeliever grassroots activists in the United States.
Here, we talk about speeches and music.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, you have been involved in some conferences in the past and in giving speeches. This is beginning to ramp up, a bit. This is exciting. Because, the first time we met, you were indicating to me, and likely to others, a personal desire to move from work to activism.
That seems to be blossoming. What are some indications about it?
Mandisa Thomas: Yes, last year on March 28 was my last day at my full-time job at the CDC. I turned in my resignation on March 4th. The reason – or part – for leaving was because of my work with Black Nonbelievers.
I was attending more nationwide secular events, which ultimately led to more speaking engagements – including Puerto Rico last year. This also led to being featured in other major publications, such as The Humanist and Playboy magazines.
This change has increased my flexibility, which was great. Because almost immediately, my calendar started filling up. It has become easier for me to travel and to do my work with the organization and my own brand.
I like being able to travel and commit to this work without having to rush back to a formal job, which became very stressful and mundane for me. This is exactly where I set out to be and am glad about where I am right now.
Jacobsen: What are some speaking engagements in the past, as a speaker or a keynote for 2019? What will be the topics?
Thomas: My next engagement is in Washington, D.C., with the American Humanist Association as part of their speaker series. I will also be in Minneapolis later on in February.
March is a hectic schedule. I will be speaking in Atlanta on March 1in New Orleans on March 16, in Nashville on March 23, Pittsburgh on March 27, and Houston on March 31.
Other major events for this year are the Women of Color Beyond Belief Conference, and BN’s SeaCon 2019.
The topics range from effectively managing organizations to religion in the black community, and how BN helps those who have left religion, and also helps the secular community.
Because it is a thriving community. I discuss ways to maintain it, and keep it alive.
Jacobsen: What are some talking points with regards to risk factors of declines in membership in certain secular communities? As we know, some communities – small and medium-sized – have collapsed int the past. Although, they have recovered too. But they have collapsed given a variety of factors.
Thomas: Some reasons include burnout. Many people are inspired to start groups, but they take time and dedication to maintain. Most of the work falls on a few people’s shoulders. I know that from experience. It can be exhausting.
Also, certain people who get involved have this idea that we must tolerate everything and everybody. There are some people who come into the community and have a lot of baggage, whether it’s from religion or other experiences.
It is like we’re expected to be everything to everybody. That is impossible. When we continue to keep people that don’t work on their own issues, it can drive other people away. It can be a problem.
Life also gets in the way. We all have families. Most have jobs. When people start getting involved, they tend not to manage the time. It is also challenging getting others to help. There are plenty of suggestions. But getting people to step and DO can be hard.
Those are some of the factors that cause some collapsing. Also, not enough continued financial support. Some people were burned by their church experiences and giving large amounts of money, so they are hesitant about giving money to secular causes.
What they need to understand is, for things to thrive, there must be mass financial support. It is about showing the work that we’re doing. It is going towards our effort, towards our time. It is going towards things that are needed.
So it’s ultimately a combination of factors. But also, one of those things that I see as an event professional, is there are many who take planning and maintaining the groups for granted. It is important to be consistent.
Jacobsen: We have talked about dealing with some difficult people in the past. For those who want to view it, they can see earlier in the series.
What about those individuals who don’t necessarily want a secular community but are disaffected with their fundamentalist community? They are in between. Any recommendations?
Thomas: There are Sunday Assemblies across the U.S. It is similar to a church. But it is a fellowship. Many of us are fellowship oriented. We try to bring people together for activities.
Our groups also respect anonymity. You do not need to be open with humanism, atheism, agnosticism, etc. though we encourage people to do so at their pace, and whenever possible.
Some of the organizations provide things others do not. It is not a one size fits all community, as with life. There may be secular community or activities that may be more religious in nature. Maybe, you can tolerate that part of it. It is totally fine.
It is a decision that you can make. However, if you are a person who likes to fully engage, and want to be more involved in the secular groups, it is good to upgrade your participation. You’ll be helping to cultivate and grow the organizations.
Because it doesn’t happen without the people willing to step up, volunteer, and become involved.
Jacobsen: One thing I noticed about some Sunday Assemblies that may have more European attendees may be The Beetles, and so on.
For those wishing to attract a wider cultural audience, could there be recommending Mary J. Blige, some Nas, some Lauryn Hill, and so on, for them to expand their appeal?
Thomas: When I participated with the Sunday Assemblies in the past, I always recommended them to play McFadden & Whitehead’s “Ain’t No Stopping Us Now.” It is very positive. There is nothing religious about it.
I do encourage more people of color who are going to participate in the groups to offer the recommendations and to expand into other genres of music.
There is a lot of good, uplifting, positive, and R&B music from the black community that we could tap into. It takes work on the part of the attendees and the organizers.
At Black Nonbelievers, we certainly embody black music and black culture. Some of the artists you mentioned tend to be spiritual or religious in nature. I would recommend doing more research for them because there is plenty of music out there. It can be a blast, and positive as well.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.
Thomas: Thank you.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/17
Takudzwa Mazwienduna is an informal leader in the Zimbabwean Secular Alliance. Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Takudzwa Mazwienduna: I was born in Mutare; the Zimbabwean city that borders Mozambique, to a Catholic family. I grew up as the only child to David Mazwienduna and Abigail Kamundimu Mazwienduna, thanks to Catholic school, I was just as devout as my mother.
I did my primary education in Mutare and Kwekwe respectively before going to Catholic boarding school at Marist Brothers Nyanga Boys High School. I fell in love with the school library during this period and I developed an appetite for knowledge.
There were pressures from my family to take up a scientific career like my father who was a Chemist, but I loved writing and dreamt of being a journalist. I went on to study Literature, Divinity, and History at Advanced level in High School and this was the first time I read the Bible as a practical book to study leading to my doubts about my faith.
Journalism is not a rewarding profession in Zimbabwe, so my parents persuaded me to do something else other than that after high school. I went on to study Development Studies at Midlands State University and worked for the International Institute for Development Facilitation as an intern.
I got to meet chiefs and rural communities in Zimbabwe during Work Related Learning in the course of this degree and was horrified by the religious witch hunting practices that were common. This lack of morality evident in most religious doctrines led me to question and eventually lose my religion.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Mazwienduna: I graduated with an honours degree in Development Studies from Midlands State University in 2016. I love reading and learning new ideas and skills however. I have learnt more on my own than I did in my 17 years of formal education.
Jacobsen: What have been the tasks and responsibilities as an executive of the Zimbabwe Secular Alliance?
Mazwienduna: The Zimbabwean Secular Alliance hasn’t been formal as yet but we have done a lot as a community.
We never appointed tasks to each other but we took turns to represent the secular community on radio, in religious discussions and in decision making bodies taking advantage of the various connections and opportunities our members have.
Jacobsen: What are the important social and communal activities of the Zimbabwe Secular Alliance?
Mazwienduna: Some of our members donate blood every year to help reduce the child birth related deaths in rural Zimbabwe. We have also started community libraries and created platforms on social media to raise civic awareness; something that is not very common in Zimbabwe
Jacobsen: What have been important activist efforts in its history? What have been the successes and failures of these efforts?
Mazwienduna: Zimbabwe doesn’t have a long history of secular activism. We are the first to emerge. This might be because our constitution is secular, the government and society however are not and this gave us the need to.
We have managed to increase awareness about Secularism on national radio and we have managed to get one of our own included on the National Censorship Board. Due to our lack of funding however, we got kicked off national radio on the command of the Christians who sponsored the shows.
Secularism is still a far fetched dream in Zimbabwe and no one cares that the constitution protects it, that kind of shows how low civic awareness is and also explains why the Zimbabwean government gets away with so many atrocities.
Jacobsen: In terms of the ways in which the general public views those working for more secularism in Zimbabwe, how are they viewed? How are the secular and the non-religious as a community treated in Zimbabwe?
Mazwienduna: Secularists are automatically viewed as Satanists or Anti Christs. Most Zimbabwean Atheists are still in the closet because they know for a fact that they will be harassed, humiliated or even disowned by their families.
I, for instance, have grown distant from my own family because of my outspoken secularism. I haven’t seen them for 2 years since I’ve been living in South Africa; a more secular community.
Zimbabwean society also doesn’t tolerate LGBTQ rights (gay people are still sent to jail if discovered) and angry mobs will harass any woman they see wearing a short skirt (a very common occurrence). Zimbabwe is exactly like the 21st century version of 17th century Salem.
Jacobsen: Who have been the important activists, writers, speakers, and thinkers in the secular movement and community in Zimbabwean history right into the present?
Mazwienduna: There hasn’t been anyone advocating for secularism in Zimbabwe before our community was formed. While there might be Atheists and Agnostics in Zimbabwe, most of them are still in the closet and awareness is very low when it comes to secular issues.
Jacobsen: As we move further into 2019, what are your hopes and fears for secularism in Zimbabwe?
Mazwienduna: We want to have more media presence and we hope a culture of tolerance will build up and that Zimbabweans respect human diversity.
We remain uncertain of the political climate however, the current government doesn’t respect the rule of law and they have committed gross human rights violations in the past 2 years.
The authoritarian government is least likely to support secular concerns; the only language they understand is war and terror.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Mazwienduna: We are registering the Humanist Society of Zimbabwe as an organisation for the first time. Any contribution of any form will be welcome. You can contact us on the Zimbabwean Atheist Facebook page.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Mazwienduna: For secularism to be attainable in most African societies, there is need for civic awareness to be raised in communities so that the rule of law gets backing from the people and become established.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Takudzwa.
Mazwienduna: It is my pleasure Scott. Thank you.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/15
August Berkshire is the State Director of the Minnesota America Atheists.. Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you? Did religion play a role in it?
August Berkshire: I was born in 1959 and came of age during the 1970s. Being raised as part of a white, middle class, small town, New England family, my upbringing was pretty stereotypical of that background. I was raised as a Roman Catholic and was even an altar boy. I discuss my conversion to atheism in my late teens and early twenties in my essay “My Road to Atheism” in the anthology “Atheist Voices of Minnesota”. Basically, religion came into conflict with my ideals of being intellectually honest; scientifically oriented; and supporting the women’s, gay, and black equality movements I encountered in the 1970s.
Jacobsen: If you reflect on pivotal people within the community relevant to personal philosophical development, who were they for you?
Berkshire: There were three women who greatly helped my journey to full atheism in the early 1980s: Madalyn Murray O’Hair, Ayn Rand, and a woman I was in a several-years relationship with at that time.
Jacobsen: What about literature and film, and other artistic and humanities productions, of influence on personal philosophical worldview?
Berkshire: This isn’t something I’ve ever considered, and I have to remember back about 40-45 years, but the following come to mind when I think of this question:
• Logic and Science (Spock on “Star Trek” TV series)
• Secular Humanism (The character of Jesus as depicted in the New Testament, stripped of references to the supernatural and threats of Hell – more or less as he is depicted in “Jesus Christ Superstar”; “Star Trek” TV series; “All in the Family” TV series; “The Jeffersons” TV series)
• Humor (“Monty Python’s Flying Circus” TV series)
• Buddhism (“Kung Fu” TV series)
• Existentialism (“The Stranger” by Albert Camus, “Waiting for Godot” by Samuel Beckett, “Crime and Punishment” by Fyodor Dostoevsky, “Space Oddity” and “Young Americans” by David Bowie, “Funeral for a Friend / Love Lies Bleeding” by Elton John & Bernie Taupin)
• Impressionism and Surrealism (poet Emily Dickinson; poet e.e. cummings; surrealist painters, especially Salvador Dalí; impressionist painters; “Bohemian Rhapsody” by Queen)
• Individualism (“The Fugitive” TV series, “The Prisoner” TV series, Ayn Rand, “1984” by George Orwell)
• Imagination (much of the above plus the works of Edgar Allan Poe and poems like “The Rime of the Ancient Mariner” by Samuel Taylor Coleridge and “The Ballad of Reading Gaol” by Oscar Wilde.)
Science and logic played a bigger part in my conversion to atheism than the arts did, but atheism is only part of my worldview.
Jacobsen: How did you come to find the wider borderless online world of non-religious people?
Berkshire: I had already been an atheist for a decade before I got a computer and went online. By then I already had real life atheist friends in Minnesota. Being online mainly helped me do more research about religion and atheism for my presentations and debates.
Jacobsen: How did this lead to American Atheist Minnesota?
Berkshire: The modern atheist movement in Minnesota began in 1984 with the Twin Cities Chapter of American Atheists, which I co-founded. In 1991, all the American Atheists chapters were disbanded. Some local groups folded and others became independent. In Minnesota, it became Minnesota Atheists. Minnesota Atheists affiliated with a number of national freethought groups including American Atheists and are now one of their Local Partners.
Jacobsen: Within the current position as the Minnesota State Director for American Atheist, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Berkshire: I am new to this role but I anticipate working with assistant state directors to make atheism more visible. Some ways we can do this are participating in demonstrations and protests, participating in festivals (such as May Day and Gay Pride), and testifying at the State Capitol.
Jacobsen: What are some of the provisions for the community there? How does this manifest in the online sphere as well?
Berkshire: American Atheists supplies us with banners, signs, and handouts. Although American Atheists has a national website, they don’t have a separate one particularly directed at Minnesota. Their website will soon be redesigned I expect there will be a link for Minnesota activities. Minnesota Atheists has a website that they too plan to redesign, as well as very active Facebook and Meetup accounts.
Jacobsen: What unique issues for secularism face Minnesotan atheists? What specific inclusivity issues face atheists in Minnesota? In particular, how do some of these reflect the larger national issues?
Berkshire: I sent Raghen Lucy, a Minnesota Assistant State Director for American Atheists, my thoughts on this for her interview with you, before I saw that you had asked me the same thing. It was understood by us that she could use it without attributing it to me.
I don’t know what she ended up using, but this is what I sent her. You can keep it as her answer, or make it a joint answer if you wish:
I can’t think of any issues in Minnesota that other states aren’t also dealing with. We all face an assault by Christian nationalist groups that wish to establish Christian theocracy or “dominion” in America. One of their latest attempts in Minnesota and elsewhere was to try to mandate that “In God We Trust” posters be placed in all public schools.
Other examples of issues we all face are attempts to put restrictions on, or eliminate, abortion rights, and attempts to legalize discrimination against the LGBT community.
It has been at least 28 years since Republicans have controlled the Minnesota state House, the Minnesota state Senate, and the governorship. Thus the Democrats have been able to block most bad religion-based legislation from Republicans.
See:
“A Christian Nationalist Blitz” By Katherine Stewart
The New York Times, May 26, 2018
Jacobsen: How can secular American citizens create an environment more conducive and welcoming to secular women, secular youth, secular people of color, secular poor people, and secular people with formal education less than or equal to – but not higher than – a high school education?
Berkshire: You mean, how do we get away from being led by mainly educated, older, straight, white men like me? First, we recognize that practically everyone has a talent that can help the movement. Then, we help nurture that talent. Finally, we step aside – even though we still have much to offer – and let them lead. We become elder statespeople that can be called upon when needed to donate money, staff booths, march, and do speaking engagements that they are unable to do. If we make this about the movement and not ourselves, and do what is best for the former, we will also be doing what is best for the latter.
I have seen leaders hang on to power too long and then have their group collapse when they could no longer lead. With Minnesota Atheists we have three-consecutive-year term limits on the president and the chair, so no one will confuse themselves with being the group, and to force us to seek new talent.
Jacobsen: How can the secular community not only direct attention to ill-treatment of religious followers by fundamentalist religious leaders but also work to reduce and eventually eliminate the incidences of ill-treatment of some – in particular, the recent cases of women – within the secular community?
Berkshire: The sex-abuse scandals within religion are making headlines. Apart from that, if we have a religious friend who we think might be the victim of abuse, we should listen to them in an open, nonjudgmental way. We shouldn’t try to convert them out of their religion at that point – it would likely be too much for them to handle. Instead, we should try to get them whatever immediate help that we can, and then maybe steer them towards milder denominations or interpretations of their own religion.
As far as harassment and possible rape within the secular community goes, I think we are finally seeing action being taken against some of the perpetrators. They have been banned as speakers, leaders, and attendees at secular events. American Atheists and Minnesota Atheists as well as other secular groups have adopted a zero tolerance policy towards that behavior.
Part of the problem was that we thought getting rid of god-belief automatically made someone an ethical person. Now we realize that it doesn’t.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, August.
Berkshire: Thank you for the interview. I love Canada. I have driven to and spoken to the freethought group in Winnipeg (HAAM: Humanists, Atheists, and Agnostics of Manitoba) several times. I look forward to doing so again.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/14
Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about Silverman v. Campbell and more.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: If you reflect on the Silverman v. Campbell of 1996/1997 through the South Carolina Supreme Court case, and other notable and similar cases – especially those that lost, what is the silver lining in this and other cases? Other positives around even some of the negative issues that may emerge from this, e.g., the reinvigoration of religious fundamentalists to push harder than before.
Herb Silverman: Winning is good, but sometimes losing is better—especially when a loss leads to much bigger wins. I’ll illustrate with a personal example.
In 1989, a colleague at the College of Charleston pointed out that our South Carolina Constitution prohibited atheists from becoming governor. While I’m no constitutional scholar, I knew this violated Article 6 of the U.S. Constitution, which prohibits religious tests as qualification for any public office. I went to the American Civil Liberties Union office to ask an attorney there how this obviously unconstitutional provision could be removed. The lawyer said, “The best way is for an open atheist to become a candidate.” He added, smiling, “In fact, the very best candidate would be you—in a 1990 race for governor of South Carolina.” After giving this surprising suggestion much thought, I agreed to run as the candidate without a prayer. I assumed, in my political naïveté, that the state attorney general would then simply consent to bring South Carolina into compliance with federal law, and that would end the matter.
My lawyer knew better. When a reporter asked South Carolina Governor Carroll Campbell what he thought of my candidacy and constitutional challenge, Campbell said, “The South Carolina Constitution is fine just as it is because this country was founded on Godly principles.”
My day in court came about a month before the gubernatorial election. Presiding judge David Norton had recently been appointed to the U.S. District Court on recommendation by U.S. Senator Strom Thurmond, a famously conservative senator. My attorney argued against the state’s three lawyers and was not optimistic of victory, even though privately the state’s lawyers acknowledged we were legally correct. It was discouraging to hear that the law isn’t always the primary criterion in deciding cases. A few days before the election, Judge Norton dismissed my case on the grounds that it was not ripe, meaning he would only rule on its merits if I won the election. To the surprise of no one, I lost.
But I’m an optimistic kind of guy, and I always look for positives in a situation. The best for me personally was that I met Sharon Fratepietro when I spoke at the Unitarian Church during my campaign. She volunteered to help, became my one and only groupie, and we’ve been together ever since.
I then learned in 1991 that South Carolina’s Constitution prohibited atheists from serving in any public office, and notary public would be the easiest one to challenge. The U.S. Supreme Court in Torcaso v. Watkins had struck down an identical provision in the Maryland state Constitution in 1961. If South Carolina were to grant me a notary public license, it would be an admission by the state that religious tests could no longer be a qualification for public office.
My attorney expected this notary campaign to be successful and shorter than my gubernatorial campaign. Shorter, it was not! Governor Campbell rejected my notary application. When we asked why, he said it would be too burdensome to explain all notary public rejections. But in 1994 we learned that there had been 33,471 notary public applications approved in that time period, and that mine was the only one rejected. As far as I know, I’m the only one in the history of South Carolina to be rejected as a notary public. I then won my case in several lower courts, but the state kept filing appeals.
My lawyer took an 86-page deposition from Governor Campbell in 1995. Among Campbell’s many convoluted responses, here is what he said about why it might be permissible to deny office based on religious beliefs: “Would it be right to have somebody running for public office that was avowed to overthrow and destroy the United States of America, and they didn’t believe in a supreme being but they believed in a foreign government, and they call that a religion?”
Finally, in 1997 the South Carolina Supreme Court ruled unanimously in my favor, nullifying the anti-atheist clause in the state Constitution.
Although the Religious Right was ultimately unsuccessful, my case indicated the influence they can exert over politicians. None of the political leaders in South Carolina, and certainly not the lawyers advising them, believed they could prevail legally if I continued to pursue my case. Yet those same politicians demonstrated they would prefer to waste time and taxpayer money (close to $100,000 on court fees) on a lost cause rather than risk the wrath and lose the votes of a well-organized Religious Right.
Mine was a case where the law was unambiguously on our side. Atheists and humanists are somewhat divided on how much effort to put into legal challenges for which there may not be legal precedent, and which could create bad law. Such challenges might also stereotype us as unpatriotic Americans who are trying to destroy all forms of religious expression. Examples include removing “under God” from the Pledge of Allegiance, changing the “In God We Trust” motto, and removing government erections of exclusively Christian monuments on public property. For the record, win or lose, I usually support such challenges.
I think we need to make our voice heard and to educate the public. Most don’t know that “under God” was only added to the Pledge during the shameful McCarthy era, turning a secular, inclusive pledge into a divisive, religious one. Or that the de facto motto established by our founders had been E Pluribus Unum, which is Latin for “out of many, one.” Again, this was changed during the McCarthy era, a substitution that excludes an increasing number of Americans who trust and believe in no gods.
The U.S. Supreme Court heard arguments on February 27 in a case brought by the American Humanist Association on the constitutionality of a 40-foot-tall Christian cross towering over an intersection in Bladensburg, Maryland.
There are some well-meaning Christian in the United States who think we are all Christian, or at least that we are all religious. We must do a better job in educating our populace about the importance of separation of religion and government (with lawsuits as a last, but sometimes necessary, resort). We need to proudly promote our founding as a secular country that does not favor one religion over another, or religion over nonreligion, and that the “nones,” those with no religious affiliation, are the country’s fastest growing demographic.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Herb.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/14
Dorothy Hays is the President of the Atheists, Skeptics, Humanists Association (ASHA). Here we talk about her life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Dorothy Hays: I grew up in Toronto (born 1937) in a rather unconventional English-speaking home with a single mom who somehow kept her teaching position even though female teachers, at that time in Toronto, were not to be married, let alone be a mother.
We were Anglican and my mother married a teacher when I was 12 and then we started moving around the province of Ontario. Their marriage lasted 5 years. When I was 21, I married an atheist. I had been given advice to work on this husband and turn him into a Christian.
After dragging him to church for a year I finally began to see his point as to how foolish it was, so I slowly began to think and question everything.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Hays: I have a BA in Sociology/Psychology, a B.Ed. and a HBSW (Honours in Social Work). I self-educated myself re evolution, skepticism, etc and today refer to myself as an atheist or more correctly as an anti-theist.
I also learned from being Vice President of Humanist Canada for a few years and then, by default, President for a short period, not running for that position.
I have also been on the Board of CFIC (Centre For Inquiry Canada) and have been running ASHA (Atheists, Skeptics, Humanists Association) for over 10 years. (The name of our group has changed a couple of times over the years.)
I also feel that I have not only self-educated myself but have paid it forward to my children who are also atheists. My second husband and I, who is also an atheist, took our grandchildren to Camp Quest, in Kitchener-Waterloo, about 18 years ago, the first atheist summer camp for children in Canada.
Jacobsen: As the President or leader of Atheists, Skeptics, Humanists Association (ASHA), what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Hays: It is mostly an informal group, although we have gone through periods of having elections, etc. but whenever a change in the executive comes up, the members claim to be satisfied with the incumbents.
So now we just go along as a friendly bunch of people, currently 18 members but we have been as high as 40. We prefer a smaller group as it garners more conversation.
We meet monthly at Lakehead University and have in between meetings at coffee houses and in members’ homes. There is also a social aspect where we get together with no agenda; atheists don’t really need a topic to get a conversation going.:)
We no longer charge a membership fee but have continued to have a “charity pot,” that we try to arrive at a certain amount and then donate to a local charity.
The scheduling and organization of all these activities are shared by several members including the secretary-treasurer and myself.
Jacobsen: What was your working relationship with Doug Thomas? How did this collaborative work with Thomas and others set the stage for the 2010s of Canadian humanism?
Hays: When I was on the HAC Board with Doug Thomas I found him to be an inspiration and fair, level-headed and rational.
I really do not go along with his dislike of Xmas carols, etc, although I have changed my mind on this several times. But I do believe that we should not have a reference to God in our National Anthem.
Jacobsen: Who have been the main opposition to humanistic efforts within Canadian society?
Hays: I would have to say the Conservative Party who seemingly bring their religiosity into government, re science, climate change, immigration, etc. Also most churches who view atheism as something evil or at least something to be avoided.
Jacobsen: Internal to the humanist community within Canada, what have been the difficulties of community, e.g., inclusion, ideological conflicts, and so on?
Hays: When I was on the board of Humanist Canada there were some internal personality conflicts that lead to a few months of actually focusing on a couple of misunderstandings rather than working to better the organization.
At one point there was even a threat of a lawsuit. It finally fizzled out and HAC continued on as usual.
I left the Board of CFIC because of their treatment of one of the founding members of that organization ( in Canada); although, I gave a rather politically-correct reason regarding time constraints, etc.
Even in our present group, there are sometimes instances whereby our idea of being able to speak freely are squashed by a few members who take the wrong meaning of something being said; e.g. negative remarks about Islam should not be taken as negative remarks about Muslims, etc.
It is something that we need to work on. Also, seeing that being an “atheist” only means one thing, that a person does not believe in God; sometimes the idea of being rational and having a scientific outlook does not necessarily go along with being an atheist; e.g. belief in alternative medicine, paranormal, the occult.
After all, atheism has no dogma, no rules so atheists should not be judged to be all the same. That is the reason we added skepticism and humanism to our title.
Jacobsen: Who are your favorite writers, thinkers, poets, novelists, scientists, and philosophers who fall within the humanist tradition?
Hays: Well, it was Bertrand Russell who first helped me think rationally and then later, Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens, Sam Harris, Dan Dennett, Michael Shermer, Carl Sagan, and Lawrence Krauss. Novelists, Margaret Atwood, Timothy Findley.
As far as poetry, Walt Whitman comes to mind, especially his lament: “I think I could turn and live with animals, they’re so placid and self-contain’d,…They do not lie awake in the dark and weep for their sins,… They do not make me sick discussing their duty to God,… Not one kneels to another, nor to his kind that lived thousands of years ago,” etc.
Jacobsen: What is provided to the humanist community through Atheists/Skeptics/Humanists Association (ASHA)?
Hays: It is hopefully a safe place for like-minded people to meet and feel free to discuss any subject and to vent or give their opinion on any topic without having to worry about being overly politically correct. It is a place for people to see if another world view might be for them.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Hays: We are not formally attached to any other Humanist groups but we are open to ideas. We do have a card that stipulates our mandate: ASHA: A fellowship of like-minded secular people who share a worldview based on science and rational thinking.
Skepticism is the process whereby we apply reason and critical thinking to enhance and inform our worldview.” Contact info is on the card.
We hand these out, not so much to garner more members. but to let people who may be interested know that there is a place for them to come if they so wish.
We have a chat site and keep in touch that way. I remind people of upcoming meetings, time, place, room etc. People also use the chat site to post interesting topics and very often on-line “conversation” ensue from this.
About every second meeting we have a member present a topic. We have had topics such as Nuclear Energy, Naturopathy (outside speaker) and one time via teleconference, Justin Trottier re his Men’s Group, and many more topics have been discussed over the years.
We have from time to time marched in the Thunder Bay Gay Pride parade to show support and annually donate our charity pot to local charities, such as The Shelter House and also The Underground Gym, a place for disadvantaged children.
We advocated to keep the Thunder Bay blood donation sites open. We advocated to block the Gideons from pushing their religion on elementary school children in Thunder Bay. Our presentation to the Thunder Bay and District School Board was a significant factor in disallowing the Gideons from distributing their bibles.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dorothy.
Hays: Scott, thank you for this opportunity to participate.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/13
Susan Nambejja is a Ugandan Human Rights Activist who was born in a small town, Kabwoko, in Rakai District, Uganda. She earned a Bachelor of Information Technology degree from Makerere University, a Certificate in Depression Management and Suicide Control, and is a Certified Humanist Celebrant in Uganda where she was trained in Scotland in the United Kingdom.
She is the Founder, and Managing Director and Programmes Coordinator, for Malcolm Children’s Foundation Uganda, and is a Former Editorial Assistant of the Open Talk Magazine for HALEA Youth Support Organization.
Nambejja is among the directors of Uganda Humanist Association (UHASSO). Nambejja is a fine artist and a painter. She draws her art from imagination and real life (Nature).
She imagines a happy world for all human beings where there are healthy life and less suffering. Nambejja is a businesswoman, who owns Sudona detergent supplies.
She has worked with Humanist Association for Leadership Equity and Accountability as a secretary, psychosocial therapist, and an entrepreneurship trainer.
Through the same organization, she has taught teenagers about entrepreneurship skills, sharing knowledge with the aim of empowering girl child in Uganda.
She fights for the rights of the marginalized people/families in Uganda. Nambejja is a voice for children suffering from life-threatening congenital diseases in Uganda.
Her ideas are against human suffering and societal inequalities, their origins, and how to mitigate or possibly eliminate them.
Nambejja is a very hardworking, brave and determined lady that leaves no stone unturned. She doesn’t give up unless success is achieved. She is very passionate about acts of Humanity rather than human beings.
If you feel like contacting, please do so through the following: Nambejjanambejja9@gmail.com, malcolmchildrensfoundation@gmail.com, and https://malcolmchildrensfoundation.wordpress.com. Here we talk about her recent work and background.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you become involved in humanism and its community?
Susan Nambejja: In 2008, I was in my first year at Makerere University pursuing a bachelor’s degree in information technology. I decided to look for a nongovernmental children’s organization to volunteer with.
I landed on the Humanist Association for Leadership Equity and Accountability (HALEA) youth support organization and, by then, they had the teens empowerment project.
The project’s goal involved empowering teenagers, especially teens who would become pregnant, to go back to school, and as well as helping orphans to go back to school.
My role was to take these children whenever they would get sick to hospital. Being orphans, I would act as their parent.
Together with other roles in the organization which included secretary and entrepreneurship trainer, I begun to ask a lot about Humanism. I got various answers.
But what triggered my interest to keep following and later on change were the values (e.g., fairness, equality, happiness, freedom, and justice for every human being).
I liked the organization and started fighting to ensure that putting Humanity first is key in my life.
Jacobsen: What seems like the stronger points of its, not necessarily structure formal philosophy but, way in which to approach life and live in the world?
Nambejja: Human beings have the right and responsibility to give meaning and shape to their own lives. (The right to freedom of speech, medication, to be educated, to eat what you want, to lead and, among others but moreso, consider fellow human beings.) To have a sense of Humanity for us all in this world, to me, it is key.
Jacobsen: Who are prominent African humanists who stand out to you?
Nambejja: Sedar Senghor of Senegal and Nkwame Nkrumah of Ghana.
Jacobsen: Why those individuals?
Nambejja: Senghor is the father of the poeticizing tradition. He defended the humanity of black Africans primarily through literature; although, his thought also included reflections on music.
Senghor argued that African value systems were more properly humanistic than European ones because the African models affirmed that the passionate or emotional side of a person carries the same value and legitimacy as the rational, and analytic side.
In Ghana, the secular humanist tradition took hold through the thought of Kwame Nkrumah (1909–1972), who in 1946 offered what he called consciencism, or critical material consciousness.
For Nkrumah, African humanism was a call for explicitly political responses to social problems.
Jacobsen: What have been important literary productions of African freethinkers?
Nambejja: Literature by Wole Soyinka communicate has important truth about politics. Emancipation of a Black Atheist offers an emotional and intellectual odyssey through the expansive sea of religion in the Black community.
Jacobsen: What are the next important stages of the freethinking African movement for the inclusion of more women’s voices?
Nambejja: Encouraging women to take up leadership positions to enable wider representatives of women and indulgence in speaking for the rights of women in Africa.
Women in Africa are still undermined and in some areas are still taken as the weaker sex. If we encourage women to stand on their feet to get involved in airing out views, we can help women be heard by inviting them to speak on different occasions, seminars, workshops, conferences, and debates, among other events.
Jacobsen: How did all this feed into the founding of Malcolm Children’s Foundation?
Nambejja: Despite the fact that I like children and am passionate about serving them, Malcolm Children’s Foundation was founded contrary to all this.
I was inspired by the short life of my son Malcolm, born with Truncus arteriosus type 2. A congenital life-threatening heart disease which required over $40,000 to save his life.
His father and I couldn’t afford to raise funds. We suffered a lot, but later on, we were helped by various humanists to take him to India for heart surgery.
He died shortly after the surgery. The pain of losing a child is unexplainable, but I decided to start helping children suffering like him to get access to the medical treatment they need through Malcolm Children’s Foundation.
Jacobsen: What is the mission and mandate of the Malcolm Children’s Foundation?
Nambejja: Malcolm Children’s Foundation was officially registered as a charity organization based in Kampala Uganda, its mission is saving little lives.
We focus on helping children with congenital life-threatening diseases to get access to the medical treatment they need.
Jacobsen: How does Malcolm Children’s Foundation provides services and support within its mission and mandate?
Nambejja: Our services include paying patients’ medical treatment for those whose treatment is readily available in Uganda, and helping those whose treatment is not available in Uganda by starting campaigns to raise funds required to take them for life saving surgeries.
We help parents to take the required medical tests, including echocardiograms, liver cancer, encephalitis, among others. We do patient follow-ups by visiting patients in hospitals and homes to see their medical improvement.
We create awareness about child neo-natal and post-natal health care. We educate our communities about primary and secondary health care. We do monthly hospital runs where we visit patients and in doing this activity we give out materials that help patients to stay in a clean hospital.
Materials, too, including soap, pampers, sugar, and so on; we also buy oxygen oximeters, bandages, and medicine prescribed for our patients. We encourage patients to go for HIV, Hepatitis B, Sickle Cell, and other diseases tests.
Jacobsen: What is the 5-year plan, say, of Malcolm Children’s Foundation?
Nambejja: Helping at least, and not less than, 50 children to get access to medical treatment they need in Uganda and outside Uganda, having a pharmacy where our patients can get free medication prescribed by doctors.
We see ourselves giving equipment like x-rays, echocardiogram machines, scanners, and others, to hospitals that lack them.
Jacobsen: What tasks and responsibilities come with the position of Managing Director and Programmes Director of Malcolm Children’s Foundation?
Nambejja: As a managing director and programmes coordinator, I am responsible for the performance of the organization, as dictated by the board’s overall strategy.
As a programmes coordinator, I ensure that all programs of the foundation are coordinated and run as expected by the board of the foundation.
Jacobsen: What are your hopes for its work in the coming second half of 2019 and into 2020?
I hope my work will enable me to save children’s lives. Their parents will refer to my help for the life of their children. I will rejoice to see children living a healthy happy life. I am not sure, but I hope I will get people willing to help me achieve this goal.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts in conclusion?
Nambejja: “Life is a big classroom that we all need to learn from each other, and we should love to help each other, otherwise we’d be subject to failure.”
Let us join hands to help the poor marginalised people to enjoy life as we do by helping them to have a healthy happy life.
Please visit our website: https://malcolmchildrensfoundation.wordpress.com to see the works of Malcolm Children’s Foundation Uganda. Feel free to contact us on malcolmchildrensfoundation@gmail.com.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Susan.
Nambejja: You are welcome, thank you Scott.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/13
Administrator of the “Bengali Ex Muslims Republic.” Here we talk about their life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the main concerns of Bengali ex-Muslims?
Administrator “Bengali Ex Muslims Republic”: Well, the main concern is our safety. As you know, Bangladesh is a Muslim majority country, so people around here really don’t take us easily.
Majority of the people see us as a threat to their religion as we talk about the defects of Islam. For reviewing the different faults of the Quran, we face death threats countless times. So, most of the atheists are forced to hide their identity.
Jacobsen: What are some unique issues face Bengali ex-Muslims compared to others?
Administrator “Bengali Ex Muslims Republic”: The most unique issue we face is being isolated and losing friends for being atheist. Indeed, death threats are a major issue and a unique issue.
Some atheists also have to pretend like they are still religious and fake religious practicing. Parents, sometimes, kick out their children for being atheist. Yes, they get beatings too, freely.
Jacobsen: Why was the Bengali Ex Muslim Republic originally formed?
Administrator “Bengali Ex Muslims Republic”: We originally formed to make people aware of what’s wrong with society, what’s wrong in religions. We use memes to make people aware of how illogical religion can be.
We also debate with people about the facts, and defects and scientific faults of the Quran. Our people also write blogs. Our editors also make different atheist-related graphics, designs, and memes.
Jacobsen: What have been it’s major developments?
Administrator “Bengali Ex Muslims Republic”: Our major development is now people are actually starting to ask questions. For example, now, women know how lowly Islam values women. Women are now asking questions about gender equality in Islam.
Jacobsen: What have been some difficulties and troubles in its foundation?
Administrator “Bengali Ex Muslims Republic”: The major difficulties we faced during the foundation of the page were threats. As I said before, death threats are the common issue for ex-Muslims of Bangladesh.
People really need big guts to found a page like this in a Muslim country. Even the government can turn against us, we could end up in jail, losing our career and family.
Jacobsen: Who are some relevant writers and speakers on the issues of ex-Muslims? Who are some noteworthy Bengali freethinkers in its history?
Administrator “Bengali Ex Muslims Republic”: Asif Mohiuddn. Also, Nur Nobi Dulal and Susupto Pathok. Both are Atheist Bloggers. Nur Nobi Dulal is the founder of a Bengali Freethinking website Istishon – ইস্টিশন.
Lots of young people are actually taking part, but most of the people actually use fake IDs. They really don’t want to take any risk.
HYMAYAN Azad was one of the renowned freethinkers of the history of our country, but sadly he was murdered for speaking out about the cage.
Jacobsen: How can other organization become allies and help Bengali Ex Muslim Republic?
Administrator “Bengali Ex Muslims Republic”: In a country like Bangladesh, we really need help from the internal community and the organisations.
Many people ask help from us, but we ourselves are crippled. Even if we try to help them by organizing a group in real life, we fail due to life-threatening cults. Many people also don’t want speak out for fear of losing their life.
Jacobsen: What are important activist efforts ongoing now? How can others help the organization through donation of time and skills, and connections?
Administrator “Bengali Ex Muslims Republic”: Right now, we need international connection and help. We really can use talented people who can help us to write blogs and make videos. We are always in search of volunteers.
If the international community shows interest in us, this is good. The ex-Muslims of the Muslims countries are the main concern for us. We really hope that soon people will gather around with us, to create a community of freethinkers where there will be no hate, no racism, no gender inequality, and so on.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time.
Administrator “Bengali Ex Muslims Republic”: Thanks for asking us, we are really happy to get from international community. Actually we were looking for the interest of the international community.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/12
Jos Helmich is a Board Member of EXITUS ry. Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Jos Helmich: I come from the Netherlands. I grew up in a family of teachers. My parents were both active in the labour union. They were also members of the “society for public education”. I am not sure this the right term (it does not contrast with private). To explain it I need to explain something else first.
In the Netherlands, we had when I grew up something called Dutch tolerance. This didn’t mean that you respected anyone’s beliefs. Rather it meant that Socialists, Catholics, and Protestants had their own communities and didn’t step much outside their boundaries. We called those the pillars of society.
The Liberals where open to everyone, but since the others shunned their institutions they became a pillar themselves. Every pillar had its own parties, schools, newspapers, and broadcasters. So, when my parents joined this “society for public education” they joined the liberal pillar in effect.
They did it because they believed that education should be open to everyone, not just to those who believed in god. So, when possible my brother and I were sent to “public schools” (liberal) or when not available to “neutral schools” (not part of a pillar).
Secularization has slowly brought down the pillars. They still exist in rudimentary form, but they have merged and taken the shape of political entities more than religious entities.
I think part of social trouble the Netherlands is facing with people that come from other countries is that we don’t know how to relate to them. The pillars that protected the communities are gone.
Now you have to confront that stranger and it is scary. As for myself. I think it is a matter of maturity if you can confront a stranger with an open mind. I believe in cultural blending. Take the best of both worlds is my motto.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Helmich: I have epilepsy. I have a brain, but it sometimes stops to function. In the past, the medication and knowledge about it were not so good. I was sent to special schools for children with learning disabilities.
I started my education at the lowest level, then I went a step higher and then another step until I got a master’s degree in Econometrics. I have to thank my parents. They always believed in me and fought the educational and medical institutions when necessary.
Jacobsen: What is a living will? Why is it important? What are the differences in the euthanasia provisions in Holland and Finland? I ask this as you’re a Dutchie in Finland.
Helmich: A living will (A literal translation from Levenstestament in Dutch) is an expression of your free will when your body is not capable of delivering the message any more. As long as you can speak for yourself or express yourself in any other way, it is not valid.
The first living wills were templates designed by the Dutch association for voluntary euthanasia (NVVE, founded in 1973). They had no legal status at the time. They were a kind of letter that you gave to your GP making your wishes known. When they were introduced it caused some uproar in the press.
Which was also more or less the point when they were introduced. Here in Finland, I am advocating a similar tactic. In Finland, only passive euthanasia is allowed, but what happens in practice is anyone’s guess.
As for practical use of the living will, I have one. Same with my mother. My mother has also made my brother and I sign a statement that we respect her will if/when the time comes.
She also made sure her GP has a copy of those statements and that he will execute her wishes. As for myself. I have discussed the matter with my wife. She is religious and to her it is no small matter, but I think she will respect my wishes as I will respect hers (not to do euthanasia in any circumstance).
I think it is a matter of trusting one another. One small advantage I have is that I am not a Finnish citizen. I could be returned to the Netherlands when active euthanasia cannot be applied here.
Jacobsen: What are the legal differences, and so the activist efforts’ emphases too, between the Netherlands and Finland? What are some of the cultural allowances and barriers to euthanasia in either country?
Helmich: The Netherlands was the first in the world to adopt a euthanasia law. In the Netherlands euthanasia is already an accepted practice. There are some religious pockets of resistance, but they barely count. That doesn’t mean we take it lightly.
Due process still must be followed, and emotional stress on the family and the GP (which you have often a very personal relationship with) must be taken in account. But it functions well. Note that it took the Netherlands 30 years of talking and a bit more than a decade of practice to get to this point.
Finland has not made the transition yet. The Lutheran church is here still influential, and the leader of the populist movement counts himself devout Catholic. However, there is hope things will change, because I don’t see basic cultural roadblocks. Just a delay in development.
Jacobsen: As the member of EXITUS ry board, what tasks and responsibilities come with this position?
Helmich: I am an experienced computer specialist. I have often been webmaster or editor when I support a social or cultural organization.
The technical parts are easy for me. It is hard to keep the information flowing. To do so you need a group of active people who produce articles and engage others in discussions.
Also recruiting others is important. The lifetime of an active participant is about two or three years. You usually find people among those who are engaged in discussions. It shows that they are interested in the subject and willing to do something.
Jacobsen: As EXITUS ry is an independent association, why is this independence important in the work of advocating for the adoption of an active euthanasia law in Finland?
Helmich: I just joined the club, so I am so not so familiar with the politics of this, but independence is good in the sense that we are not part of anyone’s agenda, but our own.
Jacobsen: How can people, nationally or internationally, become involved in and help with the efforts of EXITUS ry?
Jos Helmich: I am hoping from some support from NVVE. It is a big organization nowadays. As for the rest. I don’t know myself yet. I think we need some out of the box thinking here and explore alternative ways to cooperate with others.
Jacobsen: What further reading, individuals, and organizations should be kept in mind for efforts to advance euthanasia legality and sociocultural acceptance issues, especially activist ones?
Helmich: Not sure. But what I learned from half a life time of discussions in the Netherlands is that we need the Medical Doctors on our side. They need to see the value of regulation. When euthanasia happens in the grey area of medical practice the MD’s are open game for criminal prosecution.
The Doctors need to be sure that they don’t go to prison when they follow a properly defined process. As for other organizations. The IHEU is an obvious one. Open society might help. It is something to explore.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Helmich: I am wondering why atheism is still a thing. It should be a natural state of being. I sometimes wonder that people can “believe” in atomic theory, but not in evolution. Don’t they realize that our idea of how old the earth is, is based on the rules of atomic decay?
I personally felt inspired by the sci-fi book “Speaker for the dead”. It felt right that someone told at your funeral the truth and nothing but the truth. And told the audience about your intentions. About how you meant to live your life. That’s an idea that I could connect with.
I understand that “Orson Scott Card” (the writer of the book) changed his views to something much more conservative later, but I value this book. I guess it’s good. I did take the best part of him, but I did not find a new messiah. I guess that’s how it should be.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Jos.
Helmich: PS: Some links you might be interested in. Those on finlandned are columns I wrote some years ago. You can publish them as long as you mention the Author (me) and source (link)
http://finlandned.org/index.php/society/43-dutch-tolerance
http://finlandned.org/index.php/society/23-the-size-of-god
This one is not mine, but interesting:
https://www.humanityinaction.org/knowledgebase/315-the-dutch-myth-of-tolerance
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/11
Randy Best is the Leader (Minister) of the Northern Virginia Ethical Society (NoVES). Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Randy Best: I grew up in a humanist/atheist family in St. Louis. My parents were from the midwest with non-ethnic (not Irish, Italian, German, etc.), white middle class. My father moved to St. Louis to become a Social Worker after being blacklisted from executive corporate work for political activities in the early 1950’s.
My mother was a school librarian, originally from rural Nebraska. I have an older sister. My parents were active in the Congress for Racial Equality, a civil rights organization that was open to those on the far political left. I grew up attending the Ethical Society of St. Louis, a humanist congregation.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Best: I have a BA from Grinnell College and a MA from Harvard’s Kennedy School of Government. Much later in life I attended the Humanist Institute and studied to become certified as an Ethical Culture Leader. I am an avid reader of both fiction and non-fiction.
Jacobsen: Leader/Humanist Minister for the Northern Virginia Ethical Society (NoVES) is an important community role. It is different than simply an association. I observe the need to build trust, maintain camaraderie and a sense of community solidarity. How do you do it?
Best: I work to promote ethical relationships in our humanist congregation. I give inspirational talks on diverse topics, teach humanist-related courses, and lead discussion groups. One of our Ethical Society sayings is Act to bring out the best in others and thereby bring out the best in yourself. I try to promote this attitude in our congregation.
Jacobsen: What are some of the unexpected difficulties of the position? What are some of the unexpected benefits of the position?
Best: My position is part-time. This necessarily limits my engagement with the congregation. I am not always around. The benefit is to become more deeply involved in my humanist beliefs and personal ethical development.
Jacobsen: What are the demographics of the Northern Virginia Ethical Society? How does this influence in-community social activities?
Best: We are a largely white congregation divided mostly between parents with children and older adults. We attend meetings and celebrations and some of the parents have become friends outside of the congregation. Some of our older members are long-term friends too.
Jacobsen: What is a service like for the Northern Virginia Ethical Society? How long does each service or presentation take to prepare for the Northern Virginia community?
Best: We open with live music, followed by opening words, more music, a statement statement about who we are and a chance to greet each other. This is followed by a children’s story, and another musical piece, after which the children leave for Sunday school.
At this point the speaker is introduced and they give their address. Music follows. Then there is a time for the audience to share reflections/resonances about the presentation (questions are not asked to the speaker). Then come announcements.
After announcements the formal meeting is ended and members stay for refreshments and conversation. I speak once a month. If I am talking about Ethical Humanism (a subject that I know lots about) it may take me a few days to prepare.
Speaking on other topics may take longer with research, etc., maybe a week or two. Mot of our invited speakers are giving an address that they have given before. They are often directors of organizations, etc. Our speaker committee works hard to identify and schedule high quality outside speakers.
Jacobsen: If you could gather some other organizations together for some activist activities, what would you want to work on with them?
Best: Climate Change, Racial Justice, White privilege, Women’s Reproductive Rights, Civility in Political Discourse, Prison Reform.
Jacobsen: What are your fears and hopes for humanism and secularism in American as we move into 2019 more?
Best: I think that American Democracy is more vulnerable than I imagined before the 2016 election. If American politics continues to turn to the right, it will bode ill for humanism and secularism. None-the-less, humanism and secularism are on the rise and may continue to do so if politics succeed in turning to the left.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Best: Since the Northern Virginia Ethical Society is a humanist congregation, the primary mode of engagement is personal, by attending our activities and becoming a member. At this time we do not fund raise outside of our group. We do welcome contributions through our webpage www.noves.org.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Best: I encourage you to visit an Ethical Society to learn more directly what we do and who we are. You can find our congregations listed at www.aeu.org.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Randy.
Best: You are most welcome. Please feel free to follow up with additional questions if you wish.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/10
Mandisa Thomas is the Founder of Black Nonbelievers, Inc (Twitter & Facebook). One of the, if not the, largest organization for African-American or black nonbelievers or atheists in America.
The organization is intended to give secular fellowship, provide nurturance and support for nonbelievers, encourage a sense of pride in irreligion, and promote charity in the non-religious community.
I reached out to begin an educational series with one of the, and again if not the, most prominent African-American woman nonbeliever grassroots activists in the United States.
Here, we talk about leadership and meeting people where they’re at.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You started the year off with a bang. What happened?
Mandisa Thomas: Yes, this year HAS started off with a bang. Most recently, I was in the Washington, D.C. area. I presented with the American Humanist Association as part of their speakers’ series.
I also had the opportunity to visit the Pew Research Center. They are in the process of creating a new poll in a research study regarding blacks and religion, and they wanted to get our input on how they can be more inclusive of the black atheist demographic to get more participation.
In recent studies, they’ve found that Black millennials in particular are leaving traditional beliefs behind. In the church, the numbers are dropping. So, they really want to expand the scope to include atheism within the black community because when they do their initial research, we are still vastly underrepresented.
I also was in town for the annual Secular Leadership Summit, which was a two-day event for the national leaders of the secular organizations. It was there that also co-presented a workshop on improving diversity within the movement.
And last but not least, I had the opportunity to visit Capitol Hill and do some lobbying, in partnership with the Secular Coalition for America. We spoke with some of the representatives who are part of the Congressional Freethought Caucus.
We spoke about our organizations, and we thanked them for being in our corner, and ensuring our rights are protected on Capitol Hill.
As a result of this, I am hoping to have meetings with representatives from the Congressional Black Caucus to talk about Black Nonbelievers and the growing number of blacks who are nonreligious. Specifically how this represents changing voting patterns and why it matters.
Jacobsen: For those who are looking for becoming more involved in giving speeches, informing some of the demographic research, approached in some way, what would be the recommendations for them, in terms of them further informing the research and providing insightful presentations on the unique experiences of the community?
Thomas: My first recommendation is to show up to different events, and start speaking up and letting people know where they stand. People won’t know unless you say something.
We hope that by working with Pew Research, there may be opportunities for focus group sessions with people from the organization. It will be important for our members and others to show up and participate. This adds to the research as well as being beneficial overall.
Jacobsen: What was the feedback on the presentations by you?
Thomas: The feedback was pretty good. My talk was on how to effectively manage secular organizations. Sometimes, that means managing people and managing leadership.
Considering the climate of the movement, it is important. The talk with the American Humanist Association was their most well attended in the series to date. That was good to know.
We received some great responses from the diversity and inclusion workshop as well. It was for the leaders in the movement. There are some general best practices that we try to learn from other speakers. Apparently that went over well.
Jacobsen: If someone in your position of leadership is invited to present at an organization or for a group that is not necessarily non-believing, how should they approach that opportunity? What might be a bridging presentation on the topic as well?
Thomas: I try to get as much background information as possible. Recently, I was a guest on a Christian radio station in Indiana, which turned out better than expected. The host was very fair and objective, and assured me that insults would no be tolerated from callers.
I tend to have a hard time turning down an opportunities like that. I like to discuss Black Nonbelievers as an organization: what we do and why we’re here.
I think it is important for these audiences to understand why it is hard to openly identify as an atheist, especially if you ’re black. Christian audiences need to hear this too.
I also like to present on historic black humanists and freethinkers so the community is reminded of our presence and that we have always been here.
There are some major accomplishments in history on behalf of blacks who challenged the institution of the church. These types of presentations are often very helpful.
I find that when we come from an educational and a relatable stance, it tends to go over better.
Something that affects our community in its entirety tends to be more understandable than something that would only affect black atheists, though they need to understand what areas affect us more.
Certainly with the subject of religion, we can convey that we are all affected by it.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.
Thomas: Thank you.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/10
Jeanne Arthur is the President of Dying With Dignity ACT. Here we talk about her life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Jeanne Arthur: I was born in Darwin Australia. My father was in the Australian Air Force at the time following his participation in World War II but we returned to my parents’ home city of Adelaide when I was three.
I grew up in a nuclear family with two brothers and a sister. My parents maintained a fairly close relationship with their mothers and siblings so I knew my aunts and uncles and some cousins.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated, been an autodidact?
Arthur: I attended a local public primary school and a privately run Presbyterian Secondary school. I then attended Flinders University from which I graduated with an Honours degree in Drama. When my son was born I moved to Canberra in the Australian Capital Territory (ACT) and have lived here ever since. I have recently discovered from investigating my DNA that I am by heritage 69.5 percent English, 17 8 percent Scandinavian, 11 percent Irish, Scottish and Welsh and 1.7 percent West Asian so a DNA mix like most people. On my father’s side we were first settlers in Adelaide coming from Cornwall, Wales and south eastern England in1837. The family on my mother’s side arrived in Adelaide in the 1920s.
I grew up going occasionally to Sunday school and attended a religious secondary school so I gained a smattering of knowledge about Christianity. However, once I began working I basically forgot about religion because I was too busy to include it in my life.
The turning point in my views about religion came when I retired. I began reading and educating myself in science and I became a member of the Atheist Foundation of Australia. From that time on I became increasingly concerned about the damage religious views are doing both to individuals and also to the planet. Many religious views are stupidly cruel and intolerant and have been responsible for the persecution of groups who hold religious views different from the main cultural group. This is contributing to the world wide movement of people away from their countries of origin. Religions also persecute individuals whose behaviour does not fit in with religious doctrine about how sexual relationships should be conducted, who should have sex with whom and the management of fertility. Religious dogma that insists that reproduction should not be controlled or managed is also responsible for the overpopulation and poverty of many countries. This of course is having a direct impact on climate change. Religious doctrine and laws that governments enact are often consistent or mutually supportive. This has been the case for many centuries in relation to sex roles, sexual relationships, war, fertility and the provision of assistance to die.
Jacobsen: As the President of Dying with Dignity ACT, what are some of the more important parts of the job? What are some of the pluses and minuses of the associated tasks and responsibilities coming with the position?
Arthur: The most important part of the job is to provide a human face for the organization i.e. to represent a group of people who hold an unpopular view or one that people want to avoid thinking about. Death is not something most people think about until they reach a certain age or become unwell. Because the current law or some version of it has been in place for thousands of years it is accepted as ‘natural’ by most people. It has become generally accepted that we must keep on living until we die of disease. If we want to die before that most people assume that hanging, gassing or shooting oneself is the way ending one’s life has to occur. People don’t realize that the reason for the way we die is law devised by people who hold beliefs that they wish to maintain. They do this in democratic countries by getting themselves into positions of power in parliaments in sufficient numbers to ensure that these beliefs will be maintained. Thinking about this issue and challenging this thinking (especially its deceptive appearance of ‘naturalness’) is the most important part of the job.
In fact the way we die now is completely consistent with the overall cruelty of religious doctrine. The idea that only God can take a life is euphemistic mythology for the acceptance of suffering that the religious view of life is all about. Dying of disease is thought to be part of that suffering that we must all endure. Law that criminalizes anyone who assists someone to die is a clever way of maintaining religious views that perpetuate the idea that life is all about suffering and that those who end their own lives are self murderers who should be punished for their actions. Forcing them to have no other option but to die cruel deaths and punish themselves in order to end their lives is consistent with this view. It has nothing to do with so-called ‘suicide prevention’. That is just what religious hypocrites want us to believe.
The minus
associated with the job is that change is so slow. On the other hand the years it
has taken to argue for change have given me a lot of time to think about the
issue and deepened my understanding, for example, of the relationship between
religion, religious people in political parties and the maintenance of the
current law which I was completely naïve about when I began my involvement with
this movement.
Jacobsen: Now, to the main topic, what is elective death? How is this change in terminology important for properly framing the subject?
Arthur: Dying with Dignity ACT was set up to reform the law. Section 16 of the ACT Crimes Act states that: The rule of law that it is an offence to commit, or to attempt to commit, suicide is abolished.
The consequence of this law is that ending one’s own life is a lawful act. However the word ‘suicide’ means self-murder. To continue to call ending one’s own life ‘suicide’ is to describe the act wrongly from the point of view of 1) the law and 2) the correct attribution of the meaning of the word to a now lawful act.
The continued use of the word demeans those people who lawfully choose to end their own lives. It puts them in the position of having to keep their feelings secret and to undertake a lawful act in a violent, underhand way.
It also seems to give governments an excuse for not making proper provision for those people who inevitably will want to end their lives before disease comes along to end it for them. In my view governments have shirked their duty to this group of people in a shameful manner that is a clear abuse of their human rights. I describe them as a group of people because statistics have been collected for a long time in every country that identify that some people everywhere across the world will choose to end their lives rather than wait for disease to do it. Just because they don’t act together to stand up for their own interests does not mean that this is not a group. Governments seem to have assumed that once it was made legal they could wash their hands of genuine care for those who want to end their lives. So-called ‘suicide prevention’ strategies that governments like to fund have been put in place by citizen organizations but they clearly do not work. The statistics all over the world show this.
I have therefore proposed that the act of ending one’s own life should be called an ‘elective death’. This would recognize the act as the lawful choice it is that requires governments to provide facilities to support people making the choice of an elective death.
In Dying with Dignity ACT’s model for an elective death there would be two groups who would access Elective Death Units which would be attached to hospitals. One group would be those who were already dying who had discussed their prognosis with a doctor. The doctor would on request give them a referral to the Elective Death Unit. The other group would be those with no illness who do not want to continue to live. Both groups could access counselling through the Elective Death Unit but those who are not ill would be required to access it. However both would have a peaceful death available to them without judgement if that is what they decide. Please see the attachment that describes the Elective Death proposal more fully.
Jacobsen: How does Dying with Dignity ACT work to improve secular access to right to die technologies, methodologies, and, indeed, rights?
Arthur: The most important thing regarding the matter of secular access to right to die technologies is for us all to acknowledge how religious and long held cultural beliefs affect the way death is dealt with in our societies. Religious and cultural beliefs that death must occur as a result of disease because that is what God or other cultural beliefs want is useful to all governments. It helps to maintain control over people as individuals and perpetuates the belief that we belong to governments whose laws we should respect whether they are good or not.
In democratic countries infiltration and control of political parties by people who hold these beliefs, whether they are religious or not, is what prevents change in the laws about how we die. Right to die technologies, methodologies and our rights will not change or be developed properly until we find a way to effectively counter those who are blocking the change to these laws.
Jacobsen: For those unsure as to the rights status of someone who wants euthanasia or medical assistance in dying, what human rights link to euthanasia safe and equitable access? How is the Universal Declaration of Human Rights important for this?
Arthur: The Universal Declaration of Human Rights is fundamental to my understanding of the status of our right to die. The ACT has a Human Rights Act based on the UN Human Rights Declarations which I read and compared with its Crimes Act. The human rights that are inconsistent with the Crimes Act law are as follows.
Section 8 Recognition before the law
Everyone has the right to enjoy his or her human rights without distinction or discrimination of any kind.
Human Right: Everyone has the right not to have his reputation unlawfully attacked.
Human Right: Protection from torture and cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment
1 b) No-one may be treated or punished in a cruel, inhuman or degrading way.
Human Right: Right to Liberty and Security of person; 1) Everyone has the right to liberty and security of person.
Human Right: Every person has the right to life and has the right not to be arbitrarily deprived of life.
Human Right: Human rights may be limited
- Human rights may be subject only to reasonable limits set by territory laws that can be demonstratively justified in a free and democratic society.
ACT Human Rights Act; Application of human rights to Territory laws
Section 30 Interpretation of laws and human rights
So far as it is possible to do so consistently with its purpose, a Territory law must be interpreted in a way that is compatible with human rights.
The Universal Declaration of Human Rights
Human Right: Every person has the right not to be arbitrarily deprived of their property.
This last right may be seen as requiring further explanation. Section 17 (1) of the Crimes Act arbitrarily deprives people of their right to their most precious property, their bodies. They cannot dispose of their property (their bodies) as they see fit due to the exclusion by law of methods of death other than disease. Due to being required to die by disease they lose the ability to manage and dispose of their bodies themselves. Their bodies then become the property of others due to illness that is the inevitable consequence of the law.
Jacobsen: How does an elective idea relate to the notion of a peaceful death, regardless of age, and the right to make, arguably, the most important decision will one make in their life – when and how to die?
Arthur: An elective death respects the right of individuals to make their own choices about when they die and gives them the right to die peacefully. No-one asks to be born but we are expected to act as responsible adults once we leave childhood except when it comes to our deaths which are surrounded by myths about suffering, our bodies belonging to God and criminality.
Deciding whether we want to continue to live is a decision for responsible adults to make. I have no doubt that because we are all basically animals programmed to survive most people will not make this choice until they see that it is the one that is correct for them. I am absolutely certain that giving people the freedom to make this choice for themselves will not lead to a breakout of mass deaths. Those who are religious will not make the choice unless they are part of some cult but those who are not religious will be free to exercise the last right human beings currently do not have. And they will do it responsibly taking all the facts and circumstances of their lives into account in the same way as they have done everything else in their lives.
Jacobsen: How will the repealing of sections 17 and 18 of The Crimes Act 1900 help advance the legislative and regulatory reform necessary here?
Arthur: Sections 17 and 18 of The Crimes Act 1900are as follows:
Suicide – aiding etc
- A person who aids or abets the suicide or attempted suicide of another person is guilty of an offence punishable, on conviction, by imprisonment for 10 years.
Section 18 Prevention of Suicide
It is lawful for a person to use the force that is reasonable to prevent the suicide of another person or any act that the person believes on reasonable grounds would, if committed, result in the suicide of another person.
No-one asks to be born. Human life is imposed on us by our parents. While it is right to expect that we should not be arbitrarily deprived of life by other human beings, given that it is not a crime to end one’s life, neither should we be forced to arbitrarily to live until we die of disease as we are forced to do as a consequence of the current laws S17 & S18 that have been made by human beings, not God.
Once the ACT Legislative Assembly considers the true implications of Section 16 of the Crimes Act 1900 it must see how inadequate Sections 17 and 18 are as responses to people’s desire to end their own lives however that desire comes about. Penalizing someone who assists someone to die and encouraging people to use force to prevent someone from dying are completely unsatisfactory legal responses to a complex human reaction to life. This law was intended to prevent people who were well from dying early but it also covers people who are dying of a disease so it is poorly constructed law. Another reason it should be repealed is the poor use of terminology that I have already mentioned. Repeal will force politicians to construct better law that actually meets people’s needs rather than being law based on ideology.
Jacobsen: Why should the federal government repeal the 1997 Euthanasia Laws Act?
Arthur: The 1997 Euthanasia Laws Act is embedded in the ACT Self Government Act.
Australian Capital Territory (Self Government) Act 1988
Part IV Powers of the Legislative Assembly
Section 23 Matters excluded from power to make laws
(1A) The Assembly has no power to make laws permitting or having the effect of permitting (whether subject to conditions or not) the form of intentional killing of another called euthanasia (which includes mercy killing) or the assisting of a person to terminate his or her life.
The intervention of the Australian Federal Parliament in the ACT Assembly’s legal processes by the imposition of this law is legal according to the Australian Constitution. It has prevented the Assembly from taking any action on euthanasia since the law was passed in 1997. The main argument given for repealing it is that it makes citizens in the ACT second class citizens by imposing a further layer of law on them that people who live in the states don’t have. In the Australian states law about assistance to die is state law not federal law so citizens living in the states who want reform only have to debate the reform they want with the state government. In the ACT we have to reform this federal law as well as the territory law.
Another argument could also be made that the Federal Parliament already has clear evidence that Australians do not believe that the Federal government has the right to control their bodies and send them to their deaths. In 1916 and 1917 two referendums about conscription in WWI were held asking the public if they were in favour of the government conscripting men for the war. Both referendums were lost. The implication of this is that Australians believe that their bodies belong to them and they don’t give the government the right to arbitrarily send them off to war with a strong possibility that they will die or be injured. The principle is the same for Sections 17 and 18 of The Crimes Act 1900 which require us as an act of law to either 1) live until we die of disease or 2) to hang, gas, shoot ourselves or break the law to end our lives even though it is lawful to end our lives. In denying the Assembly the right to reform these laws in the ACT the Federal Government has exploited the powers given to it in the Constitution to control the bodies of territory citizens and the way they die contrary to the clear denial given to it by the referendums one hundred years ago.
Although the legal advice DWDACT has received is that this law is directed only as an instruction to the Assembly the reasons given for its imposition were religious and acknowledged to be so by those who voted for it. The Australian Constitution states that the Federal Parliament may not make law to impose religious observances. Dying of disease and punishing those who choose to end their own lives are all part of the religious observances required by Christian churches. Although we can find no lawyer to support our view that this law breaches the Constitution by imposing religious observances we believe that it does and this is another reason it should be repealed.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Arthur: I’d like to thank you for giving me the opportunity to reach a larger audience about the new idea of an elective death. I think the great struggle Canadians made to change the law to allow assisted death for those suffering a terminal illness was truly admirable. Despite that enormous struggle the Canadian Parliament has still limited their access to an assisted death so I hope that the idea of an elective death might be helpful to them in pursuing their legal rights further.
Jacobsen: Thank
you for the opportunity and your time, Jeanne.
Appendices
Appendix No. 1
Conscription referendums, 1916 and 1917 – Fact sheet 161
Australian voters were asked in October 1916, and again in December 1917, to vote on the issue of conscription. Universal military training for Australian men aged 18 to 60 had been compulsory since 1911. The referendums, if carried, would have extended this requirement to service overseas.
The 1916 referendum
Australian troops fighting overseas in World War I enlisted voluntarily. As the enormity of Australian casualties on the Western Front became known in Australia and no quick end to the war seemed likely the number of men volunteering fell steadily. There was sustained British pressure on the Australian Government to ensure that its divisions were not depleted: in 1916 it was argued that Australia needed to provide reinforcements of 5500 men per month to maintain its forces overseas at operational level. With advertising campaigns not achieving recruiting targets, Prime Minister Hughes decided to ask the people in a referendum if they would agree to a proposal requiring men undergoing compulsory training to serve overseas. The referendum of 28 October 1916 asked Australians:
Are you in favour of the Government having, in this grave emergency, the same compulsory powers over citizens in regard to requiring their military service, for the term of this War, outside the Commonwealth, as it now has in regard to military service within the Commonwealth?
The referendum was defeated with 1,087,557 in favour and 1,160,033 against.
The 1917 referendum
In 1917 Britain sought a sixth Australian division for active service. Australia had to provide 7000 men per month to meet this request. Volunteer recruitment continued to lag and on 20 December 1917 Prime Minister Hughes put a second referendum to the Australian people. The referendum asked:
Are you in favour of the proposal of the Commonwealth Government for reinforcing the Commonwealth Forces overseas?’
Hughes’ proposal was that voluntary enlistment should continue, but that any shortfall would be met by compulsory reinforcements of single men, widowers, and divorcees without dependents between 20 and 44 years, who would be called up by ballot. The referendum was defeated with 1,015,159 in favour and 1,181,747 against.
The conscription referenda were divisive politically, socially and
within religious circles. Newspapers and magazines of the time demonstrate the
concerns, arguments, and the passion of Australians in debating this issue. The
decisive defeat of the second referendum closed the issue of conscription for
the remainder of the war.
Appendix No. 2
AN ELECTIVE DEATH
An Elective Death is based on the following principles
- It is the responsibility of government to ensure that everyone dies with dignity.
- A good health system should be able to guarantee a good death.
- An elective death is a peaceful, pain free and quick death.
- A civilized society respects the rights of its citizens to die at the time of their choice.
- To elect death is a legitimate goal that some people have for themselves. Like birth, death is a matter of individual choice and in the same way it should be supported by the state.
- Elective death is defined as a voluntary decision to shorten one’s own life.
An Elective Death Unit
- An Elective Death unit would be well-publicized in or linked to a local hospital. The most effective medication would be purchased by the hospital and managed safely like all other medications in hospitals. It would be made available to the EDU staff as required.
- The Elective Death Unit would have a) a 24 hour a day service with the resources to make professional personal, financial, and relationship counselling available to clients as well as immediate access to police, the coroner, organ donation and funeral services; b) an education facility designed for all members of the community and targeted for specific age groups and their particular stage of life needs to educate and inform people about death; to assist people to let go of life, to understand what death is and to prepare themselves for death; c) rooms with the facilities to assist those wanting an elective death to die comfortably in the presence of people they select; d) provision of the facilities to enable a peaceful, pain free and quick death to be undertaken in most cases independently without the help of other people.
- The Elective Death Unit would provide any adult ACT citizen with an elective death following a) provision of a reason for the wish for death, b) offers of help through counselling or other assistance as needed, c) a cooling off period negotiated with the person wanting to die. The decision to die would be respected as would the decision to live.
- On diagnosis of a terminal illness or a protracted chronic disease that brought unbearable suffering, those people diagnosed may request a referral from their doctors to the Elective Death unit for an elective death at the time of their choice. Accessing the counselling services of the Elective Death Unit would be a matter for them.
- The Elective Death unit would be required to maintain records of the reasons for people requesting an elective death and report regularly to the Assembly on their findings.
- The ACT Government would co-ordinate public and private health systems to link into the Elective Death unit so that they can refer clients to it.
| Death by Disease | An Elective Death |
| Suicide | Elective Death |
| People die by hanging, gassing, drowning shooting, jumping etc | People receive counselling and if they still want death they are provided with a peaceful death. |
| Doctors who assist death are criminals. | Doctors refer patients to the elective death unit. |
| People die without assistance in a variety of places as a result of their diseases. | People take a referral from their doctors to the elective death unit to die there. Alternatively elective death unit staff would go where they were required to go to assist a death. |
| Medical staff are required by law to make people as comfortable as they can but have to watch while people die. | Staff are trained to assist people to die. They would not have to have a medical background. The skills needed for this role do not require high level medical training. Training in counselling and in administration of drugs are all that is required. |
Appendix No. 3
SACRED CONGREGATION
FOR THE DOCTRINE OF THE FAITH
DECLARATION ON EUTHANASIA
INTRODUCTION
The rights and values pertaining to the human person occupy an important place among the questions discussed today. In this regard, the Second Vatican Ecumenical Council solemnly reaffirmed the lofty dignity of the human person, and in a special way his or her right to life. The Council therefore condemned crimes against life “such as any type of murder, genocide, abortion, euthanasia, or willful suicide” (Pastoral Constitution Gaudium et Spes, no. 27). More recently, the Sacred Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith has reminded all the faithful of Catholic teaching on procured abortion.[1] The Congregation now considers it opportune to set forth the Church’s teaching on euthanasia. It is indeed true that, in this sphere of teaching, the recent Popes have explained the principles, and these retain their full force[2]; but the progress of medical science in recent years has brought to the fore new aspects of the question of euthanasia, and these aspects call for further elucidation on the ethical level. In modern society, in which even the fundamental values of human life are often called into question, cultural change exercises an influence upon the way of looking at suffering and death; moreover, medicine has increased its capacity to cure and to prolong life in particular circumstances, which sometime give rise to moral problems. Thus people living in this situation experience no little anxiety about the meaning of advanced old age and death. They also begin to wonder whether they have the right to obtain for themselves or their fellowmen an “easy death,” which would shorten suffering and which seems to them more in harmony with human dignity. A number of Episcopal Conferences have raised questions on this subject with the Sacred Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith. The Congregation, having sought the opinion of experts on the various aspects of euthanasia, now wishes to respond to the Bishops’ questions with the present Declaration, in order to help them to give correct teaching to the faithful entrusted to their care, and to offer them elements for reflection that they can present to the civil authorities with regard to this very serious matter. The considerations set forth in the present document concern in the first place all those who place their faith and hope in Christ, who, through His life, death and resurrection, has given a new meaning to existence and especially to the death of the Christian, as St. Paul says: “If we live, we live to the Lord, and if we die, we die to the Lord” (Rom. 14:8; cf. Phil. 1:20). As for those who profess other religions, many will agree with us that faith in God the Creator, Provider and Lord of life – if they share this belief – confers a lofty dignity upon every human person and guarantees respect for him or her. It is hoped that this Declaration will meet with the approval of many people of good will, who, philosophical or ideological differences notwithstanding, have nevertheless a lively awareness of the rights of the human person. These rights have often, in fact, been proclaimed in recent years through declarations issued by International Congresses[3]; and since it is a question here of fundamental rights inherent in every human person, it is obviously wrong to have recourse to arguments from political pluralism or religious freedom in order to deny the universal value of those rights.
I. THE VALUE OF HUMAN LIFE
Human life is the basis of all goods, and is the necessary source and condition of every human activity and of all society. Most people regard life as something sacred and hold that no one may dispose of it at will, but believers see in life something greater, namely, a gift of God’s love, which they are called upon to preserve and make fruitful. And it is this latter consideration that gives rise to the following consequences:
1. No one can make an attempt on the life of an innocent person without opposing God’s love for that person, without violating a fundamental right, and therefore without committing a crime of the utmost gravity.[4]
2. Everyone has the duty to lead his or her life in accordance with God’s plan. That life is entrusted to the individual as a good that must bear fruit already here on earth, but that finds its full perfection only in eternal life.
3. Intentionally causing one’s own death, or suicide, is therefore equally as wrong as murder; such an action on the part of a person is to be considered as a rejection of God’s sovereignty and loving plan. Furthermore, suicide is also often a refusal of love for self, the denial of a natural instinct to live, a flight from the duties of justice and charity owed to one’s neighbor, to various communities or to the whole of society – although, as is generally recognized, at times there are psychological factors present that can diminish responsibility or even completely remove it. However, one must clearly distinguish suicide from that sacrifice of one’s life whereby for a higher cause, such as God’s glory, the salvation of souls or the service of one’s brethren, a person offers his or her own life or puts it in danger (cf. Jn. 15:14).
II. EUTHANASIA
In order that the question of euthanasia can be properly dealt with, it is first necessary to define the words used. Etymologically speaking, in ancient times Euthanasia meant an easy death without severe suffering. Today one no longer thinks of this original meaning of the word, but rather of some intervention of medicine whereby the suffering of sickness or of the final agony are reduced, sometimes also with the danger of suppressing life prematurely. Ultimately, the word Euthanasia is used in a more particular sense to mean “mercy killing,” for the purpose of putting an end to extreme suffering, or having abnormal babies, the mentally ill or the incurably sick from the prolongation, perhaps for many years of a miserable life, which could impose too heavy a burden on their families or on society. It is, therefore, necessary to state clearly in what sense the word is used in the present document. By euthanasia is understood an action or an omission which of itself or by intention causes death, in order that all suffering may in this way be eliminated. Euthanasia’s terms of reference, therefore, are to be found in the intention of the will and in the methods used. It is necessary to state firmly once more that nothing and no one can in any way permit the killing of an innocent human being, whether a fetus or an embryo, an infant or an adult, an old person, or one suffering from an incurable disease, or a person who is dying. Furthermore, no one is permitted to ask for this act of killing, either for himself or herself or for another person entrusted to his or her care, nor can he or she consent to it, either explicitly or implicitly. nor can any authority legitimately recommend or permit such an action. For it is a question of the violation of the divine law, an offense against the dignity of the human person, a crime against life, and an attack on humanity. It may happen that, by reason of prolonged and barely tolerable pain, for deeply personal or other reasons, people may be led to believe that they can legitimately ask for death or obtain it for others. Although in these cases the guilt of the individual may be reduced or completely absent, nevertheless the error of judgment into which the conscience falls, perhaps in good faith, does not change the nature of this act of killing, which will always be in itself something to be rejected. The pleas of gravely ill people who sometimes ask for death are not to be understood as implying a true desire for euthanasia; in fact, it is almost always a case of an anguished plea for help and love. What a sick person needs, besides medical care, is love, the human and supernatural warmth with which the sick person can and ought to be surrounded by all those close to him or her, parents and children, doctors and nurses.
III. THE MEANING OF SUFFERING FOR CHRISTIANS AND THE USE OF PAINKILLERS
Death does not always come in dramatic circumstances after barely tolerable sufferings. Nor do we have to think only of extreme cases. Numerous testimonies which confirm one another lead one to the conclusion that nature itself has made provision to render more bearable at the moment of death separations that would be terribly painful to a person in full health. Hence it is that a prolonged illness, advanced old age, or a state of loneliness or neglect can bring about psychological conditions that facilitate the acceptance of death. Nevertheless the fact remains that death, often preceded or accompanied by severe and prolonged suffering, is something which naturally causes people anguish. Physical suffering is certainly an unavoidable element of the human condition; on the biological level, it constitutes a warning of which no one denies the usefulness; but, since it affects the human psychological makeup, it often exceeds its own biological usefulness and so can become so severe as to cause the desire to remove it at any cost. According to Christian teaching, however, suffering, especially suffering during the last moments of life, has a special place in God’s saving plan; it is in fact a sharing in Christ’s passion and a union with the redeeming sacrifice which He offered in obedience to the Father’s will. Therefore, one must not be surprised if some Christians prefer to moderate their use of painkillers, in order to accept voluntarily at least a part of their sufferings and thus associate themselves in a conscious way with the sufferings of Christ crucified (cf. Mt. 27:34). Nevertheless it would be imprudent to impose a heroic way of acting as a general rule. On the contrary, human and Christian prudence suggest for the majority of sick people the use of medicines capable of alleviating or suppressing pain, even though these may cause as a secondary effect semi-consciousness and reduced lucidity. As for those who are not in a state to express themselves, one can reasonably presume that they wish to take these painkillers, and have them administered according to the doctor’s advice. But the intensive use of painkillers is not without difficulties, because the phenomenon of habituation generally makes it necessary to increase their dosage in order to maintain their efficacy. At this point it is fitting to recall a declaration by Pius XII, which retains its full force; in answer to a group of doctors who had put the question: “Is the suppression of pain and consciousness by the use of narcotics … permitted by religion and morality to the doctor and the patient (even at the approach of death and if one foresees that the use of narcotics will shorten life)?” the Pope said: “If no other means exist, and if, in the given circumstances, this does not prevent the carrying out of other religious and moral duties: Yes.”[5] In this case, of course, death is in no way intended or sought, even if the risk of it is reasonably taken; the intention is simply to relieve pain effectively, using for this purpose painkillers available to medicine. However, painkillers that cause unconsciousness need special consideration. For a person not only has to be able to satisfy his or her moral duties and family obligations; he or she also has to prepare himself or herself with full consciousness for meeting Christ. Thus Pius XII warns: “It is not right to deprive the dying person of consciousness without a serious reason.”[6]
IV. DUE PROPORTION IN THE USE OF REMEDIES
Today it is very important to protect, at the moment of death, both the dignity of the human person and the Christian concept of life, against a technological attitude that threatens to become an abuse. Thus some people speak of a “right to die,” which is an expression that does not mean the right to procure death either by one’s own hand or by means of someone else, as one pleases, but rather the right to die peacefully with human and Christian dignity. From this point of view, the use of therapeutic means can sometimes pose problems. In numerous cases, the complexity of the situation can be such as to cause doubts about the way ethical principles should be applied. In the final analysis, it pertains to the conscience either of the sick person, or of those qualified to speak in the sick person’s name, or of the doctors, to decide, in the light of moral obligations and of the various aspects of the case. Everyone has the duty to care for his or he own health or to seek such care from others. Those whose task it is to care for the sick must do so conscientiously and administer the remedies that seem necessary or useful. However, is it necessary in all circumstances to have recourse to all possible remedies? In the past, moralists replied that one is never obliged to use “extraordinary” means. This reply, which as a principle still holds good, is perhaps less clear today, by reason of the imprecision of the term and the rapid progress made in the treatment of sickness. Thus some people prefer to speak of “proportionate” and “disproportionate” means. In any case, it will be possible to make a correct judgment as to the means by studying the type of treatment to be used, its degree of complexity or risk, its cost and the possibilities of using it, and comparing these elements with the result that can be expected, taking into account the state of the sick person and his or her physical and moral resources. In order to facilitate the application of these general principles, the following clarifications can be added: – If there are no other sufficient remedies, it is permitted, with the patient’s consent, to have recourse to the means provided by the most advanced medical techniques, even if these means are still at the experimental stage and are not without a certain risk. By accepting them, the patient can even show generosity in the service of humanity. – It is also permitted, with the patient’s consent, to interrupt these means, where the results fall short of expectations. But for such a decision to be made, account will have to be taken of the reasonable wishes of the patient and the patient’s family, as also of the advice of the doctors who are specially competent in the matter. The latter may in particular judge that the investment in instruments and personnel is disproportionate to the results foreseen; they may also judge that the techniques applied impose on the patient strain or suffering out of proportion with the benefits which he or she may gain from such techniques. – It is also permissible to make do with the normal means that medicine can offer. Therefore one cannot impose on anyone the obligation to have recourse to a technique which is already in use but which carries a risk or is burdensome. Such a refusal is not the equivalent of suicide; on the contrary, it should be considered as an acceptance of the human condition, or a wish to avoid the application of a medical procedure disproportionate to the results that can be expected, or a desire not to impose excessive expense on the family or the community. – When inevitable death is imminent in spite of the means used, it is permitted in conscience to take the decision to refuse forms of treatment that would only secure a precarious and burdensome prolongation of life, so long as the normal care due to the sick person in similar cases is not interrupted. In such circumstances the doctor has no reason to reproach himself with failing to help the person in danger.
CONCLUSION
The norms contained in the present Declaration are inspired by a profound desire to service people in accordance with the plan of the Creator. Life is a gift of God, and on the other hand death is unavoidable; it is necessary, therefore, that we, without in any way hastening the hour of death, should be able to accept it with full responsibility and dignity. It is true that death marks the end of our earthly existence, but at the same time it opens the door to immortal life. Therefore, all must prepare themselves for this event in the light of human values, and Christians even more so in the light of faith. As for those who work in the medical profession, they ought to neglect no means of making all their skill available to the sick and dying; but they should also remember how much more necessary it is to provide them with the comfort of boundless kindness and heartfelt charity. Such service to people is also service to Christ the Lord, who said: “As you did it to one of the least of these my brethren, you did it to me” (Mt. 25:40).
At the audience granted prefect, His Holiness Pope John Paul II approved this declaration, adopted at the ordinary meeting of the Sacred Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith, and ordered its publication.
Rome, the Sacred Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith, May 5, 1980.
Franjo Cardinal Seper
Prefect
Jerome Hamer, O.P.
Secretary
***
REFERENCES
[1] DECLARATION ON PROCURED ABORTION, November 18, 1974: AAS 66 (1974), pp. 730-747.
[2] Pius XII, ADDRESS TO THOSE ATTENDING THE CONGRESS OF THE INTERNATIONAL UNION OF CATHOLIC WOMEN’S LEAGUES, September 11, 1947: AAS 39 (1947), p. 483; ADDRESS TO THE ITALIAN CATHOLIC UNION OF MIDWIVES, October 29, 1951: AAS 43 (1951), pp. 835-854; SPEECH TO THE MEMBERS OF THE INTERNATIONAL OFFICE OF MILITARY MEDICINE DOCUMENTATION, October 19, 1953: AAS 45 (1953), pp. 744-754; ADDRESS TO THOSE TAKING PART IN THE IXth CONGRESS OF THE ITALIAN ANAESTHESIOLOGICAL SOCIETY, February 24, 1957: AAS 49 (1957), p. 146; cf. also ADDRESS ON “REANIMATION,” November 24, 1957: AAS 49 (1957), pp. 1027-1033; Paul VI, ADDRESS TO THE MEMBERS OF THE UNITED NATIONAL SPECIAL COMMITTEE ON APARTHEID, May 22, 1974: AAS 66 (1974), p. 346; John Paul II: ADDRESS TO THE BISHOPS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, October 5, 1979: AAS 71 (1979), p. 1225.
[3] One thinks especially of Recommendation 779 (1976) on the rights of the sick and dying, of the Parliamentary Assembly of the Council of Europe at its XXVIIth Ordinary Session; cf. Sipeca, no. 1, March 1977, pp. 14-15.
[4] We leave aside completely the problems of the death penalty and of war, which involve specific considerations that do not concern the present subject.
[5] Pius XII, ADDRESS of February 24, 1957: AAS 49 (1957), p. 147.
[6] Pius XII, Ibid., p. 145; cf. ADDRESS of September 9, 1958: AAS 50 (1958), p. 694.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/09
Dave Helgager is the President of the Humanists of Sarasota Bay. Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Dave Helgager: I was born and reared in the midwestern town of Hurley, SD., population 400 and predominately an agricultural community. I grew up Lutheran.
My mother was very religious, but my Dad never really exhibited much spirituality though he attended church faithfully with our family. I was very active in my church and in high school served as president of the Luther League.
My mother was very much the driving force for the family and church. I worked with my father in his grocery store until I left for college. We never discussed religion or politics much.
In fact, I lived a very apolitical life. I graduated in 1963 with a BA in English and history from the Scandinavian run Augustana University, Sioux Falls, SD with a minor in education and Christianity.
I started my career teaching English and history but ultimately in 1980 when we moved to Sarasota, FL, moved into financial planning and investing, and advising.
After moving to Springfield, Il, in 1968, I began to become disillusioned with religion and all its related trappings. We asked the pastor of our Lutheran church if we could put on a discussion about feminism and were rejected.
At that point, my wife and I began to look around for a church that met our needs. We ended up in the Unitarian-Universalist Fellowship of Springfield which I mark as my beginning of moving toward Humanism.
In 1973, we moved to Charleston, WV where we were active in the UU Church. There I was given a copy of the American Humanist Association’s magazine and it really helped moved me even more away from Christianity and toward the tenets of the Unitarian group.
My transition to a fully Humanist lifestyle began in 1980 when we moved to Sarasota, FL. There my wife and I joined the UU Church of Sarasota, but I gradually became less interested in the UU “way” with its hymns, sermons, etc.
In early 2000, I found out about the Humanists of Sarasota Bay which was a newly formed organization founded in 1999. I left the UU Church of Sarasota when the new minister walked into the sanctuary in robes and the words like prayer began to surface.
Ultimately, my wife and I became fully involved with the Humanists of Sarasota Bay, and I served on the Board for a number of years before becoming president.
I have a brother who converted to Catholicism and a brother who is an atheist. Overall, I had a very good life in the small town and enjoyed my relatives, many who lived around me. I remember that my grandfather had very little use for church and never went.
My wife, who is a social worker, influence me tremendously in regards to social issues, though I was further “educated” thanks to the American Humanist Association.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Helgager: Earning my degree and completing some graduate work. I have always read several newspapers, magazines and kept up with current developments in Humanism.
I would say that my knowledge of Humanism is pretty much self-taught though I attend workshops in Florida and attend national conferences when I can.
Jacobsen: As the President of the Humanists of Sarasota Bay, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Helgager: I lead the Board who along with me develop our programs and policies. I oversee lectures during the year, including our Darwin Day Celebration.
Make sure our weekly luncheons and workshops run smoothly as well. We also have a scholarship program which I implemented a few years ago.
I give presentations as requested, write letters to the editor and serve as the face of Humanism in Sarasota. Our website, husbay.org is a good source of our activities. I am proud of the fact that under my leadership the organization has grown from seven to 136 in about 7 years.
Jacobsen: If we look at the ways in which humanism slowly formed over time in Sarasota Bay, how did it get its start? How were the Humanists of Sarasota Bay?
Helgager: In 1999, a group of seven Humanists developed our bylaws and established the organization. Since then it has grown to 136 members.
Jacobsen: What are the usual and unusual topics discussed on the 4th Wednesday of each month in the Current Affairs Discussion Group?
Helgager: Current politics in general. Members generate topics and a leader runs the discussion. The members pretty much address the present day issues in our country.
Jacobsen: For those active religious fundamentalist propagandists, what do they think or assert the Founding Fathers of America stated? What did the Founding Fathers, in fact, really say in contradistinction to the aforementioned assertions?
Helgager: The fundamentalists assert that we are Christian nation. In fact, our Founding Fathers strongly support separation of church and state.
Jacobsen: What are some of the relevant and important activist efforts of the Humanists of Sarasota Bay, in the past or as we move into 2019?
Helgager: Our organization is composed of retirees and probably has an average age of 80. I am considered a young member in my seventy’s. As a result, we have to be creative with our activism.
Since we are very well funded, we give out a scholarship of $2000 to a deserving Humanist/atheist college student and donate to various organizations such as the local food bank.
We have a cleanup project at one of our parks. Our members join protests in the local community and contribute time at various community organizations.
Our members are more interested in lectures, luncheon meetings and doing things that allow them to be with like minded people. A survey of our organization indicated that the reason for joining us is to meet with like minded people.
Jacobsen: For students with a secular orientation and a humanistic set of values, how can scholarship funds become an important support for their educational endeavors?
How can this show goodwill and support for the next generations on the part of the humanist communities?
Helgager: These students need our financial support. It’s something our members can do with a minimum amount of effort. We support the Secular Student Alliance with this scholarship. They realize the older generation is with them.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Helgager: Find or form a local or state Humanist organization. Join the American Humanist Association.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Helgager: I am a Humanist/atheist. I believe strongly that we need the separation of church and state in the USA and our membership is very focused on that issue.
In addition, I like to think of equal rights as the overriding goal as it does encompass everything from feminism to racism to separation of church and state.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dave.
Helgager: Happy to do it, Scott.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/08
René Hartmann is the Chairman, Internationaler Bund der Konfessionslosen und Atheisten. Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
René Hartmann: I live in the area of Frankfurt, Germany. I was brought up in a Lutheran family, although my parents were not very religious. Going to church was not important for them, but the Lutheran confession was nonetheless part of their identity.
I gradually became very skeptic of Christian religion and religions in general. I came to the conclusion in Germany religion is financed and promoted by the state to an extent that cannot be justified.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Hartmann: I have a university degree in Informatics, and I am interested in natural sciences, but also in history, politics etc.
I used to read books about these topics (which I still do to some degree), and, of course, I use the internet to expand my knowledge. In my view, it is important to have a solid foundation in order not to fall for pseudo-science.
Jacobsen: What is death with dignity? How does this phrasing differ but also relate to the right to die, euthanasia, and medical assistance in dying?
Hartmann: The primary thing is self-determination. With respect to dying this means that one has to right decide when to die. The well-considered decision for one’s own death has to be respected. This also applies if someone needs the help of another person for her/his own death.
Jacobsen: As the Chairman of the Internationaler Bund der Konfessionslosen und Atheisten, what tasks and responsibilities come with this position?
Hartmann: As chairman and member of the executive committee I oversee the activities of IBKA. My responsibilities are media and international contacts. I am also the newsletter editor and in charge of the website and social media.
Jacobsen: What are the core goals of Internationaler Bund der Konfessionslosen und Atheisten? How are these going to be articulated and worked on in 2019?
Hartmann: Our primary goal is to promote Human Rights, in particular, the freedom of thought and religion and the separation of church and state. We advocate for individual self-determination, promote rational thinking and inform about the social role of religion.
Our activities include media (press releases as well as online media), but also political lobbying and events.
Jacobsen: Most movements and organization work in spite of counter-movements and counter-organizations. Who tends to be opposed to the existence and operations of Internationaler Bund der Konfessionslosen und Atheisten?
Hartmann: In Germany, the churches enjoy many privileges. If you dare to say that these privileges are not justified, that makes you an outsider.
The problem is not so much certain organizations or movements that are against us (although these surely exist) but the fact that there is a lot of ignorance regarding church-state separation and related issues.
Jacobsen: In the title of atheist, this seems more straightforward. Non-religious tends to have a more nuanced interpretation depending on the context.
What is the definition of non-religious for Internationaler Bund der Konfessionslosen und Atheisten? How does this impact its scope of operations?
Hartmann: We accept people as members who are not member of any religious organization, so that’s the central criteria for us.
However, we pursue goals many of which (like state-church separation) could also be pursued by moderately religious people. We pursue them from a non-religious standpoint.
The term atheists and atheism are not essential for us, but we don’t avoid them either (as many organisations do, which prefer to call themselves humanist)
Jacobsen: What have been some historic successes and honest failures in the work for the advancement of scientific freedom, secularism, rationalism, human rights, and euthanasia? How can other organizations learn from you?
Hartmann: I would mention our conferences, from the first post-war atheist conference in Germany 1990 in Fulda, to our international conferences 2012 and 2015.
I consider it important that we focus on working for political and social change. To us, this is more important than establishing atheism as a sort of anti-religion.
Criticism of religion has its place in our organization, but it’s only one of several things we are doing. I would say this approach worked well for us.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with donation of time, addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Hartmann: We are an association, so the standard way of being involved is to become a member. However, our focus is on the German-speaking countries. People who want to join and take some position are always welcome.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Hartmann: Secularism is not an easy area of work, and one can easily get frustrated about the low speed of progress. I want to encourage anyone working in this field to keep up the work as it’s really important.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, René.
Hartmann: Thank you.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/07
Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about activism, safety, and more.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is the fundamental risk to normal livelihood for those who enter into a full life of activism through the founding of organizations devoted to church and state separation, or, in other countries, mosque and government division?
Herb Silverman: It’s a good question to think about before committing to a full life of activism, especially if you commit to what many view as an unpopular cause. I can mostly describe my own experiences along with what went right and what went wrong.
I expect my situation was less risky than for most, with little or no financial or personal safety concerns. When I began my secular activism, I was teaching at a public institution that prides itself in having academic freedom.
I ran for Governor of South Carolina in 1990 to challenge the state constitution prohibition against atheists holding public office.
Whenever I received publicity, I heard from people who thought they were the only atheists in South Carolina. I took their names and with them founded the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry (SHL) based in Charleston.
I became its president, newsletter editor, and wrote almost all the articles. In calling for others to take a more active role, I even wrote an editorial titled “Stop the Dictator!”
I encouraged new ideas, but looking back I wasn’t very supportive; I’d often respond with reasons why the new ideas would not work. Sometimes I’d ask whoever came up with an idea to develop it on his or her own, without any guidance or assistance.
Nevertheless, others gradually began assuming leadership positions. Since I was becoming engaged with national organizations and had a full-time job as a math professor, I was devoting less time to SHL.
So I worried about doing a half-assed job, but was reluctant to leave the position for fear that the organization I built would fall apart.
This is known as “Founder’s Syndrome.” One of the biggest mistakes leaders can make is to believe they are irreplaceable. I’ve seen many good leaders, whether in atheist or other organizations, outstay a welcome.
For an organization to flourish, I think a high priority for a leader is to make him or herself replaceable. Atheists, above all, should recognize that organizations must not give too much power to any one individual.
We have no “dear leaders” who communicate to us through a supernatural being. We pride ourselves on being independent, and we recognize the fallibility of all.
I left the presidency of SHL after 15 years, and it turned out to be beneficial to both SHL and to me. Not to sound too much like a vampire, but new blood is good.
My first national board involvement was with the American Humanist Association, where I (with considerable leadership objection) proposed that the AHA and other national organizations begin to cooperate in coalition. This eventually led to the Secular Coalition for America.
I left the AHA board after many years when they mostly began to agree with my positions and I was no longer pissing people off, at least not in significant ways. It was not as much fun as in my early years and I had become the oldest board member. It was past time for me to go.
As founding president of the Secular Coalition for America, I looked for and encouraged active participants and talented replacements. I’m still on the SCA board, not as president, and it’s a good feeling to know that were I to get hit by a bus tomorrow, the Secular Coalition would continue to thrive.
Now one hazard of having a devotion to a cause is that it might get you labeled a “zealot.” If you resent being called the “Z” word, I don’t blame you. The word has a sordid past because of the damage done by “religious zealots.”
I did not like, nor did I accept, the media-invented pejorative “atheist fundamentalist” because there is no atheist equivalent to religious belief in biblical inerrancy. But “zealot” is more flexible. While zealots are often described as fanatics or extremists, it’s not easy to come up with objective criteria for such terms.
What passes as extremism in some circles is viewed as moderate or mainstream in others. An accusation of “excessive” devotion to a cause says as much about the accuser as the accused.
Here’s the good and the bad news about zealotry. Zealots are the ones most likely to make a significant difference by achieving their goals and changing the world. Richard Dawkins and Osama Bin Laden are both known as zealots, and they are greatly admired (though never by the same people).
While I’ve talked about leaders with too much power, there’s the opposite danger of members in an organization who do nothing but complain about their leaders. We need to be careful about whether our criticism is constructive or destructive.
Some good leaders have left organizations because of too much micro managing. I have no magic bullet about how organizations should best be managed. It’s easier, though, if power is divided among competent people and if everyone has a sense of humor.
It also helps if members are working for the same goals, and if they genuinely like one another. And that brings me to one of the most important insights of all: People are more likely to stay active in an organization if they are having fun. And eating together. Let’s drink to that.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Herb.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/07
Rob Boston is the Editor of Church & State (Americans United for Separation of Church and State). Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Rob Boston: I was born and raised in Altoona, Pennsylvania, a faded railroad town in an economically depressed area of the Rust Belt. My father was a housepainter, and my mother was a housewife.
I’m the eighth of nine children. We were not well off, and I’ve known some lean times. Given the size of my family, life could be somewhat chaotic, but my parents (especially my mother) were warm and caring and made sure that we were provided for.
My mother was a very devout Roman Catholic and raised all of us in that faith. I attended a Catholic elementary school until eighth grade. As a child, I was fairly devout.
However, by age 16 I started to entertain doubts, and the following year I left the church. The area I grew up in is also very politically conservative. I began to break away from that sort of thinking around the same age.
I moved away from Altoona and relocated to the Maryland suburbs of Washington, D.C., in 1986.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Boston: Despite my family’s lack of means, I was able to attend college thanks to a scholarship and government assistance. I earned a bachelor’s degree in journalism with a minor in political science from Indiana University of Pennsylvania in 1985.
Even though the university I attended was only 50 miles from where I was born, my time there really opened my eyes.
I got to meet people from different cultures and backgrounds, and I remember several professors who really did a great job not just instructing us in certain subjects but conveying how to think. I also had some really good English professors who introduced me to great literature.
I had always had an interest in learning, however. When I was a kid, we lived in the center city about five blocks from a public library. I spent a lot of time there.
I’ve always loved to read, and I believe learning is a life-long process. Since graduating from college, I’ve continued self-education by filling some gaps through reading. I’m a serial reader.
I finish one book and then start another. I always have something in the pipeline, and I read from a variety of fields, both fiction and non-fiction.
Jacobsen: With Americans United for Separation of Church and State, what are some of its more important activist activities to pay attention to, as we move further into 2019?
Boston: Church-state separation is pretty much under constant siege thanks to the Trump-Pence administration. One of the biggest threats we face is the attempt to redefine religious freedom and turn it into an instrument that fosters discrimination.
We’ve had several cases in this country where the owners of businesses are seeking a legal right to deny goods and services to members of the LGBTQ community, arguing that allowing them into their stores and shops violates their religious freedom.
This sort of thing reminds me of the Jim Crow era in American history where African Americans were denied the right to eat in certain restaurants or be served in some shops. It’s discrimination, plain and simple.
At the same time, the administration is implementing rules that would allow health care providers to deny services to people as well, again on the basis of religious beliefs.
This is very dangerous, because it could put some people’s lives at risk, and again, it is the LGBTQ community that will bear the brunt.
Trump has also tried, unsuccessfully so far, to change federal law so that houses of worship can intervene in partisan politics.
Allowing that kind of activity would not only make a mess of our campaign-finance laws, which are already quite weak, it would also fundamentally change the nature of houses of worship and the role they play in society.
Trump is also putting far-right extremists on the federal courts, which is a very serious problem.
Jacobsen: As the Editor of Church & State, in terms of its original emphasis on the secular movements within the United States, what have been the major victories over time?
What have been the major failures, too? How can those successes be built upon and losses attenuated and learn from now?
Boston: We’ve done a lot of work over the years defending the public school system from aggressive, fundamentalist religious groups that have tried to use the schools to promote their particular forms of dogma – and we’ve won landmark cases.
For example, we have filed legal cases to keep creationism out of public school science classes. We’ve reminded the nation that public schools serve a vast array of young people from many different religious beliefs as well as those who have no belief. We can only get along if the school remain neutral on matters of theology. It’s important work, and I’m proud of it.
At the same time, more recently we’ve been working to expose the connection between church-state separation and issues like LGBTQ rights, women’s rights, censorship, reproductive freedom, sound science and others. In our view, you are never truly free if the government is forcing you to live under the rules of someone else’s religion.
One area where we’ve lost ground is the question of tax funding of religion. It used to be a given that religious groups had to rely on voluntary funds to pay for their work.
But some religious groups have been lobbying for public support for their private schools, to pay for their social service work and even to maintain and upkeep their facilities.
Unfortunately, the Supreme Court has allowed some types of this funding – mainly school vouchers. I fear the situation is only going to get worse as more and more Americans leave formal religious groups.
Houses of worship will get less money from members, and some will be tempted to turn to the state to make up the difference.
As for what lessons we have learned, it’s simple: We have to teach Americans anew that religious freedom is firmly linked to church-state separation.
True religious liberty can’t exist without some distance between those institutions. If you are being taxed to pay for someone else’s faith, you are not truly free. If your children are being compelled to recite some other faith’s prayers in a public school, you are not truly free.
If your town is festooned with the symbols of the majority religion, you are not truly free. If your basic rights are being taken away because of someone else’s religion, you are not truly free. If what you can see or read is limited because of another’s religion, you are not truly free.
Jacobsen: When you’re looking to accept submissions of articles, what are your general criteria for vetting the submissions? How would you recommend prospective contributors use this as a heuristic for their own submissions to Church & State?
Boston: Most copy for Church & State is generated on staff by myself and Liz Hayes, the assistant editor of the magazine. We do consider outside writers for our “Viewpoint” columns.
These are opinion pieces that explore different aspects of church-state relations. What we’re looking for here is a fresh perspective – maybe a new spin on an old issue or perhaps a different way of framing an emerging issue.
Jacobsen: As a long-time activist and writer, who have been the great writers and intellectuals – well-known or not – in your time as a professional?
Of those writers making the case for the separation of church and state, who have, in your opinion, made the most compelling and important case for it, in the United States?
Boston: Leo Pfeffer was a giant in this field. He wrote a massive work called Church, State and Freedom that was for many of us the standard reference on church and state for a long time.
Leo died in 1993, but his work is still consulted by many people working in this field. Robert S. Alley, a professor at the University of Richmond and a scholar on the work of James Madison, was an inspiration to me.
Bob, who died in 2006, did excellent work debunking the Religious Right’s false “Christian nation” claims. Also important is the late Robert O’Neil at the University of Virginia was an expert on Thomas Jefferson and his views on church-state separation.
There have been others – I’ve enjoyed the work of Katherine Stewart, who has written about creeping Christian nationalism in Americans politics, and Chris Rodda has done yeoman’s work debunking many of the Religious Right’s claims about history.
In addition, a lot of good investigative journalists are out there every day digging into the Religious Right’s goals and exposing their schemes. I’m thankful for their work.
Jacobsen: As a small personal question, do children change the focus in life? If so, how? Do you think this is a different shift in some ways than those who have an assertion of a hereafter in their view of the world?
Boston: My wife and I have two children who are now young adults (ages 24 and 21). Yes, children definitely change your focus in life. On a practical level, parents are compelled to put some aspects of their own lives on hold for a bit and transfer their time and energy to raising children.
Speaking just personally, I found that parenting forced me to think more deeply about moral education and, more importantly, how to impart moral instruction. I always knew where I stood, but I hadn’t thought much about how to raise good, decent and caring children – until I had to do it.
Traditional Christian morality holds that if you are good, you will go to heaven when you die, but if you are bad, you’ll go to hell. Thus, the idea is that you should be good to receive a reward.
I think this is a simplistic version of ethics. We are called to be good and decent for its own sake, because it is the right thing to do – not just because we want a reward. Getting that point across to children is to me the key to their moral development.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Boston: People who are interested in getting involved with Americans United should visit our website, www.au.org. You can join there, get information about chapters, find links to our social media sites, make donations and read updates on the latest news concerning church-state separation.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Boston: I would just like to add that Americans United has always been an organization composed of religious believers and non-believers. I think this partnership has been key to our success.
While our members may not agree on theology, they are united in the belief that only separation of church and state can protect our precious freedom of conscience.
The whole point is that we don’t all have to agree on religion, but we must respect one another’s rights and not seek to use the power of the government to force anyone to live under the religious views of another.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Rob.
Boston: Thank you.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/06
Michael Cluff is the President of the South Jersey Humanists. Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Michael Cluff: I’m about as white-bread as you get! In a nutshell, I’m a WASPy Gen-Xer who grew up in a military household. Dad fought in Vietnam, and we moved around a lot.
(We even lived outside of Toronto for a year, so does that make me an honorary Canadian?) [Ed., close enough, just remember the Maple syrup for breakfast… If you visit, you can borrow the keys to the moose if you need to get around, too.]
Mom’s family was super-educated, patrician Episcopalians, while my Dad was a farm boy who excelled as a Marine officer. My young life wasn’t straight out of the Great Santini, but it was close.
Religiously speaking, we were Episcopalians who were pretty laid back about Christianity when I was little. But by the time I reached high school, we were much more devout.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Cluff: I studied Cognitive Psychology in graduate school, researching processes of spoken word recognition. I wound up leaving before I completed a Ph.D. due to health problems.
Jacobsen: As the President of the South Jersey Humanists, what tasks and responsibilities come along with the role?
Cluff: It’s pretty much what you’d expect: planning and publicizing meetings and events, speaking out for Humanism wherever possible.
Jacobsen: What are some of the community social activities of the South Jersey Humanists?
Cluff: Each month we have one formal meeting and one informal gathering. In the meetings, we discuss a predetermined topic or have a speaker.
“Drinking Skeptically” is our informal gathering at a bar, where we hang out and get to know one another better.
Jacobsen: What are the demographics of the community there?
Cluff: Our group is pretty small at the moment, so it’s hard to characterize. (After Trump’s election we lost conservative members who balked at Humanism’s liberal leanings.
And some of the more liberal members focused their energies on more politically activist organizations.) Like most Humanist and atheist groups, we have our share of middle-aged white guys (including me). But we draw from many demographics, especially among our elected leadership.
Jacobsen: What are important activist efforts in South Jersey now? What are some targeted objectives for activism, whether legal or social, for 2019?
Cluff: Since we’re in a blue state, we don’t have a lot of the usual bread-and-butter atheist issues here. Not many church-state separation battles. But there’s a lot of social justice work that needs to be done.
Atlantic City is severely economically depressed, so I’d like to see our group work toward economic and racial justice here. Our area is also a hub for human trafficking, and I’m hoping we can help out some of the local organizations fighting this issue.
Also, there’s an inspiring local organization doing relief work for Syrian refugees.
Jacobsen: Looking at the United States now, for the secular-oriented and the humanist community, we can see the general view of the fundamentalist religious towards the secular and the non-religious – severely negative.
Where does this image of the inherent badness of the non-religious in the United States stem? It seems apparent and stark from the cold place to the North – the big place crammed underneath the disappearing white place on the map.
Cluff: It seems to me that Americans like to think of themselves as deeply religious, even though the average American knows very little about Christianity. Sure, there are many Americans who are deeply devout and find meaning in their religion.
But to most Americans, Christianity is like a favorite football team. You wear the team colors and cheer for your side on Sundays. To them being on Team Jesus is more of an identity than a philosophy.
You don’t need to know the names of the players, just so long as you know when to wear the team colors. So to them, atheists are the weird neighbors who refuse to cheer on the hometown boys at the homecoming game.
Mixed in with that is the belief that being on Team Jesus is the only way to be a good person. Not being on Team Jesus means that at best you’re being a contrarian, and at worst you’re a snake in the grass.
Jacobsen: What do you hope for 2019 for the South Jersey Humanists? Also, how have you been mentored into this role in the past?
Cluff: To be honest, I’ve been facing serious burnout over the last couple of years, and so one of my personal goals in 2019 is to bounce back with renewed enthusiasm for Humanist activism.
For now, this means focusing on fostering our community, learning its strengths as it grows, and letting our activism emerge from those strengths.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Cluff: Again, since we’re small, there’s plenty of opportunity for people to take initiative and to get involved. We’re a caring and intelligent group of people who are eager to get out and do the right thing.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Cluff: I believe that the humanist and atheist movements need to be more grass-roots than ever before. Too many of our big names have failed in big ways. Some have been guilty of sexual misconduct, while others have exposed themselves as bigots wrapped in pseudo-intellectual self-justification.
Time to abandon hero-worship and create communities of people who do the right thing not for fame but because it’s the right thing to do.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Michael.
Cluff: Thank you so much, Scott, and thanks for all you do.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Ask Gretta 5 – Upon This Rock: A Shared Future With Those Still Comforted By Their Religious Beliefs
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/05
Reverend Gretta Vosper is a unique individual in the history of Canadian freethought insofar as I know the prior contexts of freethinking in Canada’s past in general, and in the nation for secular oriented women in particular.
Vosper is a Member of The Clergy Project and a Minister in The United Church of Canada (The UCC) at West Hill United Church, and the Founder of the Canadian Centre for Progressive Christianity (2004-2016), and Best-Selling Author.
I reached out about the start of an educational series in early pages of a new chapter in one of the non-religious texts in the library comprising the country’s narratives. Vosper agreed.
Here we talk about a shared future of the religious and the non-religious.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: The agnostics, atheists, brights, freethinkers, humanists, rationalists, skeptics, and the like should come together in a unified coalition with the ordinary religious believers where the supernatural beliefs tend to remain rather benign, motivate unobtrusive and even positive affect and behavior in communities, and remain comforting – in your phraseology – to them, especially against the rising forces of authoritarian strongmen and fundamentalist religion. What might be a theological grounding for this union of forces? How might this play out in a Canadian context?
Rev. Gretta Vosper: Religions, because they assert obligatory ways in which individuals are to engage with one another, with god(s), or with the world around them, necessarily divide the human community. Additionally, because they prescribe those obligations for a group, religions strengthen in-group loyalties and commitments, seeing all outsiders as of secondary merit (if not dangerous) to their own adherents.
Members of a religion can find and establish seemingly instant rapport with others of the same religion even if they have never seen one another before. They simply share their religious affiliation and doors that might otherwise be closed to them, are immediately opened; the newcomer is affirmed with recognition and acceptance. In an episode of West Wing, the President confirms an illegal Chinese immigrant is an evangelical Christian seeking asylum because he utters the word “Shibboleth” after answering a series of questions.
In Infidel, Ayaan Hirsi Ali writes of the critical importance for Somalian children to memorize their genealogy back several generations. Should a child, or even a grown adult, find themselves in difficult or unfamiliar circumstances, reciting their genealogy might uncover a familial bond with someone otherwise unknown who might then provide protection or support. In some situations, knowing one’s family tree could be the only difference between life and death. Religion can provide a similar security.
But that, it seems, is also religion’s greatest weakness. The rigidity of its boundaries can prevent engagement across them by those of other faiths, each asserting its own truth. What might the President have done if the dissident had been fleeing for other religious reasons? The movement toward interfaith dialogue has been a slow-moving process. In recent years, Christian-Jewish dialogue has stretched to become conversations among those of the Abrahamic faiths, though those conversations don’t generally include Bahá’ís who might see themselves of the same tradition. Stretching ourselves to reach out to more geographically and linguistically distant faith traditions continue to remain limited gestures.
Difficult though it may be, interfaith dialogue often seems more feasible than engagement within a religion of its own conservative and liberal factions. The two interpretations of the same documents or practices that diverged long ago now have few shared beliefs between them. At a Rutgers University Interfaith symposium some years ago, the progressive Muslim participant refused to acknowledge Islamists even existed, stating that there could be no such thing if the Koran was read properly. Clearly, for her, Islam had nothing in its texts that could be used to incite extremism or violence. She simply disowned such positions.
Within Christianity, Liberal Christians are happy to remove themselves from what they see to be the glaring ignorance of fundamentalist Christians who, in turn, are happy to lob their own criticisms back at those they consider unworthy of the Christian moniker. Rarely do we get a fundamentalist of any religion sitting down for meaningful conversation with one of that religion’s progressives. Conservatives would rather engage with fundamentalists of another religion, someone whose passions they could at least respect if not understand. Indeed, Jews for Jesus is an organization doing just that: it builds a purposeful relationship between messianic Jews and fundamentalist Christians that each party believes will benefit its own end-of-the-world agenda.
Because progressive religious beliefs often result from a critical investigation of the truth claims of one’s own religion, the landing pad is often a secular one. That doesn’t mean religious progressives quit their religious traditions, or the peculiarity of their festivals, or their ritualized, sacred language. But it can mean that what they consider to be the most important elements of their participation in a faith community are no longer its beliefs – if, indeed, it ever was – but is, rather, one of its “off-label benefits”. It might be that they find peace and wellbeing through the ritual and ceremony or through the rich social connections they experience. Or it might be the critical assessment of the values by which the individual is called to live in the weekly presentation at the place of worship.
Those who fall off the left edge of the pew, the rail, or the mat – and someone in the lineage of most secular people did at one point – often lose the communities that might have sustained their energies, their wellbeing, and their commitment to a set of values by which they choose to fashion their lives. Like those who continue in religious communities, they will have friends and social circles. They will go for drinks after work with colleagues. They’ll chat with other parents as their kids play T-ball. They might go on an eco-vacation with a group of friends or carry boxes of clutter to their local donation centre when “tidying up”. But the chances of them running into values-laden conversations or being regularly called to account for their opinions, their lifestyle choices, or their ignorance of the world around them are significantly lower than those who sit in front of someone being paid to heckle their consciousness every single week.
Which is dangerously close to my suggesting that all religious leaders do that important work; most probably don’t. But those who do challenge people to be citizens, not just people who are here to have a good time, or simply get through the day. And that call to citizenry is one I believe religion should aspire to providing. I think it might have been what Jesus was trying to do with his radical ways and impatience, only remnants of which we have to explore. And even if it wasn’t, it’s what we should be doing: building relationships so embedded in concern for one another, for those we’ll never meet ( like generations yet to be born), for the fragile world upon which we spin, for the exquisite beauty of life on this planet which throbs in all our hearts. If you want to call the quest for that feeling “god”, you wouldn’t be alone in that. But you’ve no need to call it anything but the right thing to do.
So, bring on the secularists. Let them rub shoulders with people with progressive beliefs. Invite them to take part in humanitarian efforts. Teach them a thing or two about tolerance. Show them how to have a good, rich conversation and still get along at the end of it. Invite them to join you at their own reason rallies. Take them with you to the offices of government and have them hand the petition over to whomever is in charge of the latest travesty. Let them get in on the action. Organize them. You’ll be helping them find themselves along the way.
Oh, and invite them to potlucks, of course. But tell them to bring something gluten- and nut-free and vegan, if they can, because, you know, who wants to exclude anyone, right?
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Rev. Vosper.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/05
Jim Hudlow is the President of the Inland Northwest Freethought Society. Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Jim Hudlow: I was raised on a small farm north of Spokane, Washington in the foothills of the Rocky Mountains. Our family was unable to make ends meet with just the farm income so both my parents worked over the winter as well.
Growing up on the farm was very rewarding, it couraged independence and creativity in terms of play activities and learning the importance of work (not prayer) to achieve desired outcomes.
My parents did not go to church and only sent us kids to ‘bible school’ to get some adult alone time on Sunday. When I was 8 or 9, I was disinvited from church for asking too many questions.
The Sunday school teacher was my Grandma! The preacher came over to the house and got my parents to let him take me out in his car so he could try and scare the hell into me. It was July…and 95 degrees…so it felt like Hell in that car. The preacher took an hour trying to bring me into the cult.
However, he could not sufficiently answer even the basic questions of an 8-year-old. (Why did god make hell? Why doesn’t god just tell everyone exactly what he wants? Why do little kids get sick and die?) I entered the car an ambivalent agnostic and exited a sweaty little atheist and have remained so to this day.
My Dad and Brother were both atheists but never talked about it. The topic did not go over well in the community and they did not want to make waves. My Mom was not religious until the end of her life when she was slowly dying of cancer.
She was understandably afraid as she had little to do all day but contemplate her fate and turned to religion as a distraction. I, on the other hand, was always outspoken and I did not hesitate to express a contrary point of view. Stirring the pot was great fun.
However, I did not become really active in atheism until around 10 years ago when I became aware of the actual harm that can be suffered when religious dogma is inflicted on the unaware, the helpless and the unwilling. I lived in Gladstone, or for 11 years and was just minutes away from a church that did not believe in going to the doctor (though the adults would sneak off and get attention).
In their private cemetery they had babies and young children buried there at a mortality rate 26 times the national average. I was horrified and became an antitheist regarding certain harmful beliefs and activities in the name of religion, especially regarding children.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Hudlow: As far as education my Dad did not finish high school until he got his GED at age 52. My Mom graduated high school.
I have degrees in Philosophy and English…taught school for 2 years and then went to work for an airline for 25 years. I have made it a point to educate myself. I have read more books in the last 8 years than in the 60 before that. Among those books was the bible.
That was quite a slog, but you cannot talk about it if you don’t know what is in it. I would recommend The Skeptic’s Annotated Bible by Steve Wells. His annotations are helpful and entertaining. The bible is the King James Version.
I also read history, science (all branches) and some math related books to inform my point of view. I have read some Josh McDowell, Steven Prothero and so on as a good skeptic should consider all sides of an issue.
The arguments supporting religious dogma of any stripe get tedious pretty quickly as they all require belief without testable evidence in the end and I see no way to determine what is likely to be true using faith as a ‘methodology’.
Jacobsen: As the President of the Inland Northwest Freethought Society, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Hudlow: There are the mundane things like arranging for monthly meetings, securing a venue for that meeting, sending out notices and reminders for the meeting.
I take donations and do the banking for the group. I try and pull together any suggestions for speakers or activities that we might enjoy as well. I send in a yearly report to FFRF on our activities, current FFRF membership and give an accounting of donations and how we spend our money.
While I often speak for the organization, I always ask the opinion of other long-term members what they think should be emphasized or discussed. Being President is more of a figure head for several contributing members. We have been interviewed on the radio and briefly a couple times on TV.
Jacobsen: For the locals of Inland Northwesterners, what are the concerns for the freethought community there?
Hudlow: When you have a group where the only common thread is a lack of belief in any deities that means in many other areas our individual members have widely varying points of view. Some are liberal.
Some are conservative. Some are pro choice and some pro life. Some have various thoughts on climate change and the validity the current evidence on either side. So, with this in mind finding common ground on what we want to participate in can be a lot of work.
Right now, my main concern is effecting a change in leadership. We need to transition to younger leadership more in tune with the younger generation that is leaving organized religion in droves.
The trouble with atheists is they tend not to be ‘joiners’ and are hard to organize…like herding cats as folks say. So, I would say my biggest concern is insuring the group continues to flourish by finding enthusiastic younger leadership.
Other than that, I want to make sure our group provides a safe haven for atheists and agnostics who are isolated and looking for likeminded people to talk to and gain confidence from.
Jacobsen: What are some of the salient social and communal activities of the Inland Northwest Freethought Society?
Hudlow: Over the years our group has gone on camping trips and day trips to various natural areas to have lunch and explore. I am a birder and it is fun to imagine the dinosaur in each little bird I see.
We have taken trips to other cities to get together with other secular groups such as The Missoula Secular Society to exchange ideas and just have fun. We do the occasional picnic in the park as well.
We do what we can to support getting people out to vote by signing new voters up. When there is a day long ‘fair’ in some part of town we will set up a booth so folks can come and talk with an atheist.
These ‘fairs’ always have a heavy religious presence we need to counter. It also makes people realize the secular voice is growing louder and stronger and it is socially acceptable to add your voice to our ranks. Our meetings are open to anyone who is curious.
Jacobsen: Why was this particular freethought society originally formulated? What are some important ways in which the Inland Northwest Freethought Society has provided a safe haven for the freethinkers of the area?
Hudlow: This group was formulated in 1992 by folks that wanted to make the secular point of view more widely known and to provide a safe place to identify yourself and discuss issues that were hard to talk about with religious family and friends.
One of the original leaders was Ray Ideus, a preacher for decades that became an atheist later in life. Ray was very involved with The Clergy Project which allowed priests who had become atheists and could not continue to lie to their congregations just for a paycheck.
Ray has since passed and replacing him has been hard though we have had some good people carrying on his legacy. Ray is the person who began our fair booth activity as well.
Jacobsen: Have there been any relevant and important freethought activist efforts of the Inland Northwest Freethought Society? If so, what? Why were those the specifically targeted objectives?
Hudlow: Over the years we have tried to grow awareness of the atheist and agnostic presence in the Pacific Northwest.
We had billboards for a couple of months showing our members and their families with one-line statements like “Good without God” or “I believe in Good!” . We have also run some similar large bus picture ads promoting our organization and the absolute separation of church and state.
We also had booths at both the Spokane Interstate and Idaho county fairs for an 8-year stretch. We displayed our colorful 4 foot by 8-foot banner that says “Atheism: A personal relationship with reality” (pic attached) which gets a lot of attention.
At the booth we had 3 goals: 1. Promote our secular groups in the Spokane and North Idaho area 2. Promote absolute separation of church and state and explain how that benefits the religious and secular alike 3.
Let people come up and talk to an actual atheist and ask them questions. However, we would not debate their dogma with them nor would we be drawn in by typical religious questions like “what happens when you die?”
We would just explain to them that some things are unknown at this time, but we are continuing to investigate. However, we will not jump to supernatural conclusions just to arrive at a quick “answer” as religion often does.
Also, I will mention one member of our group whose name is James Downard. He has studied creationism and the creationist culture extensively over the years.
He wrote a great book dealing with every major creationist author and every creationist claim under the sun. His book is titled Evolution Slam Dunk and is a very elucidating and enjoyable read…except for creationists!
Jim also has a web site http://www.tortucan.com/where he addresses many of the creationist’s claims. James also has a YouTube channel where he does live chats on all kinds of creationist topics. (https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCRdnABwU9uUJw1k40LGYcQA)
Jacobsen: What are the current goals and activism for 2019? Also, who have been important allies in the work to advance freethought values within your locale?
Hudlow: Our current goals are to keep finding new ways to put our atheist voice out into the public domain. We will keep having booths at the day fairs around Spokane, marching in science and secular related marches, participating in voter drives, celebrating Darwin Day with a booth and taking advantage of volunteer opportunities as we find them.
We work with or coordinate with several groups. Most important is the Freedom From Religion Foundation which has helped us fund some of our more expensive endeavors.
Regional groups we interact with are The North Idaho Secular Society, Spokane Secular Society, Eastern Wash. Univ. Atheists and Humanists of the Palouse (who have a great Darwin Day festival with excellent speakers with archives on the web).
In March Dan Barker (co President of the Freedom From Religion Foundation) will speak to our group at that month’s meeting. That will be a great way to start off the Spring!
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Hudlow: People can go to our web site www.infreethought.org and email us for dates and times of meetings or ask us other questions.
The Inland Northwest Freethought Society and North Idaho Secular Society both have Face Book pages people can join. They are private so you need to ask permission, but that process is easy. Our meetings and such are posted there as well.
Also, some good conversations and posts are available there as well. Donations to our group (INFS only) are tax deductible. We can accept donations at meetings of course or through the mail. For mailing options or other questions please contact us at info@infreethought.org .
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Hudlow: In writing this I can tell you it is not easy finding effective ways of communicating our secular point of view to those outside our ‘bubble’. I hope what I have said has been at least a little informative for those who follow the secular path.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Jim.
Hudlow: You are certainly welcome Scott. I hope this provided info you can use.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/04
Zenaido Quintana is the Chair and Acting Executive Director of the Secular Coalition for Arizona & Secular Communities for Arizona. Here we talk about her life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Zenaido Quintana: Born in Phoenix, Arizona to working class, Catholic Mexican immigrant parents.
Spanish was my first language but all my formal education was in English, I was fortunate to have outstanding public education teachers throughout primary grades and a couple of great ones in high school.
Raised in home that observed Catholic rituals and traditions with a devout mother and observant but not particularly devout father. Had one brother and five sisters, family was loving and close with normal strains of economic limitations.
I was first member of my family to go to university, educated as a Chemical Engineer. Never a believe, even in my youth.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Quintana: Chemical Engineering BS. Voracious reader, loved classical literature and history, continuing student of Greek philosophy kindled in college.
Jacobsen: As the Chair and Acting Executive Director of the Secular Coalition for Arizona and of the Secular Communities for Arizona, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Quintana: Secular Coalition for Arizona was founded in 2011 with a goal of lobbying the Arizona legislature for secular public policies, at first we tried to do it as part-time amateurs to little effect so we decided to professionalize our lobbying.
That means we had to find donors, hire an experienced lobbyist, and marshal support from organizations that support secular government. The non-theistic organizations joined us so that we could truthfully say we represented thousands of active constituents.
Our leadership team is responsible for all the compliance, governance and programmatic issues that arise from managing American 501(C) 3 (educational with tax deductible donations) and 501(c)4 (lobbying without tax benefits) non-profit companies.
Jacobsen: What seems like the positives and the negatives of religion to you?
Quintana: Primary positives are that at their best they can organize for humanitarian and charitable causes, at the personal level faith can provide inspiration and comfort in adversity.
Chief negatives are erroneous teachings, rampant corruption, abuses covered by a false mantle of moral authority, and willfully ignorant opposition to scientific progress.
Jacobsen: In terms of the ways in which the secular organizations have been opposed in Arizona, socially and legally, how have they been opposed? Who has opposed them? What has been effective means by which to combat them?
Quintana: Organized religion, particularly evangelical Christians have always used scripture to justify discrimination and oppression.
Evangelical lobbying groups such as Center for Arizona Policy and Alliance Defending Freedom have been very effective in co-opting politicians to legislate laws that provide preferences for Christian believers.
In the beginning Secular Coalition for Arizona was painted as a bunch of angry gays and atheists, we have refused to be marginalized by embracing all secular government supporters, of any belief system.
We have instead painted the opposition as religious extremists who are anti-Constitutional. We have had speakers, including clergy, from many Christian and non-Christian denomination deliver secular invocations, in lieu of opening prayer at legislative sessions.
We did the first one about six years ago with outcries from many legislators, last year we did 18 including some by clergy and some that we did not even help with.
One of our best initiatives, which we started in response to our legislators initiating a second weekly”Bible studies” program, a lunch-time voluntary program presented to legislators.
Every week we hold a “Secular Studies” program where we bring in specialists on topics that our legislators should be focused on, e.g. LBGTQ and Women’s reproductive rights, improving public education, combating poverty and homelessness, etc.
After a short presentation we facilitate discussions among the legislators. This is a unique program that is applauded by all legislators that attend it.
Jacobsen: As we move into 2019, what are some of the important ways in which to work with other secular organizations for the advancement of social and legal conditions more conducive towards secularism in the United States?
Quintana: At the local level Secular Coalition for Arizona does an effective job of lobbying in behalf of all our constituent organizations, which include local Chapters of most of the National Secular and non-theistic organizations.
They are all either unincorporated meet-up groups or educational 501(c)3 groups. I believe Secular Coalition for Arizona remains the only state level Secular lobbying organization with a professional lobbyist.
We now have several openly non-theistic legislators and are focused on flipping one of the state houses so that we can be more effective in introducing legislation that reverses some of the many years of gains by the religious right.
Jacobsen: What are some of the more important social and community activities of the secular in Arizona? Can you also recommend any secular authors for those more interested in more than a lay understanding of secularism?
Quintana: Secular Coalition for Arizona sponsors several events to which we invite all individuals and groups that support Secular public policies, as a former President and ongoing Board member of ACLU of Arizona, I always include the Arizona ACLU affiliate in all our events.
They have rightly increased in influence due to their aggressive legal actions against the Constitutional transgressions of our new administration.
Our major events are our Secular Day at the Capitol where we arrange presentations on secular topics and visits with legislators for our constituents. At the end of each legislative session we hold Happy Hours to honor our “Secular Stars”, legislators that went above and beyond the call of duty to aid our causes.
We have held these events for the last four years and have gone from two or three honorees to eight last year. Just before the start of the legislative session we hold a Secular Summit” to bring in the leadership from our constituent organizations to analyze and prioritize the issues arising in the coming legislative session.
In the last year Secular Communities for Arizona has helped several of our constituent organizations organize memorials, tribute dinners and other fundraising events and we are currently leading the restart of the local chapters for two National organizations that went dormant due to the death of one of our local secular leaders.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Quintana: We welcome everyone to attend our events, people who want to commit significant time to making a difference in pursuit of secular public policies should contact me about joining our Board or one of our committees. The current National situation has made it difficult for local groups like ours to raise funds.
Donations to Secular Coalition for Arizona (non-tax deductible) and Secular Communities for Arizona (tax deductible) can be made by sending checks to Secular AZ, P.O. Box 19258, Phoenix, AZ 85005. Or on our website: www.Secularaz.org Other information may be requested via email at:info@secularaz.org
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Quintana: Our current administration has cynically embraced the agenda of the Evangelical Christian denominations and dog whistled approvals to white supremacists. Many of their abuses continue the long tradition of oppression of religious and non-believing minorities.
But the tide is turning and more and more of the youth of our country are seeking tangible improvements in their lives and in this world. We are pleased to play a modest part in aiding their enlightenment.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Zenaido.
Quintana: Thank you, Scott. It was a pleasure to share our story with you and your readers.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/03
Mandisa Thomas is the Founder of Black Nonbelievers, Inc (Twitter & Facebook). One of the, if not the, largest organization for African-American or black nonbelievers or atheists in America.
The organization is intended to give secular fellowship, provide nurturance and support for nonbelievers, encourage a sense of pride in irreligion, and promote charity in the non-religious community.
I reached out to begin an educational series with one of the, and again if not the, most prominent African-American woman nonbeliever grassroots activists in the United States.
Here, we talk about caring for oneself as much as they care for others, in order to better care for others.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How do you manage self-care?
Mandis Thomas: It seems to be a trendy term now. But I will go to the gym and workout whenever I can. I will also eat ice cream [Laughing], and get my nails done.
Because I have to deal with a lot of things. I make sure that I keep up my sense of style. I got to the spa whenever I can. I will also have breakfast, lunch, or dinner by myself. That is part of my self-care routine.
Those are the things that keep me in line If I am having a rough day or a rough patch. I try to set some boundaries. I have a problem with answering so may things right away.
I try to curb that habit to keep my piece of mind. It helps a lot.
Jacobsen: If you were helping a mid-level manager or a high-level person, what would be the different levels of self-care recommendations?
Thomas: I would recommend people know what their limits are and to ask for help. I would make sure that they are doing what is within their capabilities.
If they recognize that there are problematic people, then they are empowered to say, “No.” No is a complete sentence. You don’t have to accommodate everyone. We are a welcoming organization, but we are all not licensed professionals. There is a limit to what we can do. And that’s okay.
Jacobsen: When is self-care too much care?
Thomas: Self-care becomes too much care when you become disconnected from the process. If you aren’t checking up on things regularly, if you are not responding in a certain time frame, or if you find yourself in something too distracting from all the problems in your life, then that becomes too much.
Even though we should take time to rest and relax, this is still something that we stepped up to do, and we are responsible for it. When you find yourself becoming too disengaged, then that is a problem.
Jacobsen: What are some recommendations for boundary setting, you can engage in the self-care?
Thomas: I give myself a 24-48-hour window of response time. That way, I stay on track. Also, for those of us who manage online spaces, we tend to have guidelines. For example, on Facebook, we we are not a place to be harassing and discouraging, and violators can be ejected at our discretion.
We make this clear from the onset. We also send reminders to our members to read up on our policies.
Because, unfortunately, it is the nature of people to not review things carefully. We go by that. We set the boundaries. And if we find people aren’t following them, then we will manage them right out of the door.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/03
Roy Speckhardt is the Executive Diirector of the American Humanist Association (AHA). Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Roy Speckhardt: I grew up in the suburbs of New York City in a town that was almost entirely Catholic or Jewish, and my family was the former. That said, religion didn’t play a big part in my life and my family never attributed successes or failures to anything supernatural.
Since it was my great grandparents who immigrated to the US from eastern Europe, many years before I was born, that heritage didn’t play much of a role in my life either. Coming from a working class background, I was the first in my family to graduate college, and then go on to get and MBA.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Speckhardt: I was a sociology major and religion minor in undergraduate school, and that education had a significant impact on my interest in challenging societal injustices, and honing my thinking on religious questions.
While I was already heading toward atheism, understanding more about ethics and the study of knowledge (epistemology) helped me become a humanist.
Jacobsen: As the long-term Executive Director of the American Humanist Association, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Speckhardt: I enjoy the challenges of this position juggling the various needs related to long term visioning and program planning, staff supervision and organizational management, outreach and public presentation, and related tasks.
I’m glad that I’ve managed to fit in enough time to write the current primer on humanism (Creating Change Though Humanism) and am most of the way done with a new volume that I hope challenges our members to expand their thinking on social problems of the day–I’m titling it Justice Centered Humanism.
Jacobsen: What are some of the important initiatives and programs coming online in the recent past or in the near future? Why were these specific initiatives and programs founded? Or, in the latter case, why are these specific initiatives and programs going to be created in the near future?
Speckhardt: While we have a natural survival oriented focus on church-state separation, humanism addresses nearly every issue under the sun and beyond, so there’s never a shortage of potential projects or reasons to engage in them. Project ideas arise from leadership, staff, and supporters and if funding can be secured we often go forward with several at once.
Within just the next month we’ll be 1) arguing a cross case before the US Supreme Court, planning public events around it to use it as an opportunity to educate the general public on the need for government to stay out of the religion business, 2) putting finishing touches on a national advertising campaign to raise awareness and activism around climate change, 3) planning a distributed conference to take place in June in 5 cities and online, 4) launching a book addressing the misuse of religious exemptions, 4) holding a master class for humanist movement leadership addressing ways to combat racism, 5) Awarding a prominent university for it’s openness to humanism, and 6) continuing our regular operations supporting hundreds of local groups, publishing multiple periodicals, and the like.
Jacobsen: What have been the important social and communal activities of the American Humanist Association within its history?
Speckhardt: Though much can be said on the social/communal side for our many local chapters and affiliates, the national organization focuses more on advocacy, so, besides networking and lobbying, the social is emphasized only annually at our conference and this year will be our 78th annual.
Jacobsen: In terms of activism, in legal and sociocultural contexts, what have been the important victories and honest failures of the American Humanist Association? How can others build on those successes? How can they learn from the failures?
Speckhardt: Our legal department holds a remarkable 90% win rate, with no precedent setting failure to date.
Historically our organization and its leadership secured conscientious objector status for nontheists, kept government sponsored religion out of schools, and opened the door for humanists and other nontheists to obtain the same benefits reserved for the religious.
There are a number of areas we haven’t succeeded yet, but failure is only a result of trying something and stopping, which I can’t think of any good examples of. E
xamples of areas we’re still actively pursuing include obtaining humanist chaplains in the military, removing “under God” from the national Pledge of Allegiance, passing an Equal Rights Amendment, and reforming our racially biased justice system.
Jacobsen: Who have been integral humanist men and women within the American humanist tradition? What are important speeches or writings – articles or books – by them?
Speckhardt: There are too many to fairly answer this question in part because humanism isn’t an authoritarian or hierarchical tradition. We don’t venerate a founder or take direction from any particular leaders, and never have.
So that’s opened the door to a myriad of contributors who were directly involved with the American Humanist Association’s work. Beginning with those like Albert Einstein and Margaret Sanger, thought leaders such were drawn from psychologists (including Maslow, Rogers, and Fromm), feminists (including Friedan, Ehrenreich and Steinem), scientists (including Sakharov, Sagan, and Weinberg), authors (including Asimov, Atwood, and Vonnegut) and many more.
We aren’t dogmatic and require no litmus test to be a humanist, but the closest thing we have to a source document is Humanism and its Aspirations which you can find at: https://americanhumanist.org/what-is-humanism/manifesto3/
Jacobsen: In terms of 2019 and also a tad into the 2020s, what will be the important areas of activism for the humanist and other secular-oriented communities to become involved in and coordinate their efforts towards, as targeted objectives?
Speckhardt: Nontheists are rapidly growing in number and acceptance, with over 50 elected officials openly nontheist and nearly a quarter of the population leaving religion behind. In the coming years the gains we’d been striving for regarding equal representation and secular government will be achieved.
And always looking forward, humanism will turn its focus toward more societal challenges in order to utilize our sound, reason based, compassionate approach, to make this society and the world we live in a better place. So you can expect an increasingly diverse humanism addressing a wider swath of issues, locally, nationally, and internationally.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Speckhardt: Donations are key to our success and folks can find various ways to give at https://americanhumanist.org/ways-to-give/ Folks can find local communities to engage in at https://americanhumanist.org/get-involved/find-or-start-a-chapter/.
People can read and contribute material to our various publications found at https://americanhumanist.org/what-we-do/publications/And our activism can be followed on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/americanhumanist/ and Twitter: https://twitter.com/americnhumanist
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Speckhardt: Interesting and atypical depth of inquiry, it’s refreshing.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Roy.
Speckhardt: Thank you Scott!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/02
Christopher Smith is Member of the Triangle Freethought Society. Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Christopher Smith: I was born in Charleston, SC, but moved to Charlotte when I was two, so it is the only home I remember. Charlotte is a big city, so though I have lived in the South forever; I was always in a larger city, so it was not until I was an adult that I experienced what most might associate with the south when I got a job in rural NC.
My family was fairly WASPy, with both my parents having gone to college and working full time. We were not wealthy, but we were quite comfortable.
My parents are Baptist, and we went to church kind-of often. I was in youth group and church choir, but no one ever mentioned religion at home, or family functions, so it was not a huge part of my life.
I was baptized as a child, and we were Christian, and believers, so it was not just cultural Christianity, but reading the Bible at home was not something our family did.
My father is an engineer, and he has always been fairly rational. I saw this in him, and I would like to think I myself try to be rational as a human being.
I drifted away from religion as a teenager when too much of it warranted more proof than it presented. As religion was never a huge part of my life, this journey was relatively painless, and I did not suffer from much of the same trauma that many have.
My family life has been a bit different since my parents asked me about my faith as an adult. My father’s father was a preacher, and his last words to my father were “make sure Christopher goes to church.”
Needless to say, this has affected my father substantially, and my atheism continues to be a weight around his neck. It pains me that my father suffers in this way, but we do not talk about the issue, and so I see no resolution in sight.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Smith: I went to UNC Chapel Hill and received BAs in Classics and History and received my NC teaching license from UNC Asheville. Informally I have done a lot of historical reading, as I tend to enjoy it a lot more than fiction.
I am currently listening to the History of Byzantium podcast, having finally finished The History of Rome, and the last book I read was “The Storm Before the Storm” by Mike Duncan (host of the History of Rome podcast).
I have also done a lot of reading on religion as my major of ancient history focused on Rome, and the rise of the Christian church is a big part of the empire’s history.
Becoming familiar with history is one of the things that drove me away from religion, as I found out that some Biblical events simply did not happen.
There was never a census by Augustus that required people to travel to their “familial homeland,” for instance. We have no record of it happening, and the disruption to commerce would have been astronomical.
Jacobsen: As a member of the Triangle Freethought Society, what seems like the more important social and community-building activities?
Smith: I feel like the social and service aspects of our community are the most important. It is important for those without faith, in the ocean of believers that we live in, to know that others around them feel the same way, that they are not alone, and that we are here to laugh, cry, and talk with them should they need.
We also try and participate in community service, visibly, to let everyone know that it is not only possible to be “good without gods” but that religion holds no preeminent position of authority on religion. We are all in this together, and I think that the secular community has just as much to offer as those of faith.
Jacobsen: If you hand to rank-order the principles or values behind freethought, what would these be to you?
Smith: While I do not know that I can rank them specifically, I would include justice, kindness, forethought, and curiosity.
Jacobsen: We have a variety of public intellectuals. Who have been the most influential on personal intellectual and philosophical development?
Smith: I have enjoyed the writings of Sam Harris, Dan Finke, and Christopher Hitchens immensely over the last few years in regard to freethought, philosophy, and morality. In regard to history, I think Richard Carrier has put forward quite a few of well-reasoned arguments for the possible non-existence of Jesus, and Mike Duncan has helped keep my love of Rome alive.
Jacobsen: Who have been important allies for the Triangle Freethought Society?
Smith: We are a chapter of FFRF, and our parent organization has been fantastic in not only advocating for issues we believe in, but also getting involved more locally in church/state legal cases. Local NARAL chapters and Durham Pride have also been local allies in hosting events that we feel advance a freer and happier future.
Jacobsen: As we transition more and more into 2019, what seems like the important activist activities now?
Smith: The religious right has seen a resurgence in the last few decades, and it is encroaching upon all of our lives. Secular voters make up a huge voting bloc, and we need to be more visible and vocal as we contact officials and let them know what we want. Many issues are at risk with administration officials like Mike Pence and many of the recently appointed Trump judges, including LGBT rights, refugee/asylum issues, and of course, the separation of church/state.
Jacobsen: Who have been the central opposition to the Freethought Triangle Society? I ask because, typically, this has been the case in most other secular or non-religious organizations. They develop and then a group directly opposes them locally.
Smith: I cannot say that we have any.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Smith: We are an organization of several hundred and would LOVE to have more come join us. If anyone has the time or money to donate, or just wants to be a part of a community that advocates for everyone to be able to live free from myths, then please go to www.trianglefreethought.org, visit us on twitter at @freethoughtsoc, or email me at christopher@trianglefreethoughtsociety.org.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Smith: Thank you for reaching out, and for advocating for our cause up in Canada. If you are ever in NC, be sure to come visit!
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Christopher.
Smith: It was a pleasure.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/01
Jason Torpy is the President of the Military Association of Atheists & Freethinkers (MAAF). Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you? What have been some pivotal movements to more freethinking in personal life?
Jason Torpy: I grew up in southeast Ohio in a Catholic family. I spent much of my early teens investigating other kinds of Christianity and even occult options in my community.
Once Catholic confirmation came around, I could confirm I wasn’t Catholic, and that I was relatively secure in my atheism. I wouldn’t say anything pivotal other than the freedom to investigate. That accelerated my opportunity to learn.
On the other hand, repression during that process would most likely have just increased my desire to learn at the first opportunity. I think I would have ended up at the same place.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated? How have these been important for building a more robust view of the world?
Torpy: I have an engineering degree from West Point and an MBA from The Ohio State University. I took a number of philosophy electives at West Point and took graduate philosophy courses through California State.
I deployed to Iraq in 2003 and then started planning for an MBA, so I didn’t complete the coursework. Education is important. Having the interest and opportunity to learn more leads to truth and resilient values, mostly. I’d like to think it worked out that way for me, but I’m still growing.
Jacobsen: As the President of the Military Association of Atheists & Freethinkers, who have been the important people in the work for MAAF? What have been some successes within the military through the work of the MAAF through its history of operation?
Torpy: There is a really long list, and I’d first like to apologize to all those I don’t list here.
I hope they don’t feel unappreciated. took formal leadership of the group in 2002 and then set up formal nonprofit status in 2006. Jason Heap stood forward as a Humanist Chaplain candidate from 2012 and later a plaintiff in the ensuing lawsuit.
Major Ray Bradley was the plaintiff who stood forward to successfully get the addition of “Humanist” to the Army’s religious preference listing. Taylor Grin partnered with Vicki Gettman to start Humanist Services at Air Force Basic Training.
Under Vicki’s leadership, those services are now trending over 1500 every weekend. Ray Doeksen has volunteered for weekly Humanist Services at Navy Basic Training now. And there are many others unsung.
For example, Doug Wright who has appeared to speak in a number of contexts and was primary organizer for a Memorial Service on the USS Midway in 2014.
Jen Kiesling, Carlos Bertha, Jeff Lucas, Cliff Andrew, Ryan Jean and many others have contributed to MAAF events at each military academy. It’s really hard to list all those who have contributed to successes over the years with their time, money, and negative career impacts.
Jacobsen: In terms of some of the losses in the activism of MAAF, what have been those losses? How can other organizations learn from those honest failures? How have military and civilian leader leaders failed to protect the rights of military atheists equally?
Torpy: We have a long list of successes, but this is in the context of a US military still controlled in large part not by religious people but by political evangelicals.
These elements have Christian evangelism as a first and only priority. Our allies who value things like supporting all troops and a chaplaincy that fulfills its mission of religious pluralism are not able to overcome the anti-atheist culture and practice within our military.
I’m sorry I’m not providing a specific story. We as military atheists are the oppressed minority. It’s best to ask our military and civilian leaders why they have failed to protect our rights equally.
To put a fine point on it: Military leaders are refusing service, but they are not calling me telling me what I’ve done wrong or what our people have done wrong, other than just being atheists. They offer no path to equality.
Jacobsen: As the MAAF focuses within a niche atheist and freethinker sector, what are some of the potentially unique challenges faced by the association not FACED by other associations or organizations?
How does solidarity with minority religions alongside atheists in service provide a better basis upon which to show organizational support fo the general principles of equality and fairness in treatment in the military for all members?
Torpy: I wouldn’t want to diminish the struggle of any other group that needs help.
We’ve celebrated successes and spoken in support of Sikhs and Hindus, women, lesbians and gays, affirming chaplains, trans members and others. I might say that our needs as atheists and humanists, are minimal relative to those other communities.
Gender confirmation surgery, special clothes, or days of the week for service are needs others have that we don’t. I think the opposition to our needs is as great as some of those other communities, but what we’re asking for is relatively minimal.
I wouldn’t call this solidarity exactly. That’s useful of course. More numbers is good for any movement. We appreciate their support when we have it, and we hope they appreciate ours. Presumably there is a logical connection between support of one minority and support of equality for all. In that sense, it may be a better basis.
The point is that inclusion of diverse perspectives, protection of minority rights, and equality including religious equality are all our values. Whether or not it is a better basis for our own equality, we will still help those in need.
Jacobsen: Of those considerations of the atheists and freethinkers within the military, what are their community concerns? How are they, possibly, having some issues in building communal activities in the midst of more religious oriented other communities within the military?
Torpy: Many religious communities in the military, including even Wiccans, have chaplains who provide for their needs.
These chaplains might not be Hindu or Wiccan or Muslim personally, but they are trained about the needs of those communities. They have materials and local clergy contacts who can provide authentic services.
Chaplains have free facilities and advertising they make available to enrich those events. Not only do they not provide services to humanists, they seem to be told specifically not to provide those services.
This paid and resourced full-time cadre of religious support personnel are available to everyone but us. And that lack of equal access does restrict our ability to build communities.
MAAF exists to remedy this shortfal, to do chaplains’ job for them especially while they refuse. (Please note that our support of training activities is in the absence of chaplain support.
Other non-chaplain leaders have made a space for us to do everything entirely with our own volunteers and at our own expense while all others enjoy religious services with chaplain sponsorship.)
Jacobsen: Of those books and articles written around the military atheists and freethinkers, what ones really nail the appropriate tone and contextualization of the military for atheists and freethinkers?
For a prospective author, what can they do in order to write on this subject matter in a competent manner to better represent this ignored minority within the military?
Torpy: I’m not sure I understand. A few books have been written about the atheist perspective and certainly many have been written around the military perspective. I’d say no book adequately addresses the military atheist perspective.
The first step is to be a quality author or have some basis to write. It’s harder than it sounds to just write a book. Others can speak better on that than I can. But beyond that, just meet with people and tell their stories. The stories are out there.
Also remember the good stories. Too many authors, especially journalists, just want to hear the bad stuff. There are lots of inspiring stories as well, and just humanizing stories that are about life not activism specifically.
Jacobsen: What are the demographics of MAAF? How does impact its services of limited resources?
Torpy: As you mentioned earlier, we are an atheist minority within a military minority within the US. Resources are limited, especially relative to the well-funded efforts to evangelize the military through chaplaincy and ministry.
That having been said, we have broad support through the larger atheist and humanist movement and are gaining interfaith allies. Over 100 interfaith allies including military chaplains, divinity school leaders, and denominational leaders signed on in support of humanist chaplains.
To the extent that those allies, atheist and interfaith, spend some of their resources to reform our military’s continuing anti-atheist bias, that will support their general mission of pluralism.
MAAF can guide the efforts of many organizations to the MAAF goal of equal support for military atheists and the broad goals of equality for atheists and of religious freedom and harmony for all.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Torpy: militaryatheists.org is a primary resource to join, donate, and to read more about the organization. Outreach through militaryatheists.org is also the best way to find case-by-case opportunities to share articles for publication, to gain insight or interviews, and to find resources like demographics and regulations to inform shared campaigns for reform.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Torpy: This is a long term effort, and we need to stick together. MAAF has a number of Canadian members and it would be great to see that core grow and become more active to support the larger effort of equality and support for Canadian Atheists.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Torpy.
Torpy: Thank you.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/28
Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about activism and sacrifice.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Activism, by its nature – real active involvement in community civic and political life, requires sacrifices. How should secular activists gauge their ability to participate in the variety of activist efforts available to them, not only in terms of opportunity costs between different activist efforts but also the costs to aspects of their lives and liabilities to personal safety?
Herb Silverman: Perhaps the most important and effective thing for secular activists to do is to come out of the closet. Attitudes toward gays changed rapidly when people learned that their friends, neighbors, and even family members were gay. Attitudes about atheists are slowly changing as atheists are slowly coming out, especially among millennials.
You’ve probably heard there has never been an atheist president, but the truth is that there has never been an open atheist president. I expect there have been several closeted atheist presidents. Barney Frank, the first openly gay member of Congress, only acknowledged that he was an atheist after he retired from Congress. I also doubt that presidential candidate Bernie Sanders is the only Jewish socialist in the country who believes in God. A recent Harris survey showed that 52% of Jews (myself included) do not believe in God. https://www.simpletoremember.com/articles/a/jewsdontbelieve/
The bad news about coming out of the closet is that you might lose some friends, though I would question what kind of friendship it is if you can’t be honest about who you are. Of course, caution may well be necessary when dealing with religious family members or employers. The good news is that you will gain friends. I’ve heard from people who guardedly mentioned their secularism to friends and coworkers and were pleasantly surprised by a “Me, too” response. Better to be comfortable in your own skin than to hide who you are in order to please those you might not respect.
I think it’s counterproductive to come out as arrogant atheists. We should not gratuitously bash religion or become atheist evangelists, promoting atheism to those who have shown no interest in discussing religion. We can answer questions about our naturalistic worldview without trying to convince others to adopt it. If questioners are open-minded enough to consider our views thoughtfully, some may convince themselves that atheism makes sense, as many of us did.
We mostly want our worldview to be respected in a culture where many distrust us because we don’t believe in a judging God who will reward or punish us in an afterlife. When I hear such concerns, I ask how their behavior would change if they stopped believing in God. If it wouldn’t, then it doesn’t make sense for them to think we are less moral. If behavior would change because of God belief, what kind of morality is that? I like to emphasize behavior over belief, that we are good for goodness’ sake. Religious or not, silent evangelism might be the most effective approach for all of us. People are likely to respect our worldview more for what we do, than for what we preach.
Here are some things to do in our community, while respectfully (as appropriate) describing our worldview. Write letters to the editor, especially countering those that promote ridiculous or unfair religious ideas. Write letters to members of Congress and local politicians, even visiting them in their offices. Support candidates (including financially) who share your values. Those who want to commit more of their time and energy could consider running for public office. There are important offices that might not be too competitive—perhaps local school board positions in some communities.
Atheists need to reach out to and work with progressive religionists who support separation of religion and government, and who judge people more on their deeds than on their creeds. That includes organizations like The Interfaith Alliance, Americans United for Separation of Church and State, Baptist Joint Committee for Religious Liberty, Catholics for Free Choice, and other allies in liberal churches. When we meet people face to face, we are more likely to become friends and break stereotypes. Working with diverse groups provides an additional benefit of gaining more visibility and respect for our perspective. Improving the public perception of secular Americans may be as important to some of us as pursuing a particular political agenda.
My bottom line advice for atheists is to do what you enjoy doing, according to your comfort level. I understand why many atheists, especially in the Bible Belt, are quiet about their religious views so they won’t appear impolite or offend others. However, being polite by avoiding conflicts has never been a guiding light for me.
I think a top priority for most of us should be to fight (nonviolently) against those who try to force their religious beliefs on people who don’t share such beliefs. Especially politicians. Government must not favor one religion over another or religion over non-religion. Religious liberty must include the right for taxpayers to choose whether to support religion and which to support. Forcing taxpayers to privilege and subsidize religions they don’t believe in is akin to forcing them to put money in the collection plates of churches, synagogues, or mosques.
Some secular activists may be disappointed because they haven’t seen change fast enough. But we are evolutionists, not creationists. Evolution takes a long time. Whenever you feel discouraged by slow progress, keep this in mind: If we do nothing, nothing will change. You don’t have to do it all, but I hope you will all do something. I hope we will one day see an America that respects secular viewpoints and an America where the influence of conservative religion is mainly limited to within the walls of churches, not the halls of Congress.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Herb.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/28
Brian Stack is the Organizer of Atheist Humanist Society of Connecticut and Rhode Island. Important to note, Stack has since moved. Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Brian Stack: I was born and raised in North Carolina, in a large religious family, Southern Baptist for my immediate family but other protestant denominations for cousins, etc. I have cousins on my father’s side that are smart and educated but extremely religious.
It’s confusing that they are quite smart but believe things that are absurd (Noah’s ark, 6-day creation, etc.). I began to question religion early, around 12 or 14, by 16 I was basically an atheist.
When I went to college I studied physics, math, philosophy and logic, and took several classes about religion, and got more convinced that religion and god were ancient superstitions, and not worth believing any more.
In college I was reading Skeptic magazine and I saw the word atheist, that’s when I realized what to call myself. My parents pushed me to get baptized but I refused.
After I turned 18 I quit going to church, I never really told my parents that I was an atheist, but they figured it out. My sister is also an atheist, she’s 2 years older than me, she’s also gay so that also pushed her out of church.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Stack: I have degrees in physics (bachelor’s) and engineering (master’s) and took classes in logic and philosophy. All of these shaped my worldview. I’ve read many books about atheism, those have given me ammunition in my arguments against religion.
Jacobsen: Rhode Island Atheist Society was an organization or, rather, a community for you. What was the community like for you?
Stack: It was great to have a community where you can freely criticize religion and have open discussions. Even in New England (it’s not very religious) it’s still hard to say you’re an atheist.
Everyone in the group had a story about rude comments or being insulted because of being an atheist. We had monthly meetings and a few times a year a social gathering (movie, picnic, etc.).
Jacobsen: In terms of social activities, what have been some of the more heartwarming activities for you?
Stack: We donated blood once or twice, had a college scholarship, donated money to charities (this and another group I attended in Connecticut). We had a few hikes and tours (Salem, Massachusetts), a few movie nights at someone’s home.
Jacobsen: Looking into 2019, what do you consider some important activist work or efforts of the secular and the atheist communities in general in America?
Stack: The group I belong to now in North Carolina, we have several goals, one of which is to expose believers and churches to the fact that we’re good people, we’re just like them but without religion, that you can be good without god.
I think that’s a goal all secular/atheist groups should have. Also, the separation of church and state is big, in the south we get a lot of religion pushed in our faces, at school, work, local governments, etc.
Jacobsen: Who tend to be opposed to the mere existence of the Rhode Island Atheist Society community? You moved to North Carolina. Is there much difference in this community?
Stack: We had a website, a month after it went online we got threatening emails, but I’m not sure from whom.
I occasionally got religious pamphlets in the mail (I was the state representative for American Atheists, so my name and address were public), never with a return address. I know several people in New England that were fired or had their jobs threatened after being exposed as atheists.
The same is true here in the south. Here in the south the atheist groups seem larger, we need to stick together in this more religious area.
Jacobsen: Who have been important intellectual influences on you?
Stack: I love James Randi, Michael Shermer and Joe Nickell, debunkers of paranormal claims, they really got me moving into the skeptical mindset of questioning everything and being critical of extraordinary claims.
I took two college classes called logic and critical thinking and philosophy of religion, those were fantastic. I’m a physics nerd, so Einstein, Newton, Sagan and Neil DeGrasse Tyson are some of my heroes. And Mr. Wizard from the TV show.
I also had some great teachers growing up, they got me excited to learn everything I could. Hitchens, Dawkins, Dan Barker and Doug Kreuger (he’s a philosophy professor) are also big influences.
Jacobsen: What are some of the more important areas of work for the secular community?
Stack: Charity and volunteering and making it known we are atheists, so people would see us doing good. My current group donated bags of supplies to the city’s homeless and we put our group name on the bags.
Also, being vocal about being non-believers. There are more of us than people realize, if you look at recent studies, over 20% of the US population is non-religious.
If we got together and campaigned or voted, we could really shake up the political landscape and the rest of the country would have to take us seriously.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Stack: Find a local atheist group (Facebook or meetup) and get involved. Organize a blood drive, adopt a street and pick up trash, donate money to a charity and make sure they know it’s from an atheist group. Write letters to the editor of your newspaper or speak up at a city council meeting.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Stack: We need to get organized and make our voices heard, join groups of non-believers, and let other know we’re good people, we don’t eat babies, we don’t worship Satan, we have morals. We’re good without god or religion.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Brian.
Stack: No problem, I’ve taken surveys and done interviews before, happy to help!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/27
John Hamill is a Member of the National Committee for Atheist Ireland. Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
John Hamill: I graduated in Computer Science from Queen’s University, Belfast. For most people, that educational background doesn’t seem at all relevant to atheism, but it has been for me. Computer Science undergraduates typically spend some time studying Turing’s work.
The new mathematics he created, broadly speaking represented the invention of computer software and programmable machines, but he also did some of the formative work on artificial intelligence.
Taking all of this work together, I found it hard to avoid the conclusion that the human brain is just a wet meat computer, even if it’s still much more complex than our best silicon equivalents.
This is a view that is impossible to reconcile with the religious perspective, whereby our most important decisions are made by our eternal immortal soul, which will be accountable for those decisions after we die.
Since Turing published his most famous papers, I think that more recent advances in neuroscience and artificial intelligence have supported the idea that acts of thinking and decision-making, are mechanistic and deterministic.
Jacobsen: As a Member of the National Committee within Atheist Ireland, what tasks and responsibilities come with the station? Why is this an important position for the advancement and, indeed, the protection of the atheist community in Ireland?
What remain the perennial and, potentially partially, unique concerns of the Irish secular communities? How is this translated into practice over the course of Atheist Ireland’s history?
Hamill: The most time-consuming activities within our committee over recent years have related to some significant referendum campaigns that we have been engaged with.
In Ireland, we have had consecutive popular votes to introduce marriage equality, to introduce abortion services, and to remove our constitutional provision on blasphemy.
Our organisation invested huge energy in these campaigns and in the case of the blasphemy referendum, Atheist Ireland was the primary voice arguing against such religiously-inspired artefacts in our statute book. These successful campaigns represent very significant progress for our agenda, but there is much still left to do.
Ireland still retains several laws and constitutional provisions that discriminate against atheists.
We are working hard on lobbying about these issues within our own parliamentary processes, at the Council of Europe, at the European Parliament and within the United Nations. There are also human rights abuses of atheists in Ireland within core public services, like health and education.
For example, Ireland is unique in that 90% of out State-funded primary education system is controlled by the Roman Catholic Church, such that a Catholic ethos pervades the entire school day. The fact that the Irish State is imposing this ethos on non-Catholic families, is an issue that will take up a large part of our time and attention in 2019.
Jacobsen: In personal opinion, what is the central concern of the secular and freethought community within Ireland?
Hamill: These are issues in which our population seems to be a long way ahead of our politicians. Secular people in Ireland generally do not want to interfere in any way with how the Catholic majority practice their religion.
Similarly, most Catholics in Ireland do not want to impose their faith on non-Catholics through the civil law or through public services.
I think our recent referendum campaigns demonstrate a large majority in Ireland for State neutrality in matters of faith. For example, even when we were working on the blasphemy campaign, we had some strong support from devout and pious Catholics.
Jacobsen: What have been and can be resolutions or solutions to these concerns of the secular and freethought community within Ireland? Who have been the main opposition to the efforts, in activism or even in basic community-building, of Atheist Ireland?
Hamill: However, as an outsider it seems to me that there is an increasing distance between the institutional Catholic Church and the average practicing Catholic.
Both the recent referendum results and some consistent outcomes from polls, agree that there are large numbers of people in Ireland who describe themselves as Catholic, but disagree with central tenets of the faith on contraception, abortion, gay marriage, divorce, and many other issues.
It seems to me that in Ireland at least, the more doctrinaire institutional wing of the Church is in decline. For example, there is a crisis in vocations, with the numbers of trainee priests in seminaries dropping steeply.
There are also increasingly vocal movements within the Church itself who are campaigning for reforms, such as the Association of Catholic Priests and the Roncalli Community. It’s no small thing that the priests within these organisations should be so publicly critical of the institutional Church.
Consequently, I hope and expect that as we seek to follow the Canadian lead in removing Church control of State-funded schools, we will actually have some support for those changes from within some parts of the Church itself.
Conversely, of course we will also anticipate that the institutional Church and other conservative Catholic groups, will strongly oppose the changes that we will be seeking, just as they have been the main opposition to our agenda for many years now.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Hamill: In our history, Atheist Ireland has never sought or received State funding. While this imposes many limitations and we could always do more if we had more financial backing for our campaigns, it is also relevant to note that our campaigns are very often critical of the State.
Personally, I’m grateful that when we are doing this work, we never need to be concerned about some livelihoods being dependent on institutions that we need to be very critical of.
However, this independence also means that we are especially grateful when we can recruit new members. People can join Atheist Ireland online at www.atheist.ie and we’re always delighted to hear from those who wish to help with our work.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, John.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/26
Payira Bonnie is the President of the Humanist Empowerment of Livelihoods in Uganda (HELU). Here we talk about his life, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, eg., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education and family structure and dynamics?
Payira Bonnie: First of all, I want to thank you for this interview. I was born in an extended family of over 15 uncles and aunties. I have one twin sister two stepbrothers and two step-Sisters.
I lost my mother when I was three and my father when I reached eight. I kept switching from one home to another between my paternal to maternal relatives.
Both families were Catholic Christians. It was a rule set I think by the catholic parishes that every child must be baptized before they celebrate their first birthdays.
I grew up and studied in the Northern District of Gulu. At the time, I was growing up life was on the edge with not even a single hope of making it to adulthood due to high level of insurgency caused by the “Lord’s Resistance Amy” (LRA).
This was a rebel group that operated in northern Uganda with a base in South Sudan. The rebels abducted mainly children to build on their army and killed elders.
It was tough growing up where everybody was displaced in internally displaced camps or where children would seek shelter every night in churches and hospitals.
I think I am lucky not to have any of my family members killed or abducted and to also have a second home in the central region of Uganda. Entebbe. Psychologically the entire region was affected.
The northern part of Uganda boasts of the highest number of Christians compared to other parts of the country with few visible Mosques.
I was raised in a Catholic family but I hear from my grandmother that at the age of 5 years old; I was rebellious when it came to going to church on Sundays because I never wanted to go.
I wouldn’t take my offertory money given to me by my uncles to the altar. Remember, it is culturally acceptable to give a child some few (three) strokes of canes as punishment. I think I received a lot of that. For not going to church.
I come from one of Uganda’s tribes known as Acoli who are a Luo speaking people found in the North of the country and some, of course, in Kenya and Tanzania.
I have a Bachelors Degree in Mass Communications from Kampala International University. I fully pronounced myself atheist in my senior one in 2000.
This was at a time when the war in Northern Uganda was tense and Ebola outbreak had rocked the district. Everybody else was praying. I was asking myself very many questions about the gods and their existence.
Jacobsen: What level of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Payira: I think it all started in 2009 in my Primary 7. I started feeling more mature. The pressure of adolescence took over me in a good way until when I joined my secondary school level.
This is the time I was a little bit away from home with both new and old friends. My love for science subjects and the hope to one day be one of the few geneticists in the continent gave birth to freethinking and speaking freely.
Reading culture in Uganda is the weakest, and yet, it looked like the only books I borrowed from the school library were only literature books. Novels and mostly plays eg., The Merchant of Venice by William Shakespeare, An Enemy of the People Henrik Ibsen, and so on.
Things fall Apart by Chinua Achebe. And many others. I never used to copy general notes from the teacher, but would make my own notes when the teaching is teaching. I loved reading things outside classroom. I do a lot of self-education these days.
Jacobsen: As a President of Humanist Empowerment of Livelihoods in Uganda (HELU), what are the tasks and responsibilities coming with the presidency?
Payira: First of all, I don’t want to hide from our dark history, which almost leads to the collapse of the organization after its former president, Ms. Agnes Ojera, left for the US to start a new life. I don’t blame her.
It was our time to keep things moving. As the Board Chair, I was also managing a new FM Radio Station far away from where the HELU offices and operations were.
With our successfully funded project of giving vocational training to single mothers in tailoring, baking, and goatrearing, we decided to venture into another project, the preschool.
Without close monitoring of the project and its finances, money was misused by the then project manager leading the Organization into decaying mode. Members scattered.
Donors left. I left my job at the Radio in August 2018 to come and see that the organization doesn’t go just like that. One big task I know and all Board members are aware of is building trust with individual donors and organizations.
We lost that. I know it will be a big hurdle to pull things back together, to build a system/institution where individuals are not superior to the organization. It is the hardest to find an atheist or humanist who is fully devoted to the core values of secularism.
The majority of the members were Christians who go to church every Sunday and can’t really openly say, “God is an illusion.” I want to see the free thinkers club grow for better understanding of Humanism. Promote secularism mostly to the youth in schools and public gatherings.
With my background in media, I also hope during my time HELU will own the first secular Radio Station in the Whole of Africa with ownership and programming all targeting secularism.
Today it is only the preschool HELU is running as a project and I want to see it grow to Primary and Secondary Levels with structured secular lessons. Hopefully, the funding comes in.
Our society is fully embedded in the bible and Quran gospels as being the truth where some people label Atheism as a cult and baby eaters.
Uganda has over 300 FM Radio stations and about 50 of them are religious base whose main targets are the young people and abusing non-religious people. I will also use radio to challenge this.
Where I stay I see so many Child Mothers every day and all they know it to keep producing for their older polygamous husbands. Sensitization and giving these child mothers Vocational raining.
This is one of HELU’s 2019/20 goals. Keep those children who are still in school in school and work with authorities to put whoever defiles a child to face the law.
Jacobsen: Why was Humanist Empowerment of Livelihoods in Uganda (HELU) founded in the first place?
Payira: HELU was founded in 2011 by Ms. Ojera Agnes at the time when the scares of the Lord’s Resistance Amy’s 20 years war was in each and every family in Northern Uganda. HELU was established to promote Humanism, and to help single mothers, those with HIV, victims of witchcraft.
The war confined people in one place. This was easy for the infected to infect others. From then HELU has distributed over 40 goats to abandoned single mothers.
More than 110 women have benefited from our vocational training in baking, tailoring, hairdressing, and business management. The preschool is up and running and being supported 100% by parents.
Jacobsen: In Uganda, what are the unique humanist concerns simply notfaced by other parts of Africa or of the world? What have been effectivealleviations or solutions to these concerns or problems?
Bonnie: Uganda is surrounded by countries that have been in the domestic and political scramble for power for some years by a few individuals and this has made Uganda always a destination for refugees and Humanism in Uganda has been so instrumental in arranging for shelters and transportation of a few humanists and their families from the affected countries.
In 2016 when war broke in neighboring Burundi Humanists where targeted most by government soldiers, Humanists in Uganda managed to move one humanist family safely out of Burundi into Uganda.
I do not think in the world there are humanist organizations doing this in their countries. Individuals contributed financial support to make this happen.
Jacobsen: What does humanism within the Uganda context look like to you? How is this form of Humanism similar to and different than humanism in other context?
Payira: In Uganda, Humanism is still more of a lifestyle. It is actually fancy to be a humanist or associate with humanists for the young people. We strongly believe in the respect of human rights, freedom of speech, and respect for women and children, which I think is the same with other humanists.
The only difference I see is the financial powers to take us up in the big stage to promote humanism and push for the separation of state and religion like it happens in other countries. Humanists in Uganda are also not open for fear of family disownment and also losing Christian friends.
Jacobsen: Who are some important writers, thinkers, and speakers on humanism and secularism in Uganda and within Africa as a whole?
Director of Kasese Humanist Schools in SouthWestern Uganda Mr. Alusala Moses in Kenya, Andrew Mwenda the director of the IndependenceNews Paper in Uganda. Roslyn Mould from Ghana. President, Humanist Association of Ghana.
Jacobsen: Who tends to be opposed to humanist empowerment in Uganda? What are effective means by which to combat them and, also to protect the humanist efforts of HELU and others?
Payira: Humanist empowerment in Uganda is mostly opposed by religious leaders and their followers, traditional leaders and witchdoctors. Basically, these are a group of people who don’t believe in divergent views.
If you also notice our national motto is “For God and my country,” which politicians tend to use to oppose our activities. We do not intend to be bullied by the majority.
There is a proverb in my native language. Luo, which says “Otigo ma nok bene tyeko kwon.” Loosely Translated as “however small Okra soup is served for you in a plate, you can still use it to finish a whole lot of bread.”
All we need is continued engagement with the community that we live in, political and religious leaders. Humanists in Uganda and Africa as a whole need financial support for their different projects.
I said it earlier in the interview that we need a medium to air out our views to the masses. This way we can counter the different opposing sides. HELU was visible when we still had supported programs running.
This kept us visible and active in the community. We need more financial support from our friends out there. We can’t have a generation of children giving birth to children. A generation of illiterate mothers and fathers when we have the means to support.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Payira: I think what we need most especially here in Uganda is speaking truthfully about what we do and stand for to the outside world. We also need to embrace the idea of setting strong institutions that won’t depend entirely on one person.
This will allow the continuity of these non-profits we establish and also for accountability purpose. Humanists need to go out there and challenge the status quo.
The silence is way too loud especially on abuse of human rights, child labor, and other forms of inhumane acts by religious leaders and witchdoctors in Africa.
We need to be more visible to attract bloggers, newspapers, funding, and interviews like this. And I want to thank you so much Mr. Jacobsen for this opportunity.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Payira: All I want to say is extend my gratitude to you Jacobsen and African Freethinker team for this wonderful opportunity. This is going to allow many humanist voices from Africa to be heard.
I would also like to tell the world not to give up on humanity despite all the injustices being practiced by religious and political groups in the world. May we continue thinking freely and promoting free thoughts.
The only way for humanist in other parts of the world to understand what we do here at HELU and in Uganda is to come to Uganda and meet with us, meet the people our projects are meant for.
This is a personal invitation to you who will be reading this interview.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Payira.
Payira: I am honored Jacobsen, thank you.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/25
Minister Amanda Poppei is a Senior Leader & Unitarian Universalist Minister at the Washington Ethical Society (Ethical Culture and Unitarian Universalist). Here we talk about her life, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Amanda Poppei: I was raised in upstate New York, and went to a Unitarian Universalist congregation that was quite humanist in orientation.
My strongest memories of Sunday School include learning about Taoism and other world religions, and participating in a Coming of Age class where we really delved into what we believed, what values shaped our life. It was part of that class that I first thought about becoming a minister.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Poppei: I was a Religious Studies major at Yale as an undergrad, and really enjoyed that–it was primarily a history major, so a lot of learning about religious history around the world and especially in the United States.
I focused on women’s roles in American religion. A few years later, I went to Wesley Theological Seminary in Washington, DC for my Masters of Divinity, which is a required degree for people preparing for the Unitarian Universalist ministry.
I completed that preparation–which also includes doing a unit as a chaplain intern at a hospital, and an internship with a congregation–and then when I was brought on as Senior Leader at the Washington Ethical Society I also went forward with preparation to be a certified Ethical Culture Leader.
That work is mostly independent study, working with existing Leaders to prepare. Now, I’m lucky to be able to take continuing education classes through the Unitarian Universalist Ministers Association and through the American Humanist Association!
Jacobsen: As a Minister for the Washington Ethical Society, what tasks and responsibilities come along with the position?
Poppei: In terms of what I *do*, it’s really a lot like a minister in a more traditional religious setting.
So I speak on Sundays (although we also have wonderful guest speakers at times), I provide pastoral care and counseling to people going through difficult times in life, I teach classes and run small groups, I work with a great staff to provide programming in the congregation, and I engage in justice work–usually in coalition with other clergy or community organizers–out in the world.
Jacobsen: For those who do not know about it, how does an ethical society differ from atheism, agnosticism, humanism, and Unitarian Universalism?
Poppei: Ethical Societies are part of a movement called Ethical Culture, which was founded in 1876 by a man named Felix Adler. Adler really started the movement as a way to bring together people who believe differently from each other, so they could act for justice together.
Ethical Societies share most of their core values with Unitarian Universalist congregations, and sometimes the two can feel pretty similar on a Sunday morning, but they have different histories–and those histories influence them today.
So whereas in a UU congregation you would likely use historically Christian language (even though the movement isn’t Christian now, but more pluralist), in an Ethical Society you’re going to hear more secular language for some of the same things–for instance, instead of “sermon” we say “platform address” and instead of “minister” we say “leader.”
Atheism and agnosticism are both descriptors of personal belief, so those lables would apply to individuals who might then attend an Ethical Society or an UU congregation. Humanism I think of as a broad tradition, which has connections and roots and influence in Unitarian Universalism and in Ethical Culture–and it’s also a way people describe themselves.
At the Washington Ethical Society, we say we are a “humanist congregation,” which says something both about what we value (human experience, human responsibility, human worth) and about how we organize ourselves (as a congregation, which meets regularly, runs a Sunday School, etc).
Jacobsen: Moving into 2019, what do you see as the difficulties for the activism and maintenance of community for the ethical societies under the current Trump Administration?
Poppei: I think people are tired right now–the last two years have felt like such an onslaught, with policy after policy that hurts people we love.
So my job is to figure out how to both care for people, to nurture them and bring joy and some sense of groundedness to them, while at the same time continuing to encourage them to resist, to be active in working for the world they want to see. It can be hard to balance those needs in a community, but I do think they’re both important.
Jacobsen: How can other societies and secular groups work to coordinate activist efforts in the locale of Washington Ethical Society?
Poppei: We love working in coalition–in fact, that’s how we do almost all of our justice work. So come join us!
There’s always room for more folks to engage, whether with immigration reform and support of individual immigrants and asylum seekers, or with efforts to make affordable housing more available in DC.
Jacobsen: For those wanting some Spring reading on ethical societies, what do you recommend for them? Also, what about intellectuals – known or not so much – in the history of the high-level thought of ethical societies?
Poppei: I recommend The Humanist Way by Ed Ericson, who was the Leader here at the Washington Ethical Society in the 1960s. I think that book is still the best description of Ethical Society.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Poppei: We love having folks tune in on Facebook, where we livestream our Sunday platform services–and if you’re enjoying them and finding something there that nurtures you, of course we invite you to give toward our work as well, using our text giving link!
And I’m always glad to connect with people across the country who are thinking about the same things and trying to live good lives and build a more just world.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Amanda.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/24
Mandisa Thomas is the Founder of Black Nonbelievers, Inc (Twitter & Facebook). One of the, if not the, largest organization for African-American or black nonbelievers or atheists in America.
The organization is intended to give secular fellowship, provide nurturance and support for nonbelievers, encourage a sense of pride in irreligion, and promote charity in the non-religious community.
I reached out to begin an educational series with one of the, and again if not the, most prominent African-American woman nonbeliever grassroots activists in the United States.
Here, we talk about the effects of things happening and then the consequences of actions, even of forces outside of one’s own control.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: There are some things coming to light in the general news cycle. What are those things? What are your thoughts on them?
Mandisa Thomas: Most recently, it was the airing of the Lifetime documentary Surviving R. Kelly, which was the documentary of the R&B singer/monster who was preying on women for sexual subjugation and abuse.
Those women were telling their stories. There are still some young ladies who are still living with, who he is holding hostage emotionally and abusing. What is significant, these allegations, and actions, go back well over 30 years.
I remember as a teenager in the 1990s. I remember when R. Kelly first came out. I remember when he debuted the singer Aaliyah. He married her. It was shown that the marriage documents were falsified. He was 27. She was 15.
The marriage documents were falsified to show she was 18. This had been a red flag for years. Unfortunately, these allegations and actions have been denied and ignored. Because he had been investigated for quite some time.
He was hanging around in an entourage. He would get girls. The entourage would cover his actions. There was a succession of lawsuits that were filed against him for emotional and physical harm.
There is a long history of investigations surrounding R. Kelly that would largely be ignored or obscured in the black community because he was so prominent and talented. There is a pathology in the African-American community of blaming young women.
Somehow, it was their fault that they were abused. Also, one of the most astounding parts of this was that when R. Kelly went child for child pornography charges.
Many of the pastors in the community were protecting and holding him up as this positive image, which was absolving him of his “wrongdoings” or “sins” that were utterly disgusting.
Jacobsen: How does the playing out of that saga relate to one ongoing with the Covington Catholic High School?
Thomas: I am not sure they’re related per se. But it is very interesting to see how there’s definitely a correlation with patriarchy. Apparently, the young men who were going to the Covington Catholic High School.
They were going to protest a women’s rights event and then ended up accosting some Black Hebrew Israelites, who were just as patriarchal. It is interesting to see the amount of male privilege that we see in society here.
This Administration and President, the people who still have the privilege and seem to be fighting back against that, because they are ‘taking their country back.’ It doesn’t need to be that different.
It is interesting the reaction to the Gillette ad, which encourages critical thought about toxic masculinity. It is interesting to see the pushback from males who already have the privilege.
When the idea of reconsidering that privilege and trying to consider others, and reconsider the damage that has been foisted on others’ children at the hands of these guys and men, it is just such an offense taken to it.
We are seeing the level of pushback. People tell their stories.
Jacobsen: In terms of two levels of analysis, individual and collective, around policy, what can individuals do if relatively safe for them? What would you recommend for others at a larger scale in dealing with some of these issues?
Thomas: Firstly, there does need to be the reminder of what has been going on and listening to people tell their stories and, hopefully, in the near future there will be some form of restorative justice; that will be taken against the people who commit these heinous acts and then excuses not being for them.
Certainly, listening is the first step. It is trying to figure out what the root of the problem is; there needs to be some form of retribution on behalf of people who, certainly, should know better.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.
Thomas: Thank you very much.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/24
Notes from the translator (David Rand):
- “État” and “état“
In French, the word État (state) is capitalized when used in the generic sense. For example, in Canada, each province is an État just as in the United States each état is an État. So for example, “employees of the State” may be written “fonctionnaires d’État”. I do not know if this is the norm in English, but I have decided to follow it in the English translation. Thus, I write Quebec State to mean the institutions (legislature, government, public service, etc.) of the province of Quebec. - “Sécularisme” and “laïcité“
There is always a problem translating these two words into English because they both correspond to “secularism”. However in French the first is used to mean the limited, incomplete form of secularism understood in English-speaking countries whereas the second means true secularism as understood in Quebec, France, Turkey and other countries. Where the distinction is important, it can be specified in English by translating these terms as “religious neutrality” and “republican secularism” respectively. In any context where the distinction is not relevant, then just “secularism” will do.
—
By Scott Douglas Jacobsen (Interviewer) & David Rand (French to English Translator)
Lucie Jobin is the President of the Mouvement Laïque Québécois. Here we talk about personal background, the Mouvement Laïque Québécois, and much more.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did religion and secular thinking come into early life for you? How did this continue throughout development, in brief?
Lucie Jobin: As a young woman I was a feminist and had already developed a sceptical attitude towards various systems of religious belief.
As a student, my considerable work in philosophy led me to think more deeply and to develop a critical attitude towards religions. Furthermore, I found that religious ideologies were very sexist. Indeed, not only did they give very little space to women, but the roles reserved for women in religion were very unenviable. This reinforced my positions as a “non-believer.” I pursued a career as a teacher and in union and political activism, in an environment where rights and freedoms were promoted and democracy supported.
Jacobsen: Why was the Mouvement Laïque Québécois founded in the first place? How did you become originally involved with the organization and then earn the title of its president?
Jobin: It started off as a group of parents concerned about respect for freedom of conscience and who wanted their children to be exempted from the religious program given in all Quebec schools. In 1976, this group of parents launched an organization called “Association québécoise pour l’application du droit à l’exemption de l’enseignement religieux” (AQADER) or “Quebec Association for the Application of the Right to Exemption from Religious Teaching.” The pressure exerted by that activist organization forced the Montreal Catholic School Board to provide an alternative to the religion course so that their children would not be discriminated against. However, it was not until 1985 that this exemption arrangement was definitively replaced by a system of two options, religious education and moral education, so that all students had a real choice.
The MLQ grew out of this group. It was founded in 1981, independent of any affiliation with political parties, open to all citizens, regardless of religious belief or affiliation, all sharing one common fundamental goal: the complete secularization of the Quebec State and its public institutions. Ultimately the MLQ would like to contribute to founding a democratic secular republic of Quebec.
The MLQ is neither pro-religious nor anti-religious. Its purpose is to work towards a society that allows believers of all faiths and non-believers to live together in mutual respect with freedom and equal rights for every citizen before the law, protected from any form of discrimination or segregation. The MLQ has always advocated freedom of opinion and belief, which nevertheless must be exercised within the limits of civil law.
During the 1980s, as a teacher and atheist, I refused to teach the religion course and asked to be exempted from it. At the time, it was still difficult to obtain such an exemption. After several unsuccessful attempts and after threatening the school board to take my complaint to the Ministry of Education, I finally obtained the exemption after 8 years of employment.
I was a member of AQADER at the end of the 1970s and I was present when it reconstituted itself as the Mouvement laïque québécois. I was on the Board of Directors of the MLQ for several years and was elected president in 2010.
Jacobsen: How does the conversation on secularism differ between the Anglophone and Francophone sectors of Canadian Society?
Jobin: In Anglo-Saxon culture, instead of laïcité (for which no exact English equivalent exists), there is a form of State secularism which is limited to religious neutrality, granting the same privileges to all religions. In the United States, for example, the constitution bans the establishment of a State religion but does not forbid the establishment of special relations with religions. In the Ontario legislature, the MPPs alternately recite no less than eight prayers of various faiths, all in the name of “neutrality.” It is by virtue this same “neutrality” that Justin Trudeau, Prime Minister of Canada, dons the trappings of all religions even in his position as head of government. In Quebec, this approach was also followed by the previous government of Philippe Couillard in adopting its Act to foster adherence to State religious neutrality which authorizes the wearing of obvious religious symbols by State employees.
From our point of view, this kind of neutrality is an illusion and amounts in reality to complacency. The republican secularism (i.e. laïcité) which we promote, and which a very large majority of the Quebec population also supports, requires instead that all religious manifestations be proscribed within State institutions. This is in fact the approach taken by the Supreme Court of Canada in its decision about municipal prayers in Saguenay, but which no government has yet had the courage to enforce. Even though that Court did not explicitly mention the principle of laïcité which is non-existent in Canadian and Quebec legislation, the Court nevertheless rendered a judgment in conformity with laïcité by banning prayer in public institutions.
Jacobsen: How is the activism and conversation around a single secular school system proceeding in Quebec now? Why is it at this stage now? How can other secular organizations help you? What most needs doing?
Jobin: Currently in Quebec a new debate about secularism is beginning. The new government of the Coalition Avenir Québec (CAQ) intends to table draft legislation concerning that issue in the spring. Ever since 1980 the MLQ has called for the deconfessionalization of the school system and we have submitted briefs, with that purpose in mind, for every new draft bill which dealt with the issues of education and public institutions.
We participated in the Coalition for the deconfessionalization of the school system, demanding the repeal of Section 93 of the British North America Act (BNA Act). There were some sixty organizations in that Coalition. Finally the government of Quebec obtained the repeal and school boards thus became language-based starting in 1998.
This deconfessionalization was the obvious key which allowed Quebec to welcome immigrants from all origins into French-language schools, immigrants who had previously been shunted off to the Protestant School Board of Greater Montreal. This absurd situation had led inexorably to Québécois becoming a demographic minority in the Montreal region.
Over the course of the last few years, governments of the Parti québécois and the Liberal Party of Quebec have tabled draft legislation (Bills 60 and 62) dealing with secularism. We have submitted briefs and participated in the Rassemblement pour la laïcité (RPL) with the goal of obtaining legislation which would implement true secularism by inscribing laïcité in the Quebec Charter of Rights and Freedoms.
We also launched a petition for the withdrawal of the Ethics and Religious Culture program implemented in Quebec schools in 2008 and which promotes religion. That petition collected more than 5000 signatures and was tabled before the government in 2017.
Currently we are waiting to see what the new government will do.
Jacobsen: What was Mouvement laïque québécois v Saguenay (City) (2015)? How was this a victory for secularism? How can other organizations and collectives learn from a positive outcome?
Jobin: The complainant, Alain Simoneau, an ex-resident of Saguenay, supported by the Mouvement laïque québécois, stressed the fact that he had proposed to the mayor of Saguenay, Jean Tremblay, that the prayer be replaced by a minute of silence. Such an arrangement would have made the whole judicial saga unnecessary, but the mayor refused and today the situation has turned against him.
This unanimous decision made in April of 2015 by the nine judges of the Supreme Court of Canada stipulates that real neutrality requires that the State neither favour nor disfavour any religion and that it abstain from taking a position on this issue.
For its part, the preamble to the Canadian constitution which recognizes the “supremacy of God” is reduced by the Court’s decision to a “political theory” with no legal significance. This preamble, which was another argument put forward by Saguenay, “cannot lead to an interpretation of freedom of conscience and religion that authorizes the State to consciously profess a theistic faith.”
We see that, with this decision, society has taken one more step towards recognizing true State neutrality and freedom of conscience for non-believers.
Jacobsen: What is the Condorcet-Dessaulles award? Who have been previous awardees? What are the criteria for earning it?
Jobin: The Condorcet-Dessaulles Prize was initiated by the Mouvement laïque québécois in 1993, some 25 years ago, to recognize the remarkable contribution made by a person or a group of persons towards the promotion and defence of secularism in Quebec.
Recall that Nicolas de Condorcet (1743-1794) was a great French political philosopher, economist, mathematician and politician who was actively involved in the fight for human rights and for the defence of freedom of conscience, for women’s right to vote, for freedom of the press, for the right of every citizen to practice the religion of his or her choice or no religion, for separation between religion and State, and for the equal distribution of wealth. Condorcet is thus rightly considered to be the theoretician of modern secularism and republican democracy.
In 19th century Quebec, Louis-Antoine Dessaulles (1819-1895), essayist and politician, nephew of Louis-Joseph Papineau and member of the Institut canadien de Montréal, led a fight inspired by the same ideal, for freedom of thought. He confronted ultramontane clericalism which promoted the idea that ecclesiastical power should constitute in effect a State within the State. By his action and his work he was thus a kindred spirit of Condorcet in Quebec.
Several individuals have been awarded the Prize, including Dr. Henry Morgentaler, Pierre Bourgault, senator Jacques Hébert, Rodrigue Tremblay, Paul Bégin, Daniel Baril, Guy Rocher and legal expert Luc Alarie, Mss. Jeannette Bertrand, Yolande Geadah, Danielle Payette, Djemila Benhabib, Louise Mailloux and, in 2018, Mss. Andréa Richard and Nadia El-Mabrouk. Various organizations have also been honoured: the Committee of Institutionalized Duplessis Orphans, the teachers’ union Centrale de l’enseignement du Québec, the Quebec Public Servants Union and the Mouvement laïque de langue française (MLF).
Jacobsen: How can Francophone and Anglophone secular organizations in Canadian society organize and mobilize larger activist efforts to ramp up secularization and equality of non-religious people in Canadian society?
Jobin: At the time when were undertaking court proceedings in the Saguenay prayer case, we appealed to these organizations for financial support and some responded by supporting us when we appeared before the Supreme Court, including the Canadian Secular Alliance and the Canadian Civil Liberties Association.
The decision of the Supreme Court concerning State neutrality could be used at different levels of government and in different provinces to demand an end to various religious practices.
We could challenge fiscal privileges enjoyed by churches and other religious institutions and by any cultural or charitable associations affiliated with them.
In the general public interest, we should make common cause to denounce the countless cases of sexual abuse committed by members of various clergies, principally the Catholic clergy, as churches are so obviously incapable of policing themselves.
Jacobsen: What are the next big steps for secularism in Quebec?
Jobin: In the upcoming months, our action will consist in demanding a real law on secularism (laïcité) in Quebec by submitting briefs, writing articles and collaborating with other organizations which promote secularism and support a ban on obvious religious symbols worn by public sector workers, in particular teaching staff. We will pursue our existing campaign for the withdrawal of the Ethics and Religious Culture program and will attempt to establish contacts with parents and students.
We also plan to organize public lectures on these issues.
Jacobsen: How are reactionary fundamentalist religious forces working to restrict the efforts of secularism in Canada?
Jobin: We have to deal with complacent media which defend so-called “open” secularism and who support the opponents of any ban on religious symbols while favouring multiculturalist positions.
Jacobsen: What are your hopes and fears for 2019?
Jobin: We hope for a veritable law on secularism which will inscribe laïcité into the Quebec Charter of Rights and Freedoms and ban the wearing of religious symbols in the public service.
Our fear is that strident opposition from multiculturalists and fundamentalists may undermine that hope. We shall see…
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/23
Anne Landman is the Founder & a Board Member at Large of the Western Colorado Atheists and Freethinkers. Here we talk about her life, work, and views.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Landman: I have eight years of full time college and university-level education, but only a bachelor’s degree to show for it. My degree is in communications. I also have an associates degree in Environmental Restoration and Waste Management Technology.
Two years of my college time was spent in technical training to become a registered respiratory therapist (RRT) and I worked as an RRT for 15 years to make a living. I went back to school in the late 1980s-early 1990s to complete a bachelor’s degree.
I had artistic inclinations early on, but my parents assured me I would never be able to make a living as an artist, or in the humanities, which I also loved, and they urged me not to go into the arts or humanities, so I was a little lost in finding a calling and wandered around in education for years without much focus.
I ended up taking years of science (biology, chemistry, anatomy & physiology, soils science, etc.) to go into fields that could make me a living, but these were not subjects I was wild about. I also got into researching tobacco industry documents online in 1997 and did a 15-month fellowship at UCSF in 2005-2006 in a department where everyone else was a post-doc.
I ended up publishing a number of papers about tobacco industry strategy in medical journals like Tobacco Control, the Journal of the American Medical Association, Social Science and Medicine, and the Journal of the American Public Health Association.
Jacobsen: As the Founder and a Board Member at Large for Western Colorado Atheists and Freethinkers, why was the atheist and freethinker organization originally formed?
Landman: I created the group to provide support for atheists locally, to help us find each other and provide some fellowship, to educate the public about the atheist world-view and to act as a watchdog group for separation of church and state issues locally.
Jacobsen: Following from the last question, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Landman: I arrange for the monthly meetings, created and maintain our website, post to our social media channels, come up with ideas for our holiday billboards, and sometimes serve as a speaker for media when I can’t find someone else to do it.
Jacobsen: Of the community social activities, what tends to be the most popular?
Landman: The solstice parties. I host a summer solstice BBQ and swim party and we have a winter solstice dinner party at a restaurant, or sometimes it’s a potluck at someone’s house, or we’ll go to a bowling alley. People bring their kids and we have a great time.
Jacobsen: What has been the general trajectory of growth of the Western Colorado Atheists and Freethinkers? What have been the demographics over time, too?
Landman: We’ve gone from zero to having fans all over the world. We started in 2007, before use of Facebook and Twitter became commonplace, so we had maybe 30 people initially.
Now we have several hundred fans here on the western slope where we live, and started a second group in Montrose, 60 miles south of there that has been very successful.
People follow us on social media from all over the world, including from the U.K., Australia, India, Canada, the Philippines, Germany. Our fans are 52% male and 47% female, most of our fans are in the 25-55 year age range.
Jacobsen: In terms of activism, what have been some efforts in the history of Western Colorado Atheists and Freethinkers? What have been the real successes and onest failures? How can others build on the successes and learn from the failures?
Landman: We’ve had lots of successes. We’ve worked on trying to get our city council and county commission to stop praying to Jesus at the start of their public meetings.
We’ve had some result on that — we got the City to stop limiting prayers to 95% Christian and instead open up invocations to everyone, including atheists, and we’ve had a number of atheist invocations and there has even been a Satanic invocation at the start of a city council meeting.
Our county fair used to let a local church host a prayer service on the fairgrounds before the fair opened up for the day and then the county would give free admission to anyone who attended the prayer service.
We got the church to move it’s prayers off taxpayer-funded property and have their members pay admission to the fair like everyone else. We succeeded in getting Colorado Mesa University to stop the Gideons from thrusting bibles at nursing students at their graduation ceremony.
We exposed the religious proselytizing going on in the Delta County public schools (teachers quoting the Bible in class, children being forced to attend a religious nativity play at Christmas time, a Christian missionary teaching “sex ed”). Delta County is the county next door to us.
As for a failure…We haven’t been able to get prayers out of our local public meetings completely. Our county commissioners used a sneaky technique to keep the public from being able to observe their prayers on the TV live cast of their meetings by instructing the videographer who records the meetings not to turn the cameras on until they were done praying.
Jacobsen: What books and intellectuals would you recommend for the audience here, today? Any freethinking women who need more prominence and media coverage than they, currently, get within the general society?
Landman: Christopher Hitchens, Phil Zuckerman, Sam Harris. And I really admire Annie Laurie Gaylor, co-founder of the Freedom From Religion Foundation in Madison, Wisconsin. That’s one group that will really jump in and help when you need it.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Landman: They can contact me through our Facebook page, or call me at (970) 216-9842, or mail us at WCAF, P.O. Box 1434, Grand Junction, CO 81502, or donate to WCAF through the “Donate” link on our web page at http://WesternColoradoAtheists.org.
We accept PayPal. We are also on Amazon Smile, so people who shop on Amazon can choose to have a small donation given to WCAF with every item they purchase, at no extra charge. Just go to Amazon Sign In and choose Western Colorado Atheists and Freethinkers as your charity.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Landman: No, thank you very much.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Anne.
Landman: You’re welcome!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/22
Dr. Rob Jonquiere, M.D. is the Executive Director of the World Federation of Right to Die Societies. Here we talk about the right to die.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Rob Jonquiere: I am Dutch born in 1944, had no religious upbringing. I went to University (Leiden) to study Medicines (graduated to MD in 1972).
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated, been an autodidact?
Jonquiere: see above. After graduation, I started to work as Family Doctor (GP) in my own (solo) practice in Hengelo (O). Since there was no formal vocational training for GP in that time, you could say I educated myself in the peculiarities of this specialisation (that currently takes 3 years).
In a way, you could also defend that my practicing end-of-life care, euthanasia included, also is self educated.
Jacobsen: What distinguishes right to die, dying with dignity, euthanasia, and medical assistance in dying, and so on?
Jonquiere: These different terms are used in different countries, and unfortunately enough the definitions are not always the same. “Our” issue is about actions at the end of life, primarily on the request of the person involved. It is about “choice”, “self determination” and autonomy.
More and more we tend to leave the use of ‘right to die’ since every individual of course has the right to die – since we all die! Of course to be complete it should be: the right to die in a dignified way and at the time and place of one’s choice (but that is too long to use).
Since mostly such way of dying is achieved with the help of a doctor, nowadays we more often use the general term of ‘medically assisted dying’ (see Canada where one speaks of MaID).
Leaving out the M(edically) if the assistance is not given by a doctor – as in Switzerland where legally a lay person is allowed (under strict conditions) to assist someone with his/her suicide.
Jacobsen: What other organizations, books, and researchers/activists should people interested or intrigued in this subject matter pay more attention to now?
Jonquiere: There is a lot to be mentioned, too much to do here. My advice would be to look at our World Federation of Right to Die Societies (WFRtDS) website www.worldrtd.net or visit national societies (look for lemma Member Organisations on left side of home page).
Jacobsen: What tasks and responsibilities come with being the Executive Director of the World Federation of Right to Die Societies?
Jonquiere: After I retired as CEO of the Dutch Right to Die Society NVVE, I became involved in the international movement WFRtDS. This is a – volunteer based – umbrella. In my role as Executive I am responsible for keeping up the website, I support the Committee (5 members from all over the world) executing the consequences of their decisions.
As ED I also function as the central contact point for issues in relation with the international movement and our 51 members.
Jacobsen: Who are the perennial and newer opposition or even enemies of those working for the right to die? What are their standard arguments? What rights considerations, facts, and arguments counter their claims and, even potentially, misrepresentations of the right to die movement?
Jonquiere: Generally seen the mainstream of opposition comes from the religious side: orthodox protestants in NL, and Catholicism world wide. Of course nowadays we find opposition from palliative care groups, but my opinion is that the whole idea of palliative care is mainly religion-based on Christian Charity and Samaritanism.
Standard arguments are mostly that every life is worth to be lived, of course ignoring that a person can consider his/her live as no longer “humane” and thus wants it to end it rather than to live on in a situation considered to be inhumane.
Jacobsen: What are the largest direct victories for the right to die movement? What have been some of the more nuanced wins in history, which have a subtle, less directly impactful, but important, sociocultural impact on the perspectives of the right to die movement in the nations that have an organized front for the right to die movement?
Jonquiere: The movement as such only ‘celebrated’ victories in countries/states/jurisdictions were the right for people to make their own choice (practically everywhere in the world population studies show overwhelming support of over 75%) at the end of life is legalised: Netherlands, Belgium, Luxembourg, Switzerland, 7 states in USA, Colombia, Victoria (Aus) and Canada at the moment.
Jacobsen: What are the newest battlegrounds? How can people become involved, active, and work to change the general cultural attitudes around the right to die, legally and socioculturally?
Jonquiere: Strong advocacy is found around the world in many countries: France, UK, Italy, Spain, Portugal, Ireland, USA, Mexico, Australia and New Zealand. You will find in all these countries RtD Societies that advocate (see on www.worldrtd.net/member-organizations).
Jacobsen: If individuals and communities want to start organizations and groups devoted to this form of activism, how can they start to do it?
Jonquiere: Again: visit the WFRtDS website at www.worldrtd.net/joining-information.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Jonquiere: Not specifically.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Rob.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/21
Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition of America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. Here we talk about secularism and activism.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the pragmatics or the first practical considerations of secular activism?
Herb Silverman: What to do, when to do it, and how to frame it? Those are the questions. Since open secularists are still a minority, we must pick and choose our battles. We do not ask for special rights, as many religions do. But we deserve and should demand equal rights in a country with a secular (and godless) Constitution, which does not favor one religion over another or religion over non-religion. We can focus on win-win situations, where we either gain equality or get sympathy for being discriminated against.
As a personal example, the Charleston City Council in South Carolina started its meetings with an invocation, usually a Christian one. Our local Secular Humanist group persuaded one council member to offer more diversity, and he invited me to give an invocation. But as the mayor introduced me, half the council members walked out because they knew I was an atheist. They didn’t return until it was time for the Pledge of Allegiance, and they turned toward me as they bellowed the words “under God.” Those who heard my invocation, including the mayor, thought it was fine.
I didn’t expect such defiance, but it was an opportunity for the “Law of Unintended Consequences.” A reporter from our local newspaper wrote about the incident, along with comments from those who walked out. One councilman quoted Psalm 14: “The fool says in his heart there is no God. They are corrupt, their deeds are vile, there is not one who does good.” He then told me that the walkout was not personal. In other words, his religious beliefs compelled him to demonize an entire class of people he was elected to represent. Frankly, I would rather it had been personal. Another councilman said, “He can worship a chicken if he wants to, but I’m not going to be around when he does it.” I responded, “Perhaps the councilman doesn’t realize that many of us who stand politely for religious invocations believe that praying to a god makes no more sense than praying to a chicken.” (At least you can see a chicken.)
Several days later, six favorable letters appeared in the paper criticizing the improper behavior of council members. I can’t tell you how unusual and satisfying it is for Christians in South Carolina to side with atheists against other Christians. Movements are most successful when they appeal to folks outside the group.
It helps to establish a relationship with a religion reporter, who often looks for different kinds of stories. For example, a reporter once asked if atheists in our local group celebrate Thanksgiving, a holiday when Americans thank God for their blessings. Here is the answer from one of our secularists that appeared in the paper: “We gather with friends and family, just like most Americans, and know whom to thank for our Thanksgiving meal. We thank the farmers who cared for the plants and the migrant workers who harvested them. We thank the workers at the processing plant and the truck drivers who brought the food to the grocery store. And finally, we thank our friends for helping prepare the meal and for being present to share in the festivities.”
The newspaper got some angry letters about our members not thanking God, but several secular humanists heard about us for the first time and joined our group. That became a pattern. Whenever we received media attention, we’d hear from people who disliked us and also from people who wanted to join us. It was easily worth the trade-off. Almost all publicity is good.
One of the difficulties in getting independent-minded secularists to cooperate revolves around labels. An atheist is simply someone without a belief in any gods, while a secular humanist focuses on being good without gods. These are two sides of the same coin. Many secularists are uncomfortable with the word “atheist” because it describes what we don’t believe, rather than what we do believe. After all, we don’t go around calling ourselves A-Easter Bunnyists or A-Tooth Fairyists. “Atheist” gets more media attention and “humanist” gets more respect from the general public. Other labels include freethinker, skeptic, agnostic, ignostic, rationalist, naturalist, materialist, apatheist, and more. If you don’t know what each word means, don’t worry. Even those who identify with such labels often disagree on their meanings. Parsing words might be a characteristic of folks engaged in the secular movement.
Certainly word choices can be important, but our special designations are sometimes nothing more than a matter of taste or comfort level rather than deep theological or philosophical differences. We are more effective when we let each person use the word with which they are most comfortable, rather than try to “convert” secularists to their favorite word.
Here’s an interesting distinction between Christians and secularists: Christians have the same unifying word, but fight over theology; secularists have the same unifying theology, but fight over words. At least our wars are only verbal.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Herb.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/21
Claudette St. Pierre is the President of the Freedom From Religion Foundation Metro Denver Chapter. Here we talk about her life, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Claudette St. Pierre: I was born and raised in southern California, one of three sisters. My parents were both French Canadian, born and raised in Quebec, Canada in large catholic families.
We were raised Catholic and I went to private catholic school for 12 years, graduating from an all girls catholic high school. We went to church every Sunday, but as my sisters and I grew older and went off to college we went less frequent.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
St. Pierre: I graduated from college with a bachelor of science in Nursing. I have read many books on freethought and atheism and that is how I finally knew I was an atheist.
Jacobsen: How did you come to find the Freedom From Religion Foundation? How did you take on the leadership role within the Freedom from Religion Foundation Metro Denver Chapter?
St. Pierre: My younger sister introduced me to FFRF and we went to see Dan Barker (co-president of the national organization) debate other religious leaders.
It was thought provoking and enlightening. When I learned there was a group of interested individuals working to start a chapter in the Denver area, I went to the first meeting and was on the founding leadership board. I have been involved in the leadership of the group from the beginning and continue now.
Jacobsen: How are you work to build a robust community locally through Freedom from Religion Foundation Metro Denver Chapter?
St. Pierre: Our chapter affiliate focuses on educating the community about freethought, athesism and the separation of state and church. We participate in several local events by hosting an informational table to provide interested individuals basic information about what we do and how to get involved.
We also hold our meetings at the Secular Hub, a local Denver meeting location for secular groups. We get many members thru these avenues.
Jacobsen: What are the challenges of community there?
St. Pierre: Our membership demographics are unfortunately not diverse. Mostly white older males but getting more women and younger (<40 years) individuals slowly as well as people of color.
Jacobsen: Who has, typically, been opposed to the operations, and mission and mandate, of Freedom from Religion Foundation Metro Denver Chapter?
St. Pierre: Evangelical Christians who have the incorrect belief that our country and government were founded on christian principles. Many religious individuals want more religion in schools and government.
Jacobsen: What are the local problems in the past right into the present? What has worked as solutions, partial or complete? How can other secular advancement organizations learn from the successes there?
St. Pierre: FFRF’s primary focus is to educate thru letters and follow up when someone files a complaint/violation. If you go to the national website www.ffrf.org you will find a great list of the “wins” that the organization has had.
Most from writing letters and when that doesn’t work, thru filing court complaints and using those legal means. I think other secular groups have learned the importance of fighting these violations, even if they seem mundane. If we don’t address them, its sets a precedent that would not bode well for state church separation.
Jacobsen: What are some books or thinkers who best represent the aims of the Freedom from Religion Foundation Metro Denver Chapter?
St. Pierre: The two co-presidents of our national organization, Dan Barker and Annie Laurie Gaylor, have great books they have written. Dan Barker has several written in the past few years that really exemplify what it means to be a freethinker.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
St. Pierre: I believe that the best way people can become involved in secular ideals is to educate others on what it means to be secular and the importance of the separation of state and church.
People need to know that there is a movement on the “right” to destroy the wall of separation that has ensured success in the democracy of the US and it is at risk.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
St. Pierre: FFRF has been in existence on the national level for 40+ years fighting for our first amendment rights and will continue to do so. What we do is more important now than ever.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Claudette.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/20
Reverend Gretta Vosper is a unique individual in the history of Canadian freethought insofar as I know the prior contexts of freethinking in Canada’s past in general, and in the nation for secular oriented women in particular.
Vosper is a Member of The Clergy Project and a Minister in The United Church of Canada (The UCC) at West Hill United Church, and the Founder of the Canadian Centre for Progressive Christianity (2004-2016), and Best-Selling Author.
I reached out about the start of an educational series in early pages of a new chapter in one of the non-religious texts in the library comprising the country’s narratives. Vosper agreed.
Here we talk about the reasons for Canadians being less statistically likely to be fundamentalist than Americans.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Looking at much of the religious demographics of the world, in terms of adherence to particular beliefs, especially in comparison to the United States of America, Canadians seem more ordinary and moderated in personal faith positions and assertions. Why?
Rev. Gretta Vosper: That is a locked and loaded question, using terms far more familiar to Americans than Canadians. Using it because belief is so central to so many people that addressing beliefs can become a very fractious undertaking. But that, of course, is what we’re trying to do.
I’ve been reading Atheism and Secularity, Volume 1, Issues, Concepts, and Definitions, edited by Phil Zuckerman. It includes chapters by researchers who explore issues central to the understanding of belief and the lack of it. It is filled with interesting data, much of which supports the idea that high levels of religious belief correlate to a deficit of social progress, or a low rating on the “Successful Societies Scale” (SSS). Repeatedly, the author of the The Evolution of Popular Religiosity and Secularism,” Gregory S. Paul, exposes the many social deficiencies that countries experience when they fail to transfer programs providing social benefit from the purview of religious organizations to government. Without the stability provided by government programs, individuals and families are at greater risk of chaos as the result of financial or health challenges. And, he argues, they hold to religious claims as a self-soother, a coping mechanism.
Provided with comparatively low levels of government support and protection, [Americans] of even the middle class are at serious risk of financial and personal ruin if they lose their job or private health insurance… These high-risk circumstances and the strong variation in economic circumstances help elevate rates of social pathology and strongly contribute to high levels of personal stress and anxiety. The majority are left feeling sufficiently insecure that they perceive a need to seek the aid and protection of a supernatural creator, boosting levels of religious opinion and participation. The nation’s good score in life satisfaction and happiness is compatible with a large segment of the population using religion to psychologically self-medicate against high levels of apprehension.[i]
It is important to remember that as Western countries arrived at a point in time when their economic welfare was plentiful, most of those countries began investing in the social framework and programs that increased social wellness. The United States did not. Instead, they embraced laissez-faire economics at a cellular level, each person responsible for his own economic health, each family living the life they deserved whether it was wealthy or destitute. If you didn’t reach for and achieve the American Dream, it was your own bloody fault and enjoy your just desserts.
Read the above excerpt again and you can imagine a very strong correlation between the need for the “ruling class”, if you will, to maintain the narrative of a divine, interventionist being who would sort it all out in the end. Not that I’m suggesting that there is a top-level conspiracy, but for those who live in the top one or two percent and who are or have the ear of those in power, there is absolutely no reason to dismantle that story. It works for them because their sole responsibility toward those who are constantly scrabbling to survive and turning their lifeblood over to the elite in doing so, is simply to remind them to pull up their socks. Maintaining the illusion of belief is an enormous and significant element of the social ills in America.
If you look at what is currently happening in the US under the Trump administration, it gets both clearer and more disturbing. Those Trump panders to, from his appointment of Betsy DeVos, a woman with no experience in or with the education system in the US, as Secretary of Education to his recognition of Jerusalem as Israel’s capital, are all white, evangelical Christians. But their acceptance of Trump’s presidency remains a moral paradox. How could they support a man who admits to sexually molesting women, who lies constantly, who treats people with contempt, and who does not honour the Christian’s deepest responsibility: to love one another and to bring about justice for the “anawim”, the little people, those who are marginalized, ignored, and tragically unable to save themselves? The only way they could do that would be to completely ignore their own belief system, in my opinion. And the only reason they would do that publicly, is if they were prepared to lose the privilege and power they have achieved.
Canada is not a perfect
country. As I write, a scandal is burning its way through the government. But
Canadians chose to go the other way when wealth grew to the point that
providing education, healthcare, supporting the arts, building up public
institutions and infrastructure were possible. The higher the government
involvement in those very public and often universal benefits, the faster
belief in a theistic deity disappears. Canadians do not need that deity
anymore. Americans do. It is as simple as that.
[i] Gregory S. Paul, “The Evolution of Popular Religiosity and Secularism: How first World Statistics Reveal Why Religion Exists, Why It Has Been Popular, and Why the Most Successful Democracies Are the Most Secular.” in Atheism and Secularity, Volume 1, Issues, Concepts, and Definitions, Phil Zuckerman, ed. (Denver: Praeger, 2010) p. 163.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/20
Soma is the Administrator of the “Secular Indian.” Here we talk about her life, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How is religion more bad than good?
Soma: Any thought process that relies on an assumption- and it is an assumption- that a parental figure no one has ever seen isobserving every move of an individual from birth to death, opens a door wide open.
The door to interpretation and fanciful imagination. The result of this fantastic lie taking root in human civilization is there for all to see.
The divisions created among humans based on which god (or set of gods) a group of people would collectively agree to believe in (and creating exclusive communities out of such beliefs), are essentially artificial divisions.
And any competitive vying for the top spot that naturally occurs in group behaviors inevitably culminates in mutual suspicions, hatred, superiority complexes and violence. All consequences of these artificial divisions that are based on a lie of gargantuan proportions.
Most religions are based on faith. They spread the doctrine that faith is essential for human life. All of them are perpetuated through childhood indoctrination.
This results in the conditioning of vulnerable children into adults who are averse to not only critical or scientific thinking but averse to thinking in general. Religions claim to have (simplistic) answers to complex problems which makes thinking a liability.
Religion creates adults who can’t think for themselves; so these adults are incapable of solving real problems at individual and social level. This is the recipe for stagnation, strife, social divide, atrocities, gender inequality and other such social evils.
Jacobsen: What events in history most speak to this evaluation?
Soma: Wars, conflicts, in-fighting, rioting and all other kinds of violent behaviors have been occurring throughout mankind’s history that are based on which god/s are true vs which are false.
Invasions, conquests, persecutions and oppression have all been influenced by different religious identities forever obsessed with claiming victory in a never-ending power game India has been involved in these bloody and catastrophic power struggles right from the word go.
Temple desecrations and consequent fatalities were common between Hindu, Buddhist and Jain Kingdoms long before the arrival of the Muslims.
For example, around 18,000 members of the Ajivika sect were executed as a result of an order given by Emperor Ashoka of the Mauryan Dynasty who reigned between 268-232BCE.
The Ajivikas opposed the philosophies of Buddhism and Jainism and were, thus, considered to be “rivals”. Ashoka would famously go on to reject all violence,yet he continued to pose a threat to the lives of tribals who had their own way of life and were therefore, considered to be “rivals”or , the “other”.
The Muslim invasions and subsequent rule have only added more fuel to the fire. The hostilities that firmly took rootbetween Hindus and Muslimshave gone on to fester through the centuries and serve as a catalyst to one of the severest incidents of religious massacres in world history- The Partition.
It is estimated around 2 million people lost their lives and 14 million people were displaced during the creation of Pakistan along religious lines. The ongoing conflict in Kashmir is mainly a religious one.
I need not add that all of this isrevolved around the celestial rivalries between fictional sky dwelling creatures.
Jacobsen: How is this replicated right into the present?
Soma: Mob scenes erupting between religious communities are not an uncommon occurrence in India. Practically anything and everything can set off a riot. Most notable mentions would be the 1984 Sikh massacre in which the unofficial death toll is estimated to be up to 18,000; the 1969 Gujarat riots which left 660 dead and 48000 displaced; the 1989 Bhagalpur riots that saw the deaths of over 1000 people and 50,000 displaced; the demolition of the Babri Mosque in 1992 by Hindu Nationalists that saw the deaths of around 2000 people; the subsequent Bombay riots which took a further 700 odd lives; the Muzaffarnagar riots that claimed 62 lives and left almost 50,000 displaced; the 2002 Gujarat riots which claimed the lives of around 1044 people and over 200 missing; the 2012 Assam riots between Bodos and Muslims in which 77 lay dead and 400,000 displaced; the Pilibhit riots…. the list is actually endless.
Especially if one is to include mob scenes that erupt after a movie release or a book release or the elopement of inter faith lovers. And of course, caste violence.
The worst part of this already sordid scenario inside the world of religion is the oppression that goes on of women and minorities within religious communities that largely go unreported. Dogma is a way of life.
Most right wing ideologues nowadays claim a golden past or religious utopia in the past which appeals to most of the fanatics and religious moderates who don’t want the trouble of thinking for themselves.
They can blame all the social ills or economic challenges on those past invasions by “outsiders”. That is the reason they categorize science as “eastern” and “western” and thus reject scientific method, evolution and modern medical science.
Also they can create an illusion of every form of knowledge existing in the past and getting destroyed by those outsiders. All this propaganda may lead to systematic dumbing down of a whole generation of India and we may lose the demographic dividend of our young population.
The youngsters of India are receiving this vile opiate; so they are totally unaware of the real challenges the humankind or world in general is going to face in 21st century.
Jacobsen: What are the positives of religion?
Soma: I first need to state the obvious with a generalization. As we are social animals, we bond in groups. Whether a group has a destructive agenda (a neo nazi group, for example) or is completely benign in nature (a book club), the dynamics at work that hold a group together are the same.
Like minded people converging together and feelingsolidarity, a sense of belonging, a sense ofcommunity.
Religion is a first attempt to know and understand the world. A primitive baby step taken towards the direction of science and philosophy. And is a first venture of humans to undertake large scale cooperation.
Along the way religion has provided the inspiration for great works of art, architecture, literature, music and so on.
I would add a p.s. that, religions had all the wealth in their hands; hence, obviously they were the sponsors of such great artistic endeavors.
Jacobsen: What inspired the foundation of Secular Indian?
Soma: I turned atheist in my teens. I come from a liberal family and my father, who was an agnostic, told me some ugly truths about religion when I was 7.
A few years ago, I met up with my fellow admin in an atheist group. He had already created this page and asked me if I would run it as he could not find the time. The rest is history.
Jacobsen: How is criticism of religion healthy and normal rather than something to be condemned?
Soma: All ideas need a healthy and continuous dose of criticism, introspection and evidence-based dissent if they are to evolve and survive into the next phase. Religious belief should have faded off into oblivion a long long time ago after scientific thought broke free from it to hold its own.
The only reason religion is surviving todayis due to the fact that religion employs fear tactics over those who dare question it. As a result, religion has been able to get away with some of the worst cases of human rights violations history has ever seen.
The long and short of it is that without merciless criticism and expose, the oppressor will continue to oppress and the oppressed will continue to live a life in silent acceptance.
Religious philosophies portray a completely different picture of reality which clashes with the world view given by science. When religions ruled the world that era is termed as “dark ages” because religions had a stranglehold on every aspect of human lives.
Every belief has its consequences. So, the world never progressed much, the human condition was always bleak & uncertain. When the “Enlightenment” principles like science, reason, humanism and progress took roots in the psyche of (mainly European ) the society it loosened this stranglehold of religions on human thinking.
When criticism was recognized as part of public discourse (at least in learned circles) and a vital part of science; the progress which ensued is still going on in leaps and bounds.
Hence religions all of which promote faith (unquestioning belief) should be treated as “human ideas” instead of divine ideas. If those ideas are questioned and criticized then mankind can have a choice of accepting or rejecting them on the criterion of reason.
The constructive criticism combined with freedom of speech has done wonders in the arena of science; same revolution can happen in the world of religion too which will be the best thing to happen in a world dominated by blind faith.
Jacobsen: What are the reactions within Indian culture of those who reject the common Hindu, Islamic, and other mythologies?
Soma: I am an ex Hindu and have always been completely open and outspoken about my rejection of the religious identity that was slapped onto me at birth. Hailing from a liberal family as I do, I am lucky that I have not faced any repercussion.
I cannot say this is the same for everyone. The usual family backlash will be faced by those who hail from a conservative household. In fact, the option to leave is not even presented to a child with the result that one would have to live a life in the closet in adulthood should one opt to leave faith behind.
The situation inside Muslim communities is on another level as the penalty for leaving the faith is met with disownment by the family,or worse..
Jacobsen: How are religion and politics mixed together for the benefit of the dominant faiths in India? Is this reflected in the current leadership?
Soma: A highly successful divisive policy of ‘divide and rule’ instilled in the psyche of the general public, whence theBritish Raj took over the reigns from the East India company in the mid 1800’s – has been the main stay of politics ever since the country gained independence a 100 years later.
The origin of various religious based (or caste based) political parties in India has benefited those that seek the all-important vote. A vote that keeps them in power – and the power that allows for them to drive their agenda further.
Be it the lower caste’s, the Muslim majoritarian, or the Hindu majoritarian – all parties seek victory based on their consistent rhetoric of caste/religion-based policies.
The present incumbent party in India has been at the forefront ofa dialogue that has been finding newer ways of wedging a greater divide between the two main religions in India –Hindu’s and Muslim’s! From eating habits (beef/meat consumption and the lynchings that rose out of it), to the recent controversial Muslim divorce process – everything has been based on religion-based appeasement or exclusion.
The benefit is obvious – political power is seized, intrinsic human rights (freedom’s of various orders) are constricted, the religious identity strengthened – resulting in (the hope of) an authoritarian religion based nation.
Jacobsen: How do electronic media provide a safe platform and space for the non-religious?
Soma: One word: anonymity. This means that one can engage in open discussions and debates safely without the fearof persecution. The anonymity of social media coupled with instant exchanging of ideas with people around the world has enabled atheism to spread today at a speed that is unprecedented. Because religion cannot find you and hunt you down here, you are safe.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Soma.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/19
Bwambale Musubaho Robert is the School Director of the Kasese Humanist School (Rukoki/Muhokya/Kahendero). Here we talk about his life, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Robert Bwambale: I am Bwambale Robert Musubaho born in a family of 4, 2 boys and 2 girls, I am the second born , All my parents passed away in my early years and was orphaned at 5 years.
Am born in a monogamous home and I grew up a mixture of polygamous homes in an African extended family setting where my uncles had polygamous families with several homes.
I attended a rural school called muruseghe primary School in my early years for seven years, then moved to a town school called Kampala High School and was there for two years, the other two years I was a school dropout, thereafter joined school again this time in a rural village school called Karambi secondary school where I was for two years, then joined Rwenzori High school for Advanced level and went to college where I attained a Diploma in Biological Sciences.
I grew up in a staunch Anglican devoted family and was baptized, confirmed in the early years but lost my faith as grew up during my college days. In my earlier years I was very critical and curious of religion.
The language we grew speaking was Lhukonzo, I belong to the Bakonzo tribe who speak the Lhukonzo language. It is the dominant tribe in the Kasese region. When I moved to Kasese town and Kampala in my youthful days I adopted other languages like Rutoro, Swahili, Luganda to mention but a few.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Bwambale: I hold an Ordinary diploma in biological sciences and a certificate in Human resource management & Entrepreneurship
I have been informally self educated by growing up with curious minds, accepting to listen to stories and information from old people, my parents where ever I grew up and interacting with people I grew up with.
I grew up with a great passion of loving to explore the world, engage with friends and the internet revolution has helped me more as it has made me learn a lot of things on how to relate with others and to plan things that matter in making this world a better place.
Jacobsen: What are the current projects ongoing from before 2019 into 2019 for Kasese Humanist Schools?
Bwambale: The current projects ongoing are the Child Sponsorship program where we continue helping needy and orphaned children join or keep in school.
We have the chicken project where we are keeping the chicken for educational and income generation.
We have the vocational skills trainings in carpentry, welding, tailoring, art and craft making, auto mechanics and gardening.
The tree planting project is moving forward where we are creating a forest around the Rukoki school.
Jacobsen: What are the central difficulties of the construction of a humanist community and set of schools?
Bwambale: Accessibility to funding sources on the local scene is not easy.
Poor school fees payments by parents due to low income levels and people’s low attitude to educate children.
Threats from religious leaders in fear of humanist school principles that gives students the freedom to question everything.
Jacobsen: What are the most rewarding aspects of this life project and initiative for you, as this remains an incredible endeavor and achievement by you?
Bwambale: I feel great seeing Ugandan children getting an education through my efforts.
I am feeling happy when a I notice a section of Ugandans steadily adopting a reading culture exposing them to plenty of information which helps to broaden their minds and levels of thinking.
Creating jobs for people is also something am happy about , the teachers and non teaching staffs at the schools, orphanages, hostels and farmlands has helped improve on people’s lives.
Humanism being an alternate to religious bigotry is a good thing, it helps people to think out of the box and come up with critical and skeptical minds which is good and healthy for them.
Jacobsen: What are the stereotypes about humanists in Uganda? How does this impact the social and emotional lives of young Ugandan children?
Bwambale: Humanists in Uganda are doing good works in improving lives of people in different disciplines and even though there are threats of smear campaigns about what we stand for and what we are doing, the locals are perceiving a positive trend in us since we are always there to dispel the rumors and lies propagated by our enemies.
I am optimistic the young children of Uganda will not remain the same if they get exposure to the worldview which we stand for.
Jacobsen: What is the full curriculum provided for the pupils in a humanist education? How can other African nation-states learn from this example?
Bwambale: There is no designed curriculum in place but of recent we run critical thinking workshops, drills and debates on several topics. At our schools we are recommended to teach the Ugandan school’s curriculum and we spice it with the humanist values and ethos to generate an all round child.
Other African nations can copy a leaf of what we are doing and we all move in a direction where our students have exposure to secular ideas and rational minds.
We need Africa to embrace evidence based learning; this is the only way that we can kick off the beliefs in magic and superstitions which is synonymous of Africa.
They can set up schools on humanist foundations in their localities, access resources on humanism/atheism which is readily available online, can network with us and with other secular communities worldwide and can initiate debates or workshops on humanism related themes in their areas.
Jacobsen: What organizations can others help in order to support Kasese Humanist Schools, e.g., Brighter Brains Institute?
Bwambale: Other than Brighter Brains Institute, other organizations doing a wonderful work in changing lives are: Atheist Alliance International, Humanist Canada, Foundation Beyond Belief, Rationalist Society of Australia, Uganda Humanist Schools Trust UK, Manitoba Atheists, Halton Peel Humanist Community, Kalmar Humanists Sweden, Atheist Community of SanJose,
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Bwambale: We do accept volunteers to come work with us in our projects, we welcome those who might be interested in fundraising for us online or in their areas of jurisdiction, or willing to feature us on their blogs and web pages for wider publicity.
We also welcome personalities with ideas that can push forward some of our projects like the Back packers and safari lodge project.
We also welcome mutual collaboration with potential organizations that we share with core humanist values.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Bwambale: Am so thankful for your efforts to always interview me at specific times, this gives chance to people who cherish and value what I do to perhaps learn more about me.
I also appreciate those who have contributed to my initiatives over the years, you are doing good guys, you have made me what I am and not only me alone but many families including children are having good lives and getting an education.
With Science, we can progress.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Robert.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/18
Alvarez del Río is an Advisory Council Member of DMD Mexico. Here we talk about her life, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Asuncion Alvarez del Río: I was born in a middle class family in the then Distrito Federal (now Mexico City). My parents were Spanish (my father died, my mother lives), but all their children were born in Mexico, so I am Mexican with an important cultural Spanish influence.
We are 6 siblings (I have a sister and 4 brothers), something that has always seemed a privilege to me, especially because we all the siblings have a very close relationship that has been transmitted to our children (my daughters and all my nieces and nephews who get along very well). There is a very special affection among the extended family.
I grew up in a Catholic family (my mother was a Catholic convinced, not only in form, but who really and deeply believed in the Catholic religion) and I was educated in a school of nuns (from elementary school to high school).
For the same reason, I was educated in a conservative way. I was a very Catholic person until I began to have doubts about religion, which increased throughout my studies in Psychology (which is my training) till I finally stopped believing (I considered my self an atheist).
I also began to question a lot of what I learned in my family and in my school and started a change that has resulted in my now being a liberal person.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Alvarez del Río: I studied my degree in Psychology and for many years my main interest was psychoanalysis (Freudian and Lacanian).
Afterwards, I recognized that I had a personal need to work on something related to death, as a way to complete answering the questions that had remained pending when I stopped being a religious person who, as such, I was then satisfied with the answer that a personal life continues after death.
When I didn’t believe that anymore, realizing that there is nothing after death was very disturbing. I needed something more than what I had already found in my personal psychoanalysis and I looked for a way to do a research work on the subject of death to find that answers.
I was fortunate to be able to enter the National Autonomous University of Mexico (UNAM) to carry out a project about the patient’s experience with death.
I soon realized that my personal concern was shared by many more people, including doctors and patients, and that my personal question needed to become a research topic that was important to pay attention to in Mexico, especially in the field of medicine (I was in the School of Medicine).
At the same time that I was doing my project, I decided to study a Master’s degree in Clinical Psychology (I continue the project I had been working on in my thesis research) and upon completing the master’s degree, I studied a doctorate, also at the UNAM in the field of Bioethics.
By then, I had renewed my initial contracts for a year until I obtained the tenure as a full-time professor (my current position) in the Department of Psychiatry and Mental Health of the School of Medicine of the UNAM. My PhD thesis was about euthanasia.
I concluded it in 2004 and since then I have remained intellectually and personally committed to the topic (we cannot avoid death, but we can remain free till the very end, even to decide how not t olive), following as much as possible everything that happens in terms of news, regulations and academic articles on the subject; not only about euthanasia, but, in a broader sense, about decisions at the end of life and what is called dying with dignity.
Jacobsen: As a member of DMD Mexico, what do you see as its important values to inculcate in Mexican society?
Alvarez del Río: First of all, respect different ways of thinking. This is something we have to go for, because many people respond as if it were a personal threat that others think and decide differently. This is especially evident when the differences refer to religious beliefs on which some positions are based, such as being against abortion or euthanasia.
We have to advance to be a society in which a person who, for example, is against abortion for religious beliefs, can respect that another is not, based on other beliefs. Related to this, in Mexico it is necessary that secularism be respected and that includes politicians who have allowed or favored the imposition of laws based on religious beliefs.
Solidarity is another value to inculcate (on which DMD is ultimately based). Be sensitive to what others may need and this is especially important at the end of life. For a person to have a good end of life, she needs the support of others, in the hospital, in the family, with friends.
And another value that needs to be instilled is honesty. We Mexicans have a hard time being clear and talking about what is happening; we take many detours because we feel that being direct is offensive, but this often leads not to assume something that needs attention and this happens very often when a person is very sick and is going to die. Not talking about what really is happening, leaves the persona with many needs unattended and wishes ignored.
Jacobsen: What have been the important legal victories for DMD Mexico in its history?
Alvarez del Río: The first achievement (not legally speaking) has been to put the subject of the end of life in a visible way and to make more people interested in it or find an interlocutor to whom to go with their doubts and concerns regarding the end of life.
In 2016 DMD conducted a national survey that has been very important because it gives current data that were unknown about what people actually think about being able to receive help from a doctor to die in case of suffering a terminal illness and having intolerable suffering.
The results were, in a way, surprising, because close to 70% of the population supports that this help is possible. This is very important data to support legislative proposals.
DMD has played an important role in the recognition of the right to a dignified death and the autonomy of people in the constitution of Mexico City.
Jacobsen: What are its current battlegrounds for more sociocultural acceptance?
Alvarez del Río: One of the objectives that we intend to achieve is to disseminate the issues related to dying with dignity and the right to die further by inviting society to participate.
In this way, there is the opportunity to remove the prejudices and ignorance on which many people base their opposition to assisted death. Their position changes when they netter understands what it is about and they see that anyone can be in the situation of needing it.
Recognizing, both the important role played by doctors and the Catholic religion in our country, we are looking to have a visible group of doctors and priests who support the association.
Jacobsen: Who have been the most vocal opposition to personal autonomy in terms of the values and goals of DMD Mexico?
Alvarez del Río: The Catholic Church as an institution that strongly condemns that a person decides to die and receives help for that, although we know that there are members of the church who do not share that position.
Based on their religious beliefs, there are groups with economic and political power in Mexico that also oppose personal autonomy to decide the end of life.
Jacobsen: How can external organizations coordinate with DMD Mexico to further the aims of dying with dignity, right to die, euthanasia, and medical assistance in dying?
Alvarez del Río: On the one hand, it is very important to be part of the World Federation of Right to Die Societies, which allows us to be in contact with other associations that share our goal, some with more years of experience and with more legal achievements, while others sharing the same obstacles and challenges; in both cases, they represent an important support and source of learning.
On the other hand, it is very valuable to join efforts with other groups of academics, doctors and lawyers in Mexico (in the UNAM, el Colegio de Bioética, el Colegio Nacional, to name a few) that defend the right to a dignified death and share our interest to change the laws and conditions so that all people can choose the best way to die.
Jacobsen: What are some core books and articles, and intellectuals, to pay more attention to now?
Alvarez del Río: DMD published two books in recent years that are worth knowing: 1) Álvarez del Río A (coord.).
La muerte asistida en México. Una opción más para morir con dignidad [Assisted death in Mexico. One more option to die with dignity] and 2) Espinosa Rugarcía A (coord.). Por el derecho a una muerte digna. Por el Derecho a Morir con Dignidad [For the right to a dignified death. For the Right to Die with Dignity].
Among the authors worth following in the media (although they not only write about the end of life, but other bioethics topics) are Arnoldo Kraus, Luis Muñoz, Patricio Santillán, Ricardo Tapia, Roberto Blancarte, Raymundo Canales and Héctor Méndoza.
There are other intellectuals who do not normally write about euthanasia or other bioethical issues, but who express their opinion on this when these issues appear in public attention, such as Bernardo Barranco or Jesús Silva-Heerzog Márquez.
Since March 2018, I’ve been writing monthly in El Semanario (an online newspaper) an article under the general subject: For a better end of life.
I also recommend following the DMD website (https://dmd.org.mx/) in which articles and news related to the themes of dying with dignity and right to die are constantly published and updated.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Alvarez del Río: On the DMD website (https://dmd.org.mx/) you can find the link to make donations and to establish contact for any of these interests.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Alvarez del Río: I feel grateful for the opportunity of having this conversation that can be shared to the public because it is very important that more people know more about DMD and about the subject we are promoting: legal and social changes so that Mexicans can have a dignified death, without pain, in peace, and in accordance to their own decisions
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Asuncion.
Alvarez del Río: Thank you Scott.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/17
Mandisa Thomas is the Founder of Black Nonbelievers, Inc (Twitter & Facebook). One of the, if not the, largest organization for African-American or black nonbelievers or atheists in America.
The organization is intended to give secular fellowship, provide nurturance and support for nonbelievers, encourage a sense of pride in irreligion, and promote charity in the non-religious community.
I reached out to begin an educational series with one of the, and again if not the, most prominent African-American woman nonbeliever grassroots activists in the United States. Here, we talk about the appropriate placement of blame.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: There are some things coming to light in the general news cycle. What are those things? What are your thoughts on them?
Mandisa Thomas: Most recently, it was the airing of the Lifetime documentary Surviving R. Kelly, which was the documentary of the R&B singer/monster who was preying on women for sexual subjugation and abuse.
Those women were telling their stories. There are still some young ladies who are still living with, who he is holding hostage emotionally and abusing. What is significant, these allegations, and actions, go back well over 30 years.
I remember as a teenager in the 1990s. I remember when R. Kelly first came out. I remember when he debuted the singer Aaliyah. He married her. It was shown that the marriage documents were falsified. He was 27. She was 15.
The marriage documents were falsified to show she was 18. This had been a red flag for years. Unfortunately, these allegations and actions have been denied and ignored. Because he had been investigated for quite some time.
He was hanging around in an entourage. He would get girls. The entourage would cover his actions. There was a succession of lawsuits that were filed against him for emotional and physical harm.
There is a long history of investigations surrounding R. Kelly that would largely be ignored or obscured in the black community because he was so prominent and talented. There is a pathology in the African-American community of blaming young women.
Somehow, it was their fault that they were abused. Also, one of the most astounding parts of this was that when R. Kelly went child for child pornography charges. Many of the pastors in the community were protecting and holding him up as this positive image, which was absolving him of his “wrongdoings” or “sins” that were utterly disgusting.
Jacobsen: How does the playing out of that saga relate to one ongoing with the Covington Catholic High School?
Thomas: I am not sure they’re related per se. But it is very interesting to see how there’s definitely a correlation with patriarchy. Apparently, the young men who were going to the Covington Catholic High School.
They were going to protest a women’s rights event and then ended up accosting some Black Hebrew Israelites, who were just as patriarchal. It is interesting to see the amount of male privilege that we see in society here.
This Administration and President, the people who still have the privilege and seem to be fighting back against that, because they are ‘taking their country back.’ It doesn’t need to be that different.
It is interesting the reaction to the Gillette ad, which encourages critical thought about toxic masculinity. It is interesting to see the pushback from males who already have the privilege. When the idea of reconsidering that privilege and trying to consider others, and reconsider the damage that has been foisted on others’ children at the hands of these guys and men, it is just such an offense taken to it.
We are seeing the level of pushback. People tell their stories.
Jacobsen: In terms of two levels of analysis, individual and collective, around policy, what can individuals do if relatively safe for them? What would you recommend for others at a larger scale in dealing with some of these issues?
Thomas: Firstly, there does need to be the reminder of what has been going on and listening to people tell their stories and, hopefully, in the near future there will be some form of restorative justice; that will be taken against the people who commit these heinous acts and then excuses not being for them.
Certainly, listening is the first step. It is trying to figure out what the root of the problem is; there needs to be some form of retribution on behalf of people who, certainly, should know better.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.
Thomas: Thank you very much.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/17
Sandra Z. Zellick is the Secretary of the Humanists of Sarasota Bay. Here we talk about her life, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Sandra Zellick: Lived in Winthrop, Massachusetts, public school there. I am Jewish but only culturally rather than pious. I was an only child.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Zellick: I went to Mt.Holyoke College and Brandeis Univ. for my AB degree. on to Harvard for Ed.M., MBA at West Springfield College. In middle age got an MBA, then an MS in Counseling Psych., then an MS in Family Therapy, and PhD in Family Therapy.
Jacobsen: As the Secretary for the Humanists of Sarasota Bay, what tasks and responsibilities come with the station?
Zellick: I take minutes at Board meetings and publish them to the Board. I help out at the welcome desk for monthly lecture meetings. I also organize a bi-weekly lunch for unstructured conversation.
Jacobsen: How did you come to find the humanist community and become involved with the Humanists of Sarasota Bay in particular?
Zellick: I belong to Gulf Coast Humanists as well as Humanists of Sarasota Bay (HUSBAY.) I found the Humanists a comfortable, like-minded group of people. I can’t remember how I got involved initially. The HUSBAY group is quite active with many activities to choose from.
Jacobsen: Why is a humanistic and secular education important to support, not only with scholarship funds but also with the work to change current educational curricula for a solid secular foundation?
For example, in Canada and the UK, there are explicit religious schools receiving public taxpayer monies.
Zellick: Sadly, our pubic schools are becoming more religious with our current administration. Signs like “In God We Trust” are proliferating.
Jacobsen: Who tend to be opposed to the efforts and activities of the construction of a humanist community by the Humanists of Sarasota Bay?
Zellick: We don’t have opposition to private organizations under our 501c3 non-profits. Actually anyone is free to create a club or interest group if they so choose, regardless of tax status.
Jacobsen: With the current fiascos of the Trump Administration, women’s rights have been the first to be attacked now. How can there be some work to reduce the level of regression happening now?
What are some ways men can realize the attacks of women’s rights as a serious problem, if they do not realize this already, and then become socially and politically active to protect them?
Zellick: I wish I had the answer to that.
Jacobsen: Who have been important women humanists in history? What books would you recommend to prospective readers on the subject matter of humanism, if they are becoming more interested in its ethic and lifestance?
Zellick: If you go to HUSBAY.org you will find lots of information.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Zellick: Are there Humanists group available to you in your area? If not, the American Humanist Association is a good resource.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Zellick: Thank you for your interest. I hope you can find like-minded people who share your ideas and perhaps begin your own Humanist group. The American Atheists is another organization you might find interesting.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Sandra.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/16
“Lynn is the parent of two adult daughters and grandmother of a 12 year old boy. She was a very mature student who got Bachelor of General Studies degree from the University of the Fraser Valley and Master of Public Policy degree from Simon Fraser University in her 50s. She is a public policy analyst and have used federal and BC legislation to access information for 20 years. Music, recreational fishing and working in the soil feed her soul.
She first encountered Kinder Morgan contractors near her home when they were clearing trees in the greenspace near her home, and she became aware of the expansion proposal. She was also present at the public meeting after the 2012 SumasTank Farm spill.
She was feeling very vulnerable to the risks from a diluted bitumen spillat the time that PIPE UP Network was formed and became active at the time if itsinception. Belonging to a group of like-minded people has significantly increased her belief in the power of people to take care of each other – no matter how challenging our opponent is.”
Source: http://www.pipe-up.net/lynn_perrin.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s start from the top. You are highly involved with pipeline issues within British Columbia. Recently, there was a written argument to the NEB. For those who may not know, what is the NEB? What is Trans Mountain?
Lynn Perrin: The National Energy Board is a quasi-judicial body that is taking applications from energy companies and approving them or not. [Laughing] usually, it is with conditions. It is for energy infrastructure that crosses provincial boundaries, whether oil and gas pipelines, or electrical transmission lines.
Trans Mountain is a pipeline that has been transporting oil and gas since 1953. It has been owned by various organizations with the last one being Kinder Morgan. In May of 2018, it was purchased by the federal government as a crown corporation.
They are also trying to get the expansion built. So, the original pipeline is 300,000 barrels per day capacity. They want to add 530,000 per day. Purportedly, it is to ship to Asia rather than the United States. That is about it, for those two.
Jacobsen: The big picture here is climate change or global warming with further emphasis on anthropogenic or human-induced global warming. Do these two – let’s say – bodies take these into account in terms of future impacts, or are they only focused on the short-term profit?
Perrin: While they say this is within the national interest, most opponents would strongly disagree with it. Upstream emissions are being examined by the NEB. They are refusing to look at the downstream emissions, which, of course, are significant, especially with the bitumen.
It is very carbon-heavy oil. What is interesting, the NEB agreed to look at the downstream emissions with regard to the Energy East pipeline proposal but are still refusing to do it with the Trans Mountain proposal.
At this very moment, Stand Earth, one of the intervenors, has notice of application that the NEB wouldn’t examine those downstream emissions due to the climate change implications and the effects that they would have on species-at-risk in the Salish Sea, such as ocean acidification.
Jacobsen: Also, recently, what is, or was, witnessing to the Trans Mountain survey of the mountain beaver habitat?
Perrin: Oh! Trans Mountain is doing an integrity dig on Sumas Mountain. The government bought two pipelines. One goes from Hardisty, Alberta to Westridge Terminal, BC. The other terminal goes from Sumas Terminal Tank Farm, Abbotsford down to Washington state.
They have three refineries down there. So, the integrity dig is on the pipeline going down to Washington State refineries. One of the owners has it on her property. She took photos of the beaver habitat there. It is a very shy animal.
It is really hard to get any documentation on it, at all. But we have been there twice now. The biologist hired by Trans Mountain did find some tunnels and some dens. His first comment, “These haven’t been, recently, used.”
We found the Trans Mountain biologists downplayed the evidence, whether it is a red-tailed frog, Pacific water shrew, mountain beaver, and so on. They really try to play down the presence of those species that are threatened species.
Yesterday, we had other biologists there, to go and have a look with the Trans Mountain people/contractors. There are some cameras installed and more dens have been found there.
Jacobsen: In terms of the media representation, how often, as a qualitative analysis, is the reportage accurate? How often is it inaccurate representation? How often is it outright lies?
Perrin: It depends on the media. Postmedia, they have a formal agreement with the Canadian Association of Petroleum Producers. That they are going to publish articles shining a good light on the industry.
That is a fact. It is a well-known fact. The alternative media – the National Observer, the Star, the Tyee, the Narwhal – are going to give a different lens on the situation and its probably a bit biased towards the opponents.
But I think it balances out the likes of the Vancouver Sun, the Province, the Globe and Mail, and so on, are putting out there. Local paper, in Abbotsford reporter Tyler Olsen, it is very balanced. When he does articles, he goes to both proponent and opponents of it.
Tyler quite often calls me when something comes up.
Jacobsen: Also, something that we cannot ignore. It is the leadership of Indigenous communities around the province being done by others and yourself. What have been important allies in this work?
Perrin: First of all, PIPE UP has been allies of First Nations directly affected. I mean pipelines directly on their territory: the Tsleil-Waututh from North Vancouver Burrard Inlet since 2012, the Sumas less time than that, the Stó:lō Nation early on when PIPE UP was first becoming a group like in 2012. We were working with them.
We have a very positive and respectful relationship with the Kwantlen First Nation. We have an understanding of how we interact with them. In fact, one of the Kwantlen people is a director of PIPE UP.
Jacobsen: Some may feel confusion based on some of the media reportage based on conflicting messages that they may be getting. On the one hand, some First Nations support pipeline work. On the other hand, some do not.
If we were to take a closer look at this, how many support it? How many are against it? How does this balance or disbalance out in the end analysis?
Perrin: I think of the 130+ First Nations that are somehow affected by this. 33 have signed benefit agreements with Kinder Morgan-Trans Mountain. However, many of them will say that because they have signed the benefit does not mean that they are in favor of the expansion.
They are kind of in a corner. If they did not sign a benefit agreement, and if the expansion did go ahead and did have a financial impact on them, they would be missing out on any compensation.
Jacobsen: Any other updates?
Perrin: What PIPE UP has really been working on during the original hearing and during the Reconsideration is the salmon habitat and protecting that, we were among the few in this last hearing, the few intervenors, who, actually, tried to address the freshwater habitat of chinook, especially, and to some extent, chum salmon.
Because they are the main prey – over 90% – of the food of the endangered southern resident killer whales. In fact, just in December, the committee that is responsible to report on if a species is endangered or threatened has listed a number of chinook species in BC that are either endangered or threatened.
Then, of course, this relates to the southern resident killer whales because this is their food. Over and over again, studies show that lack of chinook salmon is the leading cause of death of the southern resident killer whales.
We will see what the NEB has to say about our final written argument. I am always wearing my rose-colored glasses and try to be optimistic about, and will see, if they will agree with PIPE UP. That if they are going to be crossing chinook spawning areas, then they have to use horizontal drilling instead of open trench. That is what we are hoping for.
We are hoping that the NEB will agree with us. One of the experts, we are so lucky, Dr. Marvin Rosenau. He teaches at BCIT. He is highly regarded as a biologist. He is the one who issued the report for us, to submit to the NEB.
Hopefully, they will take a really good look at that.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Lynn.
Perrin: Thanks, Scott.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/14
William Flynn is the Founder of the Camden County Humanists. Here we talk about his life, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
William Flynn: I grew up in the suburbs of New Jersey. My family moved around a lot during the ’80s and ’90s but always around South Jersey. There was this generic feel to every place
I ever resided at. My Mom and Dad were raised Catholic which meant that I was raised Catholic. I went to a Catholic elementary school. We were a typical American family with typical family problems.
My Father was a lapsed Catholic but told me I had to go to church. My Mom grew up in a strict religious environment. The first time I decided not to go to church, my mom went ballistic.
When you’re a kid, the last thing you want to do on Sunday is put on uncomfortable clothes and kneel in a depressing looking building. Religion in our family was never on the frontlines, it just existed.
I believe that rebellious part of me is what pushed me away from the church and the notion of god. I was an Atheist before I even knew what an Atheist was. I found out where I stood when it came to believing in a god when I was around 11 years old.
For me, it was simple logic that helped me reached my conclusion. Everything I was being taught about religion wasn’t adding up. I began to see how religion hurt more than it helped.
I started asking questions but only received bottom line answers such as “There is a God. There just is”. I think the best comparison when explaining to people how I came to be an atheist, is the Santa Lie.
After a certain age, you start to put the pieces together and you realize that is was being made up as it was going along. God was the Santa lie, the bedtime story, and the coping mechanism.
For critical thinkers, the bedtime stories were over and Santa wasn’t real. Logic and Reason replaced Fantasy and Make Believe.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Flynn: After elementary school, I attended a Catholic Highschool. It was a disaster to say the least. Kids can be cruel, what can I say. The high school experience didn’t last very long.
I was homeschooled for the remaining year. I attended community college while working part-time. I believe this is what lead me to enjoy the field of Sociology so much. The topic of human nature and conduct was very intriguing and philosophical to me and it still is to this day.
I had many outside influences that formed who I am today. I was 12 years old when I started watching George Carlin. My dad was a big fan of his. I really connected with everything Carlin said about religion.
George hit the nail on the head every time. Even though Carlin was a comedian, he did speak his mind and I could relate to every word.
When the internet came along and brought us Youtube, I was able to discover incredible people such as Christopher Hitchens, Richard Dawkins and Sam Harris. I’ve read every book Hitch had written.
I would tell people about Dawkins and Harris. I would recommend articles to those who were on the fence about religion or needed to be re-educated on how much damage religion has caused since the beginning of civilization.
I studied Darwin and Huxley’s work at great length. I would spend a large amount of time watching many debates about the existence of God and the nature of morality.
I made sure that if I was going to be on the frontlines defending science and rejecting religious dogma, I better know more than the person debating me.
Being the one pushing back the theocratic encroachment in today’s society, it’s best to have the knowledge and know-how in order to have a voice and to make a difference.
Since then, I have kept up with the ongoing work from some of the most prestigious and incredible organizations in the world including The Freedom From Religion Foundation, The American Atheists, The American Humanists, and The International Humanist and Ethical Union as well as the British Humanists to name a few.
Jacobsen: Why was Camden County Humanists originally formed? What was its original purpose?
Flynn: When I founded The Camden County Humanists back in early 2013, my purpose was to create an Atheist/Humanist presence where there wasn’t one. Most of the Humanist groups were located in Northern New Jersey.
At the time CCH came along, there were only two groups, one of which was slightly inactive. There was this void that needed to be filled. CCH represented everything that the American Humanists did.
We created a family of like-minded individuals who came together to make the community a better place one good deed at a time. We raised money for different charities, fed the homeless, adopted a highway. We became a part of the community that we enjoyed helping so much.
Jacobsen: Of those community-building activities, what are those provided by the Camden County Humanists? How do these activities give a solid foundation to maintain membership and communal sensibilities – that everyone belongs together?
Flynn: To better clarify, we are very accepting of those who are “still searching”. We don’t judge but we do hope they end up joining. We offer such a wide variety of events that tackle so many topics, some that are a passionate cause to our members.
We have dinner once a month as a “get to know/how ya been” type event. The casual atmosphere gives people a chance to open up, tell us about themselves or simply listen to the conversation.
Many who attend are people who can’t talk about atheism around their family or friends. The dinner gives them a sense of freedom and sanctuary. Over time, people who joined as strangers now participate as friends.
Jacobsen: What tasks and responsibilities come with the leadership role for Camden County Humanists?
Flynn: Being a leader means knowing how to plan events, having an open line of communication with all members and letting people know that they have a voice because they are a part of this group.
Leadership requires commitment and dedication. This means bringing ideas to the group, planning events and following through with them. The more passionate a leader is about what they are trying to accomplish, the more people will believe in them and want to help.
Jacobsen: If you look at local activism for the secular, what are some laudable efforts for the advancement of humanistic efforts?
Flynn: The way things are today, it difficult to live through the age of unenlightenment. The Trump agenda to make this a theocracy on a state and federal level is sad to witness in this day and age.
The best we can do is remind people about the details they seem to forget when it comes to the constitution. Church and State must be separate – no excuses. Secular organizations take on these cases because someone has to uphold the establishment clause of the 1st amendment.
In the end, it comes who down equality. No one should be treated any different because of race, belief, lack of belief or who they love and what gender they identify as.
Sometimes change doesn’t happen as fast as it should but it still happens. This is why we keep fighting the good fight because we believe in equality for all.
Jacobsen: Some or even many secular communities undergo vilification and abuse from other local religious communities. Has this been the case for the Camden County Humanists?
If so, how? Or if not, and if other communities are going through it, what would be a good collective code of conduct to deal with these issues?
Flynn: The one thing that stood out when we approached people or businesses about our group was the fact that they didn’t know what Humanism was.
Once we explained the Philosophy behind it, people didn’t seem to mind. I assumed people couldn’t find conflict with us if they didn’t know much about Humanism. We would always put emphasis on the good that we were doing as a group.
We never ran into any conflict. Our county wasn’t filled with religious extremists or prominent hate groups that you might find in other parts of the country. It was very low key.
I always told members of my group that the best way to deal with conflict was to take the high road. Fundamentalists have a knack for infecting any joyous occasion with hate.
It’s easy to get sucked into that vortex of a shouting match. I’ve seen it happen often at various gay pride festivals. Always be the better person and display a level of tolerance that the religious bible thumpers can never achieve.
Jacobsen: What is the single most important factor in the foundation, growth, and maintenance of the humanist community? Why? How does this play out in concrete terms?
Flynn: The most important factor for any humanist group is being able to stay active. Every group should always get involved in community projects, outreach programs and other events that gain public exposure.
It’s important to know that as a group there is a responsibility to uphold certain values that the American Humanists stand for. We believe in good. We believe in the advancement of science and technology We believe in logic and reason.
Our goal is for the greater good, to better humanity for generations to come and to constantly evolve into a more informed, more tolerant, more compassionate society. To accomplish these goals, it’s important to always stay active and to always be involved.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Flynn: When people would join The Camden County Humanists for the first time, I would tell them about the benefits of joining the American Humanists Association.
This meant that they could be more aware of what’s going on in the Humanist community on a national level. Some groups have membership fees in order to fund their group.
This is always optional depending on the size of the group and whether or not it was a chapter of the AHA. Every year, the AHA would give out grants to groups looking to build on what they started.
Members are encouraged to write or call their local representatives, sign petitions, volunteer and even write letters to the editor of the local newspaper. All of these things help people better understand what Humanism is all about.
Donating time towards the group activities is not always easy. It depends on the size of the group, the average age of the total number of members and if group time conflicts with work schedules. I don’t demand people dedicate their lives to the group but I do encourage them to help out when or if they can.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Flynn: I think this was a very informative Q & A. I hope that people who read this can relate to what I’ve said and can gain some perspective on what it means to lead a Humanist group.
We still have a long ways to go and progress will take time but if we have strength in numbers, we can accomplish anything. The tides are turning – a new generation of young adults are living their lives with no religious affiliation.
The number of atheists in this country slowly rises. I only hope that 50 years from now, society has become more tolerant, more logical and more compassionate.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, William.
Flynn: You are very welcome, Mr. Jacobsen. It was my pleasure.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/16
Bryan Oates is the Administrator of the “Syracuse Atheists.” Here we talk his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Bryan Oates: I was born and raised in the suburbs of Syracuse, and for the most part that would imply a distinct lack of any real culture. My mother tried to raise me as Catholic, as that’s what she identified with religiously, and I don’t think my father really cared too much about religion.
But I don’t remember going to church as a child except for very few occasions until I joined the Boy Scouts. All the really religious people in my life at that time always seemed a little weird to me, but I’m not sure there’s any real correlation there.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Bryan: I have an A.A.S. in computer science, and I served in the military as a Human Resources Specialist. Informally, I enjoy watching science and math based YouTube channels like Numberphile, SciShow, Backyard Scientist, etc. I also really enjoy learning about things when the interest or curiosity arises.
Jacobsen: When did you find the Syracuse atheist online community or see a lack of it? How did this lead into “Syracuse Atheist”?
Bryan: The Facebook page was actually long overdue, as it came well after the in-person group had been around in the Syracuse area. Before using Facebook to coordinate, it was all based on Meetup.com.
Jacobsen: As an Administrator, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Bryan: Keep the page visible, and don’t let it shut down. I used to post things at one time, but without having much time to do that, I let the other administrators handle posting.
Jacobsen: What are the scope and implicitly mandated work of Syracuse Atheists?
Bryan: I don’t think there’s really any mandated work. The page is really just the online portion of a group of people that happen to be Atheist that likes to meet for drinks once a month.
Jacobsen: For the meetup, how can people become involved with it?
Bryan: Check out our Meetup.com page (https://www.meetup.com/syracuse-atheists/) We also post meetup dates on the Facebook page.
Jacobsen: Who tend to be the leading lights of atheism within the Syracuse community? Those individual local or international who are spoken about the most.
Bryan: I think you’ve got the wrong idea of Atheism communities. It just so happens that we’re a group of people with a shared non-belief. There’s no leaders or anything like that because it’s not a religion or political party.
I guess if there’s individuals that we talk about, it’s to reference their scientific or philosophical work, such as Christopher Hitchens or Richard Dawkins.
Jacobsen: What is the importance of tact in maintaining a polite discussion and dialogue grouping via meetups?
Bryan: Well, we try not to piss anyone off for the most part. It’s also important to remember that the only thing that brings everyone together is a disbelief in any deity. Nothing more, nothing less.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Bryan: You ask some strange questions that seem out of scope, or like they were originally written to interview a completely different kind of organization, but I hope you have all the information you need.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Bryan.
Bryan: Of course.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/16
Justin Scott is one of the hardest working atheist activists in the United States, having committed the past four years to atheist activism to help normalize atheism and stand up for the rights of one of the most ignored minority (soon to be majority) groups.
Named Atheist of the Year by American Atheists for 2017, Scott is now currently serving as State Director for American Atheists in his home state of Iowa, which he has called home for all of his 37 years.
From “bird dogging” presidential candidates–he was able to confront every major presidential candidate during the 2016 presidential race–to delivering secular invocations at the state capitol and in city council chambers across Iowa, along with ending government endorsed prayers as well, Scott has made a name for himself as one of the most successful atheist activists out there. Scott can be reached at justinscott@atheists.org.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You have been active and, more importantly, successful in activism for secularism. What have been the tools of the trade? How can others learn from the setup by you?
Justin Scott: There are a few items that I would consider “tools of the trade”.
1) A willingness to put yourself out there, on any level.
Of course, not everyone has the stomach to go out in public declaring that not only they’re an atheist but that you’re coming right at religious/Christian privilege. To most, it’s too big of a risk and I get that. But at the end of the day, if you’re interested in making a difference, even just on a local level, you may be the only one that can make a difference.
2) Do the little things.
I didn’t just wake up one morning and know as much as I do now. It’s taken me nearly four years to be as knowledgeable about church/state issues, what candidates feel which way about which issues and what the best ways to approach these issues are. I’ve had to dig into issues, candidates, the backgrounds of elected officials, various aspects of church/state separation and laws/court decisions. And the best part is I’m still actively trying to improve on this. The key to being a good activist is to do these little things in order to make you better when you’re out and about.
3) Be prepared to fail…AND LEARN FROM YOUR FAILURES.
Early on, I didn’t have all the right questions or answers. But with time and experience, I’ve gotten to the point where I can walk into most situations confidently knowing how to handle myself and how to approach the situation to get the desire result. Again, this hasn’t come easy and without a ton of mistakes. I’ve asked terrible questions. I’ve missed opportunities to follow up with candidates/lawmakers/elected officials. I truly believe however, that that’s the beauty of being an activist: you can always improve!
4) Seek constructive criticism and then use it.
One of the things I’ve really learned in all of this is that I’m not the first atheist activist and I hopefully won’t be the last, so with that I’ve truly learned the value of reaching out and in some cases leaning on others. There’s absolutely nothing wrong with reaching out to activists across the country and seeking their opinions on how you can become a better activist. In most cases, the person you’re reaching out to has been in the same boat and would be happy to offer you some encouragement.
5) Have fun…despite the ups and downs you WILL make a difference!
It’s cliche to say “Have fun!” but I’m going to do it anyways. The relationships I’ve made, the experiences I’ve had, the people I’ve met (and challenged), would have never come my way had I not had fun with all of this. Atheism and the path I’ve chosen by embracing my role as an atheist activist has already, in just under four years, provided me with a story that even Forest Gump himself would be jealous of. I can’t wait for what’s up next!
Jacobsen: In terms of honest failures, what can others learn from those failed activist attempts, by others or yourself?
Scott: No one “failure” stands out (I also don’t refer to them as such but rather as “opportunities to get better”. Here are a variety of things that I’ve learned the last couple of years:
-When you’re approaching candidates/elected officials: It’s OK to write your thoughts down and bring them with you. No one cares whether you can rattle off a 5 part question from the top of your head.
-When you’re working with other atheist groups: Every kind of atheist and atheist group is beneficial to our cause. Don’t try to push people and groups to be something that they’re not. Embrace them for their unique qualities and celebrate how they can contribute to the common good.
-Support other groups, atheist activism is not a contest. In addition, you never know when you’ll need to count on someone a few towns or area codes over.
-Work as hard as you can to create a coalition of groups wherever you live. I’d rather have too many groups working on a similar goal than not enough.
-Understand that not every atheist/atheist group is as determined as you may be on a certain issue. Do your best to sell the reasons why you’re passionate about an issue but don’t drive yourself crazy if you can get everyone in your area onboard. It’s better to keep your focus moving forward on solving the issue.
-Lastly, and I made this point above but it’s one of the best: Don’t be afraid to put yourself out there out of a fear of failing. Failure will make you a better activist. Responding to failure in a positive way will also motivate and inspire those around you.
Hope this all helps!
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Justin.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/15
Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition for America. Here we talk about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Herb Silverman: I was born in Philadelphia, where I lived for 21 years until I ran away from home to graduate school.
My family consisted largely of Orthodox Jews, though my parents were more cultural Jews motivated by anti-Antisemitism. Having had relatives who died in the Holocaust, they did not trust any Goyim (Gentiles), and had as little contact with them as possible.
We lived in a Jewish neighborhood and after public school I would go to an Orthodox Hebrew school. My mother was an authoritarian, who made all the family decisions.
My father worked in a warehouse his entire life, packing Hershey bars that were shipped to underground subway stands. In another era, my mother would have had a job (other than cleaning house and “taking care” of me), which would have made both of us happier.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Silverman: My formal education consisted of a Bachelor’s degree from Temple University in 1963 and a Masters (1965) and Ph.D. (1968) in mathematics from Syracuse University.
My informal education consisted of learning to think for myself and figuring out when to go along with conventional wisdom and when to step to the beat of a different drummer.
Jacobsen: You have a number of illustrious merits to the personal record. One is the founding of the Secular Coalition for America. Another is the founding of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry.
A third is the founding of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. This leads to some obvious questions. Why found each one of them?
Silverman: Regarding the formation of the Secular Coalition for America, I learned in the 1990s about national organizations that identified as atheists, agnostics, humanists, secular humanists, freethinkers, secularists, and more.
They all promoted causes I supported, like church-state separation and increasing respect for nontheists. However, each organization was doing its own thing without recognizing or cooperating with worthwhile efforts of like-minded groups.
I thought this was a shortcoming that needed to be addressed if we were to make a difference in our culture. So, I contacted all the organizations I could, and some agreed to meet at the Godless Americans March in Washington in 2002, where we decided to form a new coalition.
Regarding the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry in Charleston, South Carolina, whenever I received media attention I would get calls from people thanking me and saying they thought they were the only atheist in South Carolina. I took their names and we formed the SHL in 1994.
Regarding the Atheist/Humanist Alliance, a student came to my office in 1998 and asked about starting a student group at the College of Charleston similar to the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry.
I was thrilled and agreed to be its faculty advisor. Despite an attempt by a few Christian students in the Student Council to oppose giving official club status to the group, we prevailed.
Jacobsen: How have these initiatives, founded by you, grown over time?
Silverman: The Secular Coalition for America started with 4 organizations and no budget, and we have grown to 20 national organizations with a dedicated board and staff.
We were the first organization to lobby Congress, in Washington DC, for the rights of nontheists. Initially, I hoped just to have our organizations cooperate on the 95% we had in common instead of arguing about the 5% that set us apart, like which label to use.
We succeeded far beyond my expectations, since we’ve become a respected and productive lobbying organization in our nation’s capital.
The Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry has grown from a few people who met informally into a vibrant organization that meets regularly for lectures, book discussions, social and charitable events.
When the Atheist/Humanist Alliance first met, several students talked about friends or roommates who shunned them because of their nonbelief.
These atheist students came to meetings because they needed a supportive community. Gradually attitudes at the College of Charleston have changed and now students worry far less about becoming unpopular because of openly being atheists.
I’ve even heard students say they joined the club because atheist students are pretty cool. They are, but they were also cool in 1998. I’m encouraged by the younger generation’s wider acceptance of diversity.
Jacobsen: As a Distinguished Professor Emeritus of Mathematics at the College of Charleston, how has acquired knowledge, developed skills, and recognized and nurtured talent in mathematics provided a foundation for secular humanist philosophy?
In that, I assume this produced a way of thinking apart from revelation, magical thinking, and assertions of a there-before or a here-after.
Silverman: My secular humanist philosophy started long before I became a math professor. As a teenager, I decided to take from my Orthodox Jewish background only what made sense.
The good works (secular humanism) remained, but not the irrelevant rituals and beliefs. Pretty soon, I realized that the God I once accepted made no sense.
When I read Bertrand Russell’s Why I am Not a Christian, I realized that there were others who thought like me. In fact, Russell might have inspired me to become a mathematician.
Jacobsen: Why did you run for Governor of South Carolina in 1990? What was the outcome? What are the lessons for others to learn from this experience?
Silverman: I had been a quiet atheist until a colleague at the College of Charleston pointed out that our South Carolina Constitution prohibits atheists from becoming governor. I knew the US Constitution prohibits religious tests for public office.
So, I went to the American Civil Liberties Union, and its lawyer told me that an atheist would need to mount a legal challenge by running for governor.
He said that the very best candidate would be me. I looked around, and didn’t see any competition. After giving it some thought, I agreed to be the ‘Candidate Without a Prayer.’
To the surprise of no one, I lost the gubernatorial election. But after an eight-year legal battle, I won a unanimous decision in the South Carolina Supreme Court, nullifying the anti-atheist clause in our state constitution.
One lesson is that any individual can make a difference by going outside his or her comfort zone, especially when you have right on your side.
You also get to meet many interesting people. The best for me personally is that I met Sharon Fratepietro, who volunteered for my campaign, became my campaign manager, and my one and only groupie.
We have been happily together for 29 years, and she doesn’t mind being married to someone who never became governor.
Jacobsen: As an author in the secular humanist tradition, what is important, now, in the continual growth of secular humanist literature?
If you were a young person reading this, what authors or books would you recommend for them on secular humanism? If you were an advanced graduate student, what would you recommend for them, in terms of reading in the same genre?
Silverman: For young people I would recommend The Magic of Reality by Richard Dawkins, and for even younger people I would also recommend Maybe Yes, Maybe No: A Guide for Young Skeptics by Dan Barker. I wouldn’t distinguish books for advanced graduate students from books for all adults.
We have a disproportionate number of people in our movement with advanced academic degrees, and I hope we can significantly broaden our base.
A small subset of books I recommend are A Demon Haunted World by Carl Sagan, The God Delusion by Richard Dawkins, god is Not Great by Christopher Hitchens, Freethinkers by Susan Jacoby, and the History of God by Karen Armstrong.
And to be unabashedly self-promoting, I also recommend my two books Candidate Without a Prayer and An Atheist Stranger in a Strange Religious Land.
Jacobsen: In an examination of the current fiascos of the Trump Administration, what do you see as the more important areas of work for the activists of secularism and humanism?
Silverman: Well, first the good news. Donald Trump has unintentionally become perhaps the best fundraiser for atheist and humanist organizations.
Many apatheists now realize the need to get involved politically and to promote our point of view instead of being demonized by the fake news coming from Trump.
Just as evangelicals have recently apologized for their support of slavery and segregation, I predict that one day evangelicals will apologize for their support of the “Christian” Donald Trump.
In the meantime, join and support organizations that promote our issues and are fighting to keep our secular democracy from turning into a theocracy.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Silverman: Start locally, and then think about becoming active nationally. Join a group if one is near you or perhaps start a local group. Check the Internet for national organizations that support forming local groups. Do what feels right for you and what makes you feel good.
It could be coming out of the closet as an atheist or humanist, writing letters to the editor, enlighten people who assume we are all Christians living in a Christian country.
Also, consider running for public office (not necessarily for governor). For all the faults of the Christian Coalition, they had a good strategy of taking over local offices and school boards.
We even chose the name Secular Coalition in opposition to the Christian Coalition. If you can, donate to organizations you admire. There is an expression “Give until it hurts,” which is better modified to “Give until it feels good.”
This usually means giving to organizations that do good and where you know your money will make a difference. That’s why I feel good about my largest donation going to the Secular Coalition for America.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Silverman: I’m cautiously optimistic about the future because the largest growing demographic are the “nones,” those who don’t identify with any religion. They are disproportionately large among young people. M
y goal as an old fart (76) is to help pave the way for younger people to increase the visibility of and respect for nontheists in our culture.
To those who are less optimistic that their actions will make a difference, remember that if you do nothing, then nothing will change. Find something to do, and do it!
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Silverman.
Silverman: And thank you for the opportunity to spout off.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/13
Minister Amanda Poppei is a Senior Leader & Unitarian Universalist Minister at the Washington Ethical Society (Ethical Culture and Unitarian Universalist). Here we talk about the attraction of ethical culture and ethical societies.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What attracts people to ethical culture?
Minister Amanda Poppei: Usually, people come looking for the community — they want something that’s “like church” but that doesn’t have dogma or beliefs that no longer fit for them.
But they DO want a place where they can be known, where people will bring them casseroles if they have surgery or celebrate with them when they meet with success in life.
And, they’re often looking for a place where they can practice their values, where what they feel is important can be reinforced in the talks and the music and they can feel like they’re really living their principles.
Jacobsen: What keeps people in ethical societies?
Poppei: I think people stay because of the relationships they make and the way society makes them feel. They stay because they feel connected to other people, and because they believe in the mission and want to be part of making it happen.
Like any community of people, Ethical Societies have conflict sometimes, and it can be tempting to just walk away when that happens.
But folks stay because they see that they have an opportunity to actually work with and through the conflict and build an even better community together.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Minister Poppei.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/13
Merja Soisaari-Turriago is the Secretary of EXITUS ry. Here we talk about her background, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Merja Soisaari-Turriago: I was born in Turku, Finland and naturally my mother tongue was Finnish. In my childhood I also heard a lot of Swedish Turku/Åbo being a very bilingual city.
I was born as an atheist. Religious issues just never interested me. Religion was taught at school, but my thoughts were elsewhere. Also at home religion was not an issue.
My Father was a medical doctor and my Mother a house wife. I went to a normal high school in Turku and studied at the same time music at the Conservatory in Turku with piano as my main instrument.
During my high school years, I spent one year in Ann Arbor, USA studying at the Michigan University Music Department. After my graduation in Finland, I left for London to study Music.
By then I had realized that my main line with my instrument was accompanying and chamber music. After London I still studied in Vienna at the Academy of Music and also worked as a correpetitor at Baden bei Wien Theater.
After my studies I worked in my field at the University of Jyväskylä. I have one son, whose is also a pianist like my husband as well. We have three grandchildren.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Soisaari-Turriago: I think that in the previous “chapter” you got an idea of my education. My self-education has concentrated in learning languages.
After school I have learnt Spanish due to the fact that my husband is Colombian. We also speak different languages at home every day: English. German, Spanish, Finnish.
Jacobsen: What is a living will? Why is it important?
Soisaari-Turriago: I think that living will is extremely important. I have made one. But so far, if I say that I wish to have euthanasia, it is not possible, due to the lack of law.
A “living will” can be filed into your health files. I have said in my own living will, that, if euthanasia should be legalized I want to have it applied in my case, if need be.
Jacobsen: As the Secretary of EXITUS ry, what tasks and responsibilities come with this position?
Soisaari-Turriago: Too many bureaucratic tasks: keeping the registration in order, minutes of the meetings, bank issues, international connections, giving people information f.eg. of the Dignitas Association in Switzerland etc.
Jacobsen: As EXITUS ry is an independent association, why is this independence important in the work of advocating for the adoption of an active euthanasia law in Finland?
Soisaari-Turriago: In Finland I don´t see any alternative for the society being something other than independent. We could not possibly have any state or community connection. We are fighting for something that so far does not exit.
Jacobsen: What are some of the difficulties faced by EXITUS ry?
Soisaari-Turriago: Money is number one. The membership fee is very low, at the moment 20 euros. Yet we need to organize lecturers, discussion panels, send information etc. The members of the government work for free, only the trips are paid.
Jacobsen: Why is the adoption of an active euthanasia law in Finland difficult, even in the current period?
Soisaari-Turriago: Many. Above all the medical doctors´ union. One can count with the fingers of one hand the doctors who publicly stand for euthanasia.
There are of course many doctors who support euthanasia, but they stay in the closet. This is very unfortunate. If we compare the process of legalizing euthanasia for example in Belgium, the whole process actually started with the doctors in connection with the development of palliative care.
And the same in Colombia. Religion is another issue. We have a state church and there are also some suspicious religious sects, especially in the North of Finland. As you probably know, there was a citizens´ initiative of euthanasia that made its way to the parliament.
It seemed that it possibly would go through, but then some parliament members “turned their jacket”. The citizens´ initiative received the appointed amount of votes in no time. So where is the democracy?
Jacobsen: How can people, nationally or internationally, become involved in and help with the efforts of EXITUS ry?
Soisaari-Turriago: By getting us some more money and joining us.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Soisaari-Turriago: Just yesterday I received a message from Sweden proposing a Nordic meeting in Stockholm next fall to advance co-operation in Scandinavia. An improvement.
The WFoRtD is an active world organization, but they also need more money in keeping a worldwide cooperation going.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Merja.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/12
Matthew Krevat is a Board Member of the Triangle Freethought Society. Here we talk about his background, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Matthew Krevat: I grew up in Brooklyn, New York in the 1970 and 1980s, moving to Raleigh, North Carolina in the late 80s for college. My grandparents were Jewish immigrants from Russia, my paternal grandfather having emigrated in 1905. Religion equaled tradition in our house (complete with Zero Mostel singing the song from Fiddler on the Roof in our heads whenever we hear the word tradition). My grandfather (born ca. 1890) never believed (to the dismay of his very religious parents) and so my father was raised with little religion. My mother was raised with more religion, but it didn’t transfer much to our house. We were never kosher, only went to temple for weddings and bar mitzvahs, and rarely observed holidays in any but the most casual manner. My parents are both still alive (in their 80s) and live near me in North Carolina, my brothers are both married and have moved to the West Coast, visiting a few times a year.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Krevat: My parents were both college-educated, my father going on to pharmacy school to become a pharmacist. My younger brother has a Master’s Degree in education, my older brother graduated from a top computer science school with honors (before com sci was even a major, technically his degree was in advanced mathematics), and I have a bachelor’s in English literature but ended up in marketing. I’ve taken many certificate programs and other continuing education in my field. I read a lot of nonfiction, listen to a lot of legal and political podcasts, and enjoy scientific documentaries.
Jacobsen: Was there ever a moment of “aha” in terms of moving to freethinking? Is there any sense in which some purported freethinkers aren’t so freely thinking?
Krevat: Freethinking is on a spectrum. I find it unlikely that anyone is a perfect skeptic. We all have our biases and while we can recognize and minimize many of them, there will always be more lurking. My father raised us with a healthy dose of skepticism, so while I may have not understood formal and informal fallacies when I was young, I was always wary of accepting claims without sufficient evidence or consensus in the field.
Jacobsen: As a Board Member of the Triangle Freethought Society, what will be the substantive tasks and responsibilities coming with the position?
Krevat: Our board is currently made up of five members with no official titles or ranks (e.g., there is no president). We are responsible for planning events, booking educational speakers, arranging volunteer opportunities, day-to-day operations and finances, and serving as a central point of contact.
Jacobsen: Why was the Triangle Freethought Society originally formed?
Krevat: I wasn’t around in the early days, but the story goes that it was originally a meet-up group for some secular residents of the area who felt a little overwhelmed by all the focus of religion in our area. Things evolved from there (and continue to evolve) and now we are the local chapter of the Freedom From Religion Foundation and the American Humanist Association.
Jacobsen: What are some fun social and communal activities of the society?
Krevat: Our signature events must be our program meetings. The third Monday of the month we have a guest speaker on a topic we hope will be of interest to our community. For example, this quarter we have Kim Ellington from Camp 42 (a secular summer program for kids and teens), Aaron Rabi from Embrace the Void podcast (a philosopher who will be talking about Moral Realism), Bart Campolo the author, podcaster and humanist chaplain, and Hemant Mehta, the Friendly Atheist blogger. We have 2 “Happy Heathen Hour” meetups a month (in 2 different cities in our area) hosted by TFS, but open to all like-minded people who are interested in community. We have a monthly game night hosted by one of our members. Every summer we have an open to the public (no membership required) picnic with a music jam, sports, juggling, pot luck food and of course grilling food. Every December we have our Festivus celebration which is part pot-luck, part food cooked and supplied by the Board members, with a number of fun activities including an improv comedy performance by a local improv troupe of mostly atheists (coincidentally, the director did not plan this…I know, because I am the director). We have some “day at the museum” weekend events planned for this year.
Jacobsen: Who have been important allies in the work for the increase in freethinking?
Krevat: The bloggers on the Internet. The YouTube atheist community (despite pockets of it turning caustic recently). The podcaster community. But most of all the religious community for being such an amazing example of how toxic religion can be. When the Catholic Church is protecting pederasts, we don’t have work hard to present a better option.
Jacobsen: When you reflect on the ways in which people have been mistreated because of their freethought stances? What are some of the common ways? What are some of the more nuanced or subtle ways in which these can manifest themselves?
Krevat: My best friend hasn’t seen his oldest grandchild since June, 2011 when the child was 2 or 3. He has never met his next grandchild born a few years later. Why? Because my friend almost died. When his son visited him in the hospital, he asked if his father was ready to die, if his soul was ready. My friend beat around the bush a bit, but finally said, “Listen son, your mother and I don’t talk religion with you because we know how important it is to you and we don’t want to push our beliefs on you. But we don’t believe. We don’t go to church any more and we don’t believe any more.” His son walked out of the hospital room, blocked his parents (and eventually his sister who was, at the time, still a churchgoer) on all social media, and has never made contact again. I don’t need other examples.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Krevat: Yes, those things. And just living an Openly Secular life. Just let one person a month know you’re secular. Be a good example of good without gods. If you can. I mean, you can lose your grandchildren over it.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Krevat: Thank you for the opportunity to share and for the work you are doing to promote freethought, secularism, and humanism.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Matthew.
Krevat: R’amen.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/11
Free Inquiry published an appreciation of the late Deo Ssekitoleko. He died at the age of 48. He has been given the credit as the individual who brought humanism to Uganda, Kenya, and East Africa. No small feat in a single lifetime.
The current director of CFI Kenya, George Ongere, stated, “Getting views about an alternative to religion was very difficult! But the work of Deo, who could cross the border and bring magazines from IHEU, gave us new perspectives, and most of the humanists and atheists in Kenya realized they were not alone.”
Ongere, himself, credits Ssekitoleko with bringing him to humanism. Ssekitoleko founded the Fair View Humanist School that was a service to villages near Mpigi in Central Uganda. Also, he was the director of CFI inside of Uganda. Deo is dead, and he will be missed. Here is a republished interview with Ssekitoleko, potentially, one of the final interviews with him.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In brief, what is your family story?
Deo Ssekitoleko: I was born in a poor African family. I first saw my biological father when I was ten years old. I am the heir of my late father, Fulgensio Ssekitooleko. He was a very committed catholic, very social, and a committed humanitarian. I grew up with my mother Noelina Nalwada — which was typically a single-parent household (but at other times I had step-fathers).
I am the only child. My father’s children, apart from one, died after getting infected with HIV/AIDS in the 1980s and 1990s. My mother is an atheist, agnostic or skeptic. When I tried to enter a catholic seminary, she abused me and challenged me whether I had ever seen somebody who has ever seen God or returned from death.
However, one of my last stepfathers who was both a devout catholic and a believer in African traditional religion influenced me to be a very religious person (Catholic) in my early youth. My mother knew how to fight for my (and her) rights, so I never understood issues concerning human rights violations during my youth except when seeing teachers apply corporal punishment to my fellow students.
As I was growing up, I was not aware of the massive human rights abuse by the governments of the day, but, once in a while, I could hear whispers about somebody who has disappeared or killed by the government. Those were regimes of president Iddi Amin Dada, and the second regime of Apollo Milton Obote as he was fighting guerrillas lead by Yoweri Museveni — the current president of Uganda
I am married to Elizabeth, and we have been together for 17 years. We have four children: Sylvia (16 years), Diana (12), Julius (11), and Nicholas (3).
Jacobsen: Are there any other things about your personal story you would like to share?
Ssekitoleko: I grew up striving to succeed in education so that I could escape poverty, ignorance, and unfairness in society. My mother’s relatives were always exploited by witchdoctors who claimed to have healing-powers and thus could cure diseases — including HIV/AIDS. My uncles and aunts gave away their land to witchdoctors in order to get cured from HIV/AIDS, but they later died leaving no property to their offsprings.
In the years to come, the Pentecostal movements emerged promising prosperity on earth, good health and many other opportunities. The two groups, i.e. the traditional religions and the Pentecostals, were undermining the struggle against HIV/AIDS, exploiting poor people. Yet, nobody could talk about them or challenge them.
This was a traumatising experience. I never knew whether this was a human rights issue or mere belief, or ignorance. As the 1948 Universal Declaration of Human Rights defends the right to belief, all governments have gone on to include that article in their constitutions.
This means that ignorant people can be exploited in the name of belief as it is their human right to be exploited as long as they believe. This has been one of my most traumatising struggles in life. I have lost so many relatives out of their ignorance of science concerning health issues. Yet, governments cannot do anything about this because the politicians are also superstitious and the laws protect the charlatans.
In Uganda, almost 80 per cent of FM radio stations spend most of their time promoting the work of faith healers and witchdoctors. Rationalists do not have resources to own a radio station or to buy time on radio and television.
In my struggle to promote rationalism, I founded the Uganda Humanist Association. I became the East African Representative of the International Humanist and Ethical Union(2007–2012). Now, I am the Ugandan Representative of the Center for Inquiry International.
As advocacy campaigns are difficult, we now engage with local communities to talk about science and superstition in health and community development. Our work is now to invite whoever happens to be involved to discuss these issues openly and inform communities of the dangers of superstition in health and community development.
As of now, I have personally suspended armchair conference-hall humanism. I am in the trenches of community practical humanism. Whatever little I do, I feel proud that at least I am part of the struggle to rationalise African communities.
Jacobsen: What are your religious/irreligious, ethical and political beliefs?
Ssekitoleko: I grew up as a staunch Catholic, and then at university I became a radical secular humanist. Now, having interacted with various so-called humanists and observed their limitations (especially in building harmony, inclusive communities, practical approaches to societal problems, and a general lack of openness) I have reviewed my humanism. I am now a free-thinking, liberal, practical humanist. I do not mind other people’s beliefs on the condition that they do not infringe on the rights, happiness, and welfare of other human beings. I can work with Catholics on a health project, but I tell them point blank that the use of condoms should not be undermined and that family planning is essential in our families.
I tell Pentecostals that by preaching miracles such as faith-healing they are committing homicide. However, I enjoy my intellectual philosophical humanism as we debate Darwinism, the Big Bang theory, the environment, and the future of humanity among others. Politically, I am a social welfare democrat. Democracy should not be only about elections, but on how society shares opportunities and resources and how it promotes harmony.
I do not support the winner takes it all type of democracy. I prefer proportional representation in government as a form of democracy, as is the case in many countries which suffered the madness of the second world war.
Jacobsen: How did you become an activist and a sceptic?
Ssekitoleko: When I enrolled in high school, I was still a very confused young man. I had experienced a lot in my childhood. My Biology teacher, the late Mathias Katende, made an explosion in my brain and changed my ideological worldview. He introduced evolutionary biology to us.
The more he taught, the more we became confused. All along, I had prepared myself to go to heaven and meet Mary, the mother of Jesus, and escape worldly problems. However, by the time I entered University to study Botany, Zoology, and Psychology, I had become completely healed from this ideological and philosophical trauma.
At University, we got more lessons on evolution, but the lecturers were not as committed to evolution as my high school teacher. In fact, most students never took evolution seriously. They just wrote their examinations and moved on with life.
At university, by luck, a friend gave me a book on discovering religions. I read about most religions, worldviews, and philosophies. I found Humanism to be more related to my new worldview. I wrote to the British Humanist Association and got a positive response from Matt Cherry who encouraged me to form a humanist organisation. That was the birth of the Uganda Humanist Association.
He connected me to the center for Inquiry International through Norm Allen who was the Director of African Americans for Humanism (AAH). The Free Inquiry Magazines that Norm sent us opened our eyes wider on how humanity sees itself. Later, we were to work with the International Humanist and Ethical Union (IHEU) on many secular projects.
Jacobsen: Do you consider yourself a progressive?
Ssekitoleko: I am very progressive. I have always been evolving in my ideological, philosophical, cultural, and political views. I used to be a staunch believer in American democracy, but now I am more rotated towards European Social Parliamentary Democracy. I used to hate China’s politics, but now I see it relevant in order to maintain orderliness and social welfare to a country (that has over one billion people) under one authority. I am a progressive because I am ever open to new challenges, new ideas, and new world views for the good of humanity and the environment at large.
Jacobsen: Does progressivism logically imply other beliefs, or tend to or even not all?
Ssekitoleko: I don’t look at progressivism as a confined ideology or philosophy. If so, then I need more education about it. In my view, progressivism should be open to all aspects of human life including but not limited to culture, beliefs, politics, philosophy, and views about the environment among others.
Jacobsen: How did you come to adopt socially progressive worldview?
Ssekitoleko: As I explained earlier, it is a combination of my childhood experience, my culture, my environment, and possibly my inherited biological genes. I am lucky to have been introduced to evolutionary theory by my high school biology teacher and through reading various related literature including Richard Dawkin’s The Blind Watchmaker. The works of Philosophers such as Thomas Paine’s The Age of Reason taught me critical reasoning skills. Studying the American revolution was equally important in my political thought development. I was humbled by the sacrifices of Nelson Mandela and his colleagues to liberate South Africa from apartheid. Julius Nyerere’s trials with community socialism in order to liberate Tanzanians from poverty and to unite them into one nation was a positive human commitment. I can not forget reading the life of Bill Clinton in his voluminous autobiography. It is a story of moving from no where to the top of the mountains of his country.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Deo.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/11
Margaret Downey is the Founder and President of the Freethought Society. Here we talk about her background, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Margaret Downey: I was born in Baton Rouge, Louisiana. I lived there from 1950 until 1957. During that time, my half-sister, who is a person of color came to live with us. Louisiana was (and still is) one of the most prejudicial locations in the South. I witnessed at a very early age, the horrible way my half-sister was treated due to the color of her skin. My mother was a light-skin Puerto Rican, but, she too was terribly mistreated by strangers and by my father’s family. She fled to Miami, Florida after sending for several of her Puerto Rican half-sisters to help her restart her life – which now included a total of three little girls. We had a tough life, but everyone worked hard – including me and my sisters. I learned to sew for money and I cleaned houses starting at age 10. I’ve been a hard worker ever since. Because of the hatred and prejudices I observed as a young person, I’ve devoted my life to ending discrimination at all levels.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Downey: Just like all my sisters, I became pregnant at age 17. There was never any hope for a college education. We lived paycheck to paycheck. Marriage was my only future. My first marriage ended in divorce when I was 21. I married my current husband five years later. I met my second husband at work. I had obtained a high level of employment because of my work ethic, but I was continually “in trouble” for demanding equality for women (pay, promotional opportunities, and even fairness in dress code standards). I began taking night classes after my son was born in the hope of getting a college degree. My husband began getting promoted which lead to us moving often. I stopped and started an interior design business five times as the moves took place. In 1992, I began attending The Humanist Institute in New York City. It was a three year program, but I became ill after 2 ½ years and could not complete the course. I can finish this course at any time, but the responsibilities of running the Freethought Society is overwhelming.
Jacobsen: As the Founder and President of the Freethought Society, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position? What was the original impetus to create the Freethought Society?
Downey: When the Boy Scouts of America rejected my 12-year-old son’s relocation application (from New Jersey to Illinois, to Pennsylvania), I filed a discrimination lawsuit against them through the Pennsylvania Human Relations Commission. During the nine-year investigation of facts, I appeared on television and conducted many radio interviews. This drew people to me and I realized that there was a need for a group such as The Freethought Society. I founded the group in 1993 with only 35 people helping me with initial donations. Now, we can boast about having over 8,000 supporters nationwide and some money in the bank. The Freethought Society requires a lot of work to publish an ezine/newsletter, pay bills, maintain accounting records, organize and implement events and conduct meetings.
Jacobsen: What have been its major developments over the years in the advancement of freethought?
Downey: We have educated the public and have enlightened many about freedom of thought, science appreciation, and secular history. We are known for doing this via our publication and hosting speakers, as well as conducting theatrical presentations, theme parties, and school assemblies. A better acceptance of nontheism has been observed over the last 25 years.
Jacobsen: Aside from yourself, who have been the integral women for the freethought communities and movements? What are some pivotal texts of theirs?
Downey: Other woman doing the similar work as I include Annie Laurie Gaylor (Freedom From Religion Foundation), Robyn Blumner (Center for Inquiry), Mandisa Lateefah Thomas (Black Nonbelievers), Noel George (Foundation Beyond Belief), and Samantha McGuire (Washington Area Secular Humanists).
Jacobsen: As we move further into 2019 with the Trump Administration, we see women’s rights as very low on the agenda. What are the going to be the difficulties for the freethought community in 2019? How can we work to fight these and other regressive forces?
Downey: There are many efforts by legislators to impose bible-based laws on American citizens. We see the wall between religion and government crumpling away. Finding willing plaintiffs to object to these laws and resolutions is a difficult endeavor. We object in any way we can. The Boy Scouts of America continues to discriminate against our children and male legislators, in particular, are trying to take away a woman’s right to choose.
Jacobsen: Of those against the freethinking, we can also note the even worse negativity and tone against freethinking women. Why is this the case? How can this be changed into the future? How can freethinking men help with combatting the rather obvious sexism and prejudice more strongly hurled at freethinking women from those opposed to freethought?
Downey: Since money is not readily available to the nontheist community (we don’t promote tithing, after all), many male leaders are just trying to protect their territory. If nontheist women had more monetary resources, we could prove that we CAN run organizations just as well as a man! Society has not caught up with us, even in the freethought world. Men are still more thought of as the best leaders and as the “movers” and “shakers.” That is simply the wrong attitude for our community and our donors. Women must be given better opportunities. The nontheist male leaders who are sexist are being found out and dealt with, but some are too powerful and well-funded to be exposed for who they really are. It’s getting better, but female leaders must be more valued, financially supported and given opportunities. There is also a lot of territorial jealousy that gets in the way of progress.
Jacobsen: What are some core books and articles, and intellectuals, to pay more attention to now?
Downey: The Freethought Society crated The Tree of Knowledge in 2007. Each year we add new ornaments (book covers) designed to promote new authors.See this link for details about this project:https://www.ftsociety.org/menu/tree-of-knowledge/
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Downey: We have a solid core group of about 8 people who donate their time to our publication. Another 3 folks take care of the website and IT needs. We have about 15 volunteers who get involved with events. 4 – 5 volunteers can be counted upon for meetings. Our board of directors have 12 volunteers. There are very few on the team that can be counted upon for media interviews. We find that only about four people can be trusted with a professional appearance and for the delivery of quality sound bites and talking points.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Margaret.
Downey: Thank you.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/10
Ruth von Fuchs is the President of the Right to Die Society of Canada. Here we talk about her background, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Ruth von Fuchs: My parents had met in a church choir, and I attended Sunday School, singing “Jesus bids us shine, with a clear pure light / Like a little candle, burning in the night / In this world of darkness, so let us shine / You in your small corner, and I in mine.” The church was the United Church of Canada, very low in fire and brimstone, very high in social action. That part has stayed with me.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated, been an autodidact?
Von Fuchs: I had the kind of education that was typical for middle-class children in Canada in the 20th century – public school, high school, BA. For my BA I chose a program called Honours Philosophy and Psychology, which the University of Western Ontario had set up back in the days when those two disciplines were still friends. Since I was a candidate for the ministry (the United Church having been an early adopter with respect to the ordination of women), some people worried that the philosophy half of my program might cause me to lose my faith.
Surprise – it was the psychology half which did that. Psychology in those days (the 60s) was anxious to be seen as a science, and it skated very close to biology. The more I thought about the world of animals, the more I was struck by the way good and evil could be inextricably intertwined. When a lion catches a gazelle, for instance, the event is triumph and yummy lunch for the lion, but terror and agonizing death for the gazelle. A deity who was both omnipotent and benevolent would not have created such a world. In English a very pithy phrasing of this idea is possible: “If God is God, He is not good; if He is good, He is not God.”
After I decided not to be a minister I thought of becoming a philosophy professor and enrolled in an M.Phil program at the University of Toronto. But when I realized that the only jobs were going to be in the hinterland, the wind went out of my sails. U of T gave me an MA out of kindness because I had taken so many courses. Finally, I followed in the footsteps of a friend who had gone to Library School and had found a job she loved, without having to give up being a city girl.
Jacobsen: How did you come into the fray of euthanasia, right to die, dying with dignity, and medical assistance in dying?
Von Fuchs: There was no specific event. I just gradually became more and more aware that there was something which was certain to happen to every one of us and nobody was doing much to prepare for it, learn how to handle it well, and so on. In my teens, I somehow learned about an American group called the Euthanasia Educational Council and I joined it, receiving their newsletters and slowly educating myself. Once I got into adulthood I began to be very busy with life – studying, working, falling in love, etc. – and my death-related activity went into low gear, though my interest remained strong.
Then around 1980, I read a newspaper announcement about some people who were starting a Canadian group on the subject. I attended the start-up meeting and became a member of the group, which had chosen the name Dying With Dignity. Their main focus was helping people to prepare, by writing living wills and appointing proxies.
In 1991 a second group, the Right to Die Society of Canada, was founded by John Hofsess in Victoria. It had quite an ambitious agenda and I signed up. I became one of the faces of the group because I lived in Toronto and could easily bike over to the CBC or host a camera crew at my home. Then in 2002, when John became less public, I assumed leadership of the group.
I enjoy writing, and people say I do it well, so I have been the editor of two Canadian newsletters: Free To Go, a quarterly serving all the right-to-die groups in Canada, and then the RTDSC Newsletter, whose final issue was published at the start of 2018.
Jacobsen: What are the main human rights linked to the right to die?
Von Fuchs: I do not believe in the concept of “natural rights” – I consider that rights are things which people in a certain society give to one another, by consensus (sometimes a slowly-building consensus). That said, I think that my society – 21st-century Canada — recognizes a right to be spared, as far as possible, from suffering brought on by factors beyond your control. It also recognizes that solitude often feels like punishment, so we should not run away from people who are dying, just because we don’t like confronting the situation.
Jacobsen: What tasks and responsibilities come along with the leadership position at Right to Die Society of Canada?
Von Fuchs: We are a pretty minimalist group, now. I maintain a website and a database (of e-mail and postal addresses which I use when I have something to send out to all the people who have expressed interest in our cause). I take telephone calls and respond to e-mails, from people who want to know “how to begin” or who would like some strategy advice. I write responses to calls for input (e.g. from government bodies), I complete questionnaires from researchers, I write letters for opinion pages of newspapers, and I attend conferences (sometimes making a presentation, and always learning something). Most of these activities I fund personally.
Jacobsen: I have immense gratitude and respect for librarians and former librarians. The quiet foot soldiers of the national intellect. You were a reference librarian. How does this set of skills help with the current human rights and, in fact, secular work through the Right to Die Society of Canada now?
Von Fuchs: I am easy to talk to! I think I was like this even before I became a reference librarian, but that job certainly kept my skills fresh. And I am good at finding things out, by both traditional and non-traditional methods.
Jacobsen: What have been some of the important legal and sociocultural wins for the right to die movement within Canadian society in the past?
Von Fuchs: The hands-down winner is the 2016 Supreme Court decision in the case known simply as “Carter”. We can now acknowledge the fact that for people in certain situations death is the best option, and we can help them achieve it instead of saying “You take it from here.”
Jacobsen: What are the current battlegrounds now?
Von Fuchs: The first law passed by the government (“C-14”) is very flawed. In several respects, it protects medical personnel more than sufferers. By requiring that help be given only when death is clearly within sight, it allows those who provide the help to tell themselves “I didn’t really do anything – the person was dying anyway.” And it requires sufferers to ease the minds of their helpers by requesting death one more time immediately before the helper’s hands move, even though research would almost certainly show that it is vanishingly rare for people in such circumstances to change their minds.
Jacobsen: Who have been the perennial enemies or opposition of the right to die movements? What have been the misrepresentations and, even potentially, outright lies stated about the right to die movement within Canada and other countries in which right to die has organizations and is, at least somewhat, an organized movement? What truths dispel those myths?
Von Fuchs: I could write a book. But here I will just say that running away from death (and its practitioners) is a long-established tradition and probably has deep roots in the human psyche. The death-control movement has much in common with the birth-control movement. The blind and cruel “life force” held sway in the early twentieth century – doctors who informed women about ways in which they could have sex without getting pregnant were entrapped and imprisoned, sometimes sentenced to hard labour. Now my local drugstore has a whole aisle labelled “Family Planning”. Here in the twenty-first century we are seeing doctors and many others telling people about ways in which they can die without suffering, not even suffering from fear or ostracism or abandonment.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Von Fuchs: We shall overcome!
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Ruth.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/09
Raghen Lucy is the Assistant State Director of the Minnesota Atheists & National Leadership Council and Campus President, Secular Student Alliance (Minnesota State University, Mankato). Here we talk about her background, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you? Did religion play a role in it?
Raghen Lucy: I was raised in small-town Williston, North Dakota, which is only a little over an hour from the Canadian border. Religion did play a role in my early life, but in a pretty unconventional way.
My mother is Methodist, and my father is a devout Catholic. While I attended the Methodist church for most of my early years, I did attend mass with my father here and there. However, through all these years of attendance, I never truly ‘bought’ what religious authority was telling me, and I was skeptical from an early age.
Jacobsen: If you reflect on pivotal people within the community relevant to personal philosophical development, who were they for you?
Lucy: Apathetic toward religion and spirituality for all of my early life, I was not exposed to ideas of atheism and non-religious philosophy until high school. When atheism clicked with me, I dove in head first. I had barely anyone to discuss atheism with in my hometown, so I turned to other means of developing my values — namely, the Internet. I watched lectures and read books by the Four Horsemen of atheism (Harris, Dawkins, Dennett, and, my personal favorite, Hitchens), and talked with my secular sister about science and religion. I was immediately viewed as an outcast by peers and family in my religious, conservative community for the unpopular views I was beginning to develop.
Jacobsen: What about literature and film, and other artistic and humanities productions, of influence on personal philosophical worldview?
Lucy: Ricky Gervais is hands-down my favorite atheist actor and comedian. I also regard the Bill Nye vs. Ken Ham debate, Religulous, and Jesus Camp (which was actually filmed a couple
hours away from my hometown) as a few staples of influence for my atheistic worldview. In addition, I love listening to podcasts such as The Thinking Atheist, The Atheist Experience, and God Awful Movies.
Jacobsen: How did you come to find the wider borderless online world of non-religious people?
Lucy: When I started college in Mankato, Minnesota, I was pretty developed and settled as an outspoken atheist. However, I did not have an adequate platform to express my views or meet others who were like-minded. Surprised to find that there were 20+ religious student organizations, and no secular student organizations, I wanted to make a change on my campus.
After getting in touch with Seth Andrews, who told me about the Secular Student Alliance, I started an SSA chapter at MSU Mankato. This decision opened me up to an entire community of secularists from around the United States, many of whom I consider dear friends.
Jacobsen: How did this lead to American Atheists Minnesota?
Lucy: Less than a year after starting the SSA chapter, Jim Helton from American Atheists gave a lecture to my student group, and invited me to be a leader for the organization.
Jacobsen: Within the current position as the Assistant State Director for American Atheists Minnesota, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Lucy: American Atheists protects the absolute separation of religion from government, raises the profile of atheists and atheism in our nation’s public and political discourse, and educates Americans about atheism. In addition, they work on social justice and secular issues across the country. Each director is encouraged to “pick an issue” to address, and I chose sexual education in public schools.
My tasks and responsibilities regarding this include, meeting with the school board, researching the current curriculum in place, and working to update the curriculum and change the school board’s policy on said curriculum. More generally, I educate my community about atheism and recruit members for both American Atheists and my Secular Student Alliance chapter.
Jacobsen: What are some of the provisions for the community there? How does this manifest in the online sphere as well?
Lucy: American Atheists provides plenty of resources for tackling social justice and secular issues in the United States. They provide money, support, and physical resources such as American Atheists merchandise and social activist supplies. I view the online community of members and leaders as an additional resource. The online community offers additional advice, support, and a much-needed sense of community for secular individuals.
Jacobsen: What unique issues for secularism face Minnesotan atheists? What specific inclusivity issues face atheists in Minnesota? In particular, how do some of these reflect the larger national issues?
Lucy:I can’t think of any issues in Minnesota that other states aren’t also dealing with. We all face an assault by Christian nationalist groups that wish to establish Christian theocracy or “dominion” in America. One of their latest attempts in Minnesota and elsewhere was to try to mandate that “In God We Trust” posters be placed in all public schools.
Other examples of issues we all face are attempts to put restrictions on, or eliminate, abortion rights, and attempts to legalize discrimination against the LGBT community.
It has been at least 28 years since Republicans have controlled the Minnesota state House, the Minnesota state Senate, and the governorship. Thus the Democrats have been able to block most bad religion-based legislation from Republicans.
Jacobsen: How can secular American citizens create an environment more conducive and welcoming to secular women, secular youth, secular people of color, secular poor people, and secular people with formal education less than or equal to – but not higher than – a high school education?
Lucy:I firmly believe that the secular community can embrace marginalized groups of people by employing the honorable principle of humanism. As such, secular individuals, and all other individuals who involve themselves with religion have the opportunity to be more welcoming and accepting to other members of the human race, regardless of their circumstances. When gender, color, and socioeconomic status are removed from the equation of inclusion, people are able to celebrate each other and the basic humanity they share.
Jacobsen: How can the secular community not only direct attention to ill-treatment of religious followers by fundamentalist religious leaders but also work to reduce and eventually eliminate the incidences of ill-treatment of some – in particular, the recent cases of women – within the secular community?
Lucy: Demanding honesty and transparency from fundamentalist religious leaders is paramount in the project of holding them accountable. Often times, religious institutions and leaders assume an undeservedly ‘convenient’ position that is insulated from the law, as they expect to hold some sort of ‘special’ place in society. Eradicating this illusion, ensuring that said institutions, leaders, and the general public are aware that this is not the case, will introduce justice to the wrongdoings we have seen recently. Being relentless in a pursuit of such justice is a passion of many secular individuals in the States, namely within the American Atheists community.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Raghen.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/08
Dr. Meredith Doig, OAM is the President of the Rationalist Society of Australia. Here we talk about her background, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Dr. Meredith Doig OAM: Born and bred in Melbourne Australia. Australia is now a ‘softly’ secular country but was, according to the census, 96% Christian when six separate colonies federated into a united nation in 1900. My family was middle class professional, dominated by medicos – father, grandfather, uncle all doctors. While I did sciences at school, I was also fascinated by Greek myths, psychology and philosophy, so at university, I took Classical Civilisation and Linguistics, while majoring in Pure Mathematics.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Doig: After graduating, I taught maths for several years and then headed off to Europe for my ‘grand tour’: a year in Greece (during the fall on their military junta), a year and a half in Israel, working at a Field School on the shores of the Dead Sea, and backpacking around the rest of Europe for a while. Exhilarating, but my mind was atrophying and so I returned home to build a career.
That career grew so that I became a senior executive in large private sector corporations in the automotive, mining and banking industries. During the last 15 years I have been a professional company director, on commercial, public sector and university boards, and more recently on half a dozen not-for-profit boards.
Jacobsen: The Rationalist movement and set of critical thinking tools and worldview heuristics have been around for a long time. Indeed, the Rationalist Society of Australia has been around since 1906. What are rationalist values? How do these associate with other philosophical worldviews or, simply, sets of cognitive tools for skeptical evaluations of claims about the world?
Doig: RSA bases its
policies on universal human values, shared by most religious as well as
non-religious people. We believe in human dignity and respect in our treatment
of one another. We support social co-operation within communities and political
co-operation among nations. We think human endeavour should focus on making
life better for all of us, with due regard to our fellow sentient creatures and
the natural environment.
We believe humankind must take responsibility for its own destiny.
We believe morality is the natural product of human evolution, not dictated by
some external agency or recorded in some written document. But morality is
neither static nor absolute. As history shows, our ideas about right and wrong
evolve as we learn more about ourselves, the creatures with whom we share this
planet and our environment. Our beliefs about what is right and wrong,
therefore, should be subjected to periodic reflection and review, using
science, reason and due regard for human dignity.
RSA believes the scientific method is the most effective means by which humans
develop knowledge and understanding of the physical universe. And we believe
human progress and well-being is best achieved by the careful and consistent
use of science and evidence-based reasoning.
Jacobsen: Why are rationalist values and ways of thinking important in the current moment with the rise of movements making deliberate assaults on the public through campaigns of misinformation and simply lies for political gain?
Doig: Some years ago I visited a Humanist School in Uganda, one we have been supporting with funds and advice. While there I was asked to give an impromptu lesson to a fascinated class of students. Among other things (like “Why are there kangaroos only in Australia?”), they asked “What is a Rationalist?” I responded with my usual elevator quip of “We’re in favour of science and evidence as opposed to superstition and bigotry” but in retrospect, this was too glib an answer.
What I should have said was: “A Rationalist is someone who believes that the natural world we see around us is the only world there is and therefore we don’t believe in heaven or hell. We believe the best way for humans to improve their lives is through the use of the scientific method – the systematic observation of the natural world – and the use of the human capacity to reason. We believe that as humans, we are responsible for our own lives, not any external Being, Force or Destiny, and we must take responsibility for being good and doing good.”
These three pillars of modern rationalism – the real world of facts, the use of science and reason, and human responsibility – are still the best way to counter fake news, the excesses of postmodernist nihilism, and the worrying rise of populism fuelled by emotionalism.
Jacobsen: What have been the perennial issues or problems facing the Rationalist Society of Australia?
Doig: Since the 1950s the RSA has fought against the perennial encroachment of evangelical religious organisations into our government school system – which is supposed to be secular. But all States and Territories in Australia have exceptions in their Education Acts, which allow for religious instruction (not religious education but doctrinal instruction) for 30 minutes or an hour a week. We have been fighting against these exceptions ever since, with some notable successes.
Also, in Australia we have three school systems: the government system, the “independent” system (which is mostly Anglican) and the Catholic system. Over decades, the Australian public has become used to public funding of the Independent and Catholic systems, defended on the basis of “parental choice”. But of course this is simply using public funds to reproduce religious formation. While we don’t expect to change this entrenched system in the short term, it is something that’s on our long term radar.
Jacobsen: What are some of the newer problems arising for the Rationalist Society of Australia? How can there be assistance from the public, from the government, and other national and international rationalist/rationalist-oriented organizations and public commentators to combat these newer problems?
Doig: Of more recent times, our Federal Government has introducted a major program to fund “chaplaincy services” in the school systems. Chaplains are not supposed to indulge in any religious instruction but there is no monitoring and there are anecdotal stories about evangelical proselytising. We are challenging the National Chaplaincy program in the courts.
Also, over the last few years there was a very high profile Royal Commission into Child Abuse by Religious Institutions which exposed the sex abuse perpetrated by the Catholic church and other religious organisations. We are now campaigning to ensure the findings of this Royal Commission are implemented.
Jacobsen: Who are exemplars in the work of the Rationalists in Australia? Who are perennial – individuals or organizations – agitators for, broadly speaking, unreason or the irrational, e.g., magical thinking, anti-science, fundamentalist ideologies of the nation-state or of faith, und so weiter?
Doig: Our Patrons have been chosen for their renowned contributions to rationalist values:
- Michael Kirby AC CMG, is a former High Court judge and long time advocate for secularism.
- Professor Gareth Evans AC QC, is Chancellor at the Australian National University and a former Attorney-General of Australia. An advocate for human rights, international co-operation and critical thinking.
- Dr Rodney Syme is urologist and advocate for law reform in favour of voluntary assisted dying (which was ultimately successful in Dec 2018).
- Professor Fiona Stanley AC FAA, is a world-renowned epidemiologist and former Australian of the Year. She is particularly known for her advocacy of science and an open society.
In addtion, we have two RSA Fellows, recognised for their particular specialist knowledge:
- Dr Luke Beck is a law academic at Monash University, with specialist knowledge of s116 of the Australian constitution (the “religion clause”)
- Dr Paul Monk is a public intellectual and author, with specialist knowledge of the history of Western civilisation and secularism.
Jacobsen: What books and organizations are other good resources for the rationalist movement? Also, why should rationalists, skeptics, humanists, and others gather together to work on the common concerns of science education, logical thought, critical thinking, secularism, and so on, at an international level in order to coordinate efforts?
Doig: There are too many good books to mention but I would highlight Steven Pinker’s Enlightenment Now as almost a Rationalist’s bible. Good use of data and evidence, good use of clear thinking and logic.
Why should rationalists etc work together? Some years ago I established an umbrella organisation called “Reason Australia” which brought together humanist, rationalist, atheists and secular groups from across the country.
Unfortunately, it fell apart because of differences in focus among the groups. Instead, the leadership of these various groups now collaborate as and when required, while maintaining our separate identities. This seems to work better than trying to force an amalgamated national group.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, and so on?
Doig: As a volunteer run organisation, we have limited resources to organise and must priortise our efforts carefully. Apart from becoming a formal Member, supporters can subscribe to our daily bulletin, RSA Daily, which enables us to communicate our views and activities on a regular basis. Donations towards our campaigns are always welcome.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Doig: As our patron Michael Kirby has said, “The principle of secularism is one of the greatest developments in human rights in the world. We must safeguard and protect it, for it can come under threat …”
When I was growing up, religion was simply irrelevant to the way I lived my life; I learned my values from my parents and my school, and got my social involvement from community projects.
But I became aware of the secretive and unaccountable political power wielded by religious organisations – particularly the Catholic Church – in education, in our parliaments, in our health system.
I frankly don’t care what people believe in the privacy of their own minds but I do care when they try to impose their views on the rest of us, particularly using the organs of the state. That’s why I think freethought organisations like the Rationalist Society and the Atheists are so important.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Doig.
Doig: You’re welcome!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/07
Judith Daley is a Board Member of Dying with Dignity NSW. Here we talk about her background, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Judith Daley: My early life was conventional until I was about six. I mean conventional in as much as my mother and father lived together in a very small village on the north coast of New South Wales (NSW) in an area where both their parents and siblings and their families also lived.
I have a sister who is nearly 3 years younger than me. My mother and particularly my father were practicing Roman Catholics.
However, when was six and my sister was nearly three my mother ran away with a man who was 27 years older than her and who had two children who were older than her and two who were close to her age.
This was in 1950 and caused such as scandel that her siblings did not speak to her for a couple of decades. Her mother was the only relative I had any knowledge about.
My mother and stepfather stopped running when they reached Adelaide in South Australia. We lived in Adelaide, at various addresses, for the next 12 years.
It was only from about then on, by which time we had moved to Ballarat in Victoria, that I because aware that I had aunts and uncles and cousins. Those relationships have never been close.
I have very little knowledge of the Daley side of my family and did not meet my father, despite several attempts by my sister and I, until I was 31 and it wasn’t a particularly happy event.
My father and two sisters and a brother, so there are a large group of Daley relations all from the north cast, are of NSW. I don’t know them. I was always sent to the local Catholic school and practiced that faith.
When I was about 18 or 19, I stopped attending church and stared saying I was agnostic. I now think that’s sort of an each way bet so now say I am an atheist.
I do have occasional moments of envy because people who do believe in God, regardless of whether they practice religion or not, get a lot of comfort from that belief.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Daley: Like most women from my socio-economic class and in my age group (DOB: 1944 – now 74) at that time I left school at 15-1/2 years because giving girls an education was considered a waste because they were destined for marriage and children.
I was an active union member and as a result of this, and a wonderful Australian politician named Clyde Cameron I had many opportunities to gain informal education.
It is a long story but I worked for the largest union for public servants in NSW and managed to conduct a job redesign which amalgamated two vocational groups into one more advantageous group within the Attorney General’s Department.
That job redesign was considered the equivalent of a lower degree by theUniversity of Technology, Sydney, so when I was 49 I went to university and gained a Masters of Employment in Industrial Relations.
When I was 52, after I’d finished my Masters, I went to a technical college for 6 months and gained my Private Investigators license to enhance my abilities in a job I was doing.
Jacobsen: As one of the Board members of Dying with Dignity NSW, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position.
Daley: The Dying with Dignity Board meets approximately once a month. I attend those meetings and participate in discussions and decision making. I also sometimes field queries and questions from people who have recently had a terrible diagnosis and I explain the current law to them.
I write letters and lobby politicians and attend meetings where necessary. I sometimes give presentations to various groups regarding the position regarding Voluntary Assisted Dying (VAD) in NSW.
Jacobsen: What are some of the current initiatives and programs for the Dying with Dignity NSW?
Daley: Currently DWD are conducting forums to educate the general populace about the existing legal position regarding VAD. A large percentage of people think VAD is something they can simply request but an attempt to put legislation through the NSW Parliament last year failed on the initial vote by one vote.
We are working to influence the politicians to make the next attempt successful. The Council of the Ageing (COTA) has recently conducted a survey of older people and 84% of participants supported VAD.
Jacobsen: There is going to be an election in NSW. The Voluntary Euthanasia Party is a real political presence. What do you intend to do in the next electoral season?
Daley: The next election in NSW will be conducted on 23rd March 2019. The VEP will be one of the smaller parties to contest a seat in the Upper House of the NSW parliament.
In NSW a ‘party’ has to have 1,500 members to be classified as a ‘party’ and if that party wants voters to be able to vote above the line, so they just have to number one box instead of anything up to 100 boxes below the line, the party must have 15 candidates.
If the VEP were to be successful it would only be our lead candidate, Shayne Higson, who would be elected. I am simple; one of the 15 candidates to make up the numbers. There is no prospect of me being elected.
Jacobsen: What are the policies and platforms of the Voluntary Euthanasia Party?
Daley: The VEP is only standing on the single platform of getting VAD in place. It is our recommendation that voters put a ‘1’ in the VEP box and then a ‘2’ in the box of any of the larger political parties whose policies they also support.
This is not a rare position in our parliaments. There are several special interest parties such as Animal Welfare or The Fishers and Shooters who work in a similar manner.
Jacobsen: Obviously, there is a concurrent passion between both the non-profit and the political pursuits. As with any social movement and political party, typically, there will be opposition to them. Who is the opposition to Dying With Dignity NSW and the Voluntary Euthanasia Party?
Daley: The major opposition to VAD are the two main Christian churches such as the Catholic Church and the Church of England. It is an interesting link that these bodies are often the same organisations who manage and control the palliative care wards in the hospitals.
These organisations are fundamentally right wing in their views although there are more and more surveys indicating that upwards of 80% of their parishioners support VAD. There is also a very right wing preacher elected to the NSW Upper House named Fred Nile.
When the debate for VAD was underway in the Upper House last year he told outright lies in the House and the next day he admitted the lies in an article in the Sydney Morning Herald but didn’t have the guts to own it himself and said, “God made me do it”. JJEEEEZZZ He also tried to get Hansard (the record of Parliament) altered but that failed.
Jacobsen: How can these oppositional forces be combatted in 2019?
Daley: VAD has been legalised in the State of Victoria although the restrictions are the toughest in the world. VAD is actively being considered in the Parliaments of the states of Queensland and Western Australia.
The tide is turning and organisations like DWD are assisting because of the lobbying and public education we do. These activities are limited because we are a volunteer organisation with limited budgets. You can access a forum DWD conducted this year by going to our website. It is two hours long.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Daley: We are always seeking new members and our membership is growing. We do occasional drives for donations but have to be careful not to bleed our member dry.
On our website, we have several personal stories from people who are DWD members and who explain in detail why they are seeking VAD. As an example, I have attached a link to an article written about me a couple of years ago.
This article was written by a journalist in a regional newspaper and distributed to 16 other newspapers in southern Queensland and northern NSW.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Daley: My interest in VAD is not entirely altruistic although I hope I would still hold these views if my circumstances were different. My partner of 33 years, who died 11 years ago, was unwell with a rare heart condition and he had many emergency admissions to various hospitals.
It was hearing other people screaming in pain in those emergency departments that first initiated my interest in VAD and made me realise that dying is not always dignified.
At those times when medical staff were questioned about why the person was in such agony, we were always told they couldn’t be given any more medication.
I was diagnosed with COPD (Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease which in my case comprises emphysema, bronchitis, late onset asthma with unusual triggers and scaring in my left lung because of previous pneumonia).
I was diagnosed 24 years ago and my condition is reasonably well managed by if the condition continues as predicted I will not be breathing well at the end of my life because I will be gurgling. I don’t want anyone else to have the power to tell me to keep gurgling.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Judith.
Daley: I hope this is some use to you Scott. Thanks for this opportunity.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/06
Derek Humphry is the Founder of the Hemlock Society USA (1980) and the President of the Euthanasia Research and Guidance Organization (ERGO). Here we talk about his background, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Derek Humphry: Due to the six years WW2 lasted (I was 6 on the outbreak and 15 when it finished), my formal education was slender. I had to educate myself by reading widely and observation.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Humphry: Yes, I was obliged to be largely self-educated.
Strangely, some people say that it was advantageous for me not to
be cluttered with an academic higher education!
Jacobsen: Euthanasia Research & Guidance Organization is a good resource on the subject. How did this resource come to fruition?
Humphry: By the visibility of my books. Mostly ‘Jean’s Way’ (1978) and ‘Final Exit (l991). Both became bestsellers and remain available via Kindle.
Jacobsen: What is your current role, and associated tasks and responsibilities, with the Euthanasia Research & Guidance Organization?
Humphry: President of the Euthanasia Research and Guidance Organization (ERGO) supplying quality literature about choices in dying for the terminally ill. Spreading news and views about
euthanasia generally via websites, blogs and a Listserv. Answering queries daily from people with problems dealing with their own forthcoming death, or that of a loved one.
ergo@finalexit.org
Jacobsen: What tend to be the main myths or misrepresentations about euthanasia? What truths dispel them?
Humphry: That’s a huge question. Fundamentally, my approach is to respect what opposite views on ‘dying and death’ that people have, but don’t reject my/our view to act differently.
Jacobsen: How does the Euthanasia Research & Guidance Organization provide a basis for becoming more informed on the subject of euthanasia? What are the most used resources of ERGO?
Humphry: Our publications appear in many languages and are read all over the world. www.finalexit.org/ergo-store
Jacobsen: What sectors of societies tend to be the most against euthanasia, dying with dignity, the right to die, and medical assistance in dying, and so on?
Humphry: The Roman Catholic Church is strongly against any form of assisted dying. Protestant churches are divided. Also against are Orthodox Jews but not Reform Jews. And, of course, Muslims are opposed.
The various Medical Associations (of doctors) have always been, as policy, against my views, but they’re coming round now that public opinion is swinging in our favor.
Jacobsen: What are the most important activist, legal and sociocultural, efforts ongoing at the moment for the advancement of the human rights in the likely most important decision someone will make with their life – its ending in time and in place?
Humphry: There are 50 right-to-die groups in the world campaigning to get lawful doctor-assisted dying democratically introduced in their countries. www.worldrtd.net
Jacobsen: What are some good resources, organizations, and people who speak on euthanasia?
Humphry: Relevant web sites:
www.finalexit.org
www.assistedsuicide.org
www.assisted-dying.org/blog
https://www.youtube.com/user/TheFinalExit/videos
www.finalexit.org/ergo-store
www.finalexitnetwork.org
www.worldrtd.net
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/05
Silvia Park is the State Director of the American Atheists Virginia. Here we talk about her life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you? Did religion play a role in it?
Silvia Park: I was raised not going to church, though my parents did join a Unitarian Universalist church for a short time (I think more for the music than anything else), and I was required to go a few times. Luckily that didn’t last long.
I grew up near Poughkeepsie, NY, and several of my friends were Catholic, and I remember feeling like I might be missing out on something when I heard them talk about going to CCD after school.
I attended Mass with friends once or twice, as well as a Methodist church service, and was not impressed. It was a morning I didn’t have to go to school, so why was I up and going to church?
Jacobsen: If you reflect on pivotal people within the community relevant to personal philosophical development, who were they for you?
Park: I didn’t start reading books by atheist writers until I was a parent myself, so I wouldn’t say my philosophical development came from anyone other than my parents, who never talked about gods and religion to me. My grandmother always gave us a subscription to National Geographic at Christmas, and I would read it cover to cover.
I majored in anthropology in college, and do remember one book in particular that helped me put words to my thoughts about religion’s origins–Cows, Pigs, Wars, and Witches, by Marvin Harris.
In my thirties I became interested in Buddhism, and I do feel many of my personal philosophical beliefs align well with Buddhist principles, though not in everything. Be kind, do good, seek happiness, kind of sums it up for me. But also stand firm and speak up against injustices.
Jacobsen: What about literature and film, and other artistic and humanities productions, of influence on personal philosophical worldview?
Park: Do Isaac Asimov’s Robots, Foundation, and Empire novels count? 🙂 I think actually that reading Ain’t Nobody’s Business If You Do: The Absurdity of Consensual Crimes in Our Free Country, by Peter McWilliams, influenced me quite a bit, actually. It helped changed my views about recreational drug use and prostitution, which I’d never spent much time considering before.
Jacobsen: How did you come to find the wider borderless online world of non-religious people?
Park: I used to read a lot of science and other blogs when I was homeschooling my kids, and so I, of course, found “Pharyngula” at some point, which led to other atheist/science blogs.
But I didn’t engage with anyone back then, in the early 2000s. On Facebook, of course, there are plenty of atheists to follow.
I joined a brand new Meetup two years ago, the Atheist Community of Charlottesville (ACC), and I got involved right away. I took over running the group in January 2018, and started looking at the various national organizations for support, including American Atheists, Inc.
Jacobsen: How did this lead to American Atheist Virginia?
Park: I signed our group up to become an affiliate of American Atheists, and they got me in touch with the Virginia state director, Larry Mendoza. Larry was able to come to Charlottesville to give a talk to us about AA and the great work they do.
What I really liked was when he told us about AA reaching out to local groups, to grow their grassroots outreach and presence. After that meeting, he and I spoke some more, and he told me that he was looking for more assistant directors.
He said I was already doing what an assistant director does, and asked if I’d be interested in becoming one. I started that process right away, and I was even able to attend the 2018 American Atheists Convention in Oklahoma City the next month.
Jacobsen: Within the current position as the State Director for American Atheist Virginia, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Park: There’s a responsibility to remain active–to grow my local affiliate and work with other groups here, as well. I am trying to create a positive image of atheists locally by organizing volunteering events for us, and making sure to mention that we’re “the atheists here to help.”
I am working on our online presence as well, promoting #atheistscare. I have a lot to learn still about becoming more of an activist, and I’m looking forward to this year’s American Atheists Convention, in Cincinnati in April, where I plan to attend every training session available.
Jacobsen: What are some of the provisions for the community there? How does this manifest in the online sphere as well?
Park: By having an American Atheist assistant director who lives locally, the secular groups here have someone who’s looking at local issues and can notify them of anything they might want to get involved in that concerns the separation of religion and government.
I am also a member of the Washington Area Secular Humanists (WASH), and I am the chapter coordinator for the Charlottesville chapter. Having a direct link to the resources available from both groups is very helpful.
For example, I have attended every Cville Pride Festival since its inception in 2012. I had seen that there were a number of local religious organizations that tabled booths at the festival, but that there was no secular group represented.
So I decided that the Atheist Community of Charlottesville should be there, and that we should bring other atheist groups with us, to show our diversity and inclusion. As a chapter of WASH, we were able to create a GoFundMe page to pay for two booths, and to help with other expenses.
We were able to fly in Mandisa Thomas of Black Nonbelievers, Inc, and give her one of the booths. The ACC invited Virginia American Atheists to share a booth with us and WASH, and they provided tabling materials for us. At our booth, we offered free memberships to American Atheists.
Samantha McGuire, president of WASH, joined us and was a great resource. The event was a big success, and we were surprised how many people stopped and talked to us, and said they didn’t know there was a local atheist group. Next year, I plan to ask for our booth to be included in the area where all the religious groups are.
Jacobsen: What unique issues for secularism face Virginian atheists? What specific inclusivity issues face atheists in Virginia? In particular, how do some of these reflect the larger national issues?
Park: Virginia is in the “Bible Belt,” so it can be hard to get our voices heard. Our schools can still teach abstinence only sex ed, and we have laws that restrict the inclusion of LGBTQ topics.
That’s a big problem. There are exceptions for faith healing from child negligence charges. The Religious Freedom Restoration Act allows religious agencies to discriminate when it comes to foster care and adoption.
Many other states face similar issues, so it’s helpful to see what the other directors are doing around the country, how they’re able to make changes to problematic laws.
One thing I’ll be looking at for next winter is any nativity scenes on government property. I’ll ask local atheists to be on the lookout, and if we find that there is a religious display, we’ll ask to have our own secular display place next to it. We are looking to increase our public presence.
Jacobsen: How can secular American citizens create an environment more conducive and welcoming to secular women, secular youth, secular people of color, secular poor people, and secular people with formal education less than or equal to – but not higher than – a high school education?
Park: I think American Atheists is doing a good job of inviting women, people of color, and LGBTQ people to speak at the national convention, to have a voice in a public forum.
Virginia American Atheists’ directors are a particularly diverse group. Representation is so important. When Mandisa Thomas was here in September for Cville Pride, she had people of color come up to her and say, “I’ve never met another African American atheist before.”
I think atheists and other secular Americans need to show up anywhere there is social injustice and help create reform. We need to go to city council meetings and support affordable housing reform.
We need to lend our voices to local groups seeking racial justice. We need to demand reform in public schools, so that minority students are not discriminated against or punished unfairly.
We need to speak out against local law enforcement, particularly our jails, who notify ICE when an undocumented immigrant is going to be released so they can deport them. We need to demonstrate by our actions that these are important issues that need to be dealt with, and that we can see the underlying religious origins of many discriminatory practices.
Jacobsen: How can the secular community not only direct attention to ill-treatment of religious followers by fundamentalist religious leaders but also work to reduce and eventually eliminate the incidences of ill-treatment of some – in particular, the recent cases of women – within the secular community?
Park: The news has been full of stories of Catholic priests and nuns abusing children. Now we are also learning about similar problems in the Protestant communities.
Conversion therapy is such an immoral practice, so unbelievably damaging to a child, I cannot fathom how any parent can force their child to endure such treatment.
I am the mother of a transgender son who also identifies as gay, and the thought that children like him could be raised with anything other than the complete, unwavering support of their parents and family, is distressing.
Secular Americans need to support bans on conversion therapy. We need to push for prosecution against religious leaders who commit crimes against children, and we need to push back against faith healing.
We have to pay attention to what’s happening to people who aren’t secular like us, because they deserve protection against abuse, and they aren’t getting it from their religious communities in many cases.
When I read about men (or women) in the secular community who are being accused of mistreating anyone, my feeling is that they must be dealt with just as strongly as anyone else. They don’t get a pass because they’re atheists.
We have to show that we don’t exempt them from criticism just because they’ve been respected in the past. We need to be above scrutiny ourselves, I think, so that nobody can accuse us of going easy on our own people. There is no excuse for their behavior.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Silvia.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/04
Robyn E. Blumner, J.D. is the President & CEO of the Center for Inquiry & the Executive Director for the Richard Dawkins Foundation for Reason & Science. Here we talk about her life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Robyn E. Blumner: I grew up in Glen Cove, New York on Long Island. My parents were both Jewish and we were members of a conservative synagogue.
My paternal grandparents kept kosher in the home and both my grandmothers spoke Yiddish as well as English. My maternal grandmother was even president of the local Hadassah.
My parents were public school teachers, though my mother stayed at home during my formative years. I declared my atheism at 11 or 12 years of age, quit Hebrew school, and thereafter generally objected to participating in religious practices.
When at synagogue for Rosh Hashanah and Yom Kippur services with my family I would assist in the nursery taking care of young children, steering clear of the sanctuary and prayer services.
All things considered my parents took it pretty well. Eventually everyone in my nuclear family declared their atheism and broke with religion. But there was a time when I was the only atheist I knew.
I just didn’t understand how everyone could believe such outlandish claims without evidence. I thought everyone around me was crazy, and I presume they thought I was — or that I’d outgrow my resistance to belief.
I knew my Dad had come full circle when I notice he subscribed to Free Inquiry magazine, the periodical that CFI publishes on secular humanism and atheism.
This was long before I became the organization’s CEO. Although Dad’s been dead for years, it’s a very nice memory to know he was a supporter of CFI way back when.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Blumner: I have a B.S. from Cornell University and a J.D. from NYU School of Law. I’m a voracious reader with typically about five books going at once. There is never enough time for all the reading I hope to do.
Jacobsen: You hold two positions of high prominence in the freethought and secular communities. This may make you among the most prominent secular women with an authority position in the world.
You are the President & CEO of the Center for Inquiry as well as the Executive Director for Richard Dawkins Foundation for Reason & Science.
What is the current state of these organizations now? How did you become involved in them? What tasks and responsibilities come with the positions?
Blumner: The Center for Inquiry merged with the Richard Dawkins Foundation at the end of 2016. The marriage was a perfect alignment of interests. Both organizations have as their mission the promotion of reason, science, and secular values.
The Center for Inquiry has two flagship magazines, Skeptical Inquirer and Free Inquiry, along with a long history of scholarship and connecting preeminent scientists, philosophers, social scientists, and historians to the promotion of skepticism and secular humanism.
The Richard Dawkins Foundation has a high-profile social media presence, a commitment to promoting science in general and the teaching of evolution in particular, and the backing of a great celebrity scientist and outspoken atheist, Richard Dawkins.
After the merger the two entities still exist but the Richard Dawkins Foundation is a division of CFI. That means expenses such as administration, accounting, and legal work can be combined leaving more resources to put toward the substantive work of the organization.
As to my varied responsibilities, I wear many hats, but ultimately I am responsible for implementing the board’s vision for CFI and making sure we have the resources to carry it out.
Lucky for me I have an incredible staff of committed professionals who contribute mightily to the ongoing success and growth of CFI. Some staff members have been with CFI more than 30 years.
I have attached a brochure on CFI’s activities. That should give readers a full understanding of our history and ongoing work.
Among my favorite programs are 1) the Teacher Institute for Evolutionary Science, which teaches middle school science teachers across the United States how to teach evolution; and 2) Secular Rescue, that saves the lives of atheist activists overseas in places like Bangladesh, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia and Iraq. Secular Rescue is an underground railroad for secular bloggers who find themselves subjected to violence or prosecution due to nonbelief. The program helps them get safe passage to other countries.
Our legal program is also doing a lot to promote scientific skepticism, including suing the pharmacy chain CVS for the fraudulent way it markets homeopathic products alongside evidence-based medicine.
This shelf placement suggests that homeopathic products address medical symptoms when in fact they have no active ingredients and cannot work beyond a placebo effect. Homeopathy is a $3 billion annual consumer fraud that CFI is taking on in the courts.
Jacobsen: Within the tenure of leadership in the organizations, what have been the emotional difficulties? What, also, have been the heartwarming stories and experiences while in the organizations? Have any mentors been integral to the work there?
Blumner: Richard Dawkins is an extraordinary mentor. He is both brilliant and kind. I have been honored over these years to work alongside him and see the impact he has on audiences — young and old alike.
The long lines Richard attracts during book signings are filled with people who tell him that his books changed their life.
They say they are no longer blinkered by religion or they chose a career in science because of Richard’s books on evolutionary biology. I can’t imagine a more gratifying legacy.
Jacobsen: In terms of the current moment with the rise in know-nothing, ultra-patriarchal male leaders who tend to be religious, and, subsequently or concomitantly, the emergence of the authoritarian base upon which they depend, what are the main threats to human rights, science as process and knowledge, and secularism?
How are the secular organizations working to combat this, including the Center for Inquiry and the Richard Dawkins Foundation for Reason & Science?
Blumner: We fight daily against the religious Right. Currently the Trump administration is attacking secular society from many angles, including pushing for school vouchers, seeking to defeat the Johnson Amendment and its limits on clergy electioneering for political candidates, and promoting discrimination under the guise of religious freedom.
It’s ugly out there, and we have a legal and advocacy department that works independently and in coalitions of other groups to push back against these dangerous incursions.
Jacobsen: This brings something to mind. What if there was an unofficial coalition of the formal non-religious from secular and freethinker organizations to humanist communities and ethical societies to online agnostics and atheists, and so on?
A common stance of no tolerance and proactive, assertive formal non-religious activism against fundamentalist encroachment into civic and political life, including into the current battlegrounds over the rights to bodily autonomy of women with reproductive health rights, i.e., individuals who openly and with little metacognitive insight want religious rights for themselves but not reproductive rights for women. Could this be done? If so, how?
It seems necessary in the current moment with Bolsonaro in Brazil, Trump in America, Putin in Russia, Xi Jinping in China, Duterte in the Philippines, Erdogan in Turkey, Modi in India, bin Salman in Saudi Arabia, Orbán in Hungary, and so on.
Blumner: We work closely with a host of secular groups as a means of amplifying our voice for church-state separation, the rights of atheists here and abroad, and the end to pseudoscience wherever it arises.
Unfortunately, most secular and ethical groups are small relative to the size, strength and resources of our ideological opponents.
For instance, CFI’s annual budget of $5 million is large compared to other groups within the secular community but we are tiny relative to the religious Right group Focus on the Family and its annual budget of $78 million. And that’s just one group among many of that size.
Jacobsen: What are the exciting new projects coming in 2019 for the Center for Inquiry as well as the Richard Dawkins Foundation for Reason & Science? How can people find out more about them?
Blumner: Please check out the website: “centerforinquiry.org” and sign up for our free digital newsletters. Cause & Effect comes out every other week, as does the Richard Dawkins Foundation newsletter.
And you can subscribe for free to The Morning Heresy, our hilarious daily synopsis of the day’s news by CFI’s communications director, Paul Fidalgo.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with Center for Inquiry as well as the Richard Dawkins Foundation for Reason & Science through the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Blumner: Again, please check out our website for opportunities to join and become active.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Blumner: We need everyone who cares about a secular government to become active. We need you to join organizations and respond to Action Alerts.
We need you to tell your lawmakers that you are a nonbeliever and support the separation of church and state, and will vote on those grounds in annual elections.
Unfortunately, there is still a stigma surrounding atheism and the only way to combat it is for us to organize into groups and make ourselves known. Please see the attached video that features Abby telling her story:
It shows what we are still up against.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Robyn.
Blumner: Thank you, Scott.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/03
Jim Lyttle is the Secretary of the Lake Superior Freethinkers. Here we talk about her life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Jim Lyttle: I grew up in Northern Canada (with geography almost identical to what I experience here in Duluth, Minnesota) among a family that respected, but did not have much, education.
My grandfather was a Presbyterian minister and true to his calling served on Boards and Commissions such as the Salvation Army in his home town. When he retired, he kept on serving as Superintendent of Home Missions for Northern Ontario & Quebec within the United Church of Canada.
He was kind and hard-working and he established several churches in northern mining towns. When he finally got approval for a university in his town (North Bay), he walked out onto the porch and collapsed with a heart attack.
Despite all that, my dad took religion as a harmless fantasy that made some people feel good. My mom had been raised Catholic but drifted away during family life among apathetic Protestants who ridiculed the ritual and opulence of the Roman Catholic Church.
Born in 1952, I was part of the (late) 1960s and “shopped” religions. I participated in a Unitarian LRY (Liberal Religious Youth) group in Toronto, meeting in a barn at Highways 5 and 10 to smoke (just cigarettes) and discuss the meaning of life.
I was disillusioned when the group decided to harrass Christians who were having a conference near their own conference in Buffalo, with signs that said (among other things) “Fuck Jesus.”
I understood the irreverence and celebrated the whole idea of fucking (which we called “balling” at the time), but felt quite uncomfortable with that level of confrontation.
My family was fashionably hip and open-minded (I grew up almost totally without guidance or discipline) and we were perhaps at the high end of working class.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Lyttle: I did very well in public school up until Grade 8 when I was introduced to a fairly popular student named John Percival. The problem was that I had been in his home room for several weeks by then, and he had never noticed or heard of me.
We become best friends and he taught me what he learned each day after his guitar lessons. This was just after the Kennedy assasination shocked us half to death and then the coming of the Beatles saved us. I decided then to be noticed and not to worry much about school work.
(Also, I was smart enough to have bullshitted my way through so far, but the work was getting harder). Through high school, I barely passed courses but did get noticed.
After high school, I played in a band and traveled a lot. Then I settled down for a few years with a woman and worked in electronics. At 31, after my department was shut down, I went back to school – this time I meant it, though.
I got a BA in philosophy and economics at Wilfrid Laurier and went to Western for a Harvard style case-based MBA. After drifting a bit from job to job, I starting teaching at the DeVry Institute of Technology and discovered a passion for understanding complex things and explaining them simply.
I went back to school again, this time for a doctorate at York University, and came to America to profess, a career from which I retired in 2016. I have done very little self-education.
Jacobsen: With the defunctness of the Iron Range Coalition of Reason but the continuance of the Lake Superior Freethinkers, what happened to the Iron Range Coalition of Reason?
How can other coalitions or groups based on rationalism learn from these mistakes and even its successes while it existed? What is the current status of the Lake Superior Freethinkers?
Lyttle: The Coalition of Reason is going strong, headquarted in Washington DC and organized as a “base” to support social justice.
Our efforts locally to establish an Iron Range Coalition of Reason were based on plans and values embodied in Fred Edwords who founded the Coalition of Reason idea.
Shortly after we started, he was asked to take over bigger responsibilities in the American Humanist Association and a fellow from England came in to coordinate the local groups.
His agenda was much more political than intellectual and we gradually grew apart. Groups based on rationalism (as an intellectual preference) will have to be fiercely on guard against the tendency of their allies to lean far to the left.
Although the affinity of socialism and religious skepticism is quite legitimate, it is difficult to change hearts and minds on the topic of religion while arming critics with the ammunition that we are “just more godless commies.”
Our focus now is on the Lake Superior Freethinkers group that was founded in 1997 by psychiatrist Bill van Druten and others. There was a proposal to sell his hospital to the Roman Catholic Church.
Since there were only two hospitals, and the other one already was part of the Church, he was concerned about this monopoly. His “last straw” came when he was asked to sign a pledge to treat his (psychiatric) clients according to the tenets of that Church, regardless of their religion or lack of religion.
Many of his clients were already grappling with guilt and shame (and sometimes financial ruin) brought on by this or other religions.
Jacobsen: As the Secretary of the Lake Superior Freethinkers, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Lyttle: My official role as Secretary is to record official meetings, keep records of by-laws, file annual reports with the State, and so forth.
However, I also often host meetings as MC, look after all e-mail communications with members, run its website and official facebook page, and co-run the discussion website along with other promotional efforts.
There are three or four meetings per month and I design advertisements with graphics and such. This is similar to my work with the Clan Little Society, Inc. and my local Mensa Area group, known as the “Northern Brights.”
Jacobsen: What are some of the community activities of the Lake Superior Freethinkers?
Lyttle: In the past, the group has tried to avoid any quasi-political involvement.
Most of us happen to be far to the left (the questioning attitude of liberals overlaps skepticism about religion) but this annoys people who are considerably less “looney left” than we are, but who should feel at home as long as they are non-religious.
Lately, we are indulging our political selves a little more. Earning respect for secularism is still the “hub” of our activities, but we have established a “spoke” known as People of Conscience that dabbles in marching on City Hall and such.
We have always collected donations for local food banks and staffed booths at Pride Festivals and such, but the new group will coordinate with other groups to take small-p political actions against rising Trumpism.
Jacobsen: What are the demographics of the community?
Lyttle: Our town is 18% African-American and predominantly of Scandinavian background (not counting university students, who are much more diverse).
Our group includes about 80 people who come to meetings often and about 360 others who receive and interact with our e-mails and website and over 500 people on our facebook page.
Of the hundred or so I have seen, perhaps 3 are African American. African-Americans are known to be more religious (and we intentionally meet on Sunday mornings), but we are also a group of predominantly white men who are 65 and over (retired, with time for this), about a fifth of whom bring their wives.
We host mainly intellectual talks about issues related to religion and thus generally appeal to those who grew up with, and fell out with, religion. We have a 17 year old member and a few in their thirties, but this group is small.
They need childcare (and we are not about to try and sell atheist Sunday School!), often rely on the church for business and social contacts and moral instruction for children, and tend to be indifferent to religion.
Millennials in general (in the USA at least) seem to be more indifferent about religion then either enthusiastic or angry.
Jacobsen: What civic and political activism activities most interest the members of the Lake Superior Freethinkers?
Lyttle: We have many feminists, environmentalists, women’s rights advocates, and people who seek more government help for the poor.
However, we also have a significant minority of libertarians who are against religion mainly because it is a social entity trying to force itself on individuals.
Their resistance to church is part of their resistance to social engineering, “identity politics,” and government involvement in anything. So, it’s complicated.
Jacobsen: Who are the important secular and freethought forces in the United States now?
Lyttle: The main active group is the Freedom From Religion Foundation, started in nearby Madison Wisconsin by Anna Nicole Gaylor – a typical angry feminist from the 1950s.
It now has over 23,000 members, several chapters (including our group) and a head office with more than a dozen lawyers working to sue people for Nativity Scenes on city property and school prayer and such.
There are many other groups working in mostly un-unified ways to earn political power or intellectual respect or just to advance (what we see as) science rather than superstition.
Many of us are academics and generally hope to discourage “faith,” which we would define as believe in spite of the evidence.
All of these efforts are somewhat muted at the moment as we are in what I call the “Republican Decade.” We have maade progress since the 1960s, but our Supreme Court is now stacked against us for the foreseeable future.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with the donation of time, the addition of membership, links to professional and personal networks, giving monetarily, exposure in interviews or writing articles, and so on?
Lyttle: Generally, outside of personal contacts and the occasional publicity stunt to get press, we exist as a webpage at LSFreethinkers.org where people can get involved and as a corresponding facebook page at https://www.facebook.com/LSFreethinkers.org.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Lyttle: Not really.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Jim.
Lyttle: You’re welcome.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/02
Karis Burkowski is the President of the Society of Ontario Freethinkers. Here we talk about her life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s start from the top, was religion or freethought more prevalent growing up?
Karis Burkowski: Growing up I was a good, church-going, Evangelical Lutheran girl, a ‘true believer’ in a conservative, white bread community.
Jacobsen: Reflecting on the important factors leading to secular beliefs, a worldview apart from the religious, what were these important factors for the transition into a secular view of the world?
Burkowski: In a word: rationalism. I can pinpoint the moment when I first began to question my faith. I was 13, in Confirmation Class, and we were learning about transubstantiation and consubstantiation.
The idea that the wafer actually ‘became’ the body of Christ, and we were supposed to eat that, like cannibals, was just too much for me!
From then on, I started paying more rational, critical attention to everything we were being taught. Sometimes the minister could provide answers that made sense to me, but often I was told I simply had to ‘take it on faith’.
On the surface, I tried to go along with what was expected of me, but the cognitive dissonance just would not let go.
This was back in the ’60s and there were other influences such as the exiled Dalai Lama, the Maharishi Mahesh Yogi and the Hare Krishna movement to explore, and it became increasingly clear to me that all religions were the products of either wishful thinking or desire to control people.
Jacobsen: In the world of freethinkers, regardless of the region insofar as I can tell, why are there fewer prominent women than men?
Burkowski: I know far more freethinking women than men. This does not surprise me, since virtually all religions are less ‘friendly’ to women. The word ‘prominent’ is probably the key.
The women just don’t seem to concern themselves as much with getting recognition from others. We self-publish our books (eg. “Why Men Made God”) and network locally, but we tend not to strive for the spotlight.
Jacobsen: How did you come to find the community of Ontario freethinkers?
Burkowski: It was a fluke, really. I had spent about 30 years socializing with non-believing women in various groups. One day one of those women was working at the LCBO when a customer came in wearing an atheist T-shirt.
She got into a conversation with him and learned that there was a freethinkers group in town. She wrote down the details, and later passed the information on to me. I followed up and that was that. Now SOFREE has a website and a Facebook page, so we are easier to find.
Jacobsen: How did this lead into a leadership role within Society of Ontario Freethinkers? What tasks and responsibilities come along with the position?
Burkowski: It’s “Society of Freethinkers” – we have officially dropped the word ‘Ontario”.
I had no intention of seeking a leadership role but I became actively involved in some of the projects such as organizing the NonCon 2015 (conference for non-belivers) and getting the “Good without God? You’re not alone!” bus sign on a local bus.
Being active and willing to take on some responsibilities for smaller projects gradually led to becoming President.
Jacobsen: What are some of the communal activities and opportunities provided by SOFREE? What are some activist efforts ongoing at the moment?
Burkowski: Our regular meeting is the monthly Sunday brunch at a local pub. That doesn’t change. In addition, we are trying to help a group in Guelph get organized by meeting with them once a month.
We put up a SOFREE table at community events such as the K-W MultiCulture Festival, to let the community know that we exist and attract new members. We hold special events from time to time (eg. Darwin Day, Solstice) and we are experimenting with a movie night/discussion group.
My focus, personally, is on networking with other groups in the area. I attend humanist/atheist events in Hamilton and Toronto as well as Guelph with an eye to bringing the groups together to do some interesting activities.
I’ve been a member of Interfaith Grand River since 2001, which also leads to community involvement. Lately, SOFREE has been encouraging all of its members to become more politically active so that the local political leaders become aware that there are many local voters who are non-believers.
We are currently running a poster campaign, putting posters and flyers in libraries, recreation centres, and other public places to increase visibility in the community.
Jacobsen: Ideally, the mass of non-religious and freethinking organizations and people, which is growing, of Canada would come together within a general coalition to work for large changes within Canadian society for symbolic, legal, and social equality of the non-religious. How would you do this, in an idealistic context?
Burkowski: That is exactly what is needed – but organizing humanists/freethinkers is like the proverbial herding of cats. They are notoriously independent and tend not to join groups.
We are trying to reach out and build community at the local level and among nearby cities. Since non-believers are mostly ‘recovering Christians’, they have a built-in resistance to the kind of networked heirarchies that give churches political clout.
Most non-believers understand the importance of getting organized effectively, and some groups like Humanist Canada and CFI Canada are trying to do this, but I don’t have an answer for how to make it happen.
Social media is a reasonably effective tool for motivating people to sign petitions, etc. but it is far from enough.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Burkowski: I appreciate the work that Canadian Atheist is doing to aid in coalescing the many non-believers here in Canada. Keep on being inspiring!
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Karis.
Burkowski: Thank you, Scott.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/01
Faye Girsh is the Founder and the Past President of the Hemlock Society of San Diego. She was the President of the National Hemlock Society (Defunct) and the World Federation of RTD Societies (Extant). Currently, she is on the Advisory Board of the Final Exit Network and the Euthanasia Research and Guidance Organization. Here we talk about her life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Faye Girsh: I grew up, an only child, in a middle class, loving family in Philadelphia. Both parents had large extended families and I lived in a row house with lots of kids on our street.
My dad worked hard in his men’s clothing store,despite his longing to be a surgeon. They retired to Florida after I left Phila to go to graduate school in Boston.
I have since lived around the country and the world. I am widowed with two great children and four grands and live in a wonderful retirement community in San Diego.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Girsh: My MA degree in Psychology is from Boston University but I glimpsed Harvard across the river and went there for a Doctor of Education degree in Human Development.
My vague plans included university teaching and raising a family which is just about how it turned out. The self-education part was big.
While teaching at Morehouse College, I did a research project on death penalty jurors which took me into forensic psychology since the study was used by the US Supreme Court and I was asked to testify in death penalty cases around the country.
I taught myself how to do psychological evaluations used by the courts to determine sentence and to select juries — both of which I continued to do.
I learned about the right to die movement and the passion about the injustice of not being able to make one’s final decision propelled me to learn all about it.
I was in private practice as a clinical and forensic psychologist in San Diego for 18 years before giving it up to run the national Hemlock Society out of Denver in 1996.
Jacobsen: As the Past President of the Hemlock Society of San Diego, what were the more troubling and the more heartwarming stories from the time as the President?
Girsh: I founded the Hemlock Society of San Diego in 1987 and we immediately were asked by the national Hemlock Society to get signatures for a ballot initiative to have physician aid in dying in Calif.
That was an exhausting — and eventually frustrating — pursuit since there was no money to continue the effort in 1988. But we did it again in 2003, collected 28,00 signatures in San Diego, got the initiative on the ballot, had no money left, but still got 47% of the vote.
Of course, we now have a Calif law permitting aid in dying passed by the legislature in 2016.
Jacobsen: Now, with the tenure complete, what is the next step for you?
Girsh: My forte is not in administrative details but in risk-taking and moving the issue ahead. I did that with the Caring Friends Program, now the thriving Final Exit Network, and with the Hemlock Society of San Diego.
I am not sure how to accomplish this but it is absolutely necessary to expand the Oregon model of aid in dying, now 20+ years old to include non-terminal people.
I would like to see our law look more like the law in Canada which includes voluntary euthanasia, as well as self-administration of medication. And I would like to see doctors more involved and even have non-doctors trained to provide a peaceful death.
Jacobsen: What were the largest successes and honest failures from the time as the President?
Girsh: My two successes were the founding of Final Exit Network, a national organization using a model different from the Oregon law involving trained volunteers providing information and support to people in their homes at no charge.
And the Hemlock Society of San Diego, now in its 32nd year, informing people about their end of life choices at our monthly meetings and on line with these programs available to watch on our web site (hemlocksocietysandiego.org) Failures?
We tried to develop a San Diego, then a national, program for Patient Advocacy but the model we chose was not utilized by our members. It is still needed since so many things happen to patients at the end of life that could be prevented by trained advocates.
The major problem existing all over the world is Dementia in all its forms. Many of us would like to be able to die before or as the disease runs its horrible course.
So far a person must be mentally competent to get help, in most places. This must change so that a person could get help to die even if not competent but lapsing into the moderate or severe stages of this life-shattering illness.
Jacobsen: What is California’s End of Life Option Law (Right to Die Law or Physician Aid in Dying)? Why was this important, and is this salient, for end of life planning and options for Californians?
Girsh: With 40 + million people in California, getting this law passed here was a major accomplishment. The law is more restrictive than most people would like, it is rare to find a doctor to do it, and it is too costly but it has been a godsend.
It enables people to determine their own way to a peaceful death, to have a celebration of life while alive, and to not endure the pain, dependence, and indignity which often accompany the last stages of dying. It works for those people who are eligible, can find a compassionate doctor, and can afford the medication.
Jacobsen: What are some of the terms and phrases floating around: the right to die, euthanasia, dying with dignity, and medical assistance in dying, and so on? What differentiates each of these, aside from, potentially, sociopolitical concerns?
Girsh: The plethora of terms is confusing. In the seven jurisdictions where aid in dying is legal, but medication is self-administered, it is referred to as Medical Aid in Dying, Physician Aid in Dying, and Death with Dignity.
Our opponents like to call it “assisted suicide” even though every statute specifically says it is NOT “suicide” for insurance purposes or on the death certificate. We strongly believe in suicide prevention when the reason for choosing death is not a rational one.
Where a direct injection by a doctor is permitted (Canada, the Netherlands, Belgium, and Luxembourg) it is called Voluntary Euthanasia, also MAID (Medical Aid in Dying.) The word “euthanasia” must be preceded by “voluntary” to apply to what we want in our Right to Die movement.
The “right to die” is more generic and means that each individual should have the right to choose a peaceful, dignified death consistent with his or her own values, and with assistance.
Jacobsen: Who are some of the luminaries of the movement? What is some essential reading on these subjects pertinent to the mission and mandate of the more than 30-year-old organization?
Girsh: Derek Humphry is the founder of the Hemlock Society, now head of ERGO (Euthanasia Research and Guidance Organization) and about to retire. But still very productive and living in Oregon.
Dr. Michael Irwin, also in his late 80’s, is a leader in Europe and was the founder of SOARS (Society for Old Age Rational Suicide), an important concept that remains pressing today. My hero is Dr. Jack Kevorkian, who openly helped 130 people have a peaceful death.
Dr. Rob Jonquiere, Executive Director of the World Federation of Right to Die Societies is one of those early Dutch doctors who defied the law and now holds the world’s right to die organizations together as Executive Director of the World Federation of Right to Die Societies.
And Dr. Philip Nitschke, the first doctor in the world to legally provide voluntary euthanasia and a vocal advocate for choice, now in Holland. His web site:
The Peaceful Pill Handbook (on line and in print) is helpful as is Derek Humphry’s book, Final Exit, now in its 3rd edition and in 13 languages.
Jacobsen: Who tends to be the main opposition to the right to die, and so on? What human rights provide the basis for the personal choice in, arguably, one of the most important decisions individuals make in their lives?
Girsh: The Catholic Church has invested the most money, propaganda, resources into opposition and now includes other groups, including the Mormons and evangelicals.
Also some elements of the disability community, most obvious and vocal is Not Dead Yet. Opposition to choice at the end of life is highly correlated with frequency of church attendance.
The Canadian constitution has wording to protect human rights as does the UN Declaration of Human Rights. I have a concern about the teachings of Islam which seem to be opposed to end of life choice. In Holland, as I understand it, the Islamic community disdains even Advance Directives.
South Africa, where this is a burning issue right now, also has a constitution protecting human dignity. In the US the Supreme Court in 1997 overruled two lower courts stating that there is not a constitutional right to assisted dying, but that it is a matter to be decided by the states. (That year the Oregon law went into effect.)
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Girsh: It is comforting to look at the accomplishments of the last 30 years and feel that dying is much better than, say the 1970s, or in other countries without the laws we have.
But it is discouraging to realize how far we have to go before people get the choices they would need to die to retain their dignity and control.
The Catholic Church continues to wield enormous power and are taking over community hospitals where even advance directives are not honored. Hospices are good but resist including aid in dying as an option for their patients.
Dementia is an epidemic and warehousing for those patients is a growing industry. More people are defining life in terms of quality not quantity which is good, while medical science is inventing ways to prolong life, and prolong death, so that we have become an aging society with many in nursing homes.
We have a long way to go to educate the public about choices in dying, about defining “life”, and about making the end less agonizing for patients and their families.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Faye.
Girsh: Thanks for these very thoughtful and provocative questions, Scott.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/31
Carly Gardner is the State Director of American Atheists Nevada. Here we talk about her background, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you? Did religion play a role in it?
Carly Gardner: I was born and raised in Salt Lake City Utah also known as Mormonville. This presented a mountain of problems as a child and as a teenager.
It was pretty common for me to get home from school in tears because yet another family wouldn’t allow their child to play with a non-Mormon. My Mormon cousins were especially awful around the holidays, fostering a sense of dread surrounding holidays that followed me into adulthood.
Jacobsen: If you reflect on pivotal people within the community relevant to personal philosophical development, who were they for you
Gardner: I spent several weekends a year with my Grandma Yukie a Buddhist. Many of the things she said still resonate with me such as “Karma is a self-fulfilling prophecy”. When you intentionally hurt others you self punish by saying the wrong thing or hesitating and missing opportunities.
Jacobsen: What about literature and film, and other artistic and humanities productions, of influence on personal philosophical worldview?
Gardner: When I was a teen, I would read my mother’s Book Club Books.
Princess: A True Story of Life Behind the Veil in Saudi Arab by Jean Sasson. Sasson describes female genital mutilation and hanging the marital sheets in the foyer of homes.
In My Father’s House: A Memoir of Polygamy (Voice in the American West) by Dorothy Allred Solomon (Author), Andy Wilkinson (Foreword)
This taught me all I need to know about fundamentalists using holy books to justify treating women as property. Learning about the religious background of circumcision let me know men sometimes suffer at the hands of holy books
Jacobsen: How did you come to find the wider borderless online world of non-religious people?
Gardner: In 2012 a friend introduced me to Meetup.com. One of the meetup.com groups called Salt Lake City Post Mos (people who have left the Latter Day Saints) also had a facebook group.
Meetup.com was an EXCELLENT tool for helping me find community. One of the first events I created was “Flirtology – the Science of Flirting” Mishele Walker teaching SLC singles the art of communicating in a relationship. I actually met my husband Monte at the first Flirtology lesson, he likes to say he got an A.
Jacobsen: How did this lead to American Atheists Nevada?
Gardner: Monte and I moved to NV to be closer to the ocean and 10 of his 14 siblings. Once here we used Meetup.com to find our nonreligous folks in Las Vegas.
Jacobsen: Within the current position as the State Director for American Atheists Nevada, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Gardner: Be the contact person for American Atheists.
Jacobsen: What are some of the provisions for the community there? How does this manifest in the online sphere as well?
Gardner: I am not sure I understand the question. Provisions? – Waffles at the event called Waffles Welcome Party? Do you mean what Atheist activities are available in Las Vegas?
If people want to meet other nonreligious individuals face to face the Center for Science and Wonder (CSAW) hosts 30+ events per month, including debates, lectures, community events, potlucks, plays, comedy nights, homeschooler events and dances.
CSAW strives to be the “We Welcome All Who Welcome All” venue. We are home to Agnostic and Atheist Alcohols Anonymous. We have had community partners such as Three Square and Caridad present at CSAW. The meetup.com group Las Vegas Atheists has a handful of events at other restaurants in town in addition to the CSAW events.
If people want to post memes and argue with people who join Facebook groups LV hosts several such groups. The LGBTQ community also has “The Center” in downtown Las Vegas.
My personal focus and the purpose of CSAW is to bring atheists out from behind their computer screens and into a physical space where they can interact with their fellow humans.
Jacobsen: What unique issues for secularism face Nevadan atheists? What specific inclusivity issues face atheists in Nevada? In particular, how do some of these reflect the larger national issues?
Gardner: The secular community has overcome many issues such as in the past in order to perform a wedding ceremony the officiant must be in good standing with a church or religious organization. https://www.reviewjournal.com/business/humanists-president-offers-custom-las-vegas-weddings/ Raul Martinez mentioned in the article is a supporter of CSAW. https://friendlyatheist.patheos.com/2008/12/14/an-atheist-isnt-allowed-to-marry-anyone-even-in-las-vegas/
Michael Jacobsen also supported CSAW before he passed away in April 2018. Weddings are a big deal in Vegas “Clark County Clerk Lynn Goya said about 4 percent of Las Vegas’ annual visitor volume comes for weddings, and more than 10,000 jobs in Clark County depend on wedding tourism.” https://www.reviewjournal.com/business/las-vegas-wedding-industry-wants-to-boost-marriage-rate/.
Now that the Atheist wedding issue has been solved, Nevada is an atheist paradise compared to SLC.
Jacobsen: How can secular American citizens create an environment more conducive and welcoming to secular women, secular youth, secular people of color, secular poor people, and secular people with formal education less than or equal to – but not higher than – a high school education?
Gardner: Embrace “We Welcome All Who Welcome All” plan family-friendly events, have space, games, and toys for kiddos. Hold free events and purely entertaining events.
Welcoming and leaving room for people to believe and think in their own unique way, even includes some of our biggest supporters are actually theists. My best friend is quite active in the LDS church and she brings her kiddos to events at CSAW.
Strangely CSAW has more events for single moms to bring kiddos compared to her local LDS ward. I believe first and foremost secular Americans need to allow the people they interact with to keep their religious security blanket.
Only after proving through action and repetition can a secular individual show a theist that they won’t be left in the cold if they take off their religious security blanket.
Giving theists a place to run TOWARDS is MORE important than dragging them kicking and screaming out of the situation that brings them comfort.
Jacobsen: How can the secular community not only direct attention to ill-treatment of religious followers by fundamentalist religious leaders but also work to reduce and eventually eliminate the incidences of ill-treatment of some – in particular, the recent cases of women – within the secular community?
Gardner: Pointing out the faults of fundamentalist religious leaders, isn’t really the job of the secular community. Both atheist and theist journalists can report on the misdeeds of the fundamentalists.
When fundamentalist leaders break laws the justice system will punish them, the court of secular opinion won’t bring about change. How do we eliminate the ill-treatment of women and children – secular leaders shouldn’t have closed doors meetings with individuals of the opposite sex.
This should help avoid some of the problems the Catholic and LDS churches are experiencing. Thankfully secular community has built-in protections because we don’t believe our leaders are appointed by God. Since we don’t believe our leaders are divinely inspired we are more likely to prosecute criminals.
Also since the leaders of the secular community aren’t required to be celibate, they have healthy and legal avenues to deal with their sexual desires.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Carly.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/30
Joyce Arthur is the Founder and Executive Director of the Abortion Rights Coalition of Canada. She has been an abortion rights and pro-choice activist since 1998. Arthur worked for 10 years running the Pro-Choice Action Network. In addition to these accomplishments, she founded FIRST or the first national feminist group advocating for the rights of sex workers and the decriminalization of prostitution in Canada. We decided to start an educational series on reproductive rights in its various facets. Here we talk about rising concerns.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: As we see a rise of, typically, rightwing authoritarianism in state-based secular and religious garb, we see the standard diversionary tactics: pointing the finger and directing vitriol at vulnerable targets or the normally vilified including feminists, activists, students, individuals with social programs and initiatives, progressive politicians and policies, and the non-religious. How is this rising tide impacting Canadian reproductive rights and its associated activists?
Joyce Arthur: We see the direct impacts here in Canada with the election of Doug Ford as Premier of Ontario, and the predicted election in May 2019 of Jason Kenney and his United Conservative Party in Alberta. In Ontario, Ford has repealed the progressive sex-ed curriculum passed by the previous Liberal government in 2015, which contained crucial references to sexual orientation, gender identity, and consent. Ford’s decision was based mostly on inaccurate right-wing propaganda and scare-mongering by right-wing groups and conservative parents. To give two examples, they claim that parents weren’t consulted, but in fact 4,000 were randomly selected along with dozens of child development professionals, mental health sexual health organizations, parent groups and police. The vast majority of Ontarians – students, parents, teachers, healthcare professionals – disagree with the repeal of the sex-ed curriculum. Second, right-wing groups claimed that kids would be taught graphic information about homosexuality and gender fluidity and forced to view them as normal, accepted practice. But in the 2015 curriculum, children were taught to respect people’s differences, that’s all.
Other threats include the possible repeal (or non-enforcement) of the safe access zone laws passed in both Ontario and Alberta recently, which help to protect women and providers from the harassment of anti-choice protesters; and attacks against LBGTQ rights, including the ability to join gay-straight alliances in Alberta schools without being outed to their parents.
We might have a tendency to feel complacent in Canada because of our liberal feminist government, but things go in cycles, and a future Conservative government is a question of when, not if. The previous Harper government inflicted a lot of damage on progressive groups and women’s equality groups, while elevating opportunities and funding for religious and anti-human rights groups. We can expect the same during the next Conservative government, with resulting setbacks for women’s rights, or at least no further forward movement.
Jacobsen: Why are women’s rights the first to be attacked by these regimes, politicians, and groups?
Arthur: We still live in a patriarchal society where white men rule and have many advantages and privileges (at least the wealthy and powerful ones). So they will fight to maintain that power. It’s often quite easy to roll back the rights of women and other disadvantaged groups – right-wing governments can pass laws, or just policies, that simply cancel or reduce their rights, and they count on the relative powerlessness of those groups, plus the fear of the general populace that inhibits them from speaking out in case of reprisals. For example, Turkey has a relatively liberal abortion law but it’s now meaningless because President Erdogan is anti-abortion and wants to increase the birth rate. He’s enforcing unwritten policies that make it extremely difficult for hospitals to provide abortions, plus information and access to contraception has disappeared. Meanwhile, Viagra is available over the counter in Turkey with zero controversy.
The right to abortion is a bedrock human right for women, because we can’t enjoy equality or fully participate in society without the ability to control our reproductive capacity. But equality for women is a scary thing for right-wing and authoritarian forces, so abortion becomes a flashpoint in countries dominated by such forces, including the U.S. Of course, churches and religious groups also hold a lot of power in many countries, which is why abortion is still illegal in most Latin American countries, and often unavailable in Italy, Spain, and South Africa because large numbers of healthcare professionals exercise “conscientious objection” due to religious belief and abortion stigma.
But women are increasingly wielding real power too, as shown by the #MeToo movement, and by the successful campaigns to legalize abortion in Ireland and Chile. When women are taken seriously and their rights respected by a majority of people, they CAN win. But we’re still fighting a deeply-entrenched patriarchy that continues to exert power in many countries around the world.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Joyce.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/30
Kim Newton is the Executive Director of Camp Quest Inc. (National Support Center). Here we talk about her background, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you? Did religion play a role in it? Were science and critical thinking ever a part of it?
Kim Newton, M.Litt.: Critical thinking and science were definitely important aspects of my childhood, but religion also played a major part, too. I grew up in the Shenandoah Valley of Virginia, which is a traditionally conservative and religious area.
My parents both studied science and electrical engineering, and they encouraged me to love science. We worked on science projects together, and I remember being in awe of my Dad’s collection of science magazines, which took up quite a lot of space on our bookshelves.
Still, science and faith were not mutually exclusive for us. My family regularly attended a Presbyterian church. In high school, I joined a very active youth group at a local Baptist church and chose to be baptized when I was about 15. Even then, I didn’t stop questioning the nature of god.
As a child, I remember thinking, “God doesn’t talk back to me when I pray… should he?” And then later in my early teens, “If God is real, where is he in the universe? Is he outside of it? How does God fit into what I’m learning about physics, evolution, and the Big Bang?”
I think I really stumped the Baptist youth group leader with that last question!
My early years were also defined by a few significant events. When I was 3, my only baby sister was still-born. That was a terrible tragedy for our family. I then had a life-threatening illness at age 5, and spent a lot of time in the hospital.
My parents didn’t want me to grow up as an only child, so we became a foster family. Many children lived with us over the next 16 years. My parents also adopted three children.
My experience growing up with other children who had such different life experiences from my own has definitely shaped my worldview.
As I grew older, I tried to maneuver around my growing cognitive dissonance with religion by reminding myself that I was committed to the humanistic principles of Christianity, not to the supernatural elements, or even the promise of an afterlife in heaven with my sister.
Eventually, I couldn’t continue to believe that an omnipotent and loving god would have any sort of divine plan in which my sister would die, or that other children would be abused and abandoned.
My secular identity emerged over many years and is most definitely entwined with my hope that all children have opportunities to think critically about the world and about religion.
Jacobsen: If you reflect on pivotal people within the community relevant to personal philosophical development, who were they for you? Why is mentorship from elders important for the young?
Newton: Young people need mentors because mentorships help affirm that kids matter, that someone cares about them, and that they can trust and be trusted.
Young people also need to be around adults who are candid about their own doubts and limited knowledge, and who help them tap their innermost powers of self-confidence and reasoning.
I’m fortunate in that I had many adults in my life who encouraged my personal philosophical development. While I enjoyed science, I found myself drawn to the humanities, especially theatre.
I remain fascinated by the power of theatre to bring together communities, and exploring the diversity of humanity through dramatic literature and performance.
My most influential mentors are former theatre teachers and directors. I have Bob Wright, Keri Wormald, and Doreen Bechtol to thank especially for their mentorship over the years.
My parents and mentors empowered me to seek out answers for myself and to strive for the truth. When children lack these types of trust-based relationships with caring adults, they suffer. Mentorship is essential for all children, especially if we want them to grow into confident leaders.
Jacobsen: What about literature and film, and other artistic and humanities productions, of influence on personal philosophical worldview? What ones, in particular, stand out to you?
Newton: When I was 13, I had the chance to go to a Shakespeare camp at the theatre in my hometown, the Blackfriars Playhouse. That experience ignited my love of both Shakespeare and summer camp.
Shakespeare’s plays are full of the complexities of human nature, so it was through studying and playing in them that I further developed my worldview as a humanist. My favorite of Shakespeare’s plays is Pericles.
The books I read as a child also influenced my personal philosophical views. Some favorites include The Giver by Lois Lowry, Anne of Green Gables by L. M. Montgomery, The Secret Garden by Frances Hodgson Burnett, Le Petit Prince by Antoine de Saint-Exupéry, and The Giving Tree by Shel Silverstein.
Jacobsen: How did you come to find the wider borderless online world of non-religious people? How are these important parts of the overall secular community inasmuch as it exists?
Newton: I started seeking out the community of other humanists when I was in college (and Myspace had more followers than Facebook.) I remember taking an online belief quiz and getting a result of “Unitarian Universalist”.
I had never heard of Unitarian Universalism before, but I was delighted to learn about its humanist principles and creedless congregations. It wasn’t until after I finished graduate school that I started looking in earnest to connect with others online.
Online secular communities are necessary for people who are otherwise isolated, or living in rural communities, or who cannot be open about their secularism with family, friends, or co-workers. Still, having a local secular community is also important.
In response to talking with other secular people and families in our area, I helped found Staunton Secular Humanists. It’s been wonderful to help other non-religious people connect, and to increase the visibility of secular worldviews in a community that is otherwise dominated by religion.
Jacobsen: How did you come into contact with the Camp Quest programs and initiatives? What were your initial impressions? What positions have you held within the organization?
Newton: I was working as a camp director for several years before I found Camp Quest. I had gotten involved with our local UU fellowship and decided to become a facilitator of Our Whole Lives (a comprehensive sex education curriculum.).
That led me to further explore my interest in youth programs based in humanist values.
I was at a UU leaders’ training event when I started talking with a few others about the need for kids to have a summer camp experience where they could openly express their beliefs and be free to question ideas about faith and religion.
I didn’t know that such a camp existed…I was planning to start my own! Not long after that, a Google search led me to Camp Quest’s job posting for an Executive Director. I joined the organization in January 2017, and then got to work on relocating our national office to Virginia.
My initial impression of Camp Quest was that the people involved are among the most generous, open-minded, and dedicated folks I’ve ever had the privilege to work with.
I was also impressed by the diversity of the programs, and commitments that each camp has made to be welcoming of all children – from creating gender-inclusive cabin policies, to collaborating with leaders at other camps to make Camp Quest an enduring movement.
This level of commitment to excellence is what makes Camp Quest an exceptional organization to work for. And, being at camp is the best! Our campers are truly remarkable, loving and accepting young people who see beauty in science and nature, and most importantly, in each other.
Jacobsen: As the national Executive Director for Camp Quest, what are the associated tasks and responsibilities coming with the position? Why is this, in particular, a fulfilling and important form of work within the secular community?
What have been some of the more difficult, challenging experiences within it? What have been some of the more heartwarming and intriguing ones?
Newton: My primary responsibility is to facilitate our camp network relationships, supporting our volunteers, camps, and our Board of Directors. I direct the operations of our National Support Center, and oversee our licensing processes.
This includes helping to promote camps, fundraising, and researching and providing resources to help improve all areas of our operations, training, and program development.
Most other secular organizations focus on serving the needs of adult members, but Camp Quest is unique in that we serve kids and help them navigate complex life questions in their most formative years. Our camps continue to evolve to meet the needs of our campers.
A challenging aspect of this work has been learning to adapt to the rapidly changing tides in our economy and politics, as well as new dynamics of family life and what it means to be a child in today’s society.
Kids today are under so much academic and social pressure that it seems harder for them to enjoy opportunities to be outside and to unplug. At camp, kids can relax and enjoy quality time making friendships and engaging in essential unstructured play. Another challenge has been connecting with enough volunteers.
One heartwarming moment from this summer was when a camper, about 10 years old, shared with me that he most appreciated that camp gave him a break from school, because he could be himself around his friends at camp in a way he couldn’t be with his classmates.
Hearing that as an adult, and now as a mother too, was a touching reminder that kids, like grown-ups, also need breaks in their routines and to be around new people and new experiences, because this is how we grow and learn.
Jacobsen: How can individual secular people become involved with an contribute to Camp Quest, e.g., donations, provision of professional networks, sending their kids or recommending others, and so on?
What has been the general feedback of the community of the young who have taken part in Camp Quest?
Newton: Many of our campers talk about their week at Camp Quest as being among the most special times of their lives. They share about the new friends they make, how welcoming and accepting everyone is, and how it is a place where they can truly be themselves.
Sending your child to camp, or sharing about Camp Quest with other children in your life is a great way to get connected and involved. Camp Quest wouldn’t be possible without the volunteers who run our programs.
Every summer, more than 400 talented and skilled adults take time off from work and away from their own families to help make camp happen. So, if you can, please consider volunteering.
Many volunteers are college students, parents with older children, or retirees who want to reconnect with youth and apply their professional experiences to our programs.
Others can support our work by donating, becoming program sponsors, and by making a gift to the Helen Kagin Campership Fund, which provides financial assistance to campers from low-income families. I invite your readers to visit campquest.org to sign up for our newsletter, donate, or just get in touch!
Jacobsen: How do you coordinate programs and initiatives with other the varieties of leadership within Camp Quest?
Newton: I work closely with our senior leaders to coordinate training and other network-wide initiatives. Each year, we plan an annual Leadership Summit, where volunteers from across the country gather for a weekend of networking and sharing ideas.
Our 2018 Summit was in Minneapolis. We held over 17 collaborative training sessions, plus offered a day-long workshop for volunteers to become certified in Youth Mental Health First Aid.
We also welcome guest speakers from other secular organizations and community groups. We recently developed an intranet and program database, which allows volunteers to collaborate year-round on projects, discussion boards, and to share resources in our knowledge base.
In time, this will be an invaluable resource, allowing new volunteers to draw on the experiences of others from across the country. Recently, we coordinated efforts to assist more of our camps seeking accreditation through the American Camp Association to receive discounts on fees and membership.
We also just launched a webinar series so that volunteers, parents, and other movement leaders can connect year-round about secular youth development.
As Camp Quest continues to grow, we hope that our scope will expand and include a broader range of youth development programs in addition to our core residential camps.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Kim.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/29
Keith Pennington is the Chair of Lancashire Humanists. His daughter’s interview was published here, recently, too. Here we talk about his background, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Your daughter, Heather Pentler, provided a wonderful interview earlier. How does secular parenting differ from religious parenting, typically?
As a secular parent, what do you try to keep in mind about the nature of evangelistic efforts aimed at the young and adolescents in most countries of the world?
Pennington: I was impressed with Heather’s answers and it was interesting to see how much she has matured. I saw in her younger days much that was similar to my attitudes in my late teens and early twenties – I think many pass through a kind of aggressive atheism, but with experience this usually moderates.
In school years (especially with the very young) we know that in the UK they are usually presented with Christianity as a “fact” and everything is talked about in terms of absolutes.
I experienced this myself and found that back in the 60/70s I felt very isolated in my views and was given the impression that I was “not the norm”. I think these days, with the internet, it is easier to find like minds and support that you are not strange.
So, conscious of my own experiences, I was always aiming to create a safe environment at home where all topics could be discussed. My wife was Catholic and so between us we would give differing views, but never forced our opinions on the children.
We made time to talk about various issues as they arose but we were always of a view that the children would be free to make their own informed choices about faith.
Jacobsen: How can you best serve children through the provision of critical thinking tools to combat the darkness of ignorance, superstition, and unquestionable dogma?
Pennington: I think some of the most important things to focus on are, not to be judgmental of others and to look at the facts or history behind situations. I am still learning but am certainly of the opinion that dialogue with others is very useful.
When I have been presented with something that comes from a particular view, I always find that I question it and I suppose this has rubbed off on my own children.
It has not been a conscious decision on my part, but I suppose if you grow up around that then there is a reasonable chance that you will pick up some aspects of this way of thinking.
Jacobsen: What was the religious context, for you, while growing up?
Pennington: I was brought up in the Church of England and was even an alter-boy until the age of about 12. I remember that I was not happy with the idea of “Sunday School” and so did not attend, which led me down a different path than many of my school friends.
It was probably when I was about 9-10 that I started reading Science Fiction, which through the likes of Asimov and Clarke started me to question things and think about things in a new way.
My father died when I was 11 and perhaps this accelerated my thinking and questioning of everything. So by the time I was 12-13 I had developed to the point that I walked away from the Church and declared that I was an atheist.
As I have said before, at this point of time in the early 70s it was not possible to easily find others who shared my views. So I simply read what I could and often had to explain my viewpoint to others around me.
For many years I certainly felt like I was one of a very small minority, even if this was not the reality.
Jacobsen: When did you first come into contact with a formal secular community?
Pennington: I think the first time I discovered a formal secular community was only about 5 years ago. After a little internet research on a subject i came across the BHA (British Humanist Association, as it was known then).
Shortly after that I found links to a local group in Lancashire and made initial contact. For some time though I was too busy with other voluntary commitments and was only able to attend the odd one or two sessions.
Eventually, the situation changed and I made a conscious decision to part-take more in their meetings.
Jacobsen: How did you come into a leadership position, as you’re the Chair of the Lancashire Humanists group now?
Pennington: Once I started attending the meetings regularly of our local Humanist group, I found myself increasingly contributing to the discussions.
Within our meetings it is clear that we cover a wide range of people, but we do have a core group who have the same ambitions about what our path forward might be.
When our last Chair stood down at the end of his term, I felt that the time was right to offer myself for the role and the attendees of the AGM were happy to elect me to the position.
Now I am trying to see how I can help us have a more prominent profile in the region and work with other groups. Our numbers are small and the region we cover is quite large, so we have many challenges ahead of us to enable us to be more accessible to future Humanists who are reaching out to find a group (as I did only a few years ago).
We have put out contact details to local media, which has initially given us a bit of publicity and given us the chance to let a wider audience have some understanding of what we are about. I hope that this can continue and that others find a home with us.
Jacobsen: How has this more than half-of-a-century atheist journey changed with the alterations in the culture and the distinguishing characteristics of mind at middle age and later age?
Pennington: It has been an interesting journey and one that is still developing. When I look back on who I was at certain times in my younger life, I find that I am not happy with that person.
As already indicated, in my late teens and early 20s I was probably quite aggressive and arrogant about my atheism – sometimes strongly challenging others who expressed a different view.
I suppose this was a reaction to the certainty with which many of faith put forward their position, which would imply it was stupid to have a different view.
Working in a science profession I was always working in a fact based environment but in my 30s I took an opportunity to start volunteering with an organisation that taught me a huge amount about people and helped me develop immensely as a person.
Looking back, I am sure that being a Samaritan volunteer was a very positive influence on me and taught we how to listen well to others. These skills are now part of who I am and I find they help me work better with others who do not share my beliefs.
Jacobsen: How can the atheists and the religious work together on common communal problems? What is an example from personal or professional life?
Pennington: Through my second wife (another Catholic) I have become involved with a Movement that has strong roots in its Catholic beginnings. I find that I am one of only a few in the UK involved with them, who is an atheist and consequently I am able to dialogue with them and we learn from each other over the years.
I aim to be a positive influence and hope that I can remove their fears that all atheists want to ban their beliefs.
Following on from the skills I have developed over the years, I had the opportunity in late 2017 to be part of a dialogue group with Humanists, Christians and Muslims.
This was a set of formal sessions that ran for 6 weeks and gave us some good opportunities to learn to understand each other better. It has taken some time for me to actively follow up on this, but I am in the process of trying to start a new dialogue group to meet informally on a monthly basis.
This will be open to all faiths and we already have commitments from Humanists, Christians and a Hindu. I will be working hard to see if we can encourage some Muslim involvement and then kick this off in the near future.
My hope is for this to be a positive group that may eventually gain some good publicity for all involved and may encourage others to follow the idea.
I will continue to look for opportunities to work with religious groups and show how we Humanists can contribute to our society. We are about being involved in a shared future, where all can be respected.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Keith.
Pennington: Thank you for this opportunity and I will be reading more from your website going forward.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/28
Ian Wood is the National Co-ordinator of the Christians Supporting Choice for Voluntary Assisted Dying. Here we talk about his background, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Ian Wood: I grew up in what I think of as a typical middle class suburb of Adelaide, the capital city of South Australia. Our street had a number of children my age or younger. My parents both played the violin, having met as music students at Adelaide University. My father later qualified as an accountant, and that was his work until he died of a heart attack when I was not quite 14 years old. Although my father had played the organ at a nearby church, my sister and I did not attend any church but were brought up with Christian values.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated, been an autodidact?
Wood: I was educated in the public school system for 7 years, then Scotch
College (Presbyterian) for 4 years, then completed my Diploma in Pharmacy at Adelaide University in a 4 year course. In addition I did some evening classes in woodwork and motor mechanics, because I restored a 1926 Willys Overland car, converting it into a timber framed delivery van, and wanted to do my own maintenance. Since my involvement with Christians Supporting Choice for Voluntary Assisted Dying I have done a lot of research into the arguments used against VAD to self educate myself, but I would not call myself an autodidact!
Jacobsen: How did you come to find Christians Supporting Choice for Voluntary Assisted Dying?
Wood: My interest in Voluntary Euthanasia, as we called it then, started in 2004, when my beautiful, formerly vibrant and articulate Mother was dying, essentially from starvation, after nearly 8 years with Alzheimer’s. By this stage she was totally unaware of her surroundings, doubly incontinent, dead in mind and just alive in body. I thought there had to be a better way of dying, and there is.
Some years later I read a letter from Cardinal Ratzinger, later Pope Benedict XVI to some American Bishops saying that killing in a war, or capital punishment could be justified, but never an assisted death! I said to Rev Trevor Bensch, at the church I attended in North Adelaide, South Australia, that I had a problem with that theology. He agreed that it was illogical and inconsistent. Later again, in 2009, Rev Bensch, based on his experiences as a hospital chaplain, and I, co-founded Christians Supporting Choice for Voluntary Euthanasia to give the majority of Christians who do support VE and Voluntary Assisted Dying, a voice to counter the vocal but powerful minority who oppose choice on religious grounds. I am just now starting to implement a name change of our group to Christians Supporting Choice for Voluntary Assisted Dying, to reflect the current terminology being used on the issue in discussion and in Australian legislation recently passed in our state of Victoria.
The final factor influencing my decision to become public was a photo of a woman, Chantal Sebire, pleading with the French President for access to an assisted death. Chantal suffered from a very rare nasal cancer.


Chantal after her illness.
She first lost her sense of smell and taste, and then as the tumour evolved it ate into her jaws, before attacking the eye socket. leaving her blind with one eye protruding from her head. Chantal described “atrocious bouts of pain that can last up to four hours at a time”. A reaction to morphine and its derivatives denied her normal pain relief. This photo continues to motivate me.
Jacobsen: As the National Co-ordinator, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Wood: My role is all encompassing, from lobbying MPs, writing letters and media releases, posting comments on Facebook, maintaining contact with our group members and our membership list. I have a small group of people I depend on for input and advice.
Jacobsen: From the Christian denomination in which you’re theologically situated, what is the theological argument, or are the arguments, for voluntary assisted dying?
Wood: We believe that the essential message of Jesus is one of love and compassion. We believe that no person should have to endure futile agonising suffering in an end of life situation, and that a loving God would not want us to endure it either. As the data collated by Palliative Care itself indicates, there are some people for whom only death will relieve their suffering, and as Christians we believe they should have that choice of assistance.
Obviously some Catholics still believe that suffering can be what they call redemptive, and we have no problem at all with that. A problem only arises when some church hierarchy use their beliefs to deny others their choice.
It is quite interesting to note how the format of religious opposition has changed over my 10 years of involvement. Initially it seemed to be stressing the “Thou Shalt Not Kill” or more accurately, “Thou Shalt not Murder” aspect. This is quite easy to rebut, as to murder is to kill with malice, and that is not the case when a person is pleading for help to die. In addition, the Old Testament is awash with bloodshed, from the drowning of all but Noah and his family, to the genocide of the Midianites, as described in Numbers 31,7-9 & 17-18 to give just two examples.
The trend is now to omit any reference to the religious background behind this opposition, and instead to raise the ‘slippery slope’ argument. Those opposing assisted dying also often allege concerns about ‘vulnerable’ groups, the elderly and those with disabilities. These are valid concerns, and need to be asked, but all the evidence points to these concerns being unjustified and not supported by fact. It is simply scaremongering!
Yet they do not talk about a major group others consider truly vulnerable. I quote Dr Ken Hillman, Professor of intensive care at the University of NSW in Sydney, who says “Up to 70% of people now die in acute hospitals, surrounded by well meaning strangers, inflicting all that medicine has to offer; often resulting in a painful, distressing and degrading end to their life.” and “Clinicians themselves are often complicit in refusing to face the inevitability of dying and death.”.
Jacobsen: From a human rights and social health perspective, and personal autonomy view, what is the argument, or are the arguments, for voluntary assisted dying?
Wood: Scott, I could fill a whole book on the arguments for voluntary assisted dying from the aspects you list here!
Some dot points are –
– Human rights – The Canadian Supreme Court stated: “The prohibition on physician-assisted dying infringes the right to life, liberty and security of the person in a manner that is not in accordance with the principles of fundamental justice”
– Social health – Being accepted for an assisted death perhaps paradoxically seems to enable a person to live longer and have a better end quality of life. It is palliative in its own right in that it removes the fear a person has about how they might die badly.
– Personal autonomy – We make decisions all our lives that affect our health, well being, finances and all aspects of our lives, and to quote theologian Hans Kung : “ ….. [men and women ] have the responsibility for making a conscientious decision about the manner and time of their deaths. This is a responsibility which neither the state nor the church, neither a theologian nor a doctor, can take away.”
Jacobsen: What have been some of the successes and honest failure of Christians Supporting Choice for Voluntary Assisted Dying in its work advocating for voluntary assisted dying?
Wood: Some of the successes of our group would include being invited to make submissions to Government Inquiries into End of Life Care in Victoria and Western Australian with a followup request to be interviewed, so I would like to think we contributed in some small way to the passing of the Victorian VAD legislation. I have been invited to speak at WFRTDS Conferences in Victoria and in Chicago in 2014. We have been quoted as Christians in support of VAD on many occasions in various state parliaments.
As an example of a failure I would cite my recent attempt to rebut the position against VAD adopted by the nearby Anglican Synod for the Canberra Goulburn Diocese. Their lead person was exhorting the Anglicans to “Choose life”! Clearly “choosing life” is impossible for a person dying from a terminal illness with acute unbearable futile suffering! I sent out a paper to the 60 or so churches in the Diocese setting out rational Christian support for VAD. I did have one response, but not one person took the trouble to actually talk through the points I raised. They just do not want to know the facts! I feel sure not one Minister canvassed their congregations for their views. Regrettably many churches in similar fashion chose to ignore the fact that there were paedophile priests in their midst, and to deal with them. Church leaders have the effrontery to lecture us all on human dignity and the sanctity of life, when evidence recently given by countless victims of paedophile priests clearly shows the abyss and total lack of understanding by the Catholic and Anglican Church for the suffering endured by those victims. Many of these victims went on to take their own lives in dreadful circumstances in a cruel irony compared with the Church position against voluntary assisted dying.
Of course this unwillingness to adapt to change has been a feature of the patriarchal religions, particularly when it comes to recognising the rights of women – the right to vote, own property, control their reproduction, qualify and work as doctors and lawyers etc. Yet some religious leaders and progressive churches have been at the forefront of advocating such change. How many of us are aware that Right Rev W Inge, the former Dean of St Paul’s Cathedral London, UK, was a founding member of the British Voluntary Euthanasia Legalisation Society as far back as 1935?
Some of your readers may be surprised to learn that a substantial majority of Australians who designate themselves as Christian support VAD from the religious aspect, as well as the human rights and personal autonomy point of view. There is similar Christian support in Canada. It can be hard to get this Christian support more well known to the public when media tend to contact, in the first instance, outspoken church hierarchy who are against compassionate choice.
Jacobsen: Who have been important allies in the world for voluntary assisted dying becoming more legal in more contexts and more socially accepted in more environments within Australia?
Wood: Some allies in the religious area have been outstanding in their support and guidance. The late Revd John Murray from New Zealand contacted me early in 2009. Rev Trevor Bensch, group co-founder, and our Patron Rev Dr Craig de Vos have been influential. Others recognised internationally have been Lord Carey, the former Anglican Archbishop of Canterbury, and Archbishop Emeritus Desmond Tutu of South Africa. https://christiansforve.org.au/archbishop-desmond-tutu-gives-his-blessing-to-the-voluntary-assisted-dying-campaign-in-australia/#more-371
Recently we have allies in support giving sermons on VAD, including Rev Scott McKenna in Scotland, Rev Craig Kilgour in NZ and Rev Glynn Cardy also in NZ. Canon Rosie Harper in UK is another – her uncle had an assisted death in Switzerland Rosie describes as ‘beautiful’.
I would cite Victorian Dr Rodney Syme as a person and a friend who has had enormous positive influence in the Australian debate leading to the Victorian legislation being passed. He challenged the law by publicly stating he had given patients who were dying the means to be in complete control of their suffering. Dr Roger Hunt, a palliative care expert in South Australia who has been advocating VAD legislation as a compassionate additional option of good palliative care is an outstanding example. Prof. Jan Bernheim, Belgium, has been very helpful with advice. Media personality Andrew Denton is another person, with his GoGentle Australia, as is Neil Francis with his website DyingforChoice. Another example of an ally is Margaret W from South Australia. Margaret has a friend in Canada who regularly posts her news clippings relating to the progress of MAID in Canada, and Margaret in turn posts them to me – often including a $20 donation towards our group expenses. (Membership is free) So I have been kept up to date with movement towards legislation, first in Quebec, then in all Canada. Allies such as Margaret are truly inspirational! There are many others too numerous to list here.
Jacobsen: If individuals have an interest, how can they become involved with Christians Supporting Choice for Voluntary Assisted Dying?
Wood: While we are an Australian group, we do have members in support of our aims particularly from New Zealand and some other overseas countries. We would welcome folk from Canada who support our aims. The easiest way to become involved is to look at our website https://christiansforve.org.au/ People can join the group through that site if they wish, and also read our News Posts.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Wood: I believe Christian support for VAD can be summed up in the two final paragraphs of a sermon by Rev Craig Kilgour of New Zealand. Craig describes the circumstances around the assisted death of his nephew in Canada and his own support for VAD/MAID. I found it very moving and I truly believe all readers of Canadian Atheist would feel the same.
To quote Craig: “Let me finish this with what my family members said and repeated often using these words about my nephew’s death: It was compassionate, it was humane, it was right and good. And the family are very proud and humbled with the courage he showed in his battle with cancer. And to me no one has the right to be critical and judgemental of the choice he made.
So for me and my family this is not a philosophical debate, it is not a theological debate, it is not a theoretical debate, it is a reality and it was right and my nephew was fortunate he lived in Canada.”
Read the full sermon here > https://christiansforve.org.au/rev-craig-kilmour-new-zealand-sermon-my-nephew-had-an-assisted-death-in-canada-it-was-compassionate-it-was-humane-it-was-right-and-good/#more-498
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Ian.
Wood: Thank you, Scott, for the opportunity to present my point of view.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/28
Reverend Gretta Vosper is a unique individual in the history of Canadian freethought insofar as I know the prior contexts of freethinking in Canada’s past in general, and in the nation for secular oriented women in particular.
Vosper is a Member of The Clergy Project and a Minister in The United Church of Canada (The UCC) at West Hill United Church, and the Founder of the Canadian Centre for Progressive Christianity (2004-2016), and Best-Selling Author.
I reached out about the start of an educational series in early pages of a new chapter in one of the non-religious texts in the library comprising the country’s narratives. Vosper agreed.
Here we talk about the Resurrection.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Many Christian believers in Canada, and elsewhere, adhere to an inarguable belief or faith claim in the literal death, burial, and resurrection of Jesus Christ as an atonement by God, in the form of a sacrifice on the Cross of His son, for the totality of humankind’s sins. What is the standard position of the United Church of Canada on this? Does your position differ from it?
Rev. Gretta Vosper: First of all, despite the fact that I am a minister in The United Church of Canada (UCC), I am not a scholar. I am a practitioner. So, although I read the Bible regularly,[i] I have not been reading much Christian theology since West Hill invited me to stop using biblical texts in the Sunday service and I no longer had an urgent need to do so on a weekly basis. Although clergy must engage with and understand theology in order to be ordained, what they can study while at seminary is a tiny, tiny wedge of the vibrant and contradictory arguments made over the last two thousand years. And when in ministry, the challenges of being a full-time practitioner are such that many don’t get to read much beyond that throughout their ministries. Which is not an excuse, nor it is a defence. As congregations decline in numbers, clergy are very often pressed beyond their pastoral responsibilities and into the nuts and bolts of running a church, tasks for which they may not be specifically trained.
The challenge of inarguable beliefs and faith claims is that they have been argued much over the past many centuries, both in the church and outside of it, and sometimes to the death. So there is not a single, straightforward belief that every denomination holds. The Roman Catholic Church, for example, believes that Jesus is actually being crucified during the eucharist. A conflation of time and place occurs which allows the priest to place the of the people (previously confessed to the priest) upon Jesus while he is on the cross, which sins are thereby absolved alongside all the sins ever confessed since the original crucifixion. But no Protestant church, even those practicing communion, would agree with that position.
Still, the refrain regularly tripping off the lips of contemporary mainline or liberal clergy and their denominations, is often something akin to “no resurrection, no faith”, a test grounded in a passage in I Corinthians. If Jesus wasn’t raised from the dead, it would be argued, there is simply no basis for a Christian’s hope. But a study recently done in the UK by the BBC finds that even amongst those who identify as Christian, the ones who believe in Jesus resurrection as the Bible presents it – that is, bodily – represent only a fraction; less than a third believe in that biblical version.[ii] That number is added to by Christians who believe in the resurrection, but not the way it is presented in the Bible. In other words, there may have been a resurrection, but it wasn’t the walking dead.
When I was ordained, I would have identified as a member of that last group: the people who believe in the resurrection but not as the Bible says and not in a way that most people on the street would think you meant. I did not believe in a physical resurrection, not only because I was never taught about such a resurrection, but because another image had been instilled in me: the resurrection of an idea. That interpretation argues thatthe message Jesus had shared throughout his ministry had been so profound, and the power of his movement so significant, that the disciples, themselves, resurrected him as an idea. It was the story of Jesus – the liberal, not the literal interpretation of who he was – that was resurrected. In that interpretation, liberals rally around Jesus as a champion of the downtrodden and exiled, a storyteller and a visionary who called his followers to a radical, justice-seeking and compassionate love. And he was, liberals may say, crucified because that story was a confrontation with the Roman authorities who controlled Jerusalem at that time. The liberal interpretation is a powerful story with people who want and need to hear it in every generation. Indeed, it remains a powerful story for me that compels me to act in ways that would be considered just.
I’ve learned not to speculate on the number of clergy who do or don’t believe something, but I would risk saying that many clergy in the UCC do not have a belief in a literal resurrection of Jesus. Some probably hold to a physical resurrection while others have found the idea so fantastic that it cannot be believed literally. Still, liberal clergy will often say “Something must have happened,” even if they cannot say exactly what. A most interesting book on the topic is by a friend of mine, Thomas de Wesselow, who bases his argument on a close examination of the history of the Shroud of Turin. In the same way that Northrup Frye broke open the study of the Bible by applying his expertise in the study of literature, Thomas, too, in The Sign, brings his expertise as an art historian to the challenges presented by the stories of resurrection sightings.
Just as the church has struggled with the idea of Jesus’ resurrection, so, too, has it struggled with the purpose behind the resurrection. Some argue that the god called God demanded that Jesus be sacrificed to pay for the sins of humanity in the same substitutionary way that animals were then sacrificed by the Jewish people. Some argue the god called God required that humanity acknowledge its sinfulness and had to satisfy a debt created by their transgressions; Jesus was provided and crucified to settle that debt. Arguments have raged over centuries.
Still others, and this is where I would expect to find most United Church clergy, parse the word “atonement” by syllable. Rather than uphold the unconscionably vindictive and gory desires of the god called God, many prefer to think of Jesus crucifixion as a sign of our “at-one-ment” with that god. The word’s origin goes to the work of making something right but doesn’t force people to get all covered with the blood and gore. Rather, it seems to skip over the nasty parts of the story and simply bring humanity back into the loving embrace of the god called God. Don’t we always want to downplay the ugly stuff?
To answer the question, then, I’d
have to say that the United Church doesn’t have a single definition. Throughout
the UCC’s history, it has encouraged diverse theological perspectives by
inviting the various committees across the denomination to test theological
beliefs according to their own understanding. That may have been literal or it
may have been metaphorical. Deciding that I could remain in ministry at West
Hill without restraint, is a bold example of that. But the truth is that even
the denomination’s most recent statement of faith, A Song of Faith, does not include the word “atonement” and has only
two references to resurrection, neither with any reference to a body.
[i] The Revised Common Lectionary is a collection and collation of biblical texts from which many, if not most, Protestant mainline clergy choose their Sunday readings. It presents at least four texts: one from the Hebrew Scriptures (Old Testament); one from the Psalms; an Epistle (the letters section of the New Testament); and the Gospels. I engage these texts each week and often lift a theme out of them around which I create my Sunday service. I do not read the texts in the service, nor do I preach on them, but I do create resources – poetry, words for classic hymn tunes, and “sermon” notes so that anyone who is interested in moving beyond preaching about exclusively biblical themes will have something to start with if their congregation expects to hear the Bible read.
[ii] BBC, “Resurrection dd not happen, say quarter of Christians.” https://www.bbc.com/news/uk-england-39153121, accessed January 23, 2019.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/27
Carmenza Ochoa Uribe is the Executive Director of the Fundación Pro Derecho a Morir Dignamente. Here we talk about personal background, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, for example, geography, culture, language, religion or lack of it, education and family structure and dynamics?
Carmenza Ochoa Uribe: I am Colombian by birth, I was born and I have always lived in Bogota, of a large family, of middle class, we speak Spanish, Catholics, educated in a private school of Catholic nuns.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of your life? How have you educated yourself informally?
Uribe: I am a dentist by profession, executing clinically for 25 years. Specialist in Bioethics. Diploma in Nonprofit Foundations Management. Numerous courses on palliative care, bereavement support, how to report bad news, communication.
Jacobsen: As Executive Director of Fundación Pro Right to Die Dignitarily (DMD Colombia), what tasks and responsibilities does the job entail?
Uribe: I am the Legal Representative of the Foundation and I must attend to the legal issues related to this title: reports to the Colombian State control and surveillance authorities.
Attend to the public, both those who wish to join our cause, and those who consult for specific situations, requests for dignified death, euthanasia, palliative care, and bereavement support.
Prepare the contents for the publications of the Foundation, quarterly newsletters for our members, disclosure in social networks, emails.
Promote and give conferences, talks and workshops to the community.
Interact with the entities related to the subject of dignified death, establish support networks.
Coordinate the volunteers who support us in administrative tasks.
Organize the events of the Foundation, conferences for our members or for medical personnel, lawyers, psychologists, etc.
Attend interviews for the media.
Attend to college students and univrsitarios, who come to consult their concerns about the issue of dignified death.
And all the others that appear on a day-to-day basis.
In this office, only the administrative assistant and I work.
Jacobsen: What have been the central problems to die with dignity in Colombia? What are the social, cultural and political barriers to the advancement of the right to die, the choice in euthanasia and medical assistance to die?
Uribe: The great problem to die with dignity in Colombia, is the religious problem, the Catholic Church has been a great influence against this cause, there has been progress in accepting the limitation of the therapeutic effort (previously called passive euthanasia) and palliative care. But it is very radical in rejecting euthanasia.
And the population in general follows with fear the dictamen of the church. Politicians are also afraid to confront the church, for fear of losing the votes of Catholics.
Doctors are trained with a very closed mentality, they do not instruct them in their career about the death of their patients, so they see death as an enemy, a failure, a frustration, not like the normal process of the life cycle of living beings.
The ignorance of the Law, the Sentences that decriminalize euthanasia, the regular legal conduit to apply euthanasia in Colombia.
Death is seen as something bad, undesirable, we do not accept that we are all mortal, we do not talk about death in family, doctors do not talk to their patients about the subject of death, they do not like to give bad news, they prefer trick the patient with false recovery alternatives.
Jacobsen: What have been the real victories and the honest failures in the activism and the work of the Right to Dignify Dignity Foundation (DMD Colombia)? How can other organizations that die with dignity learn from these victories and failures?
Uribe: Colombia is a pioneer country in America on the issue of dignified death, has decriminalized euthanasia since 1997, before Holland, inclusive.
We have opened the field to talk about death, we have evidenced the suffering of people at the end of life and the need for adequate attention with a dignified death mentality, not to fight so that they do not die. We have put palliative care in medical curricula.
We have educated health personnel and Colombians to think about the dignified way of death they want to have.
We need to reach many people, many doctors, many health personnel, we must be more aggressive in communicating this cause.
People consult us, because there is no other entity of this type in Colombia, there is no other space to speak clearly about the right to have a dignified death.
We can guide other organizations about our learning and our obstacles.
Jacobsen: Who are the main Colombian opposition to the Right to Dignify Dignity Foundation (DMD Colombia)? What has been the appropriate opposite response for them?
Uribe: If we assume that the Catholic Church is the main opponent of euthanasia, the answer is that Colombia is a secular State, which is based on the Right to Dignity of the person, whose fundamental rights are autonomy, solidarity, the person should not be treated with torture.
Jacobsen: Of the important activist and legal activities of the Right to Dignify Dignity Foundation (DMD Colombia) for 2019, what will they be? What will be the next steps in this area?
Uribe: Expand our communication to all sectors and regions of the country. Search for health personnel to understand that dignified death is a legal right in Colombia, either with euthanasia or with palliative care.
We are making a greater presence in social networks Facebook, Instagram, twitter. Strengthening our website We look for more spaces where to spread our message, in clinics, hospitals, universities, associations of pensioners, etc.
Jacobsen: What relevant books, and activists, artists, authors, philosophers, public intellectuals, scientists would you recommend to readers here?
Uribe: “Die with Dignity” and “A Happy Death” by Hans Kung
From Derek Humphry: “Jean died in his own way”, “The Last Resort” and “The Right to Die”
Atul Gawande: “Be mortal”
Sherwin B. Nuland “How death comes to us”
Elizabeth Kubler Ross all her books.
The books articles of Asunción Alvarez del Río and Arnoldo Kraus in Mexico.
In Colombia the books and articles by Carlos Gaviria Diaz, Juan Mendoza-Vega and Isa Fonnegra de Jaramillo.
Jacobsen: How can people get involved with the donation of time, the addition of members, links to professional and personal networks, monetary disclosure, exposure in interviews or the writing of articles, etc.?
Uribe: They simply express their desire to be donors, time, money, communications and according to the perfirl of people and our capabilities, we interact in solidarity. We are very open to receive voluntary contributions.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or thoughts based on today’s conversation?
Uribe: It has been an interesting exercise to think about the work carried out by the Foundation, its obstacles, challenges and strengths.
It is interesting that a person from Canada wants to know our work.
Jacobsen: Thanks for the opportunity and your time, Carmenza.
Uribe: Thank you for your interest in our Foundation, our work and in me personally.
My best wishes for you.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/26
Dr. Philip Nitschke is the Director of Exit International. Here we talk about his background, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: If you reflect on early life, how were discussions around death and dying amongst the adults for you?
Dr. Philip Nitschke: Like many growing up in the 50’s and 60’s I was surrounded by a death denying culture. We didn’t want to think about death, and it was rarely discussed. Faith (much of it misplaced) was placed in the medical profession which we hoped would eliminate all known causes of suffering and disease.
I saw my first dead body when in my teens and I note now that our society is so good at removing this spectacle that the age the average person sees their first body rises every year. We might see a 1000 bodies a night on television, but the real thing is quickly and cleanly removed from sight, especially from the children.
It wasn’t till I started working in other cultures that I realised that the western strategy of denial and removal was questionable and quite possibly pathological. In the Aboriginal societies where I worked in my 20’s, the dying were part of the community, involved as best they could, dying, while the children played around them. I was impressed. This restored some balance.
At medical school in my 30’s I was once again plunged into Western death denial. The word euthanasia wasn’t mentioned, all death was considered a failure.
So, it was a very great relief to be in the Northern Territory when, in my 50’s I found the opportunity to work on establishing and enacting the world’s first euthanasia legislation.
Jacobsen: What is the proper definition of medically assisted dying or euthanasia? Also, what are the most up to date terminology?
Nitschke: Voluntary euthanasia as I use it means broadly, a self-elected peaceful death at a time of one’s choosing. I use it as a catch-all phrase although it has also been defined as the occasion when another person acts to ends the life of a person at their request.
Sensitivity over the use of the term euthanasia, and more recently suicide has seen the growing use of other terms to describe assisted dying.
Semantics rule supreme, with terms such as medical assisted dying, assisted suicide, physician assisted suicide, and so on.
I should add that medically assisted dying MAD or MAiD is the new term of physician assisted suicide or PAS as it’s also known.
This is when a doctor helps a patient to die by prescribing them a lethal drug.
The shift to MAD from PAS has come about as an awkward attempt to remove the word suicide and to differentiate rational suicide for the sick and elderly from irrational suicide for the depressed teenager.
At Exit we’re quite keen to call this sophistry for what it is: Suicide is when a person takes their own life. Own it.
If the act needs clarification try rational suicide to show that it is an informed and considered, long-held decision.
Rational suicide also takes the medical professional out of the picture.
Dying is not a medical event. It is forever frustrating that the professional has colonised the good death, just like they did child birth.
As Professor Susan Stefan said in her 2016 book Rational Suicide Irrational Laws, the trouble with doctors is that once you let them into the dying experience you’ll never get them out again. How right she is.
Jacobsen: What is the purpose and scope of Exit International? Why is it important for those who think about the end of life for loved ones and themselves in a more secular context, typically?
Nitschke: Exit is an organisation that aims to ensure that every rational person over 50 years, can have access to accurate and reliable information and the means so they can achieve a peaceful death at a time of their choosing, should the need ever arise.
The 50 year age restriction is something of a compromise. We try to restrict access to ‘troubled teens’ with little life experience, but do not exclude those younger than 50 with valid reasons for accessing such information.
Exit is a bit like an insurance company. We offer insurance for the future. You hope you will never need it, but are comforted from knowing that you have a choice, should the need ever arise.
The average age of Exit members is 75 years. This has not changed in the past 20 years.
While Exit has folk from all walks of life in our community, it may be accurate to say that we have an overwhelming number of non-believers.
This is not surprising since if you are a member of Exit you are likely to want to choice over when and how you might die.
You have little interest in leaving your death to God, or any other religious or spiritual figure.
You are a person who wants autonomy and wants control. Of the ‘my life, my death’ persuasion.
Lots of women from second wave feminism are members of Exit, having fought for the right to control their reproduction, many have turned their attention to this next hurdle, control over the time and means of one’s death.
As populations’ age and growing numbers move into their eighties and nineties many have first-hand experience of what dying badly and with zero choice looks like.
This experience motivates many. And provides the impetus for putting a plan in place.
Jacobsen: What is The Peaceful Pill Handbook? Where does this phrase “Peaceful Pill” originate?
Nitschke: The Peaceful Pill Handbook is our practical guide, now published in 5 languages, to explain how an older person or someone who is seriously ill might put plans in place and obtain the drugs or equipment needed to have a reliable and peaceful death at a time of their choosing.
If a person has access to the best, accurate and reliable information, based upon science, then you control the process. With no need to seek permission or involve doctors or other experts.
And, you don’t need the white coat beside the bedside, there is nothing inherently medical about dying.
Dying is a biological, social and cultural event we are all going to experience. It is not necessarily medical or religious in nature.
The book came into being as after Australia’s Rights of the Terminally Ill Act was overturned by the Federal Australian Parliament in 1997 (after I helped 4 patients to die in 1996 during the 9 months the law existed).
Just because the law had gone, did not mean that people ceased to want to know about their end of life options. Indeed the opposite was true, and demand grew for workshops where people could be given information and taught the best way they could end their own life should the need arise.
The subject material and the audience questions of these workshops were largely the same, no matter the city or country.
A book seemed a reasonable and logical way to provide the information to a much wider audience of interested folk.
The term Peaceful Pill is a metaphor for a means of death that is peaceful and reliable, be this a small drink or an actual pill: something that is accessible, easy and reliable.
The inspiration for the Peaceful Pill came from the Dutch Judge, Huib Drion who coined the term the ‘Drion Pill’, something he argued should be provided freely to any elderly person who requested it.
Judge Drion rationalised that every person over the age of 70 should have access to such a pill, just in case, and he thought it inappropriate that this option should be restricted to doctors or pharmacists, just by virtue of their training.
Indeed the idea that all over 70s should be issued with a peaceful pill – thereby having control over their life (and death), regardless of whether they are sick or not, is a topic of widespread current debate in the Netherlands.
This is what I like about living in this country, its openness and frankness about something as fundamental as dying. The ever-pragmatic Dutch. I do admire them.
Jacobsen: Why is respect for individual choice or personal autonomy about what to do with one’s life of utmost importance in free societies?
Nitschke: In modern society, the decisions we make throughout our lives go a long way to defining who we are, both in our own eyes and that of our communities.
We define ourselves by what we do for work, our marital status, whether we have kids, and so on. Look at anyone’s Twitter profile and you’ll see this writ large.
Obama says he’s a dad, husband and former President. This is how he sees himself, and how the rest of us see him.
Ten years ago, Exit made a TV commercial called ‘Exit Choices’ which took the ability to make decisions about vis a vis ‘this is who I am’ as a theme.
It had a guy sitting on the bed in his pyjamas saying ‘I chose to go to university, I choose to drive a Ford’. ‘I didn’t choose to get cancer and I certainly don’t want to choose my family watching me suffer’.
He closed saying ‘I’ve made my choices all my life about how I am and how I live. Why can’t I choose how to die?’
It seems a good question.
I strongly disagree with the counter argument that says a person choosing a time and place to die might injure the community that is left behind.
In the 2004 film Mademoiselle and the Doctor by Janine Hosking I explained this.
I have often noticed that there can be a deep resentment on the part of those left behind when someone chooses to leave early, to suicide. It’s as though many of us feel deeply and personally insulted when someone leaves essentially telling those left they have no time for the game the rest of us our playing.
Jacobsen: How does voluntary euthanasia differ from rational suicide?
Nitschke: As in the definition, voluntary euthanasia has come to mean an act carried out on another person, ending their life at their request. Suicide needs no other person, and rational suicideis when a considered and informed decision is taken by that individual.
I strongly believe in the words of Thomas Szasz who said that suicide is a fundamental human right, one that society has no moral right to interfere with.
Jacobsen: What are some of the techniques available in for either option in the current moment?
Nitschke: Voluntary euthanasia is taken to mean a doctor-administered lethal injection, this can be legally carried out in the Netherlands, Belgium and Luxemburg providing the legal prerequisites are met.
In Switzerland a lethal injection can be administered, but the person must activate the drug line as voluntary euthanasia is illegal.
Rational suicide is legal and possible anywhere if a person has access to the best information. This is the reason for publishing the Peaceful Pill Handbook. This is not only about drugs but can be about gases, poisons and other methods. The two most important criteria are that the method must be peaceful and it must be reliable.
Jacobsen: What tends to the most preferred methods – by demographics if you have them? Who are the majority demographics of voluntary euthanasia and rational suicide cases?
Nitschke: Most people – the overwhelming majority of Exit members and the readers of our book – want a pill that they can take and which allows them to die peacefully in their sleep.
The best Peaceful Pill is Nembutal which is a barbiturate sleeping drug from the 50s. The chemical compound is pentobarbital which when taken in overdose either by mouth or injection, causes death by respiratory depression while one is in a deep sleep. This was the drug used by Marilyn Monroe, Judy Garland and Jimi Hendrix to end their lives.
The popular book Valley of the Dolls, described these times when the use of Nembutal was at its peak in the 1950s.
The drug is no longer prescribed as a sleeping agent, and was replaced in the 1960s by the much safer benzo-diazepam family of drugs.
Exit members are people from all walks of life, some have seen family members die badly, others see having a plan in place for their own death as common sense. Many talk about an insurance policy for the future. Others dread the idea of having to leave their home in old age and move into an institution. Some others simply say that when they can no longer look after themselves, it is time to go.
Jacobsen: Where do you see the future of Exit International into the 2020s in terms of expansion and renewed interest via secularization of the advanced industrial economies?
Nitschke: The future of Exit? In 2019 we are having a serious look at how to use technology to speak to increasing numbers of interested people around the world. This includes live-streaming workshops, using hologram and virtual presentations and so on.
We are looking at how to future-proofing the organisation to withstand the relentless attacks on the organisations by those who strongly disagree with our philosophy and who argue that we should be forcibly closed. Our goal is to continue to disseminating accurate and easy-to-understand information about how to have a peaceful and reliable death at a time of your choosing, and to research and develop even better options.
My generation, the baby boomers, have rewritten history all our lives. Why should we not rewrite the rules on dying? This has been my life’s work. The trip has been and remains an exciting and highly rewarding one to be working on.
I should add my current project is the Sarco euthanasia capsule.
I am working with a Dutch industrial designer on this. The idea is to create a capsule in which a person can die. The capsule is aesthetically beautiful. It is 3D printed which means that in time, and with the plans being made available, it will be widely accessible as the person will be able to take the plans to their local 3D print shop and get one made for them.
And, as the Sarco is powered by liquid nitrogen (causing death by hypoxia, low oxygen), this may also offer a euphoric death.
The Sarco is aimed at totally overturning how we view death; from gloomy and macabre to an event of celebration and even joy.
Sound far-fetched? We are testing the boundaries for sure. I was pleased last year to see Sarco referred in Newsweek to as the Tesla of the assisted dying movement.
I do believe there is a parallel there.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts in conclusion? How can people become involved with Exit International and other organizations?
Nitschke: Exit runs workshops in many countries which members can attend either in person, or on-line. We also operate forums which provide a Q&A service. We also actively support a R&D program that encourages the use of new technologies to provide better and more accessible end of life strategies.
You can find more information about our non-profit Exit and the activities we are involved in at www.exitinternational.net
Or about our publishing activities (based in Amsterdam) at www.peacefulpillhandbook.com
Thanks for considering me for this interview.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/25
Marquita Tucker, M.B.A. is the Co-Organizer of Black Nonbelievers of Detroit. Here we talk about her background, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Marquita Tucker: I was born and raised in Detroit, Michigan. I was born to a lower middle class African American single mother whose family is Christian; more specifically, Baptist.
English was the only family spoken in the home. My mother got her GED. My father was in prison from the time I was five until I was seventeen for abusing another woman severely. My mother was very… overprotective. She didn’t really let me out of the house; unless, it was for school.
But just because we were in the house together doesn’t mean that she liked to spend a lot of time with me. We didn’t really do things together. She just wanted to make sure that I was in the house and not out in the streets.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
Tucker: I completed my M.B.A. in 2017. I am currently pursuing my Ph.D. in Information Systems. Now, self-education is a different story. I subscribe to Eastern philosophies, Buddhism and Taoism. Not the religious aspect of these philosophies… just their views on life.
Jacobsen: How was the MBA important in the founding of a business and, especially, for economic independence?
Tucker: Well, I haven’t started my business yet. Obtaining my M.B.A. was important because after 12 years in an abusive marriage, I left with my four children and now I have to raise them by myself. I was able to secure high paying employment with my M.B.A. Now, my children and I live comfortably.
Jacobsen: When did secularism and non-belief in religion become more accurate as a worldview to you?
Tucker: I would have to say in 2009 after my daughter was born. I had been studying with Jehovah’s Witnesses for about three years at that point. I saw on the news about a one year old baby who was raped by her mother’s boyfriend and was in critical condition.
I really started questioning how a “loving” God could let something like that happen. I took my concern to the JWs who gave me a bunch of bullshit answers and scriptures and I was like, yeah, no. So, I stopped going to Kingdom Hall (their place of worship).
After about two weeks, the couple that I was studying with came to my house wondering where I had been. I told them that I had done research on the JWs, their racist founders, their money laundering and covering up of sexual abuse within their congregations.
And the woman said to me, “If you don’t get baptized, when it’s the end of days, Jehovah will kill you and your children.” I told her, “If your god can let a baby be raped and kill my children because I didn’t get dunked in water, then that’s not a god I want to worship.”
And I have been a non-believer ever since. I’ve done more research and asked more questions and went through the “angry new atheist” stage where you challenge every believer on everything and I’m so thankful that I’ve calmed down and accepted that, people are going to want to believe what they want to believe.
Jacobsen: What are some of the unique experiences of secular women of color compared to other populations within the freethought community in North America?
Tucker: Well, as a black woman, Jesus is supposed to be our “boyfriend”. I mean, in the black community, we are supposed to believe in Jesus and lean on Jesus for everything. If you don’t have a man, Jesus is your man. If you have a man, he’s supposed to live up to Jesus’ example.
Like, as a black woman, you HAVE to believe in God. Black women love inviting other black women to their “church home”. So as a non believer, I have to skirt those invites. I feel like I have to keep my secularism secret as to not be outcasted from the rest of the black women at my job.
Jacobsen: What can the community do to create more inclusive spaces for the wider range, experiences, and dialogues of secular women of color in North America?
Tucker: Maybe, they can just listen more. When we say that things are a certain way, i.e., there’s still racism in the secular community, or our experiences are different than a majority of the secular community, just take our word for it and meditate on it. We’re not lying. There’s no reason to lie..
Jacobsen: What is your role, and set of responsibilities, in Black Nonbelievers of Detroit? What is the community demographic there, e.g., age, education, sex and gender, and so on?
Tucker: I am the co-organizer for BNOD. I set up our meet up and some of our charity events. Our demographic is mostly black. We used to have a couple of white members, but I haven’t seen them lately. It’s a fairly even group, men and women. Many are college educated or entrepreneurs.
Jacobsen: Who have been the main opposition within the community and outside of the community – the secular community – for the inclusion and acceptance and normalization of secular women of color?
Tucker: I personally have not been confronted with too many opposers, but, I have heard from my secular sisters about white men who like to challenge them or disparage their place in the nonbeliever community.
Jacobsen: What is the strongest argument against a god and for the existence of a natural world without one?
Tucker: The strongest argument? I like this one saying that I saw on Facebook, it pretty much sums it up. “If you saw a child about to get raped and murdered, would you stop it?” “Yes.” “Just like that, you’re more moral than a god.” The natural world exists because it does. No one was there when this all started so it’s not for human to give it’s due to some judgmental, jealous, homicidal, sexist god.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today? How can people become involved, donate time, assist with activism efforts, and increase the overall membership and capacity of Black Nonbelievers Detroit?
Tucker: Just come hang out with us. We don’t ask for too much more than an open mind. We like to help in our community any way that we can and that doesn’t mean that you have to break your back about it. For December, we did an event for the Ruth Ellis Center which assists the LGBT youth of Detroit.
We donated hygiene products and clothing. Nothing too hard. Just know, black nonbelievers, that you are not alone. There are others out there like you who don’t believe in God, whose families would freak out if they knew, and we are our here living. We are ok. You can come and vent with us. We are here.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Marquita.
Tucker: Thank you so much!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/24
Mark Newton is a Host of the Sunday Assembly Seacoast. Here we talk about his background, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was personal and family background regarding culture, geography, language, and religion or lack thereof?
Mark Newton: My father was an officer and a pilot in the Air Force. We moved often but were always around other Air Force Families. He was stationed in the States except for 3 years at Harmon AFB in Stephenville NFLD in the early 60’s.
English was always the native language. My Grandfather on my Dad’s side was a Congregational Minister but Dad was Agnostic. My Mother did not believe in religion.
I would classify her as a Pantheist. She thought, if there is a God, it would be some force of nature beyond our understanding. She did not take any religious teaching seriously although she accepted it culturally.
Dad had a kind of sentimental attachment to Christianity but would readily admit that he didn’t think was True. He accepted it as symbolism and thought of himself as a Christian. We would sometimes go to church services on special occasions but not regularly.
We had no religious indoctrination. My parents allowed my sister and I to be free thinkers. We often had wide ranging philosophical discussions.
Jacobsen: What were some of the pivotal moments or educational lessons in being guided to a more godless worldview?
Newton: I went to college at L.S.U. Baton Rouge, La. I had Philosophy courses there which helped me shape my world view. L.S.U. is definitely in the Bible Belt so I was observing Christian Fundamentalism but but any such beliefs are a non-starter for me.
Jacobsen: How did you come to find the godless congregations and community?
Newton: My wife was raised occasionally attending Methodist church. However, she never really accepted the beliefs. Her parents just thought they should go to church because that’s what people do but they never really pressured the kid’s to believe.
She did enjoy singing in the choir and the social connections with her Church community. As we got to know each other, we realized we felt the same about religious belief.
We are non-believers. We were talking one day and she said she kind of missed those social connections but couldn’t handle sitting through all the religious stuff.
Jacobsen: When did the Sunday Assembly become an integrated part of communal life for you? How did this simply click more than others, e.g., traditional religious ones or the secular online sphere, for you?
Newton: We knew the Unitarian church was too traditional for us. The Secular Humanists are fine for me but my wife gets bored of lectures and discussions quickly.
I had read about the Sunday Assembly movement spreading across Europe and the U.S. I found a local group on Meetup.com called Sunday Assembly Seacoast who get together once a month in Eliot, Maine about a half hour drive for us. It really works for us. We’re musicians so we joined the band.
Jacobsen: What can regular attendees of Sunday Assembly Seacoast expect on their delightfully godless Sunday congregation time?
Newton: We start the Assembly with a song. For example we started recently with the Beatles song Drive My Car which is actually about female empowerment. The theme was the changing nature of power in society.
We do Rock and Pop songs that fit the theme of our guest speakers. There will usually be three or four songs throughout the meeting. The speaker’s presentations are fairly short so my wife doesn’t get bored.
We may break up into smaller groups to discuss what ever the theme might be. No one rails against religion. It’s just understood that we’re beyond that. It is similar to the Secular Humanists but more fun.
We do a segment called Cheers and Tears when we share with each other something to celebrate or some bad news or event that we may need some support to get through.
Some of the elements can be a little church like but of course there’s no talk of any Gods or religion. We finish with a song and then share a Potluck lunch and just get caught up on what may be going on in each other’s lives.
Jacobsen: What are the approximate demographics of Sunday Assembly Seacoast?
Newton: It’s an even mix of men and women, families, a few children usually attend. Many of us never had any real religious beliefs but some are former believers who had to leave religious communities and were even estranged from their families when they lost their faith.
There’s not enough racial diversity here in New Hampshire. We only have one African American who attends. We had a Chinese family join us last month. The Mom and Dad emigrated to the States to work and teach.
The kids were born here. I hope they come back. I’m more comfortable in a more diverse community.
Jacobsen: Who are some allies in building a successful secular and godless community?
Newton: Folks from The Maine Atheists and Humanists come to our meetings from time to time and some fro our group attend their events. It’s early days for the Sunday Assembly project.
There have been growing pains and differing opinions on how to proceed. We’re kind of open to suggestions and trying to find our way. We’ve made a lot of good friends and that’s the most important thing, our primary goal really.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved in the Sunday Assembly Seacoast community?
Newton: Come to our monthly meeting. Some of us call it a Service. It’s funny how that just sounds foreign to me. Sunday Assembly Seacoast has a website seacoast.sundayassembly.com . We have a presence on Meetup.com and Facebook.
Jacobsen: What are some of the more recent updates happening for 2019 for Sunday Assembly Seacoast? What are some real threats to the safety and communal wellness of Sunday Assembly Seacoast if any?
Newton: We have other events called Smoups which stands for small groups. I host one which is a discussion group on Positive Secularism. Each month we choose a new question to be discussed following specific guidelines.
For example the next question to be discussed will be, “How do you identify or categorize your secular views; atheist, non-believer, non-religious, spiritual, just secular or something else?”
We go around and allow each person a few minutes to express their thoughts on the question. Once everyone has had a turn we open the discussion to a more free form exchange. It works well. It has always been a warm and friendly exchange of ideas rather than a debate.
We hope to organize more Smoups for things like game nights, movie watch parties or a book club. We also have an interest in doing some thing charitable for the greater community.
We’ve hashed out ideas but we’ve had a little trouble getting things out of the discussion stage. I feel a little guilty about that. We’re still figuring things out.
As far as threats, there are things we worry about. We know how some feel about atheists. There have never been any specific threats but one can’t help but think about it a little. It’s so unlikely though.
The whole world lives under the threat of terrorism but the odds of any one of us experiencing an attack are so minute. A more real threat is just apathy. People come and go in our group.
Some loose interest for whatever reason. For some, who were traumatized by religion earlier in their lives, the church like model is a total turnoff. Other with similar experiences come specifically looking for a church like community without the dogma.
With churches, there is always the threat of punishment by eternal damnation or the reward of eternal paradise that compels people to attend. For us there’s only the promise of face to face human connection.
It’s something that most agree is sorely needed in this super-technological cyber world we’ve developed. That’s the experiment.
How do we recreate the kind of community built on real human connections without the mythologies that so many of just never bought into and others have lost their faith in?
Jacobsen: Any thoughts or feelings based on the interview today?
Newton: Good questions. It was fun organizing my thoughts to come up with responses. It would be interesting to hear how someone who was a true believer and lost their faith might see things.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mark.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/23
Megan Denman is the Assistant State Director of the American Atheists Ohio. Here we talk about her work, life, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you? Did religion play a role in it?
Megan Denman: My childhood was generally comfortable and informed. My parents allowed my two siblings and me to have ample free play time, and taught us to value reading, keeping up with current events, and taught us important life skills.
We were middle class and sometimes just hovering above the poverty line, but my parents created an environment for us so that we were rarely aware of that proximity.
I was raised in a fairly liberal congregation of protestant Christianity, the United Methodist church, from toddler age until high school graduation.
The congregation was large and mostly positive and welcoming, and they did a good job providing various youth activities, outreach to the community, arts enrichment and more, so at first glance, it seemed difficult for me to leave such an environment.
Plus, the people I respected at church emphasized that God resides within humans, and I met some wonderful humans in my church community. The church in particular provided a huge social network that certainly shaped my upbringing, although the worship services always made me very anxious.
I was a late bloomer in terms of uncovering my atheist identity, but I always felt something was a bit “off” while at church, especially starting around age 10.
Jacobsen: If you reflect on pivotal people within the community relevant to personal philosophical development, who were they for you?
Denman: Attending school at Baldwin-Wallace University, I started to see what other beliefs were out there, and to further define what I really value.
My piano teacher Dr. Robert Mayerovitch (a Canadian!) had brought up in a few lessons that he was an atheist, and many conversations about that have stayed with me today.
He told me he believed in core values such as love, curiosity and humility instead of God. I was impressed that he was open about his atheism, and began to see that I had been raised to see nonbelief as something to be ashamed of.
Another thing I remember Bob saying that has stuck with me is (paraphrased): “You can take what you like from religion, and leave what you don’t. There really are no ‘shouIds’ when it comes to how you define your personal philosophy.”
There was also a group on my campus called SCOPE which helped me see a clearer pathway to who I am today as an atheist. SCOPE stands for space for Christian-oriented progressive engagement.
Though they used the word Christian, we had members in the small group who were self-defined as Atheist, Atheist- Buddhist, Christians who were barely so because they were embarrassed by their religion’s actions, Agnostics (myself at the time), secular Jews, and others as well.
I loved the discussions we had, which were mainly based on values and morality in action. Even though we all had slightly different beliefs or nonbelief, our views on political and human rights issues were all progressive, and within that we built lasting relationships.
Jacobsen: What about literature and film, and other artistic and humanities productions, of influence on personal philosophical worldview?
Denman: Greg Epstein’s book “Good Without God” was very influential as I formed my personal philosophy.
Some of my fellow atheist comrades think he’s too nice, but I appreciated his focus on what Humanism represents such as deliberate living based on values like passion, purpose and community more than focusing on bashing religion (except in situations where that is helpful and necessary.)
I also felt that the book was a good stepping stone for someone already disillusioned with religion but not quite sure how to define themselves or to take a complete step towards virtuous atheism.
I also was inspired by Michael Werner’s book “What Can You Believe if You Don’t Believe in God?”
He went beyond clarifying that humanists (and atheists) are able to live sensible, moral lives outside of religion, but also defined some current hurdles which atheist groups face.
These include avoiding employing a cold, solely rationalistic view of humanity and atheism, and also avoiding an elitism which turns away nonbelievers who may be struggling to meet basic needs, or are otherwise uninterested in only intellectual talks.
Jacobsen: How did you come to find the wider borderless online world of non-religious people?
Denman: Meetup.com, and Facebook were instrumental in revealing me to the immense community of nonbelievers. In the fall of 2016, I discovered the Sunday Assembly Cleveland Chapter and Cleveland Freethinkers on Meetup just before I had decided to start the Cleveland Humanist Alliance.
I originally Googled “Cleveland Humanist group” or something like that, and these groups came to my attention.
I also found and listened to some podcasts from Oasis meetings, “The Thinking Atheist” by Seth Andrews, and “Humanize Me” by Bart Campolo.
Throughout 2017, I quickly came to know other resources such as American Atheists, American Humanist Association, International Humanist and Ethical Union, Freedom From Religion Foundation, Foundation Beyond Belief, Northern Ohio Freethought Society, Center For Inquiry and more.
Admittedly, I haven’t been able to keep up and participate with every group as I’d like to, since I’ve been focused on getting my local group off the ground.
Creating the Cleveland Humanist Alliance divulged to me how many secular people are on the internet seeking a community. Every day, our Meetup continues to average two to three new members since its start two years ago.
Even though some new members might not know what humanism or atheism is, it’s still heartening to know there is a need for this type of community. The power of technology has allowed me as a serious introvert to start a movement that is gaining attention.
Jacobsen: How did this lead to American Atheist Ohio?
Denman: Jim Helton with American Atheists reached out to me after their staff attorney Geoff Blackwell was in town for a case, and their goals lined up with Cleveland Humanist Alliance’s goals.
The way they do everything possible to assist in growing local groups like ours, particularly with activism, is appealing, and their accomplishments on a national level are clearly laudable.
Since collaborating with American Atheists, I’ve been inspired personally to make positive change in our government and world. Perhaps more importantly, I was given pragmatic tools to connect our group members with other like-minded groups such as PFLAG and Planned Parenthood so that we can build connections with progressive-minded people while also normalizing atheism.
By doing this, all our efforts for change collectively have a more powerful impact.
Jacobsen: Within the current position as the Assistant State Director for American Atheist Ohio, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Denman: My task was to choose one of American Atheists’ designated programs, and implement it within my local group. The program we chose is ACES, which stands for Activism, Community, Education and Social.
Within each category, there are actions to build up your local group. My group the Cleveland Humanist Alliance already does a number of these activities, but there are some gaps which the ACES program compels us to fill.
After we complete the ACES program, we will choose another program from AA’s list, and tackle it.
I’m essentially a liaison between AA and my local group, so we can use AA’s expertise to help our group be more effective and collaborative within the community, and in return promote American Atheists and atheism in general.
Jacobsen: What are some of the provisions for the community there? How does this manifest in the online sphere as well?
Denman: American Atheists has a law team at the ready should our city encounter a breach of church/state separation, or nonreligious discrimination issue.
They have great resources for activism and tabling, which we can certainly benefit from. So far, I’ve had help every step of the way in exactly how to implement tasks, and make full use of American Atheists’ experienced leaders.
Online, we can use their logos and name to help promote our group, as well as their larger entity. Our collaboration with AA is fairly new, but once we have big projects on the table, I’m told AA has significant financial resources for local groups as well.
Jacobsen: What unique issues for secularism face Ohioan atheists? What specific inclusivity issues face atheists in Ohio? In particular, how do some of these reflect the larger national issues?
Denman We had a member of Cleveland Humanist Alliance try to present a secular invocation at our Ohio Statehouse prior to a legislative session, along with the legislative prayers that are the tradition.
He was not allowed, because currently the Supreme Court’s choice in Greece vs Galloway states that individuals of any faith are welcome to give a prayer to a higher power, with respect given to all other beliefs. Even though citizens of all faiths could participate in prayer, secular nonbelievers were excluded.
This reveals our government puts on an egalitarian face, but, in reality, is still steeped in religious bias. If the American government claims to be by the people and for the people, it should include ALL the people that it serves.
Secular communities in Ohio have trouble binding together like churches do, in order to enact necessary change. I don’t know of any Ohio atheist groups who have their own building, and very few nationally do.
This is probably due partly to the nature of freethinkers being hard to lump into one category, and therefore we struggle to cultivate attention and funding for projects.
Still, there are pressing issues like keeping Planned Parenthood alive, LGBTQIA rights, climate change and so many more, one would think we could become motivated and come together. I think we need to make people uncomfortable about these issues in order to gain momentum.
Jacobsen: How can secular American citizens create an environment more conducive and welcoming to secular women, secular youth, secular people of color, secular poor people, and secular people with formal education less than or equal to – but not higher than – a high school education?
Denman: Good question. Secular Americans such as myself need to be prominently out of the closet as Atheists so that we can know the real number of like-minded people out there.
We also could stand to educate people more about the direct connection between issues such as the Heartbeat Abortion Bill which got very close to passing in Ohio and fundamentalist religious dogma.
Many millennial Americans today are apathetic churchgoers or quietly secular, but if proudly secular Americans band together and broadcast our mission, we can bring these fence-sitters with us to form an impressive community.
It appears that many secular groups tend to focus on the predictable structures of science and reason in their meetings, instead of tackling messier social issues such as racism, sexism, income inequality and poverty.
Also, since humanists and atheists are usually progressive in nature, many might feel they don’t need to be activists since they don’t personally stoke the fires of social injustice.
However, activism such as what American Atheists executes helps both to alleviate social injustice while simultaneously normalizing atheism and increasing its breadth.
A key attitude to including diverse secular communities is to follow the lead of minorities and women for example, rather than trying to lead in a social group with which one doesn’t have personal experience.
By holding a variety of types of activities, we can increase the diversity of our secular communities. For instance, currently in the US there are not many established activities for secular youth specifically, aside from Camp Quest.
Many of our group members who have children might not come to meetups because of a lack of childcare. I think when we strengthen our social connections and empower more individual members, there will be a clearer path toward providing more youth-oriented programming.
Volunteering for events such as the Homeless Stand Down this past weekend which provided meals, haircuts, job assistance and more to the homeless population in Cleveland helps to bring secularist values to those most in need, in a public way, alongside many caring religious people.
American secular groups would be served to think more inclusively about how visitors perceive them, having welcoming pictures of previous social and community outreach activities, for instance.
We already seem to have a reputation for being intellectually rigorous to the point of estrangement from many social sectors, for valid reasons.
Still, this doesn’t accurately represent nonbelievers as a whole, and having diverse activities such as crafting, dog walking or potentially other members’ suggestions opens doors to many people, including those with limited formal education, who might otherwise be intimidated by an atheist group.
In summation, atheists can’t get too comfortable in any one activist, educational or social/community arena, and we need to continually reach out horizontally to like-minded groups, rather than focusing on vertically building up individual secular silos in a vacuum.
Jacobsen: How can the secular community not only direct attention to ill-treatment of religious followers by fundamentalist religious leaders but also work to reduce and eventually eliminate the incidences of ill-treatment of some – in particular, the recent cases of women – within the secular community?
Denman: A potent way to reveal the harm of extremist religious leaders upon their constituents is to magnify the aftermath of their unhealthy directives.
The recent news of predatory nuns sexually abusing young women at vulnerable times is eye-opening, especially when hearing the personal challenges such as PTSD and substance abuse that plagued the victims for years after the incidences.
The secular community can highlight that this is a pattern rather than just isolated cases amongst religious leaders who use obedience to a higher power to their advantage.
As atheists, we can offer support in a proactive manner to those women, children and men who have suffered abuse at the hands of religious leaders, and if they are being ignored, direct them to legal services such as American Atheists’ legal team.
Comprehensive sex education in elementary and middle school years is one of the most effective ways to preclude sexual abuse, and American Atheists leads the way on keeping sex ed curriculum up-to-date in public schools in America.
Unfortunately, until parents gain awareness and take action, it is a much bigger hurdle to teach appropriate sex ed in private schools, especially religious ones. The best tactic is to keep focused on what we can change, and to keep shedding light on what works.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Megan.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Melissa Krawczyk
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/22
*Her Arabic script is at the bottom.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you?
Doha Mooh: There is meant to be a real life, whether early on, or later, but in Saudi, there is no life for a woman. Frequently she has no say in it.
Jacobsen: How was religion important in early life for you?
Mooh: Religion was not important to me in my life, but society, though its customs, traditions and the government, forced it on me and made it important.
Jacobsen: When did you question Islam?
Mooh: I was questioning really early!! I was young and after Kindergarten I entered school and discovered that at the age of six, the girls were separated from the boys to prepare them for religious instruction.
Jacobsen: What arguments make Islam false to you?
Mooh: I don’t call them arguments. I see it logically. Why would the God of mercy create me as a deficient girl, as they claim? Why is it permitted for a man to marry another wife without considering his first wife’s feelings? And a lot more.
Jacobsen: What is the general status of women in Islam?
Mooh: The general status! Well, in Islam you can own a girl and treat them as you treat a piece of furniture, or a car, or anything you own, and she can’t act on her own.
Jacobsen: When did you find ex-Muslims? How is this community important for you?
Mooh: I have seen an Ex-Muslim in everyone who questioned religion for the sake of justice and equality. I found an Ex-Muslim in myself when I rejected the commandments of religion. Society nurtures the generations of tomorrow.
Jacobsen: How did you get asylum? What is the story there? What is your current status now?
Mooh: I left the religion of Islam and this puts me in danger of being killed. I have the right to be in a country that protects me and protects my family. Now I live in an apartment here temporarily, until my necessary legal application procedures are finished.
Jacobsen: What is the proper way to get ex-Muslims asylum?
Mooh: The correct way is the legal way, of course, not cheating.
Jacobsen: How can people reach out ex-Muslims who are in a difficult time of life respectfully?
Mooh: It is easy to access them on social media pages. There are those who are forced to claim that they are Muslims, and Arab feminists and homosexuals and others who are suffering and afraid of the volume of threats and intimidation and insults and cursing, and these things are frustrating and painful.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Mooh: I think there is so much to be said, but I just want to say that every human being has the right to live in dignity.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Doha.
—

License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/22
Pat Morrow is the President of the Humanists Atheists and Agnostics of Manitoba. Here we talk about religion’s, or rather non-religion’s, existence in life for him, and his work and views, and how to become involved, and more.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was religion in youth to you? What was its presentation in life?
Pat Morrow: Nonexistent, I can’t say if I was ignorant or oblivious, probably both. My first memories of religion were from elementary school. way back when public school still had daily bible readings as a part of morning exercises.
Sometimes confusing stories but for most of my early youth, I honestly didn’t realize people were supposed to believe them. In my later youth, I tried to do the whole church thing at the time I dated a church girl from pretty mainstream religion. I couldn’t do it.
There was just know way I could believe what they were selling. I did check out her Facebook page some time ago, apparently, she’s a fan of evangelist and prophet-wingnut Joyce Meyer. So, maybe, I dodged a bullet on that one.
Religion itself, I didn’t think about much. Births, deaths, weddings, religion for me was something people did, not something you believed.
Jacobsen: What was your perspective of you?
Morrow: I suppose I was an atheist with Humanist values long before I knew with the terms meant. A skeptic as well, but not a very good one.
If someone asked me about god’s existence/ where it all came from, I would usually give a very noncommittal “this all must have been started by someone right?”
It would be years before I would realize I was asking the wrong question. The universe, if it had a beginning at all would’ve been started by a what not a who.
Jacobsen: In a manner of speaking, who influenced you, in the community of younger life – either religious or non-religious?
Morrow: I have to say my mum. She was a Christian, attended church intermittently, but her personal faith was one without any dogma. Her only comment on the Bible was “true or not, it’s an interesting collection of stories.”
Evening TV with her would be watching PBS nature documentaries, Jacques Cousteau and National Geographic. My mum was not one for using religious platitudes like “well, I suppose that’s the way God made it.”
If you had a question she couldn’t answer she’d tell you to go to the library look it up. I would probably also have to add my seventh and eighth grade science teacher Mr. Mac.
The man had a way of teaching science that was easy to understand. His experiments in class we’re entertaining and taught me a lot. He also introduced me through books, Gerald Durrell, David Attenborough and Carl Sagan long before Contact and Cosmos.
Jacobsen: What is the Humanists, Atheists & Agnostics of Manitoba?
Morrow: We’re an all volunteer organization based in Winnipeg, we have in any given year about 100 +/- paid members, a small executive, and a shoestring budget. With that we run a monthly meeting with topics of interest to our community and other, smaller social get togethers such as BBQs and what’s become known as “bad Christian movie night.”
Many of our members are former believers some coming from the Anglican or weaker tea type religions as well as some of religions’ more fundamentalist forms.
Mostly ex Christian we also have ex-Muslims, ex-Mormons and one ex-Hindu. Our meetings, a closed fb page offer support and a safe space for them to talk about anything… and sometimes just to vent.
HAAM also supports the Kasese Humanist Primary School in Uganda where we sponsor a little fella by the name of Bogere John.
We also have an active outreach and “ask an atheist” program and a good core volunteers that venture into school classrooms, staff our outreach booths at various festivals and are happy to talk to anyone about Humanism, atheism and rational thought.
Outreach has worked out well. Through these efforts we have been able to establish three other groups within the province. The Pembina Valley Secular Community (PVSC) and Brandon Humanists are pretty casual, a social network where likeminded folks can get to together for coffee without someone praying over the cream.
The Eastman Humanist Community (EHC) is a growing organization in Steinbach MB, the heart of Manitoba’s Bible Belt. For the first time they will be running their own community outreach this summer.
Jacobsen: Why was it (HAAM) founded in Manitoba?
Morrow: Manitoba has always had a large religious population and with that there’s always been rationalists or non-believers/atheists trying to navigate it.
The modern organization was founded in 1995; it was a loose group of likeminded thinkers, mainly academic minded folks sharing ideas socially. At that time, it was not engaged in actively promoting Humanism, Atheism.
But Humanism in goes back along way in Manitoba. Coming out of was called the rationalist movement of the 1920s the first humanist organization. The Winnipeg Humanist Society was established in 1934.
Unfortunately, there are huge gaps in the history of our early organizations. In 1994 or 95 long-time humanist and Unitarian Cec Muldrew called a meeting of those he believed might be interested in revitalizing a humanist group.
The Humanist Association of Manitoba (HAM) was born. At that time HAM existed as a mainly educational and social group, just atheists and freethinkers getting together, listening to a guest speaker over Dinner and talking about issues and ideas that matter to them.
That part of HAM continues. Seven years ago we changed our name to its present form, Humanists, Atheists, Agnostics of Manitoba. And with that new name we developed a clear mission statement:
–Our mission is to build a secular community where non-believers can feel safe and supported.
-We support critical thinking and evidence-based understanding of the natural world.
-We support building secular communities using democratic principles and the active pursuit of the separation of religion and government.
-We seek to give a voice to humanists, atheists and agnostics through discussion, constructive activism, education and philanthropy.
-We seek to use our human capacities of empathy, compassion and rational thinking as the foundation for ethical behaviour.
The main reasons we changed was to be more inclusive and frankly it sells better. Many people haven’t heard of Humanism but most understand or misunderstand what an atheist or agnostic is:
Atheist, because that’s what we are we might as well own it. Agnostic because some people don’t like calling themselves atheists, and others don’t know the difference.
Humanist of course because it’s a life philosophy worth promoting. The name change has worked well as many conversations have been started with the question: “So, what’s the difference between an atheist, agnostic, and a humanist?”
Jacobsen: How does incorporating more than one grouping help build the super-minority communities into a collective within the province?
Morrow: Because when you are herding cats is best to be as broad based and inclusive as possible. It’s a big province, our members and supporters in the secular world come in all kinds.
Firebrand atheists, social justice warriors, and those who are recovering from religion. Everybody has issues and goals that are important to them and they all overlap.
What’s important is we harness these passions and all work together. Not just inside our local organizations but all across the country. It was also important to HAAM local groups after starting up must have autonomy right down to picking their own name.
Local people know best at what will work in their communities. In the end, no matter what your label you have something to contribute.
Jacobsen: What is involved in the Bible Study?
Morrow: The bible study as an effort of one of our exec members Dorothy Stephens. She hadn’t read the bible since she was in the church many years ago and she felt she wanted to read it again as an atheist and using actual scholars, textural critics and historians to understand it.
It was a one-time project that’s finished but exists as an archive so that if someone comes across it now, they can still follow it.
The purpose was just to read the bible as a nonbeliever – mostly aimed at those who had never read it before and had no idea what was really in there, and also for people who had left fundamentalist religion and wanted to see it fresh through the eyes of an outsider.
She made it clear in the description that she never pretended to be any kind of expert and that i was undertaking the project for interest only.
We had about a 100 people following it along at the time we did it but only two got through the whole thing without missing a page. Because hey, it’s the Bible. They can’t even get Christians to read them and probably why they give so many away for free.
Jacobsen: How important is a get-to-know a humanist component when in communication and involvement with religious communities within the larger community of Manitoba?
Morrow: When we engage in our outreach efforts the first priority is finding those likeminded thinkers in religious communities sometime just letting them know there are others out there like them is enough. If you’re in a super minority the best way to build community is getting to know those members of your community.
In one case two atheists living in a Bible Belt town next door to each other had no clue they were both atheists till HAAM had an outreach in their town. They had never had the conversation; I suppose both thought it was just too risky. These are the connections that are so important to make.
Of course if you put up a booth in a bible belt community and slap the word “ATHEIST” on it, the effect for many Christians is akin to flies on flypaper. We have great conversations with believers who are genuinely interested.
Others religious tell us they have never met an atheist, or more likely have but didn’t know it. Still more think it’s the best place to try to win a soul for Jesus or just let us know what’s in store for us after we’re dead.
One of our Christian visitors to our booth after a somewhat long conversation about how important Jesus was to him exclaimed to one of our staff “hey you’re a beautiful women and the only thing stopping me from raping you is Jesus.”
Now, some might think this would be cause for a quick knee to the groin but without missing a beat our staff member said “if the only thing stopping you from raping me is Jesus you just keep on believing you hold that Jesus tight.”
Yes, this fella was a creep, but what’s important is how we are perceived by the folks listening in, it can and does break down barriers. For many of the more fungelical types all they know about atheists and Humanists is what they’ve been told from the pulpit, so getting to know an atheist and learn what Humanism really is the utmost importance. We’re not going to eat their children.
Jacobsen: What are some of the common things to expect in the newsletters and events? What tends to be the more prominent events of Humanists, Atheists & Agnostics Of Manitoba?
Morrow: For the newsletter content upcoming events, and news that would be of interest to our community.
The charity of the month is a big feature and it to encourages our members to “put the H on Humanism,” then any calls to action on issues that our members would support – frequently these are petitions or letter-writing campaigns by individuals or other groups we network with such as B.C. Humanists, Kelowna Atheists Skeptics and Humanists (KASH), Society of Edmonton Atheists (SEA), Humanist Canada, and the like.
Recent ones have been ban gay conversion therapy, support advance requests for MAID, sign up to be an organ donor, end the ban on LGBT people donating blood, end faith-based healthcare… Articles about holidays or social issues, reports of events that we have attended or been involved in, like outreach or debates.
Our Book of the month feature helps to promote our library. Advice to our members about stuff like religion in schools, workplaces, health care facilities, children’s camps and activities. Opinion pieces if they’re short; longer ones go on the Perspectives page.
Jacobsen: What have been the most read articles within the perspectives portion of the website? Why those ones?
Morrow: That’s a tough one I can say our website hits have slowly climbed we get about 4,000 hits a month we don’t actually have the ability to track individual entries.
The two I’ve personally gotten the most direct feedback from were “HAAM takes on Apologetics” and “Christianity tries to remain Relevant.” Apologists don’t like these opinion pieces for some reason. Our outreach recaps are always popular with our members as well.
Jacobsen: What other provisions are available to the community, within the community?
Morrow: We have a lending library of over 250 books covering just about every interest. It’s helpful for those coming out of religious belief or just unfamiliar with secular writings. Many of us who have been activist atheists for a very long time forget what it’s like to read something with a brand new eye opening perspective.
We carry everything from counter apologetics, secular parenting, evolution, psychology, women and gay rights, biblical history and textual criticism. Including, some of the great humanist and atheistic works. I think we have a few children’s books in there as well.
We also have a private secular counselling referral service. These professionals are not vetted by HAAM but come recommended by our members. It’s actually tuff especially for those in Bible Belt communities to find mental heath services that are not faith based.
We’re also willing to help out folks as best we can. Time to time we’ll get letters from the public on religion in public schools, faith based healthcare or any issue regarding separation of Church and state. Often we can’t help them directly but we can help them understand the issues and what their rights are and put them in touch with people who have the resources to help.
Jacobsen: How can individuals become involved with the Humanists, Atheists & Agnostics of Manitoba, e.g., donations writing, researching, newsletter help, becoming a member, provision of professional networks, and so on?
Morrow: Ask, show an interest and get involved, attend a meeting or event. Offer suggestions then offer your labour to help bring those suggestions reality. At HAAM over the years, we’ve had some great ideas and suggestions but lack the people power to put them in place.
Jacobsen: What are some ways in which the secular community can form a national network to petition and become activists for secular equality throughout all levels of democratic Canadian society?
Morrow: This question ties into the previous one. Get involved!
I would also say in addition to supporting your local group, support our national organizations as well. Secular Connexion Séculière, Humanist Canada, Center for Inquiry.
If you don’t have the time maybe you have some cash to throw their way. Even just buying a membership means so much.
We have the numbers in Canada we just have to show it. Just ask yourself, if Humanist Canada is going to bat for Humanist and secular issues, the ones you care about, is it better to approach the powers that be representing 2,000 members or 200,000?
Every organization, big or small even if it’s someone running a private atheist 20-member Facebook group in a religious community should have someone with the job of networking with other groups.
This can be as little subscribing to their newsletters and social media just to monitor what’s going on. Or it could be developing contacts and personal relationships. This has paid off of many times for HAAM.
One time we were developing a new banner for one of our outreaches. We couldn’t make it work and badly needed a graphic designer and we didn’t have one. Luckily, because of our contacts with the SEA we knew they had one that was ready to help.
We had professional quality banners designed and ready on time. That’s the power of working together. This network would be helpful in getting the word out when it came to petitions and speaking with a national voice.
Jacobsen: What are your fears and hopes as we’re moving through 2019 for the secular Canadian community?
Morrow: I have, and will always be of the belief that over the long haul reason will win out. I can’t look at a short a term as one year. But I still worry. In Manitoba, Young Earth Creationism and it’s accompanying anti-science has crept into the local religious population.
The openly dishonest nature of apologetics seems to be entering the moderate parts of the Christian religion teaching many how not to think. Nationally we’ve seen how the “carny handed melon man” down south has empowered the worst of Canadian ignorance and bigotry.
Reason will win out what’s not known is the damage the unreasonable will do before we get there.
My hope is the many Canadians who have empathy for others, value reason and evidence-based decision making can come together and make a difference.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Pat.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/21
Mr. Tung LAM, CBE, is a Medical Law Consultant (end of life issues) of the Eternity Living Life Company Limited in Hong Kong, Chief Executive-Select of HKSAR, and an Inaugural Obama Foundation Fellow. He was a Foundation Ambassador in Hong Kong at Sentebale Charity Foundation by HRH The Duke of Sussex Prince Harry of England. He earned the award of Organizing for Action Community Engagement Fellowship (September 2018). Here we talk about end of life issues.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g. geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Tung LAM: I was born in China but my parents are actually Malaysian Born Chinese who returned to China during their early childhood. I was under strong influence of western culture since a lot of my family members are Christians and I became a Christian during early life of my study but the religious background I used to be is not going to affect my medical law practice because, as I mentioned many times in my social media, many religious groups including Lutheranism, Evangelism, and Presbyterianism endorsed end of life issue which includes euthanasia. Not to mention I emigrated from China to Hong Kong in 1987 and I am always under the strong influence of western culture in Hong Kong afterwards. I master three languages including spoken and written English, spoken and written Chinese that are Cantonese and Mandarin. I received my mainstream education in Hong Kong from primary school to medical school education and they are all instructed in English during the lessons. After my divorce, I am very close to my family members (father, mother and elder brother) because they are the only relatives I had in Hong Kong right now.
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated?
LAM: All of my qualifications including my fellowships (Honorary Inaugural Obama Foundation Fellowship, Honorary Organizing for Action Fellowship and Organizing for Action Community Engagement Fellowship) are formal education with formal endorsement from the relevant authorities but most of these fellowships are political education instead of education of knowledge. As you know, medical law in end of life issue on Advance Directive and Voluntary Active Euthanasia involves drafting a lot legal and political policies and, from my perspective, they are the main considerations to execute the medical law practice. After obtaining my political fellowships and becoming the Medical Law Consultant in end of life issue of my company, I received continued medical education (CME) from some internationally renowned journals that are Global Bioethics and Springer Ethics. My blogs and promotional materials were quoted by a number of third party organizations due to their recognition of my position as the only Medical Law Consultant in end of life issue in Asia.
Jacobsen: For those with more in-depth information on your story, they can look into the references provided at the end of the interview. As you were a very bright student and entered into Medical Law, and as you experience several angering and difficult setbacks in professional posts, how was the focus of former American President Barack Obama on end of life issues critical to personal interest and professional involvement in Medical Law?
LAM: I do obtain an outstanding performance during my undergraduate medical school years and that includes the Scholarship for exchange to National University of Singapore and it is a very prominent university in Asia. I believe every event in your life, no matter it is good or bad, will bring positive energy into your life and those negative events are the triggering point for me to enter the field of Medical Law in end of life issue. These issues are originated from the West and they are really very fresh ideas in Asian culture and I can say, before me, no one touches on it in Greater China or probably even among many other Asian countries. This is a very important point why I get in touch with President Barack Obama who is the first African American US President. He is renowned for his acceptance to cultures from different ethnic backgrounds and he is the first American President who openly established his own Advance Directive. Everything starts with my contact with his campaign committee and everything starts with his first reply letter to me. With his continued support and endorsement of my work in Medical Law of end of life issue, I became endorsed Medical Law Consultant in end of life issue and fellows of his organizations. Together with the support of His Royal Highness The Duke of Sussex Prince Harry of England, I received the Commander of the Order of the British Empire (CBE) for my contribution in this field. President Barack Obama even made the suggestion for me to become the Chief Executive of Hong Kong and this suggestion was made to President Xi of China in 2017. Prince Harry and I had a mutual understanding to select me as the first Foundation Ambassador in Hong Kong at his Sentebale Charity Foundation. We had private communication during those days.
Jacobsen: How does Medical Law, typically, view end of life issues?
LAM: End of life issue is an inseparable part of Medical Law. Advance Directive and Voluntary Active Euthanasia are integral to the development of end of life issue.
Jacobsen: What are the options available for those with little in the way of personal savings in terms of choices at the end of life?
LAM: This is a tricky question. Since I am practicing Medical Law in the jurisdiction of Hong Kong, I can only answer you based on the current legal framework of Hong Kong’s legal system. Voluntary Active Euthanasia is currently illegal in Hong Kong by the virtue of the provisions in the Offences Against the Person Ordinance (Cap 212) but its public education is protected by the freedom of speech under Article 27 of Basic Law. We do not provide person-to-person consultation on this issue.
Jacobsen: What is Advance Directive?
LAM: The Advance Directive is classified into instructional directive (a living will) which usually comprises of instructions about what kind of life-sustaining treatments that a patient wishes to endorse when he/she becomes mentally incapacitated under specified circumstances. It is legally bound in Hong Kong. A proxy directive expresses the patient’s wish to appoint another person (proxy, surrogate, or representative), usually a family member, to make health care decisions on his/her behalf when he/she becomes mentally incapacitated under specified circumstances.
Jacobsen: What is Voluntary Active Euthanasia?
LAM: It is defined as the direct act (such as feeding of lethal medication through gastrostomy tube) and intentional killing of a person as part of the medical care being offered at the voluntary request of the patient.
Jacobsen: As the Honorary Inaugural Obama Foundation Fellow, Honorary Organizing for Action Fellow, and a Medical Law Consultant, what do you see as the important ethical and political questions to take into consideration for the right to die, euthanasia, dying with dignity, or medical assistance in dying?
LAM: The only question is we need to implement them in real but I had tried to influence the Hong Kong government to get involved in the legislation of relevant policies and I had made personal contact with several previous Chief Executives of Hong Kong that are TUNG Chee Hwa, Donald Tsang, CY Leung, and Carrie Lam. They all dare not to step into the relevant formal legislation. First Former Chief Executive TUNG Chee Hwa is the only one agreed to support me in person. With the suggestion and endorsement from President Barack Obama and with the support from President Donald Trump, I shall take part in the Chief Executive election and I am fully eligible. This is currently the only way to initiate everything in the formal endorsement of Medical Law practice in end of life issue in Hong Kong. As I announced on the Chief Executive election statement, I will incorporate the new medical law system into the current legal framework after successfully assuming my position and it was already drafted by me.
Jacobsen: What are Awakening Research Foundation Hong Kong Limited in 2012 and Eternity Living Life Company Limited, and World Federations of Right to Die Societies? How are these important for the activism in the right to die, especially in terms of the legal changes and sociopolitical acknowledgment, even acceptance, of it?
LAM: Awakening Research Foundation Hong Kong Limited was established by me in 2012 and it was renamed Eternity Living Life Company Limited in 2017 and they are all member societies of the World Federation. All of these are with a common goal that is to promote the legislation of relevant law locally and globally. The only difference is that we adopt a different approach in pursuing our dreams. Most of them around the world choose to fight for legislation through winning the court cases. But it is different in Asia, we are culturally more withdrawn and conservative, the only way to create the impact is through a more authoritative way that is exactly what I am trying to do here in Hong Kong – to join the Chief Executive election.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
LAM: I hope you don’t think that I am too confident in myself but all these come from the support and endorsement from the politicians around the world. I believe their support is due to the rarity for someone who is willing to step out and get involved in the Medical Law practice of end of life issue in Asia and they obviously appreciate it a lot.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Tung.
LAM: The honor is mine. I really hope that more people in Hong Kong and Asia are willing to understand more about the Medical Law practice in end of life issue. Thank you very much.
Further resources
https://www.drlamtung.com/single-post/2017/12/29/The-Story-of-My-Life
https://www.drlamtung.com/single-post/2018/05/23/Letter-to-Editor
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/20
Mandisa Thomas is the Founder of Black Nonbelievers, Inc (Twitter & Facebook). One of the, if not the, largest organization for African-American or black nonbelievers or atheists in America.
The organization is intended to give secular fellowship, provide nurturance and support for nonbelievers, encourage a sense of pride in irreligion, and promote charity in the non-religious community.
I reached out to begin an educational series with one of the, and again if not the, most prominent African-American woman nonbeliever grassroots activists in the United States. Here, we talk about grants for non-profits.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You went about filling some forms for grants, for financial assistance. How does this relate to the work of Black Nonbelievers, Inc.?
Mandisa Thomas: Yes, the grant is through the Soros Foundation. The name of the grant is the Soros Equality Fellowship, which is focused on racial justice. One of the members of Black Nonbelievers, Inc. forwarded the grant to me. She saw relevance to the organization, especially with racial justice and what we are fighting for within our demographic.
I previously considered applying for grants through the organization. It is possible, still, to do, but it has helped me with writing grants for the future. I will have some experience. Another member is a grant writer. She also helped with the project for me.
I am very appreciative for it.
Jacobsen: What are the difficulties that come along with completing a grant oriented either racial justice or secular activism?
Thomas: The writing tends to be one of the most daunting tasks. You must, first, look at the specifications on the application. You must make sure that you follow them to the letter. Also, it is important to look at the organization or foundation offering the grant.
It is making sure that what you are proposing is also what they are looking to fund. It is to make sure the language through the application fits the specifications and the directions. Even one small misstep could cause you to be rejected, it can be very time consuming and writing can be very daunting.
I think those are some of the challenges with it. It is the time commitment. It is also filling out the form and following the process properly.
Jacobsen: How does this detract from resources or other efforts of an organization such as yours?
Thomas: Of course, I would have to put some tasks to the side for the time being to focus on the grant. It is important to bear in mind. I have family and other responsibilities outside of the organization. I am completing this project at the same time.
It is trying to maximize my time to manage it correctly does play an important part. I tend to be a decent writer. Also, because I have had practice, it has helped with the grant writing process. I am having to multi-task, a bit better. I am having to prioritize what I do while I work on this project.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.
Thomas: Thank you!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/19
Frances Coombes is the President of the South Australian Voluntary Euthanasia Society. Here we talk about euthanasia with some personal background.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you, e.g., geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof, education, and family structure and dynamics?
Frances Coombe: I was very fortunate to have a stable and happy early life – an only child born post war 1953, father (born in Australia) served in the navy during the war on a small minesweeper ship, mother migrated from England 1951 as a 10 pound Pom & she had lived through the Blitz in London during the war repairing fire hoses.
Our family lived a financially comfortable life but my father did work overtime to secure this – my mother stopped work when she married. Only the English language spoken at home. My father was a gentle and learned man, my mother more outgoing.
They both had a respectful & loving family relationship, also pursuing their own interests – my father as a boilermaker at the local railway workshops, had a welding machine at home & he made about 13 trailers & 3 boat trailers over his lifetime, many crabbing tubs + many other bits & pieces.
My mother did voluntary work within the community. I taught 5-7 years old for 10 years b4 having my own 3 children. I am, when feeling cynical an Atheist :] & otherwise agnostic – I couldn’t care less about religion but I am very concerned at its predominant interest in oppressing & suppressing people; in its worst form a true weapon of mass destruction!
Jacobsen: What levels of formal education have been part of life for you? How have you informally self-educated, been an autodidact?
Coombe: I completed a Diploma of primary education after completing year 12. I have read widely, attended conferences & learned many skills from people I was fortunate to have as mentors.
Jacobsen: I see a few different terms and phrases floating around now: euthanasia, right to die, and dying with dignity. How do these differ from one another? How do these relate to one another?
Coombe: They are all related – the word euthanasia has been sullied through the WW2 Nazi so called euthanasia programme so mostly it has been dropped in favour of softer & less confrontational, marketable terms.
SAVES retains the words as we have supported about 14 VE Bills in Parlt since 1995 & the term is well known & accepted here.
Jacobsen: What makes for a proper context and consideration of the human right to bodily autonomy at the time of death, its context and moment?
Coombe: The prime factor is that VE is a person’s decision in face of unrelievable suffering from a hopeless illness.
It is not for anyone to make this choice but the suffering person themselves. Consideration must acknowledge that there is a minority of people who cannot be helped by even optimal medical & palliative care (PC) – here in Aust the Austn Medical Assocn & Palliative Care Aust do acknowledge this but then effectively abandon these people by opposing VE.
The latter body is reconsidering this stance, mainly due to the fact that the Victorian State law is to be active this June 2019. It has said that they are considering a recent report showing that PC continues to thrive in Belgium, Netherlands & Oregon but there has been such evidence for some years now, which they have ignored, so I am of the opinion that the Victorian legn is causing some urgency in their rethink!
Context & consideration is also enshrined in Article 5 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights ‘No one shall be subjected to torture or to cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment.’
Jacobsen: How did you come to be interested or intrigued and then active in the euthanasia movement?
Coombe: When I realised that death is not as depicted in movies but can be in realty hard, cruel & protracted.
I was also intrigued in that my parents had joined SAVES & they were not really joiners – my mother being only a member of an animal welfare group & my father being a member of the local football club.
Jacobsen: How did you find the South Australian Voluntary Euthanasia Society?
Coombe: Through my parents.
Jacobsen: What tasks and responsibilities come with the leadership position, as the President of SAVES?
Coombe: Public speaking, fostering a team spirit of trust, co-operation & appreciation, setting an example of these qualities & being diligent in my own work. I think it is important as a leader to be respectful & considerate.
This of course extends to relations with Members of Parliament (MPs). SAVES works very closely with our MPs. It is also vital that a leader is not be threatened by new ideas.
Jacobsen: What are the main concerns, legally and socially, of the euthanasia movement and SAVES within South Australia now?
Coombe: SAVES is a law reform movement & as such does not get involved in helping people end their own lives. This would be illegal & counterproductive. To get a Bill passed in Parliament we need to be very separate from Dr. Nitschke who does provide such assistance.
This is not to say we are against him – he provides the help people need now while we work to change the law. When we are staffing our information displays in public it is important that we are seen to be knowledgeable & respectful.
Jacobsen: How are euthanasia activists and organizations misrepresented? Who are they misrepresented by, typically? What truths dispel those myths?
Coombe: Misrepresentation mainly occurs from institutions & individuals that have an extremist religious outlook. This occurs through lies & deception, emotional wording such as “killing”, deliberate fear mongering.
SAVES is an evidence based body – we base our information on research & both government & academic reports – see the newsletters we give to all SA MPs each Parlt sitting week – 71 to date https://www.saves.asn.au/newsletters.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?
Coombe: It is important to acknowledge that a majority of Christians have long supported legalising VE, see https://christiansforve.org.au
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Frances.
Coombe: You’re welcome Scott – thank you for your work in helping secure a secular, rational world.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/18
Bakari Chavanu is the Administrator of “Black Humanists and Non-Believers of Sacramento. Here we talk about Chavanu’s life, views on humanism, and administrative work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did religion and secular thinking come into early life for you? How did this continue throughout development, in brief?
Bakari Chavanu: I was raised in a Baptist church, and I attended services on a regular basis until about age 16.
Jacobsen: What differences manifest in African-American Humanism compared to much of the European-American Humanism, including the over-representation of higher SES, higher education, and Caucasian males in the community? How can we bridge those divides more for better community integration?
Chavanu: I think African-American humanism puts a focus more on issues of social justice, and a respect culture. But because religion and God-belief are so deeply ingrained in American culture it is very difficult to have much-needed discussions about the role that religion plays in African-American communities.
However, I do get a sense that young African-American people are willing to more critically examine the religious claims and their impact on society. Personally, however, I think in many communities White atheists and humanists might have a difficult time connecting with the African American community around these issues, and that’s why BHNBS was formed.
Jacobsen: How can we include more women and people of color into the broader secular community?
Chavanu: I think you can include more women and people of color by inviting them to your events and asking them to share their thoughts and experiences in platforms like this one.
But it is important that White atheists and humanists not take a paternalistic role with comes to women and people of color. There is nothing wrong with building solidarity around certain issues, but we do not need “guidance” from the White secular community.
Jacobsen: What fears and hopes seem relevant to consider for the secular community moving into 2019?
Chavanu: I am not sure about the fears, but I do feel hopeful that more people are speaking out about their atheism, and some of us in the secular community understand that humanism and social justice are even more important as society moves away from religious claims and dogma.
Humanism and social justice should be the moral framework for how we develop a more just society and respect for one another.
Jacobsen: How is religion a positive? How is religion a negative?
Chavanu: In terms of how religion is positive, we have historically seen that, especially in the Black community, the positive role that religion has played in bringing the community together, and sometimes has been a force against racial injustice and an advocate of civil rights.
Religion used to provide a sort of moral grounding for society, but I think that is no longer the case. I view religion as very negative and dangerous for modern society because it distorts reality and promotes false claims.
I am especially concerned about its impact on young African-American children and youth.
I do not think young people should be taught mystical claims about the evolution of the universe, the planet, and the human race.
Young people should be taught to think rationally and critically with a serious respect for humanity, other animals, and the environment in general.
Jacobsen: You are an administrator for Black Humanists and Non-Believers of Sacramento. What tasks and responsibilities come with this position? What are the organizations ongoing activities and objectives?
Chavanu: Our group mainly exists via Meetup.com, and given our small capacity, we mainly focus on setting up the literature tables at local events where a significant number of African-American people will attend, such as the Martin Luther King Expo and the Black Book Fair in Sacramento.
Our group was formed to let others know that Black atheists, nonbelievers, and humanists do exist. And we want to be a space for non-believers to come and find friendship and support.
Jacobsen: How can folks become involved with you?
Chavanu: By registering on Meetup.com and following our group: https://www.meetup.com/bhnb-sacramento/.
Jacobsen: What are some activities online and in-person for the secular Sacramento community?
Chavanu: Though we are present on Facebook, we have not yet built a website for our group. But we do hold a monthly breakfast, a quarterly book club discussion, and we set up the literature tables at African-American events.
We also support other groups and events, such as the annual Free Thought Day in Sacramento.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Chavanu: Thank you for this interview. I think is very important that we keep shaping the narrative about atheism and humanism, and that we seriously call into question religious claims and dogma
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Bakari.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/17
Chris is the Administrator of “Humans for Science, Reason and Humanism.” Here we talk about the page.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: “Humans for Science, Reason and Humanism,” why found it/administrate for it?
Chris: It is mostly a hobby and interest actually. As a kid, I’ve always been into books. I love learning. about the discoveries and tales in the sciences and history.
By college, I learned how to properly vet valid and reliable news which, recently, has been increasingly blurred and mixed, online, with a lot of fake news and misinformation.
At first, I started sharing a lot of articles on my facebook wall. But this annoyed my followers (friends, relatives and acquaintances). I even learned that some of my cousins unfollowed me because they considered my posts to be an act of spamming. There was just so much to be shared. So I took a long hiatus from sharing stuff online.
However, as time passed, I kept seeing more and more people peddling all sorts of rubbish online and I thought to myself, “How much harm do fake news and misinformation actually cause the world?”
As an educator and someone who values what is true, I couldn’t just sit idly by as people spread around a whole lot of nonsense. So I instead created this page, Humans for Science, Reason and Humanism.
The goal was always to counter the wide variety of misinformation by actually providing people with legitimate and credible information on the most recent issues and topics in the frontiers of science and matters related to human welfare.
My page has been slowly growing since I first started. As much as I would like to commit myself full-time to the page, there are responsibilities in my personal life though, so it still largely remains a hobby project for me. Hearing from followers who welcome my efforts have always been a motivation to keep it up, though.
Jacobsen: What is its scope of operation?
Chris: Updates on the latest news in the various scientific fields are the usual articles I share in the page. The articles have to be from legitimate scientific sources like museums, universities and colleges, reliable science pages and sites online and the like.
Humanist pages are also part of that. I wish to write more about my thoughts on the articles, and indeed, that was how it used to be, but it was time consuming and I usually lacked the time.
So I started posting the articles with hashtags. It was all well, but I received messages that they couldn’t open the articles using only their phone data. A friend of mine, Ana Swift, recommended that I include the contents of the article itself so that people who can’t open the articles can at least read the contents.
This has been the scope of operations so far. Though I have several other ideas which I hope I could give time to. I am currently eager to have people help me grow the page and its mission to spread awareness – like a science and humanism online newspaper platform.
Jacobsen: What tend to be the demographics of the audience?
Chris: So far, the demographics show a majority of Filipinos following the page along with others from outside the country. The primary language used by the majority of followers are from the English speaking community. But I’ve seen non-English countries too like Russia and Germany and such.
Jacobsen: How is this important in terms of gearing the material for the audience?
Chris: English is the current lingual medium of Science. As such, the articles are all in English. The material has always been my set of interests; like physics, astrophysics, cosmology, space exploration and technological development, archaeology, and more, plus humanism.
Hopefully, if more team-members can be gathered, the scope of material would diversify. But the main thing is that the articles have to be scientifically valid and reliable.
Other than articles, the page is also a good source of informative videos like documentaries, lectures, discussions and debates relevant to the main topics.
Jacobsen: Why science? Why reason? Why humanism?
Chris: Science is the entire scope of human knowledge – to date. It’s what keeps our civilization moving forward. Reason is the human capacity to think and use the knowledge we’ve gathered to improve our survivability and sophistication as a society.
Humanism is the emphasis on the value and agency of human beings. If we are to live together in mutual benefit to each other and grant ourselves the right to spread out across the stars as a species, we first need to live in harmony with ourselves and our environment.
Together, these three major ideas and systems constitute the progressive mission of humanity as a whole. Knowledge guides our understanding, wisdom guides our reasoning and empathy guides our humanity.
Jacobsen: How are these important for a secular and fulfilling life? How do these inform the content of the Facebook page?
Chris: Secularism is the idea that protects the rights, freedoms and liberties of individuals everywhere. It prevents the overarching power of religions from becoming too powerful.
The main problem is the common folk in society nowadays is the inability of the masses to properly vet their news sources. Established mass media has long been infested with propaganda and drama to the point that, established academics as well has been under fire with claims of “hoaxes”, “illuminati”, “fakes”, “propaganda”, etc.
One need only look at the anti-vax, climate change denial and flat-earth movements to see what I mean. Some have even claimed that “education” is unnecessary while, at the same time, uneducated opinions gain more traction due to its ridiculously grandiose claims that catch the imaginations and emotions of the unweary individual.
I find this alarmingly appalling. For me, the attacks on secularism globally can be attributed to these increasingly inept kinds of mentality. I still believe that a proper scientific education can solve the major problems and issues plaguing humanity.
If social media can spread and propagate bad news, it can also be used to spread the truth, and that is what the page is focused on.
Jacobsen: How can people maybe become involved with it? Can they offer any skills to help you out?
Chris: I am open to people volunteering actually. The workload isn’t too difficult, just passion and interest and a preponderance for truth and accuracy. This is all volunteer work though, so if anybody is interested, just send the page a message. It is most appreciated!
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings and conclusion?
Chris: I’m glad the page has garnered attention. I wish more people would follow or like my page, it really means a lot. Let’s help spread real news about the great achievements and questions that the best of huumanity has to offer.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Chris.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/16
David Kelley is a Board Member At Large for Sunday Assembly Seacoast. Here we talk about godless assembling.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was personal and family background regarding culture, geography, language, and religion or lack thereof?
David Kelley: I grew up in a middle class neighborhood near Dayton, Ohio. My mother is an atheist and my father is a Christian. I consider myself fortunate that my father never tried to indoctrinate me. As a result, I grew up in a house without religion. Most of my extended family are Christian but they had no influence on me because I did not live near them.
Jacobsen: What were some of the pivotal moments or educational lessons in being guided to a more godless worldview?
Kelley: I have always been an atheist since religion was not present in my household and I was never interested in religion growing up. My current concerns about religion are based on the realization that religion and other forms of magical thinking cause suffering for many. In particular, I began listening to podcasts in which ex-Christians and ex-Muslims tell their stories. From hearing their struggles, I’ve come to believe that basing our beliefs on rationality gives us our best chance to prosper.
Jacobsen: How did you come to find the godless congregations and community?
Kelley: I first heard about Sunday Assembly from a podcast. I then found the local chapter by searching for Sunday Assembly online.
Jacobsen: When did the Sunday Assembly become an integrated part of communal life for you? How did this simply click more than others, e.g., traditional religious ones or the secular online sphere, for you?
Kelley: After moving to the Seacoast area I became interested in making some social connections. Among other things, I looked into a Unitarian Church since they accept atheists. While I found the Unitarian Church welcoming, it was clear that they embraced magical thinking. I also didn’t find the services to be very engaging since much of the time was spent sitting in the pews listening to people talk at me. By contrast, Sunday Assembly Seacoast is thoroughly reason-based and the services are interactive with a chance to express my opinion on the topic of the month.
Jacobsen: What can regular attendees of Sunday Assembly Seacoast expect on their delightfully godless Sunday congregation time?
Kelley: Sunday Assembly Seacoast shares much in common with church services in that we have a mixture of sing-along music and speakers. Speakers are typically chosen to give insights into what it means to live life well. What makes us a bit special is that our services are designed to be interactive so attendees have a chance to share. We also recognize that not everyone will want to share so we never pressure people to do so.
Jacobsen: What are the approximate demographics of Sunday Assembly Seacoast?
Kelley: Racially our demographics reflect the predominantly Caucasian makeup of our area. By gender we are about 50/50. For religious background, most members were Christian at some point in their lives.
Jacobsen: Who are some allies in building a successful secular and godless community?
Kelley: We are a non-profit organization run by volunteers, so our biggest allies are those volunteers. Without them we would not exist. The owner of Sanctuary Arts, where we have our meetings, is also a great ally for allowing us to use her space.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved in the Sunday Assembly Seacoast community?
Kelley: Sunday Assembly Seacoast has services every second Sunday of the month at Sanctuary Arts in Eliot, Maine. A great way to get involved is to show up and check out what we are doing. We can also be found online on Facebook and Meetup.
Jacobsen: What are some of the more recent updates happening for 2019 for Sunday Assembly Seacoast? What are some real threats to the safety and communal wellness of Sunday Assembly Seacoast if any?
Kelley: We have started to look into ways to grow our community. I’ve found that there are plenty of secular people in the area that haven’t heard of us. If we can correct that, we’ll be in a position to make great contributions to the community. As far a threats are concerned, I don’t believe we have anything to worry about. Our area is reasonably accepting of atheism.
Jacobsen: Any thoughts or feelings based on the interview today?
Kelley: I thank you for your interest in Sunday Assembly Seacoast. I hope more groups like ours form in the near future.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, David.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/14
Rick O’Keefe is the Branch Manager of Center for Inquiry Tampa Bay, Chair of the Tampa Bay Skeptics, and works with Tampa Bay Post Carbon Council. Here we talk about skepticism and the electronic era, and Florida.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Looking at the landscape of bad science and junk science within Tampa Bay, what have been the main concerns of the skeptic community in Florida?
Rick O’Keefe: Your question seems vague. You ask about Tampa Bay as well as concerns about skeptic communities outside the bay region. I’m defining skeptics as those interested in the paranormal and pseudoscience.
The dedicated skeptic community in Florida seems to be almost non-existent, fragmented, and very local, mostly social. Many groups included “skeptic” as part of their humanist or atheist identities, but don’t appear to be notable for any concentration on skepticism outside their locales.
Because of the history of Tampa Bay Skeptics (TBS) in publicly testing people who claimed paranormal powers but failed to prove them, the number of testees has dried up.
Jacobsen: How is skepticism important in the electronic era?
O’Keefe: I think it is clear that skeptical thinking skills are sorely lacking. That leads to the rapid widespread embrace of spreading real fake news. Sadly, most who claim to be skeptics aren’t. (Yes, I confess to having fallen prey to some fake news on Facebook or Twitter!)
Jacobsen: Have there been any wins in the fight against pseudoscience and alternative medicine practices, recently?
O’Keefe: Tampa Bay Skeptics is an affiliate of Center for Inquiry Tampa Bay, a branch of the worldwide CFI and Richard Dawkins Foundation for Reason and Science.
While the local scene is moribund other than about Global Warming and its possible effects on coastal inundation, and teaching religious propaganda in schools rather than science (evolution, for example), TBS does support larger efforts such as the statewide Florida Citizens for Science, Quackwatch, CFI’s lawsuit against CVS (selling worthless homeopathic nostrums), Letters to the Editor, occasional puff pieces when called by reporters around Halloween or about crazy claims.
Jacobsen: In America, what are the main sources of pseudoscience, fraudulent claims? How does this impact the general public? What are some humorous examples and some tragic ones, too?
O’Keefe: The Internet is enemy #1 – both social media and fake-news/propaganda/hoax sites. Religious anti-science groups might be #2. They are well organized, fanatical, and hugely financed. (Look at the federal government current crop of appointees.)
Not to ignore primarily right-wing anti-science propaganda, leftie propagandists, antivaxxers, flat earth, ancient aliens, Atlantis …. True Believers.
Americans are so undereducated in both thinking skills and facts, thus gullible, that our diminishing competence to compete with other more vigorous and rigorous nations has become dangerous.
I see nothing humorous about seemingly laughable examples because they illustrate our incapacities.
Jacobsen: In the work of dissemination of critical thinking into the public sphere, what is important in the communication to the public for better receptiveness for them and delivery from you (or others)?
O’Keefe: It has been said that if one presents the truth often enough, the misled will come around to realizing their error.
I tend to doubt that. Brain science seems to have soundly demonstrated that instinct and the subconscious mind govern our behavior, and that the “rational” mind almost always rationalizes decisions implementing the incessant demands of the subconscious.
Bluntly, if young children aren’t taught the fundamentals of skeptical thinking and the truth about our world, then there will be no solution. I haven’t seen any of our programs/lectures sway doubters or even attract people wanting to cast off ignorance. We mostly “preach to the choir.”
Jacobsen: How can folks become involved in Tampa Bay Skeptics and its efforts to reduce the level of junk thinking in Tampa Bay?
O’Keefe: Contact us, volunteer, pay the paltry membership fee, and show some leadership!
Jacobsen: What are the main concerns regarding false claims sold to the general American public moving into 2019 for you?
O’Keefe: Same old, same old. Increasing ignorance worries me.
—
A bit of history: Founded in 1988 by Gary P. Posner, M.D., Tampa
Bay Skeptics is a nonprofit educational and scientific organization devoted to
the critical examination of paranormal and fringe-science claims, and the
dissemination of factual information about such claims. TBS’s $1,000 Challenge
— Whenever possible, TBS attempts to put claims to the test.
A Compendium of Fact-finding Sites
A resource compiled by Center for Inquiry Tampa Bay and Tampa Bay Skeptics.
Thanks for assistance from “Doc” Dockery, Tampa Bay Technology Center.
Critical Thinkers Evaluation Tools
Learning how to evaluate what you read, view, and hear is an essential skill set for your academic and personal life
Use it to evaluate all kinds of information and to determine if a source is appropriate and credible.
How to use different types of sources in your writing.
Answering these questions can help you evaluate the credibility of all types of sources.
Simple checklist to help you identify “fake” news. The same principles can also be used to evaluate websites and social media.
Categorized news sources by degrees of conservative and liberal bias. (Take with a grain of salt.)
Interactive tool produced by EasyBib. Just paste the website address into the search bar and wait for the evaluation screen to appear. Answer the questions in the right column.
Websites to help you verify identities, places, images, and other factors.
Thanks to Middle Tennessee State
University, James E. Walker Library
http://bit.ly/2GxrhqZ
Fact Check Resources
https://mediabiasfactcheck.com/ and https://mediabiasfactcheck.com/fact-check-resources/– “The purpose of these is not only to deliver news, but to also be a resource on media bias and fact checking. When checking facts these are the 10 sites we find to be most valuable. In most cases, one of these sites has already covered the fact check we are seeking, making the job easy. Listed below you will find our favorite (most trusted) fact checking websites. Bookmark them or just visit MBFC News and we will filter them for you.”
PolitiFact– PolitiFact is a fact-checking website that rates the accuracy of claims by elected officials and others who speak up in American politics. PolitiFact is run by editors and reporters from the Tampa Bay Times, an independent newspaper in Florida. PolitiFact is simply the best source for political fact checking. Won the Pulitzer Prize.
Fact Check– FactCheck.org is a project of the Annenberg Public Policy Center of the University of Pennsylvania. They are a nonpartisan, nonprofit “consumer advocate” for voters that aims to reduce the level of deception and confusion in U.S. politics. They monitor the factual accuracy of what is said by major U.S. political players in the form of TV ads, debates, speeches, interviews and news releases. Fact Check is similar to PolitiFact in their coverage and they provide excellent details. The only drawback is they lack the simplicity of PolitiFact.
Open Secrets– Open Secrets is a nonpartisan, independent and nonprofit, run by the Center for Responsive Politics, which is the nation’s premier research group tracking money in U.S. politics and its effect on elections and public policy. Open Secrets are by far the best source for discovering how much and where candidates get their money. They also track lobbying groups and whom they are funding.
Snopes– Snopes has been the definitive Internet reference source for urban legends, folklore, myths, rumors, and misinformation for a long time. Snopes is also usually the first to report the facts.
The Sunlight Foundation– The Sunlight Foundation is a national, nonpartisan, nonprofit organization that uses the tools of civic tech, open data, policy analysis and journalism to make our government and politics more accountable and transparent to all. Sunlight primarily focuses on money’s role in politics.
Poynter Institute– The Poynter Institute is not a true fact checking service. They are however a leader in distinguished journalism and produce nothing but credible and evidence based content. If Poynter reports it, you can count on it being true.
Flack Check– Headquartered at the Annenberg Public Policy Center of the University of Pennsylvania, FlackCheck.org is the political literacy companion site to the award-winning FactCheck.org. The site provides resources designed to help viewers recognize flaws in arguments in general and political ads in particular.
Truth or Fiction– Very similar to Snopes. They tend to focus more on political rumors and hoaxes.
Hoax Slayer– Another service that debunks or validates internet rumors and hoaxes.
Fact Checker by the Washington Post– The Washington Post has a very clear left-center bias and this is reflected in their fact checks. Their fact checks are excellent and sourced; however their bias is reflected in the fact that they fact check right wing claims more than left. Otherwise the Washington Post is a good resource.
Vote Smart and Vote Easy— which are the best and most thorough non-partisan analyses of politicians and their actual positions. While Vote Smart isn’t a factcheck org, it does get to the facts that politicians can’t hide from. Truly, “Vote smart, or vote stupid”.
Quackwatch—Quackwatch is now an international network of people who are concerned about health-related frauds, myths, fads, fallacies, and misconduct. Its primary focus is on quackery-related information that is difficult or impossible to get elsewhere. This site maintains a large compendium of information. (Quackwatch is an affiliate of Center for Inquiry)
| health fraud and quackery | http://www.quackwatch.org |
| guide to questionable theories and practices | http://www.allergywatch.org |
| skeptical guide to acupuncture history, theories, and practices | http://www.acuwatch.org |
| guide to autism | http://www.autism-watch.org |
| guide to intelligent treatment | http://www.cancertreatmentwatch.org |
| legal archive | http://www.casewatch.org |
| chelation therapy | http://www.chelationwatch.org |
| skeptical guide to chiropractic history, theories, and practices | http://www.chirobase.org |
| guide to health-related education and training | http://www.credentialwatch.org |
| guide to dental care | http://www.dentalwatch.org |
| guide to questionable medical devices | http://www.devicewatch.org |
| guide to weight-control schemes and rip-offs | http://www.dietscam.org |
| guide to the fibromyalgia marketplace | http://www.fibrowatch.org |
| guide to homeopathy | http://www.homeowatch.org |
| guide to trustworthy health information | http://www.ihealthpilot.org |
| guide to an equitable health-care system | http://www.insurancereformwatch.org |
| guide to infomercials | http://www.infomercialwatch.org |
| guide to the mental help marketplace | http://www.mentalhealthwatch.org |
| multi-level marketing | http://www.mlmwatch.org |
| skeptical guide to naturopathic history, theories, and practices | http://www.naturowatch.org |
| activities of the National Center for Complementary and Alternative Medicine (NCCAM) | http://www.nccamwatch.org |
| nutrition facts and fallacies | http://www.nutriwatch.org |
| guide to the drug marketplace and lower prices | http://www.pharmwatch.org |
| National Council Against Health Fraud archive | http://www.ncahf.org |
| guide to telemarketing scams | http://www.stop-robocalls.org |
| consumer health sourcebook | http://www.chsourcebook.com |
Editor, Consumer Health Digest http://www.quackwatch.org/00AboutQuackwatch/chd.html
Conclusion– A good fact checking service will write with neutral wording and will provide unbiased sources to support their claims. Look for these two simple criteria when hunting for the facts. Happy hunting!
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Rick.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/14
Kristine Klopp is the Assistant State Director of American Atheists Alabama. Here we talk about her work, life, and view.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you?
Kristine Klopp: I was born in Canada and raised secular. We did not go to church, we did not pray, and religion was not a part of our lives.
I suppose at an early age there was an underlying assumption that we all believed in God, and may have made casual references about ‘him’, but that was the extent of religion in my early life.
Well, that, and ‘The Lord’s Prayer’ every morning in my public school. I chose to attend a Catholic high school, as it was a new school with a good academic reputation. That decision changed my life and my identity forever.
Jacobsen: How were religion and faith influential on you if at all?
Klopp: It was while I attended that Catholic school that I realized I did not buy into any of it, and that was the first time I realized I was an atheist.
The more I learned about and experienced religion, the more distaste I felt about it. I was still living in Canada at this point, so religion did not affect my life. Then I moved to Huntsville, Alabama, and the culture shock set in.
Jacobsen: How does religion around the world, and in your locale in Alabama, appear to receive special privileges in the upbringing the young?
Klopp: Religion demands and receives special privileges in everything it touches. It starts with newborns; religious daycare centers do not have to follow the same state regulations and licensing requirements the public daycare facilities must follow, despite receiving federal and state subsidies.
A five-year-old boy died in August 2017 in the care of a religious daycare in my city; his body found within a mile from my home due to negligent screening and no background check of a worker with a criminal record.
I wonder just how many children have been hurt by the lack of regulations and licensing in these facilities. As of this past summer, Christianity is working to wiggle their way into Alabama schools with “In God We Trust” displays.
What was once considered a violation of separation of church and state is now acceptable after the US determined “In God We Trust” to be our ‘national motto’.
Jacobsen: How did you find and become more deeply involved in American Atheists Alabama?
Klopp: I became aware of American Atheists when I became a member of the North Alabama Freethought Association (NAFA) while living in Huntsville. Through that group, I began to attend American Atheists conventions and connected with the message AA delivered.
I moved to Mobile and worked with others to develop Mobile Atheist Community. I was recommended as an Assistant State Director, and have held this position for a little over a year.
Jacobsen: Does an open voicing of non-religious opinions impact social and familial relationships for the individual in Alabama?
Klopp: Greatly. Unfortunately, Alabama is one of the most conservative and religious states in the US. Mobile Atheist Community has a public facebook page, but we also have a private group.
Many of our members have not and cannot ‘come out’ as an atheist to their employer or their family for fear of backlash. We encourage people to ‘come out’ when they can (the more known atheists, the more ‘normal’ atheism is), but we also understand people’s concern and fear.
Some of our members have lost relationships with family, and I have known some atheists that have lost their jobs by ‘coming out’.
Our group serves as an outlet for our members to tell stories, ask advice, post humorous memes, and find support from each other. My goal is that we will make the world a little better in the process.
Religion is so entrenched in the deep south ‘Bible Belt’, that it surrounds us when we are at work, with family, with friends, driving down the road (billboards), listening to the local radio stations, watching the local news, in our mail, and churches are everywhere we look.
The good news is that the statistics are on our side! Our numbers are growing, and the younger generation is comprised of a higher number of atheists than any other generation. This gives us hope that we will see positive changes in our lifetime.
Jacobsen: What books have been influential in personal philosophical life for you? What about films or documentaries?
Klopp: My major in my undergrad studies was Psychology, and those books were highly influential for me. One of my classes was ‘Motivation’ and it focused on how humans behave based on evolution and primitive drives.
That class may have started my love of evolution. As a typical atheist, I am working through my library of Dawkins and Hitchens (among others) books. Religulous was the first documentary about religion that I watched, and it may have influenced me to embrace my atheism and see the ridiculousness that is religion.
Jacobsen: If you reflect on some of the concerning developments in fundamentalist religions in the US, what trouble you? Who troubles you?
Klopp: Most troubling for me might be public school systems educating our children about creationism rather than actual science and evolution. Another major concern is politicians using religion to influence their decisions about policies and laws affecting everybody in this country.
There are too many individuals to list, but the Republican party has proudly put religion before the constitution time after time. And, of course, our current president encourages such violations of church and state.
Jacobsen: How has religion been a force for good in history? How has it been a force for evil in history?
Klopp: I don’t feel that religion has been a force for good in history in any way, and I believe it has been the root cause for hate, divisiveness, destruction, and war. My father (a non-practicing Christian), argues that religion is vital for some people to do the right things.
My argument is that a person will or will not do ‘good’ or ‘bad’ things regardless of their religion, especially when their religion tells them if they pray and ask for forgiveness for their sins, they will get a pass and go to heaven.
I also point out the mass numbers of priest (and other church leader) pedophiles that the church covers up. My argument is that without religion, people would face the reality that this is the only life we have; that we need to enjoy it, and not take it for granted.
Jacobsen: What are some of the provisions for the community through American Atheists Alabama? How can folks become involved with the wider non-religious community, e.g., donations, volunteering time and skills, providing professional networks, and so on?
Klopp: American Atheists has created a list of affiliate groups in each city so that people can find local groups near them by going to the www.americanatheists.org website. They welcome any donations!
AA has also created a program for us Assistant Directors and Directors to implement in our local areas. We offer activism, community service, education and social events. There is enough variety to provide something for everybody to get involved!
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Kristine.
Klopp: Thank you, Scott!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/14
Reverend Gretta Vosper is a unique individual in the history of Canadian freethought insofar as I know the prior contexts of freethinking in Canada’s past in general, and in the nation for secular oriented women in particular.
Vosper is a Member of The Clergy Project and a Minister in The United Church of Canada (The UCC) at West Hill United Church, and the Founder of the Canadian Centre for Progressive Christianity (2004-2016), and Best-Selling Author.
I reached out about the start of an educational series in early pages of a new chapter in one of the non-religious texts in the library comprising the country’s narratives. Vosper agreed.
Here we talk about what to expect with this series.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: The nature of the modern online media creates electronic dependency for information while, at the same time, producing a certain visual-over-literate culture – or a tilt in the ratio of news and opinion disseminated to the public more from print towards the audiovisual. This series will incorporate print and audiovisual to bridge the gap. Regarding the content, why this series? What will be the topics covered, in general, through it?
Rev. Gretta Vosper: For many, many years, the caricature of the secular humanist has been of someone who rages against religion, and is so tied to their hatred of it, that when they get together with other secular humanists, that’s all they have to talk about. With glee, they remind themselves of every heinous insult religion has perpetrated against the human race (all life on the planet, actually), and leave feeling reaffirmed and bolstered in their secular worldview. The caricature of atheists is even worse, fueled over the last several years by atheism’s Four Horsemen – the late Christopher Hitchens, Richard Dawkins, Sam Harris, and Daniel Dennett – all of whose writing is particularly vitriolic toward religion or belief in anything that bears resemblance to a theistic, supernatural god, and the god called God in particular.
I get it. I have little mind to protect the theistic father-god (please use lower case for that) who resides somewhere in the heavens or a parallel supernatural universe, and has the power to capriciously interfere in our lives. Or, of course, any other god believed able to do so. But I’m tired of those stuck-in-their-hatred-of-religion caricatures being the only way many ever encounter secular humanists and atheists. And I’m tired of those who live up to that stereotype and continue to stew in their anger at religion without engaging in reasonable dialogue with anyone who might change their minds. Sikivu Hutchinson, in an address to the American Humanist Association a few years ago, challenged those in the audience to get over their “mono-maniacal obsession with religion.” She’s right. That needs to happen.
I’m also tired – really tired – of theologians who have an extremely (perhaps I should be kind and use the word “highly”) nuanced understanding of god that in no way resembles the classic, theistic, interventionist god most people think the word “god” describes but which allows them to dismiss atheists and secular humanists as having created a “straw man” god. By stretching the word “god” over something it was never intended to mean, and does not mean to the average person on the street, clergy let those sitting in the pews before them reassure themselves that “the minister still believes in God.” Clergy continue to refuse to bear responsibility to their people for having themselves dissected and dismissed, decades ago, the theistic, interventionist god they now label a straw man. They swagger with the superiority of their educated understanding of “god” and scoff at the simplistic arguments atheists and secular humanists provide them. It’s the vicious refrain heard in the kindergarten playground, “You’re stupid!” “No! You’re stupid!” “No! You’re stupid!” And on and on it goes.
Over the past five years, because I began to use the term “atheist” to describe my beliefs, I’ve been dismissed and maligned by many of my colleagues for openly condemning the god called “God”, that supernatural, capriciously interventionist god of the Abrahamic religions. On social media, one colleague stated that he would be fine if I was an “a-theist” but that I wasn’t; I was an “atheist” and so should be stripped of my credentials. In my opinion, the only difference between “a-theist” and “atheist” is bigotry, the former an enlightened theological position, the latter suffering the accretions of caricature after caricature, all of them worthy of hatred. Since my colleague had never had a conversation with me about what I do believe, his was an intransigent, ignorant bigotry, the worst kind.
The new Moderator of The United Church of Canada, Richard Bott, prior to his becoming moderator, conducted a highly skewed “survey”[i] in order to determine if the claim (purported to be mine) – that over half of UCC clergy were nontheists – was accurate. The Vancouver Sun was eager to report that I was wrong by 35-40 percentage points. Bott’s survey supposedly proved that 95% of clergy believed in God. Which looks like a sound finding until you remind yourself that there was no definition of god provided; every one of those 95 percentage points potentially represented a totally unique understanding of what the word “god” meant. In fact, two-thirds of respondents, who were mostly Bott’s Facebook followers, eschewed one or the other or both of a traditional god’s attributes – being supernatural or interventionist – either of which could be used to identify one as a nontheist. Less than 1% went out of their way to say that god was trinitarian, the doctrine against which I was being tested for orthodoxy at the time. The 95% result, hailed as proof that I was wrong, meant only that 95% of respondents could comfortably come up with a definition of god that personally suits them, but that may not have any of the characteristics or attributes of what most people on the planet think someone means when they use the word “god”. Even I can do that.
The United Church of Canada, the church I grew up in and which trained me, has been the most progressive Christian church in the world, in my opinion. Over the past sixty or more years, it has applied the tools of critical inquiry to the stuff of religion and much of that stuff has fallen away as a result. It has, to its detriment, however, continued to converse in language that is archaic, arguing, as most mainline Protestant denominations do, that all we need to do is teach our people that we no longer mean what those words meant in the past. Doing that, however, led to a serious falling away of members and an inexorable decline in church membership. And no, those who left did not flee to more conservative churches; those churches have declined right alongside the UCC. They left because the UCC invited them to think deeply about the Christian story. In doing so, they thought or read or talked their way beyond the doctrines of the past. Still, the church seemed wedded to the past, demanding that all, regardless of their belief or lack of it, continue to “worship” in the traditional language of Christianity. Many simply got sick of the dissembling and left. With nowhere else to go. They simply left.
So now we get to my concerns and why I stay in the church and do the work I do. Because, unfortunately, socially conscious civic engagement is positively correlated with church participation. Those who go to church and grow strong social bonds there have a higher subjective well-being; they are more likely to volunteer in the wider community, to donate philanthropically, and to vote than those who do not. The last generation to remain in the pews, the last “Christian” generation in Canada, is now in the last decade or so of life. As it draws closer and closer to death’s portal, our communities and country will suffer significantly from the loss of a level of civic engagement we have taken for granted. We have not recognized the importance of church engagement to the social values we share. Already, CanadaHelps, an online portal for charitable donations, reports a significant loss of support and predicts that small charities being adversely affected may not survive. Our largest repository of social capital has been the church. The Canada that will continue on beyond the demise of its largest and most socially active denomination, The United Church of Canada, will be a much different country than we now know.
It isn’t the doctrinal beliefs or the personal piety that drives the subjective well-being of those who attend church regularly. It is the power realized when people fall in love with being together, as previous generations of church-goers did. We need to find ways to create communities that exist without the traditional beliefs and language of Christianity and other theistic religions. And we need to recreate the conditions that allowed people to experience the joy of being together in rich, values focused communities. That is the enduring gift that religious participation provided. We need to distill that gift and provide it without the trappings of religious belief.
So that’s why we’re having this conversation. I love the selflessness of my country and I want to see it strengthened, not watch it disappear. Finding ways to engage those beyond belief in communities of resilience is my passion. I haven’t figured it all out, but I know that making that little bit of difference now, before the UCC and other progressive religious communities dwindle and die, we may be able to stave off the dragons of sheer corporatism and social isolation that trends suggest may be our future. I believe that those of us skilled in creating and sustaining values-based communities – many of us nurtured in the church – have much to offer. We will welcome a future beyond the beliefs that divide but we must work to ensure that future is rich in social capital and so, too, in compassion and the social responsibility that engenders it.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Gretta.
[i] Bott’s survey was initially introduced exclusively to his own Facebook fans; my name was used in its introduction and very likely prejudiced the responses provided; in an attempt to get a less-skewed result, Bott subsequently sent it to presbyteries across the country, many of which refused to forward it to clergy without permission to do so; the end result of the survey’s process meant that it had almost no statistical validity.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/13
Mandisa Thomas is the Founder of Black Nonbelievers, Inc (Twitter & Facebook). One of the, if not the, largest organization for African-American or black nonbelievers or atheists in America.
The organization is intended to give secular fellowship, provide nurturance and support for nonbelievers, encourage a sense of pride in irreligion, and promote charity in the non-religious community.
I reached out to begin an educational series with one of the, and again if not the, most prominent African-American woman nonbeliever grassroots activists in the United States. Here, we talk about secular people in politics.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: The new year is in; we’re looking at new media, new exposure, and new interest.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What have been some notable stories of secular people in office? What is important in terms of civil and social rights?
Mandisa Thomas: I will start with the second question first. The importance of secular individuals in politicals is knowing that they will put the rights of the people, regardless of their religious beliefs or background, over their own personal views.
People who are secular will be inclusive of those who are LGTBQ and marginalized. There will be, usually, reproductive rights of everyone respected. It won’t focus on one particular group.
Secular doesn’t mean explicitly non-religious. But having a secular background or perspective, it means that you are not putting your dogma into that; that you’re not abiding by any set of rules or policies that will favor one over the rest of your constituency. There is one notable story out of Athens, Georgia.
One black woman was sworn into public office. She turned down the oath on the Bible. But she opted to swear on the copy of the biography of Malcolm X. While he identified as a Muslim, he is one of my heroes. Near the end of his life, he fought for the rights of blacks and individuals regardless of their religious background.
I think that is a very appropriate book to have taken an oath on.
Jacobsen: Why did Malcolm X have a change of heart towards the secular?
Thomas: Malcolm X had a change of attitude towards the Nation of Islam once he had a separation from the Honorable Elijah Mohammed. His parents were the followers of Marcus Garvey. He was notable for the Back-to-Africa liberation movement. It was so eclectic with his background.
He engaged people of so many different backgrounds. To me, that is a person who championed people first. He began to understand. He was not an educated man but an informed man; he was an informed individual.
He made sure to keep his ear to the ground – to so speak. He had a shift in position when he realized that he had a really powerful voice and was really powerful when he found out he was able to connect with leaders and the black community.
It was something that he was doing with the Nation of Islam, but was better able to do this when he stepped away.
Jacobsen: Are there any other notable cases of those who have entered political office who are secular, or even trends of the same?
Thomas: Yes, you have Senator Ernie Chambers. He is in Arizona. You have Juan Mendez and Anita Colon, who are people of color. There was also an atheist elected to office in the Nebraska area. I do not recall the name.
Those are some notable people. I think former representative Barnie Frank was or is an atheist. I do not think he disclosed this while in office. But he did an openly secular campaign interview, once he was out of office. He then let his secular background or perspective be known.
These are some on the books in the states in the US where it is illegal to be an atheist and in office. It is dangerous and detrimental. Hopefully, in the future, these laws can be overturned.
I think that religious privilege needs to go away in public office and in politics, particularly in the United States.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.
Thomas: Thank you very much.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/13
Ryan Boone is the Assistant State Director of American Atheists Southwest Virginia. Here we talk about his early life, work, and views in moderate depth.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you? Did religion play a role in it?
Ryan Boone: I grew up with divorced parents and five siblings. Sometimes it was difficult due to the custody arrangements. At my dad’s, we went to church regularly, though not always at the same church.
Some weeks we were Presbyterian, others we were Baptist or Methodist. For the most part, I went to a United Methodist Church with my grandma. At my mom’s, we went to Vacation Bible School at the local Baptist church.
In fact, I still have the gray bible that I received as an award at the end of one summer. After VBS that summer, I talked to the pastor about getting baptized; it was a big deal.
I sat down and actually read the Bible, Old and New Testament, in an effort to better understand what I was getting myself into. It was this attempt at becoming a better Christian that caused me to give up on Christianity and start questioning religions and God’s existence.
Jacobsen: If you reflect on pivotal people within the community relevant to personal philosophical development, who were they for you?
Boone: I started my journey into atheism in early 2001 and became completely convinced that no benevolent god existed on September 11th of that year. It was another decade before I had any idea that there was a broader atheist community.
I mean, I grew up in rural southwestern Virginia and moved to Alabama for college, so it just wasn’t something that was talked about. Many conversations with strangers turned to “What church do you go to?” relatively quickly.
Once I finally found my way to the larger community, I read extensively the works of Hitchens, Dawkins, and Harris, but at that point I was just reinforcing my current philosophies and understanding of the arguments. It was Reason Rally 2016 that gave me insight into people and ideas that would go on to shape my current philosophies.
Three speaker in particular from Reason Rally stick with me: David Silverman, Larry Decker, and Bill Nye. Outside of the person David Silverman seems by all accounts to be, the idea of labelling yourself as “atheist” as a form of firebrand atheism is core to my approach to activism.
I make a point to identify myself as “atheist” before I use terms like “secular” or “freethinker”. My car is covered in atheist bumper stickers, my license plate reads “4TH3IST”, and I introduce myself as an out and proud atheist because it will make that introduction a little easier for the person that does it after me.
Larry Decker really epitomizes the ideal that Secular Values are American Values. It’s something we strive for every day in our activism, to equate American Values and Secular Values: Freedom, Inclusion, Equality, and Knowledge.
Secular Values are a strong basis to drive decision making in all situations. Bill Nye spoke eloquently on the importance of basing our decisions and approaches to solving problems in the facts, but he also implied that we need to take an “Everything All at Once” approach to solving our problems.
By employing all our tools and resources to solve the problems we face from all sides, we can, as he puts it, Change the World.
Jacobsen: What about literature and film, and other artistic and humanities productions, of influence on personal philosophical worldview?
Boone: In my free time, I do my best to absorb as much as I can from popular scientific works. Books like The Greatest Show on Earth, A Universe from Nothing, and The Elegant Universe have informed my understanding that the workings of the natural world are vastly more interesting and hold a greater explanatory value than any religious text.
The more we learn and understand about the world, the more two things happen: God shrinks and the mysteries of the universe grow.
In regards to my interactions with others, I take a lot from the debate style of Matt Dillahunty and the epistemological approach of Anthony Magnabosco detailed in the book A Guide for Creating Atheists. Public discourse is an art, and I’m still honing my skills.
Jacobsen: How did you come to find the wider borderless online world of non-religious people?
Boone: My introduction to the broader online community really came from listening to popular atheist podcasts. It seems like every non-believer has a podcast or YouTube channel, you know?
I started out listening to “Cognitive Dissonance” and “The Scathing Atheist” because they tapped into the more primal feelings I had about religion. They took the anger we all bottle up about religion and the ill it does in the world and poured it out with the appropriate amount of ridicule.
Those shows introduced me to “The Thinking Atheist” and “The Atheist Experience”. It was through the thriving online communities that both of these shows have created that I found my way to the broader online community.
I’ve met so many wonderful people through social media and the in person activism that I’ve participated.
Jacobsen: How did this lead to American Atheist Virginia?
Boone: I found out about Reason Rally 2016 through “The Thinking Atheist Fanpage” on Facebook.
Secular Coalition for America hosted two days of lobbying before the rally where I got a chance to first taste the thrill of setting up a meeting with my congressional representative and lobby for issues I believed in. After this initial experience, I signed up to volunteer and lobby during SCA’s Lobby Day in 2017.
I worked closely with Sarah Levin and Casey Brescia as a social media volunteer and made a number of connections. One connection was with Samantha McGuire, a Regional Director for American Atheists.
Over the next year, through volunteering and activism, I got to work with some truly amazing people. I came on as an Assistant State Director in the autumn of 2018 after Samantha reached out to me on behalf of Virginia American Atheists.
Jacobsen: Within the current position as the Assistant State Director for American Atheist Virginia, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Boone: The position of Assistant State Director is a volunteer position with Virginia American Atheists that is designed to serve local regions within individual states.
The area I currently serve is rural Smyth County, Virginia, and surrounding areas. My responsibilities center around supporting local groups and monitoring church-state separations issues in local government.
Assistant State Directors act as liaisons between local secular groups and American Atheists, providing support, training, and guidance as well as access to American Atheist’s resources such as toolkits for activism, training materials, and the speakers bureau.
The mission of all this is to grow local groups into fully functioning entities who implement the ACES program developed by Jim Helton, founder of Tri-State Freethinkers and National Field Organizer for American Atheists.
The ACES program will help these groups to participate in grassroots activism, provide service to their local communities, educate their membership, and provide a safe social space for them to interact. The goal of the position is to help local groups be successful communities.
Jacobsen: What are some of the provisions for the community there? How does this manifest in the online sphere as well?
Boone: You can really boil the community philosophy down to one overarching goal of equality. You can tie most, if not all, of our activism to equality.
Work on the Johnson Amendment (a provision banning non-profits in the United States from participating in partisan politics) is to maintain equality for religious and non-religious non-profit organizations.
Activism around LGBTQ+ and reproductive rights for women are essentially to maintain equality for everyone regardless of their gender or sexual orientation.
Within our communities we strive to champion equality because it ensures everyone is treated fairly and given the same opportunities for success as anyone else.
Everyone has an equal right to a community free from harassment of any kind, free from discrimination based on age, gender, orientation or other protected status that differentiates us, and free from the arbitrary obstacles and stigma that are placed on communities by and for religious organizations and dogmas.
In the online sphere, this goal of equality lends itself to the diverse and robust voices that participate in our conversations. It also gives a fair basis for which to police our communities for harassment and discrimination. Those infractions that impede on the equal rights of others are the easiest to identify.
Jacobsen: What unique issues for secularism face the Virginian atheists? In particular, how do some of these reflect the larger national issues?
Boone: The two big things that come to mind right off are sex education in public schools and access to medical aid-in-dying (MAID) in Virginia. at the end of last year, after a lengthy process of study and public comment, the Virginia Joint Commission on Health Care (JCHC) voted no on putting forward legislation that would support MAID.
Individuals from secular groups, including State Director for Virginia American Atheists Larry Mendoza, were a part of the committee tasked with preparing the report on this issue for the first time in 2018.
Because of this participation, a coalition of secular voices were included in the final report that was presented to the JCHC.
During the public comment period, secular groups around the state encouraged their members to submit public comments in favor of the legislation.
Unfortunately, the religious right was able to rally huge numbers to voice their opposition, and in the end, no legislation was put forward in support of MAID.
Work on this issue is continuing in Virginia in conjunction with the efforts of Compassion and Choices, a national non-profit that lobbies on behalf of this issue.
In 2019, one of our main focuses as Assistant State Directors is to gather information and to develop plans for activism surrounding comprehensive, medically accurate sex education in our public schools across the state.
Law requires input from the community in the structuring of family life curricula in Virginia. In particular, committees are required to have members of the faith community involved.
Our goal is to get concerned secular parents and activists involved in the conversations surrounding sex education and on those committees. If we can start to move the needle on these issues locally, then the work to affect real change statewide and nationwide will be much easier.
Jacobsen: How can secular American citizens create an environment more conducive and welcoming to secular women, secular youth, secular people of color, and work to reduce the incidences of ill-treatment of some – in particular, the recent cases of women – within the community?
Boone: This is a big problem within any community that has no simple solution. Even with our commitment to equality and reason, the secular community is far from immune to transgressions against already at risk segments of our community.
I can start by saying that the most effective tool the secular community has in solving the problem is our incredibly diverse chorus of voices. It is a part of why I am sometimes hesitant, as a white male, to propose my solutions to these problems.
While it is imperative that white men participate in solving these issues, we have to be willing to step back from our privileged positions and share our platforms with others with differing perspectives.
We have to recognize two key things in order to reduce the incidences of abuse in our communities: anyone can be a perpetrator no matter how important their philosophies may be and we have an obligation to report and hold these people accountable when they do wrong.
I believe we are making some progress on these issues, but we have a long way to go. The social consequences suffered by people of note like David Silverman and Lawrence Krauss are a start, but we can’t find ourselves protecting anyone just because their ideas mean a lot to the community.
We have to prove to those who are harmed that they are the ones we truly care about. That said, we are poised to be the most welcoming community for women, youth, and people of color because the secular community exists without judgmental and oppressive dogmas or hierarchical structures. We strive for secular values, the primary of which is equality.
A primary problem with welcoming women, people of color, and people of differing backgrounds into the broader community is the lack or representation among leadership for so many who are seeking a community to call home.
There are a variety of options in the secular community like Black Non-Believers and Ex-Muslims of North America for people to find community, but we need to ensure that we are welcoming everyone into all our spaces. There was an opportunity recently to make a radical shift in leadership at American Atheists with the replacement of the former President.
I don’t question the appointment of Nick Fish on merit, but I feel the organization could have made a bold move in a new direction had they considered and chosen Mandisa Thomas, founder of Black Non-Believers, instead.
I don’t know the reasoning behind the choices that were made, and I’m sure that American Atheists will move in a positive direction. I just feel this may have been a missed opportunity to bring in someone with a voice and ideas that are unlike those that have traditionally been at the helm.
It is so important when trying to build a community that the faces who are joining see themselves mirrored in those who represent the community day in and day out.
Along with making our community leadership increasingly diverse and representative, we have to figure out the WIIFM (What’s In It For Me) for the next generation. Properly packaging the benefits of a strong community and demonstrating the real change we are making will help us to survive.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Ryan.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/12
Tim Ward is the Assistant State Director of American Atheists Oklahoma. Here we talk about some early influence of religion, and his views and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you? Did religion play a role in it?
Tim Ward: My early life was nothing spectacular. I came from a single parent home. My mother provided every opportunity that she could, and my father helped as much as he could as well.
Nothing was ever really handed to me and I learned from that whether I liked it at the time or not. My memories of my childhood fortunately are a lot of positive memories of places and people.
Religion was such a small part of my childhood. I did attend a Lutheran church and was an acolyte. Other than that short period of time, not including funerals or prayer at family functions during holidays, religion really didn’t play much of a part in my life.
Jacobsen: If you reflect on pivotal people within the community relevant to personal philosophical development, who were they for you?
Ward: Over the years as I’ve developed with of course the usual people Dawkins, Dennett, Hitchens, and Harris. David Mills and later David Silverman as well. I know these are all cliché so if you have any others that I should read by all means I’m open to recommendations.
In reality however the more influential people were religious. One of them being a Dominican priest now. I always had reservations about a god and during many conversations despite their best efforts I found myself arguing on the side of atheism.
I think one of the last conversations we had was what’s the difference between the god of today and Zeus. This was really the major argument that brought me to this point.
I spent another 3 months of my life researching anything I could get my hands on trying to justify a god in any form. We can obviously see where that ended up.
Jacobsen: What about literature and film, and other artistic and humanities productions, of influence on personal philosophical worldview?
Ward: I’ve read the usual books like The God Delusion, God is Not Great, and Letter to a Christian Nation. I’ve watched Religulous. I actually try to avoid watching or reading things that confirm my beliefs though.
I believe only reading, chat rooms, and shows that only confirm what you believe is counter productive. I like to view the other side. Talk with people that have views that differ from my own no matter how painful it may be at times.
God is not Dead and God Friended Me for examples were to put it nicely painful to watch. Living in the bible belt gives me plenty of opportunities to challenge my views.
Jacobsen: How did you come to find the wider borderless online world of non-religious people?
Ward: I was home one night and typed a question into google. That lead me to typing Atheist into Facebook. To my amazement I discovered that I wasn’t alone.
I was suddenly talking to people that thought like I did. Having discussions about issues and arguments with people who’s only defense was a book I could use against them.
It was like seeing the world with new eyes. I was making connections with people in my own city, state, and then around the world. I was given an opportunity to exchange ideas and expand on what I had learned. I still cherish that night to this day actually.
I was up till sunrise the next day. It wasn’t bashing the religious people but being able to talk with others that had the same ideas along the lines of atheism and being inclusive of all people no matter what their beliefs were.
Those discussions really helped me refine my beliefs and attitudes. It changed me for the better I believe. There are a lot of people in the online world that I owe a debt of gratitude.
Jacobsen: How did this lead to American Atheist Oklahoma?
Ward: I had never really reached out to the Atheist community prior to moving to Oklahoma. I looked up Atheists on Google and found American Atheists and discovered the local group from there.
Long story short, I broke my leg and had some time on my hands. I went to a local board meeting. Then another. I had done some environmental work years ago and had some ideas that I thought the local group would like. Then another meeting to see Jim Helton speak.
He talked about ideas that I wanted to talk with the chapter president about. I went to the next chapter meeting where they voted me in as a member of the board and I voiced my ideas. They liked them for the most part.
The American Atheist convention happen to be in OKC that year and I think a month later Jim emailed saying he wanted to talk with me and later offered me the assistant state director position. I’m guessing the local chapter president recommended me for the position.
Jacobsen: Within the current position as the Assistant State Director for American Atheist Oklahoma, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Ward: The broad directive I was given was to build up the local community. This obviously gives me a lot of leeway which I believe to be a great benefit to anyone who takes this position.
It gives me the opportunity to make it my own. I always try to put a positive light on atheism to the general public incorporating ideas of fairness and equality. The reality is that the public really has no idea what an atheist is and what we believe.
I’m also the community service chair for the local Oklahoma Atheist group (AOK) so I like to incorporate that into the things I do as well. AOK does community service work for example with the local food bank and I include a charity drive for local groups.
For example, during national immunization awareness month in August we held an immunization drive. I try to focus a specific drive to the awareness month it is associated with for greater impact.
Along with that I also dedicate time to encourage members to be active. I don’t want to just talk a lot I want to lead by example. I try to stay involved with issues that concern our members.
I have always asked members if they have issues that they feel are separation of church and state to tell me about it and I will take it on and do what I can for them. There have been several issues with schools that I have been able to take care of such as churches sending flyers home.
11 school districts have changed their policies thanks to members speaking out. Because of those issues, 270 letters were sent out to school advising them of legal issues involving holiday displays and offering American Atheist as a resource to make sure they stayed within the law as well as being fair and equal to all of their students.
With that came teachers asking for help on issues they had so I have had the privilege of being a voice for atheists that have to fear for their jobs if they speak out.
Aside from those things I watch legislation on the state level that cross the line of church and state. I have been able to talk with groups and state legislators about opposing abortion laws and an education bill that would allow teachers to teach creationism because they don’t agree with evolution.
Issues that affect the LGBTQ community or women’s health are always on my radar. I’m working with a couple local cities to get proclamations for the day of reason and the local election board to move the polling locations from churches to more secular locations.
My number one duty is always to our local atheist community. The issues that they feel are important are the things I will tackle.
Jacobsen: What are some of the provisions for the community there? How does this manifest in the online sphere as well?
Ward: We had a solid social community prior to my arrival. In a state like Oklahoma where there is a stigma associated with atheism the community and support network are second to none.
There are Facebook groups and we utilize the Meetup app as well. While there are of course the online spats that are settled in a kind fashion. When there are issues the community pulls together in a great way.
Jacobsen: What unique issues for secularism face the Oklahoman atheists? What specific inclusivity issues face atheists in Oklahoma? In particular, how do some of these reflect the larger national issues?
Ward: I don’t believe we face any issues that are unique. Some are more intense than other places. I’m reminded of a meme that shows 2 closets I found during Pride. One closet is labeled gay and the other atheist.
The gay closet is empty while the atheist closet shows a pair of eyes with a scared look starring out. We have members in the local group that can’t be seen in pics during events because they could lose their jobs simply because they would be associated with atheists.
It makes me sick because these are some wonderful people. This reflects on issues of equality. Reducing people to a second-class citizen based solely because of disbelief in a deity should not be tolerated.
Jacobsen: How can secular American citizens create an environment more conducive and welcoming to secular women, secular youth, secular people of color, secular poor people, and secular people with formal education less than or equal to – but not higher than – a high school education, as well as work to reduce and eventually eliminate the incidences of ill-treatment of some – in particular, the recent cases of women – within the community?
Ward: This is probably the easiest question to answer with a single word, support. Support these people. Be there for these people.
Don’t assume that someone else is doing it because the other person may be thinking the same thing and suddenly there’s no support and that’s where the problem starts. Be the person who is there and if there are two people there already be there as well.
This drives me insane. Our community is better than the ideals of the past century. Bias based on sex, color of a person’s skin, education, should be a relic of a best forgotten age. Reach out to these people.
They may not want to be out to the world but show them they are not alone. If they need a voice, then be that voice. If you don’t want to be that voice then contact me, I’ll be that voice for them. Silence is our worst enemy.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Tim.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/11
Donald Lacey is the State Director of American Atheists Arizona. Here we talk about his early life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you? Did religion play a role in it?
Donald Lacey: My earliest memories began in 1957 when I was almost 5 years of age. We were an Air Force family living in Denver. My father was a Staff Sergeant and my mother didn’t work.
We lived in a small rented house near Lowry AFB. I had a sister that was a couple of years younger and it was at this time that religion started playing a role in my life.
Our family recently converted to Catholicism. I can almost remember my baptism. Being true to the Catholic precepts, my parents stopped using birth control.
Thus, my youngest sister was a surprise in February 1958 and the end of my father’s religious adherence to the rules of Catholicism. My mother stayed with it, but my father stopped going to church all together.
I was raised Catholic by my mother. Blind belief in the religious teachings did not last long. I began questioning before my first communion when I was introduced to the Baltimore Catechism.
Q: Who made the world?
A: God made the world.
Q: Who is God?
A: God is the Creator of heaven and earth, and of all things.
Q: What is man?
A: Man is a creature composed of body and soul, and made to the image and likeness of God.
Q: Why did God make you?
A: God made me to know Him, to love Him, and to serve Him in this world, and to be happy with Him, hope in Him, and love Him with all our heart.
First, the questions were of little interest to a 6-year-old, but mostly, the answers were illogical and unsupported by anything in my experience. Asking other questions were not allowed by the nun teaching the lessons.
My parents had primed me to fear her. They told me that the nuns could physically discipline me. I had no choice but to remain silent and memorize the prayers.
Religion during my early life represented conflict and forced subjugation to an unreasonable demand that I believe the unbelievable, but it also represented my only interconnection to the world outside my family.
It allowed me to be on my own at times, and I participated in activities such as church choir and being an alter boy. I enjoyed being a Boy Scout and going to church bazaars.
A break in the confusion and turmoil occurred in the fourth grade. I was in Catholic school in Pocatello Idaho. We were learning about the Greeks and their religion.
Their gods lived on a mountain. It occurred to me that if they wanted to prove that their gods were real, all they had to do is climb a mountain.
I couldn’t believe that people who had such an opportunity would blindly follow their religion. I asked Sister Mary Henrietta, “Did the Greeks in fact believe that their gods were real?” She answered, “Yes.”
Then I asked, “In a thousand years, how are people going to take the things that we’re taught to believe in?” The question died in the air with no answer, but I knew then that we were destined to outgrow superstitious beliefs.
I came out to my parents as a non-believer in 1968, as a freshman in high school, at the age of 14. It was clear to me that going to CCD classes was a waste of time and I didn’t believe in anything that the church had to offer.
This is when I had my one and only discussion with my father about religion. He told me that I was an Agnostic. The word sounded good and by his understanding of the word, it seemed to fit my situation.
I didn’t believe but I wasn’t saying that there was no God. My feelings haven’t changed. I still don’t make the claim that there is no God or gods but now, I know that means that I’m an Agnostic Atheist.
Jacobsen: If you reflect on pivotal people within the community relevant to personal philosophical development, who were they for you?
Lacey: My philosophy grew out of interactions with many individuals and I was not coerced into not believing in God or gods. My father did not push his non-belief on me.
Whether it was because of idealistic principles or to maintain a harmonious relationship with my very Catholic mother, is not certain.
I never saw him get into a religious discussion with anyone but through him, I understood that one could be a non-believer and still be accepted by his friends, his coworkers, and his bosses.
I found the influential members of the community only after I had decided to become a non-believer but like my father, it really didn’t define me during my working years.
I didn’t get into many religious discussions and the people around me never knew where I stood regarding religious belief. My current activity in the community came after I had made the decision to retire.
First, I found people in the Skeptical community. I became interested in James Randi and Michael Shermer. I particularly liked them because they were striking at the heart of the issue—people believe in dumb stuff!
James Randi attacked superstition, not just religious belief and Michael Shermer made a career out of figuring out why people have irrational beliefs.
I found the influential Atheists through my association with the Skeptical Community. They were not “pivotal” in that I was already a non-believer. They were, however, people within a larger community.
I mostly agreed with their ideas and I tried to learn from their experience. Their existence is evidence for a large, often unseen, community of freethinkers and it beneficial just knowing that.
The people I consider influential:
- James Randi
- Michael Shermer
- Richard Dawkins
- Sam Harris
- Peter Boghossian
- Margaret Downey
- Ellen Johnson
There are many more, but these are the ones that come to mind immediately.
James Randi and Michael Shermer, as I mentioned, are influential in the popularization of Skepticism.
Richard Dawkins and Sam Harris brought the idea of questioning the universal appeal of religion through their writings. The God Delusion by Richard Dawkins and Letters to a Christian Nation by Sam Harris.
Peter Boghossian in his book, A Manual for Creating Atheists, shows how people are best convinced through Socratic questions about personal beliefs.
Margaret Downey were pivotal in bringing together their Atheist organizations while they were in charge ending years of needless competition in the community.
Jacobsen: What about literature and film, and other artistic and humanities productions, of influence on personal philosophical worldview?
Lacey: I rarely read, and I enjoy films for mainly entertainment. I do however listen to many podcasts on religion, science and technology. I also enjoy podcasts with historical content and politics.
Jacobsen: How did you come to find the wider borderless online world of non-religious people?
Lacey: Online I’m still presented with limitations such and language and customs. I’m met international members of the community during conferences and community themed cruises.
However, I’ve only met a few. I’m aware of the plight of people around the world facing difficulty due to being a member of the freethinking community, but my main concerns and activism revolve around the people in this country, the state of Arizona, and the city of Tucson.
Jacobsen: How did this lead to American Atheist Arizona?
Lacey: When I made my commitment to retire from work, I decided to dedicate more time to the freethinking community. My first involvement was a cruise with the JREF (James Randi Education Foundation). They called the cruise “Escape from the Bermuda Triangle.”
After that cruise, I started attending conferences hosted by JREF and the American Atheists. Once the American Atheists and the AAI (Atheist Alliance International) stopped their competition, I started attending the AAI conferences.
The American Atheists State Director for Arizona expressed interest in stepping down and I applied to fill his position. That was in 2007.
Jacobsen: Within the current position as the State Director for American Atheist Arizona, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Lacey: Until very recently, the job of the state director was up the person in the position. Now, we have a National Field Organizer, Jim Helton, who is providing more guidance. He has a program his calls “ACES” which stands for “Activism, Community Service, Education, and Social.” Activism included direct political engagement.
Community Service works on the negative perception through charitable acts. Education aims at addressing the misconceptions held by many. Social provides the support that many people lose when leaving religious communities.
I also “answer the mail” and address the concerns of people in Arizona that could use my help and the help of the national organization. Sometimes the concerns are about discrimination.
Sometimes people object to a religious organization operating in the public schools to proselytize to the students. Each situation requires a different approach. In most cases, a letter on the organization’s stationery is all that is required.
Jacobsen: What are some of the provisions for the community there? How does this manifest in the online sphere as well?
Lacey: I’m associated with American Atheists. I’m also the coordinator for the Tucson Atheists Meetup.com Group and helped create the (SC4AZ) Secular Coalition for Arizona. The SC4AZ has its own secular lobbyist and works with 17 other freethought organizations in the state.
It fights to maintain the separation of church and state. The Meetup.com group is primarily a social support organization, but it contains a sub-group called TACO (Tucson Atheists Community Outreach).
Its charter is to provide charitable community service for Tucson. We also work with the group FreeThought Arizona which hosts notable speakers monthly. Each of the mentioned groups has an online presence.
Jacobsen: What unique issues for secularism face Arizonan atheists? What specific inclusivity issues face atheists in Arizona? In particular, how do some of these reflect the larger national issues?
Lacey: Arizona has a severe challenge. Our legislature is cowed by an organization called The CAP (Center for Arizona Policy)—a deeply religious organization. CAP has lobbied for many legislative challenges to the separation of church and state.
Until the SC4AZ came on the scene, the organization was unopposed in its efforts. It often bragged about the number of CAP sponsored bills were passed each year. We are doing better now but it wasn’t long ago that the gains made by CAP made national news.
Jacobsen: How can secular American citizens create an environment more conducive and welcoming to secular women, secular youth, secular people of color, secular poor people, and secular people with formal education less than or equal to – but not higher than – a high school education?
Lacey: Here in Arizona we have as many secular women involved as secular men, particularly in leadership positions. For example, in the Tucson Atheists 60% of the leadership team are women. In Phoenix over 50% of the leadership team are women.
The environment created by the community does not limit the participation by women, youth, people of color, secular poor people, and the less educated people. There are obstacles, but they exist outside the freethinking organizations.
For example, I recognize that families with kids are under represented in my Tucson Atheists community. Organizers have created events conducive and welcoming to families, but the events are not well attended.
It is reasonable to assume that families have other, more pressing priorities. Young people and retired people are over represented. Perhaps the young people and retired people have more time to devote to such causes.
Jacobsen: How can the secular community not only direct attention to ill-treatment of religious followers by fundamentalist religious leaders but also work to reduce and eventually eliminate the incidences of ill-treatment of some – in particular, the recent cases of women – within the secular community?
Lacey: The secular community is not in any position to change what happens inside religious institutions and I’m not personally aware of any women that have been ill treated within the secular community.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Donald.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/10
Doug Thomas is the President of Secular Connexion Séculière. Here we talk about some background and views of Thomas.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you?
Doug Thomas: Early life was very good for me. My parents were comfortable middle class Canadians, although we moved around quite a bit since my father was a banker and was moved every time he was promoted.
My mother was a primary and sometimes elementary school teacher so education was always a priority. They were of the generation that could have gone on to university, but had to start working because of the depression and the war.
I am the third of three sons and born just after WWII so I benefited from some luxuries that my older brothers did not get. There are more pictures of me as a child than there are of them because film was hard to get when they were younger.
Jacobsen: Did religion or faith play a role in early life?
Thomas: My parents were what I would call practicing Christians. They focused on the morals and ethics that they received from their religion, not on the scriptures or rites. Dad was an Anglican and Mom was Presbyterian.
They compromised when they were married by going to the United Church. Anyone who has studied Anglican and Presbyterian theology will tell you that is not really a compromise, but a move in another direction.
The point is that, for them, it wasn’t important since they perceived the moral and ethical values as the same. I grew up in a series of small towns and villages ranging in population from about 500 to 2,500 with enough churches that they could have shared eaves troughs.
Everyone was “Canadian religious.” They went to different churches, but worked together for community. A memorable example was the Orange Day (Irish Protestant) parade in one community. They wanted a white horse for the “king” to ride.
The only one available belonged to a Roman Catholic and it would not be ridden by anyone, but its owner who donned the costume and rode in the Protestant parade. In a small town, a parade is a parade.
As soon as I learned something about scientific method and about historical research in high school, I started to move away from religion since I no longer believed in it. Fortunately, I moved away to go to university at about the same time that I became thoroughly agnostic. My parents were OK with this as long as they felt I was still moral and ethical.
Then I discovered that there were other agnostics and atheists in the world and that agnostic/atheist girls washed their hair on Saturday night as often as Christian girls do.
Jacobsen: Through the Secular Connexion Séculière, what have been some successes in advocacy for atheists in 2018? What have been some successes for secularism in 2018?
Thomas: Successes in advocacy or, in SCS’ case, lobbying have been small, but important. Through the year, we have been able to develop some alliances in the federal cabinet and with some MPs. These will be useful when Parliamentary committees are looking for witnesses for
hearings on subjects we are interested.
Section 296 of the Criminal Code of Canada (CCOC) has been removed after the Senate dragged its feet in passing the legislation to eliminate archaic sections of the CCOC. I must point out that the removal is the result of efforts by all three national secular groups (HC, CFI, and SCS) as well as efforts by many local groups and individuals.
In fact, this is a very good example of the incremental progress I am talking about. The 296 success is the result of many letters, meetings, comments all taking many hours on the part of many individuals. All this to make one small change in the CCOC that most humanist regard as an obvious one.
Jacobsen: How have religious fundamentalists tended to take advantage of privileges exclusively bound to religious identity throughout Canadian history?
Thomas: This has been pretty much “same old, same old.” The income tax act, particularly the rules for charitable status has remained the same so churches can still be charities simply on the strength of promoting their own religion without any commitment to community service.
In contrast, secular humanist charities must commit to community services and provide evidence that they have carried these out. The disparity on building fund rules continue – churches can have one automatically while secular humanist groups have to apply on a case by case basis.
All churches, fundamentalist or otherwise, bask in the assumption that their ideas and culture are the norm and the rest of us are the kooks to be tolerated at best and often attacked and even ridiculed. Since they are Canadian they are polite about it, but the patronizing tone shines through when they “allow us to be here” as if they have or should have the authority to say so.
Jacobsen: In those atheist and secular wins within the country, not as superiority but simply equality with the religious, what have been the fundamentalist religious interpretations, or rather misinterpretations, and, subsequently, mobilization of, typically, conservative sectors of Canadian society against those wins?
Thomas: Although the replacement of the Lord’s Prayer with a moment of silence (a moment of sleep for adolescents) in school opening ceremonies happened years ago, fundamentalist Christians still claim that they are denied the right to pray in schools. Of course, they can do so during the moment of silence.
The big backlash in Ontario has been the election of the Conservative government with solid support from the religious right who want control of the education system. They particularly supported the government’s return to the 1998 sex education curriculum.
This removes the information about homosexual and transsexual people as well as the information about the dangers of social media. Fortunately, most Ontarians see the problem with this and have put pressure on the Ford government to restore these vital pieces of information to the curriculum.
The same people tend to be climate change deniers or at least human responsibility deniers who pressured the Ford government to reverse any progress that has been made toward reducing greenhouse gasses from Ontario.
At one and the same time, the unity of religious groups is a problem for the rest of us who have to cadge together ad hoc groups to make our point to governments and a lesson we need to learn. If we secular humanists could just get our act together without niggling over infinitesimal detail we would be far more effective in separating church from state in Canada.
Jacobsen: Of the concerns within the nation, what are those? Who leads them? Why those, especially in terms of ramifications for the secular aspects of Canadian society?
Thomas: Systemic discrimination against atheists in Canada is the core problem in our governmental systems. There are laws that discriminate against us about which even or more astute government leaders are unaware or which they choose to ignore.
Social discrimination against atheists is also present in Canada. Beneath the patina of politeness, religious believers and leaders continue to favour people of faith and resist any attempt to change cultural standards.
They still equate non-belief with evil or at least shady behaviour. That is a result of their leaders preaching this nonsense and a result of their lack of interest in reading anything outside their comfortable confirmation prose.
Both of these types of discrimination are a problem for atheists who, at the very least, do not reveal their non-belief for fear of being judged negatively.
A couple of years ago I did an informal survey of university atheists asking them if they would put their membership and leadership in atheist clubs on their resumés as religious students often do regarding religious clubs. The answer was a universal no.
Jacobsen: If you reflect on some of the concerning developments in fundamentalist religions south of the border and its impacts on social and political life here, what trouble you? Who troubles you?
Thomas: The influence on the American election of 2016 by the religious right who managed to elect the least religious president in years because they knew he would continue to seek their vote regardless of responsibility is disturbing.
The justification for separating children from their parents by Jeff Sessions on Biblical grounds is a clear symptom of the damage this has done. However, the most concerning person is Mike Pence.
As Vice President, he is one heartbeat or one impeachment vote from becoming the most powerful rightwing fundamentalist Christian in the world. The damage he could wreak is truly frightening.
All of this has given licence for rightwing fundamentalists to assume they should be in control here and has resulted in the election of the likes of Andrew Scheer who is a closet fundamentalist as leader of the Conservative Party.
The motions at the Conservative policy convention this year have a much more fundamentalist tone than before. I already mentioned the Ontario election, but the same licence is apparent here.
Jacobsen: How has religion been a force for good in history? How has it been a force for evil in history? What have been the remedies for the evil parts and the boons to the good parts?
Thomas: I think there is little doubt that it has been a force for evil far more than a force for good. The whole Christian era in Europe is full of atrocities committed in the name of religion. In the Middle East it has been the root of conflict for a long, long time.
In Canada, the worst atrocities of the Residential School system were perpetrated by the religious operators of the schools. Only the Jewish faith did not participate and that was because they were being maligned, persecuted, and denied influence as much as the indigenous population.
The Muslim world is no better and may seem worse only because their social philosophy is approximately at the stage where Christian social philosophy was in the middle ages.
Religious wars are, by far, the most vicious wars even when in today’s “politically correct” world they are not labelled as such and are not directly blamed on religion in spite of evidence to the contrary.
Wars are irrational and are best supported by irrational movements like religion. Other than some anecdotal stories of comfort for some individuals who have toed the religious line, I cannot think of any net positives for religion in Canada or abroad.
Jacobsen: What are some of the provisions for the community through Secular Connexion Séculière? What are some good targeted campaigns for all secular organizations to work together on in 2019 for the betterment of Canadian society – more fair, just, and equitable for all?
Thomas: SCS intends to continue to do what it has been doing – to work persistently and consistently toward eliminating such legislation as Section 319 (3b). That gives religious people the right write hate literature and deliver hate speeches as long as they support their argument from religious literature.
SCS continues to
raise issues regarding the inequitable requirements for charitable status
in the Income Tax Act. We continue to do this by lobbying the federal government,
its ministers and members of Parliament. This is not dramatic, but is the
only real way to make progress.
SCS has an accommodation project underway that asks school
boards to make two accommodations for atheist children, both of which
would protect their right to freedom from religion.
The first is to play instrumental versions only of O Canada, and the second is to allow students to memorize the non-theist words to O Canada that are published on SCS’ website (http://www.secularconnexion.ca/a-national-anthem-for-everyone/) when they asked to do so as an evaluated assignment.
We are also trying to raise the political awareness and political participation of non-believers across Canada. Writing one’s MP is important, but asking questions about party policies regarding such things as Section 319 (3b) at all candidates’ meetings is also important.
Jacobsen: How can folks become involved with the wider non-religious community and Secular Connexion Séculière in particular, e.g., donations, volunteering time and skills, providing professional networks, and so on?
Thomas: Donations are critical and subscribing to SCS website
and following the issues is just as important. I am sometimes asked why we don’t
have an organization like Freedom From Religion Foundation in Canada. I
have to answer that we do – SCS. At the same time, I assume
that this question contains the concern that no group in
Canada has the high profile that FFRF has.
There are two answers to that. First, FFRF is an American foundation working under the American constitution that has a clear amendment separating church and state and that is regarded as an almost holy document by Americans. The Canadian equivalent is a series of Supreme Court of Canada rulings that guarantee our right to freedom from religion. Hardly ad copy material.
Second, FFRF, perhaps because of the first reason, and also because atheists are confronted more socially in the US by fundamentalists who don’t have the Canadian politeness patina, has more that 30,000 contributing members.
The last time I talked to FFRF’s Dan Barker, he was trying to decide whether to build a new building to accommodate more staff or renovate the present one. He was also about to decide which candidate to hire to fill the third full time lawyer position. My decisions in this realm revolve around whether SCS can afford another trip to Ottawa on my part (Cost- about $600.00).
In other words, Canadian non-believers don’t feel compelled to contribute in anything like the amounts their American counterparts do and our efforts are severely hampered by that lack of contribution.
To see how important that is, remember that human rights in Canada are individual rights. If the school boards we have approached are not ready to make the O Canada accommodations we have asked for then we will have to rely on the parents of an individual student to take a school board to the human rights tribunal in that province. This could involve court cases. This will involve far more support commitment and far more money than we have now.
In addition, our national humanist groups must stop siloing their work. More open communications, more co-operative and coordinated efforts are required to make progress in truly separating church and state in Canada.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Thomas.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/09
Ann Reid became the Executive Director of NCSE in 2014. For 15 years she worked as a research biologist at the Armed Forces Institute of Pathology, where she was responsible for sequencing the 1918 flu virus. She served as a Senior Program Officer at the NRC’s Board on Life Sciences for five years and most recently, as director of the American Academy of Microbiology.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Moving into 2019, what are the main newer concerns about science education for the public?
Ann Reid: In general, the past two years have seen an upsurge in activism around public school funding with teacher strikes in several states. The severe cuts to education funding seem to have reached a point where the general public is realizing that the public school system is in real trouble.
The deep cuts have affected science education too, of course, with low salaries making it impossible to keep science teaching positions filled with qualified people, slashed professional development funding making it difficult to keep current teachers up to date, and decreased budgets leading to larger class sizes and inadequate lab and field supplies.
Thus, in addition to specific concerns about how topics such as climate change and evolution are taught, there are serious systemic concerns about the health of the educational system in general.
Specifically, though, science education advocates are concerned that the extreme stance the current administration has taken on climate change, completely rejecting the clear scientific consensus, will have an impact on how the topic is taught in schools.
Similarly, the sympathetic stance the current Secretary of Education has expressed for “balancing” evolution with creationism or intelligent design concerns many people. Our sense is that these attitudes will have an effect, but largely indirectly.
The U.S. federal government has little direct control over what is taught in public schools; curriculum standards are set at the state level and priorities in meeting those standards are set at the district level. So the federal government cannot unilaterally, for example, declare that climate change should not be taught.
However, the federal government can have indirect impacts, for example by cutting funding for programs that provide extra funds for science education, or by taking down the sections of federal agency websites that include climate change teaching resources.
Most efforts to interfere with climate change or evolution education arise at the state or local level, and are occurring in the same places that they occurred before this administration.
A more pervasive, but even more indirect effect is that the increased polarization around these issues will make teachers in places where the topics are controversial more likely to avoid teaching them because of fear of conflict.
Jacobsen: What continue to be the perennial anti-science movements within America?
Reid: I think that the phrase “anti-science” confuses more than it clarifies. There isn’t really an “anti-science” movement – instead, there are interest groups that reject particular areas of science because the scientific conclusions come into direct conflict with deeply held beliefs or values.
Those who reject evolution do so because they believe it contradicts the Bible, which they believe to be literally true. These people are not anti-science in general, just anti-evolution.
Those who do not accept the reality of climate change do so because they believe the scientific community is not to be trusted on this issue – a long-standing tenet of the Republican party has been that environmentalists want to impose burdensome regulations that will cripple the economy and twist science to support that agenda.
Climate change is seen as yet another example of this “environmentalist agenda.” Again, these people would not think of themselves as “anti-science” – they see themselves as the clear-eyed realists. I’m not saying either of these stances is correct, just that it’s more useful to see where the opposition is coming from rather than using the blanket term “anti-science.”
To answer your question, though, evolution and climate change remain the topics that are most frequently targeted by efforts to interfere with how they are taught. While not really an issue when it comes to schools, there are also organized efforts to cast doubt on or reject the consensus science surrounding vaccines, GMO’s and reproductive health.
Jacobsen: With the current Trump Administration and the emboldening of misinformation networks, have things become harder in terms of the education of the public and the prevention of miseducation too?
Reid: As I mentioned in my first answer the impact of the Trump administration is indirect and serves rather to harden the existing polarization rather than to create entirely new problems. Perhaps surprisingly, the extreme positions taken by the Trump administration energize its opposition at least as much as they satisfy its base.
It seems to us at NCSE that more people are alert to the threat of interference in science education than they were before; the threats are largely in the same places they’ve always been, but people are much more attuned to them.
As an example, in 2017, the climate change-denial organization known as the Heartland Institute mailed a packet to tens of thousands of science teachers that included a pamphlet entitled “Why Scientists Disagree about Global Warming” aiming to convince teachers that they should tell their students the science around climate change is unsettled.
NCSE responded with a set of resources giving teachers the facts to counter the false claims in the mailing (here is an example), but we were not alone. The mailing drew a huge amount of media attention.
That’s all good, but what’s interesting is that Heartland sent out essentially the same packet in 2015 and while NCSE tried to draw attention to it, it was basically ignored. A lot more attention is being paid to threats to accurate science education than in the past.
Jacobsen: What allies and organizations have been instrumental in the continuation of the extended conversation and activism of the NCSE?
Reid: There are so many that I’m reluctant to begin listing them for fear of offending those I don’t mention. But certainly the National Science Teachers Association, the National Association of Biology Teachers and the National Association of Geoscience Teachers have been tireless advocates for accuracy in science education.
The Alliance for Climate Education has been a valuable partner, producing a series of webinars on NCSE’s new climate change misconception-based active learning lessons.
Jacobsen: One of the important and under-recognized members of the organization has been Eugenie Scott, especially in work regarding the creationism and evolution sociopolitical controversy. What has been the legacy through the NCSE of Darwin’s Golden Retriever?
Reid: To my mind, Genie’s most enduring contribution was to recognize early and often that it is crucial to avoid framing discussions about evolution education as battles between religion and science, or religion and reason. Most Americans are religious, but the vast majority of Christian denominations have no problem with the science of evolution.
Consistently casting the problem as one of ensuring scientific accuracy in the classroom rather than a cultural battle meant building a much larger coalition of people fighting to protect evolution education.
Similarly, when NCSE added climate change to its mission, Genie recognized that opposition to climate change grew out of deeply held values and ideological positions and that it was important to stand up for the science without condemning people’s political affiliation.
Jacobsen: What organizations and people remain problematic in their promotion of non-science or simply bad science?
Reid: Again, it is hard to come up with a definitive list. Any group advocating for an issue with a scientific component is likely to present the scientific evidence in the most convincing possible light – that might range from simply and more or less innocuously framing questions in the most appealing way all the way to outright deception.
At what point does that become “problematic”? It isn’t difficult to put the Heartland Institute on the far end of the spectrum – it does actively work to deceive and sow confusion.
Answers in Genesis, the organization responsible for building the Creation Museum and the Ark Encounter, also actively attempts to present its religious beliefs as if they have a basis in science.
And, of course, there are far too many examples in the current administration of politicians and political appointees ignoring scientific evidence, at best, and actively distorting it, at worst.
The bottom line, though, is that wherever an organization or individual falls on the spectrum of presenting scientific information misleadingly – egregiously or not – NCSE’s position is that consumers and future citizens need to have the skills to evaluate claims for themselves.
A great science education needs to be accurate, of course, but perhaps even more importantly, it needs to be effective: ensuring that students leave school knowing what constitutes a good scientific question and what kind of evidence is needed to address it, how evidence is collected and evaluated, how to determine whether a website or publication is scientifically credible…in short, knowing how science works and having confidence in one’s own ability to think scientifically.
When NCSE designs evolution and climate change activities or lessons for teachers and volunteers our ultimate goal is improving learners’ ability to engage confidently with scientific questions.
Jacobsen: How can the public become involved and active in the light of the current wave of anti-science movements?
Reid: As I mentioned, people seem to be more attuned to potential threats to science education and there is more interest on the part of the media in covering the topic.
We would love to see more people paying attention to who is running for the school board in their own districts and what is going on at their state’s Department of Education, getting to know their local science teachers and volunteering at their local schools, showing up at political candidates’ events and asking questions about science and science education. We’ve always advocated for that, but it has certainly never been so important or urgent.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved through donations, volunteering of skills, provision of professional networks, and so on, with NCSE?
Reid: Donations are crucial, of course, because they allow us to maintain the capacity to respond whenever science education comes under threat.
They also allow us to expand our Teacher Ambassador program, which enlists local master teachers to train their peers in effective ways to teach evolution and climate change, and our Science Booster Club program, which brings fun, hands-on, accurate climate change and evolution activities to community events, especially in places where the topics are often avoided due to fear of conflict.
Teachers are encouraged to join our network “NCSEteach” for monthly news and resources. Anyone interested in keeping up with NCSE’s work is encouraged to join (a $45 donation gives you a subscription to our quarterly newsletter), sign up for our free e-newsletter, and following us on facebook or twitter. Contact us directly if you come across any efforts to interfere with science education in your community – we are here to help.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Ann.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/08
Edward Seaborne is the Administrator of “The African Atheist.” He is 46-years-old, and a father of 2 girls and married to an atheist wife, too. His parenting methodology is not to force religious or areligious views on his children. Here we talk for a bit.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How was early family life and education? Was religion incorporated into this in any way?
Edward Seaborne: I have to clarify something before I answer this question. So the South Africa when I was a child and the South Africa today are basically two completely different countries.
I was raised in the Apartheid South Africa. As you are well aware this was a country ruled by mostly “White Afrikaans Men” and because of this we were an extremely religious country.
The majority of the Afrikaans speaking families went to the Nederduits Geherformde Kerk (Dutch Reformed Church) and the majority of the English speaking were either Baptist or Methodist.
My mother was Afrikaans and my father was English. My earliest memories of church in South Africa was that of the Dutch Reformed Church, but from about the age of 7 we belonged to the Methodist Church. At about the age of 16 my mother joined the Baptist church and we went along with that.
I went to an Afrikaans Primary and High school and at that time religious studies and prayers was almost a daily part of your school day. We used to have to pray and sing hymns during all our school events and this was just the norm for all schools.
This however has changed in the last few years and my teenage daughter goes to an all girls school where no religion is taught and they have non secular “prayers”.
Jacobsen: If you reflect on pivotal people within the community relevant to personal philosophical development, who were they for you?
Seaborne: I don’t think I would be able to answer this question and give you names of people who influenced me in becoming an atheist. I was never exposed to any atheists when I decided to break away from my religious background. For me it was more like a defining moment in my life where a tragedy made me wonder about this so called “God of Love”.
I think I was 17 or 18 when my sisters baby daughter passed away from a mysterious illness. She was about 11 months old and I thought to myself how this god could just take a baby from a family.
My sister stood in the stark white hospital corridor and her words were “Jesus also needs pretty angels”. I on the other hand thought that this was a cruel and horrible thing to do and at that moment in my life I decided to question my Christian upbringing.
Jacobsen: What about literature and film, and other artistic and humanities productions, of influence on personal philosophical worldview?
Seaborne: Unlike today I didn’t have the luxury of internet and social media where I could read about people like me with similar religious views or even non-views. After finishing school, I was drafted into the Navy as part of a conscription to fight the terrorists.
That was the ANC, that at that time was a banned group. Today I can say that the South African military during the late 1980’and early 90’s was controlled by the same mentality as the country and you had to tow the line.
You went to church & you sang hymns and said prayers during parades. I can’t remember ever actually reading the bible or saying any prayers during my time in the Navy. I guess this was a time in my life where I drifted further away from religion without knowing why.
In my early 20’s I started to read the bible and actually study it in-depth. I didn’t study it to find religion, but basically to form arguments against it. I remember I had this Good News Bible with copious amount of notes in it.
I started to ask more and more questions and nobody in my family could actually answer me. I started to read more about evolution and for the 1st time things started to make sense.
Darwin gave me the answers to the questions I had that was missing from the religious texts. I remember reading a book about how the Vatican hid the body of Jesus and this in turn led me to find out about the Deuterocanonical and Apocryphal books that never formed part of the bible.
This made me think about other things that religion and the churches keep from us. I started trying to learn more about other religions including the Muslim, Hindu and even the satanic bible.
Jacobsen: When did you find the atheist community inasmuch as one was available to you?
Seaborne: This might come as a surprise to you, but I think the 1st time I ever really heard the word Atheist was while watching a short comedy sketch by Rowan Atkinson (Mr. Bean). He played the role of the devil welcoming everybody to hell.
The internet being in its infancy gave me the opportunity to do some research and I started to speak to people about religion and my views on it via Irc (internet relay chat). I met up with a few members of the channels I was part of and this would basically be where it all started for me.
Jacobsen: Why found The African Atheist? What have been some of its stages of development?
Seaborne: Why did I start The African Atheist? It was basically started on a whim one evening. I wanted a place where I could be anonymous and post my meme’s and a few articles. I never intended the page to be much more than an outlet for my self-expression, but without people knowing it was me.
I have to clarify this anonymity. Friends and family know my religious views, but many of my work colleagues and other connections had no idea about my religious views. Even if we as South Africans have moved forward in many things religion is still one of those topics you don’t go against. I guess this leads perfectly into your next question.
Jacobsen: What are some unique difficulties facing African atheists? How does this extend into the online sphere as well?
Seaborne: South Africa and maybe Africa as a continent are still very backwards in their views on religion and religious practices. There are a number of North African countries where saying you are an Atheist is a criminal offence. I have traveled to Libya for example and if they had to find out my views on religion I would have been incarcerated.
South Africa on the other hand might be far more free and equal, but in reality this isn’t completely true. I honestly feel that if my Employers had to know my stance on religion I would more than likely not have been hired. Recently a friend of mine went to Supreme Court of South Africa to enforce the banning of religious teaching in public schools.
So how does religion extend into the online sphere and how does that affect me daily. Honestly on my personal page it doesn’t affect me that much anymore as I can simply unfriend somebody on Facebook when their posts become overbearing, however in the more public areas I daily battle with the sending of religious (mainly Christian) texts and pictures.
I have even been bombarded by a minister who on a regular basis sent me religious scriptures. I replied to him stating that for every one scripture he sent me I will be sending him 2 atheist memes in return. His texts ended quite soon thereafter.
Another story I can tell is when I confronted a Hindu community online for how their Diwali celebrations and the letting off of fireworks impacted on animals, the aged and people with certain mental conditions. I received a reply from one individual that I should just sedate the little boy with Autism as it is their religious right and there is nothing I can do about it.
I admit that my reply may have been rather uncalled for and me cursing his “Blue god” was out of line. The aftermath of this incident was me being called a racist, receiving threatening messages and calls and even threats of being charged with a human rights violation and hate speech.
Jacobsen: How can people help and become involved with the African online community?
Seaborne: There is a growing community for Atheists in South Africa and Facebook allows for you to join a number of groups. As with many groups on Facebook you have to ignore the obvious trolls, but every once in a while, somebody posts something of interest. I feel that the best page or group to join would be SAAM (South African Atheist Movement).
Jacobsen: What have been some of the positive developments for the African atheist population?
Seaborne: As mentioned before I think the biggest step forward must the court case between OGOD and the South African Department of Education. Further to this I am seeing more and more people (myself included) becoming open about their Atheism. SAAM members have taken part in events wearing t-shirts with atheist slogans on them.
We really still have a long way to go in South Africa before “discrimination” against those with non-religious views come to an end. It is however something that I battle for in my own way on a daily basis.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Edward.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/07
Reverend Gretta Vosper is a unique individual in the history of Canadian freethought insofar as I know the prior contexts of freethinking in Canada’s past in general, and in the nation for secular oriented women in particular.
Vosper is a Member of The Clergy Project and a Minister in The United Church of Canada (The UCC) at West Hill United Church, and the Founder of the Canadian Centre for Progressive Christianity (2004-2016), and Best-Selling Author.
I reached out about the start of an educational series in early pages of a new chapter in one of the non-religious texts in the library comprising the country’s narratives. Vosper agreed.
Here we open the series with talking about being in the news, TAWOGFAT theology and its counter in progressive apologetics, and more.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Many Canadians who read the news, even badly, have a sense of an atheist minister in a Canadian Christian church. In particular, and if some more knowledge, The United Church of Canada (UCC) is the denomination – a liberal, mainline tradition of Canadian Christianity. How did you come into the public spotlight, the good and the bad?
Rev. Gretta Vosper: It has been interesting to experience the trajectory of this “story” because, for the most part, Christianity and interest in it is on the wane everywhere in the Western world. The interest is intriguing and challenges us to figure out why it is interesting, particularly to generations that do not attend church at all or do so only rarely.
The first time I ended up in the “spotlight” was with the 2004 launch of the Canadian Centre for Progressive Christianity, an organization seeking to provide progressive Christians – those who do not believe the Bible is the authoritative word of God for all time (TAWOGFAT) – connection. Many progressives were isolated because of their progressive beliefs. We wanted to bring them together. The launch was even on the front page of the Toronto Star, a placement that stymied me. Here we were, decades, if not centuries, into the exploration of the Bible as the work of human minds and their foibles, we were considered novel enough to capture a front page placement!
Since that time, the work at West Hill United, The UCC congregation I serve in Toronto, became a beacon for those seeking community beyond the beliefs that divide the human family. We worked to find ways to speak about the most crucial elements of our “faith”, if you will, in everyday terms, language that refused to exclude. That work has been the most interesting and the most provocative work by us to date. At the same time, and understandably, it has been misapprehended a great deal in the church and beyond. In 2008, I wrote my first book, With or Without God: Why the Way We Live is More Important than What We Believe, to address some misunderstanding and to provide a foundation upon which necessary change might take place within the church.
In 2013, following the 2012 publication of my second book, Amen, in which I identified as a theological non-realist (meaning I did not believe there was a “real” god called “God”), I began to publicly identify as an atheist. My decision was triggered by the arrest and threatened execution of “atheist” bloggers in Bangladesh. In fact, I learned only later that these men did not identify as atheists, but were labelled as such in order to incite hatred against them. The sentencing of Fazil Say, a Turkish pianist, to a ten-month prison sentence for identifying as an atheist on social media was impactful on me, too. My denomination had roots deep in the work of social justice and this act, to me, was an act of solidarity. One available for me to offer to the international community of freethinkers. Labels, as I well knew, are often caricaturized, I was, however, identifying as an atheist within a theological milieu. It is in a world where debates over what we mean by “god” take place regularly. I expected colleagues to understand what I meant, even if they disagreed; The UCC is filled with clergy who disagree with one another about the nature of god. Since I had already identified as someone who did not believe there was a real thing called “god”, as far as I was concerned, I simply described myself and my beliefs in a different way.
Again, my decision to identify as an atheist was misunderstood a great deal in the church and beyond! Shortly after identifying as an atheist, a major project my congregation wished to create was denied funding from the wider church. The reason given was that “it was for the creation of a secular organization.” In fact, it wasn’t even the creation of a separate organization but, rather, a program designed to share the church’s work through a medium that did not look so “Sunday morning, stand up, sit down, pass the plate.” Now, I believe funding was denied because I identified as an atheist. Three years later, another congregation received twice as much as our application had requested. Its application was for the development of a secular community and staffing for secular services. No clergy at that church identify as atheists though their theologies are very likely non-traditional.
In early 2015, the world was reeling from the religiously motivated attack on the offices of Charlie Hebdo in Paris, France. My denomination posted a prayer on its website, a typical response to tragedy. The prayer was standard for The UCC. There was little that would offend most of the church’s members. However, it posited a divine being who could, and with our proper petition to it, “lead us to seek comfort, compassion, and peace…” and transform “our pain, our bafflement, and our cries for peace.” It represented classical belief in a god that had powers to intervene in human affairs and from whom we could seek both direction and solace.
My brain exploded. Throughout my theological training, I had been exposed to the theological ruminations and arguments of centuries of theologians and church leaders who sought to define what god was. Their efforts conflicted in almost every sentence, each arguing a clarity unique to their own understanding. Conformity had been achieved at great price, but never maintained as the costs of doing so led to the spilling of too much blood and the loss of too many lives. What I came away with was an appreciation for the variety of concepts that had been lifted, some taking flight for a few centuries, while all being as fragile as human thought. They were concepts: while many claimed experience, none could claim knowledge of a reality they called “God”. The god I studied and to which these theologians had attested, was created, supported, and experienced only within the human mind. I gave one of my professors a t-shirt with a picture of cows with thought bubbles above their heads that had a cow in each of them. The caption read, “What cows think of when they think of god.” It was too true; god is only ever in our own image because it is our brain that conjures it. Without a human mind, there is no humanly concerned god.
It seemed to me that, in the face of religiously motivated murder and hatred; we needed to humbly set aside those characteristics of god that played into the hands of those who would use religion as a weapon of mass destruction. The most powerful tool wielded by religious believers is the idea that their god is the most powerful; and that it, alone, is the arbiter of moral authority. If the ground of our moral authority is a supernatural being from whom we see guidance, then we needed to step aside when others also posited such belief, even should it come to such tragic ends. Only when we set aside such a belief might we be able to question and undermine the use of religion for violent purposes.
That is when the “story” broke wide open. My denomination’s charge: heresy. Not in so many words, but it created a new process by which any minister in The UCC must be in ongoing affirmation of their ordination questions. (Literally.) Something we had never before been required to do. In other words, any clergy person in the most progressive Christian denomination in the world could be tried for heresy.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Gretta.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/07
Jacob Mounts is the Assistant State Director of American Atheists Kentucky. Here we talk about some early life and work by him.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you?
Jacob Mounts: I grew up in a typical American Midwest family with both parents and one younger sister. I grew up in a small town of less than 3000 people at the time. I went to a public school for my education from K-12.
I did all the typical things a young boy would do growing up. I played sports like baseball, basketball, football and track & field. I was in the Boy Scouts. I was involved with school groups like the art club, science club, foreign language club.
Despite all this, I wasn’t liked much by my peers and as I grew older I became more and more introverted with only a few select people that I would interact with regularly.
Undiagnosed depression would also be something that I would have to deal with for much of my life didn’t help with the social aspects of life during that time either. The introversion and depression would both be something that would stick with me through most my life until these last couple years.
I played sports like baseball, basketball, football and track & field. I was in the Boy Scouts. I was involved with school groups like the art club, science club, foreign language club.
Despite all this, I wasn’t liked much by my peers and as I grew older I became more and more introverted with only a few select people that I would interact with regularly.
Undiagnosed depression would also be something that I would have to deal with for much of my life didn’t help with the social aspects of life during that time either. The introversion and depression would both be something that would stick with me through most my life until these last couple years.
Jacobsen: How were religion and faith influential on you if at all?
Mounts: Both sides of my family are/were religious. My father’s side is Methodist while my mother’s side is Catholic. My father worked a lot and his involvement with such things were few and far between.
To say that he wasn’t religious when I was growing up I would say would be a safe assumption as he rarely attended church services except for an occasional holiday whether it was at the Methodist church or Catholic church.
However, as for my sister and I, we would still attend the Methodist church functions such as vacation bible school and guild dinners fairly regularly along with the occasional church service with my father’s side of the family. These things were easier to attend as the church was located in the town in which I grew up.
Religion and faith was something my mother had much more influence with in this regard during my childhood. Despite the fact that none of the Catholic churches we would ever attend were in our town and were at least a 20min drive away from where we lived, we would regularly attend Catholic services.
Sunday school classes and the litany of necessary achievements to progress through the Catholic indoctrination process was something that would be completed as I grew up. We would help clean the church during the week and engage in other church functions whenever we could.
By the time I was in high school my level of involvement with the church was more extensive. Youth group had become more important and as one of the top “students” I was eventually invited to go on pilgrimage to the famed Medjugorie in what is now Croatia (formerly Yugoslavia back when I was there).
It is one of the sites where the Virgin Mary was said to have appeared to some local children. At the time this experience had a profound influence on me. Returning from the pilgrimage trip, I became extensively more religious to the point of seriously considering becoming a Franciscan monk if I could. I started becoming much more involved with religious activities in my daily life and seriously started looking into that becoming my primary purpose in life.
(It is interesting to note, however, that this increased knowledge and study into the history of the Church and religion as a whole would also be what initiated my 180-degree turnaround and leaving the church altogether a quick couple years later.)
Jacobsen: How does religion around the world, and in your locale in Kentucky, appear to receive special privileges in the upbringing and the filling of the minds of the young, whether punitive & rote or exploratory & curiosity-driven educational systems?
Mounts: Special privilege and influence is quite evident throughout the world with regards to religion. This is the case not only with the Abrahamic religions but with all those that I have looked at thus far today and throughout our history.
We are pattern seeking and look for reason and meaning for pretty much everything in our lives. When we don’t understand something then it is typical for humans to place our own interpretations on what happens in the world around us.
For a good portion of human history this lack of understand was related to a god of some sort. When negative things happened that we didn’t understand we tried to find ways to appease this “god” who had done these things to us or we had somehow brought upon ourselves.
These repeated rituals become religion and start to gain structure over time. When we are young we are highly influential and are trusting of our elders to educate and guide us to understanding of the world around us.
The unfortunate aspect of this is when as adults we fail to utilize our critical thinking abilities, try to learn the facts of the nature as to why things are the way they are and continue to place a supernatural cause and reason on that which we don’t understand.
This gets passed on to our children and can lead to detrimental effects on those potential exploratory and curiosity-driven educational systems be it formal or informal in nature.
In the state of Kentucky where I currently reside now, this unfortunate scenario continues to play out on a daily basis where religious thought, biases and even just the general thinking process/mindset regarding any number of things ends up having great influence. This has both positive and negative results in our society. Negative effects of religious thought are abundant and easily recognizable.
Biases that come about as a result of religious teaching influence is evident with such things as legislation coming out of Frankfort, planned parenthood and related healthcare, organizations being able to discriminate based on personal religious belief especially towards the LGBTQ+ community, educators being able to utilize cherry-picked verses from the bible to further indoctrinate our school children into these biases, etc.
Positive effects of religion…a sense of community and support when needed, but even this can become very tribalistic in its approach if circumstances allow for it.
Again, these effects become reinforcements for the young and influential. Community and social support systems are things that a secular society can bring as well without the need for religion; however, the current government systems allow privilege for religious organizations to maintain a majority for such programs in our otherwise secular lives.
Jacobsen: How did you find and become more deeply involved in the atheist community? How did this become an aspect of community through American Atheists Kentucky?
Mounts: My involvement in the atheist community has only become about as of the last couple years. While I have been atheist nearly all of my adult life, I have been a “closet atheist.”
The changes only started to come about after my father, whom you’ll remember wasn’t very religious growing up, became involved with some fundamentalists while seeking out his religious interests as he neared retirement.
For him, this grew into religious zealotry and one day it came to a head between the two of us when I finally came out and admitted that I was an atheist. A heated argument between us ensued despite my attempts to reason and rationalize his thoughts. At the end he disowned me and we haven’t spoken since.
Since that day my level of activism and being an open atheist has grown considerably. At first I didn’t know where to start. I wasn’t aware of other such people in the area where I lived.
I didn’t know of any other secular or atheist group locally and so I started my own on Meetup. In just a little over 2 years I have been privileged to have met many people in this community not only in my local area but also from networking across the United States and around the world.
These numbers continue to grow as my involvement increases. Today, I work with several secular groups that help the homeless, elderly and LGBTQ+ communities. I support groups fighting inequality and human rights issues.
I continue to be active on the national level with American Atheists as an Assistant State Director here in Kentucky as well as supporting southwest Indiana. The last two years have been great and I look forward to what might be in store for 2019.
Jacobsen: Does an open voicing of non-religious opinions impact social and familial relationships for the individual in Kentucky?
Mounts: Being an open atheist in this area can be quite difficult sometimes. Yes, it does put a strain on relationships sometimes to the point of unfortunate termination as I previously mentioned.
Discussing secular issues when you have differing views can be hard to do whether it is with family, local politicians or just everyday people. The grasp of religious indoctrination and the biases that come with certain viewpoints is very tight in this area.
It is difficult to have an honest discourse with many people without people taking the questioning of long-held thoughts and ideas as a personal attack. Politicians are even less likely to budge as their constituents have great influence on whether or not they continue to hold public office.
Anyone who questions or might potentially threaten that is likely to be attacked or dismissed with prejudice.
Jacobsen: What books have been influential in personal philosophical life for you? What about films or documentaries?
Mounts: There have been a number of books from such well-known authors as Hitchens, Dawkins and Harris. Books that most people are already aware of like Hitchens’ God is not Great, Dawkins’ The God Delusion and Sam Harris’ Letter to a Christian Nation.
However, there are some others who might be a little lesser known like my friend Dr. William Zingrone’s book The Arrogance of Religious Thought: Information Kills Religion and John Loftus’ Unapologetic.
Of course reading up on historical philosophers such Socrates, Hume, Sartre, etc., have had influence as well though I don’t consider myself well-educated in that regard aside from a cursory study of them during my school years.
Jacobsen: If you reflect on some of the concerning developments in fundamentalist religions in the US, what trouble you? Who troubles you?
Mounts: Fundamentalist religion in the US troubles me greatly. One can see the effects and influence throughout the government sector especially. From top to bottom legislation is being pushed through that supports discrimination towards virtually anyone who isn’t a conservative Christian nationalist.
Attacks on the Johnson Amendment look to tear down the wall that separates church and state, medical doctors not keeping their Hippocratic Oath to “do no harm” while at the same time refusing medical treatment to those who don’t fit into their personal religious views, denial of social services to the LGBTQ+ community, abortion and planned parenthood is also at the forefront…all these things can be found to have roots in religious ideation and interpretation of the Bible.
To point the finger at any specific person that troubles me would be difficult. It is more of the groups of people, the money and political influence large corporations have in Washington. It is those who blindly follow these groups and support them thus increasing these powerful few that troubles me.
Jacobsen: How has religion been a force for good in history? How has it been a force for evil in history?
Mounts: Religion as a force for good? The only “good” that I can see coming out of religion is the sense of community and support where people come together to help each other in times of need.
We are social creatures and a sense of community and outreach is a necessary part of our psychological well-being. The downside of this is the “force of evil” that becomes inherent as a result of that sense of unchecked “community support.”
Tribalism, nationalistic pride, racial prejudice, sexism, classism…human history is filled with examples of this. The division of “us and them” creates much conflict in our lives when people don’t take the time to have proper discourse and come to an understanding of one another.
We become set in our ways. The uncertainties in life and with death create potential for this divisiveness. Religion as a foothold in this regard and have been used as at least a partial excuse for many of the “evils” in our history.
From today’s child abuse and sexual assault in the Church to Islamic extremism, from the Inquisition to the Crusades, wars of the Greeks/Romans/Turks…wherever there is a particular “god” to be appeased the potential for mankind to create atrocities is likely to be found.
Jacobsen: What are some of the provisions for the community through American Atheists Kentucky? How can folks become involved with the wider non-religious community, e.g., donations, volunteering time and skills, providing professional networks, and so on?
Mounts: There are lots of potential things a person can do to become involved. As mentioned, donating time/money/skills to groups that support the homeless community is a constant need, food banks need help in processing and handing out goods, being there to support initiatives that help the unfortunate as a result of catastrophe, community projects to clean up parks and wildlife areas…there are lots of opportunities out there.
The key thing is deciding to become involved in your local communities. Once you’ve found your interest in helping reach out to local organizations and/or check with your local atheist and secular humanist groups. Chances are there is a group nearby, and if not…start one.
This is how I started to become involved just two years ago. Today I support not only my local communities but also regionally with protests. I network nationally and internationally with other non-religious groups to gain ideas.
Social media like Facebook and Meetup is a great start for those who want to become involved. Even if you have to go through a religious organization as is often the case particularly with homelessness initiatives, chances are there are going to be secular and non-religious folks there helping out in some form.
Until such time that the privileges that come with religion are set aside and secular non-profit groups are able to gain a foothold in our society, we must find ways to work through them while starting our own initiatives to combat social issues.
Groups such as American Atheists and others are there to help point you in the right direction and can help get you in contact with the right folks. Feel free to contact us at American Atheists and look for us on social media.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Jacob.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/06
Mandisa Thomas is the Founder of Black Nonbelievers, Inc (Twitter & Facebook). One of the, if not the, largest organization for African-American or black nonbelievers or atheists in America.
The organization is intended to give secular fellowship, provide nurturance and support for nonbelievers, encourage a sense of pride in irreligion, and promote charity in the non-religious community.
I reached out to begin an educational series with one of the, and again if not the, most prominent African-American woman nonbeliever grassroots activists in the United States. Here, we talk about 2019 and the social skills in atheist outreach.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: The new year is in; we’re looking at new media, new exposure, and new interest.
Mandisa Thomas: First of all, Happy New Year to everyone, we really got support. We were published in the Miami New Times as well as the Indianapolis Reporter about black Millennials being less religious than the older generations.
I was also featured in an episode Freethought Matters put on by the Freedom From Religion Foundation. We also received an inquiry from a black travel magazine called The Grio. This is significant because the black community is still highly religious.
Which makes it more difficult for atheists coming from the community to find others as well as to speak about their non-belief and atheism, this publication reached out to us. It will be addressing the African Diaspora, which means the scattering of those with African heritage around the world.
They want to know about blacks who do not believe. Over the years, we are seeing some interest and curiosity from black media publication about our organization and what our point of view is, what our perspectives are. This is great.
Because as an organization, we encourage people to engage offline and in person. We host a number of events to encourage people to do so, to provide the opportunity in addition to hearing from some speakers and activists. To write for a publication that is targeting the black community, which will allow people to get a better understanding of our position, it is giving the opportunity to us.
We are looking forward to more of that in the future.
Jacobsen: How is it important to have a more diverse set of outlets from which to speak rather than those who are only, typically, within the community?
Thomas: It is important because it is an important part of the outreach that we do. It would be safe to speak only within secular publications. But when we reach out and accept invitations and engage other communities, it gives us the opportunity to reach people who did not know that there are organizations and a community that will support them.
We don’t always want to preach to the choir. We want to speak to those who do believe but do not understand who atheists are and what they do. Because you never know who you will be able to work with in addition to who you know from the past.
Jacobsen: What can secular organizations do in terms of being receptive to outreach to them and to reaching out to the religious?
Thomas: Other secular organizations can participate in more community activities, even if there is a religious presence there. It will be good for us to sign up, to set up a table at community events. it might be good to set up an “Ask An Atheist” table.
It might be good for us to simply put ourselves out there. As much as our community is looking to support our fellow atheists and humanists, we also find ourselves feeling pride in our intellectual skills. Our social skills can use some work.
It is part of it. We are people, just like everyone else. It is good for people to see that side of us and to speak up. Because, in this day and age, there are more people agreeing with us than we think.
Even though, there are some fundamental differences between us. We must become comfortable with feeling uncomfortable. We encourage believers to do that, to read their Bible, to do research on their religion. That, certainly, applies to other areas of our lives. We shouldn’t be exempt from that as well.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.
Thomas: Thank you very much.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/06
Gayle Jordan is the Executive Director of Recovering from Religion, Founder of Murfreesboro Freethinkers, Co-Founder of NaNoCon, and Assistant State Director of American Atheists Tennessee. She ran as an openly secular Democratic candidate in 2014 in Tennessee.
In the light of the massive work for secular progress and, more importantly and interrelated with it, women’s equality or gender equality, the ideological fundamentalist religious and ultra-patriarchal male okie-doke holds lesser evidence-lacking and reason-less sway in more sectors of the public sphere.
Jordan’s run and other women’s victories in latter-2018 in the United States reflect this. Here we talk her life, views, and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did religion and secular thinking come into early life for you? How did this continue throughout development, in brief?
Gayle Jordan: I was a religious person until I was 40 years old. I raised my 4 children in the Southern Baptist church. When those children became teenagers, and began asking questions about the faith, I entered into a journey of discovery and knowledge with them. Ultimately, one by one, we lost confidence in our beliefs, and left religion. This opened my eyes to the impact religion has on individual, communities, and politics, and I launched into secular activism with vigor.
Jacobsen: You ran unopposed in the Democratic primary. Why – the run and the lack of opposition?
Jordan: Like many small southern communities, ours experienced the wave of religious Republicanism in the 1990s. When I decided to run for state senate in 2016, Tennessee had a Republican supermajority in both legislative houses. There were many seats that had not see a Democrat candidate for years. Our bench had deteriorated, with many rural counties not even having a county party in existence. I could see the effect of this lack of progressive voice and felt a moral calling to run as an advocate for healthcare (Tennessee has not expanded Medicaid), workers’ rights, education, and infrastructure.
Jacobsen: How does running as an openly secular person change the tenor of the conversation around secular citizens, and secular women, in politics?
Jordan: My atheism became a major topic in the 2018 race. I had not intended to run on my secularism, but neither would I hide it. I received messages of support from a surprising number of non-believers throughout the campaign, that continues even now. Just as important, many believers thanked me for voicing my support of the separation of church and state. This is a Democratic principle that progressive religious people recognize is at tremendous risk, and that will require fighting to uphold. Conversely, it’s my opinion that my willingness to be open about my lack of belief fed directly into the fear many conservative religious people feel about religion losing its influence and position of privilege, so unfortunately, it likely has only widened that gap.
Jacobsen: As the Executive Director of Recovering from Religion, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position? What are some of the more heartwarming stories of recovery of which you know about or have been a witness?
Jordan: It has been one of the great joys of my life to serve as the ED of RfR. Our simple mission is to provide hope, healing, and support to those folks struggling with issues of doubt and non-belief. Now in our 10th year of existence, we staff a 24-hour telephone and internet chat Helpline, host an online Community and local support groups, and maintain a database of secular therapists. We are an entirely volunteer non-profit organization, which means every donor dollar goes directly into growing our programs and reaching those folks who desperately need the offerings we provide.
Because we have clients from the entire spectrum of religion and belief, the stories shared with us on the Helpline and in the Community reveal the deepest of emotions. Indoctrination, doubt, and recovery are all topics of conversation, but chief among the reasons a client reaches out to us is fractured relationships. Leaving religion is often a protracted and arduous process, and to have it compounded by the loss and/or hostility of one’s loved ones, friends, and support network can be devastating, particularly in isolated, highly religious areas.
To be able to help someone who is in possibly the lowest point in their lives, and to accompany, support, and encourage them as they discard dogmatic beliefs and seek reason and rationality is a privilege I can’t begin to describe. Many of our trained volunteer agents, many of whom have personally made this journey, cite this as the motivating reason they have partnered with us for years.
Jacobsen: How is religion a positive? How is religion a negative?
Jordan: There is no doubt that there is appeal to a life philosophy that offers immortality. So appealing, in fact, that folks discard their logic and skepticism in hope of never having to suffer the very natural human emotion of grief. I understand that even though I don’t embrace it. There is also appeal in being instructed how to deal with very challenging concepts of sexuality, racism, inequality, human relationships, and human suffering, among others. In our fast-paced society, it is much easier to lean into dogma about some of these issues rather than wrestle with understanding and educating oneself. I think that religious people identify these perceptions as a positive.
However, these are the exact reasons why I see religion as a net negative. Progress requires engaging in our social problems, working toward resolutions, and implementing the solutions. The human condition, in my opinion, in enhanced precisely because of its impermanence, and allows us to more fully appreciate this fleeting opportunity we each have. I believe we as a society can only thrive when we accept the truth of reality, and the supernatural beliefs found in every religion by definition impedes that ability.
Jacobsen: You founded Murfreesboro Freethinkers. Why? What are its ongoing activities and objectives?
Jordan: I founded this local group purely because I wanted to socialize with other non-believers. When my children and I left religion, I lost my entire social network. As they began to leave for college, I felt certain there were other folks who were experiencing something similar, and I began a simple Meetup group for Freethinkers in 2012. It has now grown to a group of 1500 members who gather for socializing, civic engagement, rousing conversation, and community. The group attends lectures and shows, hosts speakers, offers welcome coffees for new members, presents topical debates, and enjoys pub nights and trivia contests.
Jacobsen: You co-founded NaNoCon. Why? What is it?
Jordan: NaNoCon is the Nashville Nones Convention (Nones being those folks with no religious affiliation). It began in 2016 as a one-day, affordable conference offering speakers, panels, workshops, and fellowship. Nonbelievers in the southeast are overwhelmed by religious culture, and this conference has exceeded its attendance goals each year it has been presented. Speakers include Matt Dillahunty, Anthony Magnabosco, Mandisa Thomas, Darrel Ray, David Silverman, and many other leading voices from the secular community. As it launches into its 4th year, March 23, 2019, we again hope to draw attendees from the entire southeastern United States for this dynamic and timely gathering.
Jacobsen: Side question before politics, how did you get involved in Ironman athletics and triathletics? What are the benefits of it? How can others become involved in it, potentially benefit from the health positives of intensive exercise?
Jordan: I love this topic, and there’s actually a connection between my triathlon experience and my atheism. In my questioning religion, I began to seriously research science, including evolution and human anatomy/physiology. As I began to learn that humans were not designed, but rather evolved, I became curious about how nutrition and movement factored into that process. This led to a new interest in fitness, and sparked a drive to compete and test my physical limits. I started with 5ks and short races, incorporated bicycling and swimming into my routine, and they rest is, as is said, history.
I am stimulated by the training, the camaraderie among competitors, the results I experience when experimenting with nutrition and exercise, and here recently the effect of fitness on aging and its symptoms. I’m also a proponent of fat-fueling as opposed to sugar-fueling, which is comfortably controversial and drives me to read, understand and self-experiment more.
I encourage others to eat well and move, but it’s not necessary to participate in extreme sports to receive the benefit of fitness. I support everyone finding their own joy and groove by trying, failing, experimenting, and trying again.
Jacobsen: You are the Assistant State Director of American Atheists Tennessee. What tasks and responsibilities come along with us? Also, this may be changing too, with a move to another state.
Jordan: American Atheists is one of the leading secular organizations in the US, which fights for greater acceptance and understanding for atheists, and also fights to maintain church/state separation. Those objectives align with my personal convictions, and I have partnered with them to organize and coalesce nonbelievers in Tennessee. They have a clearly-communicated and finely-develop protocol for organizing groups at the state level, and it’s so beneficial in highly-religious areas like Tennessee for secular people to have a means of support and direction.
As I contemplate a permanent move to Oregon, to be nearer my children, it’s my intention to continue to partner with AA as state or assistant state director.
Jacobsen: In terms of the political activity, what were the big lessons for you?
Jordan: In all of the blue wave that the US experienced in November, TN Dems made no gains. I’m not entirely sure of what’s uniquely wrong in Tennessee, besides the grip religion has on its citizens. I do, however, have an opinion of how to fix it, based on my experience. There is a lot of conversation about how to craft our message, how can Democrats make more appealing our points about healthcare/unions/education/etc. I think it’s less about how to pretty up the message, and a whole lot more about simple organizing.
The older, white, religious, rural folk should not be our target. Tennessee has enough non-voters and new voters to make up the difference, and our time and effort should be spent on the old-school precinct-captain model, neighborhood by neighborhood, house by house. And I see 2 things that are going to make this method of organizing even more critical in the days to come:
1. People are leaving religion in numbers, even in TN, and the party can step up and step in to help create non-church-based communities. That trend will only increase.
2. The current administration has so damaged our national unity, our communities are going to be starved for cohesiveness and harmony once again. The Democratic party can lead the way on this neighborhood rebuilding effort.
Jacobsen: How can other secular political hopefuls bear in mind regarding these lessons?
Jordan: I wouldn’t presume that this is a lesson that can be replicated in all districts. What I do think is universal, however, is for secular people to run and be visible. Over and over I was able to talk about how both my campaign and my life are based on equal parts compassion and reason, and that I was compelled to run because governmental policies affect how Tennesseans live and die and suffer. It brought attention to what a secular person values, even if they tried to distort my message with their strawman arguments.
That visibility is everything. Not to be too dramatic, but if someone is questioning whether to run, I would say that we know that we have truth on our side, that many people are listening, that we are speaking for religious freedom for everyone, that we are letting other nonbelievers know we’re here, and that we are not allowing religion to dictate who runs for public office (regardless of the outcome).
Jacobsen: What seems like the negatives and positives of coming out secular as a political person?
Jordan: I suppose the negative in my experience would be that it likely cost the election. But that loss simply revealed what needed to be exposed and fixed, not that I shouldn’t have come out as secular. Living a life guided by reason and truth so far outweighs any elected office it’s not even a fair comparison.
Jacobsen: What states would be the easy wins for secular people in the United States? Should secular political hopefuls look to those states to make a change in the public perception and representative of secular people in general and secular women in particular?
Jordan: Having lived in the deep south, and now living in the Pacific Northwest, I can certainly say that there is a tremendous difference in culture from state to state. And because of the grip religion has on the south, tactics that may be successful elsewhere are not likely to overcome that influence. When people become convinced that their voting instruction comes directly from a deity, that it is sacred, there is no amount of reason and logic that can alter that.
That is why I so fervently believe we have to support efforts and organizations that work to protect the 1st Amendment, the Johnson Amendment, and other legislation that keeps church and state separate. The Secular Coalition of America is the lobbying entity that works tirelessly to achieve that. American Atheists, the American Humanist Association, and the Freedom from Religion Foundation constantly file lawsuits and write amicus briefs in the fight for religious freedom.
Jacobsen: With some hindsight, what were some of the more horrifying responses to your political life? What were some of the more amusing? Did most of the negative, or positive for that matter, reactions to your political life reference being a woman politician or a secular politician more?
Jordan: When I am invited to present a talk about my experience running for state office, I share via Power Point images of some of the horrendous flyers the Tennessee Republican party printed and mailed to households. Distorted pictures of my face, language about my “kooky liberal beliefs”, criticism of my support for the LGBTQ+ community, and hateful rhetoric about atheism and atheists are all tactics my opponent used. I have an email that my opponent sent to all area pastors urging them to tell their congregants to “vote against the atheist in this special election”, clearly an unconstitutional violation of religious liberty. The Lt. Governor of Tennessee called me the “Most dangerous woman he’s known in his 40 years in politics”, and the chairman of the TN GOP called for the Democratic candidates for governor and US senate to publicly disclaim my candidacy.
Sadly, those tactics were effective, but it also helped expose the lengths and depths to which the GOP will go in order to gain a seat. Many area Republicans reached out to me to express their vote and support, and the leader of the local Tea Party even publicly announced his support of my campaign due to my opponent’s unethical and unconstitutional behavior.
In your question you ask whether I got more resistance being a woman or being a secular person. In this case, without a doubt my atheism was much more of an issue than my being a woman.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Gayle.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/05
Heather Pentler is a Committee Member of the Edinburgh Skeptics. Here she talks about her life and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was personal and family background regarding culture, geography, language, and religion or lack thereof?
Heather Pentler: I was baptised Roman Catholic, my mum was raised Greek Orthodox but lived agnostically. She couldn’t quite shake the indoctrination and didn’t want to risk condemning us to hell if she was wrong, so I was baptised.
My dad was a staunch atheist and scientist. They always left it up to us to decide. I think I was about 6/7 when I gave up on the idea completely. My mum’s family was Ukrainian and that was a big influence in my early life.
We used to celebrate all the festivals with the Ukrainian community near us but that always felt more about the community and the rituals than religion. I have never been able to grasp languages, unfortunately, but I did attend Ukrainian lessons until I was 8 but can’t remember much more than the odd word.
Jacobsen: How did autism/Asperger’s impact early life (please specify which as I am unsure which, or even if)? How did this become part of personal identity and change trajectories in life as well?
Pentler: I am not, as far as I know, autistic myself. I work for my day job as an autism support worker, working with university students. I never had much interaction with autism until I started working there 3 years ago.
Since working there I have received extensive training on autism and learnt a lot from speaking to my students. The isolation and feeling different from your peers can be an intrinsic part of autistic person’s life but every autistic person is different so it may not be the same for everyone.
Quite a lot of the people I work with don’t receive a diagnosis until later in their lives, this can sometimes make their childhood make much more sense as they understand now why they didn’t fit into the neurotypical world.
Jacobsen: In Edinburgh, who are the perennial fraudsters? Who are upcoming or new ones? How can the public protect themselves and others from their bogus salesmanship?
Pentler: We have the same usual assortment of acupuncturists and reflexologists. Most places are careful with what they publish so there’s little action that can be taken. There’s a regular alternative medicine fair which we have attended a few times, to check on what they are selling. We attempted to get a stall there with full disclosure of who we were but they were apparently “full”.
There is one practitioner of an alternative practice in Edinburgh which I’ve not heard of elsewhere called German New Medicine, it’s a basic mind over matter methodology that claims that illness is caused by trauma and if you can resolve that trauma you’ll be fine.
The main thing people can do to protect themselves is question if something sounds too good to be true it probably is, so question it. Also just because it’s natural or ancient doesn’t make it safe or effective.
Questioning claims by anyone is good practice especially if it feeds into your preconceived biases. This is more important today for news consumption than anything else. Check a story before you share it, nobody wants to inadvertently spread propaganda.
Jacobsen: What makes the human brain distinctly capable of believing patent nonsense? For example, what are some of the nonsensical purported cures for autism/Asperger’s?
Pentler: Hope. That’s what makes it so insidious. The purveyors of alternative treatments sell false hope to desperate people. I have a lupus and having a chronic illness is really shit (replace with “awful” if you don’t want swearing) I frequently can’t sleep and I am in a lot of pain, it’s limited my career opportunities and future plans.
If I genuinely thought there was a magic cure I’d do anything to have it. I describe coming to terms with an illness, physical or mental as grief. You grieve for the life you will no longer have. Grief can make the best of us do crazy things.
The people who take up these treatments shouldn’t be treated with scorn or derision, they have made a choice that made sense to them in their circumstances. The people who misled them and fed them hope of cure are the only people who should have any repercussion for their actions.
In the case of autism, it mostly comes from parents. I imagine they are grief stricken that the life they thought their child would have is not their reality and try to find something to change it. I hope in time there is greater societal acceptance of neurodiversity and parents will find it easier to accept their child for who they are.
There are fantastic things that autistic people bring to the world and we need to be more accepting as a society. Autism doesn’t need to be cured, the neurotypical reaction to autism needs to change.
Jacobsen: What is the true architecture of pseudoscience? How does this relate to cults, cult-like behavior, and fundamentalist ideologies?
Pentler: Easy answers. The world is complicated and confusing, pseudoscience and cults explain everything in a singular theory that is easier to get your head around than the complicated truth. It can also give people a greater sense of purpose, not everyone can cope with the fact that we individually matter very little.
It reminds of the Total Perspective Vortex in Hitchhiker’s Guide to the Galaxy, the idea that we are so insignificant in the majesty of the whole universe is difficult for our narcissistic brains to cope with (unless you’re Zaphod Beeblebrox in a universe of your own making).
Cults, religion, pseudoscience usually give humans a special place that’s easier to swallow than the truth that as far as we can tell our existence is just a blip in the grand scale of things.
It also gives a purpose, the vast majority of us are not going to leave an impact on the world, being part of something bigger than yourself can make someone feel like they have a legacy. It’s easier to believe that our existence is purposeful rather than random.
Humans are good at spotting patterns and that can lead us down wrong paths because there’s not always a pattern to follow. That urge to make connections accounts for conspiratorial thinking, pseudoscience and religion.
Someone who makes the connection that homeopathic remedy that took cured their headache is falling for the same fallacy as the person who thinks their prayers do anything.
Jacobsen: Why was Edinburgh Skeptics founded in 2009? How has it evolved over time? Also, what are the approximate demographics of its membership or audience?
Pentler: I wasn’t part of the founding, in fact none of the current committee were. From what I understand it was started around the same time as other groups in the country and at the urging of their first speaker Chris French (he’s a parapsychologist who helps run the UK Skeptic magazine).
They got involved in the Edinburgh Fringe Festival the following year in 2010. We run a 23 night run of talks in August as part of the Fringe Festival in the city. I have only been in Edinburgh since 2014.
So I can’t really speak to what it was like before I moved here. The current demographics tend to be older 45+ and we have a pretty even gender split. Our Facebook analytics tell us our gender divide is 55% male 43% female which makes us happy. We try to ensure we have at least half our speakers be female when we can.
Jacobsen: Edinburgh Skeptics has podcasts, a newsletter, a blog, and events. How does each of these help with providing for the needs of the skeptic community in Edinburgh? How does this relate to other skeptic communities within Scotland as a whole?
Pentler: The podcast and newsletter both run around the events. The podcast is predominantly recordings of the talks we have had and the newsletter mostly announces upcoming events. Our events are a place for people to get together and develop a community. We also put on a stall at a local weekend festival in a park.
There we use horoscopes and paradoleia to explain some basic principles of skepticism to people who may not have encountered it before. There are usually stalls belonging to local chiropractors and acupuncturists so we like to bring a bit of rationalism to the festival.
We do this to try and engage with new and different audiences rather than just preaching to the choir. Our events are a chance for people to enjoy being part of the choir. We are relaunching our website in 2019 and hope to have more blog posts on the new website.
As the biggest and most well funded group in Scotland we try to help and share cost where we can. We’re very close to the group in Glasgow and will often share speakers and split expenses. The other 2 groups in Scotland are unfortunately dormant at the moment. The smaller cities struggle especially as travel expenses can be very high to the furthest north cities.
Jacobsen: What makes some faiths and fundamentalisms more dangerous than others, when things stop being humorous in their absurdity?
Pentler: I think any faith that encourages isolationism is dangerous. Humans worked best together and develop the best ideas through exchanging thoughts.
If you look at it too hard even the humorously absurd ideas are dangerous because it demonstrates that detachment from reality which makes more dangerous actions more likely. I think The Book of Mormon is the best and funniest musical ever written though.
Jacobsen: What are some of the more recent updates happening for 2019 for Edinburgh Skeptics? What are some of the prominent pseudoscientific and fraudulent claims in Scottish society? Who are some the prominent fakers in Scottish society, who need calling out by name and their fraudulent practices?
Pentler: We are doing some exciting things in 2019. We are launching a skeptical fact of the day with a different skeptically related fact or concept everyday. Having been involved in skepticism for so long it’s easy to forget that not everyone knows what a Barnum statement is or what homeopathy actually is.
We are hoping this will be good outreach and introduce different ideas to people. We are also running our 500th(ish) event with science comedian Robin Ince who hosts the BBC Radio Four show Infinite Monkey Cage with physicist Brian Cox.
We are trying a new type of event for the International Science Festival in Edinburgh this year and hosting a cabaret night with science, magic and comedy. It will also be our 10th Fringe run which will try to mark with a prestigious line up.
We would like to work with The Good Thinking Society to get homeopathy off the NHS in Scotland as they have managed in England and Wales. We don’t manage to do as much as we would like in terms of activism. Our committee is only 4 people and we all work day jobs as well, so we don’t always have the time/energy to do as much as we want to.
Jacobsen: Why is the phrase “respect people, challenge ideas” important to the Edinburgh Skeptics ethos?
Pentler: We felt it was important to not be arseholes. There was an issue in skepticism of people being derogatory to people who had fallen for alternative medicine or believed in the paranormal.
Here at Edinburgh we try to encourage people not to direct your anger at the people following the ideas but direct it at the ideas themselves. Calling someone gullible for taking homeopathy won’t win people over.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Heather.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/04
Louis Dubé is the President of Sceptiques du Québec and the Editor of Le Québec Sceptique. Here he talks about his life and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was personal and family background regarding culture, geography, language, and religion or lack thereof?
Louis Dubé: I was born and raised in Quebec as a Catholic within the dominant French culture of the second half of the 20th century. Around 18 years of age, I began to seriously doubt the validity of religion as a world view. All religions seemed to me to be myths full of contradictions and to be inconsistent with many scientific findings in biology (evolution of species) and astronomy (our place in the cosmos). I eventually became skeptical of all claims that did not have a basis in physical evidence and a valid argumentation in the interpretation of relevant facts.
Jacobsen: What were some of the pivotal moments or educational lessons in being guided to a more skeptical outlook on the world?
Dubé: Before I was 20 years old, I had read the works of some French philosophers/novelists (Albert Camus, Jean-Paul Sartre). But it really was the English Philosopher Bertrand Russell (“Why I am not a Christian”) who convinced me of the mythical nature of religions with what I then felt were very good and clear arguments against beliefs in religious dogma. At about that time, I also read about skepticism from one of its pioneers, Martin Gardner (“Fads and fallacies in the name of science”). Those two authors contributed largely to a skeptical approach to unsubstantiated claims.
Jacobsen: Within Quebecois Canadian culture, who are the perennial fraudsters? Who are upcoming or new ones? How can the public protect themselves and others from their bogus salesmanship? In fact, does Francophone culture provide a different filter for the forms of fraudulent, whether alternative medicine (e.g. Reiki), cultists, spiritualists, or New Age gurus, compared to Anglophone culture in any way? My assumption is most likely, “No.”
Dubé: Some 30 years ago, when our association “Les Sceptiques du Québec” was founded, astrologers and fortune tellers were relatively popular. Our skeptical organization dutifully debunked their claims and even offered (for about 25 years) a “prediction contest” to prove that anyone can randomly attain the same percentage level of good predictions. We naturally oppose the standard fare of paranormal claims: ghosts, channelling, UFOs, miraculous necklaces, imaginary monsters, etc. We also strive to disprove all sorts of pseudoscientific claims: homeopathy, free energy, miraculous cures of all types, conspiracy theories, …
Education, our primary mission, is probably the surest way to protect the public from those false claims. It is not an easy task but it’s like what skeptics all over the world do, whichever language they speak.
Jacobsen: What are some of the activities, events, and tools provided through Sceptiques du Québec and Le Québec Sceptique, as you are the President of the Sceptiques du Québec and the Editor of Le Québec Sceptique?
Dubé: We organize monthly conferences and publish a magazine (70-80 pages) three times a year. The speakers we invite are academics, scientists, science communicators or authors of books relevant to skepticism. The articles we publish draw from the same types of people and from local skeptics. No subject, no matter how controversial, is off-limits. For frank discussions, we have also invited astrologists, ufologists, conspiracists, religionists, theologians…
We offer a $10,000 prize to those who are willing to try to prove their paranormal claims following a rigorous experimental protocol. So far, none have succeeded. We also host on our Web site a French translation of Robert T. Carroll’s Skeptic’s Dictionary and of Stephen Barrett’s Quackwatch.
Jacobsen: What is the way of thinking comprising skepticism? How does this differ from cynicism?
Dubé: Our type of skepticism does not come from a rigid and dogmatic philosophical position such as cynicism. It’s more a method to ensure that our ideas are reasonably justified by quantifiable observations and reproducible test results. It is often said that true skeptics do not voice an opinion until being shown rigorous demonstrations, especially concerning extraordinary claims.
Our approach, like that of most skeptics, follows the scientific method: observe reality, form hypotheses and rigorously test predictions stemming from those hypotheses. Only correct predictions give a theory a chance of being right and useful.
Jacobsen: What are the approximate demographics of Sceptiques du Québec and Le Québec Sceptique?
Dubé: Our association has around 300 members and sells about 250 copies of each issue of our magazine Le Québec sceptique, published 3 times a year. We also host a skeptic forum where almost 500 000 messages have been exchanged over the last 20 years by over 5000 subscribers from the international French skeptic community and from other inquiring individuals – many expressing opposing views, which leads to lively discussions.
Jacobsen: Who are some allies in the Canadian – Anglophone and Francophone – fight against pseudoscience, pseudohistory, pseudomedicine, and general nonsense?
Dubé: We have a few allies in the Montreal area. Most are Francophone organizations such as the “Agence Science-Presse” on the skeptical side and the “Association humaniste du Québec” on the secular side. The Anglophone “Office for Science and Society” of McGill University deals with a lot of pseudo-medical claims, so do several Francophone and Anglophone bloggers in Quebec.
We naturally keep in touch with some of the French international skeptic organizations: “Association française pour l’information scientifique” (France) and “Comité belge pour l’analyse critique des parasciences” (Belgium).
Jacobsen: What makes some faiths and fundamentalisms more dangerous than others, when things stop being humorous in their absurdity? How can these arise in cults, in religions, in economic ideologies, in hyper-nationalist fronts, and so on?
Dubé: Islamists probably represent one of the most dangerous religious fundamentalists; they exercise political power in several countries and some fund major terrorist organizations. There are also several Christian extremist faiths in North America, especially those against contraception, abortion, medical care and blood transfusion, whose influence we should attempt to diminish with scientific facts. When religion and politics mix, freedom usually suffers greatly.
Jacobsen: What are some of the more recent updates happening for 2019 for Sceptiques du Québec? What are some of the prominent pseudoscientific and fraudulent claims in Canadian society? Who are some of the prominent fakers in Canadian society, who need calling out by name and their fraudulent practices?
Dubé: Our primary mission is to improve critical thinking for our members and the general public. Fake scientific news poses great challenges in that respect. We will also continue to organize conferences and publish articles in order to improve scientific literacy and rigorous analysis.
Homeopathy, acupuncture and chiropractic have gained official status in our province against the better judgment of the scientific community. We will certainly oppose their hold on people unaware of the lack of evidence for their efficacy. Medical claims of different types will need to be addressed whether on treatment, medication or diet. We will no doubt continue to have serious discussions on many topics of interest to our membership regarding religion, ufology and conspiracy theories.
Jacobsen: Any thoughts or feelings based on the interview today?
Dubé: The need for critical thinking is as important today as it was in previous decades. Easy information access through the Internet presents the additional challenge of checking many more dubious stories. Fortunately, there are several skeptical and rigorous journalistic sources that we can rely on. We only need to be aware of our biases, regularly consult such reliable sources, check facts and try to exercise fair judgment. A lot of necessary and enjoyable work ahead of us.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Louis.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/03
Fredric L. Rose talks at length about his life, work, and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: The important and oft-said statement is extraordinary claims require extraordinary evidence. This is an important element of The Skeptic Tank.
What is the origin of the phrase? How has this been adapted to different concerns and voiced through different people over time? Why found Skeptic Tank? What have been some of its more important historical moments and contributions to the skeptic online repository?
Fredric L. Rice: The phrase “extraordinary claims require extraordinary evidence” is often attributed to Doctor Carl Sagan, dating to 1979 though if I’m not mistaken, the phrase had been in use among scientists and skeptics long before Sagan made the phrase popular and well known.
Skeptics who organize in to groups of people who address, whether formally or informally, the scientific investigation in to claims of the paranormal recognize that the ideology summarized in the phrase is a fairly recent ideal. The roots of the Scientific Method began around the time of Hippocrates and Aristotle, with what we would consider to be modern science being applied some 1500 years later with Persian and English philosophers-become-scientists such as Roger Bacon and Ibn Sina.
I mention the advent of science because one of the things that skeptics recognize is that what constitutes “extraordinary” has been and continues to be subject to opinion. Newton, Kepler, and all of the great thinkers that came before all had various ideas of what constitutes what is extraordinary and what is not, so many of the greatest historic scientists considered the belief in the gods to be outside of the realm of skepticism.
As David Hume taught, only testable claims are subject to scientific inquiry, which makes theistic belief in the gods, goddesses not subject to scientific tests. Hume, as did so many others, pointed out that claims of the paranormal, however, including claims made about gods and goddesses, pixies, werewolves, fairies, ghosts and goblins, are all subject to science in those cases where testable claims about such things are made.
Skeptics may recall the Bay Area Skeptics in the early 1980s with their well-respected newsletter. In one memorial letter-to-the-skeptics which the BAS addressed in their newsletter which stuck heavily in my mind, a letter writer explained and described attributes about his Christian gods, noting “Jesus loves everybody, even atheists.”
The BAS suggested that before providing evidence that their Jesus god loved anyone, it would be helpful for the letter writer to provide evidence for the existence of their god outside of the imagination, and after such evidence as offered was verified, only then could the letter writer provide evidence that their gods loved someone. Professional evidence-gathering was a good idea, so myself and other High School students created The Skeptic Tank to accumulate and debunk claims of the paranormal with a focus on avoiding deity beliefs.
The Skeptic Tank was born in 1978 when myself and other High School friends wrote one of the first modern (at the time) Bulletin Board System software in Z80 assembly code for the TS-80 with magnetic tape cassette file and message storage. As the IBM PC became relatively inexpensive, The Skeptic Tank split off in to two entities, one of which was the very popular “Astro Net BBS” which covered a much broader arena of subjects, and the more modern Skeptic Tank which culled-and-removed years of on-line discussions and philosophical discussions of untestable claims.
What became a curious phenomenon in the early 1990s was watching Astro Net BBS become much more popular than the Skeptic Tank BBS was, even though Skeptic Tank was accumulating tens of thousands of text files and group discussions about claims of the paranormal and the scientific debunking – and public relations dissemination of same. More people seemed to be interested in deity-oriented religious beliefs than in the debunking of testable claims, so in the before-time, before the DARPANet opened up commercially and became the Internet, two highly popular BBS core systems became dominant albeit with a large overlap of subject material.
Alas, the old Astro Net dissolved, with its files and old message archives being moved to the highly popular HolySmoke web site which is now defunct, and with about half of The Skeptic Tank’s original file base and message discussion archives surviving to the current form of the ‘Tank.
As far as the most notable of the half million or so files on The Skeptic Tank, the most popular, most aggravating, and most amusing file is the large text “Vanishing Point: How to Disappear in America Without a Trace” which I started writing decades ago, a text file which has been stolen, published, and sold in various versions without my permission.
The file has been read and downloaded tens of millions of times, peaking with the aftermath of the Presidential election of Al Gore, amusingly enough, and peaking again with the election of Trump. People search the Internet for tips about disappearing, it is a very popular fantasy in this highly-digital, high-surveillance society.
About 19 years ago a local police officer came to my door and left a note asking me to phone an FBI agent concerning a web page on The Skeptic Tank. Intrigued I called the FBI agent while I was at work in Pacoima, California and immediately asked what file could he be interested in despite having a suspicion that it was “Vanishing Point.”
It was. He wanted to know how many previous versions of “Vanishing Point” there had been and, if possible, to let him know if there had been any major changes in the past two years. A suspect in a double homicide had allegedly murdered his wife and her lover and had researched disappearing in America as well as had researched the disposal of human remains using the Internet, and “Vanishing Point” was the one web page that the suspect had allegedly dumped to paper at his local library.
Jacobsen: What are the key elements in skeptical thinking, critical thinking, and scientific methodology? How can these better inform the general public’s view of extraordinary claims, e.g., miracle cures, Bigfoot, UFOs, astrology and horoscopes, crystal power, prayer, seasonal fad diets, and so on?
Rice: One of the biggest difficulties to overcome in debunking claims of the paranormal is not to laugh at the people who believe in such things. Laughing and mocking is the normal primate response to highly humorous and highly ironic exclamations of certain forms of belief, and if one attempts to adhere to David Hume-class skepticism, mocking is a bad thing to do, however difficult it is to avoid when looking at Creationists’ claims, astrology, horoscopes, flat Earth and such.
If someone were to wake up one morning and honestly believe that during the night they have been taken over by aliens beaming sonic control messages in to their heads and now have no control over their actions, skeptics don’t mock that, scientists don’t mock that, mental health academics don’t mock that, we search for a physical cause of what is “obviously” a malady caused by a real, biological phenomena. That’s one form of paranormal belief which skepticism has no difficulty not mocking.
But when it comes to Creationism, astrology, Tarot cards, the flat Earth and other highly-laughable beliefs, it gets difficult not to laugh at the people who harbor them.
A highly successful way to address testable beliefs is to deep-dive, learn the broad spectrum of those beliefs, perform tests on the claims which are testable, and share the results. For example, the Astro Net BBS’s system operator and creator learned astrology, reading countless books, learning enough math to be able to compute planetary positions and motions, and he became an advocate for the process of astrology even as he debunked the claims resulting from astrological computations.
Performing astrology, offering Tarot card readings, and committing the process of some things can become an enjoyable past time, even if you do not believe that the results have any predictive value beyond mere celestial mechanics, and so it was with the Astro Net and later the Skeptic Tank. Skeptics and believers alike learned real science, real math alongside pure bullshit, shared our findings, argued, fought, and discussed our findings, and exactly zero minds were changed: The skeptics moved on to some new claim of the paranormal while believers walked away continuing to believe, honestly believing that their encounters survived scientific scrutiny.
Such is the nature of belief.
When it comes to other arenas of testable as well as untestable beliefs – quack medical beliefs, flying saucer landings, alien abductions, crystal power, pyramid power, ancient astronauts – skeptics who have been advocating the scientific debunking of testable claims find that advocates of nonsense are starkly split in to three groups of people: (1) The con-man crook who knows that he or she is selling lies and does so for money. (2) The believer who may or may not lack a basic understanding of the Scientific Method who none-the-less believes in a suit of nonsense even as he or she rejects other avenues of nonsense (which includes people who have mental difficulties.) (3) The con-man who has suffered mental debilitation enough to start believing his or her own blatant frauds, such as L. Ron Hubbard with his Scientology and Dianetics frauds.|
So when you ask about how to best inform the general public about why it is a good thing to employ reason, evidence, and science to claims, you’re fighting a battle against criminals who defraud people, you’re fighting against people who have no marketable skills other than to defraud people while your motives for advocating science are less tangible. The con-man sells miracle cures that will keep people’s children from dying, if you believe, while you’re selling the less-tangible ideal of the need for scientific reasoning in all things for the betterment and the survival of the species, if not the entire planet’s biosphere.
Skeptics work to reduce misery among the hopeful and the hopeless, scammers work to the detriment of society. That’s a hard hill for skeptics to climb, and after 40 years of organized skepticism, I have yet to find an effective way to combat bullshit, a problem which has gotten ever worse as financial and political interests work to ensure that people are kept uninformed, stupid, ignorant, and believing in nonsense.
Jacobsen: Who are the perennial fraudsters? Who are upcoming or new ones? How can the public protect themselves and others from their bogus salesmanship?
Rice: Alas, all of the old-timers have long ago fallen extinct, we no longer have the likes of self-proclaimed psychic Jeane Dixon, nor do we have the likes of any Uri Geller-like buffoon utilizing simple (yet effective) conjuring tricks to rook and swindle the rubes, marks, and suckers.
I say “alas” because what has taken their place is a flood of less-skilled-at-trickery men and women who have taken to the Internet to sell their scams and frauds, crooks who are further strengthened by foreign adversary governments who also utilize the Internet to sow fraudulent beliefs in populations to disrupt and degrade a nation’s economic and scientific standing in a global market place.
About fifteen years ago, if I remember things correctly, a Chinese national was charged with accessing a computer without the owners permission, the so-called “Unauthorized Computer Access” law in California, Penal Code section 502. The Chinese national was in California and had hacked a well-known national Creationist organization in an effort to acquire the organization’s mailing list.
Federal agencies got involved when it was discovered that the individual was employed by a well-known Chinese electronics company and had successfully hacked the Creationist organization’s with the specific intent of acquiring the names, addresses, phone numbers, and email addresses of believers in Creationism.
Prosecutors determined that the eventual goal was not to take money from the believers but to join the Creationist arena to assist in spreading anti-science nonsense in the United States, a deliberate effort to adversely impact the reasoning and economic competition of Americans in an increasingly-global economy.
The Skeptic Tank was one of the set of computer servers that had been attacked, and I dimly recall wondering why someone in Simi Valley was SYN-flooding my servers, trying SQL injections, and buffer-overflows to test well-known vulnerabilities. It wasn’t until some two years later that the FBI asked if I retained Radix or SysLog records going back that far before I learned about the incident.
I mention all this because with the advent of the Internet, the landscape has changed. Industrialized countries are now information-age countries, so it is through information and misinformation that anti-science adversely impacts us now.
What used to be con-men and women rooking the rubes for money has become well-funded organizations and nation-states joining the assault against reason for the political and economic benefit of those who advocate un-reason.
The only protection against falling for nonsense is to know that any one of us can fall for anything. Across 40 years of organized skepticism, the number 1 thing I have noticed is that any of us can fall for scams and frauds and that when we tell ourselves that we are immune from believing in nonsense, we are exactly the type of people that crooks seek.
I would like to underscore that, if I may. The belief that you can’t call for scams and frauds is one of the main reasons why people fall for scams and frauds. The person who knows that he or she is susceptible to getting swindled is someone who is on the look-out and paying attention. The person who thinks that they can’t be swindled are the people that swindlers seek first because none of us are immune regardless of our intelligence.
When it comes to belief, intelligence takes a back seat. It’s why some people think they have gods despite otherwise being smart, together, rational, and despite their employment of science in all other things.
So my advice to people to avoid falling for nonsense, scams and frauds is this: Accept the fact that you are not immune, accept the fact that what looks to be solid evidence for an extraordinary claim will almost certainly fall apart once you dispassionately evaluate the claim.
Jacobsen: What makes the human brain distinctly capable of believing patent nonsense?
Rice: I blame leopards for that. And Darwin. The noise coming from behind that bush may or may not be a leopard, you can’t see what’s making that noise so you don’t know whether it’s a leopard or not, so what does Darwin suggest you do to avoid getting eaten and failing to pass along your genes? Believe without evidence that it’s a leopard and to act accordingly by running away.
Our species was arboreal, our brains developed to map the world in three dimensions while simultaneously evaluating the risk of reaching for a tree limb that leads to darkness and unknown predators or food sources. What our ancestors worked with was close-up to hand, the world was within reach and manipulable to some extent.
Our species then became plains apes. That gave our species an added longer-distance perspective on the world and enabled us to see food sources and dangers at a distance. We adapted to evaluate risks and benefits from a broader perspective than most species whose ancestors have always been aquatic, or arboreal, or happy in their ecologic niche.
So our species, like all others to various degrees, developed an ability to measure risk versus benefit, and because we are a species that harbor the capacity to believe in things that are demonstrably not true, Darwin suggests that the ability to believe nonsense, and the ability to bifurcate and compartmentalize our thinking is a successful survival mechanism, at least successful so far.
One other thing I would note is what the future likely holds. As humans left agricultural society and entered the Industrial age, the world’s populace split in to two half’s, what we call the “first world” countries and the “third world” countries. It is a stark bifurcation of economics and access to food, medicine, and anti-fertility drugs.
In industrialized nations, something around 1.3 million people die in vehicle-related collisions every year in a world population numbered around 7.7 billion. The number of people killed by leopards has declined sharply in the past couple of hundred years. From that perspective, cars are a risk that is acceptable, and leopards have also become an acceptable risk to humans. We literally believe that we are safe from cars and leopards because our risk evaluation faculties tell us that we’re safe.
Now we come to the warming climate and the ability for a percentage of the world’s populace who know about it to dismiss the risk of climate change. Roughly a third of any populace in an industrialized nation right now rejects the truth about human-driven climate change whereas the rejection among third-world people is much less (I don’t have poll data to offer on that, I go by news articles and on-line discussions for those numbers.)
When it comes to the human brain’s ability to believe nonsense, my point is that there is also the human brain’s ability to reject demonstrable fact, such as a warming climate. The very people who refuse to accept the fact of a warming climate are those who are being adversely impacted by the consequences of a warming planet right this very moment, while those who accept the research and publications covering climate change are generally the least impacted, so far.
Whose survival is dependent upon the acceptance or denial of demonstrable facts? Darwin says that it’s those who accept the real world around them and accept what their very own eyes tell them. I mention it because Darwin also says that believing bullshit is also a survival mechanism, thus our species has the ability to compartmentalize and literally believe things that we also know are not true.
Jacobsen: What is the true architecture of pseudoscience? How does this relate to cults, cult-like behavior, and fundamentalist ideologies?
Rice: One of the more disturbing things that The Skeptic Tank has been involved with over the years is with gangs, specifically with rituals and expected behavior of gang members. Initiation rites and the expected behavior of gang members sharply mirror those of traditional cults.
Operating at core within cults as well as within criminal gangs – as well as operating within police departments, large corporations, and any other grouping of humans – is human behavioral science. Cult leaders, gang leaders, corporate leaders, police departments, they all understand the basics how to control and manipulate other people within a layered political and economic hierarchy. That phenomena are organized control and manipulation of people in groups.
On the other hand, individuals who operate on their own to manipulate and control other people in ones and twos also understand the basics of human behavior, however that is often disorganized. Once an individual manages to rook a fair number of victims, that disorganized control of others becomes more and more controlled. Just take a look at the history of Scientology as a very good example of that phenomena.
The architecture of our species belief and spreading of nonsense is, as always, nature and nurture. Just as Darwinian section molded our brains, so has social interaction with other humans molded our behavior. We get hit by people who teach us nonsense in large groups, as we get hit by people who teach us nonsense in ones and twos. The large arenas of nonsense: Religious belief in deity constructs, belief in magic diet fads which lack any basic science whatsoever, astrology, Creationism, Chiropractic, and all the other mass piles of nonsense out there. The small arenas of nonsense: Horoscopes, biorhythms, Tarot card readings.
If we could isolate humans from the consequences of nurture so that they are not subjected to the nonsense beliefs of their parents, friends, and neighbors, what would result? (Other than possibly an unhealthy child who grows up in to psychotic adults?) I believe that we would end up with humans who would re-discover all the nonsense that their immediate ancestors believed in because our brains are hard-wired to make-up and believe things that we also know aren’t true.
Jacobsen: How did the Satanic Ritual Abuse panic emerge? What is its basis, not in fact but in social psychology? As James Randi notes, anyone can be fooled. How was this a good example of this cautionary note from a skeptic pioneer?
Rice: Satanic Ritual Abuse panics appear to be cyclic in nature, they come on suddenly and then disappear just as suddenly. As readers may recall, the McMartin Preschool fiasco started with a woman with some significant mental difficulties who examined her child one day, found a rash and, because she couldn’t accept the fact that keeping the child clean had failed coupled to her mental difficulties assumed that “something” at the preschool was responsible for the rash.
From such little things can spring the abject criminal nonsense that we saw with the McMartin incident. People – innocent people – actually went to prison in McMartin although they were eventually released after the False Memory Syndrome Foundation and other professional psychologists and psychiatrists worked with law enforcement to debunk the many “SRA” claims implanted in to children despite all lack of evidence.
The Skeptic Tank got involved in the McMartin Satanic Panic and assisted in small ways to develop and distribute information about false memory implantation in children by adults in authority. A great deal of scientific research had already gone in to the phenomena of making people confess to crimes and other acts which they did not commit, and in to making people honestly, actually believe things had happened to them which could not possibly have happened.
Communist and Fascist States have honed the behavioral science behind the actions which were utilized against the children and parents of McMartin, but lagging far behind the glut of research and experimentation in making people believe false memories was the means, the behavioral science needed to debunk, expose, and remove such false memories.
So we ended up with a number of SRA incidents over the course of some five years, driven in part by Janet Reno, the Attorney General of the United States who was herself a believer in “Satanists” roaming the united States ritually birthing, killing, eating, and cremating up to some 300,000 children in the United States annually.
Reno believed that “Satanists” were committing such activities despite any evidence to back-up her Christian beliefs, so she latched on to claims of SRA where they emerged and she worked to inflate such incidents, doing so due to her Christian religious beliefs.
If Reno had not gotten involved, the McMartin fiasco would have been a small blip, a number of parents who thought that there was sexual child abuse taking place who would have seen absolutely zero evidence for anything remotely like it who would have subsided and mostly accepted the fact that there was nothing happening – aside from one or two parents who had a history of mental difficulties who would cling to their beliefs regardless.
Years after McMartin had died down and the victims were released and vindicated, I was contacted by one of the mothers who I believe suffered from serious mental difficulties, she contacted me via Email to reiterate her abject belief that there were tunnels under the preschool grounds, tunnels that were “confirmed” after excavators found a crushed soda can.
Because she – and other people nationwide – believe that evidence for tunnels was found, they also believe that children were abducted through those tunnels, taken to a secret airfield which nobody knew about, flown to Peru where they were ritually raped, ritually slaughtered, parts of them were ritually eaten, and the children were magically sewed back together, transported back to the preschool, and were picked up by their parents at the end of the school day with no apparent indication of what had been done to them, other than an occasional rash.
Jacobsen: What makes some faiths and fundamentalism more dangerous than others, when things stop being rather benign – comparatively speaking – and humorous?
Rice: It used to be that someone believing in astrology advising the President of the United States (and holder of the world’s largest nuclear stockpile of weapons) was a concern. It used to be that politicians who control armies and weapons harboring anti-science beliefs were a limited, regional threat, threats controlled by the people around them: assistance, aids, lawyers, people who could control the man or woman who had power as well as held bizarre, un-true beliefs.
Thanks to the advent of science and technology, such people have the means to kill millions, tens of millions, if not destroy all mammals on this planet. Climate change denial among politicians paid by corporations who believe that their economic success or failure rests upon denial or acceptance is likely to result in a great many of us dying as populations are displaced, refugees migrate, water sources dry up.
Lynn Wilson worked on the United Nation’s climate change sub-group, and she suggested that the time to evacuate California is now. That was some four years ago and, of course and as expected, California’s human population continued to grow, nobody evacuated, at least not enough people to show.
In a sane world, with a sane species, with scientists demonstrating and describing how and why the planet’s climate is changing, with scientists advocating measures to mitigate what’s undeniably going to happen, California’s evacuation would be underway, some 30 million people would be working toward relocating, knowing what’s coming.
But corporations and the politicians that work for them see economic and political benefit by advocating a denial of what’s happening and what’s going to happen. And after all, change is difficult for our species to accept even as it’s happening, and a warming climate happening slowly so far is only adversely impacting a small percentage of us, so it’s fatally dangerous to ignore what’s happening even as we can all see it happening.
Jacobsen: How is Scientology a crime syndicate? Why should buyers, even sellers, beware of it?
Rice: The Scientology corporations a criminal enterprise because it engages in criminal activities. One can isolate the untestable beliefs that some Scientology customers have from the testable, falsifiable, fraudulent claims that the Scientology corporation makes.
I do not consider Scientology to be a cult first and foremost, I consider it to be organized crime first and foremost due to its history as well as due to what the corporation currently does to its customers and to innocent people, reporters, Judges, prosecutors, the family members of victims who fall for Scientology’s obvious, blatant frauds.
If you were to plot-out a Venn Diagram of Scientology’s actions with the actions of other, more traditional organized crime syndicates, the vast majority of actions would overlap. If you were to diagram the beliefs of Scientology customers against the beliefs of traditional organized crime members, you would find few which overlap.
The dangers of falling for Scientology’s frauds are almost always merely financial, statistically Scientology customers only get rooked and swindled for less than 2 years before they walk away and stop handing their money over. It is extremely rare for Scientology customers to stick with the scams long enough to become crooks themselves who scam others. That is the second danger of falling for Scientology: Falling so deeply in to it that you become a crook yourself, victimizing others.
Scientology is a lot like pyramid schemes in that some people who stick with it long enough “advance” to positions where they attempt to swindle other victims of their money, with the Scientology customer getting a percentage of the take.
There is one other risk when buying Scientology’s programs: They are highly debilitating when inflicted for prolonged periods. Carl Sagan in “The Demon-Haunted World: Science as a Candle in the Dark” noted that L. Ron Hubbard had created a documented process which literally drives people insane, and looking at the consequences of Scientology, it certainly does appear to be an accurate summation of Scientology.
Scientology sells its customers what they call “Training Routes” or “TRs” for short. They literally consist of activities which work to subvert and then supplant a customer’s primate behavior and reasoning faculties in an effort to make their customers pliable and obeying, all with an eye toward taking as much money from their victims as possible.
As an example, their “Communication Course” which is one of the first scams they try to sell to people involves TRs which involve sitting in a chair and then being ordered to do things. “Stand up” where-after the customer stands up. Then the Scientology operative says “thank you” and then instructs them to “Take three steps forward.” The customer takes three steps forward after which the Scientology operative says “thank you” and orders them around the room, step by step until the customer is returned to her chair.
That activity advances to what Scientology calls “No Blink” and then “Bull Bait.” A customer and a Scientology agent sit in chairs facing each other, kneed not quite touching, and the customer is ordered not to respond to anything that the agent says or does, not even blink their eyes. The agent goes on to perform actions, make jokes, whatever he or she can think of in an effort to make the customer react. If the customer reacts, the agent yells “Flunk! Lifting your leg. Start over!” and it starts over again.
This goes on for hours and hours until the Scientology agent says they “pass” and the “session ends,” hours which the victim pays a considerable amount of money for.
During “No Blink” and many other “processes” that Scientology sells to its customers, people find that they start to hallucinate and to have their motile senses edited or culled by their brains. Victims of Scientology report that sitting there motionless for hours staring at someone else they find the can no longer feel the chair they’re sitting in, they loose the kinetics awareness of where they arms and legs are located,
“Bull Bait” is like No Blink except that the Scientology agent gets further in to demeaning behavior, insulting and physically attempting to elicit a response from the customer.
What the intent here is to eliminate primate behavior and remove normal human self volition. Humans are omnivore primates, we have our eyes where carnivores wear them, out front. Staring at each other is a hostile behavior for carnivores, it means we’re plotting to either screw you or eat you or otherwise cause you harm. Scientology forces abnormal behavior by forcing people to stare at each other, suppressing the normal primate flee/fight response.
Ordering customers around, literally controlling their limbs and their decisions, supplants their self volition and trains them to follow orders, including handing over their money upon demand.
Finally many customers who fall for this nonsense report that after their TR session ended, they honestly felt that it had done them good some how, that they had benefited some how. Being released from the tension of such activities is such a relief that it imparts a pleasant feeling. Induced hallucinatory events can impart a warm, comfortable, satisfied feeling, so customers who have subjected themselves to Scientology and walk away at most two years later often report that when they first started, they honestly believed that Scientology helped them some how, though they can’t explain how.
Jacobsen: What are the more concerning anti-fact and pseudoscience movements and ideas cropping up, as we mover into 2019?
Rice: Anti vaccination for emerging infectious diseases as well as vaccination for long-time viral and bacterial foes of humanity is a growing problem, right up there with the growth of climate change denial and the growth of Flat Earth belief.
I’m involved in the arena of emerging infectious diseases since I have worked professionally within offices maintained by the U.S. Army Medical Research Institute of Infectious Diseases (USAMRIID) and I deal with potential disease vectors in the San Gabriel Mountains of California which has a long history of Yersinia pestis which causes plague and other bacterial or viral zoonotic organisms.
The growth of anti-vaccination ideologies and the belief that vaccinations some how cause autism is, I believe, going to be one of the largest arenas of concern in the coming years.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Fredric.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/02
Perry Jacobs is the Administrator of “AtheistHuman” & Atheists World Wide, and formerly ran the podcast “All Atheists Have A Voice.” Here we talk about Perry’s work and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When it comes to religion in personal and family life, was it a factor growing up? If so, how? If not, why not?
Perry Jacobs: I’m going to answer these questions piecemeal: Reader’s Digest version: I was raised Jewish, learned Hebrew and studied the Old Testament as required. I later became a “born again Christian”.
I studied the Old and New Testament with the leader of our church. I have studied eastern religions. I tried to remain a believer but I just couldn’t square the evil in both Testaments or the world with my conscious.
I’ve really been agnostic through it all until I had the epiphany through learning scientific truths, that there was no god and scientifically there is no need for any god to explain the universe or our existence. I’m known as AtheistHuman on Facebook and Twitter.
Jacobsen: What are some concerning aspects of religion in the electronic era?
Jacobs: I don’t have any concerns associated with mass media because it may actually help skeptics more than believers. Education is the greatest enemy of faith-based belief systems.
Jacobsen: Why found/administrate AtheistHuman? What was the inspiration for its title and founding?
Jacobs: I created AtheistHuman for two reasons. 1. When I posted on my personal FB page my wife got terrible blowback for my posts. She is a very low key atheist and her family, most friends don’t know it and are very judgmental. So I created an alias. I post political stuff under an alias as well (Another Hardened Liberal) on FB and Twitter.
The second reason is because I, like so many of our brothers and sisters, am tired of the judgemental, and in many ways criminal double standards persecuting non-believers for not assimilating and the persistent drumbeat of theists imposing their mythical whining upon the rest of us.
They have every right to their beliefs as we do. That being said, requiring others to believe that same way for acceptability is unacceptable.
Jacobsen: How is an online atheist community important for those with little access to local groups or community?
Jacobs: The online community is of all importance to literally hundreds of thousands of atheists as they may be marginalized and/or shunned or killed for their personal beliefs.
Many, as I once did, feel lost or alone. Community, a feeling of belonging, is all important. Many theists turn to religions mainly for the fellowship and support. There are power and safety in numbers.
Jacobsen: How can humor and laughter at the sacred provide some catharsis for the atheist community and individuals who are atheists?
Jacobs: I think that it’s natural to ridicule things we find worthy of that ridicule. Humor also brings like-minded people closer and is a catharsis. Help sidestep the pain associated with the damage associated with theism.
Jacobsen: What are the main reactions to the group? What are some tasks and responsibilities involved with running the page?
Jacobs: I’ve been very fortunate to have found a niche forming a like-minded community and working with those that are new, on the fence or just not sure what they are. On Twitter, I’ve got about 23k followers.
There are many followers that help police the trolls. We are very diverse from all over the globe and different political views and varied personal beliefs. It’s been awesome. I focus strictly on atheism. I’ll debate when seriously approached.
Jacobsen: Any pivotal or interesting moments in the story of the Facebook page?
Jacobs: I manage AtheistHuman myself. I used to have a podcast, “All Atheists Have A Voice” interviewing everyday atheists about how they came to atheism and what issues they encountered in doing so. We took call-ins for the interviewee to answer.
I pay for everything myself and that got to be a strain. I’ve often thought of trying to get financial support but have shied away from that. I don’t want anyone to get the wrong idea.
Furthering atheism and revealing the insanity of religious faith has to be the focus. That’s why I started Another Hardened Liberal; to keep the message focused.
Jacobsen: Any final thought or feelings in conclusion?
Jacobs: My twitter feed grew with much work and maintenance over a few years with the help of an app but my FB page stalled out until I posted a meme that went viral with over 2,500 likes and over 4 1/2 million views.
I picked up 9k followers off that meme alone. I also have a partnership with Atheists World Wide and I’m an administrator on that as well. I cross-post the memes that get the most shares. Shares are how you grow a site. I try to help/partnership with other atheist communities. We help each other.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Perry.
Jacobs: I’ve found this journey very rewarding and very frustrating at the same time. That being said I am dedicated to helping those that need a voice or are searching for like-minded brothers and sisters.
Thanks for the opportunity to answer your questions and thanks for what you do for the atheist community my friend.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/01
Barrie Webster is president of the Victoria Secular Humanist Association (VSHA) and the Memorial Society of BC. Here we talk about the VSHA community.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the events and services provided for members of the Victoria Secular Humanist Association within the community?
Barrie Webster: We are an incorporated society under the BC Societies Act and have an active program:
- During the September to early December and January to early May periods, we have our Sunday Speakers Program, 10:00 to 11:30 am every other Sunday at the Cedar Hill Rec Centre.
- On the first and third Wednesday evenings of the month, we have the Humanist Cafe, 7:00 to 8:30 pm at the James Bay New Horizons. Topics are generally taken from current events.
- On the second and fourth Wednesday evenings of the month, we have an affiliated function, the Philosophy Salon, 7:00 to 8:30 pm at the Bent Mast Pub in James Bay.
- Each Sunday morning, those who get up early meet for breakfast, 8:00 to 9:30 am at J J Morgan’s restaurant in the University Heights Shopping Centre.
- We celebrate the solstices with parties, in particular, the winter solstice, since it is a unifying (and secular) astronomical event that affects all on our planet. Our summer solstice party often coincides with the Canada Day holiday weekend.
- We have a late summer party to get revved up for the fall season.
- From time to time, we have field trips to various natural, historical, industrial, and museum sites to advance our scientific knowledge.
- We maintain a website that is still under construction but is much more up to date than it was a couple of years ago. One of our newer members is looking after the VSHA website.
Jacobsen: How can individuals become involved in the Victoria Secular Humanist Association?
Barrie Webster: We advertise our events through email to our mailing list, our website, and MeetUp. Events are generally open to the public.
Jacobsen: Humanism emphasizes reason, compassion, and science. Why? How does this work within a secular community including the Victoria Secular Humanist Association?
Webster: Humanism is non-theistic but has a set of principles to live by. There are various versions of these principles; perhaps the most complete are the ones in the Amsterdam Declaration (2002) published by the International Humanist and Ethical Union.
If you look on the Web, you will find various sets of principles for Humanists, but the Amsterdam Declaration is one of the best. VSHA has its own set, too. There is, however, no Humanist dogma.
Jacobsen: What are some of the positive expectations for 2019 for the Victoria Secular Humanist Association?
Webster: Our attempts over the past five years have been to make VSHA attractive to newcomers. Not only does this mean that we have to have attractive activities, we also have to be welcoming and, to the extent possible, respectful of the beliefs of others.
Many people who come to check us out are wavering between a religious community that they have become somewhat disillusioned with and our organization. If we tell them that religion is bunkum and that people who are religious are stupid, they are likely to run in the other direction.
On the other hand, if we demonstrate that we have a set of principles, that we are respectful of diversity, and show that our principles coincide almost entirely with their own, then we are likely to have them join us and take out a membership.
Jacobsen: In the management of community and the work to provide for the needs of the members of it, what are the pluses and minuses, positives and negatives, of the work there?
Webster: Views that are seen as being extreme usually turn people off. Positive efforts to do good things in and for the community are much more likely to make friends for VSHA. We are working on increasing this aspect of our organization.
Jacobsen: What are the general demographics of the Victoria Secular Humanist Association? How does this differ from the general surrounding culture of the area?
Webster: VSHA has had an aging membership for many years. We have been taking steps (slow but positive) to attract younger members and are succeeding slowly. Our oldest member is in failing health and is in his mid-90s but we have a number who are still intellectually active in their 80s.
Most are younger, but few are younger than 40. We did have a new young couple and their 17-month-old daughter come to our winter solstice party, though. They found us through our website.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with donations, becoming a member, or showcasing the Victoria Secular Humanist Association community?
Webster: VSHA is a registered charity. We take up a collection at most of our events (other than field trips, parties, and breakfasts).
We have work to do to showcase VSHA more, but have booths set up at various civic events. We also donate to three charities each year – a scholarship for a local college, one for the refugee centre in Victoria, and one for a Humanist school in Africa.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Barrie.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/31
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was family and personal background, e.g., geography, culture, language, and religion or lack thereof?
Tim Mendham: Australian born – several generations dating back to mid-19th century, Anglo-Celtic background, English speaking (no other languages spoken in the household), minimal background in the Anglican church – rarely attended church, full Atheist by late teens.
I have been a member of Aust Skeptics since it was founded, acting as secretary, treasurer and editor during the 80s (all volunteer basis), life membership in later 80s, and from 2009 appointed executive officer (only paid skeptical position in Australia, and one of only a few in the world).
Jacobsen: How is skepticism important in the electronic era?
Mendham: By electronic, I assume you mean digitally-based communications? The rise of social media has meant that pseudoscientific theories and ‘solutions’ proliferate rapidly and often without any alternative explanations offered. This means that “it’s there in black-and-white” implies factuality of many spurious claims.
Demise of critical mainstream media – often suffering in the face of the rise of ‘entertainment’ oriented outlets – restricts the opportunity for alternative/scientific/skeptical input, therefore general skepticism as an aspect of critical thinking is even more necessary.
At the same time, these current forms of communication can be used by skeptical organisations to reach a broader audience, especially the young, who often only use digital media as their information source. Skeptical groups need to take advantage of all avenues of communication, traditional and modern.
Jacobsen: Does skepticism within Australia seem on the rise or on the decline in general? Where are there greater risks of gullibility and fraudulence?
Mendham: When the Australian Skeptics was first formed in 1980, for some years it was seen as a fringe novelty, particularly by mainstream media. However, over the succeeding years the skeptical movement in Australia has made a concerted effort to raise its profile as a source of considered, intelligent and science-based information, particularly via media appearances.
At the same time, it has been noted that in some areas the presentation by proponents of pseudoscience and pseudomedicine has become more sophisticated, which requires a similar level of response. The skeptical movement has grown in overt expression, somewhat following in the footsteps of the recent more activist atheist movement.
Whereas once upon a time skepticism was an amusing but possibly socially embarrassing pursuit (‘spoil-sport’, ‘negative’) followers are now open about their beliefs. However, this might be at the cost of the following for more formal skepticism – magazine subscriptions have fallen (as they have for all forms of published media) and our largest conference attendance was in 2010 (we have held conferences every year since 1986).
This particular conferences included a large number of overseas celebrity speakers from the skeptical fraternity, many of whom had never been seen in Australia before (Randi, SGU, George Hrab, Eugenie Scott, Pamela Gay, Brian Dunning, Simon Singh, as well as some local identities, such as the founder of Aust Skeptics, businessman Dick Smith, popular science communicators Dr. Karl Kruszelnicki and Dr Paul Willis).
However, Australia lacks any great number of the high profile self-professed skeptics found in the US, UK etc who appear regularly in the media under a skeptical umbrella (Dr. Karl would be the most noted exception). We also do not have a great deal of locally-developed science-based programming on TV or radio, though there are many outlets for this in digital media, which therefore reaches a younger demographic.
The greatest areas of risk of gullibility and fraudulence are similar to those that exist globally – pseudomedicine, anti-vaccination, psychic mediums. High profile conspiracy theories and religious fundamentalism/creationism are considerably less of an issue in Australia than, say, they are in the US.
Various Australian Skeptics groups – especially those in New South Wales (Australian Skeptics Inc) and Victoria (Vic Skeptics) – are noted for being highly activist on both local and international matters.
We have been involved in campaigning for science-based policy and the need for improved and consistent effectiveness of regulators. A lot of this activity is also through grassroots organisations, which work via a network of individuals, some formal Skeptics and some just skeptically-minded.
Jacobsen: What tends to be the main sources of anti-scientific and extraordinary supernaturalistic claims in Australian society?
Mendham: Non-critical media – popular TV programs and some low-level ‘current affairs’, some talk-back radio, public presentations (especially psychic mediums) and committed online media.
Jacobsen: What are the targeted objectives of Australian Skeptics Inc.?
Mendham: see https://www.skeptics.com.au/about/our-aims/
Jacobsen: When societies move away from science, critical thinking, and evidence, how does this negatively impact the functioning of society via poor policy and other decisions?
Mendham: A distrust of authority – not necessarily a bad thing with politics, but it also applies to those with relevant scientific expertise – matched with an unsupported trust in those offering ‘alternative’ theories and practices, simply because they are alternative to “them”.
This has especially expressed itself in an active anti-vaccination movement, though in Australia it’s easy to overestimate the extent of this movement. Outside of some ‘alternative lifestyle’ regions and some well-to-do suburbs where parents “can’t be bothered”, there is a high participation rate for vaccination – national average 94%, with about half of the remaining 6% being unable to vaccinate through being medically compromised.
Therefore, about 3% of non-vaccinators are anti-vax. All levels of government support vaccination – federal and state governments have instituted science-based policies that restrict the access of unvaccinated children to publically-available and government-subsidised childcare, as well as cutting certain welfare payments to the parents of unvaccinated children.
In these cases, religious-based objections are not allowed. Other than that, in Australia it is only some fringe political groups that do not largely respect science-based policy – that doesn’t necessarily mean science-supporting policy, though the public sector represents the largest component of R&D funding.
Jacobsen: How can folks, nationally or internationally, become involved in Australian Skeptics Inc.?
Mendham: They can subscribe to our magazine (https://www.skeptics.com.au/the-magazine/ – https://www.skeptics.com.au/product-category/subscriptions/). We also have a small range of merchandise. Otherwise, there are regular skeptics-in-the-pub meetings in most states, our annual conventions, and a range of social media platforms – Facebook, Twitter, our website, plus a fortnightly free newsletter to keep interested parties up to date.
Jacobsen: What are the main concerns regarding claims sold to the general Australian public moving into 2019 for you?
Mendham: Little changed from previous years – anti-vax, psychics. There is a need for regulators to lift their game and be active in some of these pseudoscience areas.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Tim.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/30
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the events and services provided for members of the Association Humaniste Du Québec within the community? How does Francophone Canada experience the history of humanism in this country?
Michel Virard: The AHQ has been providing film screenings and lectures to our members since 2006. The screenings are regular monthly events while the lectures total about six lectures per year.
With a few exceptions, all those events are related in one way or another to our mission, which is the development of critical thinking and the promotion of secular humanist values. We also hold potluck dinners twice a year. Last one was “La Fête des Lumières Humanistes” on December 22nd.
Since the Quiet Revolution in Québec, there have been Francophone associations dedicated to the protection of the non-religious in the province. However, none had the word «humanism» in their name.
Most prominent was the 1981 Mouvement laïque québécois (MLQ) itself a reincarnation of an older movement, the Mouvement laïque français (MLF) created around 1960. In parallel with those movements dedicated mainly to the secularisation of the state education, there has been a thriving skeptical movement, the Sceptiques du Québec (SQ), created in 1988.
I joined the SQ in 1992 as administrator and animator and I had a lot of fun at the expense of paranormal proponents: at the time, we had a 1 million dollar prize to anyone able to prove a paranormal power. We punched holes in homeopathy (I committed a “homeopathic suicide” in the presence of a CBC reporter), numerology, astrology and the like.
Around 2003-2004, it became apparent that neither the MLQ nor the SQ could pretend to represent non-believers. Internal squabbles in both organisations convinced me and Bernard Cloutier that we needed a separate organisation for non-believers in the supernatural. Hence the creation in December 2004 of the Fondation humaniste du Québec and in June 2005, of the Association humaniste du Québec.
Over time, the FHQ (the Fondation) bought a complete floor in a former nun’s building in Montreal. Since 2010, the Centre humaniste du Québec has been used by many secular organisations such as the MLQ, the SQ and the AHQ (of course). In 2012, the IHEU (International Humanist & Ethical Union, based in London, UK) made its yearly General Assembly in our Centre humaniste.
To our knowledge, as of today, the Humanists in Québec are the only ones to own their premises in Canada. Also, the Fondation has enough regular revenues to guarantee the operation of the Center for many decades.
Jacobsen: How can individuals become involved in the Association Humaniste Du Québec?
Virard: Simply by asking to be received as a member and paying the yearly fee (25$). To be received as a member you sign the inscription form which states that you have read our 8 humanist principles and that you agree with all of them.
Principles 2 to 8 are the exact translation of those found in the 2002 Amsterdam declaration. Principle 1 was added by Bernard Cloutier to make sure there was no ambiguity on our position relative to divinities, soul, reincarnation and the like.
Jacobsen: Humanism emphasizes reason, compassion, and science. Why? How does this work within a secular community including the Association Humaniste Du Québec?
Virard: In the end, compassion is the result of two scientific ascertainments. One, we are all highly social beings. Two, we all want to survive and be happy.
Philosophical ethics help us to figure out a certain number of principles derived from these ascertainments. Principles are short cuts when we don’t have time to analyse in deep details the entire cluster of the expected consequences of our intended actions or when it is hopelessly too complicated.
But the expected route for a humanist is first to see if the analyse is possible and only second to fall back on “canned” principles. More about Humanism Ethics in a paper from our late Pat Duffy Hutcheon (Modern Humanism, a definition) which is attached.
Jacobsen: How is a specific set of provisions respectful to and important for Francophones – whether monolingual, bilingual, or a prolific polyglot – within the Canadian humanist community?
Why is this relevant within the historical context of the at-times tensions between Anglophone and Francophone communities within Canadian society, for those who may not know reading this on the day of publication or years onward from it?
Virard: Apart from myself serving as a bridge between anglophone and francophone Humanists, we must accept that there are very few connexions between the two humanist constellations. The reality of this country is that true bilingualism is a capacity we can expect only from a small minority of Canadians.
All the events organized by the AHQ are in French. Making them bilingual would instantly destroy the AHQ appeal. We learnt that the hard way a long time ago. Currently, no articles from Humanist Perspective or from Québec Humaniste are translated and published into the other magazine.
The only issues that could interest both constituencies are related to the Criminal code (ex: blasphemy law, Dying with dignity concerns, Canada Charter of Rights and Freedoms, etc.). Most numerous issues in Canada of interest to Humanists are actually related to provincial questions thus the need to translate is not very high.
I must add that occasional attempts by Humanist Canada to «represent francophone humanist, too» are not likely to succeed. And trying to create a truly bilingual humanist organisation would be an incredible waste of time and money knowing the diverging nature of our respective interests.
The pragmatic way to handle that is to have enough contacts between AHQ and HC so we have good cooperation on the (limited) number of common issues.
Jacobsen: What are some of the positive expectations for 2019 for the Association Humaniste Du Québec? What some existential risks for the equality and freedom of humanists in 2019, potentially?
Virard: Central to our action in Québec, will be our continued struggle to get rid of the “Religious Culture” course imposed upon all children and teenagers in the state schools since 2008. For us, it is clearly a course in “credulity promotion” since it presents six religions (excluding secular humanism, of course) seen only through the rosy lens of their myths and rituals.
Not a single word about their historical deeds, nor their responsibility in many human conflicts nor their inherent contradictions with ethics and science. In other words, it is a propaganda machine so brainwashed children end up believing that having a religion is a must in order to be “normal”.
Furthermore, the course always represents religious people through their most fundamentalist versions. So a Muslim girl is ALWAYS represented with a head covering, a young Jew is always represented with a kippah, and a young First Nation girl always with some feathers…
We believe this course was created as an expedient way to keep a large number of former religion teachers on the payroll: they moved from a Catholic or Protestant curriculum to a slightly expended curriculum since Christian teachings are still given the lion share of the new curriculum (for “historical reasons”, of course). We think the ÉCR course in its present form, is, indeed, an existential risk for the future of secular humanism in Quebec.
Jacobsen: In the management of community and the work to provide for the needs of the members of it, what are the pluses and minuses, positives and negatives, of the work there?
Virard: Since we are not expecting too much from our members, we won’t be too disappointed. Most work is performed by Board members. This is especially important when we have to meet government officials. So we have a porte-parole, an editor in chief, a webmaster, an event manager (that’s me for now), a treasurer, all of them are Board members.
We ask for help from volunteers to maintain and improve the Centre humaniste. Since the beginning, I have insisted on having name stickers to anyone coming to our events (movies, lectures, potlucks).
This has been helpful to form bonds between members and into developing a sense of community. I half-jokingly tell everyone that the reason I co-create the AHQ was in order to give an “identity” to the non-believers, and I think we succeeded.
Jacobsen: What are the general demographics of the Association Humaniste Du Québec? How does this differ from the general surrounding culture of the area? How does this add, not detract, from the inclusivity and available flavors of views and experiences of the national humanist community?
Virard: As with most Humanist organisations, the demographics are skewed toward the elders with somewhat more men than women (60/40 is kind of a rule of thumb). There is no much surprise there: these are the same bias we find essentially in all general humanist organisations.
Retirees are important to us: they have time to think and time to help (and money to boot). We do have younger members but they tend to come and go. University groups have a short half-life and women are more attracted to strictly feminist groups (we have lost women board members to women’s rights groups).
Regarding diversity, I think we are not doing badly, we have members from all parts of the Francophonie such as Senegal, Algeria, Tunisia, Morocco, Belgium, France, as well as from Egypt, Italy, but also from the English speaking community in Montreal (of course, they do speak French, too).
Our most popular video on our Youtube channel – QcHumaniste – (with 120 clips) is a lecture on the Koran by a member from Morocco (about 94,000 views).
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with donations, becoming a member, or showcasing the Association Humaniste Du Québec community?
Virard: You can make a donation or become a member through our website: http://assohum.org/nous-contacter/devenez-membre/
We can make presentations of the AHQ to audiences around Quebec (Ontario, New-Brunswick) to French-speaking potential humanists. In addition to Montreal we have three active regional groups or “chapters”*: Trois-Rivières, Quebec-City, Gatineau. Just write to info@assohum.org.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Michel.
—
* The term “chapitre” (chapter in French) as an assembly of persons is frowned upon by francophone because it is almost always reserved for monastery usage, meaning the «assembly of canons» or for Hell’s Angel bikers…
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/29
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was family and personal background, e.g., geography, culture, language, and religion or lack thereof?
Brian Dunning: I was raised in a very conservative home, in a conservative town, in conservative company. Luckily I personally managed to avoid ever having had any interest or belief in religion.
For most of my school years, my family was Mormon, so I was dragged kicking and screaming for three hours of services every Sunday. I hated every moment of it, though I did make some good friends among the other guys my age.
They also had a great boy scout troop which did a lot of backpacking and camping, all of which I thoroughly enjoyed. However, I was the guy who never closed his eyes during the prayers.
Jacobsen: How is skepticism important in the electronic era?
Dunning: I don’t think it’s any more or less important now than in any other time. Many of my colleagues disagree with me, on the principle that the Internet gives everyone such better access to misinformation.
But I argue that it gives equally ready access to good information, and people don’t have any different set of tools than they’ve ever had to tell good information from bad.
Jacobsen: What best defines science? What best defines skepticism? How do non-science and pseudo-skepticism/dogma relate to them? What are some examples of them?
Dunning: Science and skepticism are basically the same thing: the application of a high standard of evidence to answer a question. That means putting aside your preferences and your own experiences, something that’s very hard for most people to do.
Our brains tend to put more weight on our own experiences than on empirical evidence, especially when it gives an unwanted result.
A healthy young person may embrace a fad diet, feel energetic, and attribute it to the diet when really they’re just young and healthy and active; and suddenly, this person will remain firmly convinced that there was something magical about that diet. This is the form most misinformation takes when it spreads.
Jacobsen: In America, what are the main sources of pseudoscience, fraudulent claims? How does this impact the general public? What are some humorous examples and some tragic ones, too?
Dunning: The answer to this question is the same everywhere: people want magically easy answers to complicated problems. That’s why snake oil salesmen have always been successful, and always will be: they sell magical solutions in a bottle.
Conspiracy theories are magically simple explanations of a complicated world. Alternative medicine claims are magical cures for health problems (both real and imagined).
And just about every other book is selling a new diet — either the superfood you must eat or the horrible food you must avoid — as a magically easy way to become slim and fit no matter what your genetics have foreordained for you.
Jacobsen: In the work on dissemination of critical thinking terms, methodologies, and ideas into the public sphere, what is important in the communication to the public for better receptiveness for them and delivery from you (or others)?
Dunning: This is the million dollar question. Most misinformation is sold because it sounds amazing, and people love sensationalism — just look at the descent of the History Channel, Nat Geo, Science Channel, and the like.
Those of us who encourage the embrace of good information need to recognize what attracts eyeballs, and constantly find better ways to package the lessons of critical thinking inside exciting entertainment.
Jacobsen: When societies move away from science, critical thinking, and evidence, how does this negatively impact the functioning of society via poor policy and other decisions?
Dunning: It’s quite simple. When you base a decision on bad information, you get a bad decision. Knowing how the world really works is crucial if you want to navigate your way through it properly.
Jacobsen: How can folks, nationally or internationally, become involved in skepticism’s efforts to reduce the level of junk thinking happening throughout American society?
Dunning: Often, when I get a new listener or meet a new fan at a conference, they’ll say something like they always felt this way but never knew that “being a skeptic” was a thing.
So find some skeptical programming that you like and share it with your friends. Get them hooked on skeptical podcasts when ever you’re in the car.
There are plenty of skeptics out there, they just don’t know it yet.
Jacobsen: What are the main concerns regarding claims sold to the general American public moving into 2019 for you?
Dunning: Honestly, the same as always. People believe their friends and their favorite pundits far more readily than they’ll believe sources they’re predisposed against. That was the case yesterday, it’s the case today, and it will be the case tomorrow.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Brian.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/28
Terri Hope is the Founder and Leader of the Grey Bruce Humanists, and a former Humanist Officiant. Here we talk about the Grey Bruce Humanists.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the events and services provided for members of the Grey Bruce Humanists within the community?
Terri Hope: We hold a meeting with a guest speaker every other month on a Sunday morning. (sometimes more often). We have a ‘social dinner’ at a local restaurant during the ‘off’ month. We also have a meeting on the first Wed. evening of the month at the local library. Topics vary… We make donations to local and international organizations.
Jacobsen: How can individuals become involved in the Grey Bruce Humanists?
Hope: All you have to do is get your name on the email list. There are no dues, forms, etc. We pass a ‘hat’ after meetings. Needless to say, we’re not rich!
Jacobsen: Humanism emphasizes reason, compassion, and science. Why? How does this work within a secular community including the Grey Bruce Humanists?
Hope: These values make the most sense for us. Scientific principles can be demonstrated. Reason and compassion make for a more generous, ethical life. We offer donations when we can. We educate with speakers who demonstrate these values. We try to assure that everyone has a voice at meetings.
We welcome everyone to meetings as long as they understand that there can be no attempts to ‘convert’ others.
Jacobsen: What are some of the positive expectations for 2019 for the Grey Bruce Humanists?
Hope: We already have our roster of speakers for 2019. Our planning group plans to update our donation policies, website and Facebook page.
Jacobsen: In the management of community and the work to provide for the needs of the members of it, what are the pluses and minuses, positives and negatives, of the work there?
Hope: Lots of pluses. In a small city, we have about 125 people on the list. Between 10 and 25 people attend the meetings. There seems to be a group who enjoys the meetings, people, social opportunities, etc.
Negatives? Not enough volunteers. Being 3 hours from Toronto makes it hard to book people who’ve written books, made the news, etc.
Jacobsen: What are the general demographics of the Grey Bruce Humanists? How does this differ from the general surrounding culture of the area?
Hope: Similar. We are an older community, both in Owen Sound and in our Humanist group. We do however have a number of active members who are younger. (20’s, 30’s)
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with donations, becoming a member, or showcasing the Grey Bruce Humanist community?
Hope: As I mentioned, people donate what they wish at meetings. They ask to be added to the email list and can easily ask that to be removed. We have not tried to ‘showcase’ the group except by participating in local events which may be organized for the public.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Terri.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/19
Waleed Al-Husseini founded the Council of Ex-Muslims of France. He escaped the Palestinian Authority after torture and imprisonment in Palestine to Jordan and then France. Here we talk about updates on French ex-Muslims from Al-Husseini.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Sir, any new books upcoming? Any new events for ex-Muslims on the horizon?
Waleed Al-Husseini: New book not yet, but we will have events in September in London we just try to prepare it.
Jacobsen: For those in the context of countries without blasphemy laws, what is the difference in daily life? How do blasphemy laws change the way someone lives their life in a country?
Al-Husseini: Let’s talk about Europe because in the USA, and elsewhere, it’s different. The difference is that you can say whatever you want. But we still have some limits, look at what happened to that women from Austria. She was condemned last month for blasphemy because she called Muhammad a pedophile.
After this case, you can see, based on the reaction, how much here in Europe; we are still not free to talk about everything, especially taboo topics. That’s why the situation for ex-Muslims is dangerous.
It is dangerous for all of us. Really, I can’t imagine the future how it will be. All these things. But we still can talk and not be arrested or killed like in an Islamic country. 2 months ago, we signed a call against blasphemy law in Poland.
Jacobsen: What are some threats to freedom of expression and freedom of association in a context where people who leave religion are afraid to speak out in an honest way about their experiences?
Al-Husseini: Our threats come from Muslims more than other religions. We could be attacked in the streets and anywhere by normal Muslims. I do not necessarily mean jihadists.
For associations, it’s also different because we get attacks by Islamic accusations in the name of Islamophobia or some organization calling themselves anti-racist and attacking us in the name of so-called anti-racism.
All just to not offend Muslims; while when you kowtow, you help moderate Islam too. But if we keep going without realizing the ills of the crisis, we will never be moderate.
Jacobsen: Why are so much fear and hostility directed at those who leave religion?
Al-Husseini: Because of losing life, and because the other options are violence; they are ready to kill you if you leave Islam. This is the most dangerous thing, especially so for ex-Muslims. And some will lose their work or their families.
Jacobsen: What are some important recent developments in the ability of ex-Muslims to express their views more freely?
Al-Husseini: Internet, social media, and YouTube are the places most ex-Muslims are able to talk about themselves freely. However, with Arabic media, they invite us just to make a show and also for the journalist to show himself as a good Muslim and so on.
There is still a lack of knowledge about atheism or secularism because they mix both. Sometimes, they don’t know what atheism is, and all their information is coming from some purported stupid old crisis of atheism.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Waleed.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/16
“Former Canadian diplomat Michael Kovrig has been arrested and detained in China without explanation, the Canadian government confirmed Tuesday.
“Obviously we are aware of the situation of a Canadian detained in China,” said Prime Minister Justin Trudeau on his way into question period Tuesday. “We have been in direct contact with the Chinese diplomats and representatives. We are engaged on the file, which we take very seriously, and we are providing consular assistance to the family.”
A written statement from Global Affairs Canada said that because of Canada’s Privacy Act, no further information would be disclosed about the case of Kovrig, who until recently served as a Canadian diplomat in China.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/kovrig-detained-china-tuesday-1.4940725.
“OTTAWA – For Parliament Hill watchers and federal politics junkies, 2018 was news-heavy year. From the tense and dramatic negotiations that culminated in a major new trade pact to the federal government’s purchase of a cross-provincial pipeline; as well as several stunning scandals, defections, and departures, 2018 had no shortage of headline-grabbing happenings.
In order of occurrence, here are the eight biggest stories in federal politics in 2018.”
Source: https://www.ctvnews.ca/politics/the-eight-biggest-canadian-political-stories-of-2018-1.4194253.
“Canadian diplomats will be granted access “shortly” to the second Canadian detained in China, Prime Minister Justin Trudeau said Friday, as he predicted consequences for Canada’s economy from the U.S.-China trade war.
“We are a country that is deeply supported and engaged in global trade,” Trudeau said. “And when the two largest economies in the world are trying to disrupt global trade, there’s going to be consequences for Canada.”
Trudeau addressed the fate of the entrepreneur Michael Spavor, one of two Canadians arrested in China earlier this week, during a wide-ranging interview with The Canadian Press.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/canada-to-see-spavor-soon-trudeau-1.4947487.
“Canada has been granted consular access to Michael Spavor, the second Canadian detained in China this week.
Canada’s ambassador to China John McCallum met with Spavor on Sunday, according to a statement from Global Affairs Canada.
“Canadian consular officials continue to provide consular services to him and his family and will continue to seek further access to Mr. Spavor,” the statement said.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/michael-spavor-consular-access-1.4948367.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/27
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How was religion or non-religion part of early life?
Administrator for Going to Hell for Laughing: My parents are Lutheran and raised me in church. I always dreaded church; there was never a time I remember enjoying it.
I stopped going when I was 16 and my dad, a civilian contractor with the Air Force, deployed to Saudi Arabia with the Air Force. I was too big for my mom to drag to church so I just stayed home.
Jacobsen: When did atheism become the stance for you?
Administrator for Going to Hell for Laughing: I didn’t apply the label “atheist” to myself until college.
Jacobsen: How was religion or non-religion influential on your views about the nature of humanity to the world? What seems like a good summary statement or few on the traditional religious claims to truth on offer?
Administrator for Going to Hell for Laughing: I had taken courses in World Civilizations, Philosophy, and Comparative Religion and realized that every culture has invented its own mythology to explain the unexplainable. Over time science has filled all the gaps that superstition used to fill.
I was a “live and let live” type of atheist until 9/11. It became crystal clear to me that we will never have peace on this planet as long as we’re killing each other over whose imaginary friend is the real one.
Jacobsen: How did you come to find the online atheist sphere? What was your first impression of it? How did this change over time? Why was Going to Hell for Laughing founded? What is your role as its administrator? What are some fun and interesting aspects of posting materials, seeing comments, and, potentially, interacting with the audience?
Administrator for Going to Hell for Laughing: A few years ago I started figuring out how to use Photoshop and make memes. I made a few that did really well and then I kind of moved on to other things after hitting 30K followers. My biggest meme ever had nothing to do with religion.
Unfortunately it brought with it a lot of religious idiots who didn’t realize they had liked an atheist page. After that everything I posted got a bunch of stupid comments from stupid people and it kind of sucked the fun out of it. I loved making memes because they get shared by atheists and seen by their theist friends.
A great meme encapsulates one idea succinctly in a unique way; I see it as planting a seed in their brain that they can’t dodge. If the average believer goes online and can’t help but have lots of these inconvenient ideas planted in their minds, eventually some of them will bear fruit.
And at the very least them seeing their deeply revered beliefs mocked will make them realize they really have nothing (like evidence) with which to retaliate. I love it when believers are forced to concede that they’ve come up empty.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/22
*Full letter at the bottom.*[1]
Einstein’s recent letter to hit some of the popular press headlines references “God” in addition to the Bible (BBC News, 2018a). At the age of 74, Einstein wrote a 1.5 page “note” or letter to Eric Gutkind, a German philosopher of the time (Ibid.).
Often, it is titled the “God Letter” (Barron, 2018). At times, Einstein identified with the term “agnostic” while rejecting atheism (Rense, 2018). Some interpret this as an open rejection of religion as a whole by Einstein, not necessarily true (Osborne, 2018).
Indeed, flat wrong, Einstein, two months after the letter to Gutkind, stated the personal sensibility of a deeply religious non-believer (Christie’s, 2018). In youth, though, Einstein “manifested… a sudden but passionate zeal for Judaism, a short but memorable phase that reached its conclusion with Einstein’s exposure to science at around the age of 10” (Ibid.).
Einstein, as written years later, through the reading of popular science textbooks and upon reflection of the contents of the texts comprising the Bible, stated the “impression that youth is intentionally being deceived by the state through lies; it was a crushing impression” (Ibid.).
The letter, in a New York-based auction, acquired a worth of 2.9-million-pound-sterling (or GBP), equivalent to about $4 million Canadian dollars (CAD) (Sherwood, 2018). The common interpretation of the letter, given the clarity of time and new generations, remains a rejection of traditional conceptualizations of a God and the standard interpretations – literal and metaphorical – of the Bible (Willingham, 2018).
Einstein did not adhere to an atheistic viewpoint of the universe, as many of you know. Interestingly, the letter was written in response to a book written by Gutkind entitled Choose Life: The Biblical Call to Revolt (Johnson, 2018).
Letters from other individuals from Einstein garner similar renowned and monetary valuation, not including one to a young female scientist while, certainly, another to the late Theodore Roosevelt with the one to Roosevelt’s worth estimated between $1.2 to $0.8 million (USD), approximately $1.63 to $1.09 million (CAD) (BBC News, 2018b; Christie’s, 2002).
To claim Einstein as a traditional religious individual would disserve Einstein’s intellectual legacy, even cheapen the worldview, some labelled the Einsteinian, rather direct, stance expressed in the letter a “diatribe” (Robinson, 2018).
Peter Klarnet, senior specialist in books and manuscripts at Christie’s auction house, argued, “…one of the definitive statements in the Religion vs. Science debate” (Willingham, 2018). A note from the auction house stated, “This remarkably candid, private letter was written a year before Einstein’s death and remains the most fully articulated expression of his religious and philosophical views” (BBC News, 2018a).
Important to note, since the letter was written one year prior to Einstein’s death, this may, indeed, reflect the antiquated cosmologist’s advanced age religious and theological views as stone tablet (Willingham, 2018). That is to say, Christie’s, though seemingly bold in the declaration, seems correct in the assessment.
One dissenting voice was noted by Gillespie (2018) on the definitude of the religious and theological views of Einstein, which was the biographer of Einstein, Walter Isaacson – who is prominent and respected.
Richard Dawkins stated, “This letter was about something very important to Einstein, I suspect” (Sherwood, 2018). Something of which Einstein thought about in a critical manner since the age of 13, saying he had “abandoned his uncritical religious fervour, feeling he had been deceived into believing lies” (Ibid.).
Atheists and theists alike partake of name-dropping in history to bolster positions for themselves. Willingham (2018) touched on the vein here. The notion of an authority figure of world renowned representative, in some frame, of one’s own views and, therefore, the famous smart person reflective of a similar level of intelligence or respectability of oneself.
The more accurate view about Einstein’s worldview reflected the mathematical harmony and apparent beauty in the simplicity of the principles of nature, of its logical parsimony and precision. One found in Baruch de Spinoza, a Jewish-Dutch 17th-century philosopher, known for a pantheistic view of the universe without magic or miracles.
Some characterize the non-interventionist God of Einstein as either a Deity or a Pantheity. Simply Nature or the laws thereof, God does not care about individual human beings’ lives in this idea of God. Such an important question, thinker, and answer, to so many, the auction went for 4-minutes (Gillespie, 2018). Intriguingly, but, perhaps, not surprisingly, the Gutkind family owned the letter until 2008 prior to a former auction of the letter in a Bloomsbury Auctions in London (Ibid.; CTV News, 2018).
Einstein, born in Germany and with Jewish heritage, went straight to the point in the letter, as elderly men have things to do and things to think about, e.g., a Theory of Everything. He did not have time to read the full book by Gutkind, though he read most of it (Letters of Note, 2009). Gutkind disagreed with Einstein on free will and the role of God in an individual’s life (Mejia, 2018).
Because Einstein’s famous metaphorical words about God not playing dice with the universe represented an image of absolute truth in the world glued to determinism without an intervening God and, therefore, no movement for freedom of the will or a role of God in the life of each person for all time (The Week, 2018; Christie’s, 2018).
Einstein in the letter reflects on the lack of “ego-oriented desires” as an “un-American attitude” aligning the sentiments of Gutkind and Einstein, i.e., Einstein started on a non-confrontational point of view after reading “a great deal” of Gutkind’s text (Letters of Note, 2009).
Alas, Einstein set the word “God” as a derivation of human frailties and the Bible as “a collection of honorable, but still purely primitive, legends which are nevertheless pretty childish,” where no interpretation can alter this conception and “the Jewish religion like all other religions is an incarnation of the most childish superstition” (Ibid.).
In the latter case, narratives and superstitions intended for children; in the former case, not hostile inasmuch as descriptive of the limited organisms, in time and in space, grasping at what little light the rules of nature will permit of themselves, principles of existence glimpsed through an evolved and bounded mind with proportional limits in ability to know the cosmos.
Taking on the stance of humanity writ species, Einstein understood the Jewish peoples as simply another group, rather than “chosen,” and no better than the others and, in fact, “are protected from the worst cancers by a lack of power” and not some divine decree or selection (Ibid.). Although, other early life written sources represent more racist views (Roos, 2018). He may have recanted personal opinions over time.
In the concluding half of the letter, Einstein leaves the boxing gloves at home to gather chalk dust flaking off the equation-filled board and then offers an olive branch. At first, he states:
In general I find it painful that you claim a privileged position and try to defend it by two walls of pride, an external one as a man and an internal one as a Jew. As a man you claim, so to speak, a dispensation from causality otherwise accepted, as a Jew the privilege of monotheism. But a limited causality is no longer a causality at all, as our wonderful Spinoza recognized with all incision, probably as the first one. And the animistic interpretations of the religions of nature are in principle not annulled by monopolization. With such walls we can only attain a certain self-deception, but our moral efforts are not furthered by them. On the contrary. (Letters of Note, 2009)
In this reference to Spinoza as a solution to the faux superiority posited by Gutkind, we find echoes to a consistent view of the universe as a mathematical harmony without a wink lost over human affairs and parochial belief systems, or claims to racial superiority. He then stated:
Now that I have quite openly stated our differences in intellectual convictions it is still clear to me that we are quite close to each other in essential things, i.e; in our evaluations of human behavior. What separates us are only intellectual “props” and “rationalization” in Freud’s language. Therefore I think that we would understand each other quite well if we talked about concrete things. (Ibid.)
In this, we can see a distinct split between the intellectual and emotional common sentiment.
On a rather thoughtful, though not entirely unbiased but probably mostly true, note, Christian thinktank Theos senior fellow, Nick Spencer, stated, “Einstein offers scant consolation to either party in this debate. His cosmic religion and distant deistic God fits neither the agenda of religious believers or that of tribal atheists… As so often during his life, he refused and disturbed the accepted categories. We do the great physicist a disservice when we go to him to legitimise our belief in God, or in his absence” (Sherwood, 2018).
References
Barron, J. (2018, December 2). Einstein’s ‘God Letter,’ a Viral Missive From 1954. Retrieved from https://www.nytimes.com/2018/12/02/nyregion/einstein-god-letter-auction.html.
BBC News. (2018a, December 4). Albert Einstein’s ‘God letter’ sells for $2.9m. Retrieved from https://www.bbc.com/news/world-us-canada-46438116.
BBC News. (2018b, March 6). Albert Einstein note to young female scientist sells at auction. Retrieved from https://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-43308400.
BBC News. (2018c, June 14). Einstein’s travel diaries reveal racist stereotypes. Retrieved from https://www.bbc.com/news/science-environment-44472277.
Christie’s. (2018, December 12). ‘The word God is for me nothing but the expression and product of human weakness’. Retrieved from https://www.christies.com/features/Albert-Einstein-God-Letter-9457-3.aspx.
Christie’s. (2002, March 27). Sale 1032. Retrieved from https://www.christies.com/lotfinder/einstein-albert-typed-letter-signed-to-3886884-details.aspx.
CTV News. (2018, December 5). Einstein’s ‘God letter’ fetches $2.9M at auction. Retrieved from https://www.ctvnews.ca/sci-tech/einstein-s-god-letter-fetches-2-9m-at-auction-1.4206380.
Gillespie, E. (2018, December 6). After a Tense 4-Minute-Long Auction, Einstein’s ‘God Letter’ Sells for Nearly $3 Million at Christie’s. Retrieved from http://fortune.com/2018/12/06/einstein-god-letter-sold-price-christies-auction/.
Johnson, B. (n.d.). Albert Einstein’s “God Letter” Taken in Context. Retrieved from http://www.deism.com/einsteingodletter.htm.
Mejia, Z. (2018, December 5). Einstein’s famous ‘God letter’ sold for a record-breaking $2.9 million — here’s why. Retrieved from https://www.cnbc.com/2018/12/05/einsteins-god-letter-sold-at-auction-for-2point9-million–heres-why.html.
Osborne, S. (2018, December 5). Albert Einstein’s ‘God letter’ in which physicist rejected religion auctioned for $3m. Retrieved from https://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/americas/albert-einstein-god-letter-auction-sale-religion-science-atheism-new-york-eric-gutkind-a8668216.html.
Rense, S. (2018, December 6). Albert Einstein’s Letter Calling God a ‘Human Weakness’ Netted $2.9 Million at Auction. Retrieved from https://www.esquire.com/lifestyle/money/a25422404/einstein-god-letter-sells-auction/.
Roos, D. (2018, June 14). Albert Einstein’s Travel Diaries Reveal Racist Comments. Retrieved from https://www.history.com/news/albertin-einstein-racist-xenophobic-views-travel-journal.
Robinson, M. (2018, December 5). Einstein’s ‘God letter’ breaks record and sells for $2.9M at auction. Retrieved from https://www.cnn.com/2018/12/05/us/einstein-god-letter-christies-auction-scli-intl/index.html.
Sherwood, H. (2018, December 4). Albert Einstein’s ‘God letter’ reflecting on religion auctioned for $3m. Retrieved from https://www.theguardian.com/science/2018/dec/04/physicist-albert-einstein-god-letter-reflecting-on-religion-up-for-auction-christies.
The Week. (2018, December 4). What’s in Albert Einstein’s ‘God letter’?. Retrieved from https://www.theweek.co.uk/98254/what-s-in-albert-einstein-s-god-letter.
Willingham, A.J. (2018, December 4). Einstein’s famous ‘God Letter’ is expected to fetch $1 million at auction. Retrieved from https://www.cnn.com/2018/10/04/us/einstein-god-letter-auction-trnd/index.html.
Endnote
[1] The word God is a product of human weakness (2009) in full states:
Dear Mr Gutkind,
Inspired by Brouwer’s repeated suggestion, I read a great deal in your book, and thank you very much for lending it to me. What struck me was this: with regard to the factual attitude to life and to the human community we have a great deal in common. Your personal ideal with its striving for freedom from ego-oriented desires, for making life beautiful and noble, with an emphasis on the purely human element. This unites us as having an “unAmerican attitude.”
Still, without Brouwer’s suggestion I would never have gotten myself to engage intensively with your book because it is written in a language inaccessible to me. The word God is for me nothing more than the expression and product of human weakness, the Bible a collection of honorable, but still purely primitive, legends which are nevertheless pretty childish. No interpretation, no matter how subtle, can change this for me. For me the Jewish religion like all other religions is an incarnation of the most childish superstition. And the Jewish people to whom I gladly belong, and whose thinking I have a deep affinity for, have no different quality for me than all other people. As far as my experience goes, they are also no better than other human groups, although they are protected from the worst cancers by a lack of power. Otherwise I cannot see anything “chosen” about them.
In general I find it painful that you claim a privileged position and try to defend it by two walls of pride, an external one as a man and an internal one as a Jew. As a man you claim, so to speak, a dispensation from causality otherwise accepted, as a Jew the privilege of monotheism. But a limited causality is no longer a causality at all, as our wonderful Spinoza recognized with all incision, probably as the first one. And the animistic interpretations of the religions of nature are in principle not annulled by monopolization. With such walls we can only attain a certain self-deception, but our moral efforts are not furthered by them. On the contrary.
Now that I have quite openly stated our differences in intellectual convictions it is still clear to me that we are quite close to each other in essential things, i.e; in our evaluations of human behavior. What separates us are only intellectual “props” and “rationalization” in Freud’s language. Therefore I think that we would understand each other quite well if we talked about concrete things.
With friendly thanks and best wishes,
Yours,
A. Einstein
Letters of Note. (2009, September). The word God is a product of human weakness. Retrieved from http://www.lettersofnote.com/2009/10/word-god-is-product-of-human-weakness.html.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/19
Rev. Gretta Vosper of West Hill United Church in Scarborough, Ontario, went through an approximately 3-year ordeal – almost 4 in fact – in the uncertainty of station in the Christian denomination The United Church of Canada, arguably the most progressive sect in the nation and much of the world (not my opinion alone).
Take, for example, the fact of the matter as the first church to permit the ordination of women, circa 1936 with Lydia Guchy (University of Toronto, 2017; BC Conference of the United Church of Canada, 2018).
Also, we can take Vosper stating that The United Church of Canada is the “most progressive denomination in the world, as far as I’m concerned” in a podcast with Ryan Bell (Garrison, 2016).
In a conclusion-of-the-ordeal article, following the first article a couple years prior, Garrison (2018) notes, “Vosper hopes to create resources for the development of secular communities that have these multilayered social connections within them.”
A community was the point the entire time. Vosper remains a person oriented around the construction of community. She has also been labeled a “brave woman,” and rightly so (Thomas, 2018). The reason, as noted by Thomas, “… her situation grabbed headlines when she wrote a letter to the church’s spiritual leader after the January 2015 terrorist massacre at the Charlie Hebdo newspaper office in Paris. Her point: Belief in God can motivate bad things” (Ibid.).
More pointedly, Vosper denounced the belief in a supernatural “being whose purposes can be divined and which, once interpreted and without mercy, must be brought about within the human community in the name of that being” (Longhurst, 2018).
This was, in part, a basis for Vosper, personally, to be unable and unwilling to reaffirm the original vows during ordination in The United Church of Canada. There was supposed to be a hearing for Vosper, and then delays in the hearing occurred for some time – until recently.
As reported by Longhurst, “…before that hearing took place, the Toronto Conference and Vosper reached a settlement on Nov. 7 to let her keep her job” (2018). However, the church released another statement in reaffirmation of some beliefs following the announcement of the reaching of a settlement (The United Church of Canada, 2018a).
“In a brief joint statement, the Toronto Conference, Vosper and West Hill Church said the parties had ‘settled all outstanding issues between them,’” as reported by Longhurst (Longhurst, 2018; The United Church of Canada, 2018b).
The articles, since the November 7 press statement, continue to come out, even more than one month later (Stonestreet, J. & Morris, 2018; Bean, 2018). According to Vosper’s lawyer, Juliana Falconer, there was a rational calculation on the costs and benefits of a continuation of the disagreement, for all parties (Ibid.).
Douglas Todd, a long-time religion and belief commentator, lamented the lack of open reasoning for the decision by The United Church of Canada (Todd, 2018).
Todd argues The United Church of Canada is the main source of “worm theology,” which amounts to engagement in identity politics and followers who “perceive themselves as fundamentally flawed, guilty and unworthy” (Ibid.).
While also considering the prior statement of The United Church of Canada, we can see the earlier tone, as declared:
The Committee read the submissions and listened very carefully to determine whether Ms. Vosper’s beliefs are in essential agreement with the statement of doctrine of the United Church. This is a crucial question asked of all potential ordinands to determine whether they are suitable for ministry within The United Church of Canada.
We have concluded that if Gretta Vosper were before us today, seeking to be ordained, the Toronto Conference Interview Committee would not recommend her. In our opinion, she is not suitable to continue in ordained ministry because she does not believe in God, Jesus Christ or the Holy Spirit. Ms. Vosper does not recognize the primacy of scripture, she will not conduct the sacraments, and she is no longer in essential agreement with the statement of doctrine of The United Church of Canada. (Henderson, 2016)
But with some cultural knowledge or research into the belief of clergy in congregations around North America, there is a long history of doubting leaders alongside the larger disbelieving laity, who may simply suspect but not explicitly know about one another.
One such project was set forth by Tufts University Professor Daniel C. Dennett and Independent Qualitative Research Consultant Linda LaScola, called The Clergy Project (The Clergy Project, 2018). (If you look close at the banner collage image at the top of the main webpage of the website, you can see Vosper’s photo.)
Vosper simply becomes another in a long line of brave individuals, as noted by Thomas (2018), working to expand the landscape of Christian and other spirituality in the early 21st century. A woman freethought pioneer within the tradition of The United Church of Canada.
The conclusion of the ordeal for Vosper has left some letters to the editor with laments, including the following from Steve Thorkildsen, “What will be next? School principals who don’t believe in the value of educating children? Doctors who don’t believe the natural progression of diseases should be interrupted? Engineers who spurn precision and believe that approximations are close enough? Our new Age of Reason doesn’t seem so reasonable to me” (Hamilton Spectator, 2018).
But even within The United Church of Canada, the head of the denomination is happy to keep Vosper (Stonestreet & Morris, 2018). Discomfort from some on the outside and resolute comfort, even happiness, on the inside.
One commentary, by Antonio Gualteri (2018), openly opined, “Now I wonder if the terms of the settlement between the two parties were based more on labour law than theology, though we may never know given the condition of confidentiality.”
In a nuanced view, he considers the critical issue not the atheism of Vosper but the approach to the Bible. While, at the same time, Vosper has spoken to these subtler concerns in prior writing, as cited in the article by Gualteri (2018).
That is to say, she (Vosper) states, directly, the problematic contents of the texts comprising the Bible with the “obscure,” “irrelevant,” and “dangerously prone to misguiding” contents of it (Gualteri, 2018; Vosper, 2016).
Perhaps, in other words, the issue remains not Vosper’s approach to the Bible, but, rather, with the applicability of the purported holy text to much of modern secular life and spirituality in standard interpretations, in contradistinction to the noteworthy but, likely, wrongly – inversely so – placed concerns of Gualteri (2018).
Vosper, in response to a question about “atheist minister” being, supposedly, an oxymoron, stated, “Not if you understand the history of biblical and theological study. For well over 100 years, we’ve questioned the authority of the Bible and recognized it was written by humans. When you do that, everything is up for grabs, including the idea of a supernatural God.”
She seems correct, in part, but this tradition of questioning of the Bible by prominent and intelligent women exists much farther into the historical record, including back to some of the earliest women geniuses in the Western philosophical tradition (Adler, 2018).
I speak, of course, of one of the few great women polymaths permitted to flourish, for a time, in the ancient world: Hypatia of Alexandria. She had a number of distinct statements about fables, myths, miracles, superstitions, and religions:
Fables should be taught as fables, myths as myths, and miracles as poetic fancies. To teach superstitions as truths is a most terrible thing. The child mind accepts and believes them, and only through great pain and perhaps tragedy can he be in after years relieved of them. In fact, men will fight for a superstition quite as quickly as for a living truth — often more so, since a superstition is so intangible you cannot get at it to refute it, but truth is a point of view, and so is changeable.
All formal dogmatic religions are fallacious and must never be accepted by self-respecting persons as final.
Taking the historical account and comparing to the current, we can see, at a minimum perhaps, an amicable solution, as per the joint statement, to the updated (a-)theological stances of Vosper within the “most progressive denomination in the world” and another woman, Hypatia, outside of the church in the ancient world, i.e., cut to pieces and mutilated to death by a Christian mob.
Both “brave” but, certainly, different contexts. In a sense, for the church and the Western critical tradition, and the popular reactionaries to freethinking women, this is, certainly, progress, of a kind, once more – and within a suitable Western tradition and Christian denomination.
References
Adler, M. (2018, November 23). Atheist minister Gretta Vosper is free to continue her West Hill work. Retrieved from https://www.toronto.com/news-story/9042831-atheist-minister-gretta-vosper-is-free-to-continue-her-west-hill-work/.
BC Conference of the United Church of Canada. (2018). Rev. Lydia Emelie Gruchy. Retrieved from https://bc.united-church.ca/rev-lydia-emelie-gruchy/.
Bean, A. (2018, December 12). Lost in the debate over Trump’s silence during the Apostles’ Creed: a bigger issue for progressive Christians. Retrieved from https://baptistnews.com/article/lost-in-the-debate-over-trumps-silence-during-the-apostles-creed-a-bigger-issue-for-progressive-christians/#.XBokr2hKiM8.
Garrison, B. (2016, October 4). Atheist Pastor Deemed Unsuitable for Ministry. Retrieved from https://thehumanist.com/news/religion/atheist-pastor-deemed-unsuitable-ministry.
Garrison, B. (2018, December 3). Case Against Atheist Pastor Dismissed. Retrieved from https://thehumanist.com/news/religion/case-against-atheist-pastor-dismissed.
Gualteri, A. (2018, November). Gretta Vosper’s atheism isn’t the problem. Retrieved from https://www.ucobserver.org/columns/2018/11/gretta_vosper_united_church/.
Hamilton Spectator. (2018, November 22). Nov. 23: Pardon the turkeys, jail the kids, gender identity isn’t a theory and other letters to the editor. Retrieved from https://www.thespec.com/opinion-story/9046012-nov-23-pardon-the-turkeys-jail-the-kids-gender-identity-isn-t-a-theory-and-other-letters-to-the-editor/.
Henderson, S. (2016, September 22). A Message from the Sub-Executive of Toronto Conference Regarding the Review of the Rev. Gretta Vosper. Retrieved from https://torontoconference.ca/2016/09/message-sub-executive-toronto-conference-regarding-review-rev-gretta-vosper/.
Longhurst, J. (2018, December 1). Opinion split after atheist minister keeps job. Retrieved from https://www.winnipegfreepress.com/arts-and-life/life/faith/opinion-split-after-atheist-minister-keeps-job-501694981.html.
Stonestreet, J. & Morris, G.S. (2018, December 18). When “Christianity” Is Pointless: Why Real Faith Makes Demands. Retrieved from https://www.christianheadlines.com/columnists/breakpoint/when-christianity-is-pointless-why-real-faith-makes-demands.html.
The Clergy Project. (2018). The Clergy Project. Retrieved from http://clergyproject.org/.
The United Church of Canada. (2018b, November 7). Statement on the Rev. Gretta Vosper. Retrieved from https://www.united-church.ca/news/statement-rev-gretta-vosper.
The United Church of Canada. (2018a, November 7). The United Church of Canada Responds to the Joint Statement on the Rev. Vosper. Retrieved from https://www.united-church.ca/news/united-church-canada-responds-joint-statement-rev-vosper.
Thomas, W. (2018, November 30). How to tell if your minister is also an atheist. Retrieved from https://www.niagarathisweek.com/opinion-story/9060407-how-to-tell-if-your-minister-is-also-an-atheist/.
Todd, D. (2018, November 17). Douglas Todd: Atheist Rev. Gretta Vosper’s case reveals a church’s ‘worm theology’. Retrieved from https://vancouversun.com/opinion/columnists/douglas-todd-atheist-rev-gretta-vospers-case-reveals-a-churchs-worm-theology.
University of Toronto. (2017, February 2). Changing roles of women in the Canadian churches. Retrieved from individual.utoronto.ca/hayes/xty_canada/xn_women.html.
Vosper, G. (2016, June 30). My Answers to the Questions of Ordination. Retrieved from https://www.grettavosper.ca/answers-questions-ordination/.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/18
Ian Bushfield, M.Sc., is the Executive Director of the British Columbia Humanist Association (BCHA). The BCHA has been working hard through 2018. Here we talk about some of the updates.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: The British Columbia Humanist Association has a number of great campaigns including Fair Property Tax Exemptions, End Blasphemy Laws, Public Funds for Public Schools, and Secular Addictions Recovery, among others. How are these playing out now? What is their level progress?
Ian Bushfield: The big news, as your readers will hopefully be aware, is that Canada’s blasphemy law is no more! Following years of lobbying by Humanists and secularists across Canada, the Government of Canada finally passed a bill that included the repeal of section 296 of the Criminal Code, which was the prohibition on blasphemous libel.
On our other campaigns, things are moving along steadily and we’re looking to push a lot of them forward with what should be a sympathetic BC government in 2019. This is why we’ve combined a number of these campaigns under a Secular BC banner, which we’ll present to Premier John Horgan in the new year.
Jacobsen: As well, there are frequent meetups with some upcoming ones in Kelowna and Vancouver. How are these helping to build some community and maintain important discussions within the existing community?
Bushfield: Building nonreligious communities has always been the core function of the BC Humanist Association and we’re so excited by the work being done by organizers in Vancouver, Kelowna, Comox, Victoria and elsewhere in this province.
These groups are almost always built and run by volunteers so the dangers of burnout remain constant. I’m hopeful that we can start to develop more structures in 2019 to make it easier for volunteers to step up and support the important backbone of this movement.
Jacobsen: If people have some interest in some of the more recent and ongoing discussions, they can look into the BCHA podcast. How old is the podcast now? What are some upcoming discussion topics?
Bushfield: We actually started regularly posting recordings of our Vancouver Sunday meetings three years ago this month. There are now 120 different lectures up there, covering everything from science to philosophy to the latest in our own campaigns.
One of my favourite lectures is a 20-year old recording we had of Svend Robinson from when he was an NDP MP. We digitized that off an old cassette tape from our archives.
In it, Robinson talks about his efforts to support secularist causes in Ottawa, and how presenting a petition to get God out of the Charter got him relegated to the NDP’s backbenches at the time. Robinson’s actually now looking at a return to federal politics so it might be interesting to go back and listen to.
Jacobsen: What is the current state of science education within the province? How are creationists and others working to deny the young proper science education?
Bushfield: British Columbia really has a two-tiered education system. On the one hand, the public system is really strong. On every international comparison (which all have their limits), BC students perform exceptionally well.
The previous government also brought in a new teacher and pedagogical expert-led curriculum that is providing a lot of space for students to really develop as critical thinkers.
It also gives teacher’s the autonomy to ensure the content students learn is current and relevant. Of course, there are still class size issues and an urgent need for greater support for students with special needs but I’m pretty optimistic about BC’s public schools.
However, our government also gives most private schools about 50% of the funding of a public school. A majority of these schools are faith-based and we’ve shown that a number of those are open about the fact they teach Biblical creationism on top of the BC curriculum in science classes.
The government came down on public school boards in the 1990s that were doing this and we’re calling for a similar approach today. At the very least, the government needs to get out of the business of funding religious indoctrination.
Jacobsen: How can humanists become more involved with the BCHA in the province, e.g., membership, volunteering, donating, and so on?
Bushfield: You named it. We’re an entirely membership funded and driven organization. People can become a member through our website, make a donation or even just sign up for our updates.
We’re also on Facebook, Twitter and Instagram and love interacting with people who share progressive and secular values there. We’re going to have more volunteer opportunities coming up so people can make sure to be on our newsletter and they’ll be the first to hear about those.
Jacobsen: How can they become officiants or chaplains within the humanist tradition?
Bushfield: Unfortunately our officiant program is in a bit of a state of stasis at the moment. Without the ability to perform legal marriages, we’re limited in what we can do and the officiants we have trained haven’t had a ton of work so far.
We’re hopeful that we can get the Government of BC to make the necessary changes soon and then we can kickstart the program later next year.
Jacobsen: What two topics seem most concerning for 2018/19 relevant to the humanist community, e.g., human rights violations or anti-science education, to you?
Bushfield: The thing that’s really weighing on my mind these days is the resurgence of nationalist movements around the world and how disappointed I’ve been by the responses of many self-identifying Humanists, which range from downplaying its dangers to outright embracing its talking points.
You don’t need to dig deep into the history of Humanist thought to see that Humanism has always been a movement that supports a more universal, global and democratic agenda.
While institutions like the UN and European Parliament have their flaws, they are a step toward the global parliaments envisioned in many Humanist manifestos. When Christian nationalists and prominent atheists are mouthing the same talking points about immigration or trans rights, I feel we’ve really lost our way.
Otherwise, I think Humanists, and humanity broadly, still hasn’t come to terms with the scale of response we need to tackle the growing crisis posed by climate change. Our province’s own CleanBC plan is a promising start but even it feels like it falls short of the work that needs to be done, and it’s one of the only plans with momentum in Canada.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Ian.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/17
When facts fail, go to plan B, which always tinged plan A, anyway: fear, Prime Minister Justin Trudeau made a call out, recently (Wright, 2018).
It was directed towards the conservatives. In particular, the use of populism in the sense of negative nationalism or faux patriotism. The issue on the floor was immigration with Trudeau declaring the immigration issue enforced as a political issue, which could put the future of Canadian society at risk.
Trudeau in an interview spoke to a broad consensus within Canadian society about the good of immigration for the nation in spite of other countries beginning to question immigration more.
“The decision that the Conservatives have taken recently to, for example, go after the global compact on migration in a way that is deliberately and knowingly spreading falsehoods for short-term political gain and to drum up anxiety around immigration is irresponsible,” Trudeau stated, “is not the way we should be moving forward in a thoughtful way on one of the big issues that is facing our country” (Ibid.).
The fulcrum here is “deliberately and knowingly spreading falsehoods” (Ibid.). This reflects the constant reiteration of falsehoods becoming the part of political platforms to pose as if consistent-with-the-facts and, therefore, legitimate as part of normal discourse.
This seems like a trend, whether with the broad consensus on climate change and the misrepresentation of the facts and, thus, skewing the timeline of the needed solutions or the legitimate ways in which to solve the problem or attenuate global warming to some degree.
Another is in the appropriate and modernized sexual education curriculum in the current context of the less bounded and more scientific discussion on sexual orientation and gender identity.
Trudeau wants a debate on immigration kept within bounds of “meaningful areas of policy,” Wright reports (Ibid.).
Trudeau continued to opine, “But the fearmongering, and the misinformation that is being deliberately and knowingly put out by the Conservative party right now, is very dangerous to something that has been an extraordinary advantage and benefit for Canada for generations” (Ibid.).
The Press Secretary for the Conservative Party of Canada Leader, Brock Harrison, about Trudeau, stated, “He resorts to personal attacks and phoney arguments whenever he’s criticized for it… Conservatives will continue to hold him to account over the lengthy delays in processing and billions in added costs caused by his failure to secure the border” (Ibid.).
Within the United Nations becoming a signatory remains important, it means the individual Member States, ideally, would take internal national resolve to work on the solutions and implementation of them, regardless of the political or international climate of inaction.
164 Member States of the United Nations became signatories to the UN Global Compact for Safe, Orderly and Regular Migration (2018). This sounds almost conservative in its safe, orderly, and regular orientation on migration.
The compact is seen as the first large-scale agreement for international migration in all its facets and nuances (Wright, 2018). Indeed, its principles sit with the Charter of the United Nations (Global Compact on Migration, 2018).
Also, in affirmation of the rights of every human being inherent in the principles and values of the United Nations, it stated, “Refugees and migrants are entitled to the same universal human rights and fundamental freedoms, which must be respected, protected and fulfilled at all times” (Global Compact on Migration, 2018).
The concern in the rise of the aforementioned negative nationalism or populism, or those on whom their political base may find ideological comfort, could rest with the question of national sovereignty of the nation-state of Canada as a Member State of the United Nations. That’s a fair question.
However, if examination into some of the text, we can note one part with the label “National sovereignty,” which states, “The Global Compact reaffirms the sovereign right of States to determine their national migration policy and their prerogative to govern migration within their jurisdiction, in conformity with international law” (Ibid.).
A reaffirmation of the sovereign right of States is retained in the document. Ultra-conservative groups in some of Eastern Europe have utilized fear of migrants to fan some public concern for political economic value (Wright, 2018).
But the stated objectives of the document stipulate, in Objective 2, to “Minimize the adverse drivers and structural factors that compel people to leave their country of origin,” and, in Objective 4, to also “Ensure that all migrants have proof of legal identity and adequate documentation,” as well as, in Objective 11, to “Manage borders in an integrated, secure and coordinated manner,” in addition to Objective 12 stating the need to “Strengthen certainty and predictability in migration procedures for appropriate screening, assessment and referral” (Global Compact on Migration, 2018).
By the implication of its potential robust implementation, this would reduce the number of people compelled to be forced to leave their home countries, their communities, and, even potentially, families while having proof of identity and done while managing borders properly with reasonable screening, assessment, and referral for them (Ibid.).
As a part of the document, and to the accusation of Trudeau about “fearmongering” and “deliberately and knowingly spreading falsehoods” of the conservative leadership, Objective 17 of the Global Compact for Safe, Orderly and Regular Migration stipulates, “Eliminate all forms of discrimination and promote evidence-based public discourse to shape perceptions of migration” (Wright, 2018; Global Compact on Migration, 2018).
As succinctly stated by Wright (2018), “Scheer came out strongly against the compact on the grounds that it would give foreign entities influence over Canada’s immigration system, claims that have been rejected by many immigration-law experts.”
Wright continued to note the conservative “hammering” against the liberals over asylum seekers, where this reflected conflict with Ontario Premier Doug Ford and Quebec Premier Francois Legault who each want “$200 million or more” from Ottawa to cover the costs of the two provinces (Ibid.).
More than 38,000 “irregular migrants” arrived in Canada since 2017 (Ibid.). Asylum seekers, according to an Angus Reid Institute poll, could be a problem for the liberals. These issues resonate when conservatives raise the issue, based on an assessment of Shachi Kurl, Executive Director of the Angus Reid Institute.
Wright (2018) stated that Trudeau wants to address the fears of the public, which he would probably argue, as per the call out, is being stoked by the conservatives in spite of the explicit contents of the Global Compact for Safe, Orderly and Regular Migration.
His aim is to meet the public’s concerns while orienting to what Canada has signed on to, as an international obligation. Trudeau pointed to Eastern Europe and America as blights in the international conversation regarding anti-immigration political rhetoric.
Trudeau said, “This process is working to keep us safe… There is a careful approach (by the Conservatives) to try and scare people, and as we’ve said, it’s always easier to try and scare people then to allay fears in a time of anxiety.”
Now, it’s here, again.
Besides, the entire conversation seems amusing – and tragic, and to some extent arrogant – on some level, given the unprecedented, massive, and non-peaceful immigration that took place at the founding of the nation.
References
Global Compact for Migration. (2018, July 11). Global Compact for Safe, Orderly and Regular Migration. Retrieved from https://refugeesmigrants.un.org/sites/default/files/180711_final_draft_0.pdf.
Wright, T. (2018, December 16). Trudeau says Conservatives are ‘fearmongering,’ ‘spreading falsehoods’ on immigration. Retrieved from https://globalnews.ca/news/4768182/justin-trudeau-conservatives-immigration-fearmongering/.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/16
“Canadian Minister of Environment and Climate Change Catherine McKenna and environmental activists are emphasizing that more action is needed to combat climate change despite Saturday’s deal reached by countries at a UN climate summit.
In addition, some green groups and certain countries expressed frustration that more ambitious climate goals were not achieved during intense negotiations that ran into the weekend.
Nearly 200 nations at COP24 agreed upon universal, transparent rules that will govern efforts to cut emissions and curb global warming and enable countries to put into action the commitments they made in the 2015 Paris climate accord.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/technology/catherine-mckenna-environmentalists-action-cop24-1.4948384.
“MONTREAL, CANADA—Dozens of African researchers were denied visas for an artificial intelligence (AI) meeting here last week, even as the Canadian government takes steps to advance the country’s standing in AI and the field aims for greater inclusivity.
Black in AI, a daylong workshop for scientists of African descent held in conjunction with the Conference on Neural Information Processing Systems (NeurIPS), a leading AI conference, had invited more than 200 scientists from Africa to participate. But about half of the visa applications led to denials or acceptances so delayed that the researchers were unable to attend. “It looks like we have some inconsistency between what one part of government does and what another does,” says Yoshua Bengio, a NeurIPS organizer and professor at the University of Montreal.”
“Innovation funding competition will help create jobs and spur the growth of Canadian companies
SAINT-JEAN-SUR-RICHELIEU, QC, Dec. 14, 2018 /CNW/ – The Government of Canada continues to spur innovation by investing in the agriculture and agri-food industry, creating good middle-class jobs and ensuring the sector punches above its weight in a competitive global market.
Today, Jean-Claude Poissant, Parliamentary Secretary to the Minister of Agriculture and Agri-Food, on behalf of the Honourable Navdeep Bains, Minister of Innovation, Science and Economic Development, launched a new funding competition, through the Strategic Innovation Fund, for national scale initiatives in automation and digital technology applications in the agriculture and agri-food sector. Funding of between $10 million and $50 million will be provided to a successful applicant in the competition.”
“Winning a Nobel Prize changed nearly everything about Donna Strickland’s professional life except the principles that helped shape it in the first place.
The University of Waterloo professor has watched enrolment in her courses double, landed a promotion at work and begun scheduling global lectures in the two months since she became the third woman ever to win a Nobel Prize in physics.
Strickland, 59, said securing the field’s highest honour has given her a significant new platform from which to share the importance of pursuing science for the sake of understanding how the world works rather than to achieve specific technological breakthroughs.”
“The berries tasted different. The blueberries and cranberries didn’t look the same either.
When elders from Fort McKay near Alberta’s oilsands went to their traditional picking areas, things just didn’t feel right. They knew something was off. But what?
The First Nation’s questions eventually grew into a collaboration with university-based researchers that brought botanists out on traditional berry-picking trips in an attempt to use western science to investigate community concerns.”
“2018 Outstanding Achievement Awards honour employee excellence
OTTAWA, Dec. 12, 2018 /CNW/ – Employees were recognized and celebrated today for their contributions to the National Research Council of Canada’s (NRC) scientific and technological achievements over the past year.
Award recipients are peer-nominated and nominations must clearly demonstrate how the nominee or the team’s contribution is exceptional and how it benefits stakeholders.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/16
“Washington, DC – The United States Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF) applauds the passage of legislation in Canada’s Senate removing the offense of blasphemy from the country’s criminal code. The offense will be officially removed once the bill receives Royal Assent. The last time someone was convicted for blasphemy in Canada was almost 100 years ago. However, these laws are dangerous even when dormant in Western democracies, as they can unexpectedly be enforced to prosecute offenders for speech deemed blasphemous, as a recent incident in Spain shows.
“Laws criminalizing blasphemy are detrimental to religious freedom and other human rights, such as freedom of expression,” said USCIRF Chair Tenzin Dorjee. “These laws make governments the arbiters of truth and conscience, and are ripe for abuse against dissenting voices and members of religious minorities. USCIRF welcomes this step by the Canadian government and urges all other nations to eliminate these pernicious laws.”
Canada joins several countries, including Denmark and Malta, that have recently removed antiquated blasphemy provisions. Soon Ireland will also remove its blasphemy law, following a public referendum held in October. (See USCIRF’s statement on this here.) Roughly one third of countries around the world maintain blasphemy laws, which range from obsolete to actively used with penalties that include death. USCIRF recently published a report examining global blasphemy laws and their compliance with international human rights standards.”
“(CNN) An atheist couple in Canada who complained about classroom celebrations of religious holidays was awarded $12,000 (almost $9,000 in US money) by a human rights tribunal after their daughter was barred from re-enrolling in her preschool.
The outspoken parents sued Bowen Island Montessori School (BIMS) in Bowen Island, British Columbia after the school asked the family to sign a letter agreeing to the school’s multicultural curriculum — refusing to register the girl for the following school year until the letter was signed.
The parents, Gary Mangel and Mai Yasué, said barring their daughter from enrollment constituted discrimination against their religion, race, ancestry and family status.”
Source: https://www.cnn.com/2018/12/14/world/atheist-family-wins-anti-holiday-lawsuit-trnd/index.html.
“Public Safety Minister Ralph Goodale said Friday he would have his officials review use of words like Sikh, Sunni and Shia to describe terrorist threats, after a report suggesting Canada was again at risk from Sikh extremism sparked fierce criticism.His promise seemed to do little to calm the anger, however, as the Sikh community’s main national organization called afterward for all 20 MPs and one senator of the religion to resign over the issue.
Some of the outcry erupted from within Goodale’s own caucus, as a Liberal backbencher urged that the mention of potential Sikh violence be removed entirely from the Public Safety Canada terror-threat report.”
“Atheism and faith can coexist in schools but it takes more tolerance from both sides, according to diversity and inclusion expert Alden Habacon.
Habacon’s warning comes after the B.C. Human Rights Tribunal recently ruled in favour of an atheist family who didn’t want their young child exposed to religious celebrations like Christmas and Hanukkah at the Bowen Island Montessori School.
The parents were asked by the school to sign a letter saying they accept the school’s cultural programs before their child could re-enrol, which was found to violate their human rights. The school was ordered to pay them $12,000.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/16
“It’s been over six years since we, along with over a million other Canadian citizens, were quietly and administratively stripped of our right to vote from abroad. This disenfranchisement—which was neither debated in Parliament nor subject to open discussion—was effected under and defended by the former Conservative government of Stephen Harper. Our disenfranchisement was part of a larger global trend that has seen conservative political parties erode democratic institutions and voter rights in order to consolidate their own power.
When the Canadian Senate approved Bill C-76 earlier this week, it undid some of the anti-democratic mischief enacted by the previous Conservative government. Bill C-76 will restore the voting rights of Canadians living abroad and strengthen democratic institutions domestically.
We are profoundly grateful to the Liberal government for honouring their campaign promise to restore the right of expatriate Canadian citizens to vote. This legislation offers a ray of hope in these dark days, when democratic institution are withering across the world. The Liberals’ initiative reminds us that Canadian values of generosity, openness and bravery still stand strong. Still, we worry, with good reason, that our newly recovered rights are not permanent.”
“The Supreme Court of Canada has declared mandatory victim surcharges constitutionally invalid because they violate the protection against cruel and unusual punishment in the Charter of Rights and Freedoms.
The 7-2 decision, with Justices Suzanne Côté and Malcolm Rowe dissenting, takes effect immediately, so that surcharges can no longer be part of an offender’s sentence.
Money collected from offenders was intended to help fund programs and services for victims of crime.”
Source: https://ipolitics.ca/2018/12/14/supreme-court-throws-out-harper-era-victim-surcharges/.
“An Ontario judge erred in ruling the Charter of Rights and Freedoms does not apply to a Toronto-area woman because she has been declared brain dead, the woman’s family argues in challenging a decision that would have taken her off life support.
Taquisha McKitty was 27 when doctors declared her “dead by neurological criteria” in September of last year following a drug overdose that left her unconscious on a Brampton, Ont., sidewalk.
McKitty’s family turned to the courts to prevent doctors from taking her off life support, saying her Christian faith defines death as the cessation of heartbeat, not of brain function.”
“Canada Post facilities are back to their normal holiday volumes in Halifax after two months of rotating strikes.
The Canadian Union of Postal Workers (CUPW) vice president Mike Keefe told NEWS 95.7’s Todd Veinotte that the facilities have caught up to their backlogs and he expects mail to arrive as usual.
Now the union is challenging the backdoor legislation that forced them back to work. They filed a charter challenge on Tuesday to protect their right to strike and negotiate better contracts moving forward. “
Source: https://www.halifaxtoday.ca/local-news/canada-post-facilities-back-to-normal-in-halifax-1162165.
“Sharing a computer with someone does not mean giving up privacy rights over the material stored on the machine, the Supreme Court of Canada has ruled.
In a 9-0 decision Thursday, the high court restored the acquittal of Thomas Reeves of Sudbury, Ont., on child-pornography charges — even though his common-law spouse had consented to police seizure of a jointly used computer from their home.
In October 2012, police arrived at the home without a warrant after Reeves’ spouse reported finding what she believed to be child pornography on the computer.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/16
Vice News reported on a recent conservative and Christian event, not always easy to separate in the current sociopolitical context. This was in, of course, Ontario, and Mississauga in particular. Canada Christian College hosted the event.
There was purportedly ‘eager anticipation’ for the appearance of Ontario Premier Doug Ford at the event. The evening in Mississauga was filled with “musical performances, prayers, and speeches.” All featuring Christian congregations of various flavors.
The president of Canada Christian College, Charles McVety, hosted the event. McVety, as you well know, remains hard-and-fast held to the socially conservative Christian religious tenor of the nation, as well as hyperbolic non-news outlets including Rebel Media.
As reported, “Christian leaders from Sri Lanka to Ghana all showed up to offer prayers onstage but the night’s biggest highlight was the appearance and speech by Ford, who attended the event with his wife Karla and their daughters” (Zhou, 2018).
McVety parroted Ford’s line of “true man of the people” because McVety did not know of a premier to come to “a Christian event like this one” before (Ibid.). He, McVety, praised Ford’s efforts to remove the modernized sexual education curriculum in Ontario, which was put in place by the Liberal Party.
McVety stated that the sexual education curriculum taught “radical teachings” (Ibid.). Unfortunate for Ford, he has several ongoing court challenges from LGBTQ parents, and young people, because of the repeal of the curriculum, where the interim material is the health and physical education curriculum from 1998 (Paling, 2018).
At a Christmas concert, McVety argued, “Gender is immutable. You can’t change gender” (Ibid.). The curriculum repealed in Ontario represented more diverse family structures including LGBTQ families, e.g., “two mothers or two fathers,” or other ideas including “that different people express their genders in different ways” (Ibid.).
Members of the PC Party, including Mississauga-Malton MPP Deepak Anand and Niagara West MPP Sam Oosterhoff, welcomed Ford onto the stage. Following this, Ford began to boast about accomplishments of his party.
Ford exclaimed, “We’re reforming the education system and carrying out the largest public consultation with parents ever!… We’re listening to the parents out there for the first time ever” (Zhou, 2018).
Ford continued to brag on trashing cap-and-trade and working to have Ontario’s law enforcement given the ability to remove “guns and gangs” from the streets of the province (Ibid.).
In a potential presaging of political aspirations of the individual and the Evangelical community, McVety, at the finale of the event, called the wife of Doug Ford, Karla, the “first lady of Canada” (Ibid.).
In a historical note, Zhou (2018) brought forward the history of McVety focusing on sexuality and sex in sociocultural and political moves. For example, he started an online petition. He asserted that the Liberals, at the time, were attempting to repeal laws, which, in turn, would permit adult men to have anal sex with children as young as 16-years-old.
As well, McVety argued the Toronto Pride Parade was, or even is, sex tourism. Thus, none of these trends remain new to the grouping here. At the event, Ford called the people present “good Christian people” (Ibid.).
One pastor of Miracle Family Temple, David Loganathan, present at the event stated, “As premier, [Ford]he has visited Muslims and Hindus, but Canada is Christian and so are its forefathers, so it’s more important for him to come here to support us…The foundation of Canada is Christian and we have to work to maintain that…. Canada is a Christian country” (Ibid.).
So it goes.
References
Paling, E. (2018, December 10). Doug Ford Touts Curriculum Changes Alongside Charles McVety, Anti-LGBTQ Christian Figure. Retrieved from https://www.huffingtonpost.ca/2018/12/10/doug-ford-touts-curriculum-changes-alongside-charles-mcvety-anti-lgbtq-christian-figure_a_23614546/.
Zhou, S. (2018, December 10). Doug Ford headlines Christmas concert with controversial evangelical pastor. Retrieved from https://news.vice.com/en_ca/article/j5za8p/doug-ford-headlines-christmas-concert-with-controversial-evangelical-pastor.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/13
Mandisa Thomas is the Founder of Black Nonbelievers, Inc (Twitter & Facebook). One of the, if not the, largest organization for African-American or black nonbelievers or atheists in America. The organization is intended to give secular fellowship, provide nurturance and support for nonbelievers, encourage a sense of pride in irreligion, and promote charity in the non-religious community. I reached out to begin an educational series with one of the, and again if not the, most prominent African-American woman nonbeliever grassroots activists in the United States. Here, we talk about leadership and character.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: With respect to leadership, there is a notion. That notion is of a certain invulnerability of them, among other things. What is the non-invulnerability of leaders? How does this play out practically in the case of Black Nonbelievers, Inc.?
Mandisa Thomas: We had the experience of encountering many types of people who want to be part of the Black Nonbelievers, Inc. As a manager, I have not only worked to develop my staff but also to develop myself.
When it comes to being a leader, there are expectations that are pretty high. But I try to be as understanding as possible. We still have our separate lives. We cannot be everything to everyone.
It can be very frustrating at times when you have to navigate those people who are not as good leadership material. We have had our ups and downs. But we have always try to work through that.
People in leadership with BN know that they have our support. However, there is also the expectation that they work on themselves.
It is not a guarantee. But it can be rough. It is something that we must do once we commit.
Jacobsen: What are optional for leaders? What are must-haves for leaders?
Thomas: Good communication means that you’re following up regularly and are tactful and diplomatic and cordial to others. There is something about that within the leadership, which makes us unique in how inviting we are to other people.
There does need to be a stick-to-it-iveness. If you go on a project of importance, you should commit to it. If you cannot do it, make sure, you are asking for help and allow yourself to be helped. We will not have the answers to everything.
Once you put yourself through the realm of correction or you are making errors where you can’t be corrected, that is a problem. It denotes a lack of accountability or responsibility.
This is especially true in leadership positions. We should learn from mistakes in order to not repeat them again. That tends to be a pretty tough area at times.
Jacobsen: Also, for effective leadership, what is the give-and-take of leaning on others and having others lean on you?
Thomas: As leaders, we must know who we can lean on. There are people looking to us for support and the sense of trust. There is a tendency to be more of that than we can have for ourselves.
You must have a good circle of people who you can trust and talk to. So, that you can prepare for the masses or others who are looking for your support. We must be prepared that it is never going to be balanced.
There will always be an expectation that will fall on us. I am not sure that we will be completely understood by many. But I appreciate those who do understand and give support.
It also helps to keep communication going and knowing when, and who, to talk to, or to bounce ideas off. Who can you talk to? “Hey, I could have done better. What do you suggest?” Always say, “Thank you,” to those who support you in that way.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/12
According to Robert Whitley in Psychology Today, he noted wonderful pre-holidays research findings. Namely, the ways in which the Nones may have better or similar mental health than their more traditionally faithful counterparts (Callooh! Callay!).
He remarked on the common practices of the religious within the reportage on various religious activities of the faithful, including prayer, religious observances, and other faith-based services. Whitley used this as a transition point for commentary on the growing body of professional research on the religious, the non-religious, and their respective relationship with mental health.
Of course, the Nones remain a multiform group with some commonalities within the void in the belief in some supernatural entities while, and as one may expect, come with a concomitant variety of labels for them as well, as we are all familiar: agnostic, atheist, non-affiliated, humanist, freethinker, bright, and so on.
But interestingly, according to the Pew Research surveys, the Nones continue to increase in numbers within the advanced industrial economies, especially stark is the change in the United States of America and in the young of North America.
The young simply do not accept the traditional mythologies handed via Christianity, Islam, Judaism, Sikhism, or otherwise. These remain either liberalized in interpretation, loosely and inconsistently held beliefs, and only a scattered relation to the real practices.
As one Ukrainian Orthodox Christian colleague one time told me, “We practice what is sometimes called Eastermas. We only attend church on Christmas and, maybe, Easter.” This reflects the experiences of tens of thousands of self-identified young Christians within Canadian society.
Within the increase of the Nones, we find the growth in the atheist subcategorization within them. Some, according to Whitley, attributable to some of the New Atheist movement. However, this also remains a seemingly small movement or popularization segmented in the larger timelines, mostly, within the 2000s – and, perhaps, the early 2010s as well (only an opinion, though).
Now, the mental health of the religious and the non-religious may be debated at several levels. However, there seems too little room to devote to a textbook chapter. Rather, keeping within some co-reportage of Whitley, he argues for the social support angle on the mental health protection of religion.
The argument, not assuming the premises of the supernatural interventionism of the faithful, is such that the social support an individual believer, or set of believers, may feel within community, in congregations, and through extended associative activities including prayer groups, purported holy text study groups, and sharing of religious observances in community, not to mention the widespread cultural incorporation of them with the dominance of particular faiths.
Whitley also states, “…a sense of purpose and meaning offered by religions, and moral codes commanding certain behaviors (e.g. abstinence) within religions. These are discussed in the short video below with Dr. Eric Jarvis, a leading authority on religion, atheism and mental health,” as a source of additional social support.
The question: what are the impacts of religious belief followed by adherence to social support-oriented practices?
Whitley directs attention to the ways in which religiosity, in prior research, has found a positive correlation between religious belief and better mental health than the Nones.
He said, “lower rates of depression, anxiety, suicide, self-harm, and substance use among the religious.” At the same time, he gives a caveat. Most of the studies “collapse” – his word – the substantial number of non-religious identifications into one rubric with the title “Nones.’
Now, the more recent research, which will as always require further follow-up, plumbed the depths of the Nones more with sub-categorization research. For example, we can see the dichotomy in mental wellness between 1), something like, convinced religious believers and 2) convinced atheists.
Those with certainty appear to harbour similar levels of mental wellness. Those with the weaker, tenuous, and middling probabilistic beliefs have worse mental health than those with the certainty in the veracity of their personal religious or non-religious beliefs.
“For example, a just-published study by Dr. Joseph Baker at East Tennessee State University indicates that atheists have the best mental health among the ‘nones,’ similar to that of the highly-religious. In contrast, ‘non-affiliated theists’ had the poorest mental health,” Whitley explained, “These findings overlap with a classic British study which found that the ‘spiritual but not religious’ had higher levels of drug dependency, abnormal eating, generalized anxiety disorder, neurotic disorders and use of psychotropic medication, in comparison with both ‘religious people’ and people who were ‘neither religious nor spiritual.’”
In short, the ways in which one’s epistemology permits cognitive closure on the ontological nature of divinities creates the basis for better mental health or, perhaps, firmer mental wellness.
I recall similar research representative of this finding as well, in which certainty in theology or atheology – convinced theism or convinced atheism, presumably – improved one’s comfort with death: either consolation in some form of hereafter past cessation of mental-bodily functions or a life lived in accordance with the assertion of absolute finality, respectively.
Whitley concluded, “All this implies a need for further research examining the psychosocial and mental health differences between the different categories of the ‘nones.’ A ‘splitting’ rather than ‘lumping’ approach is necessary to enrich the scientific literature and avoid false conclusions.”
References
Lipka, M. (2016, June 1). 10 facts about atheists. Retrieved from http://www.pewresearch.org/fact-tank/2016/06/01/10-facts-about-atheists/.
Whitley, R. (2018, December 4). The Mental Health of Atheists and the ‘Nones’. Retrieved from https://www.psychologytoday.com/ca/blog/talking-about-men/201812/the-mental-health-atheists-and-the-nones.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/10
“When she saw the baby mountain goats, Aerin Jacob knew she was going to be unpopular.
It was spring 2007, and she was a young environmental consultant monitoring the impact of helicopters at a mining project in northern British Columbia. Helicopters are a panic-inducing hazard for mountain goats, who perceive large flying objects as eagles about to swoop down on their young. Her sighting of baby goats high on a rocky cliff meant that the helicopters would have to be rerouted at the mining company’s expense.
“Everyone in camp was listening for that call,” she said, recalling how it felt to be the source of bad news and one of a very few women in a work camp with some 300 men. “That was scary, but it was the only thing to do.””
“The federal government is phasing out a 30-year-old funding program known for connecting teams of scientists across Canada and encouraging them to work together in key areas of biomedical and environmental research, The Globe and Mail has learned.
On Thursday, Science Minister Kirsty Duncan is expected to reveal that the government will eventually discontinue supporting the entities that are collectively known in Canada’s research landscape as Networks of Centres of Excellence. The category includes some high-profile Canadian science organizations, such as the clinically oriented Stem Cell Network as well as ArcticNet, which provides access for researchers to work aboard the Canadian research icebreaker, Amundsen.
The transition is to take place over the next three years with some eligible networks being invited to apply for a three-year renewal rather than the usual five-year cycle, a spokesperson for the minister confirmed.”
“Half the country’s chinook salmon populations are endangered and most of the rest are in decline, according to a science committee that monitors the health of wildlife populations.
The Committee on the Status of Endangered Wildlife In Canada reported Monday that of Canada’s 16 chinook populations, eight are endangered, four are threatened and one is considered of special concern.
Only one, located in British Columbia’s Thompson River, is considered stable. The condition of two populations is unknown.”
“Excellence, not privilege, should define what science can accomplish for Canada.
Yet in the Canadian research community, success as a scientist is far less likely for women and other groups, who are systematically filtered out of the system. These people remain seriously underrepresented among professors, especially in senior ranks, and published figures show that they are paid less than their white male counterparts working at the same levels in STEM (science, technology, engineering, and math) fields. While there is progress, it is glacial: The dial is moving so slowly on equity, we might not overcome these challenges for half a century or more in fields like computer science and engineering.
As a group of early- and mid-career researchers, we recognize it’s time for change. We chose science because of our passion for research and desire to make a difference through discovery. In an ideal world, we would be judged on the full range of our talents, not on our gender, physical abilities, or racial and cultural backgrounds. We have a responsibility to Canadians, who pay for science and expect opportunities and a return on those investments, to ensure our institutions are defined by excellence. Period.”
Source: https://ipolitics.ca/2018/12/07/the-case-for-diversity-in-canadian-science/.
“OTTAWA, Dec. 6, 2018 /CNW/ – When Canada’s research community is given new opportunities to work together, step outside routine and think big, it rises to the challenge. This means Canadians benefit from bold, new discoveries that grow our economy, make us healthier, and help our environment and communities thrive.
That’s why today, the Honourable Kirsty Duncan, Minister of Science and Sport, announced new funding to transform the way government supports research. This includes an investment of $275 million over the next five years, and $65 million per year ongoing, to support research that is international, interdisciplinary, fast-breaking and high-risk.
The new funding stems from Budget 2018, which included an historic investment of nearly $4 billion for research, the largest single investment in research in Canada’s history.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/10
“QUEBEC CITY (CP) — Will the new Coalition Avenir Québec government go ahead with its election promise to prohibit certain civil servants from wearing religious symbols at work?
For now, Premier Francois Legault has decided to wait until the spring to table a bill that will contain measures calling for “people in authority positions” who work for the government to be fired if they wear or display religious symbols at work, which would be a first in Quebec and Canada.
What can affected government workers do?”
“My family went to a big celebration on the first night of Hanukkah this year and we had a great time. At the entrance to the parking lot, a security officer patrolled. As we left, two marked police cars idled nearby.
Hanukkah is a festival of lights, a celebration of religious freedom and a triumph of the few over the many. This year, the celebration of survival and light over intolerance and darkness strikes closer to home than many would like.
According to data in both Canada and the U.S., anti-Semitic hate crimes have risen alarmingly. For a small minority, Jewish Canadians shoulder a disproportionate amount of intolerance.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/manitoba/opinion-hanukkah-hate-crimes-1.4934041.
“I’ve previously introduced the notion of a necessary “growing up” as a species, what I call Cultural Maturity. I’ve argued that while radical, with familiarity the notion is straightforward, that it describes a needed—and now possible—“new common sense.” One of the most significant new capacities that accompanies Cultural Maturity changes is the ability to engage limits in more sophisticated ways. Of particular importance, we become better able to recognize that some limits are inviolable.
Nothing more defined the modern age narrative than the fact that it was heroic—our task on confronting limits was to defeat them. With Cultural Maturity, we better appreciate that certain limits, no matter how hard we try, cannot be defeated. We also recognize that when we ignore this fact, we make ultimately unwise, and often dangerous, decisions.”
“(RNS) — Canada may appear very secular compared with its southern neighbor, but a new poll suggests there is more openness to religion than appears on the surface, especially among younger Canadians.
The survey, called Faith in the Public Square, by the Angus Reid Institute found that 59 percent of Canadians say the free expression of religion in public life makes Canada a better country.
“I was surprised by how many people support religion in the public square,” said Angus Reid, chair of the institute.”
“As battle lines are drawn over the Coalition Avenir Quebec’s promised ban on public servants wearing religious garments or articles at work, it’s instructive to separate generalities from specifics.
When Quebecers are asked general questions such as “do you support a ban” on public employees in positions of authority wearing religious symbols at work, two-thirds say yes. But when asked specifically which symbols would be unacceptable for said public employees at work, it appears what they’re really saying is they support a ban on non-Judeo-Christian symbols.
This is a key distinction, because some observers take this majority support on the general question as a sign the province – and the rest of the country – is becoming more secular. Indeed, Quebec Premier François Legault himself wraps his plans in words such as “secularism” and “neutrality.” Public sentiment, however, is anything but “neutral.””
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/10
“Canada is set to adopt an international migration pact that has drawn scorn from critics who say the document is a threat to sovereign immigration policies.
About 167 countries have agreed to adopt the United Nations Global Compact For Safe, Orderly and Regular Migration, a 36-page document that lays out a collaborative approach to dealing with growing global migration. It sets out 23 objectives for treating migrants humanely and efficiently.
Immigration Minister Ahmed Hussen said the compact serves as a “useful framework” for source, destination and transit countries for migration — and stressed it is not legally binding on the nations that sign it.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/global-compact-un-hussen-1.4935492.
“Canadian special operations troops have been accompanying Iraqi forces on security operations as the last pockets of Islamic State resistance are mopped up, Canada’s top military commander told a House of Commons committee today.
Gen. Jonathan Vance, the chief of the defence staff, was careful to impress upon the committee that the missions are more like police actions than full-on military raids.
He said that “on a daily basis there is very little fighting, almost none” taking place in northern Iraq right now and the Islamic State has lost 98 per cent of the territory it conquered and occupied in 2014.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/vance-iraq-isis-special-operations-1.4935294.
“The arrest of Huawei executive Meng Wanzhou may inflame diplomatic and trade tensions with China, but Canada’s extradition treaty with the United States left it with no choice but to detain her, says a legal expert.
“If the application from the requesting state is in order, then Canada is legally obliged to arrest her,” said Rob Currie, a Dalhousie law professor who focuses extensively on extradition law.
“Most extraditions are not terribly contentious. It so happens that this one is and has massive international political dimensions to it.””
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/meng-huawei-extradition-1.4937146.
“Canada’s provincial and territorial finance ministers are meeting with their federal counterpart in Ottawa to discuss equalization payments, competitiveness and trade.
Topics will also include the global economy, the Canada Pension Plan, a review of the efficacy of the cannabis tax and countering tax evasion.
The meetings began Sunday night and will continue Monday. The ministers typically meet with federal Finance Minister Bill Morneau twice a year.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/finance-ministers-morneau-ottawa-trade-competitiveness-1.4938807.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/10
“70 years ago the Declaration of Human Rights was adopted by the United Nations General Assembly.
The Declaration was created in response to the atrocities of World War ll, to ensure they would never happen again.
Though the historic document isn’t legally binding, it has been an inspiration for many laws; encompassing freedom of speech, personal rights to beliefs, rights of prisoners, the right to travel, the right to be safe, among others.
Garden Valley Collegiate History Teacher Cherise Bergen says in Canada the document heavily influenced the 1982 Charter of Rights and Freedoms.”
“The Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms guarantees that all Canadians are equal under the law. We have the right to equal protection and equal benefits without discrimination based on race.
So why in Halifax were black people five times more likely than white people to be arrested for cannabis possession? And why in Regina were Indigenous people nine times more likely than white people to be arrested for cannabis possession? The unassailable truth is that black and Indigenous people have been disproportionately burdened with criminal convictions for possession of small quantities of cannabis.”
“The Liberals are changing the controversial Canada Summer Jobs attestation that required program applicants to attest respect for a range of established rights, including access to abortion.
Now, groups that work to undermine those rights or that promote discrimination simply won’t be eligible for funding.
“The changes this year are really a reflection of the conversations we’ve been having with Canadians, with members of Parliament, with faith-based leaders and with progressive groups across the country,” said Employment Minister Patty Hajdu in an interview with Global News.”
Source: https://globalnews.ca/news/4732603/canada-summer-jobs-attestation-change/.
“The Quebec Court of Appeal recently reminded us, in the matter of El-Alloul v. Procureure générale du Québec1, that the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms (the “Charter“) protects the right to freedom of religion to the extent that the exercise of that right does not conflict with or harm an overriding public interest, including another Charter-protected right.
It started off as a seemingly mundane case. On February 24, 2015, Ms. El-Alloul appeared before the Court of Québec to recover her motor vehicle, which had been seized when her son was driving it without a licence. However, the judge refused to hear her, as she was wearing a religious head scarf (a hijab) in the courtroom. According to the judge, this was contrary to section 24 of the Regulation of the Court of Québec2 (the “Regulation“), which provides that every person present in the courtroom must be “suitably dressed”.”
Source: http://www.mondaq.com/canada/x/762388/Human+Rights/Wearing+A+Hijab+In+Quebec+Courtrooms.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/09
Mandisa Thomas is the Founder of Black Nonbelievers, Inc (Twitter & Facebook). One of the, if not the, largest organization for African-American or black nonbelievers or atheists in America. The organization is intended to give secular fellowship, provide nurturance and support for nonbelievers, encourage a sense of pride in irreligion, and promote charity in the non-religious community. I reached out to begin an educational series with one of the, and again if not the, most prominent African-American woman nonbeliever grassroots activists in the United States. Here, we talk about sexual education.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, there is a split between abstinence-based sexual education and modernized sexual education: non-evidence-based and evidence-based sexual education. You had an incident. What happened?
Mandisa Thomas: My middle-school aged son gave me a note, from the class and the board of education. It was about attendance at a lesson about sexually transmitted diseases. There would be a strong emphasis on abstinence until marriage as the main way to prevent AIDS.
There was a committee of parents, educators, ministers and others who approved the material, which really was a concern for me because this is a public school system. So, I thought, “Why are there ministers on there?” That was a concern for me.
I had no problem with my son learning about sex education. We learn that at home. I sent an email to the administrator saying that I was concerned about ministers being on the committee because it would possibly exclude the LGBTQ students.
Also, that the abstinence-only education with the strong emphasis on abstinence was oversimplifying the issue of STIs and STDs. Really, there are statistics showing abstinence-only sexual education do not work.
Because there is a high teenage pregnancy rate and STI/STD rate. There is something wrong with this education. I am very concerned that it employs fear tactics on teenagers, which can be emotionally trying and be unrealistic.
That is a wrong approach to this. I sent the note to the administrator and to the county.
Jacobsen: I am sorry for the inadequate potential sexual education provisions for your kids. I am sorry this is happening to you as a parent. Two things come to mind for me. One is the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child with an explicit statement about the best interests of the child.
Then the others are numerous international right documents of the right to evidence-based sexual education. This covers the whole gamut from contraceptive methods, family planning, safe and responsible sex and sexuality, and so on.
These, continually, will produce better outcomes, statistically, for kids when they are given the proper tools. Also, it respects their right to choose who they are intimate with or how they are intimate.
So, this is deeply concerning. But this isn’t a new issue, especially in the United States. Is it?
Thomas: It is not. The schools have been accepting abstinence-only education for years. I think it should be one aspect that is taught. I think there should be a strong emphasis on consent, what qualifies as consent, but that should be applied across the board no matter what the gender is.
Also, I think it must take account of other societal issues. When it comes to sexual encounters and emotions and feelings regarding that, there is a whole bunch that needs to be incorporated. The waiting until marriage is not the optimal approach.
It has not been effective. It will not continue to be effective.
Jacobsen: What does a nonbeliever perspective with an emphasis on science-based and evidence-based sexual education mean here?
Thomas: It takes into account statistics. It also takes into account the changing atmosphere and the changing society. Now, we do have children who strongly identify as teenagers as LGBT – Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Queer, etc. – and that means that we have teenagers who already may not want to get married.
Marriage doesn’t have to be the end goal. There should be statistics applied that are realistic. It gives a very, very shortsighted view of marriage, and sexual health and sexual awareness. That means that you do not necessarily need to have children.
For the LGBTQ kids, the having kids may not be an issue. For STIs/STDs, some of them are not contracted directly through sexual contact. Some can be transmitted through casual contact. The knowing the difference and teaching it honestly will give children and adults a more well-rounded perspective and information as to how they can protect themselves physically, mentally, and emotionally.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.
Thomas: Thank you!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/06
Mandisa Thomas is the Founder of Black Nonbelievers, Inc (Twitter & Facebook). One of the, if not the, largest organization for African-American or black nonbelievers or atheists in America. The organization is intended to give secular fellowship, provide nurturance and support for nonbelievers, encourage a sense of pride in irreligion, and promote charity in the non-religious community. I reached out to begin an educational series with one of the, and again if not the, most prominent African-American woman nonbeliever grassroots activists in the United States. Here, we talk about the recent murder of an evangelist.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Recently, there was an incident. It was illegal for a man to go into the Indigenous community. The reason was for missionary and evangelistic purpose. Why don’t you feel so bad for him?
Mandisa Thomas: For one, the person felt as if it was their purpose to preach the word of God to the Indigenous folks, even though it was illegal. These people were protected by the law of the land they were in. The person tried to get into their land illegally to preach to them.
He was shot on the spot by bows and arrows. In the same way, we have laws here in the States. Other countries have laws and guidelines. There are many Americans think that they can go to different countries and ignore the laws.
It was dangerous for this person to ignore these folks. He paid a local fisherman to go around the around. They have since been interested because it was illegal. I do not feel bad at all. Here was a person who caused their own death.
They were responsible for the dangerous situation that they put themselves.
Jacobsen: What have been the reactions?
Thomas: Most on social media have been the same. This person got what they deserved. You should not force religious beliefs on others. I have others who expressed the idea that this person deserved to die. There could have been a better way to handle that.
However, even if someone thinks that it is right or wrong, it was a consequence of this person’s actions. Even if this person had done some research on the people, they had to know that there was a possible dangerous outcome for engaging with them.
So, as soon as you know a group is that violence, then, you leave them alone. Even if people do not want to admit it, as it is still taboo to say that people bring their deaths upon themselves, that’s true.
In this case, that person was ultimately and solely responsible for the outcome. If they had parenting from a parent organization, they should be responsible as well. Because it is stupidity and blatant disrespect for their culture and ways.
Historically, there have been visitors to third world countries that have been invaded. There is a reason for this group being protected. It should have been respected.
Jacobsen: How does this relate to the objectivity, universality, and subjectivity of ethics?
Thomas: It relates to the idea that we as human beings see things differently. We have to take our nature into account as human beings. In the interest of exploration or what people think what they are doing is right, it often can be very wrong.
There are some people who are rigid in what they think their ethics should be. It can be very, very what is considered “tunnel vision.” That what they think is right is, therefore, right without regard for other people.
Every situation is different. It is important to take evidence as well as what is going on in our society and in our world to make that determination. In this case, I can only speculate that this person who was killed by the Indigenous community may have felt that these people were evil and it was his job to convert them, to the way of Jesus Christ.
However, someone looking at Christianity. It could be said that its own set of ethics and values are above reproach. If anything, Christianity, in and of itself, can be very immoral. Much of this can come from skewed perceptions of what they think is right.
Oftentimes, without really thinking about the consequences, they think that they are changing the world in some way. Sometimes, it is not for the better. This person did not realize that his attempting to “cleanse” these people may have been bad, because he may have been contacting them with foreign antibodies from his own person.
Thinking about this from a well-rounded perspective: what good or harm can come from it, it should inform people’s ethics about circumstances when they are traveling and are trying to spread their good word to people.
Jacobsen: This relates to universal ethics as well. The December 10, 1948 document the Universal Declaration of Human Rights can be a good framework to view the rights of Indigenous peoples as well as the rights to freedom of belief and freedom of religion, which seems more in line with the things that you’re speaking about.
Jacobsen: Even though, we will have different surface ethics. There does seem to be a consensus in the international community in what tends to be right and what tends to be wrong, whether in religion, belief, or in regards to Indigenous status.
Does the ability of individuals and groups to have rights conflict with evangelism seen around the world for many faiths, not simply Christianity alone?
Thomas: Sometimes, it does conflict. Because we often push that people are allowed to believe what they want to believe. If it is an isolated incident where people are practicing their belief and not harm others, that is one thing. It is within the communities.
There can be people harmed by the set of beliefs, often women and children. However, there must be lines drawn when it comes to actually try to go about evangelizing, awareness, or ‘education’ – if you will.
In those cases or most of them, they are by a case-by-case basis. It can be seen subjectively. Even when we see things that are wrong, certainly, it can be within certain communities and peoples throughout the world.
There may be things that we see as horrendous. But it is still our responsibility as human beings to know when to intervene and when not to intervene. In particular, when it came to colonialism in countries in Africa and elsewhere, I do not know if it is a lesson that we will learn anytime soon.
We will have to see and then make a determination from there. We will have to keep informed about what’s going on in other countries, especially before we have the opportunity and to go and visit.
Travel is something that we encourage people to do, but also travel with caution and engage all circumstances with caution, where you can make an informed decision and informed actions as a result.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.
Thomas: Thank you!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/02
“In 2000, the Government of Canada initiated the Canada Research Chairs Program (CRCP) to provide funding and resources to researchers working at Canadian universities.
The funding promotes the work of promising researchers who are considered world leaders in their field. In addition, it attracts international researchers and retains talented home-grown individuals to position Canada as a world leader in research and development.
An appointment to the CRCP signifies and rewards impactful research.”
Source: https://thevarsity.ca/2018/12/01/21-canada-research-chairs-appointed-at-u-of-t/.
“Members of Canada’s space community including academic and business leaders are currently engaged in an urgent dialogue that’s highlighting how the window may be closing on Canada’s opportunity to play a leadership role in the development of the global space economy, as well as the next steps in the exploration of space.
The impetus for this timely conversation is the nascent Lunar Gateway, an international project being co-ordinated by NASA that would empower human expansion across the solar system. In collaboration with public and private partners, the Lunar Gateway imagines the design and construction of a small station that would be sent into orbit around the moon within the next decade. From there, astronauts would build and test systems to advance lunar exploration, conduct a host of deep-space experiments, enhance satellite communications and stage future missions to more distant destinations including Mars.”
“NAIROBI, Kenya, Nov. 27, 2018 /CNW/ – The evidence is clear: Our oceans are at risk. Marine ecosystems are degrading, the oceans are warming, sea levels are rising, and our waters are acidifying. The United Nations has proclaimed a Decade of Ocean Science for Sustainable Development, beginning in 2021, to support efforts to reverse the cycle of decline in ocean health. This initiative coordinated and led by the Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission of UNESCO, will encourage partners from around the world to collaborate to advance ocean science and support the sustainable development of our oceans.
Canadians know that a prosperous economy depends on healthy and sustainable oceans. Today, the Minister of Fisheries, Oceans and the Canadian Coast Guard, the Honourable Jonathan Wilkinson, offered Canada’s support for this initiative, announcing an additional investment of up to $9.5 million in funding to advance activities of the Decade of Ocean Science. This investment complements Canada’s previous commitments to international ocean science efforts and will be used towards the creation of a project office to contribute to the planning, promotion and coordination of activities related to the UN Decade of Ocean Science.”
“TORONTO — Canadian researchers have added their voices to widespread international condemnation of a Chinese scientist who says he helped create genetically modified twin girls using a gene-editing tool known as CRISPR.
The unconfirmed claim was announced Monday by He Jiankui of China’s Southern University of Science and Technology, who said he altered the DNA of embryos during fertility treatments with the goal of preventing the babies from becoming infected with HIV in the future.
Such genetic tinkering contravenes international ethical guidelines and some countries’ laws regulating the use of gene-editing in human reproduction — which some call the slippery slope towards designer babies.”
Source: https://www.huffingtonpost.ca/2018/11/27/canadian-scientists-genetically-edited-babies_a_23602400/.
“OTTAWA — Canada’s chief science adviser admits her first year on the job was not exactly what she’d expected.
“I survived,” Mona Nemer says, laughing. “It was an exciting year. Lots of things to learn. In many ways it was a great job offer because it didn’t have any to-do list. It was just very broad and you could define the position.”
Her role, she says, is not to be a lobbyist. She isn’t there to tell politicians or public servants what to think or what decisions to make. Since September 2017, her job has been to help them find the scientific evidence they need to make decisions.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/02
“Following last year’s initial Decretum Symposium, which examined the connections between Catholic and civil law, the event’s second iteration will look at the intersections of Jewish and civil law.
The Decretum Symposium II is scheduled for Nov. 29 at Ottawa Torah Centre Chabad. The full-day program, from 8:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., is being co-sponsored by the Cardus Religious Freedom Institute (CRFI) and the Centre for Israel and Jewish Affairs (CIJA).
Rev. Andrew Bennett, program director for Cardus Law, served as Canada’s first ambassador for religious freedom and head of the Office of Religious Freedom from 2013 to 2016. At the same time, he led Canada’s delegation to the International Holocaust Remembrance Alliance.”
Source: https://www.cjnews.com/news/canada/symposium-sequel-to-suss-out-religious-and-civil-symbiosis.
“NEW YORK — Did Albert Einstein believe in God? The famous physicist was constantly questioned about his religious beliefs during his lifetime.
Two Einstein artifacts being auctioned in New York could contain clues to the spiritual beliefs of the 20th century’s best-known thinker.
Sotheby’s is auctioning a Bible Friday in which Einstein inscribed in 1932: “This book is an inexhaustible source of living wisdom and consolation.””
Source: https://www.680news.com/2018/11/30/einsteins-religious-views-on-display-at-2-new-york-auctions/.
“Fatima Ahmad has been dreaming about becoming a teacher since she was a little girl.
At age six, she wrote down the aspiration in her diary, along with two other options: doctor and artist. Ultimately, she chose teaching.
“I love kids, and it was just natural,” she said.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/montreal/quebec-religious-symbols-teacher-crop-poll-1.4921276.”
“Police-reported hate crimes saw big increases in Canada last year, new data show, driven by more hate-motivated graffiti and vandalism, crimes targeting a person’s religion and offences against LGBTQ people.
Canadian police dealt with 2,073 hate crimes in 2017, up 47 per cent from the year prior, according to Statistics Canada numbers released Thursday.
Alberta saw a 38 per cent increase, from 139 hate crimes in 2016 to 192 last year.”
“Gina Clarke was furious when her 8-year-old daughter came home from school in tears after doing a wellness day activity in her Grade 3 class.
“(My daughter) was very upset,” recalls the Vaughan mother. “She knew she did something she wasn’t supposed to.”
That something was yoga.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/02
“The science is clear; for all the ambitious climate action we’ve seen – governments need to move faster and with greater urgency. We’re feeding this fire while the means to extinguish it are within reach.”
That’s from Joyce Msuya, the deputy executive director of the United Nations Environment Programme. The UN group says in its new annual report that most of the world’s biggest greenhouse-gas emitters – including Canada – are not likely to meet the reduction targets they agreed to in the 2015 Paris climate treaty.
Those targets were agreed to because scientists said they could help keep the overall global climate from warming less than 2 degrees, which would avoid some of the worst effects such as mass species extinction and devastating droughts.”
“The federal government spends an average of about $14,000 for each asylum seeker crossing into Canada outside of legal border points — a cost that’s expected to rise as the case backlog grows, says Canada’s budget watchdog.
In a report released Thursday — Costing Irregular Migration Across Canada’s Southern Border — Parliamentary Budget Officer Yves Giroux said the total cost for the asylum claims process was about $340 million in 2017-2018 and is expected to rise to $396 million in 2019-2020.
He said some of the accounting is based on average costing for all refugee claimants, because the federal government does not track separate data for “irregular” asylum claimants. Aside from some added costs for RCMP interventions, the average costs for claimants crossing illegally would be same as those for all refugee claimants.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/pbo-budget-officer-asylum-seekers-costs-1.4924364.
“Quebecers are among the thousands protesting in Ottawa against the Ontario government’s decision to cut French-language services.
The crowd includes members of Quebec’s Liberal party and leaders of the Quebec Community Groups Network (QCGN), a non-profit representing 56 English-language community organizations across Quebec.
“We want to send a solidarity message and to tell the government of Ontario that this public relations problem they created for themselves is not going to end until they fix the problem,” said QCGN president Geoffrey Chambers.”
Source: https://globalnews.ca/news/4718919/quebecers-protest-ford-cuts-french-language-services/.
“Canadian politicians weigh in on the signing of a renegotiated NAFTA agreement in Buenos Aires, Argentina, this morning.
There’s much more work to do in lowering trade barriers and in fostering growth that benefits everyone. But reaching a new free trade agreement with the United States and Mexico is a major step for our economy. Canadians got here because Team Canada was driven by the interests of the middle class. Free and fair trade leads to more and better-paying middle-class jobs for more people. And the benefits of trade must be broadly and fairly shared. That is what modernizing NAFTA achieves, and that is why it was always so important to get this new agreement done right.
— Prime Minister Justin Trudeau”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/trudeau-singh-scheer-nafta-reaction-1.4928462.
“OTTAWA — Canada’s chief science adviser admits her first year on the job was not exactly what she’d expected.
“I survived,” Mona Nemer says, laughing. “It was an exciting year. Lots of things to learn. In many ways it was a great job offer because it didn’t have any to-do list. It was just very broad and you could define the position.”
Her role, she says, is not to be a lobbyist. She isn’t there to tell politicians or public servants what to think or what decisions to make. Since September 2017, her job has been to help them find the scientific evidence they need to make decisions.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/02
[Ed. Note: Sorry for the delays, back online.]
“Federal New Democratic Party Leader Jagmeet Singh wears a tightly wrapped turban on his head and a sheathed kirpan on a strap — symbols of his Sikh faith.
As a teacher or police officer in Quebec, Singh wouldn’t be allowed to wear such symbols under the provincial government’s proposed ban that would prohibit public-sector workers from displaying their faith while on the job.
Such a law could push people out of the province, Singh told CBC Montreal’s Daybreak host Mike Finnerty on Friday.”:
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/montreal/jagmeet-singh-qa-religious-symbols-1.4927539.
“As the mother of two small children, a scientist, and an activist for quality public education, I’m deeply concerned about the Ontario government’s proposal for a parents’ bill of rights.
The Ministry of Education’s current consultation asks for feedback on what elements should be included in a formal “Parents’ Bill of Rights.”
After living in the most conservative parts of the United States, I’ve seen how a parents’ bill of rights can be used to undermine teachers, defund public schools and harm children, especially those who identify as lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender (LGBT) or who are questioning their orientation or gender identity.”
“Thompson postal workers and other union members gathered outside City Hall dec. 1 in a show of solidarity against the federal government’s recent decision to legislate Canadian Union of Postal Workers (CUPW) members employed by Canada Post back to work after rotating strikes.
“eBay said we need our parcels out,” said Natalie Dias, president of CUPW Local 839, which represents 16 Canada Post employees in Thompson. “We need Christmas to happen. Our Charter of Rights and Freedoms got cancelled because of Christmas. That is a fear tactic that Canada Post used to force our government to legislate us back and they fell for it. They fell for all the lies that Canada Post has been splaying across the news just so they can get their way and fight us out of a fair contract.””
““[Canada Supreme Court Judge] Abella went to great lengths to emphasise the importance of press freedom in her concurring reasons. Her words are worth repeating: A strong, independent and responsible press ensures that the public’s opinions about its democratic choices are based on accurate and reliable information. This is not a democratic luxury—there can be no democracy without it…
“Strong constitutional safeguards against state intrusion are a necessary precondition for the press to perform its essential democratic role effectively.””
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/22
Leo Igwe is the founder of the Nigerian Humanist Movement and former Western and Southern African representative of the International Humanist and Ethical Union. He is among the most prominent African non-religious people from the African continent. When he speaks, many people listen in a serious way. He holds a Ph.D. from the Bayreuth International School of African Studies at the University of Bayreuth in Germany, having earned a graduate degree in Philosophy from the University of Calabar in Nigeria. Here we talk risks in leaving religion in Nigeria.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are some risks that come with renouncing religion in Nigeria?
Dr. Leo Igwe: Various risks are associated with abandoning religion in Nigeria. However, these dangers depend on which part of Nigeria that one is living and then one’s social status. Generally, the risks include ostracisation, abandonment, and severance of family and community ties. In the Nigerian situation where the state is weak and ineffective, severance of family ties can be quite traumatizing. Those who renounce their religious faith are treated as an outcast, as individuals who have betrayed the family trust. For instance, a Nigerian woman who renounced her religious beliefs has this to say regarding how the family reacted:
My parents and I attended the Deeper Life Bible Church in Lagos. While in the Children’s Church at Akowonjo, I wondered how God received and spent the tithes that were collected. Several years later, I discovered the lies in religion. One of them was the constant message that Christ was coming. Unfortunately, he refused to show up. This led to my doubts and then, I started to connect the dots. Immediately my parents got the news of my unbelief, they threatened to disown me. They deleted my phone number from their phones. My mother told me not to call her again.
Many young persons across Nigeria suffer a similar fate or find themselves in the same predicament. Those who renounce their religious faith run the risk of loss of employment, political and business opportunities. Apostates suffer mob attack and murder, arrests, harassment, prosecution, imprisonment, and execution. Nigeria is one of the countries in the world where apostasy is a crime and the state could execute those who renounce their faith. And, this is especially the case in the sharia implementing states in Northern Nigeria
Jacobsen: How will those risks in renouncing of religion in Nigeria manifest themselves at the individual and the collective levels?
Igwe: At the individual level, the risks manifest through threatening telephone and text messages, -and these days- via Facebook messages and emails. Individuals who abandon their faith are denied freedom of thought and expression. Apostates are censored online and offline. Religious believers regard them as enemies of the society and as persons who should be silenced, neutralized or eliminated. They designate the writings of religious disbelievers as blasphemies, as insults on religion, on God or on Allah. In fact, apostates are criminalized for who they are and also for what they say or write. At the collective level, there is a denial of rights to association and assembly. Atheism is an underground movement in many parts of Nigeria due fear of mob violence, persecution and prosecution by the state.
Jacobsen: How can those risks be reduced?
Igwe: Separating religion and state is critical to reducing these risks and dangers. Hope lies in a state that is not biased for or against any religion. Unfortunately, this is not the case in contemporary Nigeria. Religion and politics mix in such a way that hampers the ability of the Nigerian state to exercise the right to protect atheists, apostates, blasphemers and those who criticize religion. The situation is more dangerous in the sharia implementing states where Islamic jihadists operate with impunity. In these places, the state must disestablish Islam and sharia implementation otherwise it will not be able to decisively deal with these risks. In fact, throughout Nigeria, Christian and Islamic religious privilege must be abolished and nonreligious, irreligious and critics of religion must be treated equally before the law. The government must recognize the criticism of religion as a human right and as an intellectual duty not as a punishable crime.
Jacobsen: How can these be combatted at the policy and political levels?
Igwe: The government needs an inclusive policy that treats religious believers and critics, those who embrace religion and those who renounce their religious faiths, those who have no faith equally. The government should stop portraying itself as Christian or Islamic government, but as a government of the Nigerian people whether they are religious, nonreligious, irreligious, anti-religion, critical of religion or religiously indifferent. There is a need for an effective human rights policy that emphasizes the right to freedom of religion and freedom from religion, including the right to practice one’s religion, change one’s religion, criticize religious beliefs openly and publicly. The risks that are associated with leaving religion will drastically reduce if an open society where people can freely profess, renounce and criticize religion is enthroned.
Jacobsen: What is the upcoming event?
Igwe: The event is a humanist convention that focuses on leaving religion in Nigeria. At this meeting, attendees will explore the risks, challenges, and opportunities that are associated with abandoning religion. The main aim of the event is to provide a space for those who have renounced their religion to share their struggles, stories and experiences. Too often, Nigeria is portrayed as a deeply religious nation, as mainly Christian in the south and muslim in the north. The country is presented as if there are no atheists, skeptics, agnostics or freethinkers in the region. What is often ignored is that there are real dangers that go with leaving religion and that in some parts of the country renouncing religion is a matter of life and death. This event is convened to address this challenge and to devise means and mechanisms to minimize the risks and dangers in leaving religion.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved?
Igwe: People can become involved by helping to publicize the event on social media, sponsoring or supporting attendees. Nigeria has made international headlines as one of the countries being ravaged by Islamic extremism. Indeed religion is at the root of many problems that the country is facing. In the past years, Boko Haram militants have killed and kidnapped thousands of Nigerians and displaced many more. In Southwest Nigeria, a religious crisis is brewing over the wearing of hijab by Muslim girls in public schools. So it is important to highlight this initiative that is meant to foster secularism, tolerance, reason, dialogue and human rights in one of the world’s most religious nation.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Igwe.
Igwe: You are most welcome.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/19
Mandisa Thomas is the Founder of Black Nonbelievers, Inc (Twitter & Facebook). One of the, if not the, largest organization for African-American or black nonbelievers or atheists in America. The organization is intended to give secular fellowship, provide nurturance and support for nonbelievers, encourage a sense of pride in irreligion, and promote charity in the non-religious community. I reached out to begin an educational series with one of the, and again if not the, most prominent African-American woman nonbeliever grassroots activists in the United States. Here, we talk about the recent election cycle.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, you just had election cycle, yesterday. Why do people tend to, not necessarily in a bad way, want to have things happen instantaneously when, in fact, they happen slowly over time with bumps of rapidity?
Mandisa Thomas: I think in this area and in this age of information and the internet and technology. I think many people, especially some young people, want to see change happen overnight. What must be understood is that many of the problems that we have in today’s society didn’t happen overnight, it is institutional and took time to build, so it will take time to dismantle.
Also, people’s memories tend to be very short. That once something good happens then they can be apathetic, like President Obama being elected. Then they don’t think a president like Trump can be elected. It is important for people to be involved consistently, not just on the global level but on the local level.
The States runs in those areas: local, state, and federal. It is important to get involved. They think it is an exciting thing. But often, it is boring and can be tedious. I think it turns people off, but we cannot allow ourselves to become so disillusioned that bad things start happening over and over again.
Jacobsen: What were some of the big wins from yesterday?
Thomas: The state of Colorado elected its first gay governor. The state of Massachusetts has its first black congresswoman. There was a Muslim woman elected to Congress. There was a lot of progress when it comes to Congress. The Democrats are now the majority in the US House. There was a narrow governor’s race in Georgia and Florida. The first potential black governors. The Florida race was almost tied.
It was very neck and neck. The Georgia race will be a recount because there were allegations of voter suppression in the state of Georgia, which affected mostly minorities and the black vote. There is going to be a recount there. There’s also the first openly atheist woman elected in the legislature.
Those sorts of things were there. I know states like Texas had Beto O’Rourke trying to be Ted Cruz, but this was close race. It showed the number of people who took out the time to vote and who believe in change.
Jacobsen: If you take the last 18 years, what was the single biggest win, politically, for atheists and the nonbeliever community in America?
Thomas: Of course, I think it was the election of President Obama. What that means, President Obama was the first US president to recognize the presence of nonbelievers. What that meant for the United States, the change was coming. Even though, he identified as Christian president.
He acknowledged there are differences in the United States. Whereas before, this was not acknowledged at all. There are now more openly – even though the number is pretty low – atheist representatives in national and state governments. That acknowledgment is crucial to those of us who want to get involved and make these changes.
There are some laws on the books, which say atheists cannot hold a seat in public office. That needs to change. The more we speak out, the more we continue to be involved. We can, hopefully, start overturning these ridiculous laws.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.
Thomas: Thank you very much.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/14
Mandisa Thomas is the Founder of Black Nonbelievers, Inc (Twitter & Facebook). One of the, if not the, largest organization for African-American or black nonbelievers or atheists in America. The organization is intended to give secular fellowship, provide nurturance and support for nonbelievers, encourage a sense of pride in irreligion, and promote charity in the non-religious community. I reached out to begin an educational series with one of the, and again if not the, most prominent African-American woman nonbeliever grassroots activists in the United States. Here, we talk about atheists during the holiday seasons.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How can nonbelievers celebrate holidays like Halloween?
Mandisa Thomas: We can celebrate them however we want. I think it is important to understand what is behind a holiday before celebrating it. Christianity has demonized Halloween in particular. It is seen as the Devil’s holiday. It is witchcraft and Satan.
I love the horror aspect to Halloween. It creates some really good movies. My kids love to dress up for Halloween. I have been dressing them up since they were babies. It is really enjoyable. I think that any good reason for us to celebrate something or to have fun is a really, really good idea.
Jacobsen: What are some misconceptions about holidays that, maybe, atheists have, simply enjoying the time with friends, families, or acquaintances?
Thomas: I think that atheists think that they cannot participate or partake of certain holidays once they leave religion behind. For example, Christmas is seen by many religious people as the celebration of the birthday of Christ. Historically, it is inaccurate. There are many religions that contradict that.
Christmas is also a pagan holiday about having fun. It is also about gift giving. It is an effective way for folks to have a good time. I think some atheists may not like the commercialism of Christmas, for example, which is understandable. Some atheist parents may teach their children about Santa Claus. Others may not.
I did not tell my children that Santa Claus wasn’t real until they were old enough to figure it out for themselves. They are okay with that. I think there are many atheists. It can be challenging. Because to engage with family members, there is a lot of praying and religion.
It can be very difficult to make the decision as to whether to want to stay involved or not. But what we have done, as many atheist organizations (BN), we started hosting secular holiday potluck. It is for people who did not want to be around family or who would have been estranged around family.
Then they can fellowship with us. There is always a good alternative for people if they don’t have one.
Jacobsen: When I think about what you said, I think about a phrase coming from some conservative Christian circles: “the War on Christmas.”
Thomas: There are many Christians who feel the “happy holidays” thing is an attack on their belief. But I think many of them are mis-educated or misinformed about the origins of the religious holiday. They must understand that they are living in a very diverse world.
That said, “Merry Christmas,” isn’t always the best thing to express. They are not the only one with beliefs and cannot push them on other people. There are many other people celebrating all other holidays with Hanukah for Jewish people and Kwanzaa for many African-Americans.
There are holidays that take place around the Christmas holiday that should be acknowledged. It is a privilege that many Christians have assumed. Now, it is a fear that it is going to be taken away. But it really isn’t. It is simply other people having the opportunity to practice their traditions.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.
Thomas: Thank you!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/03
Shaykh Uthman Khan completed his ʻĀlimiyyah degree from Madrasah Taleemul Islam from the United Kingdom. He received a traditional Master’s Degree in Arabic and Islamic Sciences and Specialized in traditionalism and the traditional sciences. He also received an Academic Master’s Degree from the Hartford Seminary in Muslim and Christian Relations and specialized in Theology, Philosophy, Religious Scripture, Historiography, and Textual Criticism and Analysis.
His other academic achievements include certificates in Adult Psychology, Accounting, Phonetics, Phonics, and Phonology. Here we talk about anti-Muslim bigotry, Islamophobia, and terminology.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, when we look at the landscape of North America and some of Western Europe, we can see increases in what has been termed Islamophobia, which, in more colloquial terms, is anti-Muslim bigotry.
What are some of the more negative impacts on Muslims who have been living in these countries for a long time? If someone has been a citizen for a very long time, a Muslim who is Canadian, a Muslim who is American, and so on.
One of the obvious negative impacts of Islamophobia could be smears. It could be slurs against them. It could be attacks against them. Some might be more subtle in terms of an individual’s self-concept.
An older person might think, “Do I even belong?” For younger people, they might think, “Do I even fit?”, especially in adolescent years when they are trying to find their identity. What are some of the more nuanced impacts of things like Islamophobia?
Shaykh Uthman Khan: [Laughing] I think Islamophobia itself is overrated. Basically, the reason I feel Islamophobia is overrated: because I feel that Muslims put themselves into Islamophobia. They created this whole situation.
Jacobsen: What would be some of the mechanisms socially and culturally to create Islamophobia in the first place, not only as a term but as a phenomenon?
Khan: Sectarianism is one of them. Not assimilating with the West. “Assimilating” is a bad word. The mixing with the West and becoming more Western. A lot of cultural baggage, which tends to define what basic Islam is.
This cultural guise becomes a problem in how Islam is defined. There is a generation gap between how the older Muslims see Islamophobia and the younger Muslims see Islamophobia. It is essentially how they themselves see Muslims.
So, they will see Muslim in a certain way based on what the media is telling them. There are so many disparate ways to look at it.
Jacobsen: Also, part of that sociological conundrum comes from some sub-sects of Islam within North America or the West generally being insular. So, some Muslim communities in the West keeping excessively to themselves and becoming self-enclosed enclaves.
Khan: Yes, of course, you have two types of Muslims. Ones who are traditional. You have those who aren’t traditional. It goes with every religion. So, everyone who does not follow in a particular way become an outcast from the system. When they are outcast from the system, the intra-religious problems become an issue.
Jacobsen: Should we even be using the term Islamophobia?
Khan: That’s a good question. The term “Islamophobia,” it is a made up word but I am afraid of Islamophobia and any harassment that can come my way because I am a Muslim.
But I feel the reason I am afraid of Islamophobia is because Muslims created this situation paired together with the way the West has portrayed Muslims to be. You paint a scary picture and promote it through the media. What else would you expect?
Jacobsen: Also, I note, at least, two definitions of Islamophobia in the media. One is the one any or most reasonable people would agree with. It is the obvious bigotry against Muslims as individuals. Another conflates that with bigotry against Muslims as individuals but also critiquing ideas.
That second definition, I think, is where people have their most disagreements.
Khan: Critique of the ideas means what?
Jacobsen: If someone says, “I disagree with the ideology of Islam. I do not think Muhammad was a prophet or the last prophet.”
Khan: So, are you talking about disagreeing with the ideas or Islamophobia against the people who disagree with the ideas?
Jacobsen: I think it’s a disagreement on the ideas. I think someone would be very likely delusional to think there isn’t bigotry against Muslims as individuals, as other sectors of society experience bigotry against them as individuals.
Khan: Yes.
Jacobsen: I think they conflate when someone says, “I’m a polytheist,” or, “I’m an atheist. I disagree with the monotheistic conception of the universe propounded in things like Islam and Christianity.” People will say, “That’s Islamophobic,” in some cases.
But that doesn’t get used for Christians in that case. That term then is used for both anti-Muslim bigotry as well as the critique of ideas.
Khan: I haven’t seen that so much here, though. I haven’t experienced it so much. I have experienced them both together, like when I am reading in the news. It goes together, based on the fact that Muslims are doing a particular thing.
People say, “We don’t agree with the Muslims and what they’re doing.” So, they are having an idea with Muslim ideology – everyone believes in their own thing – but why is there Islamophobia because of it, or is there islamophobia because of it?
Jacobsen: There may. It may lead to it. For instance, some people may have the phrase in their head, “They don’t believe in my God.” In a way, it is a disagreement with the conception of God in Islam and then acting out based on it.
Khan: That’s interesting [Laughing]. I haven’t experienced it. It is part of the bigger Islamophobia. The bigger picture is having some sort of prejudice against Muslims.
I am not going to believe one side. It takes two hands to clap. There are the monopolized Muslims. They will promote a particular ideology and sectarian idea. The closed Muslims, those not willing to make civil society. Pair that with the media portrayal.
As for within an ideology I don’t know if I would call it Islamophobia. Within Islam, one sect would falsify another sect because it would falsify their beliefs but that is not Islamophobia.
Jacobsen: Now, I see. That’s interesting. Within some of these big net definitions of Islamophobia, they would include one sect of Islam disagreeing with another sect of Islam as Islamophobia, which is interesting.
Would it clear the air in the conversation to explicitly make that distinction between people and ideas by using terms that have a prefix like “anti-” in terms of “anti-Muslim bigotry” rather than “Islamophobia”?
Would that be a small turn of phrase to grease the wheels of the conversation publicly, in terms of what we’re condemning and what we’re not condemning?
Khan: What do you mean? I understand what you’re saying. But you mean a change of term.
Jacobsen: In place of Islamophobia, we use anti-Muslim bigotry.
Khan: I don’t like both terms [Laughing]. To use Islamophobia and to use anti-Muslim bigotry, either/or is fine. The word Islamophobia has a bit of a bad rep now. Anti-Muslim bigotry: but it is a pretty general term across the board for all Muslims.
I don’t think we need to change the term. Islamophobia is still there. It is so vast and general. A lot of people don’t know what it means. [Laughing] anti-Muslim makes more sense. Because the term “Islamophobia has the word “Islam” in it.
It is more ideological, “I am hating you. I am going to torment you because I do not agree with your ideology.” Versus anti-Muslim bigotry which reflects the different crazy situations that took place in Canada and the US. They were attacking Muslims and not Islam. Two attacks could have been to two people with different set of beliefs and both identifying as Muslim. For example, the Sikh individual who was mistaken as a Muslim and attacked.
They were mainly attacking Muslims. They did not care about the ideology. The term Islamophobia has more of an ideological connotation versus anti-Muslim bigotry, which is more of a Muslim connotation.
It is just like Christianity versus Christians.
Jacobsen: Yes.
Khan: It is a totally different ball game now.
Jacobsen: I like it. For instance, we can note the likely more dangerous threats in, at least North America, of these ethnic and nationalist supremacist ideologies or people oriented towards that way.
They have explicit bigotry against black people. It could even be in a church. One of these white young men goes to a church and kills several African-Americans.
Khan: Yes.
Jacobsen: We don’t make sophisticated intellectual arguments. We simply identify, “This is a person who has bigotry against African-Americans, against black people, and kills them for it.” It amounts to what I have heard called “homegrown terrorism.”
Khan: Yes.
Jacobsen: It is a similar thing. A person looks at a woman wearing a hijab and thinks, “I hate that person, because she’s Muslim.” Whereas, these other people think, “I hate that person, because they have black skin.”
Khan: Do they hate them because they wear the hijab or do they hate them because of their beliefs? I am talking as a theologian. It’s both. It’s Islamophobia, hating Islam, while also hating a Muslim.
Jacobsen: That person would be harassing or harming a young woman with a hijab. They wouldn’t know about this woman. “Is she Ismaili? Is she Sunni? Is she Shia? Is she part of the Nation of Islam?”
Khan: Yes.
Jacobsen: It is one of those pixelated two-dimensional images of a person that they have in their head.
Khan: Would you consider that Islamophobia or anti-Muslim?
Jacobsen: It would be this weird characterization, or, rather, this caricature of a faith that they have in their heads. That they identify with this person wearing particular garments.
Khan: There’s no specific term for Christianity. There’s no specific term of Judaism.
Jacobsen: We do not have the phobias for those.
Khan: The existence of the terms – for Islam – tends to put Islam on the spotlight and creates it to be more of a target. Imagine if those terms didn’t exist. That anytime an Arab person did something. No one would assume Muslim, whether a Persian person or a brown person.
In a way, we have created an enemy by creating the term.
Jacobsen: That is an intriguing point. If I understand you, it is an automatic othering.
Khan: That’s right. It is an automatic othering.
Jacobsen: It even arises in an American context. For instance, if one takes ethnic and geographic heritage, people will say, “African-American, European-American, or Asian-American.”
Each with a hyphen to connect the terms [Laughing].
Khan: Yes.
Jacobsen: So, yes, I think, in some ways, it does poison the conversation.
Khan: Yes.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Uthman.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28
“OTTAWA, Oct. 26, 2018 /CNW/ – The Arctic is the fastest warming place on Earth. Indigenous knowledge combined with Arctic research is essential to helping the government better understand how to protect northern regions against the impacts of climate change.
This was the topic of a speech delivered by the Honourable Stéphane Dion, Ambassador to Germany and Special Envoy to the European Union and Europe, during the second Arctic Science Ministerial meeting, which took place in Berlin, Germany, on October 25 and 26, 2018. Special Envoy Dion attended the conference as the head of the Canadian delegation on behalf of the Honourable Kirsty Duncan, Minister of Science and Sport, and signed a joint statement with the other attending nations on Arctic science collaboration. The conference was a gathering of science ministers from Arctic and non-Arctic states as well as representatives of Indigenous and international organizations.
In his address, Special Envoy Dion discussed how science and Indigenous knowledge are key to understanding the threats Arctic communities face, which is necessary for building a path toward thriving, resilient environments and societies in the North. He highlighted how polar regions are subject to some of the most immediate and dramatic effects of global climate change and talked about how Arctic societies, environments and economies are experiencing these challenges first-hand.”
“TROIS-RIVIÈRES, QC, Oct. 26, 2018 /CNW/ – Canada is the destination of choice for some of the world’s leading scientists and scholars. If we want to build a country that is bold and innovative, we must rely on the breakthroughs of Canadian scientists and their counterparts around the world.
Today, at an unveiling ceremony at the Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières, the Honourable François-Philippe Champagne, Minister of Infrastructure and Communities, on behalf of the Honourable Kirsty Duncan, Minister of Science and Sport, celebrated Dr. Shari Louise Forbes, the Canada 150 Research Chair in Forensic Thanatology. Dr. Forbes, who comes from the Australian Facility for Taphonomic Experimental Research, is investigating post-mortem changes in the body to find out how Canada’s unique environment affects decomposition rates. Her forensic research will enhance the recovery, identification and repatriation of human remains in cases of missing persons, homicide, mass disasters and war crime.
Dr. Forbes is among the 25 newly recruited Canada 150 Research Chairs announced by Minister Duncan earlier this year. Of the 25 chairs, 60% are women and 40% are Canadian researchers choosing to return to Canada to carry out their ambitious research programs. The chairs will have the opportunity to recruit students from Canada and beyond who will help them further their work in disciplines such as chemistry, microbiology, evolutionary genomics and psychology.”
“Offshore Nova Scotia surface ocean temperatures were so warm earlier this month they forced a Canadian research ship that uses seawater to cool its engines to slow down.
The Canadian Coast Guard Ship Hudson was carrying out its annual fall ocean conditions survey in September and October and sailing through water measuring 20 to 24 C.
That is five or six degrees above normal, said research scientist Dave Hebert, who was on board.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/nova-scotia/research-ocean-temperatures-ships-1.4872492.
“For the first time in 48 years, Canadian fisheries scientists failed to complete an annual summer survey off Nova Scotia because of a mechanical breakdown on their coast guard research ship, adding to concerns over the reliability of Canada’s research vessel fleet.
“There have been instances in the past where we have been unable to do sections of a survey, but we’ve been usually able to cover most of the area in question,” said Kent Smedbol, regional manager of population ecology at DFO Science Maritimes.
“This is the first time that a substantial portion of the survey we were not able to complete.””
“Authored by Canada’s Economic Strategy tables, a group of government and industry experts convened to examine a national innovation strategy, the report identified how Canada’s health science industry is lagging behind and needs investment and better nationwide adoption of technologies.
Bains said Canada’s health sciences industry has a lot to offer but needs to be supported.
“When it comes to genomics, or regenerative medicine, or oncology and clinical trials, we’ve got incredible strength here in Canada in the life sciences,” he said. “So how do we build that up?”’
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28
“There is undeniable historical truth that institutionalized religion has functioned to back a ruling power and the social classes it has privileged (as with the Church of England under the Restoration following England’s Civil War, or France’s Catholic Church following the Franco-Prussian War to “expiate the crimes of the Commune”). Nonetheless, there is also a strong historical current, both in the Anglo-American Puritan tradition and among French free thinkers, whether Catholic or Protestant, that religion provides a moral conscience that is as natural to reason as it is compatible with it. Moreover, this moral conscience that religion encourages provides a means to check the ruling power, and even a duty to rebel when that power imposes unethical, dishonorable, dishonest, or unfair burdens on citizens. Such, for example, is the sentiment expressed by the motto “Rebellion to Tyrants is Obedience to God,” which Benjamin Franklin and Thomas Jefferson proposed for America’s Great Seal.”
Source: https://www.psychologytoday.com/ca/blog/in-gods-we-trust/201810/the-role-religion.
“The new Quebec government’s proposed assault on religious freedom by barring public wearing of overt faith markers is worrisome enough.
More worrisome still is the political persistence of this appalling idea, which was soundly rejected by Quebecers several years ago in a moderately different guise.
Most worrisome of all is that the Quebec repression is but one of three major strikes against religious life that have occurred in 2018 across Canada. “
“Typical police arrest bulletins are rather dry: so-and-so is 20 something years old and has been charged with the following offences; he will appear in court on this future date.
But twice this week, Ontario cops shared some rather unusual charges, ones thematically appropriate given Halloween is just a few days away and some little boys and girls will undoubtedly trick-or-treat in pointy black hats, brooms in hand.
Halton Police made the first arrest, charging a Milton psychic with a slew of charges including witchcraft and fortune telling. Next, York Regional Police made a similar arrest, charging a woman with witchcraft and fraud as a result of an evil spirit blessing scam that robbed a senior man of $600,000.”
Source: https://globalnews.ca/news/4599059/criminal-witchcraft-charges-canada/.
“This coming Saturday the National Post marks 20 years since our first issue. Twenty years in the life of a great newspaper is not that long, but 20 years for a new print daily in the Internet age is significant. One might consider digital years to be like dog years — a year of survival in the Internet age is like seven in the years of print dominance. So we are rapidly approaching our sesquicentennial.
Last week, I wrote of my own beginnings at the National Post in 1998. A regular presence in these pages though is an indication of something larger, namely that the Post came along at just the time when understanding the news required a better understanding of religion.
My column is not a religious affairs column. It is column of general commentary, with a particular attention to our culture as seen from a perspective which attempts to see all things in the light of the Christian faith. Many times that might be very much in the background; sometimes it is up front.”
“For over a century now, various Christian apologists have advanced the “liar, lunatic, or Lord” argument in support of their belief in the divinity of Jesus Christ. If Jesus was not the Lord, you see, then he must otherwise have been dishonest or deranged. Putting aside the question of what certainty we have concerning the words that Jesus spoke two thousand years ago, it should go without saying that answering “liar” or “lunatic” to the question should not constitute a crime.
Mind you, calling Jesus Christ a deranged lunatic is likely to offend Christians. They might be insulted, too, since the assertion implies that Christians, therefore, worship a crazy person. However, the mere fact that certain people may feel offended or insulted about aspersions cast on a long-dead religious figure is no basis for infringing on the free speech rights of anyone who wishes to cast such aspersions.”
Source: https://globalnews.ca/news/4599292/free-speech-blasphemy-rob-breakenridge/.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/24
Dr. Sven van de Wetering was the head of psychology at the University of the Fraser Valley and is a now an associate professor in the same department. He is on the Advisory Board of In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal.
Dr. van de Wetering earned his BSc in Biology at The University of British Columbia, and Bachelors of Arts in Psychology at Concordia University, Master of Arts, and Ph.D. in Psychology from Simon Fraser University.
His research interest lies in “conservation psychology, lay conceptions of evil, relationships between personality variables and political attitudes.” We have been conducting an ongoing series on the epistemological and philosophical foundations of psychology with the current sessions here, here, here, and here.
Here we explore the Implicit Association Test, reduction of prejudice and xenophobia in societies, non-null xenophobic societies, and fraught worldview interactions in Canada.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: As an expert in social psychology, some ideas emerge in the public conversation around subject matter related to the professional peer-reviewed literature of social psychologists. I want to focus, today, on the Implicit Association Test (IAT).
Many utilize the findings to bolster well-meaning programs to reduce implicit bias, not simply explicit bias. Does the evidence of Implicit Association sufficiently endorse the implementation of policies and programs in different areas of professional life of the Canadian public?
Dr. Sven van de Wetering: More than 20 years after the IAT was first developed, it is still not entirely clear what it measures. The thinking behind it is noble: The idea is that asking people explicitly about their prejudices leads to biased results because there is a social stigma attached to uttering racist/sexist/homophobic opinions.
Because most people want to avoid that stigma, they will tend to respond in a less racist/sexist/homophobic manner than they would if that social stigma did not exist. The IAT is thought of by many people as a way of circumventing the tendency toward socially desirable responding to surveys.
If it were true, it would be wonderful, but that does not appear to be what the IAT actually does. In most circumstances, the IAT does an even worse job of predicting behaviour than an explicit attitude survey does, which suggests that whatever it is that the IAT measures, it is probably not the person’s “true” attitudes, if such a thing even exists.
I’m not as up on the literature on the IAT as I would like to be, but the most compelling account I have seen of what it is that the IAT actually measures states that these so called “implicit attitudes” are nothing more than a statistical aggregate of all the associations one has been exposed to with a concept.
So, if one has seen African-American people portrayed in a negative light more frequently than one has seen European-American people so portrayed, the IAT will find an implicit prejudice against black people, regardless of whether one actually believes the portrayals.
The fact that most people, including many African-American people, appear to have negative implicit attitudes toward African-Americans as measured on the IAT, or that the same is true of homosexual people, overweight people, old people, etc. suggests that typical portrayals of members of stigmatized groups still tend to be more negative than portrayals of non-stigmatized groups.
I think that is unfortunate. On the other hand, I’m not sure that specifically targeting people’s implicit attitudes will be all that helpful. If organizations are finding that their employees are being rude or insensitive to members of stigmatized minorities, it might be more effective to target the offending behaviours directly instead of trying to modify performance on the IAT, which is probably easier to do.
Modifying performance on the IAT is not as helpful because those “implicit attitudes” do not, in many cases, drive the offending behaviours.
Jacobsen: In terms of psychological phenomena, and the reduction of prejudice in large groups including societies, what tends to reduce the degree of xenophobia in societies?
van de Wetering: I’ve been trying to figure that out for about 25 years, and still don’t claim to know what’s going on. Exposure to a great variety of people is usually helpful, especially if that contact is carried out under conditions of equal status, in pursuit of common goals, under fairly enjoyable circumstances, and in situations that allow people to get to know each other reasonably well.
Such contact is often hard to arrange, but I never cease to be amazed by the recurring tendency for xenophobic attitudes to be strongest in areas where there are very few members of minority groups around to be prejudiced against.
Beyond this, xenophobic attitudes tend to be activated by disorder and social threat. When people perceive the social environment as chaotic and uncertain, when they perceive a breakdown of the moral norms that help structure their lives, then people start to become more hostile to outsiders and stigmatized minorities.
I still wonder how much of the worldwide turn toward right-wing populism is driven by things like the terrorist attacks of 9/11. I like to tell people that cows, hot dogs, and falling television sets all kill more people in North America than terrorists do.
The point of my telling this to people is that this belief in massive, inimical forces sitting on the fringes of North American society plotting our downfall is so powerful for many people that it seems to change their whole worldview and activate the little seed of xenophobia that is probably buried in all of us.
Violent crime is still on the wane, terrorists kill very few people compared to even very banal risks that most people don’t worry much about, and yet the terrorists and criminals influence our society in a way that those other risks do not. People think of terrorist acts as acts of war; I try to reframe them as public relations stunts. I’m fighting an uphill battle, though.
Given the literature on xenophobia, the actual answer to your question is probably that people will become less xenophobic if they are exposed to diversity, and if they perceive their society as peaceful, prosperous, and moral.
The problem, of course, is that there is always crime and deviance, and even if rates of crime and deviance are going down, any deviant act can be sensationalized.
There are powerful incentives to perpetrate such sensationalism, with the result that public perceptions of disorder are not very strongly correlated with actual disorder. Not an easy problem to fix, especially if you believe in free speech (which I do).
Jacobsen: Has there ever been a null xenophobia society? What have been cases in history of, apparently, optimized xenophobia, and explicit and implicit bias?
van de Wetering: I don’t think there ever has been a null xenophobia society. Every once in a while, someone claims that a certain society has no xenophobia. When I do a little digging, it doesn’t take me very long to find out that claims of the lack of xenophobia are greatly exaggerated.
On many measures, much of Canada looks to be pretty low on xenophobia. Despite that, it’s easy to find cases of racist epithets, discrimination, hate crimes, and widespread implicit bias. I sometimes wonder if xenophobia is like temperature; you can try to drive it down, but the lower you get, the harder it gets to get lower it more, and you can never reach absolute zero.
Jacobsen: Are the interactions between religious and non-religious people in Canada immune from the forms of xenophobia seen in history and in other societies?
van de Wetering: I actually think the relations between religious and non-religious people are somewhat fraught in Canada. We have norms that more or less forbid the discussion of religion in a wide range of contexts, and that keeps the tension under the surface.
As a university professor, I find it very striking how hard it is for my students to admit to having religious beliefs. I’m sure many of them do; I teach in a so-called Bible belt. It seems to me that what we have is something like the arrangement we have with smoking.
It looks like we have no smoking on campus because smoking on campus is forbidden, and smokers therefore take their cigarettes elsewhere. Similarly, it looks like we have no highly religious people on campus, because strong expressions of religious fervour are non-normative, so the religious people take their fervour elsewhere.
This state of affairs is conducive to superficial peace, but not to a deep mutual understanding between more secular and more religious people. Maybe that is the best we can achieve, but it doesn’t look to me like an absence of xenophobia.
Jacobsen: If you could build policy to reduce prejudice in Canadian society, and if you could recommend this to the political, policy-making, and decision-making classes in Canada, what form would the policy take provincially-territorially and federally?
van de Wetering: I honestly think most governments in English Canada are doing fairly well. I approve of official multiculturalism, and think that keeping a lid on really virulent hate speech while still avoiding stronger restrictions on free speech is probably about the right balance to strike.
I would probably let in more refugees than Trudeau has done, but not a lot more; the backlash that Angela Merkel provoked by letting in really large numbers of refugees will probably prove, in hindsight, to have been a counterproductive consequence of her actions.
It’s enough to make me cry, because I thought her intentions were very noble, but political limitations on what is possible are very real and difficult to circumvent. Because we are far from most of the trouble spots of the world, we have a fairly easy time vetting our immigrants. We can afford to be more generous than we are, but not without limit.
The one area where we are really falling down in reducing prejudice is in our dealings with our First Nations. After our government spent decades trying to destroy their culture, we are finding that people whose own cultures have been severely damaged but who also sometimes have trouble participating fully in ours (if they want to) will often not do very well.
I am hesitant to propose concrete programs to deal with this problem; I don’t think paternalistic white men should be taking the lead in dealing with this problem. I do think more funding needs to be made available to First Nations to assist them in helping themselves.
Jacobsen: What firmly does reduce prejudice, xenophobia, bias, and so on? What firmly does not?
van de Wetering: I don’t think there is a magic bullet that will reduce prejudice and xenophobia in all circumstances. Laws against discrimination are a good idea in societies where discrimination is open and above board.
Once those laws have taken effect and been reasonably well enforced, unofficial discrimination goes underground and becomes much harder to prove in a court of law. The temptation then is to enact still stronger anti-discrimination laws and to enforce them still more vigorously.
At some point, I suspect that that strategy reaches a point of severely diminishing returns, and the costs and the threat of backlash are not adequately compensated by the small decrease in discrimination one is able to achieve by those means. At that point, other strategies may become necessary.
I am wondering if the #MeToo movement is pointing the way. The laws against sexual assault are already on the books, and they are even sometimes enforced. The issue is now that so many cases are not reported, and therefore not dealt with.
The #MeToo movement aims to change the informal norms surrounding the making of formal complaints of behaviour that is already illegal. Some sort of similar strategy might make sense in other domains of discrimination.
There are a couple of difficulties involved in trying to reduce prejudice. One of them is inherent in any form of social action: Social action differs from non-social action in that the objects being acted on (other people) are not some inert objects that passively accept the actions one undertakes, but are instead social actors like oneself, with their own goals and strategies.
Even as you are trying to persuade them to let go of their prejudiced ways, they are trying to persuade you to defend the integrity of your shared culture by stemming the tide of immigrants they believe are threatening it.
Related to this is a special difficulty specifically related to reducing prejudice: because people will resist one’s efforts, and even undertake active counter-efforts, it is often easy to see them as bad guys.
The problem here is that the world is not divided into bad people who are prejudiced and good people who are not. Instead, the world is full of people, all of whom can be seduced by the good guy/bad guy narrative that brings such uplifting feelings of moral clarity and self-righteousness.
Once one decides that a certain category of people is the enemy, one has begun to be seduced by that narrative, the very narrative one is angry at the opponent for having fallen prey to.
I have met people who say they would feel very comfortable sitting down and eating a meal with a person who was transsexual, or a Syrian Muslim, or indeed a member of virtually any stigmatized group one would care to name, but who also say they would not be willing to talk with someone who had voted for Donald Trump.
To me that moment of moral clarity is the moment of downfall; one is just as big of a bigot as the person one is angry at, only the identity of the stigmatized groups has changed.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Sven.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28
“OTTAWA — Canadian politicians and Jewish groups expressed sympathy for the victims and condemnation for the shooter after an attack at a synagogue in Pittsburgh on Saturday left 11 people dead and six others wounded.
Prime Minister Justin Trudeau condemned the mass shooting, which took place during a baby-naming ceremony at the Tree of Life synagogue in the city’s Squirrel Hill neighbourhood, as a “horrific anti-Semitic attack.”
“Canadians’ hearts are with the Jewish community in Pittsburgh today,” Trudeau wrote in a post on Twitter. “May the families of those murdered be comforted, and may the injured recover quickly and fully.””
Source: https://ipolitics.ca/2018/10/28/canadian-politicians-police-respond-to-pittsburgh-synagogue-attack/.
“Watching corporate sponsored mainstream news can be a confusing and frustrating endeavor. I honestly have great difficulty sitting through report after report about Russia tampering in U.S. elections. Why is this news? What did they stand to gain? Haven’t the Americans been tampering in elections in other countries for generations?
Though millions accept the nonsensical issues which dominate the news agenda and have drawn the frightening conclusion that they are powerless, nothing could be further from the truth.
We need to remember that some news sources are quite credible. They ask simple, intelligent questions, and better yet, they help us find answers. Those addressing the issues have proven track records for integrity and for bringing about positive change. The best analyses of current events, I have found, come from veteran citizen rights activists Ralph Nader and Noam Chomsky.”
“Dutch Prime Minister Mark Rutte stood before Parliament today to thank Canada for its role in the liberation of the Netherlands during the Second World War — and to warn that the global stability those soldiers fought to preserve is now in peril.
Rutte said the Dutch people feel a “deep connection” with Canada and paid tribute to the 7,600 Canadian soldiers who died in the campaign. They made the ultimate sacrifice and made the Netherlands their final resting place, he said.
“We are forever grateful to those brave Canadian soldiers who carried the light of freedom to our country in its darkest hour,” he said. “This, we will never forget. Thank you, Canada.””
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/netherlands-prime-minister-parliament-1.4877617.
“Jair Bolsonaro, a far-right, seven-term congressman, won Brazil’s presidential election Sunday, giving him a convincing mandate to radically alter politics in Latin America’s most populous country.
Critics at home and abroad have lambasted the former paratrooper for his homophobic, racist and misogynist statements and his support for Brazil’s military dictatorship that ruled from 1964 to 1985. Supporters backed his pledge to crack down on crime and battle government corruption in South America’s largest economy.
For Canadian business, a Bolsonaro presidency could open new investment opportunities, especially in the resource sector, finance and infrastructure, as he has pledged to slash environmental regulations in the Amazon rainforest and privatize some government-owned companies. “
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/world/brazil-canada-trade-bolsonaro-politics-foreign-policy-1.4878379.
“The World Trade Organization is under threat. “Despite clear evidence that trade has contributed to unprecedented global prosperity and development, the rules and institutions that facilitate trade seem increasingly fragile,” a recent discussion paperfrom the Canadian government says. Although, the paper says, that fragility “cannot be attributed to any single cause or any single country,” to most international observers, there has big one big disruptor lately: the United States and the America-first policies of Donald Trump.
Canada says it wants to do something about it. To that end, the government has invited representatives from a dozen countries around the world to meet in Ottawa today and try to come up with some concrete steps to fix the trade-rules body. Those countries include Australia, Brazil, the European Union, Japan and Mexico – but do not include the United States. (Mr. Trump has publicly mused about withdrawing the U.S. from the trade body it helped set up decades ago.)
Prime Minister Justin Trudeau met with WTO director-general Roberto Azevedo on Parliament Hill yesterday. According to pool notes, Mr. Azevedo acknowledged the organization was facing some “serious problems,” before reporters were ushered out of the room so he and Mr. Trudeau could have a private chat.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28
“The Supreme Court of Canada refused on Thursday to hear the appeal of a Sikh man and woman who were prohibited from entering Quebec’s legislature while wearing kirpans.
The refusal to hear the case upheld previous decisions from the Quebec Superior Court and Quebec Court of Appeal that found the legislature had the right to establish its own rules.As usual, the high court gave no reason for its refusal to hear the case.”
Source: https://www.theglobeandmail.com/canada/article-supreme-court-wont-hear-appeal-of-quebec-legislatures-kirpan-ban-2/.”Among its campaign promises, the CAQ plans to forge ahead with abolishing school boards across the province.English school boards are protected by the Canadian constitution, yet Premier Francois Legault has said he’s willing to invoke the notwithstanding clause to abolish them.Not so fast, said Russell Copeman, head of Quebec English School Boards Association.”Source: https://montreal.ctvnews.ca/copeman-to-caq-english-school-boards-are-constitutionally-protected-1.4150281.”Hamilton’s newly-elected council doesn’t get sworn in until Dec. 3, but it will be facing a couple of thorny community values issues right off the bat.It has to swiftly decide whether to allow government-licensed marijuana stores to operate in the city.
And it needs to vote on whether to appeal a court ruling that gives the Christian Heritage Party (CHP) the right to place ads in city bus shelters that allegedly discriminate against transgender people.”
Source: https://www.thespec.com/opinion-story/8992503-new-hamilton-council-needs-to-decide-quickly-on-cannabis-bus-shelter-ads/.”2018 was touted as the year the Supreme Court of Canada would consider how religious freedom should be valued as a right guaranteed by the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms. The Supreme Court rendered three highly anticipated decisions which received a great deal of press. Two of the decisions relate to Trinity Western University’s attempt to uphold religious values within its student body in the face of societal opposition to the university’s refusal to embrace diversity in sexual orientation, as expressed by the Law Societies of British Columbia, Nova Scotia and Ontario. The third decision considered whether the decision of a Jehovah’s Witnesses congregation to disfellowship a congregant could be subjected to judicial review and whether it needed to be accorded religious freedom as a result of the Charter or could be subjected to judicial review.Ultimately, the Supreme Court relied upon administrative law concepts and rules to resolve both of these situations. In doing so, the much anticipated adjudication or balancing of religious freedom against other interests (procedural fairness and property rights in the Highwood Congregation of Jehovah’s Witnesses(Judicial Committee) v. Wall case and sexual orientation values in the Trinity Western University cases) never really occurred. Those harder questions were side-stepped.”Source: http://www.mondaq.com/canada/x/748844/Human+Rights/A+Triumph+Of+Administrative+Law+2018s+Supreme+Court+Of+Canada+Religious+Freedom+Cases.”It was the Charter of Rights and Freedoms in 1982 that brought the Supreme Court of Canada – and judicial independence – to the public’s attention, and introduced it to a uniquely Canadian justice vision, a vision that took the status quo as the beginning of the conversation, not the answer. The Charter both represented and created shared and unifying national values. The judges on the Supreme Court of Canada in the eighties, when the Charter was first enacted were bold and fearless. So much so that as a result of their leadership, one of Canada’s leading exports today is her justice system, its rights jurisprudence and the independent stature of its judiciary.
Not surprisingly, our constitutionalization of rights was not without controversy. If, as Isaiah Berlin once observed, there’s no pearl without some irritation in the oyster, by the nineties there were those who saw the Charter as a whole pearl necklace. As for the judges, they understood that controversy was inevitable, but they also understood that one person’s controversy may be another person’s remedy. So they embraced controversy and forged ahead.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28
Mandisa Thomas is the Founder of Black Nonbelievers, Inc (Twitter & Facebook). One of the, if not the, largest organization for African-American or black nonbelievers or atheists in America. The organization is intended to give secular fellowship, provide nurturance and support for nonbelievers, encourage a sense of pride in irreligion, and promote charity in the non-religious community. I reached out to begin an educational series with one of the, and again if not the, most prominent African-American woman nonbeliever grassroots activists in the United States. Here, we talk about the Atheist Experience with Matt Dillahunty, religion, and ethnicity.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You were on the Atheist Experience with Matt Dillahunty. You mentioned some were contacting BN through its main contact, several times, and trying to offer a sale or solution to the problems of all African-Americans, all black folks in America.
How are these reflecting the sales pitches and bases of a lot of North American religion?
Mandisa Thomas: So, yes, I had the chance to be on the Atheist Experience with Matt Dillahunty. It was a great experience. We see lots of support. But we also received inquiries from people trying to sell us, if you will, a way for blacks to completely leave religion.
It really does parallel the idea of a saviour. The idea of being saved from religion and indoctrination is unrealistic. It is also in conflict to the core mission of BN. The focus of our organization is not specifically to stop people from believing in God.
Our focus has been more on reaching the folks who already don’t believe in God anymore, and who are questioning in favour of leaving because it will reach more folks out there and build the community for the people who are ready for it.
In terms of process, we engage believers. We engage in discourse and discussion. We do prepare each other for that. There are some people who are enlightened, if you will, or take the information given and then reflect on the information and then decide to let go of the beliefs.
There is that as well. But our overall focus is to focus on those who are already there, pretty much. For myself, specifically, I am under no illusion that all blacks will leave religion, not in my lifetime or 2 or 3 generations.
But there are always the people out there. It is almost an impossible task, to be a saviour to all black folks. That’s just impossible. Many blacks already believe in an imaginary or impossible saviour.
That mentality just feeds over into this idea of people being helpless in doing things on their own, where they are responsible for their own actions. It is hard to dismantle and to reach other people.
This is something that we simply can’t do alone. I am suspicious and wary of people who try to sell this idea of the liberation from all religion. Because, at this point, it is unrealistic.
Jacobsen: Does this, basically, blanket all black people as the same and all religious people as the same?
Thomas: Yes, it does. There is often a perception that all religious people are stupid. We try to discourage this. There are a lot of smart believers. We try not to paint a broad brush, especially for those who had religion and let go of the God concept.
Because there was something that compelled them to change their minds. We do not want to discourage those who are caught in the middle, if you will.
Those who are sincerely questioning their beliefs. Yes, just because many of us may not see eye-to-eye on the religious point of view, there are, often, other things that we have in common. The diversity within the black community has always been present.
That is something that we aim to show. If we can build our own support system and find common ground with believers, and I know we have, then we can continue to do so and help people understand that there are ways for us to disagree and work together for the benefit of our community as a whole.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.
Thomas: Thank you.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/23
Mandisa Thomas is the Founder of Black Nonbelievers, Inc (Twitter & Facebook). One of the, if not the, largest organization for African-American or black nonbelievers or atheists in America. The organization is intended to give secular fellowship, provide nurturance and support for nonbelievers, encourage a sense of pride in irreligion, and promote charity in the non-religious community. I reached out to begin an educational series with one of the, and again if not the, most prominent African-American woman nonbeliever grassroots activists in the United States. Here, we talk about secular parenting.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: The basic principles of parenting do not change, whether religious or secular/atheist or believer. You mentioned a story in personal life with report cards with the youngest and the oldest child for you.
What are the basics or ground rules for good parenting? What are the means of eking out justice for violations of rules set out ahead of time?
Mandisa Thomas: I think many believers think atheists do not have rules and do what we want to do as far as our lives are concerned. That is not true. For parenting, it is setting rules for them. When it comes to education, we take it very, very seriously.
We offer as much help and advice as we can. We stay on top of them. We make sure they are doing their homework. We make sure they are doing their work. When they do well, we reward them. We take them out for dinner or give them something they like.
When they do not, we take away privileges. There is TV time on weekends. We can take that away. We do not allow our younger children to watch TV during the week. So, on the weekend, if you are not doing well in school, you will not watch TV at all, not play video games.
You will do the work, study more. We will make sure you are improving in that area. For us, we like to set those rules early to make sure that they know the educational process is important. That they are not going to rely on this rule being something negotiable.
Jacobsen: If this comes to things with significant impact over the long-term in a young person’s life, especially in a knowledge economy now, how do you gauge how a child is doing in education at various levels?
How do you keep them in bounds in terms of satisfactory to even exceptional grades?
Thomas: It is important to understand every child learns differently. That not every child will be as academically inclined as others. My middle child is more of a creative type. He is more of the type that tends to like working more with his hands than actual readings of the books and such.
But we do challenge them to go beyond their comfort zone. My middle son, my oldest son, who did not have as good of a report card this quarter. We will challenge him to do more reading at his grade level or above.
For that, we understand that he does not have to read all the hard science or literature books, but the basic stuff. He needs to keep up with the work. If there is something that he is trying to give up on doing, we will make sure that he is engaged in the learning process.
So, he gets better. We do not allow our children to give up on anything, especially not when it comes to their schoolwork. They are not allowed to just tap out and give up there. Now, there are extracurricular activities that are not necessarily of interest to them.
My sons do not like basketball or sports that much. That is okay with us. They are at Taekwondo and things like that. So, we do not push them to sports that kids are expected to like. But when it comes to schoolwork, if they need help, we always encourage them to ask questions and let us know when they need help with tutors or tutoring.
When they need assistance, we can get it to them. But we will not know unless they tell us, or if we look back on their work, which is something that we do. All our children have been raised independently enough to speak out, speak their minds, when they are behind.
So, we do not need to check up on them. Or there will need to be a bit of a disciplinary action on our part, or certain privileges will be revoked should the performance not improve.
Jacobsen: How do you work to build those relationships with faculty, administrators, teachers and community to provide a proper environment for not only your own kids but other kids, especially living in a pluralistic community with a variety of faiths and non-faiths?
Thomas: We make sure we keep an open line of communication between ourselves and the teachers. They have all our contact information. So, if there is a problem in any form, we can respond and communicate very quickly. We can respond very quickly.
Because we are such a liberal and progressive household. Our doors are pretty much always open. We allow our kids to participate in most activities that are of interest to them. Even if we do not engage with our neighbours all the time, we make sure we are friendly and communicating enough.
That if they need something then we will be right there. That has been very, very helpful for us with older children. We have a daughter who just graduated college. We have pre-teen and teenage boys too. Keeping the line of communication open has been, first and foremost, the most important thing.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.
Thomas: Thank you.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/21
The West Coast Christian Accord got founded, recently. According to the information provided by the WCCA website, the purpose is to bring together leaders and church communities under one literalist Bible-inspired ideological banner on gender identity and human sexuality.
The WCCA has a specific audience, too, as explained, “The target of the Accord is first and foremost traditional, biblical based, evangelical leaders and churches” (2018).
The meaning of “Evangelical Christian” becomes a problem for some believers now. Not according to an outside source, but to the internal leadership and community; hence, the reason for the WCCA. They’re, potentially, fragmenting.
The shifting landscape of culture created the need for the WCCA within the Evangelical Christian community, to reaffirm – among the believers – their “long-held, traditional beliefs, convictions, and lifestyles” tied to the bringing together of religious leaders firmly adherent to Evangelical Christian tenets within the nation (Ibid.).
Bearing in mind, of course, the supermajority religious slice of Canada remains Christian at 67.3% (StatsCan, 2016). Granted, “Christian” does not mean “Evangelical Christian” in full.
However, the vast historical conceptual waters of the Christian colonial power are Christian ideas, symbols, beliefs, rituals, architecture, art, authority and hierarchy, implicit sensibilities and mores, and notions of morality seeping several facets of the nation. The WCCA seems as if a story of the oppressed most, the beleaguered majority, the downtrodden almost all.
To be an Evangelical Christian in Canada, in general, and with only a modicum of historical knowledge or updated statistical information of the demographics, the waters seem like smooth sailing compared to other subpopulations.
The main advertised figures of the WCCA include the following: Kevin Cavanaugh who is the Lead Pastor at Cedar Grove Baptist Church & President of the Surrey Pastors Network, Dave Carson who is the Pastor at Hope Vancouver & the Secretary of the Association of Christian Ministries Vancouver, and Giulio Gabeli who is the President at the Association of Christian Ministries Vancouver & the Senior Pastor at the Westwood Community Church.
For individual Evangelical Christians who disagree with the document and its contents, these are the religious leaders who affirmed the full WCCA value set through becoming signatories of the WCCA.
That is to imply, other churches exist with other leaders with different values more applicable to personal tastes and preferences for you. Those values and preferences in contradistinction to the interpretations of the Bible of the signatories.
To those within the nonbelieving community with an interest in its contents, the values and preferences of the WCCA, when read, seem to show the general assumptions about this sector of the Evangelical Christian community, which remains observable here. No sincere surprises there.
The WCCA appears to reflect a reaction to two things, as identified by them in fact. One comes from the loss of dominance in the local culture, as other cultures request and acquire representation, as per the statement about the change in “long-held, traditional beliefs, convictions, and lifestyles” (West Coast Christian Accord, 2018).
Two emerges from the reaction or cultural opposition to SOGI 1 2 3, related but sufficiently distinct from the first concern. Perhaps, the “two” can be considered a derivative or subset of “one.”
A CBN News clip exists here on the webpage. If you watch it, the first opposition, against SOGI 1 2 3, comes from Laura-Lynn Tyler Thompson, who is a motivational speaker. She, in a moderately concerned and exasperated tone, asks, “Who decided that this was okay to teach our children?” (Ibid.).
Another woman named Kari Simpson, Executive Director of Culture Guard, opined, “All those beautiful qualities that make young girls beautiful girls and women are being, basically, vilified. The things that make our boys, boys, are being, you know, taken from them. So, things of equating young men to being strong protectors is something that is now evil” (Ibid.). Simpson argues the curriculum is child abuse.
Morgane Oger, who supports SOGI 1 2 3, stated, “The idea is to teach kids that there are gay kids. There are trans kids. There are trans parents and gay parents, in our society, and everyone is wanted and desired. It is the role of the schools to teach the following of our laws, right?” (Ibid.).
Simpson disagreed. That is, it is a “hedonistic cult” being implied, where there are no boundaries and then shifting the culture from the heteronormative (Ibid.). Oger affirmed human rights.
Oger explained, “Well, actually, in Canada, parents’ rights are limited. And children’s rights are put ahead. So, the child has a right to be protected from the parents, when the parents behave badly.”
Pastor Cavanaugh (mentioned earlier) opined, “This is very scary stuff… Our problem is not the teachers, the educators, the administrators. This is a battle in the heavenlies.”
He thinks Satan or the Devil is attacking the children. Religion becomes spiritual in theory within the view of Cavanaugh, but the actual implications in the real world are political and educational. This form of religion: spiritual to the inside; political to the outside.
Near the end of the clip, and indicative of the WCCA and other moves in Canada from Evangelical Christians – some – and other sects of Christianity, Thompson firmly stated, “And the church is beginning to prepare for what it takes to fight for our kids.”
Keeping the biased tone of faux terror of the reportage, the issue was wrapped up with the frame of a battle between “an aggressive homosexual agenda and the faith community…” (Ibid.).
The WCCA seems to exist within this orientation as well: a purported “scary” battle of the “heavenlies” with the good, represented by God and some of the righteous Evangelical Christian “faith community” firmly adhering to the “traditional, biblical based” worldview, versus evil, represented by Satan working to war against the kids with the “aggressive homosexual agenda,” SOGI 1 2 3, a “hedonistic cult,” and a changing Canadian culture.
—
References
StatsCan. (2016, February 19). Two-thirds of the population declare Christian as their religion. Retrieved from https://www150.statcan.gc.ca/n1/pub/91-003-x/2014001/section03/33-eng.htm.
West Coast Christian Accord. (2018). West Coast Christian Accord. Retrieved from https://westcoastchristianaccord.com/.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/19
Elisabeth Mathes is the Affiliates Director in the Board of Directors for Atheist Alliance International. She studied psychology, communication science, and public relations at the University of Vienna. She lives in Canada with her husband and three children, where they run a logging company.
She is an outspoken atheist, anti-theist, and secular humanist. Mathes interest is in the Bible, critical thinking, the history of Christianity, logic, and the sciences. She holds fast to the separation of church and state.
In addition, she is responsible for book collection in Canada for the ‘Book Drive for the World’ project. She can be contacted on Facebook at https://www.facebook.com/elimatez.
Here we briefly talk about his life and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s start from the top, in terms of the family background in religion, what was it?
Elisabeth Mathes: Well, my parents are Protestant as most of my extended family members, so I was baptized Protestant as well.
Religion has never been a topic my parents talked much about, and they are also no staunch believers in the bible being ‘the true word of the one and only true God’ (as far as I know, they have never even read the bible from cover to cover), at least they never brought it up.
Nevertheless, I and my two younger sisters had to go to church with them almost every Sunday and they were also good friends with the pastor and his wife.
I used to find church to be extremely boring and I couldn’t stand the hard wooden benches I had to sit on for more than one hour, and so I was very glad that I was finally free to decide to go to church or not after I had received the protestant Confirmation at the age of fourteen.
When I was a kid, I also attended Sunday school, where we sang Christian songs and read Christian cartoon books among other things, which I pretty much enjoyed.
All in all, I would say that despite my family considering themselves as Christian, going to church on a regular basis and participating in several church activities, religion did not play a major role in our family life.
Jacobsen: How was religion or irreligion incorporated into personal early life?
Mathes: I recall that my grandparents, especially my grandmother, who shared the house with us, talked about God on various occasions and would even threaten me and my sisters with hell when we were disobedient or caught lying.
Although I have never believed in the personal God of Christianity and never took the bible stories seriously, my grandmother’s repeated mentions of ‘God will do this, God will do that if you do this/ don’t do that’ definitely had an impact on me. It took me decades to shake off the feeling that I am constantly under surveillance by an invisible being.
Jacobsen: Were there pivotal moments in the development of your philosophical view of the world and your place in it?
Mathes: Yes, and both had to do with the books I read. At the age of fifteen, I read ‘The Power Of Your Subconscious Mind’ from Joseph Murphy, which opened up a new, everything-is-possible view of the world, but it also opened my mind to accept and believe unsubstantiated claims and magical thinking.
In the following years, I would become increasingly interested and engaged in esoteric concepts and New-Age teachings such as crystal healing, Tarot, Numerology, Astrology, guardian angels, Reiki, Aura, reincarnation, karma, telepathy and many more. I believed that everything that happens, happens for a reason and according to the ‘great wise plan of the universe’.
I trained my mind to always spot the good and positive side of everything, always looking for the hidden meaning, the mysterious purpose of everything. And no matter how bad or meaningless something actually was, I was always able to see the good of it.
Many years later, my thinking had become so irrational and delusional, that I was convinced to be able to communicate with extraterrestrial, spiritually and technologically high advanced beings from the Plejades, Sirius and Arcturus via telepathy.
I read a lot of articles and books about ETs and the various conspiracy theories that claim a worldwide cover-up of the fact that ETs have been on and around the earth for millennia.
I felt so very special because I knew things the majority of the people don’t know. At around the same time I used to participate in discussions about the ET- and UFO-topic in a popular German Mystery-forum.
This was the place where I first came in contact with the ‘bad skeptics’, who not only never became tired to tell me that I’m wrong but also why I’m wrong and who patiently and incessantly pointed me to the actual facts. I started to doubt my worldview thanks to these rational people.
But what finally made the cut was Carl Sagan’s book ‘The Demon Haunted World’. It started a process of almost two years of diligent research of every single belief about the world and my place in it that I held.
I wanted to find out the truth, the only truth and nothing but the truth and what is really there, so I also had to be brutally honest with myself and I eventually admitted that I had been wrong for a very long time.
Finally, I had turned from a gullible, ignorant and scientifically illiterate believer into a logically thinking, scientifically literate person who values reason and facts.
Jacobsen: When did you find the atheist community?
Mathes: During my quest to find the truth, especially while researching the God-question in more depth, I inevitably stumbled across the atheist community at some point.
One person definitely played a remarkable role, and without her, I may have never dealt with religion and the arguments for and against a god or gods in the first place. She was my neighbour five years ago and a very faithful evangelical Christian.
I think, the first time I have learned that an atheist community exists at all, was when I was looking for compelling arguments against the Christian God and the bible being his word.
Jacobsen: How did the discovery of this community lead to knowing more about Atheist Alliance International?
Mathes: I have been on social media for several years and came across AAI’s posts. I then read their website for more information and eventually signed up as a member, because their goals aligned with mine.
After Dominic Omenai, the initiator of the Book Drive Around the World in Nigeria, had told me that he contacted AAI to ask for support for his library, and because I felt that wanted to do more than just posting memes on Facebook and participate in discussions in atheist groups, I decided to become an active part of them. I had one of these famous ‘This is it!’ moments.
Jacobsen: How did you earn the position of Affiliates Director? What tasks and responsibilities come along with the position?
Mathes: In a quite unspectacular way: I was asked, if I would like to apply for one of the open board member-positions, applied for the Affiliate Director position and was approved by the board.
I see it as my most important responsibility to maintain a thorough and updated record of the atheist/humanist organizations and groups around the world. Other tasks are the recruitment of new affiliate members, contacting existing members and supporting their organization and respective projects and campaigns.
Jacobsen: What are some of the exciting new initiatives, campaigns, and projects of the affiliates ongoing for Atheist Alliance International in 2018/19?
Mathes: One of the exciting projects AAI currently supports is the Nigerian campaign: The State Governor of Akwa Ibom State is promoting a project to build a mega-church and contributing state funding.
Our affiliate, the Atheist Society of Nigeria, are trying to demand the cessation of this project and the contributions made by the government to be publicly disclosed via a court ruling.
Another campaign worth mentioning is the Universal Declaration of Atheist Rights: We will work with our affiliates and with atheist/humanist groups around the world to draft a simple but clear declaration of atheist rights—a catalog of the specific rights and freedoms necessary to ensure the principle of equality in matters related to non-belief.
The Declaration will then be taken to the United Nations and hopefully be tabled as a proposed UN resolution.
One of the long-term projects that AAI supports is the Book Drive Around the World: In cooperation with our affiliates, volunteers and book donors, we aim to establish as many libraries as possible in highly religious countries, where atheism, critical thinking and scientific knowledge are being opposed and actively suppressed.
The first library of its kind with books on atheism, science and critical thinking is going to be established in Nigeria. The second one will soon be started in Ghana.
Jacobsen: For those who wish to become involved, how do you recommend that they do it?
Mathes: There are several ways to become involved. Individuals have the option to join AAI as a member, volunteer or a board member. We are always looking for active support, and every atheist, who wants to contribute their knowledge and skills is more than welcome to join us.
I would recommend to read the ‘Get Involved’ section on our website to see what would be the best fit and simply fill out and send in the application form https://www.atheistalliance.org/aai-membership/.
Atheist/Humanist Organizations are also very welcome to join us as an affiliate member by filling out the application form: https://www.atheistalliance.org/affiliates/.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Elisabeth.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/15
Howard Burman is the Secretary in the Board of Directors for Atheist Alliance International. He earned a Ph.D. in Dramatic Literature and Theatre History. He is a Fulbright Scholar. He was a believer in early life. He became a doubter and, eventually, a committed atheist in college. Also, he founded Santa Cruz atheists. Here we briefly talk about his life and work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s start from the top, in terms of the family background in religion, what was it?
Howard Burman: My mother attended a community church–essentially Congregational protestant. My father didn’t attend except maybe Christmas eve. I went to Sunday School there and eventually became President of the Christian Endeavor youth group.
Jacobsen: How was religion or irreligion incorporated into personal early life?
Burman: I can’t recall ever discussing religion with either parent–or anything remotely spiritual for that matter. Church/Sunday School took up an hour each Sunday. Other than that, nada.
Jacobsen: Were there pivotal moments in the development of your philosophical view of the world and your place in it?
Burman: No, nothing specific. While in College my doubts about religion turned into complete denial of anything supernatural–ghosts and gods included.
Jacobsen: When did you find the atheist community?
Burman: Some years back I joined a local Brights Meetup. From there I looked into other non-believing groups. Then I founded Atheists of Santa Cruz and Monterey Counties.
Jacobsen: How did the discovery of this community lead to knowing more about Atheist Alliance International?
Burman: It didn’t directly. I was web surfing when I came across the old AAI website. It looked promising.
Jacobsen: How did you earn the position of Secretary? What tasks and responsibilities come along with the position?
Burman: I applied for a Board position and after an interview, was offered a couple of possible Board positions. Secretary seemed to be the best fit. I handle the traditional secretary duties–record keeping, etc. as well as act as liaison to various other organizations such as the UN, and the Council of Europe. I also spearheaded the re-writing of our bylaws which have completely restructured the organization, and oversaw the creation of the AAI video which is on our website and on YouTube.
Jacobsen: What are some of the exciting new initiatives, campaigns, and projects of the affiliates ongoing for Atheist Alliance International in 2018/19?
Burman: The biggest initiative is the creation of an Universal Declaration of Atheist Rights. We anticipate it will make a major contribution to the lives of all atheists.
Jacobsen: For those who wish to become involved, how do you recommend that they do it?
Burman: Visit our website to see what we are about. There are ample opportunities to volunteer.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Howard.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/15
Dr. Gleb Tsipursky is the Co-Founder of the Pro-Truth Pledge and the Co-Founder of Intentional Insights. He is the CEO of Disaster Avoidance Experts, Inc, the bestselling author of The Truth-Seeker’s Handbook: A Science-Based Guide and the author of more than 400 articles and 350 guest interviews. Here we talk about his life and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was family background – geography, culture, and religion or lack thereof?
Dr. Gleb Tsipursky: I was born in Moldova, which is a small country in Eastern Europe. It is well-known as one of the least happy places in the world. So, I am really happy my parents moved to the United States when I was 10. I grew up in New York City.
My parents were different religions. My mother was a Christian. My father was Jewish. Neither were super religious. Moldova was part of the Soviet Union/Soviet Bloc at the time. It was conquered by the Soviet Union in WWII and liberated in 1991.
It wasn’t a religious place. It wasn’t friendly to religions. I did not grow up religious. I grew up in New York City, a cultural hub of everything. I went to New York University for my undergrad.
Then I got a graduate degree at a couple of places and graduated with a Ph.D. in Behavioural Sciences from UNC-Chapel Hill. I got a job at Ohio State as a professor. Recently, I left the position because of discrimination over my mental illness and pushback against activism with the Pro-Truth Pledge (PTP).
My expertise is in decision-making: how people make decisions, why they make decisions, and how their decisions bad/wrong. Often, their decisions because of poor information: garbage in, garbage out (GIGO) is the famous computer term.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Tsipursky: It is a big problem. That’s when I became passionate about figuring out why people believe foolish things and make bad decisions based on foolish things. About 4 years ago, I founded the organization Intentional Insights.
It’s a non-profit, which I co-founded with my wife who you already interviewed. In my ample spare time, I do speaking for corporations in decision-making, how to prevent bad decisions. I did not want these ideas to be limited to college students or high paying corporate clients.
That’s why I co-founded Intentional Insights with her. About 2-ish years ago, when the primary election was starting in the US, Brexit was happening at the same time. We of the organization’s leadership saw the worst decisions were happening in politics.
That’s where the most garbage was going in. We put most of our resources to fighting this information in the political spectrum with the PTP. So, that’s my origins [Laughing].
Jacobsen: One follow-up question on that: if I may ask, and no need to oblige an answer…
Tsipursky: …if I don’t want to answer, then I won’t [Laughing]…
Jacobsen: …[Laughing] Okay, good, what was the mental illness? What was the form of discrimination?
Tsipursky: The mental illness is anxiety and anxiety adjustment disorder. It is the technical diagnosis that I have. The difficulty is that when I feel pressure and stress. I, often, experience a great deal of fatigue.
My body shuts down. I find it very difficult to function. I feel really overwhelmed. I have a lot of physical symptoms, e.g., my head gets tired, major headache, chest tightness, and other stresses. The worst is the physical fatigue.
That is how my anxiety is embodied. The discrimination is that when I asked for a leave of absence, which I was supposed to be granted quickly for medical reasons. My supervisor pushed back hard against me taking a leave of absence for mental illness.
Then on the next opportunity, he tried to fire me. He said my teaching went from excellent to terrible. The year before, I had a teaching rating, by him, of 4 out of 4. 2 is acceptable. 3 is above expectations. 4 is way above expectations.
The next year, he gave me a 0. It is terrible and way below expectations. He tried to fire me on that basis. He wasn’t able to. Because it was really blatant. He was overruled by his superiors. Then over time, he placed black marks in my record; until, he could fire me.
It was 3 months ago [ed. As of the middle of September 2018].
Jacobsen: What are some common mistakes made by people in even the simplest decisions of life?
Tsipursky: Sure. A common mistake that I tend to talk to people about. When you’re offered either a chance of straight out $45 or 50% chance of winning $100, what would you take, Scott, for example?
Jacobsen: I would take it. I don’t know. I would take the $45.
Tsipursky: There you go. Most people take the $45. But, of course, 50% of $100 is equivalent of $50. Most people fall into the situation throughout their whole lives they make this series of decisions, which results in the loss of 10% of their income, for example.
Let’s say, somebody’s making $35,000 per year. That means they are losing $3,500 per year through bad decisions of the sort you just made.
Each time, we think about this sort of topic. This is a clear, simple example, where people make poor decisions all the time. Another example is relationships. People spend way too much time in a relationship, which is problematic, challenging, and abusive.
It is called sunken costs. People spend lots of money and time, resources, emotions, and so on, and stay in the relationship much longer than they should. It is another example of where people make bad decisions.
Another example is the halo effect. When you like on characteristic of somebody, you tend to like all of their characteristics. Let’s say someone comes from the same area of the country as you, you have a similar accent and culture.
You will tend to like the person more and hire them for a job, regardless of how well they can do the job. It is the basis of racism, sexism, LGBTQ discrimination, and so on. It is all based on our evolutionary background.
Some of these things are based on tribalism. We lived in small tribes. We like people perceived as belonging to our tribe. It is a problem. The $45 vs. $100, in the tribal and savannah environment, we could not save resources for the future.
It was wiser, from a survival perspective, to avoid losing the $45 than to take chances at winning larger amounts of money. Now, in our current environment, we can preserve resources for the future.
But we don’t think and feel that would intuitively lead us to the right decision. This is the thing discussed at Intentional Insights. It helps people make better decisions in their careers, professional lives, and so on.
We can talk about the PTP later. All the areas of life where we make decisions, which is pretty much the decisions made every day in our lives.
Jacobsen: With respect to some of our evolutionary baggage, these are typically bugs and not features. They amount to the built-in hardware of the central nervous system.
When I think about some of the research around neuroplasticity, how effective are these interventions if done earlier in life when neuroplasticity is a bigger factor in the life course of a brain?
Tsipursky: In terms of neuroplasticity, we have research the brain continues to develop throughout life. Neuroplasticity when younger is not as important as we originally thought.
Jacobsen: Interesting.
Tsipursky: Yes, recent research shows people later in life, they can still make a significant change later in life because brain cells continue to develop. They are certainly most effective when you’re younger.
This is a field of research called Rationality. There are two aspects of research. One is intelligence, i.e., ability to solve problems. It is hard to change. It is incredibly hard to change our baseline level of intelligence. Rationality is our ability to overcome our intuitive, inherent, emotional tendencies, which cause us to go in the wrong directions.
We can do this by using our willpower. We can use our knowledge and use our willpower. If you have ever made a decision to go on a diet, and if you choose to not eat sugar, in our evolutionary environment, why are we driven to eat sugar?
Because our evolutionary environment, in the savannah, it was important to get as much sugar as possible to survive. In our current environment, you can get Twinkies [Laughing] anywhere. If you feel yourself resisting the second cookie or the second piece of chocolate cake, that’s when you feel the more advanced aspects of the mind, which is feeling the willpower.
It is using willpower and cognition to resist the gut reactions and intuitions.
Jacobsen: Does the phrase willpower amount to a folk psychological placeholder for executive function?
Tsipursky: No, “willpower” is a specific term. There is an executive function. It is your thinking. Your willpower is the ability to implement something going against intuitions. If you look at research by J. Baumeister and others, they use the term “willpower” in research settings.
It is a resource. It is mental energy. We can drain the mental energy. For example, if you have a situation where you had a stressful job interview, you will be much less likely to resist the second piece of chocolate cake.
Because your mental energy, which we call willpower, is drained by that time. You can have an intellectual determination to resist the second piece of chocolate cake. But you will find it much harder if you are drained or low energy or low spoons [Laughing] – in the folk saying.
That one is a placeholder. This is compared to if you are fresh at the start of the day and nothing problematic has happened.
Jacobsen: How much is intelligence heritable?
Tsipursky: Intelligence is very heritable: Intelligence versus Rationality.
Jacobsen: An adult versus a child’s level of heritability.
Tsipursky: I am not sure what you’re asking, child versus adult levels of heritability. Are you talking about nurture versus nature?
Jacobsen: Yes, how do the ranges shift from childhood to adulthood? Because you’re dealing with a more fixed organism – it would seem – as an adult than as a child.
Tsipursky: I don’t have the statistics on intelligence at the top of my mind. It is certainly the case when children change their intelligence. Children’s intelligence can be changed at a much greater rate than the intelligence of adults, a greater percentage.
Whereas rationality, what I am talking about, e.g., emotions, intuitions, choosing not to go with your gut, can be something children and adults change relatively easily, as an adult, you can decide to go on a diet and effectively [Laughing] change your behaviour.
You can choose not to fall for sunken costs, where you throw good money or good emotional resources into a bad relationship. Or you can choose to make the riskier but wiser choice of $100 versus $45. That is a learnable skill-set.
Jacobsen: Right. Something also comes to mind. When you’re using the term intelligence, there will be at least three floating definitions around that for people. I don’t know, precisely, what one is at the moment most established or substantiated.
I am thinking of Gardner’s Multiple Intelligence Theory, Tripartite Intelligence of Sternberg, as well as General Intelligence or IQ.
Tsipursky: Here, I am talking about what people generally consider General Intelligence. The ability to solve problems, to address issues and solve problems, using your thought processes, basically. It is a very nacho definition of intelligence. Some people are quicker and more able to solver problems than others.
Jacobsen: Instead of giving someone the WAIS-IV and give them the Raven’s Advanced Progressive Matrices, no matter the country, it would be a consistent cross-cultural measure of what you mean by general intelligence, IQ.
Tsipursky: I don’t know enough about the cross-cultural aspects of the matrices. But I anticipate that you’re probably right. But I don’t have enough expertise to know. Generally, an easy thing is to give people a puzzle to solve in any culture, as long as they don’t have a basic familiarity with the puzzle form their cultural setting.
Some people will solve it quicker. Others will take longer. So, that’s an example of what I mean by intelligence. It is hard to change. Rationality is relatively easy to change. It is, in many ways, more influential on the ability to succeed in life than intelligence.
Jacobsen: That leads to some questions. People want to know, “How can I become smart?” Of course, the first part they want to know, “How can I do it easily?” Also, begrudgingly, “If I have to, how can I increase it the hard way in the small amount that I can as an adult?”
Tsipursky: The most important thing you can do as an adult is examined your decision-making processes. We are taught in school to math, geography, and history. Those are noble and important topics. We are taught how to make decisions and how to avoid the common errors that lead us into disastrous relationships. That leads us into losing a great deal of our movies.
Let’s think about all the people who bought their houses in 2007, thinking the housing prices would keep going up [Laughing]. That is a disastrous decision. We know people with high levels of intelligence make disastrous decisions.
For example, there are studies that show people with a higher level of intelligence are, very often, more fixed in their opinions than people of lower intelligence. Why is that? They can rationalize their opinions more.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Tsipursky: This is even if those opinions are not correct. Intelligence can be dangerous in some specific contexts. That is why having rationality, having the ability to figure out why you’re making the decisions that you’re making – how can you best fit your decisions best with what reality is like and what your goals are.
That is a protective, quick way of increasing – what people would generally refer to as – smartness. Your ability to figure out how to achieve your goals using your cognition, using your thinking, if we use that definition.
I would recommend people do something. On Wikipedia, it has a good section of cognitive biases. It is the decision-making problems made by human beings. Folks can look at that. I wrote called The Truth-Seeker’s Handbook: A Science-Based Guide.
It is available on Amazon. It talks about, basically, the kinds of decision-making errors of human beings and how this can affect us. It is another resource. In general, Keith Stanovich has a good test on rationality. What is your current rationality type? How to improve it?
There are a number of resources. People can check them online in book format.
Jacobsen: Now, for the PTP, I interviewed Agnes. She is one of the co-founders. As well, you are one of the co-founders. Why is it more important from that point in 2016 forward to have this pledge come out?
Tsipursky: Our society has an information ecosystem that is simply broken. People are getting more and more of their information online. So, the recent poll shows over 67% of adults are getting information on social media.
Many of them are getting lots of information on social media. We know from studies that people who get their information on social media. They believe about 80% of news that is accurate that they hear. They also believe about 75% of the information that is false that they hear.
There is a difference in the rates of false news versus real news. They believe it is only 70%. The difference here is who has a bigger megaphone. It is not whether the news is true or not. We know false news spreads up to 10x as far and fast on Twitter as real news.
We know the top 20 false news stories for the 2016 US election and the 3 months before the election had 8 million engagements on Facebook – comments, like, and shares. Top real news stories only had 7 mill engagements.
This is an incredibly scary world we live in Our democracy is going down the tubes because people are believing falsehoods. Very many people are believing lots and lots and falsehoods. Because they are believing falsehoods, they are making terrible decisions.
Democracy is based on the premises that citizens, ordinary people, can figure out what is the best thing for them to vote on in an election. If they believe falsehoods, they can’t make the decision in any reasonable shape or form.
It is terrible for the future of our country, of our countries, of the globe. This is a problem going around in all countries that are democracies right now, not simply the UK or the US, or Canada. It is happening around the world.
Look what is happening in India where lynch mobs have been killing dozens of people because they believe misinformation about child kidnapping, it has a huge, huge impact on our lives. It has a huge impact on our political systems, on our public discourse.
Our democracies are dying because of the situation of misinformation. That’s why an important thing we could do right now in the current world we’re living in is fighting misinformation in social media, which is where people are getting most of their information.
Jacobsen: Outside of social media, what are some other sources of simply bad information, of which much of the people believe?
Tsipursky: A lot of bad information people are getting is from digital media. Unfortunately, journalism is also very broken right now. Not because traditional journalists are doing something bad, but because anyone can set up a website online and call himself or herself a journalist.
Therefore, the people right now, the mass public, do not know what critical journalism is like, how journalism functions. They are seeing more and more false stories from people claiming to be journalists.
Therefore, journalism is suffering a slow death. That is what is happening to the future of journalism. People are seeing bad information in online formats, which they think are credible. When people on online websites, there was a study by Stanford University on savvy high school students.
It showed when they go on the online sites – I think it was Slate, about 80% of them cannot differentiate between an article written by Slate versus paid advertised content put on a website by Slate. These are high school students.
These are savvy people. There was a recent Ipsos poll. It showed most Canadians believe they can find what is fake or misinformation. So, it was something like 60% of people believe they can spot it. That is not the case.
Most people, according to another Ipsos poll showed, cannot spot fake news or misinformation. There were six pieces of fake news. Less than half of the people could spot the fake pieces. More than half of the people had less than 50% of the results correct based on the poll.
We see the very clear evidence. People are getting fooled left and right on online settings. Online settings are dangerous. It is more credible with traditional, mainstream media. The online venues of mainstream media are fine.
If you have the local newspaper in the town, and if you read the online version of that, it is fine. If you have the cable or radio, or something like that, which is credible and been around for a while, it is likely to be fine.
Because journalists who are working there are still holding to the professional ethical standards. Those are the venues that have more credibility versus new online venues that anybody can set themselves up as a journalist.
Jacobsen: Now, I want to touch on evidence and science, and simply naturalism as an undergirding philosophy for all of that. For instance, we do have people in denial of history. Others in denial of essentially scientific truisms in accordance with the authoritative experts via the consensus of the field.
People who spend their lives in it. I am speaking of climate change denial, Holocaust denial, Young Earth Creationism, the anti-vaccination hysterias with the idea that vaccinations cause autism, anti-GMO-ism, and so on.
These ones have direct impacts on the potential life trajectories of youth who may have gone into successful careers in science. Also, it harms the public, where we can find even children, for instance, in the case of vaccines dying because of bad information.
Tsipursky: Yes, it is terrible.
Jacobsen: The work you do through the two organizations that you co-founded is crucial. Same with similar organizations like the Center for Inquiry.
That work to help the public in terms of getting proper information out, determining what is credible information and not, and getting more established and credible scientific perspectives out to the public, especially the young.
Because the earlier the information is imbibed and critical thinking is taken on as a heuristic for understanding the world, the better over the longer term the decisions they can make and outcomes they can statistically have in life as well.
It is literally, in some cases, a matter of life and death, or just simply, as you noted, potential $3,500 lost every year in earnings. What are some effective means by which to combat non-scientific views and anti-evidence-based thinking?
Tsipursky: So, this is a very important question. One of the really important things that we talk about. Let me talk about Intentional Insights first and PTP is, of course, part of it. We who are science-minded and try to think critically and rationally communicate badly to people who are not science-minded and who are not thinking critically and rationally. Why is that?
Because we tend to lead with data. We tend to lead with facts. We tend to lead with statistics. We don’t lead with what changes people’s minds, which is emotions. Emotion, research shows, motivate people who aren’t analytic, who think and behave in certain ways.
If we come with facts and statistics, then say, “You’re wrong, here’s why.” They will pose a defensive posture and dismiss what we say. If you bring this to someone who is analytical and a critical thinker, they will say, “Oh, I’m wrong. That’s interesting. Tell me why. Let’s debate about this. Let’s get this going.”
Whereas, people who are not analytically minded will feel attacked by these things. The way to approach it; it is not to use facts and statistics right away, but using curiosity. It is figuring out, “Where did you get this information? What makes you believe that way? What causes you to be a climate change denier?” Not phrasing it that way, of course.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Tsipursky: “What closes you to non-belief of the evidence?” Then having an exploratory conversation, your goal is not to flood the person with information and statistics but to explore how their information think process works and to show them more effective ways of thinking.
The underlying thing is not the specific subject. Someone who is an anti-vaxxer will often be a climate change denialist and a young earth creationist, and so on. The way is to change it. It is to change the thinking style of the person.
Helping them to understand more effectively, it is not as sexy as getting someone to not be a climate change denialist, but it is much more effective in the long-term to help that person understand what is credible evidence, where do you get your information, and so on, using curiosity.
That is the first part. How do we communicate with these people? Second, the PTP is the essence of critical thinking and media literacy. If we look at these behaviours, anyone who is checking this out can go to protruthpledge.org.
They can see the behaviours, what they’re like. The 12 behaviours that compose the PTP:
- Verify: fact-check information to confirm it is true before accepting and sharing it
- Balance: share the whole truth, even if some aspects do not support my opinion
- Cite: share my sources so that others can verify my information
- Clarify: distinguish between my opinion and the facts
- Acknowledge: acknowledge when others share true information, even when we disagree otherwise
- Reevaluate: reevaluate if my information is challenged, retract it if I cannot verify it
- Defend: defend others when they come under attack for sharing true information, even when we disagree otherwise
- Align: align my opinions and my actions with true information
- Fix: ask people to retract information that reliable sources have disproved even if they are my allies
- Educate: compassionately inform those around me to stop using unreliable sources even if these sources support my opinion
- Defer: recognize the opinions of experts as more likely to be accurate when the facts are disputed
- Celebrate: celebrate those who retract incorrect statements and update their beliefs toward the truth [Ed. This is from https://www.protruthpledge.org/.]
Now, a really effective tactic that people who are science-minded, who are analytical, have found is going to the website, taking the pledge themselves, and encouraging those in their lives who are not so analytical and science-minded to take the pledge as well.
Then they can talk about why these are helpful behaviours to follow, to not lose $3,500 [Laughing] every year and to not make these really bad decisions in relationships, health, and in their politics.
Using these network effects, the psychology of network effects, where you model the behaviour that you think other should show in a way that would benefit them if they show this behaviour.
Jacobsen: Does this relate to the work of Alberta Bandura with Social Cognitive Theory, with the Bobo Doll experiment?
Tsipursky: Tell me about the experiment, I am not sure I am familiar with it.
Jacobsen: If I remember right, he has a child, A. A sits in a room. The experimenter rolls in a television and plays a video. It is either an adult or a child. I forget which in the video with the adult or child beating up the doll in one condition, however much you can.
Then they roll the television out, like the ones we used to get as kids. The experimenter brings in that doll that was shown in the video. I believe the child there has a higher probability to do whatever was done in the video to the doll. It is the conveyance of violence.
Tsipursky: Yes, it is called the framing effects. Where you’re creating a framing from a previous recent context, you’re more likely to behave in a certain way. That is an aspect of what we’re talking about. More influential experiment in what is called network effects.
Where if you engage in pro-social behaviours or generally beneficial behaviours, others, around you, will as well. For example, if you quit smoking, there is a 67% chance of likelihood, according to research, that your spouse will quit smoking.
Jacobsen: That is high.
Tsipursky: There is something like a ~30% chance your close friend will quit smoking. That is the network effects, which I’m talking about. That is a powerful way to impact the social network. The same thing in terms of donations.
You will see websites: if you donate, your friends are 10% more likely to donate. It is network effects.
Jacobsen: So, it is the messaging and the modelling as the two big ones. When you went from Moldova to New York City to go to NYU for your undergraduate, did that worldly set cultures in one place expand your perspective and provide a means by which to view the parochial upbringing everyone has and give you a distance perspective on it?
In a way, it could facilitate critical thought about the peculiarities about one’s upbringing. Does being exposed to a lot of different kinds of people from different types of backgrounds with different kinds of belief help with critical thought?
Tsipursky: Yes, it certainly helps with critical thought. The observing of the diversity of perspectives. Many people who grow up in a single culture, a single cultural setting, don’t understand that there are other cultural settings that are valid. That is legitimate.
They feel very confused by observing those settings. I have often observed that with my students in college. People who come from a background where they never had exposure to people who are different than them, who live in a small town and then they go to college.
They see many other people who are very different but who are good people and who have morals that are fine. That don’t steal from them and beat them up because they don’t belong to the same religion or the same part of the country or something like that.
Or they don’t have the same skin colour. People become more tolerant of diversity and more introspective and understanding that different people, even if they’re different, does not mean that they are worse.
Jacobsen: The phrase is “anti-scientific.” But I suspect many people if given the proper tools they would agree with the scientific method. Maybe, it is non-scientific ideas. People with non-scientific ideas such as the ones mentioned before.
Those tend to come from conservative. For instance, Climate change becomes a liberal hoax. I believe according to Conservapedia. Evolution becomes some liberal college conspiracy.
The literal reading of the Book of Genesis in the Bible or counting the genealogies as Bishop James Ussher did, becomes the basis from which to state, “This is the age of the Earth.” It was a Thursday in the afternoon in 4,004BCE or something like this.
Somewhat with anti-vax things too. On the progressive-liberal side, there are anti-vaccine views or “anti-vaxxer” views as they’re called. There’s anti-GMOism based on select pickings of studies.
What are some other false beliefs that liberal-progressive types have akin to the ones traditionalist-conservative types have?
Tsipursky: The anti-vaxxers and the anti-GMOs are major ones. Another one is that George Bush was behind September 11th attack.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Tsipursky: So, there was a state conspiracy. These are the things that you tend to find.
The bigger principle is something that goes against their tribe. There is a certain sub-component of people on the Left who are very much woo-woo, spiritual, Mother Earth, Gaia. That’s where the anti-GMO and anti-vaxxer ideas come from.
Another related idea would be things like all-natural foods are better than “artificial” foods. There’s nothing inherently good about hemlock [Laughing].
Jacobsen: [Laughing] we can always ask Socrates.
Tsipursky: Yes, exactly.
Jacobsen: The joke there being: Socrates only asked questions.
Tsipursky: Yes, that is going to be another mythological thing. Another is organic things are better than non-organic foods.
Jacobsen: Not true.
Tsipursky: There are some organic foods that will be better. Most of them are going to be not better. For example, some foods, like strawberries, tend to absorb a lot of chemicals through their skin.
If you’re buying strawberries, you might consider buying organic things. Things like apples. You can wash it off. They are not going to absorb chemicals through their skin. It is better for your money to get regular apples.
Whereas, some people say, “You should only eat organic food.” There’s going to be a lot of those things with spiritual Mother Gaia woo-woo in liberal circles that will be quite harmful. You will also have a lot of problems where people do not pay attention to research on economics.
Things like minimum wage. Whereas, a lot of liberals tend to think all efforts to raise a minimum wage will be good for people. Whereas, in certain settings, the raising of the minimum wage will result in substantial job loss for people on the lower income scale.
So, it is actually going to be worse for them.
Jacobsen: Right.
Tsipursky: So, you have to think about where are the diminishing returns on the raising of the minimum wage.
Jacobsen: One example that comes to mind. Or, at least, an example – for which I am having source amnesia – is raising the minimum wage for a cashier or clerk at McDonald’s in a province in Canada or a territory in Canada, or a state in the United States.
Then these cashiers, the business says, “Let’s get rid of them and replace them with machines to do their jobs because they’re cheaper and run 24/7.”
Tsipursky: Yes, at some point, it becomes more financially profitable for McDonald’s to replace cashiers with machines. At a certain point, it becomes, in the not too distant future, cheaper for truck companies to replace truck drivers with self-driving robots.
All of these are things that we need to think about when we are making economic policy that sounds like it is more economically just, or sounds more economically just, but will hurt the people we are trying help.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Tsipursky.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/15
Mandisa Thomas is the Founder of Black Nonbelievers, Inc (Twitter & Facebook). One of the, if not the, largest organization for African-American or black nonbelievers or atheists in America. The organization is intended to give secular fellowship, provide nurturance and support for nonbelievers, encourage a sense of pride in irreligion, and promote charity in the non-religious community. I reached out to begin an educational series with one of the, and again if not the, most prominent African-American woman nonbeliever grassroots activists in the United States. Here, we talk about online spaces, community, and decorum.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Happy Monthiversary on the series! [Laughing]
Mandisa Thomas: [Laughing].
Jacobsen: In some prior work, we talked about problem characters in community, atheist and otherwise, who cause trouble. It could attitudinal. It could be behavioural. This could be witting or unwitting on their part.
My question: how do we deal with people who have problem attitudes or behaviours in the community? Do we take a zero tolerance policy? Do we take 3 strikes and you’re out policy? And so on.
Thomas: I think that there is a multi-part approach to it. I think there are multiple characteristics and approaches to it when it comes to leaving religion behind. I think it is good to establish boundaries and guidelines from the beginning, so people understand certain behaviours will not be tolerated towards others.
At BN is establish, from the onset, that we are pro-LGBT, pro-community building. We try to stay away from excessive arguing and namecalling and such. If you are anti-social and want to come and argue and debate, that is tolerated very little.
We have established those guidelines from the beginning. We have had to remove people from the online spaces. We have had to allow some people to leave the organization as a result. We try to give them some chances.
We try to talk to those members where there may be an issue. If it continues, by the guidelines of the organization, we will ask someone to manage the process.
Jacobsen: In an online space, I heard of an interesting solution. The notion was the removal of anonymity of identity. In other words, if someone says something, they own it. They have their name identified with it.
So, we know who this person is, what they stand for, and why they believe it. It may reduce the vitriol and aggression that can come out from the knowledge that people can get off the hook because they are anonymous. Is that a thing? Is it already in place?
Thomas: Yes, I know on facebook. We try to; if someone is standing by those words that they say, we will hold them accountable for it. Accountability is very important in trying to help people overcome learned behaviours and characteristics due to indoctrination.
We try to stay away from trying to drag or indoctrinate people who say something in error, which they may not understand. We try to handle that more internally. It is more of a learnable moment for those individuals.
But there are certain individuals simply because they are atheist and relinquished religion; it doesn’t mean that they care about anything else. If they want to stay in our space, there is an encouragement to review those behaviours.
If it conflicts with the organization, then we ask them to go elsewhere.
Jacobsen: You mentioned upbringing. Do some behaviours arise more from a religion foundation when people come from an unhealthy upbringing with a literalist interpretation of a holy text?
Thomas: It often stems from a religious upbringing. Also, it is societal. We live in a very patriarchal and sexist, and misogynistic, society. So, a lot of us even though religion is the foundation; it is not the only factor.
Myself growing up, I experienced a lot of adults in my life raising me to be strong and independent as a woman, a female, and a young lady. But I noticed that there are still heavily male-dominated stuff.
There is a tendency to lean on what the men will say. There is a lot of that when people are leaving religion behind. There is a privilege when it comes to being male or even being white and male – white privilege, male privilege.
People may be unaware of it because of upbringing. They may be ignorant of it. We try to challenge people, so they are more aware. That the God concept is not necessarily the only thing they need to let go of.
Jacobsen: There can also be the nuanced areas, the gray areas, here as well. If someone takes on board the idea, which has a lot of validity to it, but they forget the line between assertiveness and aggressiveness, then they post something online.
How do you parse that line? Or two people have differing opinions, both valid. One is asserting, “This is what I believe.” The other is aggressing. They are being personal and mean.
Mandisa: I have this phrase, “It’s what you say but how you do it.”Someone may have all the correct and factual information. But if their delivery is a turnoff, or it is a hindrance, then no one will hear them.
If I see there is a conflict on my page or within my groups, I try to intervene or advise that a more tactful approach would be better. It does not mean that it always has to be gentle or nice. “Tactful” means objective and considering both parties.
It does not mean that since you’re saying it; that you’re right and they’re wrong. Many atheists suffer from the social disorder or a bad case of Foot In Mouth Disease [Laughing].
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Mandisa: There are often times when you want to refrain from saying it. It comes from gauging people and knowing when to engage people and when not to. We do not always have to bombard people with information all the time.
Empathy is something that more of us can benefit from, knowing why someone believes something. It is putting yourself in their shoes. If someone said this to you, how would you like it? If you would not like it, then be considerate of the other person you’re talking to.
Many people do not think about things until it happens to them. It is being proactive and thinking about how you would perceive someone simply bombarding information on you. There are things going on in our lives that we are not ready to hear in the moment and could, certainly, wait until another time.
It is us having the capability of thinking and reasoning more, where there is nothing wrong with reasoning how to adjust your approach when necessary.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/14
“This week we are devoting the entire episode of Quirks & Quarks to the science of cannabis. Surprisingly, there are many unanswered questions about the effects of cannabis on the brain, largely because it’s been difficult for scientists to study an illegal drug. But with the end of pot prohibition, Canadian researchers will be free to do in-depth research using quality-controlled products and volunteer human subjects.
The marijuana plant has been cultivated for thousands of years and contains at least 115 active ingredients. That makes it a remarkably complicated drug compared to other psychoactive substances that may only contain one or two.
These active ingredients — a family of molecules called cannabinoids, are signalling molecules. They attach themselves to receptors found throughout the brain and body, producing a multitude of effects, from feeling high to managing pain.”
“OTTAWA, Oct. 9, 2018 /CNW/ – In the face of global economic challenges, the Government of Canada is continuing to make investments in projects to help innovative companies grow, including start-ups, to create well-paying middle-class jobs and to ensure Canada punches above its weight in a competitive global market.
Today, the Honourable Navdeep Bains, Minister of Innovation, Science and Economic Development, announced an investment of $25 million in the Creative Destruction Lab (CDL), a non-profit organization based at the University of Toronto that merges science-based projects with business expertise to help young companies scale up into creators of new jobs, processes and services.
Thanks to this investment, CDL will create and maintain 125 jobs, attract more investments in Canadian businesses, and see more intellectual property developed and retained in Canada. CDL’s project will also involve more than 1,300 science-based ventures in a wider network across Canada over four years, and it is estimated that these ventures could create up to 22,000 new jobs.”
“A new exhibit by the Canada Science and Technology Museum, in partnership with the Canadian government’s national cryptology agency, is all about demystifying the secretive world of encryption and cybersecurity.
Cipher-Decipher is currently being shown at Library and Archives Canada, before moving to the museum in November and then on to Kingston, Ont.
According to Molly McCullough, who helped create the exhibition, it not only explores the past and present of communications cryptology, but does so with a high degree of interactivity.”
“WINDSOR, ON, Oct. 9, 2018 /CNW/ – Science is about discovery. When researchers are given the tools to push the boundaries of knowledge, great things happen. These discoveries lead to the innovations that will grow the economy and help ensure Canada has a workforce capable of taking on the challenges of today and tomorrow.
Today, the Honourable Kirsty Duncan, Minister of Science and Sport, announced more than $558 million in discovery research funding, as part of the Government of Canada’s plan to attract global talent, promote diversity, and provide nearly 4,300 researchers and students with the means to pursue world-leading discovery work.
This is the largest investment in research from the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada(NSERC) this year and it includes $70 million in new funding announced in Budget 2018. With this investment, the Government of Canada is delivering on Budget 2018’s historic commitment to science by giving more support to researchers and students.”
“In the past few years, we have witnessed what might otherwise have been very minor bureaucratic decisions by federal and provincial governments be elevated into newspaper headlines.
The fault lines of this debate have taken shape at the federal level. The Conservative government of Stephen Harper lost power under a cloud of “muzzling scientists” who worked in the federal government and a general disregard for science advice, which was relegated to an uncertain status under the industry ministry. The Trudeau Liberals campaigned on and embraced a pro-science stance since day one in office, promising to revert the muzzling of government scientists (still a work in progress), appointing a PhD scientist, Kirsty Duncan, as science minister, and launching the fundamental science review.
This narrative of the two parties has remained largely intact – the Conservatives more of less ignores science unless they are talking about helping industry and creating jobs, and the Liberals continue to rejoice in their role as defenders of science and promoters of evidence-based policy.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/14
“Vancouver is a city full of people from all backgrounds, full of creativity and art, and with a strong sense of social justice. As a Canadian Baha’i of Iranian descent who works in the arts, I want to share with Vancouver the upcoming premiere of Changing the World, One Wall at a Time, a film about a global street art campaign that raises awareness about the denial of university education to Baha’is in Iran.
Iranians are one of Vancouver’s larger ethnic groups and many of them are Baha’is; that is, like me, they are followers of the Baha’i Faith, a world religion that teaches the oneness of humanity and of God, the equality of women and men, and the harmony of science and religion.
Canada is also home to Baha’is of European descent, from Indigenous communities, and global backgrounds. Baha’i communities exist all around the world. The faith began in 19th-century Iran, and today the Iranian government persecutes Baha’is just because of their beliefs.”
Source: https://www.straight.com/news/1149781/sarvenaz-amanat-education-not-crime-comes-vancouver.
“The crucifix hanging in Quebec’s National Assembly is a historical symbol, not a religious one, even though it represents the Christian values of the province’s two colonial ancestors, premier-designate François Legault said Thursday.
Legault made the comments as he defended his decision to keep the crucifix in the legislature while moving forward with plans to ban certain civil servants from wearing religious symbols.
“We have to understand our past,” Legault told reporters in Yerevan, Armenia, where he is attending the summit of the Francophonie.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/montreal/quebec-francois-legault-crucifix-religious-symbols-1.4858757.
“TORONTO — Ontario will soon allow turban-wearing Sikhs to ride motorcycles without helmets, joining three other provinces in providing the exemption.
The Progressive Conservative government said Wednesday that the exemption — which goes into effect Oct. 18 — will recognize Sikh motorcycle riders’ civil rights and religious expression.
“The safety of our roads will always remain a priority,” Premier Doug Ford said in a statement. “But our government also believes that individuals have personal accountability and responsibility with respect to their own well-being.””
“After more than three years fighting the government in court and nearly eight months hiding in a church, a woman who immigration officials say lied about her sexual orientation is being deported.
This week, accompanied by two law enforcement officers, Angela Haman will be sent back to Cameroon because the government is convinced she lied about being a lesbian so she could stay in Canada.
Despite the government’s assertion she lied, Global News is identifying Haman by a pseudonym because she says she could be harmed if returned to Cameroon, where homosexuality is illegal.”
“In his new book, Stephen Harper warns that unless we address the underlying grievances that lead to populism, we risk Trumpian consequences or worse. In Ontario, Doug Ford railed against a court decision that opposed the will of an elected government. And closer to home, premier-designate François Legault’s Coalition Avenir Québec has swept to victory on a populist wave of change.
A central plank of populist politics is how to maintain “our” national identity. The CAQ has proposed a ban on wearing signs of religion that would apply to people in positions of authority, including teachers and police officers.
Legault threatens to invoke the notwithstanding clause to avoid the inevitable (and likely successful) court challenges that will ensue under the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms. Legault claims that he is justified because “the majority of Quebecers agree.””
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/14
“When the Trudeau government agreed to a revised North American free trade deal, the Americans said Canada also agreed to something else: joining Donald Trump’s trade war on China.
“The continent as a whole now stands united against what I’m going to call unfair trading practices,” Trump’s National Economic Council director Larry Kudlow said the day after the new United States–Mexico–Canada Agreement (USMCA) rolled out.
“There is a trade coalition of the willing that is going to fix a lot of broke areas of international trade [by] getting on the same page and co-operating. And that coalition will stand up to China.””
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/usmca-canada-china-coalition-1.4855868.
“OTTAWA — Canada is contributing $50 million to the United Nations Palestinian refugee agency — after the United States decided to stop funding what it called an “irredeemably flawed” organization.
The new Canadian funds announced today will be allocated over two years to assist the health and education efforts of the United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees, or UNRWA.
The Trump administration decided in August to withdraw US$300 million in support, ending the United States’ status as the largest donor for an organization that had been trying to help more than five million Palestinian refugees.”
“OTTAWA – People’s Party of Canada Leader Maxime Bernier paid a visit to Elections Canada’s headquarters Wednesday morning, to submit his application to register a new political party.
After handing over a dossier of paperwork to an Elections Canada official, Bernier said this is “a big day for us. It’s another step towards the formation and the accreditation of our new party.”
Should Elections Canada approve his application, Bernier plans to start running candidates in future byelections, while building a full roster of 338 candidates in time for the next federal election.””
“TORONTO — Longtime Liberal politician and former cabinet minister Donald Macdonald died on Sunday at the age of 86, his family said.
His daughter Sonja Macdonald said he died in his sleep at his Toronto home.
“He was a great Canadian,” said Sonja Macdonald through tears. “He committed his life to building this country.””
“Mounting concerns on both sides of the border are prompting the U.S. and Canadian ambassadors to meet with businesses in the wake of a new trade deal between the United States, Mexico and Canada.
In an interview with CBC Radio’s The House, U.S. Ambassador Kelly Craft said she and her Canadian counterpart, David MacNaughton, will embark on a series of town hall meetings to assuage fears from investors over the USMCA.
Craft also relayed a message for Canadians.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/usmca-nafta-ambassadors-business-1.4857368.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/14
“The federal Conservatives say they would not stand in the way of the Quebec government if it moves to bar some provincial employees from wearing religious symbols at work.
In an interview, Conservative MP Gérard Deltell said his party accepts the incoming Coalition Avenir Québec government’s right to introduce legislation on the matter, would not oppose the possible use of the notwithstanding clause to make it Charter compliant and would not join a legal challenge of the legislation.
The Conservative position differs from that of the Liberals and NDP. Prime Minister Justin Trudeau does not believe the Quebec government should be legislating on the issue of religious symbols and opposes in this case the possible use of the notwithstanding clause. The federal NDP also objects to attempts to override the Charter of Rights and Freedoms in this case.”
“Jean Chrétien says Quebec’s political class is “trapped” in a pointless debate over a non-existent problem: how to accommodate religious minorities.
And the former prime minister predicts the furor over whether public servants should be banned from wearing religious symbols will eventually fade away as common sense prevails.
“When you ask [Quebecers] the question, ‘Do you want them to lose their jobs?’ — [they say,] ‘Oh, no,”‘ Chrétien said in an interview with Canadian Press.”
“Canada’s military justice system is in danger of being blown up following a bombshell court ruling that found the current process of trying service members for serious crimes — including sexual assault and murder — violates their charter rights.
The ruling was quietly rendered last week by the military’s appeals court, and prosecutors are now scrambling to save the current system by asking the Supreme Court of Canada to stay the decision until it can make its own determination.
But even as some inside the Canadian Forces warn about the damage the ruling would cause if it’s allowed to stand, others say it’s long overdue — and should spark a much-needed overhaul of the system.”
“A Vancouver father is challenging the province after it told him he couldn’t let his children take transit unsupervised.
Adrian Crook, a single father of five, was told by the Ministry of Children and Family Development in fall 2017 that his four school-aged children could not ride the bus unsupervised. The children ranged in age from seven to 11 years old at the time.
“As a result of their brief investigation, the MCFD informed me that, ‘until the children are 10 years old, they cannot be unsupervised in the community, at home, or on transit,’” Crook wrote in a blog post.”
“It was a strange election in Quebec. I followed it from afar but with a lot of interest and a certain dose of skepticism. Since arriving in Canada and living in Montreal in the early 1990s, I found that during provincial and even federal elections, the question of Quebec independence occupied a big portion of the political debate. Usually Quebec independence came as a final threat launched by the “federalist” Parti Libéral du Québec (PLQ) to dissuade the last batch of hesitant voters from siding with the “sovereigntist” Parti Québécois (PQ). And this polarization worked relatively well, at least to a certain extent, for the PLQ. But over the last two decades, the referendum on Quebec independence has been losing ground, especially among younger voters, but even baby boomers, usually supporters of the idea, have been showing signs of tiredness.
Over the years, the focus of polarization in Quebec politics has shifted from independence to identity. It was Mario Dumont, forefather of today’s Coalition Avenir Québec (CAQ), who was instrumental in bringing the inflated “reasonable accommodation” debate to Quebec political affairs. Political fear-mongering stopped targeting federalist Anglos, who supposedly threatened French culture with their imperialistic language, songs, movies and powerful economic institutions. Instead, it was directed — skilfully, with media complicity — at a new threat: immigrants.”
Source: http://www.rabble.ca/columnists/2018/10/how-anti-immigrant-rhetoric-shaped-quebec-election.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/09
I wanted to explore some of the world of different Christian leaders, small and big. However, I wanted to report less on those and more in their own words. These will be published, slowly, over time.
This, I trust, may open dialogue and understanding between various communities. Of course, an interview does not amount to an endorsement, but to the creation of conversation, comprehension, and compassion.
“Reverend Brad Strelau is a father of two (Caed & Aurielle), husband of one (Lalainia), a fan of English Premiere Football (Come on, Everton!!), always has 4 or 5 books on the go, and is an avid whistler!
He was born and raised in Vancouver, B.C, and resides in the Tri-Cities, ministering as pastor of CA Church: Town Centre in downtown Coquitlam (Evergreen Cultural Centre).” Here we talk about his life and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your personal sect of Christianity?
Pastor Brad Strelau: I am part of the Christian and Missionary Alliance Church started in the mid-to-late-1800s by a guy concerned mostly about missions work, in China. It was not a church until the 1970s.
It was a missions organization. His big thing: he wanted to cut out the divisive things about denominations. If you believe most things most Evangelical denominations believe, he would say, “You’re welcome into the organization to reach the lost with the Gospel.” [Ed. not a direct quote.]
So, even today, the way the C&MA or the Alliance works is most Evangelicals or Protestants can join in. We do not have a lot of beliefs that have been divisive in a lot of ways. If you come from Nazarene, Baptist, Mennonite Brethren, they can call this home, e.g., the music and language are familiar.
Jacobsen: What will be a contrasting sect of Christianity to the Alliance?
Strelau: Any church that says, “We are not concerned about anything outside of our walls.” We are a missions-oriented church. It is social gospel, helping widows, orphans, and those in need. But we also believe the Message – the death, burial, and resurrection of Christ – is important.
We do not only do physical things. We do things that are life-transforming all over the world. Now, we have people in Turkey giving the Gospel but also helping them start a business. Some of the women are starting a business. We have groups in Zambia, New York [Laughing].
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Strelau: Brooklyn, probably the most dangerous one, Mexico, and the Philippines, those are the ones done now. It is always growing. Our main impetus is that we are meant to proclaim the Gospel and go everywhere in the world to do it.
It has always been the goal of the Alliance church. Others who say, “We will hunker down until Jesus comes.” It is the opposite of us. But we are not perfect followers of Jesus.
Jacobsen: There are those most insular in terms of community. There are those more open in terms of community. There are those who reach out to family and friends in terms of evangelization. What would this amount to here?
Strelau: It would be both. When I am preaching on the weekend, I try to remind and encourage people. Jesus is not only best for them and living out the Gospel is not only best for them. It is best for their neighbours, people they meet at Starbucks, and people at school.
We should be reaching out on the individual level and sharing the Gospel and going on mission trips. It is not good enough to go to Turkey and say, “People need Jesus.” You have a neighbour who has never had anyone explain to them who Jesus is either.
All of it. It is from top to bottom, the Gospel. It ought to take over our lives. In the West, we have Gospels that divvy up. Check it off. You read the Bible and went to church. Done!
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Strelau: There is Hinduism in India. It can be completely transformative, but not always in a healthy way. The understanding is that this is not something only held in private. It is brought into the public sphere. We believe it is so life changing and changes history.
This is not something that you simply hold down in private. It is brought into the public square. It is so life changing and changes all of history. It ought to take over every aspect. To say, “It does not impact how I do business,” does not make sense.
Jacobsen: What are some difficulties that arise in each of these evangelism areas?
Strelau: It would be assuming our understanding of the Gospel applies elsewhere. For instance, in the Gospel of John, there is a story of Jesus meeting a woman married 4 or 5 times. In the West, the story is that she slept around and has been with different guys.
That is a Western interpretation. In Africa, they will interpret that as a story of a woman treated badly and who needs to be taken care of; we need to make sure we are bringing other interpretations of what the Gospel is about.
We need to remember this is the Hebrew culture that first gave us the Gospels. We will often assume. There is the story of the Prodigal Son. The prodigal son goes away. He spends all his money and there was a drought.
The West, we will focus on spending all his money. In Africa, they will say the problem was that there was a drought. We don’t understand drought! It changes everything. That is an important aspect. Our culture is not the ‘proper’ culture to interpret Scripture.
We have to interpret Scripture as it was meant in the first place. Then we have to apply that to the culture in which we find it.
Jacobsen: There is a history of improper inculcation of the Christian faith. At the same time, some who came out of it, e.g., the Indigenous community, formed, more or less, an Indigenous Christianity.
People like Dr. Terry LeBlanc, Dr. Raymond Aldred, and the late Rev. Richard Twiss talk about this.
If you look at the statistics, about 2/3rds of the population identify as Christian, if you look at Indigenous communities, there are about 2/3rds who identify as Christian.
Strelau: That is interesting.
Jacobsen: If we look at the New York case, they will focus on the prodigal son’s waste of money. If we look at the Zambian case, they would focus on the drought. In a Canadian context, where Indigenous, how would this, in another parable, be interpreted within that context?
Strelau: That is a good question. I do not know if I have an answer for it. That is difficult in a number of ways. If we are bringing the Gospel to a First Nations culture, there is a lot of native spirituality.
It is how the Earth is seen and how the world is seen. In the same ways, like other countries, there are no cookie cutter ways. No book to say, “This is how you reach the Indigenous.” Dare I say it, it takes time to know people.
That has been a failure of Christianity in the past. We have had these ideas if you just walk people through these 6 passages…
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Strelau: I grew up in the church. We had a booklet in the 80s called The Four Spiritual Laws. Same with gravity. You cannot fight gravity. It will always pull you down. But that there are spiritual laws. There was a little booklet to carry around and share with people.
It is always such a natural way to open a conversation with people [Sarcasm]. There is The Roman Road going through the Book of Romans. It is a way of going through things in a cookie cutter way.
It is saying, “I am going to declare this to you. I am going to have no clue as to who you are and what you walked through.” Many have walked through horrible situations, as many of the Indigenous have; horrible situations through the church.
It is in the name of Jesus, too. I need to know who you are before I think you will listen to what I say. I think this is where we failed as a culture, a Christian culture. Anyone [Laughing] who tries to share the Gospel on Facebook. Nothing ever evolves on Facebook. It devolves.
Jacobsen: Almost as bad as YouTube comments.
Strelau: Is there a lower level of humanity than YouTube commentary? Maybe, if we watch the news, but!
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Strelau: I think the surest way in any culture to share the Gospel is not to bring them to the professionals, not to herd them into the church. The best way, most personable, most realistic way, is if someone has a question or a problem with the church.
It is to sit down and have coffee as if we are human beings.
Jacobsen: For instance, if I remember right, Dr. Terry LeBlanc makes a split between an oral culture and a print/written culture. If you use a book like The Roman Road, that would be taking a booklet to a, more or less, oral culture.
Terry LeBlanc, I believe, talked about two things. If you look at the Old Testament and New Testament, it is a Middle Eastern and written culture in terms of what is produced with a text.
Indigenous is more land-based learning. It is an oral culture. At the same time, both had an idea of Creator with one and the other with God. But it is a single thing behind everything. However, it comes from different frameworks.
He would take the perspective, in a sense, of both taking a monotheistic lens. At the same time, it’s an orientation of when is an appropriate time in history for the Gospel to reach out to people, in God’s providence. It is almost a preparation in time.
“Mistakes were made at and after arrival, but! If given time, there will be the arrival of the Gospel to a culture seeped, for thousands of years, in a view of the world as created by a Creator and comfortable with mystery and an interconnectedness of all things.”
There is not a systematic theology in the Indigenous tradition. There is a Creator. Then there is an innumerable number of interrelationships between things.
It is different than the carving up model of the West with systematic theology with the requisite literate culture as part of it. So, the Indigenous Christian framework works within this context.
Strelau: If we learn anything from the Gospel, it is that Jesus wasn’t sitting in front of thousands of people reading Old Testament texts. He was telling them stories, which was very familiar. It has to do with what the things people were very familiar with, e.g., rain, planting, a son walking away from inheritance. It was culturally relevant.
He would talk about the Good Samaritan as the enemy of the Jews. He was calling them to something strong but doing this with story. He was, in some ways, maybe different than what they were used to – as they were reading the Torah. It is reading stories and seeing if they resonate.
Although, Jews and Christians traditionally have been called “People of the Book.” We can learn from Jesus, one of the best ways to reach people with the Gospel and the good news is through the story. Maybe, it is something lacked by us.
Jacobsen: Regarding personal and family background, what was it? As well, when did you become Christian?
Strelau: I was born into a family, which was Christian. I have been going to church since I was a fetus. It was a conservative German church. I have memories of angry, German faces correcting me. I am sure they were trying to help.
My memories of growing up. The two strongest memories are of my father. They are him kneeling next to his bed at night to pray. If he disciplined me too harshly, in today’s standards he did not at all, he was not a harsh disciplinarian.
He would apologize to me. I inherited prayer and humility when it comes to having made mistakes, which is good for marriage. I say, “Sorry,” almost every day [Laughing].
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Strelau: I was given a great heritage. At first glance, I came to faith at 6 or 7. However, someone follows Jesus through everything! No 6-year-old knows this. When I was 16, I was mulling over what I thought I believed.
I decided. I cannot inherit the faith. It has to be my own faith. I had to do my own searching and praying. I thought this is good news for me. Coming out of high school, we learn this in high school. But this does not change us.
We are told to find our identity and to find purpose. To know that my purpose and significance are given by God and out of my control, I do not have to run the treadmill of being a perfect person or trying to succeed in business.
That is, God has already proclaimed, “You’re loved. If you’re wondering, look to the Cross.” It became personal for me. I was 17. I was reading the Book of Romans. I was reading the Psalms. I saw this love and forgiveness.
I am not ashamed to say it; I was weeping. I prayed, “God, I want this to be my faith. Jesus, I want to follow you.” That is how that happened for me.
Jacobsen: What seems like the common experience of coming to faith?
Strelau: It always depends on how heavy the burden was for the individual. There were some guys who attend our church, who walk through recovery and addiction. They burned a lot of bridges. Their identity has been tainted. They see themselves as broken.
They take every mistake and then throw this on themselves, “This is fundamentally who I am.” The Gospel comes and says, “No, first of all, there is a Creator. He loves you. He wants to take all of it. He forgives you.”
Psalms says that God takes our sin and throws it as far away as the East is from the West (Psalm 103:12). It throws our sin into the lake of forgetfulness and remembers it no more. If I have hurt a lot of people, we all have this sense, whether we admit it or not. I have not only sinned against a fellow human.
But there is also something spiritual going on. “God, nothing else will do. I need your path.” I think that experience compared to the boy growing up in the Christian family will be far more significant. I had coffee before coming here. That is their background. It is seeing God work in their life.
It is seeing a smile on a face that was tainted and broken. It is welcoming them into the community. We are intricate people. To say that we can give some cookie cutter version of the Gospel to someone, I need to know them first and know them before I can tell them about Jesus.
I, first, ask someone who does not like church, “Tell me the Jesus you don’t like.” Then we can look at how he revealed himself and then see if we both like that Jesus. The way people experience the Gospel and the way it is delivered is individual.
It is tailor-made for each of us. God sees your heart; God sees my heart. You are not the same as I am. There is an aspect of the Gospel that you need. There is an aspect of the Gospel that I need.
Jacobsen: From within the community, what are the ways people lose their faith?
Strelau: You are familiar with the “Nones,” right?
Jacobsen: Not the ones in the convents.
Strelau: [Laughing] the N-o-n-e-s, I think that is how they are spelling it. There is a scare. People who were in a church. Now, they see themselves as one of the Nones. If you look at the research done on them, they moved away from the church.
If you look at the polling done over the past 10-20 years, you will see people saying, “I identify as Christian. I go to church.” But then, if you continue on some of the questions, “Is the Bible the inspired Word of God?”
“No.”
“Is the Jesus the Son of God?”
“No.”
Those are the people who move into the Nones. Of course, they weren’t buying into it in the first place [Laughing]. If people are given a Gospel, that says, “If you follow Jesus, and your sins are forgiven, it will be great. There will be clowns and balloons. It will be great.”
Nowhere is that promised in Scripture. Jesus says there will be trouble in this world but have hope as I have overcome the world. This is leading somewhere. There is hope. People will leave the church if they believed that when they followed Jesus there would be no troubles.
But God uses struggles and trials. When we come out of the other side, we stretched and grow ourselves. When people buy into the Gospel that says, “Everything will be great. Your kids will be perfect. You will never have any financial problems,” they will leave.
We are so good in the West about compartmentalizing the Gospel or living for Jesus and the life that He offers.
But if we take a version, that says, “You can have my hour on Sunday morning but the other 6 days are mine,” many people when Jesus wants to move into sexual ethics, anger problems, and so on, do not like it.
Those people will move away from the faith. That has become more exciting to them than Jesus. If we love the world more than Jesus, of course, [Laughing] and if he wants to move more into our territory, then we will lose them.
I had discussions with people who had pretty bad moral issues – not even to push it. They say, “If you do not accept me as I am, then I am out of here.” When we are truly challenged, we will give up the faith.
What that is, it is a faith that looked big but has been paper thin, compared to one that is simple and has deep roots. I blather on man!
Jacobsen: When it comes to leading a community, what does an average service look like?
Strelau: Yes, this would be specific. It is different than the high church. We meet out of a gym. It cuts loads of people out. They do not want to be there. We will start our service by welcoming people into it. There will be some worship.
In our church, it is an electric guitar, bass, and drums, which is not uncommon now. We will have a couple songs off the top. We will pray for our children as they go to their own kid’s church. There will be announcements of the community – how we can help them and they can help us.
There is a break in the service – shake hands and ask people how they are doing. Then a 30-minute message from myself or whoever is preaching. A song and then some words of benediction, then coffee and hanging out for half of an hour, because we have to tear it down in the morning.
We have the “Table.” We bring tables. People bring buns and soup. It is not ours passed the one day. So, it is different in building community.
We try to have one time per month where people can stay afterwards, where they can laugh and get to know each other – especially for new people.
It is not just Sunday mornings, but it is Bible study groups. They gather over the tri-cities. We dig deep into what was talked about on the weekends. Or we walk through something like a Christian book club. Although, some go deeper than that.
It is what our week looks like. For me, as the pastor, I am meeting with the people and the leaders in the church, and checking in with people. The new people and the people on their way out, the hurting people. I try to concentrate on them, as I cannot focus on everybody.
If somebody is new, I want to focus on them. If someone is hurting, I want to focus on them too. We live in a culture that is not big on community. The fact you and I are not texting other people while we talk is counterculture right now [Laughing].
To say, “We are going to have a community.” It is a big deal. What I have found, recently, I have been thinking through this.
When you get a text message, the most – and this is research, and you probably already know this – exciting part of the text is the noise and not the actual text, even if it is a positive one.
Same if I order something on Amazon. The exciting part is the anticipation. So, it is a phone cover, great. I found, with a community, this works differently. If at home, people have less anticipation, but the payback is greater when it comes to community.
But compared to other things in our lives, it is a bigger payoff. I believe that we are not meant to do life alone as an individual – and as a church.
We are not meant to do life alone and to walk into the chaos of the world and to think you’re alone and not have people praying for you, and asking how you’re doing.
It is a dangerous way to live life. It is probably why so many people are anxious and depressed and broken. We want to fight against this as much as we can by helping each other, especially as people of faith and to walk out into a culture that says, “Keep that to your hour.”
We cannot do that alone. It would be impossible and detrimental to ourselves.
Jacobsen: Have you ever taken part in interfaith or interbelief dialogues?
Strelau: Not in a formal way, but all the time, especially in our culture. But you mean in an official way. I, myself, have not, personally. We, as a church, did an event called “Love Our City.” It is not just our church. It is anybody, religious leaders and others.
It is taking a week to take care of the tri-cities, whether it is cleaning up or painting things in the park. As for dialogue, sitting down with other faith leaders, I haven’t done it.
Jacobsen: Anyone in local churches who have done it?
Strelau: I do not know that I do. It is not to say that they haven’t.
Jacobsen: If you’re dealing with the people hurting or feeling broken, how do you go about consoling someone in terms of feeling broken? A young person who does not feel secure in themselves or an older person who, recently, lost someone.
Strelau: First, I want to tell them there is a lot more going on than the page they are on. Their life is a full book. I believe and preach that we find our full purpose when we find ourselves in God’s story compared to writing by ourselves. That can be tedious and dangerous, to travel life alone.
So, I try to put people in the middle of the story that God is writing and try to encourage them there. Then I talk about the love of Jesus.
Anytime we try to do that without introducing people to the community we are failing. The reason Jesus brought the church was that we are not meant to live as individuals.
One of the failures of the church is in the very error there. We have a handful of singles at the church. They feel as if they need spouses; some of them do not. But either way, the church should be a place to find community and belonging. People in the church have lost people.
A year-and-a-half ago, someone who goes to our church lost her husband to brain cancer. It was quick. There were some hospice visits and praying. This last week, she was speaking at a women’s event at the church. She talked about how this event drew her closer to Jesus.
The difficulties in finding community. “Where do I fit now?” She has found comfort. You cannot throw nice verses. They have to be invited into the larger story; otherwise, it will fall on deaf ears.
Jacobsen: Some in the religious community, broad base here, will be aggressive about “we don’t want any non-religious people in the world.”
I see this happening in the opposite case. Non-religious people saying they want to eliminate religion or get rid of religion with the implication of no religious people.
I do not feel or think those positions are appropriate, especially in the light of, as we noted off-tape, freedom of belief and freedom of religion.
People have a right to be free from non-religion or free from religion, or freedom to believe something or freedom to not believe something.
To be in a position to eliminate either, it goes against those human rights. You cannot live in a country bound by international human rights and national human rights that permit those freedoms – and then allow them for oneself and then not another person or group.
In that, to me, it is a trend line. How do you think we can build more communication between communities and, maybe, even within communities to lighten up – on that particular strand? They are not big, but they are a problem.
Strelau: One of the issues, we see this everywhere. Wherever faith communities are working to speak in the public square, where people say, “Keep the shouting out until Sunday morning.” I think one of the issues is that we need to understand the meaning of the word “tolerance.”
Tolerance used to mean that “I do not agree with you, and you do not agree with me. That is fine. We want to live in a civil society.” That is not what tolerance means anymore. Now, when people use the word “tolerance,” if I disagree with you, then I am intolerant.
The fact of disagreement creates intolerance. It cuts down any form of conversation. You see this in politics, very strongly in the United States [Laughing]. We do not need to mention any names. If I have given someone a label, you say something. Now, I think you’re a racist.
Anything you say about immigration; I will not listen to it. You have nothing to say about it. People will look at a Christian. They will label me homophobic, Trump-lover – shoot, I said it! Anything I say has lost any validity. There is no use in having a conversation with me now. Christians do this with people of none-faith too.
The understanding of what it means to be tolerant is important, to live at peace in a pluralistic society. YouTube is big on this: “Watch this guy DESTROY this guy!” I do not mean they ‘destroyed’ them. They had a good response. But it is a battle ongoing.
Martin Luther, loosely, said, ‘All of us are beggars telling other beggars where to find bread.’ It is a good and humble way for Christians to approach a culture that is broken, hurting, lost – we believe – and does not agree with us.
You have to remember; we are nothing great. But we believe that we found bread and want to share this with people. Do not think that you get some higher moral ground. Scripture says in Philippians. We ought to live in unity.
We take our model from the humility of Jesus Christ, who we believe was enthroned from on high and took on human flesh.
He knew it would lead to the Cross. That is humility. Christians’ engagement with the world ought to be humility. I do not see that everywhere. We can hold our feet to the fire as Christians. We can hold our own feet to the fire.
Jacobsen: Same with non-religious people. The idea: you want to “DESTROY” religion for many people. It becomes not even a matter of faith.
It is simply an important tradition in their lives. Some of the Jewish community. Their “faith” amounts to simple practices, which they feel warm towards.
Strelau: It is a cultural thing. Would you say, I am asking you a question; has there been a bit of back peddling in the atheist community when it comes to that rhetoric with Dawkins? There has been a pullback on getting rid of all religion.
Jacobsen: With Dawkins, he gave a TED talk. He introduced the term “Militant Atheism.” This was in the 2000s, I believe. David Silverman, he was the leader of American Atheists. He invented “Firebrand Atheism.”
The two strands of “strident atheism” come with Militant Atheism and Firebrand Atheism.
Now, technically, Sam Harris wrote the first book. He started writing on September 12th, 2001. He was talking about how faith is bad. So, it was a reaction to the terrorist incident. For him, he probably started the movement.
It may explain why he is the most quoted. Dawkins, though, introduced the term Militant Atheism. Between Dawkins and Dennett, Hitchens and Harris, and a bunch of others, women are less noted in the community.
They took on the garb of various forms of Militant Atheism. Militant Atheism, in some ways, can be a synonym for New Atheism. It does have an evangelistic tone to it, at times. Other times, it has a directness to it.
That can be taken as offensive because atheists didn’t talk much in the public fora. Even within the non-religious community, they are quite small.
You can have 16% of the Canadian population and 16% of the global population, for that matter, being non-religious, in some older data.
The 7 out of 7 on the Dawkins scale would be a small number out of the 16%. So, Firebrand Atheism seems like a sub-brand of Militant Atheism. The harshness and directness of modern atheism tends to come from the New Atheism.
That splits into Militant Atheist & Firebrand Atheism. It is a question, “How direct are we going to be in the current period?”
Something not noted in the community about Christopher Hitchens, sorry folks. He almost always had a drink with him. To me, he seemed like an alcoholic. He was out there in terms of debates.
He could quip well. He was articulate. At the same time, he was able to speak in an aggressive and unhinged tone at times. Others are trained, professional scientists or philosophers.
Daniel Dennett is a trained philosopher, and active. Dawkins is a trained biologist, though inactive as a professional biologist. Harris is a trained neuroscientist, though inactive as a neuroscientist.
More the New Atheist community than the general atheist community; it is embedded in the larger culture. Being embedded in the larger culture, things like the #MeToo movement and others do influence how things play out.
Ironically, if you look at the Roman Catholic leadership, if you look at the New Atheist leadership, if you look at the Intelligent Design leadership, all of them or most of them are white men.
There are Ayaan Hirsi Ali and others. There are some bishops who are African. But in general, within North American & Western European contexts, those tend to be the dominant populations for those, ironically.
There are demographic issues. With a lot of the modern movements that are outside of it, and, arguably, much bigger, there has been a pushback on different sides.
That has caused an attitudinal transition. Where people are looking at different orientations, the New Atheist community, there are a lot more ex-Muslim men coming from Iran, Bangladesh, and other places.
Where these men have more freedom of movement and women have fewer degrees of freedom given less economic independence, so the men can leave, it is making the community more different.
Also, it is bringing different narratives into the community. That changes things too. It seems to be the case. In any early community or early movement, you will have a specific demographic as a majority.
Within that, it can make or cause a bit of an echo chamber. Because many of the old guard atheists, Isaac Asimov, Carl Sagan, and Neil deGrasse Tyson. Although, Neil deGrasse is more public science educator and an agnostic – so I take that one back.
Those old guard atheists tend to have a different tone, more conversational. Now, I don’t necessarily buy the stereotypes of people like Harris, Dawkins, Hitchens, and Dennett – of course, they are different.
However, they will have that, at times, narrow focus, even inadvertent and acknowledged – as in advertent.
Some quotes/paraphrases will be ‘almost by accident focusing on Islam,’ by Harris. It depends on the person. It depends on their educational background, so their expertise.
As with different communities, and leaders, they will have their pluses and minuses.
So, it helps that there is a trained philosopher – Dennett, a trained biologist – Dawkins, a trained neuroscientist – Harris, and a someone who was out doing field work in investigative journalism – Hitchens.
It does help provide a broader base on knowledge in terms of leadership. However, it is a small community. I do not know if we could name more than two dozen moderate to major figures.
It’s also dealing with a smaller pool of the population. So, the narratives are smaller. I think, as a result of being enmeshed in the larger culture and getting washed out of it, things rise and wash out of it.
They find more of their puzzle piece fit in the larger conversation of the culture. So, as that happens, as you get an early movement blossoming and more levelling out of their tone, there will be mistakes in the conversation, the dialogue, or the debate.
One of them, to me, seems to be in the elimination of religion. Because it overlays regular democratic life with a sense of there being an inevitable progress or trend line in history.
In a larger sense, in a 2,000-year history, or a 4,000-year history, or, at least, a 250-year history, there has been a trend towards the progress of better lives, longer lives, more fulfilling work, and more free time to do stuff like this.
At the same time, the idea that there is some inevitable narrative of less religion or people getting more reasonable. For instance, our genetics has not changed in the past 100,000 to 200,000 years in any significant sense.
We are the same species. The people who would wipe their butts with bark and eat moss (joke).
So, why would a species with the same hardware built around tribalism, ritual, superstition, and other things differ in any significant sense when we look at kids who will imbue things with essences and animism? Things like this.
Only with lots of formal schooling will they have a sense of method and rigour, and logic, and “multi-logical” thinking found in science. These are capabilities, but these are not the dominant strains of the ways of our thinking.
If you look at the number of fibres running from the front of the brain to the “emotional” part of the brain – if you will, they are fewer in quantity.
But if you look at the number of fibres running from the emotional part of the brain to the front of the brain, it is vastly more.
We are capable of logical and scientific thinking. But those are not our primary modes of thought. That is for all communities to bear in mind. Because we will default to tribalism.
Strelau: Also, you mention all the benefits we’ve had over the last 250 years. We are more depressed. We are more anxious. There are more questions being asked that can’t be answered. There is a spiritual-emotional brokenness that seems to have come along with it.
It could be because we have pushed a lot of the spiritual to the side. We say, “We do not need that. Let’s become modern. Everything will be fine.” In this wake, we are creating spiritual and emotional brokenness.
Along the lines that you’re saying, anything saying, “Let’s walk through this.” To dismiss this, we have a whole group of people who are broken and hurting.
They cannot put their finger on it. That something more is here than our devices, which needs to be answered and fixed. Often, we will medicate this in other ways.
Jacobsen: That sense of community or need for some, almost, ritual in life.
Strelau: I think there is a need for ritual in life.
Jacobsen: If someone is going to a church and taking of the Eucharist and taking of the ‘body and blood,’ that is, in itself, a ritual. If you look at science in a very stretched sense, it is almost like a sense of a systematic ritual to go through an experiment.
There is this empirical sensibility. Maybe, this is part of the reason science was able to emerge in the first place.
It was able to adapt off something that was 98,000-99,000 years of our history, minimum, and then make it this systematic process. So, on the community, this pops up in the non-religious community too: Sunday Assemblies, Secular Church, Oasis Network, and so on.
So, I see more in common than not, in terms of practice and in terms of the need of the community for people.
Strelau: That is the first thing that stood out to me about atheist churches. You can deny a belief in the existence of God. You can deny what we believe to be true, what Jesus said and did. But there is definitely something in our essence, which says we want to be in community.
That there is something valuable in that. Yet, it is continually battling with something taught to us. The idea of the individual and making your own future and following your heart and so on. It is diametrically opposed to living in a community.
Jacobsen: It is a mono-lensing of the world. It seems like a problem of the time. It seems like a problem in the political debates.
It seems like a problem in terms of how we see social problems. It would be the problem with people unable to partner up if they want to do it.
If people think, “I have to be an independent individual in a relationship.” It does not work that way. You don’t want to work on a dependent relationship either.
Strelau: You do not want the Jerry Maguire, “You complete me.”
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Strelau: That will never bring health.
Jacobsen: The interdependence is the healthier perspective. It would be why people would be having relationships and communities, and societies. Because these are more robust than an individual.
However, the ability for an individual to get through and on with their life is part of their personal fulfillment as well as their ability to contribute to a relationship, a community, or a society.
Someone can master something: a craft, a leadership position of a community, and so on. They can provide service to the community. But they also live in interdependence in the community.
The ability for us to get a coffee requires someone to stand behind a counter and have some early life skills:
“How do I provide this customer with the best service? How do I make other people happy, make them feel good? How do I also get paid? How do I get someone to some form of a banking system? Why do you need a banking system? You need a common currency, so people can agree on values of things and so on.”
It is quite a deep concept because it is so deeply embedded into the society. The interconnectedness of things. Even though, people might talk about a rugged individual. There may be more rugged individuals than others.
But in general, our livelihoods in a democratic society are built on an interdependence. The balancing act of voting, who falls in where in terms of who wins and loses in an election.
That is based on who votes and does not. That is an interdependence on everyone coming together and voting on who best fits their interest.
It’s not that everything falls into the place exactly as you wanted, even if you got the person that you wanted.
It’s the best for the most in the sense of a democratic vote. Some people get some things they want; others get most of what they want; some get none of what they want part of the time.
Sometimes, you will be the most. Other times you will be the some, and the none.
Strelau: [Laughing] Well done.
Jacobsen: What are the problems of the community, right now, for communities of faith – Evangelicals in particular?
Strelau: I think part of what we said was I think being told to be a part of something is met with suspicion. So, you can commit to coming every week, commit to coming to a group every week. We have been told – as we have been saying – that you do not need others.
It is the opposite of what we live out every day. The intricacies of living in a society are based on living with others. For the most part, people are willing to live their lives with their family.
Rather than say, “I am going to be part of something bigger and something that will bring health – physically, emotionally, spiritually – to our community.”
Whenever we, Christians, get off the path of our mission, Matthew refers to this as the Great Commission; Jesus’s disciples, He says that He will be with us always. I am reminded of Star Wars, “The Force will be with you always.” Anyway!
When we understand that is the goal of the church, it is to move out from ourselves and tell others the good news. Then, whenever we decide that is not our mission anymore, that is when people are less interested in going to church and misunderstand what church is about.
People think, “This music does not speak to me.” It was never about what humans think. It is about going and giving something to God. It is going to church to, at least, not do something for yourself is a good act.
People who call themselves Christians and get off the Great Commission and wish to see it redeemed, top to bottom; they will decide this community is not that important.
It is important to note. That is what the term “church” means. “Church” is an ecclesia (in Greek) meaning “a gathering of people.” It wasn’t until the German translation of Scripture used “a physical building” with Circe or Kirke.
When we call people to be a part of the church, we are saying, “Be a part of this community, which has been changed by the truth of the Gospel and brings health to our community.” That is a great mission.
If I think Christianity is about me getting a good deal with Jesus, so I can get out of here when I die, it is a small version of what God has called us to.
A much better story is God wants to bring us in to being a part of the redeeming part of communities for the health of individuals and the health of communities. It is a boring story. It is not that interesting. The one God calls us to is far more interesting.
When people buy into that and want to live with and in the community, it is much more attractive.
Jacobsen: What is the main barrier to dialogue between Christians and atheists today?
Strelau: That is a good question. One of them will be when followers forget the Bible is not a science book. It is not trying to prove anything [scientific].
For instance, when the Book of Genesis was written, the Creation account is, mostly, talking to Hebrew people who grew up in Egypt and who believed things about gods in charge of the river, the trees, and so on.
When Moses is explaining that God created all things, that is an affront to everything they learned in Egypt. It is not trying to say, “This is 7 days,” which is fine. That does not matter to me. Some Christians are staunchly against evolution.
Some do not have a problem with it. If Christians focus themselves on the most important aspect of their faith, that Christ was who he said he was. He lived, died, and was resurrected. If that is true, it changes everything. If it is just a story, it is one thing.
Paul goes out of his way in 1 Corinthians 15, where he said I am not the only person saying this. 500 people saw this. People in Jerusalem – ask Mo on the corner. He saw the resurrection of Jesus. If that is a true historical fact, it changes everything.
If I am against evolution, I can have the discussion. But this does not change my faith if I have been a staunch Seventh Day guy. Then all these facts come in all of the sudden. I say, “Oh! Evolution is true.” It does not shake my faith because my faith is based on Jesus Christ.
It is not based on whether the Book of Genesis is literally true. That is one thing. Specifically, with atheists and Christians, Christians, and atheists, need to understand what needs to be held with a closed hand and what can be held with an open hand.
7 days of creation can be held with an open hand. It does not matter to me, whether it is real or not real. When people push on if Jesus is who He said He was, that is where things get hardcore and the truth of our faith.
Jacobsen: In Canada, when people say, “Atheist,” they mean the Christian, Islamic, or the Jewish God, the Abrahamic God, usually.
Strelau: That is what they are rejecting.
Jacobsen: Typically, people are coming from a Christian family background, usually, given the population.
When they say, “I am an atheist,” it becomes shorthand for “I am not a Christian. I am not a Muslim. I am not Jewish.” There will be outliers within the bell curve of definition.
Noam Chomsky retorted in one interview on what he is being asked to deny with the “a-“ prefix, obviously, emphasized on “atheism,” as he is an atheist.
At a minimum, I mean “a-“ for the literalist interpretations of purported holy texts for some theism or a Theity.
Usually, it seems to mean that when I am in conversation with people. Their image is some interpretation of a literalist Judeo-Christian-Islamic Theity – Yahweh, God, or Allah.
What do you find Christians tend to mean when they say, “God” – say 3 traits or types?
Strelau: My goodness, I hope they take their definition from Christian and Jewish scriptures [Laughing], the Bible. I do not know if 3 is enough: all-powerful, all-knowing, Jesus was God in human flesh, He is Creator of all things and sustains all things, and so on.
Now, atheists should want this to be true, even if they do not think this is true. God took on human flesh because he loved humanity so much and wanted to have a relationship with him. He is a just and holy God.
But he is also a God; a God with justice and holiness tempered by His love, grace, mercy, and forgiveness.
So, regardless of how I approach Him, the garbage of how I have blasphemed Him, how I have hurt my fellow man, one text says He is faithful, trustworthy, and will forgive you (I John 1:9).
There is no question when it comes to God. He will forgive you. He will not say, “Nah, forget about it.” The Cross of Jesus says, “I will forgive you.”
If there is any question if our God is just and holy, or if he is loving and caring, all answers are found on the Cross. There, we see the brutality of sin, the ugliness of it, what it deserves, but we also see the love and grace of God.
I think whether someone is a Christian or not; they should want that to be true.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Pastor Strelau.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/07
“It has been 100 days of the Doug Ford government.
Since June 29, the Ontario Progressive Conservatives have begun and in some cases ticked off a large number of to-dos from their election platform.
Plus a few unexpected check marks, like ordering the size of Toronto Council cut nearly in half at threat and invoking the notwithstanding clause of the Charter of Rights and Freedoms when an activist judge got in the way.
Buck a beer is back.”
“François Legault, the premier-designate of Quebec, says he will invoke the notwithstanding clause to work around the Charter of Rights and Freedoms so that his government can ban people in positions of authority in the province from wearing religious symbols.
The Coalition Avenir Québec (CAQ) Leader said on Tuesday the plan would prevent public servants, including teachers, police officers and judges, from wearing religious garments such as the Muslim hijab and Jewish kippa while performing their public functions. He would also amend Quebec’s charter of rights to impose the ban, which is long-standing party policy, but barely came up on the campaign trail.
It is the second time in a month that a provincial leader has announced his intention to invoke the rarely used clause to override court rulings. Ontario Premier Doug Ford had planned to use the power to pass legislation that would cut the size of Toronto city council weeks before a civic election, but an appeal court stayed a ruling that the bill was unconstitutional.”
“Famed civil rights lawyer Julius Grey would help any groups or individuals fight an eventual law on religious clothing, proposed by the incoming Coalition Avenir Québec government.
On Wednesday, the party made it clear that school teachers, police officers, judges and prison guards who wear outward signs of their religions will have to find another job. That’s according to the CAQ’s proposed law on secularism in the state — an attempt to “better integrate” immigrants. Premier-designate François Legault also said he would invoke the notwithstanding clause of the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms to implement such a ban.
“I’d be happy to challenge it if someone asked me, or to assist. I would do whatever one could do to oppose such a law,” Grey told the Montreal Gazette Thursday. “I’m uncomfortable with the idea of people losing their jobs.””
“Thousands attended an anti-racism protest in downtown Montreal Sunday afternoon, expressing anger at proposals by the incoming Coalition Avenir Québec government that they say would affect immigrants and religious minorities in the province.
Many see the plans as racist and xenophobic.
“We are concerned about the CAQ election because they have been trying to divide Quebecers into real Quebecers and immigrants,” said Scott Weinstein of the Independent Jewish Voices, one of several groups at the demonstration.
After an historic win in last week’s provincial election, party leader Francois Legault reiterated plans to slash immigration by 20 per cent. He also wants to impose a values and French language test for immigrants, the failure of which would leave them open to deportation.”
“Watching the epic struggle over women’s rights in our southern neighbour these days makes me again glad to be Canadian.
I am especially glad for the women of Canada, who in the 1970s fought to establish the legal rights of women here. The issue was finalized in Section 28 of our Charter of Rights and Freedoms, which asserts: “Men and women are equal under the law.”
American women so far have had all their attempts at such equalization rejected. In the U.S., the issue has resulted in political warfare between “women’s rights” and the establishment.”
Source: https://www.timescolonist.com/opinion/letters/u-s-women-struggle-for-equality-1.23455629.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/07
“Lynn is the parent of two adult daughters and grandmother of a 12 year old boy. She was a very mature student who got Bachelor of General Studies degree from the University of the Fraser Valley and Master of Public Policy degree from Simon Fraser University in her 50s. She is a public policy analyst and have used federal and BC legislation to access information for 20 years. Music, recreational fishing and working in the soil feed her soul.
She first encountered Kinder Morgan contractors near her home when they were clearing trees in the greenspace near her home, and she became aware of the expansion proposal. She was also present at the public meeting after the 2012 SumasTank Farm spill. She was feeling very vulnerable to the risks from a diluted bitumen spillat the time that PIPE UP Network was formed and became active at the time if itsinception. Belonging to a group of like-minded people has significantly increased her belief in the power of people to take care of each other – no matter how challenging our opponent is.”
Source: http://www.pipe-up.net/lynn_perrin.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Since the end of Spring and running into the end of Summer, what have been the updates for the PIPE UP Network regarding activism around pipeline issues, e.g., the Kinder Morgan issue, and others associated with it?
Lynn Perrin: Of course, it is interesting. We are interested in Kinder Morgan being put on hold, on the construction back in March and using the BC government’s and BC Supreme Court case as an excuse.
They have known all along, both Kinder Morgan, the Trudeau Government, and the Notley Government, that all these appeals in the federal court were going to be ruled on between the end of June and early September.
So, they also know that for the majority of cases. First Nations are successful. So, that was one, I think, thing that they knew what the federal court could rule, but they decided to deflect and then use the BC court case.
One thing that I found out in about in June was that Kinder Morgan Houston was trying to avoid any kind of liability if there was a spill from the leaky old pipeline. What had happened was that they were trying to wiggle out of one of the conditions – Condition 124 – was that they had to have $500 million cash (Kinder Morgan Canada), they had o have $1 billion in insurance.
This is for the old Kinder Morgan pipeline and not the expansion. According to the Pipeline Safety Act, there is an unlimited liability if Kinder Morgan Houston was upheld. I have done some calculating on how much it would cost to clean a spill.
It could easily be $2 billion. I used the calculations for the Northern Gateway hearings. I did not pull that out of the air. That was also an issue for Kinder Morgan. The National Energy Board were standing firm on it.
They were trying all sorts of things to get around it. That was when they said they would put the construction on pause. They were unhappy and they felt there were starting to be enough things that could cause them some difficulties.
A lot of us, of course, have been working on divesting, getting people to divest from Kinder Morgan – including myself. In fact, I am an alumna of the University of the Fraser Valley. I have made sure to ask the alumni association to make sure that they have not made investments in Kinder Morgan.
As a member of the Vancouver City Savings Credit Union, I sent a motion for their annual general meeting, asking that they not invest in Kinder Morgan and also look into their overall fossil fuel investments.
That passed at Vancouver City’s AGM back in early May. VanCity is a big financial institution. Fast-forward to May, Kinder Morgan is still saying they are not willing to proceed on construction. The Trudeau Government saying they would put taxpayer money forward to purchase a leaky old pipeline and the construction that had been done on that to that point.
For the life of me, and a lot of us, we cannot understand – for the life of us – why the Trudeau Government wants this expansion to move forward. When the Tar Sands itself is worth less than 10% of Canada’s Gross Domestic Product, why something worth so little getting seen as so important to the Trudeau Government?
So, many of us after Trudeau mentioned the intent to purchase; we have been trying to ask them to really think hard about it, to really look at the facts of it. Not only the economic facts but also the environmental and human health risks.
So, you cannot seem to get through this wall of Trudeau and Notley. You cannot seem to penetrate it with the facts. It was the same with the National Energy Board. PIPE UP was an intervenor there.
We were putting facts forward; we were asking genuine questions. For the most part, Kinder Morgan was allowed to put forward any fantasy that they wanted. It was taken as the absolute fact. Even their economic argument, I really regret that I didn’t go to the National Energy Board export data before that hearing was over.
Because even now, if you look at the export data of the National Energy Board, I looked at it today. If you look the markets for diluted bitumen beyond the United States, there are none. The most that has ever been shipped outside of the US was in one quarter – a 3-month period – in 2012. It was 22,000 barrels per day. Something like that.
Trans Mountain Pipeline has 300,000 barrels per day capacity. Why only 22,000 going to the non United States if their supposedly getting such a higher price per barrel if they shipped beyond the United States?
I looked at the 2017 full year data today – not a single barrel was shipped anywhere other than the United States. I look at the 2018 first quarter – January to March – and not a single barrel went anywhere other the United States. So, where are these markets?
I looked at documents. Let’s talk jobs for a minute, I saw a letter from the President of Kinder Morgan Canada to the Mayor of my town, Abbotsford. The Lower Mainland would be the place for the main jobs: 2,500. But Jim Carr talked about 15,000 jobs; same with Notley and the Trudeau Government – for this area.
So, we are keeping a close eye on things. Because in the past, we have seen Kinder Morgan say, “It is maintenance,” when it is really construction; it has happened in more than one area. We have been keeping an eye on it.
There are Indigenous people on the northern segment and in the Fraser Valley keeping an eye on it, and on Burnaby Mountain.
Also, another thing that got people upset and caught their attention was the spawning deterrents on those five watercourses. Just before the federal court hearing, Kinder Morgan submitted a letter to the National Energy Board saying that they intended on using that insane method of preventing salmon from spawning on 26 watercourses.
It was just before the federal court decision. We are still working on getting DFO documents for the original placement. We are still pushing the Department of Fisheries and the BC Ministry of the Environment to penalize them for doing that.
So, that is also what has been going on.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Lynn.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/07
Mandisa Thomas is the Founder of Black Nonbelievers, Inc (Twitter & Facebook). One of the, if not the, largest organization for African-American or black nonbelievers or atheists in America. The organization is intended to give secular fellowship, provide nurturance and support for nonbelievers, encourage a sense of pride in irreligion, and promote charity in the non-religious community. I reached out to begin an educational series with one of the, and again if not the, most prominent African-American woman nonbeliever grassroots activists in the United States. Here, we talk about building around food and fun.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When it comes to some of the issues of hospitality, as it is called “Southern Hospitality,” what are some things you like to do for those who come to give talks, come to conferences, in the Atlanta, Georgia, area who are nonbelievers and hoping to contribute to the community as a speaker?
Mandisa Thomas: When I invite a guest, I bring them to a local restaurant and attractions, which are really, really nice to experience for those who travel from out of town. Being an organizer myself and someone who invites speakers, and welcomes people, to the area, whenever we have visitors here with BN in the Atlanta Area.
One place I like to go is Mary Mac’s Tea Room. It is a historic restaurant. I has been dubbed “Atlanta’s Restaurant” by one of the governors a while ago. It is a tourist trap. It is really, really good. I like to incorporate this into the events. It is good for meetups.
It overall incorporates a good opportunity for atheists and nonbelievers to come together over some good food and to have a good time.
Jacobsen: What have been the benefits to people who are coming into the community with this type of hospitality? Because some of the laments of some in the community, the secular community more generally, is not having a community as a baseline.
Thomas: Correct, a community can be built simply. It can be as simple as going to the favourite restaurant or coffee shop. It is doing it consistently. It cannot be a one-time effort. It has to be something that you are incorporating monthly, weekly or as much as your time allows; one of the things that have been good for me when I take people to this restaurant.
I like the look on people’s faces when they are enjoying the food.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Thomas: It is really, really amazing. It is your southern cuisine. It is the fried chicken, the shrimp and grits, fried green tomatoes. You do not go there if you are trying to eat too healthy. But it is a really, really good experience.
Sometimes, it is nice to have the atmosphere where people can let loose and open up, let people know the experiences they’re going through. It is finding the like-minded people. It is exploring the camaraderie. It is connecting on the basic, human levels. What better way to do that than over food?
I think that part is really, really important because it is something that is often missed. Atlanta is a really good space for that. Not everything has to be monetized. But I do like to incorporate the more historic restaurants in the area that has really good food. It is a very, very enjoyable experience. It is important for us to provide more enjoyable experiences as a part of the community building so that people will continue to return and continue to participate.
They will, hopefully, continue to volunteer and take part in the activities that we do.
Jacobsen: I really like the idea of food as culture, food as a community builder. Could this be a way to build bridges with some of the religious community? For instance, I understand you gave a speech in a church, recently.
Thomas: I gave a speech in a United Methodist Church. That is correct. The pastor is a nonbeliever from what I understand. This is in Austin, Texas. Food, absolutely, is a great way to build community. Food and music are really, really great.
One of the things we like to incorporate in BN is part of the black experience. I love hip-hop. I love R&B music. I love jazz. We want to incorporate that love of music and creativity which many other atheists and nonbelievers share.
It is important for us to understand that many atheists do not come to their perspective simply by reading the intellectual books or the intellectual side. It is good to find other good things that people like; that we share.
I have found other nonbelievers that rap enthusiasts, even if we have disagreements about the content. We find that we share this in common with a lot of believers. There are many things we share in common.
My love for music is shared on Facebook. I have believer and nonbeliever friends who share that. We will discuss that. It is a good way to break down the barriers. In fact, one of my good friends – a good colleague – who is a pastor. We have even dined at Mary Mac’s Tea Room, which is, again, one of my favourite places.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/07
“Chocolate is much more complicated than it looks.
It requires the knowledge of things like the chemistry of sugars, fat and moisture migration — or what Regina-based chocolatier Karen Morley describes as a “convergence of science and art.””It’s not like throwing some chocolate into a microwave and throwing it into a bowl,” said Morley, an American and former photogrammetrist who has worked in the tech industry and is a veteran of the U.S. Air Force.”Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/saskatchewan/saskatchewan-weekend-karen-morley-chocolate-1.4853711.”For more than six years, an army of citizen scientists across Canada has been scouring gardens, trails and vacant lots, in search of butterflies. Their observations have poured in by the tens of thousands, arriving at an online repository known as eButterfly, where researchers sort and sift through a growing mountain of reports and photos to see if they say something interesting about the colourful, winged insects.
Now the verdict is in, and it turns out that those myriad butterflies have something interesting to say about humans. Namely, when amateur zeal is combined with professional-level expertise, the result is a richer and deeper picture of the natural world.“It shows that we can discover things that we would not have known before,” said Jeremy Kerr, a professor of biology at the University of Ottawa who specializes in macroecology – the science that takes a big picture view on species and biodiversity.”
Source: https://www.theglobeandmail.com/business/technology/science/article-the-butterfly-effect-how-canadians-and-their-smartphones-are-helping/.”VANCOUVER — British Columbia’s rattlesnakes may not get much respect, but scientists are working to change that — and in the process, save a diminishing species.University and government researchers have been focusing on one population of western rattlesnakes in a fairly pristine basin where there hasn’t been much development.But even in this “big, round bowl in the South Okanagan Valley,” the creatures are under threat, according to Karl Larsen, a professor in the natural resource science department at Thompson Rivers University in Kamloops.” Source: https://www.thechronicleherald.ca/news/canada/scientists-trying-to-save-bcs-western-rattlesnakes-from-becoming-roadkill-248131/.”Did you know Canada was the third country in space in 1962, after Russia and the United States? Just a first accomplishment of many. Today, Canada is an acknowledged world leader in space robotics, satellite communications, Earth observation and space science. Our diverse space sector includes some of Canada’s most innovative companies, universities and research institutions. It generates $5.5-billion in revenue annually, employs 10,000 Canadians in highly skilled jobs, supports nearly 22,000 more Canadian jobs and contributes $2.3-billion to Canada’s GDP.
But Canada’s future in space may be in jeopardy.Unlike other countries that have been increasing their contributions, Canada’s investment in space has been declining for many years and we’ve had no long-term space plan for decades. Whereas in 1992 we were ranked eighth among all spacefaring countries in spending as a share of GDP, today we’ve fallen to 18th.”
Source: https://www.theglobeandmail.com/business/commentary/article-the-universe-needs-more-canada/.“Canadian scientists and professors are among hundreds that have signed a statement condemning what they call a “fundamentally unsound” presentation by an Italian physicist on gender issues, and they say they are concerned about prevailing sexism in science.The statement, posted on the website Particles for Justice, was signed by members of the scientific community from around the world. It said that Alessandro Strumia argued in a recent speech to the European Organization for Nuclear Research (CERN) that in the field of physics, women are less capable than men
.“As particle physicists, we are appalled by Strumia’s actions and his stated views on women in high energy physics,” read the statement, adding that the signatories believe “the science case presented by Strumia was fundamentally unsound.”License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/07
“Two weeks ago, I wrote about experiencing a deeper reality in life. Some people deny the presence of anything other than what we can see or touch or hear or smell. I went on to affirm that for me and many others, there is in fact a deeper reality beyond what our senses can experience.
At the beginning of that column, I promised that I would put down some thoughts about what many people call “the good old days” when more people went to church, and when Christianity was still very much an established religion.
That’s no longer true. We live in a much more secular society these days, and the church, like many other institutions, is no longer automatically trusted. In such a time, it’s only natural that people would long to find a sense of security in a time when it seemed that life wasn’t in such a constant state of change and flux.’
Source: https://www.cranbrooktownsman.com/columns/is-canada-a-christian-country/.
“Canadian public employees may be banned from wearing religious clothing under a “secularism law” being proposed in Québec.
Plans to forbid public employees from wearing religious symbols, including a Jewish kippah or a hijab, were announced by the centre-right Coalition Avenir Québec (CAQ) after they swept to victory in provincial elections.
Restrictions would be placed on all religious symbols and would apply to judges, prosecutors, police officers, prison guards and school teachers in the French-speaking province.”
“Canada’s multiculturalism policy came together largely in response to the strong separatist movement that took hold in Quebec during the 1970s. Those were the days of the firebrand Réne Lévesque and the extreme Rose brothers, Paul and Jacques.
Pierre Trudeau’s Liberal government developed its multiculturalism policy to demonstrate that all races, religions and ethnic groups had equal status in Canada.
For Quebec this was particularly important, as the primarily French-speaking population remembered well and with distaste the days of Anglo-Saxon dominance.”
Source: http://troymedia.com/2018/10/07/canadas-multiculturalism-model/.
“OTTAWA – Experts warned religious freedom is at risk in Canada as it is no longer seen as a fundamental right but something that can be trumped by vague “charter values” and partisan politics.
The seventh annual Parliamentary Forum on Religious Freedom hosted by Conservative MP David Anderson, the party’s critic for human rights and religious freedom, assembled a panel examining the state of religious freedom in the light of recent court decisions and polling on attitudes towards religion.
Fr. Raymond de Souza, a priest of the Kingston archdiocese, columnist and editor in chief of Convivium.ca, said he’s concerned about a “shift in the recognition of religious freedom from a fundamental freedom to a partisan position.””
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/07
“The provincial district of Gatineau in Quebec, just across the river from Ottawa, has for decades been a stronghold of Justin Trudeau’s sister party. But last Monday a little-known upstart populist movement made an election gain that has thrown a grenade into the Canadian political system.
The Coalition Avenir Quebec (coalition for the future of Quebec, CAQ) swept up the seat as it was elected ruling party of Quebec, jolting the liberal established order that has existed in the Canadian province for nearly half a century, and prompting soul-searching among dejected rivals.
The election marked the first time a populist party has come to power in North America, with immigration pushed to the fore in Quebec.”
“OTTAWA — Where will Canada focus its efforts now that a new North American trade deal has finally been agreed upon?
With a ministerial portfolio devoted to “trade diversification” and a government that touts the “rules-based international order” that the United States has thrown into scrutiny, don’t expect Canada to hang up its hat just because it concluded a deal with President Donald Trump.
“People know that we have made significant investments and significant efforts towards diversifying our trade relationships around the world, even as we were negotiating the new (deal),” Prime Minister Justin Trudeau said at a press conference in British Columbia Tuesday. “Canada is a trading nation. We understand how important it is to engage, to exchange, to grow our economies to the benefit both of ourselves and the countries we partner with.””
“It’s probably hard for Quebec Liberals to see the sunny side right now.
They have just come through the worst election in their history, in terms of popular vote (24.5 per cent), and the most crushing defeat since 1976, when René Lévesque and the Parti Québécois first swept into power, leaving the Liberals with only 26 seats.
Quebecers voted for change. They repudiated the two traditional governing parties, the Liberals and the Parti Québécois, and opted for a younger party, the Coalition Avenir Québec.”
“VICTORIA — An assignment that asked students at a high school in British Columbia to identify the political leanings of racists and immigration opponents showed a bias against people with right-wing views, says a father whose son was given the worksheet.
Matt deFouw said he took his concerns about the worksheet to the Kamloops-Thompson School District, which launched an investigation.
B.C.’s Education Ministry said in a statement Thursday the worksheet is not part of the school curriculum and it will not be used again in the district.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/05
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s start from the top, what was your family and personal background? I am thinking of geography, culture, language, and religion or lack thereof?
Felicia Cravens: I am a 7th generation Texan. I had a typical upbringing with a family that had deep roots in the area, and didn’t stray far from the home. I moved 100 miles away from my mom, and that was about as far as all of us were willing to let that separation happen.
When I started out career-wise, it was a mix and a mish-mash of things. I was a Language Arts major, and then I moved into Mass Communications, then Theatre, and then found myself in Accounting. I got my Accounting degree and then worked for various companies.
I decided to be a stay at home mom, which was good for me. I worked for my church writing the worship service for preschoolers. Then I taught drama for an after school program – 8 or 9 years. Then the Tea Party movement arose. I jumped in front of it for the Houston area.
I was the first tea party organizer in Houston. We helped seed some of the groups around at the time, some of whom are still around now. I wanted to help people become politically active rather than driving people to the ballot box for a particular candidate. I was more interested in people becoming informed and then making the decision for themselves.
Then things segued into working on the clickbait phenomenon. My allies and I noticed it happening.
A lot of people we knew were posting the strangest stories on their social media; ones that had no real proof to them. There was no real journalistic integrity in these pieces. We did not know this was a trend at the time. We found a couple of instances of it, and we would write pieces about it on our joint blog.
We tried to educate people on click bait, to show them why they should pay attention. Then the 2015-2016 primary cycles went crazy. There seemed to be a whole new industry around spreading fakery or misinformation. Finally, after the election, I had had enough of people, who I thought knew better, sharing a lot of fakery. That led me to develop my Facebook page Unfakery.
It is designed to catch people who may not be so savvy about journalistic standards, or who might not know what to look for in spotting fakery, or who may not have had taken those classes in college where we learned what good journalistic practices were supposed to be.
I wanted to tackle fakery from the best way possible, to debunk it. I cannot really use Snopes links as a first line of defence. I know what I would get back from people: “Snopes says…” There is an inherent belief in people on the right that Snopes has a bias. Whether it is true or not, the perception is there.
So Snopes has been discredited among some of the population. That has to be addressed; and it cannot be addressed by beating people over the head with the idea that Snopes has the right answers.
That is the basis for starting Unfakery; that people actually can discover for themselves many things that are fake. They do not need to rely on debunker like Snopes. They can rely on principles that are easy to follow, and figure out that the item they’re looking at needs more skepticism or research before they share it. I took that angle to start, and then I stumbled on one of the reasons for much of the fakery on Facebook.
There are foreign-centred profiles and sites attempting to profit off American web traffic, because it pays better than anywhere else. There is an industry based on sharing and “selling” fakery to Americans, in Trump-related groups, for example. I find a lot in those places.
I find people from the Philippines, from India, from Macedonia and Kosovo, from Pakistan, and now from Mexico, Brazil, Peru, Sri Lanka, and, maybe, somebody from the Netherlands. It is weird.
I will explain why that broad spectrum in a minute. I find people with ties to those countries sharing this content to Americans in groups about Trump, whether pro or con. They are making a lot of money doing it.
It is the side of things no one is looking at. People in the media and politics talk about Russians and Iranians meddling in American political affairs, but they are not looking at all the ties to fakers in other countries. Whether they are operating under real names or are using fake profiles, they do have ties to those countries.
My job, as I see it in this realm, is not simply to teach people what to look for, but also to teach Facebook what is going on – to help their algorithms get better at identifying obvious fakery. The fakery seems obvious to me, but they frequently miss it because they don’t seem to be looking for it.
Jacobsen: This ties into PTP, the Pro-Truth Pledge. It is around the same time, roughly around 2016, as well as Unfakery. I want to delve into both of those at the same time. How did you find PTP? How did you either found or co-found Unfakery?
Cravens: Let’s start with founding Unfakery first, I had been doing a bunch of debunking on my own page, as I could, or on the pages of people where I had found fakery. I realized that I needed a page to keep everything together.
It is over 1,600 likes now. It has not had a fantastic amount of growth. But it has gotten good support behind a good, core group of people who feed information to me, who tell me about fakery they’re seeing. They check and balance me. They advise on if I go over the edge on my tone, or if I have a particular creeping political bias. I keep them close for those reasons.
If I was going to be an authority on fakery and things like bias and media and journalism, I needed a team to hold me accountable. It is the same way with parents teaching children. Children will do their chores if they are supervised. As an adult, nobody does that for you unless you put someone in that place.
I decided to do that with this group, with people I can depend on to do those things. They help to build the team and maintain and increase my credibility. In the course of doing those things, I developed a lot of relationships with people across the internet. Craig Silverman interviewed me for Buzzfeed, I have a good working relationship with Alex Kaplan at Media Matters.
These guys share things I catch on my feed and look out for. Someone somewhere shared something about the PTP, and my eyes lit up. I read about the psychological approach, how you could hack your brain to be more truthful, to be more accountable.
Within a day or two, I signed the pledge, as an individual and as an organization. I was glad someone was looking at the psychological defences that one can employ against falling for fakery in their own lives. By doing this thing, you increase the odds other people will hold you accountable, and you also increase the odds in your own brain that you will think, “Oh, I am being graded on this.” It may not necessarily be in an official way, but you know somebody is watching. We always do better when we believe someone is watching us. We do not want to let people down. We want to make sure we’re honest, truthful, and sharing good information.
Sometimes, that value gets naturally skewed when people apply political principles to it. And though I have been a 20-year veteran of the Texas Republican Party and an activist of that sort, this seemed like a more important focus of my time and abilities, because this is where most of the problem lies. People I knew and trusted to have good sense had been fooled multiple times into sharing this stuff.
Fact-checking was not enough. There has to be a commitment to doing things right, not sharing content before I’ve verified and vetted it – or saying something is my opinion rather than claiming that it is fact. When I saw the PTP, I was ecstatic. I signed it, immediately, and pitched it to everyone I could.
I went to some of my team that I worked with for years about the standards the PTP used for fact-checking – what they considered good fact-checking. When I brought that back to PTP and Intentional Insights, they incorporated some changes based on the feedback. That, even more, made me think this is an organization I could support; the PTP team wanted to change and improve based on this feedback, and they recognized the validity of the feedback.
Jacobsen: In the earlier part of the interview, you mentioned the people who in the past were reasonable in personal opinion that fell for falsehoods both pro and con about President Trump. What is an example of people fooled in the pro-Trump side? What is an example of people fooled on the con-Trump side?
Cravens: You can see people cherrypicking stories to share based on how a story reflected their thoughts about the president. People interested in pushing back against the presidential agenda might have a response or a reaction to a story spun in the media one way on the one side, and spun in the media in another way on the other side.
It isn’t even just fakery, although, I saw a lot of that. There were a lot of people who were just falling for the first or early account of something that might have been revised later: “Oh, it wasn’t really that bad,” or, “Oh, it wasn’t really that good.” There was a lot of that.
There was also fakery around, say, what would happen with Hillary Clinton after the election. There were rumours of people on the Right were seeing in their feed: that indictments of people close to Hillary were coming down, or sometimes it was people who had worked for the State Department who were talking to investigators. Those sort of stories were popping up regularly.
I remember the first post on Unfakery had to do with Mueller. It was a quote attributed to Robert Mueller, but the actual quote came from someone with a similar name. They put the quote from the other person – a Belgian named Robert Muller – with Mueller’s face on it. I added a FAKE stamp to the image and put it out there, and people who saw it got to see that this wasn’t true.
That was when I realized a visual presentation was more impactful than simply a paragraph – or two or three – of text explaining why a thing was fake. I decided to make the images with “Fake” stamped on them, so people could immediately understand this was suspect. Underneath I would add links to things that would help, too.
Over time, I found some things work better to reach people wherever they were. But it usually comes down to this: I take an image of an actual Facebook post and stamp “Fake” on it – and then maybe redact the names so as not to embarrass anyone. It gives people the idea that this is what that fake post looks like, so people can identify it and remember that it had been labeled “Fake” when it comes up in their feed once more.
This is one tactic to fight fakery. And we need to talk tactics. I see a lot of articles and discussions from think tanks and journalists bemoaning and wailing about how horrible fake news is, how prevalent it is, how all over the place it is, what populations fall for it, and what ramifications it has.
But I saw so few people discussing what to do about it; what normal, average, everyday people could do. That is the gap I wanted to fill. That is why PTP is part of the toolbox for me. I think it is one thing average, everyday people can do to pushback. Once they realize there is a problem, they can then move to a solution orientation.
Jacobsen: Looking forward, one issue is the fakery that gets out or the spin that is the first impression taken as truth that gets out. The problem there is now a certain portion of the population, of which that media gets to, will believe it.
It creates a problem in cleanup. Because, in essence, the work that people would do through Snopes, your own work, or PTP, when people get the critical thinking tools or are able to spot those falsehoods.
The preventative tools are helpful. But, in many cases, there is a problem in the cleanup crew aspect of it. Do you have any idea of what the costs are to the public in having to not only deal with the fakery right on its nose as it comes out but also with cleanup as things go along?
Cravens: I don’t think people think it is a problem as much as I think it is a problem. So I am always coming at it from the perspective of “I am far more worried about it and cognizant of it.” What people tend to do in my circles that come across fakery, they send it to me to check it out, or to alert me to it.
That is the highest interaction that I have now with most of the people involved in catching fakery in my circles. As far as the people sharing it to me, if they are sharing something novel to me, it is, apparently, because my circles are well-curated now. I don’t see a lot of fakery from people organically in my feed.
When I see fakery now, it all comes from actively going to look for it. I have very skewed biases as to how much is out there, where it comes from, how many people are involved in seeing it, and the level of damage it does.
But I do have a theory about the idea of what happens when fakery is shared in Facebook groups. Let’s use the Pakistanis feeding fakery into Trump related groups on Facebook at Americans as an example. When you see calls for those indictments that are imminent but they never develop, or people about to receive their comeuppance, or the article is phrased, “So-and-So Got Revenge in the Best Way,” such as, “Sarah Sanders Putting This Rude Reporter in Their Place at a Press Conference.”
You see those headlines. People hear this sort of thing. They start to base opinions on things someone never said, statements attributed to them that never happened. They base opinions on events that are always just around the corner, but that never quite materialize. Psychologically, I find that damaging. Whether this ever gets cleaned up or not, it will have a huge and lasting negative effect.
This happens in the United States, with people creating fakery factories to make money – which is bad enough. But we also have other countries using the tactic of targeting Americans with fakery for financial or political profit. I think it is like a water effect.
If you give enough water enough time, it will wear down stone. I think people’s souls are not even that solid. This sort of thing seeps into them. These fakery-based opinions calcify in someone’s brains. It also solidifies the attitude and tone in which they are presented. I think of it like a game of “Your Mama” politics – just hurling insults back and forth as the Red Team and the Blue Team.
This whole “Your Mama” politics tone makes people more comfortable in presenting in this tone online with one another. What happens, though, when this occurs in real life? What happens when they adopt this uncivil phrasing in their life about politics.
What does that do to us long-term as a people, where we cannot have critical and important conversations about solving problems, because we are too busy insulting the other guy? That is my biggest fear.
Eventually, not only will we be unable to talk about the same facts, or agree that something is a fact, which is already happening. But we will not even be able to be in the same room with someone with differing views to have the same discussion. That is petrifying to me.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Felicia.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/03
Note from Zilan: First of All: I would like to thank you, Mr. Douglas for giving me the opportunity, that’s so kind of you and I really appreciate it.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When it comes to the nature of religion, what seems like the core of it?
Zilan: According to what I have experienced here in Southern Algeria, I think that the core of religion is represented to the tribal bonds; it is the primitive system that gives the right to its entire members to determine.
Your personal lifestyle interferes with your decisions, and if you try to refuse their interventions, or even objecting it, that means you refuse the judgments of “ALLAH”, which makes you a pariah of the tribe, and threatened by everyone.
Jacobsen: What was family and personal background, e.g., geography, culture, language, and religion or lack thereof?
Zilan: I am from a fundamentalist Islamic family, living in southern Algeria. The environment here is similar to the environment of the Arabian Peninsula, where the Prophet “Muhammad” grew up.
A desert; where most of his teachings apply, especially the teachings that concerning to the women. The majority here can speak Classical Arabic; they spend the first years of their lives in very rigorous “Quranic” schools, and that’s what I’ve experienced like any girl who lives here; I was forced to wear the “hijab” when I was ten years old, and before I study anything, they teach me the “Quran” without any understanding, I got a modest education, and I didn’t finish my university study because my brother had a lower look for the girls who studying in remote areas, and he believes that only men have the right to study there.
Jacobsen: How did leaving the religion work for you? How did you finally come to the realization of being an atheist?
Zilan: At first I didn’t imagine I would abandon Islam, or even convert to another religion, Because of the indoctrination that similar to brainwashing; despite the physical abuse, when I refused to pray, and the imposition of the legitimate Islamic dress; Islamic religion for me was surrounded with an aura of holiness. I considered the Islamic religion as the ideal system to live, and my freedom is the price that I pay to buy a place in “JANNAH” or paradise.
Dealing with “Allah” was subjected to the rules of buying and selling. Until the appearance of “ISIS”, I didn’t notice the humanity of this god that is influenced by Muhammad’s commercial life. I was 17 years old when I finished my high school studies. I was able to use the internet. I saw what happened with the “Yazidis” girls in Iraq.
I spoke with some of them and this was the first shock, which made me wondered; is it normal for a human to assault others people in this way, only because God placed them in another family who didn’t share the same faith with him.
After that, I began to read “Quranic” interpretations in an academic way, for the first time I discovered the horrible things that it contains. Then I just renounced the Islamic religion If you take the context of women who are trying to flee religion, what are the difficulties for them compared to men? Are things harder for them? How so? Then I became non-religious.
Jacobsen: If you take the context of women who are trying to flee religion, what are the difficulties for them compared to men? Are things harder for them? How so?
Zilan: Leaving religions is hard, for women in general, and Muslim women in particular, or at least we can say that men can leave their religion more easily than women in my country. Because the woman’s personal choices, her life and even her dress are all things that are governed by laws initiated by religion, and there is no way to gain her independence in this case, except to leave her society and try to escape to a society that respects her and treats her as a human being. Because the community here is considered a woman who tries to get her freedom as a whore or criminal which lead her to negative and very serious consequences that can even reach physical abuse.
Jacobsen: Why do religions seem to have an obsession with the reproductive lives of women and the control of women?
Zilan: Previously when I talk about my religious and ethnic background, I mentioned that Islamic religious teachings are applied to women more than men in my community.
In every Friday sermon, you can hear direct incitement to Violence Against Women on the mosque’s loudspeakers, and everyone hears it without any objection, when we look at the nature around us we can easily figure out that the male is always trying to seduce the female to pass his genes through her. I can see that all religions are an attempt at a coup against this nature, so that the word of man is the highest word, and rejection of attempts to reproduce is the rejection of the will of God.
Humans managed to escape the forest life using their minds. And then they managed to change the balance of reproduction using religions. Men no longer need to tempt anyone or try to be accepted by women. Women’s salvation has become represented by the strength of their beliefs.
Jacobsen: How can women fight back against religious fundamentalism including thorough knowledge of their human rights as women as well as becoming economically independent?
Zilan: Currently writing, blogging and talking in the social media about freedom of choice and coexistence with all groups of society is a stand in the face of fundamentalism especially the voice of women they consider their appearance a shame and disgrace.
The fundamentalist prefers relations of belief over the relations of blood and friendships they do not care if you are the closest person to them they can harm you, what matters is that you share their beliefs. It called the loyalty doctrine.
That’s why I do not advocate showing identity I prefer to use the same methods that they use in secular countries, which is owning power then pressuring to change laws; women must hold on to study and work to produces a financial income.
Once they have an income, they will be able to raise their voices and impose changes in the society. Financial independence creates a space for women to form bonds and friendships with other women have a deep knowledge of their rights and role as a woman who rejects religious extremism.
Jacobsen: What are the ways in which secular women can organize to secularize communities and build coalitions for having women as equals, even in highly religious societies?
Zilan: The simplest way is to lead them to secularization without mentioning it. Because its concept has been distorted in fundamentalist societies we can do this by asking simple questions in women’s groups to make them think more about their reality and throw those thoughts in a spontaneous way, e.g., discussing the injustice of society, for example, the beatings, insults of their husbands and families also the polygamy.
They will agree. But once they hear words such as freedom, feminism, secularism and equality, they repel in cooperation with humanitarian organizations. We should work to correct these concepts. Then it will be easy to create receptive groups of secular thought.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time.
Zilan: Thank you again for this interesting interview.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/03
Note from Yazan before the interview: First of all, I would like to thank you for the opportunity you gave me to talk about my experience through this interview.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When it comes to the nature of religion, what seems like the core of it?
Yazan: In my opinion, the core of religion is a freedom barrier and a terrorism founder. It is a mechanism to convert a person from a free individual to a member of an inhumane organization that controls even the clothing and eating of the person with intractable laws. If anyone dares to violate or criticize it in order to update it; he becomes blasphemous, accusing of God, and he must be killed.
Jacobsen: What was family and personal background, e.g., geography, culture, language, and religion or lack thereof?
Yazan: I was born in Syria in a non-religious Druze family.
Jacobsen: How did leaving religion work for you? How did you finally come to the realization of being an atheist?
Yazan: In fact, I wasn’t interested in religions before the Syrian civil war. I considered it a kind of traditions and not more but as a soldier. I saw the jihadists. I asked myself about the origin of their beliefs. It was connected to the “Fatwa” of murders and rape, the more I search, the more I resent religions until I found out that it is a collection of myths. It helped us in certain times to explain what we didn’t understand, then it was exploited by the owners of power to impose their control and rules on the public.
Jacobsen: If you had any advice for those leaving religion, how would you recommend that they do it?
Yazan: My advice is read well before you criticize and support your words with sources, don’t pay attention to the negative fundamentalists’ comments and do not endanger your life. More importantly is that being a person who renounces superstition does not give you the right to be arrogant on others and ridicule them personally. We have to respect others regardless of their beliefs, try to direct your energy and knowledge to serve humanity and don’t permit religious deposits to control your thinking and prejudge others.
Jacobsen: What are the ways in which the secular can build community and underground networks even in the highly religious nations of the world?
Yazan: I think we need accurate statistics for the numbers of secularists in these countries and provide them with opportunities to organize communication campaigns to define common goals and demands they need to improve their situation and work on the secularization of their communities.
Jacobsen: What are the risks of leaving religion for the secular?
Yazan: The types and ratios of risk to those who leave religions vary according to laws and social classes starting from ostracism, expulsion from work to the fatwas of physical assault and even murder.
Jacobsen: How can atheists come together with other secular people, including the ordinary/moderate religious, to combat the forces of fundamentalism and dogma (who often have repressive political intent)?
Yazan: After getting accurate statistics for secularists who are “ready to make change”, we can create a social communication network as a platform for organizing awareness campaigns and support those who are under threats. It would be the ideal representation of their existence and their willingness to make a change. These communities will also understand that there are others share their nationalities have another perception of society.
Jacobsen: What are your next steps? How can others find organizations and others for some community and solace?
Yazan: Well, I am currently working on the last idea we discussed; it is an attempt to gather as many secular activists as possible regardless of their background in a communication platform under the name “free thinkers.” I take courage to start this project after a series of closures of secular and non-religious sites, pages, groups, and personal accounts because of the amount of fundamentalists reports!
The policy of current applications is to satisfy the largest number of members at the expense of the minority and I see this aspect of oppression and exploitation.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time.
Yazan: Thank you again for this wonderful opportunity.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/01
I reached out to JichoJipya founder Nsajigwa I Mwasokwa (Nsajigwa Nsa’sam) about secular and freethinking women. He recommended Agness Bweye. Here we get to know some of the life and views of Bweye.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was personal and family background around religion?
Agness Bweye: I grew up in a family where I have never seen my dad attending any church or mosque, my mom used to attend a nearby church sometimes with me until when I was about 9 and then she too stopped, then we didn’t go to church anymore but after growing up with less religious background I was forced to join religion when I was at secondary school because somehow everyone was expected to be a “believer” of a certain religion or belong to a certain denomination. After my high school when I went back home I stopped going to church again until I joined university then I went three or four times to church because I like singing and the choir so much but eventually I stopped for good.
Jacobsen: How did you begin to question religion and, eventually, leave it?
Bweye: I remember when I was 8 I went to a seventh day Adventist church with my older brother and the preacher was speaking so ill of women and people who pierce their ears and the young me whose ears were pierced since my early age felt so offended to the point I started hating everything about that place thinking why they would speak like that just because someone pierce their years. Fast forward after finishing my high school I felt at ease for not having to please anyone by attending long services while I didn’t like them. So for me, religion didn’t make sense since I was young I think because I was raised in a less religious family it was not about too much questioning but just my freedom as a human being without any affiliation to church or any other religion.
Jacobsen: Who were important influences for you? Those individuals who paved the path of freethinkers before you. Were there any important books in this journey for you?
Bweye: My biggest influence was my dad and uncles who didn’t care about what people thought of them not going to church. About books, I just read different types of them to get knowledge on world matters but my journey is hundred percent influenced by my family and myself searching for freedom of living without adhering to any religious morals or conducts.
Jacobsen: How can other freethinking women “come out”? That is, what are the ways the community can encourage more freethinker women to come forward and become part of the community? Because most of the freethinking community is comprised of men, who have sufficient privileges, in general, socially and economically to be out in public as freethinkers around much of the world.
Bweye: I think the most important thing is self-reflection first, these women should really know who they are and what they want in life because the society especially in my country it is not so friendly to people who are non-believers, they will be called names but once they know themselves and it comes from within they will be courageous enough to persevere and push away all the negativities thrown to them. It’s not always an easy task since sometimes it is so heartbreaking to be judged wrongly simply because you don’t believe like others but if it comes from within these women will be as happy as any other and they won’t take themselves as losers or sinners.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with JichoJipya and other organizations? What are some of the simple considerations for those women who are unsure about joining the freethinking community/who are beginning to question fundamentalist religion?
Bweye: They can involve themselves through doing activities to society which save humanity from extremism such as helping the need, educating people who are extreme irrational or extreme radical because extremism is a problem which makes people die, kill and it cause all sort of problems. I would tell women who are unsure or those who question religion that it is totally normal and okay they shouldn’t doubt themselves because they are questioning irrelevant beliefs and religion because there is a tendency of being too harsh on oneself simply because you are asking yourself questions which touches your core beliefs as a person, and there is also a pain of losing a supernatural power to lean on and think for yourself.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Agness.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/30
“Whatever their religion, parents often send their children to a faith-based school for the same reason: a desire to instill strong values and beliefs in the next generation.
For three Ontario families – Muslim, Jewish and Christian – different factors led them to choose a private school of their religion. But a common thread among them is a belief that a faith-based education promotes continuity between home and school.
For some, the decision to select a private religious school is unexpected.”
“CAMPBELL RIVER—It’s no sin to use a mobile device during Sunday service at the Campbell River Baptist Church.
Pastor Jeff Germo calls it a blessing when he sees parishioners in the pews staring down at their mobile device screens rather than up at him at the pulpit.
It means the congregation is engaged with the topic he’s discussing, such as a recent sermon on failure. Have you failed? Have you dealt with failure and moved on or is it holding you back?”
“Should public officials grant religious organizations economic advantages through tax breaks? And if so, on what basis?
This question is hardly new. Western and non-western thinkers have long argued what consitutes an appropriate relationship between the state, religious institutions, and private faith, or lack thereof.
In some corners of the world, governments have settled this question by either denying religion a place in public life (see Communist China) or organizing the state around a single religion (see the Islamic Republic of Iran, a theocracy). But it was not so long ago that even pluralistic societies like Canada openly and unquestioningly showered religious institutions with public funds.”
“A recent Angus Reid survey showed that Canada’s high levels of immigration are making the country more religious. New Canadians are unsurprisingly twice as likely as other Canadians to attend religious services regularly.
Now this contrasts rather starkly when compared to a poll conducted in December 2013 by the Evangelical Fellowship of Canada (EFC) and the Angus Reid Forum, it showed that weekly attendance at religious services in Canada was just 13 percent. That 13 percent includes all faiths, not just Christians.
In the past 50 years, Canadians and most of the western world which was mostly Christians has changed rather radically. A Gallup poll done just after World War II revealed that 67 percent of Canadians had attended a religious service in the previous seven days. Even in the mid-1980s, about one-third of Canadians could still be found in a worship service at some point on any given week.”
Source: https://www.canindia.com/new-canadians-tend-to-be-more-religious/.
“Prime Minister Justin Trudeau’s government is taking contradictory symbolic stands.
In August, it provoked a diplomatic dispute with the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia by tweeting support for Badawi, who was arrested in 2012 and flogged for criticizing the country’s hardline religious leadership. Canada has even offered citizenship to the free-speech advocate, his wife, Ensaf Haidar, and their children.
But how does that jibe with the federal Liberals also pushing through Motion 103, which urges all-out war against “Islamophobia?” The Liberal politicians behind M-103 refused to respond to requests to define Islamophobia. And their deceptive gamesmanship would end up jeopardizing Badawi’s right to free expression if he were to ever to come to Canada.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/01
Mandisa Thomas is the Founder of Black Nonbelievers, Inc (Twitter & Facebook). One of the, if not the, largest organization for African-American or black nonbelievers or atheists in America. The organization is intended to give secular fellowship, provide nurturance and support for nonbelievers, encourage a sense of pride in irreligion, and promote charity in the non-religious community. I reached out to begin an educational series with one of the, and again if not the, most prominent African-American woman nonbeliever grassroots activists in the United States. Here, we talk about online engagement.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: With respect to dealing with the media, which as a spokesperson you deal with a more varied and vast way than other people, e.g., social media, how do you recommend people go about doing it if they are not a moderately famous person but more of an ordinary person?
Mandisa Thomas: We acknowledge social media is a very, very important part of communication with fellow atheists and nonbelievers as well as believers, e.g., acquaintances, family members, friends, what have you.
There are times when social media can be very overwhelming. When you are dealing with different personalities, which can make it difficult for communication at times, interestingly enough, YouTube, for example, I have had the pleasure of being featured on a few shows and interviews.
There is a commandment: Thou shalt not read the comments.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Thomas: [Laughing] because they can be quite brutal, quite condescending. There are people who hide behind avatars and personalities to troll people or to disrespect people. If you are a regular person, or if you are a regular person, who is commenting on YouTube, Twitter, or Facebook, or if you have a channel or a page, I would recommend managing the contents and the comments very carefully.
It is important to set ground rules for what the commentary should be. Whether it is more formal or a little more flexible, it is fine for some pages, which encourage discussion and discourse. The rules may be a little more arbitrary or not as applied heavily, or there may not be as much restriction.
It is important to set ground rules, even if you have a personal page. The types of dialogues tolerated and not tolerated on the page. If someone violates that, you have the right. You should use the right to eliminate people who may be problematic.
Jacobsen: In terms of the identification of those individuals who are asking those questions, who have a sincere intent, and those who are trolls, how do you discern there?
Thomas: It is interesting. The content will give it away. A troll is someone, regardless of the boundaries set or the content, will say whatever they want to say. There are things considered loaded or that would elicit either a reaction or a response, which would never be to their satisfaction.
Some people will outright make ad hominem attacks or slander people. I think everything they’re doing is telling from what they say. If you are asked a question, or if you are on a live forum, you can ask for clarification about what they mean.
If they are genuine about the question, they will be more willing to provide more information. But you have some who aren’t. That is one way to identify who trolls are outside of them simply making derogatory contents. They are asking questions considered loaded or trick questions.
It is good to ask them to clarify or provide more detail through more questions. You can then gauge if they are sincere or not.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.
Thomas: No problem. Thank you!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/30
“The Department of Fisheries and Oceans has launched a science review to assess risks associated with PiscineOrthoreovirus, also known as Piscine Reovirus, (PRV) transfer from Atlantic salmon farms.
The results of the assessment will support decision making on sustainable aquaculture and aquatic animal health in Canada, including in the Discovery Islands and Broughton Archipelago, said Jonathan Wilkinson, Minister for Fisheries, Oceans and the Canadian Coast Guard (pictured)
The minister announced that the review will include domestic and international scientific experts including those from government, academia, Indigenous communities, ENGOs, and industry.”
Source: https://www.seawestnews.com/canada-launches-prv-science-review/.
“Expanding public funding for cost-effective treatments, investing in primary care, embracing technology and engaging patients are some of the ways Canada can improve the quality of health care, according to an analysis in CMAJ (Canadian Medical Association Journal).
“The quality of health care in Canada is good, but arguably not great,” write Drs. Irfan Dhalla and Joshua Tepper of Health Quality Ontario. “With thoughtful change, we could all benefit from a health care system that provides safe, timely, effective, efficient, equitable and patient-centred care at every opportunity.”
The article looks at the quality of health care in Canada and outlines strategies to improve it at the system level.”
Source: https://www.eurekalert.org/pub_releases/2018-10/cmaj-hti092518.php.
“Creating an external advisory committee on aquaculture will be one of the first tasks assigned to a newly created science advisory position in the Canadian fisheries and oceans ministry, according to a press release late last week from Ottawa.
Canada also is creating a post for an advisor to focus on the environment and climate change. Both new hires will serve for two-to-three year terms and report directly to deputy ministers, according to the press release.
The newly created aquaculture committee will provide advice on “longer-term science priorities and mechanisms to better inform decision-making”, complementing and being shaped by the work of Mona Nemer, Canada’s chief science advisor, the press release states.”
“If the past is any guide, the thrilling future of neuroscience has already arrived, but most of us just haven’t noticed it yet.
With previous scientific breakthroughs that elevated the human condition—such as the discovery that bacteria cause infectious disease (leading to antiseptics and antibiotics) and the discovery that silicon integrated circuits could be made inexpensively (fueling the digital revolution)—key discoveries emerged decades before anyone, let alone leading scientists, grasped their full importance.
Ignaz Semmelweis discovered that “cadaverous particles” (bacteria) caused disease in 1848, over 20 years before antiseptic techniques to combat infection were adopted. The integrated circuit and Complimentary Metal on Silicon (CMOS) developments in 1958 and 1963, respectively, occurred long before these discoveries made possible Moore’s Law (digital circuit performance doubles every 18 months), personal computers, mobile phones, and the World Wide Web.”
Source: https://www.psychologytoday.com/ca/blog/long-fuse-big-bang/201809/the-future-brain-science.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/30
“Quebec’s election campaign is heading into its final 48 hours, and yet it’s still not clear whether the incumbent Liberals can eke out a victory or if a new centre-right party will take power for the first time.
The race for third place is almost as close, as the Parti Québécois tries desperately to stave off a challenge from an insurgent group of left-wing sovereigntists.
In other words, just another down-to-the-wire provincial election made unpredictable by interlopers to an old two-party system.
Welcome to the new normal in Canadian politics.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/montreal/quebec-election-trends-1.4843925.
“Liberal MP Nathaniel Erskine-Smith isn’t happy with his government’s decision to sign a U.S. declaration embracing a war-on-drugs approach to the global narcotics trade — and suggests it was done to appease the U.S. in the middle of hard-fought NAFTA negotiations.
“I can’t think of any other reason we would sign a document like that,” Erskine-Smith said in an interview with CBC News Network’s Power & Politics.
“I think we missed a serious opportunity to have a courageous conversation by signing that document,” he told host Vassy Kapelos.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/powerandpolitics/canada-war-on-drugs-1.4841557.
“Perhaps it sounded better in his head.
“We’re not climate deniers; we’re climate tax deniers,” retorted Jason Kenney, leader of Alberta’s United Conservative Party, in reply to Premier Rachel Notley’s suggestion that the UCP evolve from its history of climate change denial.
What Kenney didn’t realize was that he had just revealed something embarrassing for someone hoping to convince a province he should be its next leader: he has no plan to do anything about the most urgent moral and existential challenge humanity faces.
We’ve just been getting an invisible chunk of their cost paid by someone else.
And that’s because he’d fallen into a trap, the same one that Conservative leaders such as Andrew Scheer, Doug Ford, and Scott Moe (and before him Brad Wall) keep slipping into whenever they reject carbon pricing, deny the benefits outlined in recent reports, or cancel it once in power.”
Source: https://ricochet.media/en/2354/carbon-price-politics-an-ongoing-tragicomedy-in-canada.
“Advocates are calling for the federal government to examine the reliability of Canada’s cellphone services during emergencies after tornadoes swept through the Ottawa area last week leaving thousands with little or no cellphone service.
John Lawford, executive director of the Public Interest Advocacy Centre, said Canada’s communications systems are more vulnerable than they were in the past, as consumers and phone companies move away from traditional landlines which have their own, independent, power supply.
Lawford said there are currently no regulations setting standards for how long Canada’s cellphone systems should be able to operate in an emergency.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/cellphones-emergencies-batteries-tornado-1.4844158.
“OTTAWA – Canada and the United States have reached an agreement on NAFTA, but it is still awaiting final approval, sources have confirmed to CTV News.
According to one high-level American source, the text of the deal was finalized around 9:30 p.m. Sunday, but issues remain around wording.
A senior Canadian official close to the talks tells CTV News that the deal is not 100 per cent finalized, but that as things stand, the Chapter 19 dispute resolution mechanism remains intact; Canada will have a full cultural exemption; and Canada will be making what the source described as “modest” concessions on access to Canada’s supply-managed dairy sector, comparable to what was agreed to as part of the CPTPP trade deal.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/30
“It is hard to think of a more sobering phenomenon over the past decade than the #MeToo movement.
Since that hashtag went viral a year ago, it has been harrowing to see how many individuals — mostly women — have come forward to reveal that they were sexually abused or harassed at school, at work, at home.
As we said in an editorial earlier this week, we salute the courage of those who have triumphed over fear and shame to speak out. There is no time limit on pain. There is no deadline for reporting abuse or harassment.”
Source: https://calgaryherald.com/opinion/editorials/editorial-the-importance-of-free-speech.
“Coalition Avenir Québec Leader François Legault has admitted a woman who claimed immigrants are “erasing” Quebecers, was “close to racist.”
A video’s been circulating since Thursday of Legault’s encounter with a woman who approached him in a Rimouski bar this week.
“We have nothing against immigration, nothing at all,” she told him. “But we have to think of ourselves first, and then we can allow those in who can go work, who are adaptable, who won’t change our customers, who won’t erase our Christmases.””
“Canada’s military justice system is in danger of being blown up following a bombshell court ruling that found the current process of trying service members for serious crimes — including sexual assault and murder — violates their charter rights.
The ruling was quietly rendered last week by the military’s appeals court, and prosecutors are now scrambling to save the current system by asking the Supreme Court of Canada to stay the decision until it can make its own determination.
But even as some inside the Canadian Forces warn about the damage the ruling would cause if it’s allowed to stand, others say it’s long overdue — and should spark a much-needed overhaul of the system.”
“A push by some legal experts to get Parliament to embrace a “right to be forgotten” for Canadians is setting up what could be a landmark battle over the conflict between privacy and freedom of expression on the internet.
The advent of social media and new information technologies has intensified the debate over whether individuals should have a legal tool to ensure that material harming their reputations doesn’t haunt them forever.
This week, Privacy Commissioner Daniel Therrien served notice he intends to seek clarity from the Federal Court on whether existing laws already give Canadians the right to demand that search engines remove links to material that is outdated, incomplete or incorrect, a process called “de-indexing.””
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/privacy-freedom-expression-charter-1.4843451.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/27
Scott is the Founder of Skeptic Meditations. He speaks from experience in entering and leaving an ashram. Here we talk about controversies in cults.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s talk controversy today, who have been some of the most controversial figures in the cult world?
Scott from SkepticMeditations.com: By “cult” I assume you mean the colloquial definition: dangerous religious splinter groups.
In my opinion, the Reverend Jim Jones was the most wicked cult leader in the last several decades. Under his “spiritual” leadership 900 men, women, and children disciples committed mass suicide in one single day. Charles Manson was also a cult leader who instigated murders of innocent people. Rajneesh or Osho is also a controversial figure. The Rajneesh Ashram in Oregon was involved in the largest bioterrorism in the US. f I recommend watching Wild Wild Country documentary on Netflix. Perhaps Jesus of Nazareth was the most controversial figure of all. Because followers continue to interpret what was written about him in the Bible.
Jacobsen: For those semi-/demi-/hemi-cults, who have been the controversial figures there?
Scott: There’s too many to mention, but here’s a couple: Marshall Applewhite who lead 40 disciples to ritual suicide so that they could enter a supposed spacecraft trailing the comet Hale-bop. The term “cult” needs to be defined. There’s too many to mention. There’s political cults, Fascism/Nazism, there are religious cults, which I’ve noted above and assumed was your primary question. But cults are essentially high-control groups or ideologies that have adherents or followers who are willing to give up everything, including thinking for oneself or even murder, to follow the leader or ideology.
The sensational cults and cult leaders make headlines and news. But cult-like behaviours and attitudes are common and most of us hold some or many cult-like attitudes. For instance, many of us are extremist in our political, social, or religious views. If threatened our worldviews can become excuses for harming others.
Jacobsen: What cultures tend to produce more cults?
Scott: I’m an American. I’ve travelled to Europe and South-East Asia. Based on my limited knowledge I would say the United States probably has spawned the most “cults”. It’s an interesting question: Why the United States seems to have spawned so many extremist groups. I think sociologists could better speak to what makes certain cultures produce more cults. The term “cult” is a part of the word “culture”. Culture or cults are not themselves harmful. However, there are specific behaviours and attitudes which are harmful when taken to extremes.
Jacobsen: Is the Internet both a good means by which to independently sift for information and critically think but also a bad tool because of the ease of the creation cults?
Scott: The internet can yield much information about everything and anything, including so-called “cults”. The internet can also be a confusing place to find credible sources of information about dangerous groups and cults. The internet is like money. It can be a tool of good or evil. As far as researching particular aspects of cults or cult-like behaviours, I can recommend websites like Open Minds Foundation or podcasts like IndoctriNation that focus less on the sensational or entertainment context of cults but more on the underlying psychological and sociological attributes of cult-like behaviours. We are all vulnerable to manipulation and authoritarian controls.
Jacobsen: What is the single worst case of a cult, in terms of harms to the followers, known to you?
Scott: Defining cults broadly as thought-controlling groups I’d say the disciple-followers of Hitler who in 1930s-40s were often fanatically loyal or were manipulated to sacrifice their lives, country, everything–including murder millions of innocent men, women, and children. Hitler and totalitarian leaders like him are extreme examples of authoritarians who promise strength, prosperity, and certainty. Unfortunately, I don’t see that humanity has learned to question or challenge authority enough to avoid another Hitler. Currently, we see that many leader-priests in the Catholic Church allegedly abused sexually and psychologically their follower-disciples. I’m not trying to equate the Catholic Church with the Third Reich. But I’m trying to point out that the underlying behaviours of authoritarianism are alive and everywhere in our culture. It’s dangerous to assume we are immune to manipulation. Better to be cautious while being humble to realize much of our culture is based on the following authority, whether that’s a tradition or ideology, that we could learn to question intelligently in the appropriate way.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Scott.
Scott: Thank you.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/23
“The Prime Minister’s Science Fair celebrates the best and brightest young Canadians in STEM
OTTAWA, Sept. 19, 2018 /CNW/ – Canada is a country of innovators, and they start young. Canadians’ curiosity, creativity and collaborative spirit are leading to the kinds of innovations and technologies that improve our quality of life and drive our economy. The earlier young Canadians are exposed to the wonders of science, the more likely they are to pursue it as a lifelong passion or even as a career.
The Honourable Kirsty Duncan, Minister of Science and Sport, today accompanied the Right Honourable Justin Trudeau, Prime Minister of Canada, at the second annual Prime Minister’s Science Fair.”
“A new survey suggests that 75 per cent of Canadians think that critical challenges facing the world will need to be solved by science and technology. But more than half also think society is turning away from science in favour of ideas that lack evidence. The survey of 1,501 Canadians was commissioned by the Ontario Science Centre, a museum in Toronto.
Canadians optimistic about science
“I think overall Canadians are very optimistic about science,” says Maurice Bitran, CEO and chief science officer at the Ontario Science Centre. “They think that science will help improve their quality of life. Eighty-three per cent want to know more about science.”
That said, many respondents expressed concern about the impact of new technologies such as artificial intelligence (63 per cent), automation (60 per cent), and the internet of things (54 per cent).”
Source: http://www.rcinet.ca/en/2018/09/18/science-technology-attitudes-canada-museum/.
“HARROW, ON, Sept. 21, 2018 /CNW/ – A thriving and sustainable agriculture sector is made possible only by the investments made in science, research, and innovation. Canada has some of the world’s best scientists, and the breakthrough technologies they develop give farmers the tools they need to better manage their farms, while growing their businesses and creating good middle class jobs.
Minister of Agriculture and Agri-food, Lawrence MacAulay, announced today, the details of the Government of Canada’stransformational $70M investment, over five years, to address significant environmental challenges and hire approximately 75 scientists and science professionals in emerging fields of agricultural science.
Of this $70M investment, $44M is dedicated to hiring the next generation of federal research scientists and science professionals and equipping them with the state-of-the-art tools they need to advance agricultural research, including environmental sampling equipment and analytical instruments.”
“OTTAWA, Ontario — In celebration of Global Biotech Week, CDRD and BIOTECanada invite you to a thought-provoking evening to experience changes in life sciences and biotechnology that are unfolding today.
Join futurist Juan Enriquez, noted author (As the Future Catches You), Harvard professor, biotechnology entrepreneur, and investor who will be joined by Dr. Kym Boycott, Chair of the International Rare Disease Research Consortium and Clinical Genetist at CHEO in discussions moderated by Alison Smith, CPAC.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/23
“Depending on political preference, most Canadians would likely agree that diversity is our strength or is a product of our strength. Regardless of the preferred permutation, those views recognize diversity as a central feature of Canadian society. That’s all well and good, but what does that commitment to diversity really mean?
A quick scan of the news for the last few months reveals what Canada’s governments, sports officials and corporations mean by diversity.
Governments have trumpeted their appointment of racial minorities and women as judges.”
Source: https://www.thespec.com/opinion-story/8909279-a-commitment-to-diversity-must-include-room-for-faith/.
“Toronto may be in an uproar over Doug Ford’s out-of-the-blue decision to cut city council in half and redraw the ward map in the middle of an election campaign. Former Ontario premiers of all three major parties may have condemned him for threatening to trigger a rarely used override clause in the Constitution to ram his plan through. But on a Saturday night up in Vaughan, the sprawling Toronto exurb north of the city, it’s alllll good.
At a community centre that features a replica of St. Mark’s campanile, the historic bell tower in Venice, the mass barbecue and political rally known as Ford Fest is in full swing. Throngs of fans are gathering to celebrate Mr. Ford – no, Premier Ford! – and his triumph over Liberal Kathleen Wynne in June’s provincial election.
It’s a sweet moment for the tribe known as Ford Nation. Winning Toronto City Hall under Doug’s little brother Rob was one thing. Now a Ford is in charge at Queen’s Park, the seat of government for Canada’s most populous province. Followers have come out en masse, ready to rock.’
“Canada seems to be experiencing a resurgence of religion which is more to be found among new Canadians and those professing religions other than Christianity. Since a large segment of new Canadians practice non-Christian faiths, it is casting a spotlight on the way religion has to be treated which ties in to the way religious minorities are respected.
A new study from the Angus Reid Institute asks Immigrants and Second-Generation Canadians for their perceptions of Canada’s performance on religious tolerance and finds a generally satisfied population. Roughly four-in-ten newcomers say that Canada is better than their home country when it comes to religious freedom, while a similar number say it is about the same.”
Source: http://www.canindia.com/55-of-canadians-say-religion-has-a-positive-effect-on-the-world/.
“OTTAWA – A new survey shows Canada’s high levels of immigration are making the country more religious and heightening the need to respect religion’s place in the public square, says Andrew Bennett, Canada’s former ambassador for religious freedom.
The Sept. 13 Angus Reid poll in partnership with Cardus, an Ottawa-based think tank, shows new Canadians are twice as likely as other Canadians to attend religious services regularly.
“Research shows that foreign-born Canadians are more likely to carry with them a faith-based lifestyle which, in recent years, has provided a boost to declining church attendance in this country,” says the survey. “This propensity is borne out in relation to the spiritual continuum. Indeed, four-in-10 first generation Canadians (39 per cent) are among the most faithfully intense segment — the religiously committed. This represents almost twice the proportion of the average population.””
Source: https://www.catholicregister.org/item/28062-immigration-driving-rise-in-religion-in-canada.
“The Jewish community in Vancouver is looking at ways to engage young people with the faith, as Yom Kippur, the holiest day of the year in Judaism, begins Tuesday evening at sundown.
The Jewish Day of Atonement is a time to reflect and is marked with a fast.
Ezra Shanken, CEO of the Jewish Federation of Greater Vancouver, said it’s crucial to find ways to meaningfully involve the upcoming generations in the deep rooted tradition.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/british-columbia/yom-kippur-jewish-community-vancouver-1.4828888.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/23
“In the wake of the uncertainty regarding the fate of the Trans Mountain pipeline, the phrase “western alienation” has been slipping back into conversations and journalistic commentary, particularly in Alberta. Whether this rhetorical rebirth in Western Canada has the potential to recast the national political landscape is a question worth asking.
At first glance, the prospect is remote. The outlook has changed dramatically from the time when Preston Manning and the Reform Party dominated the region. The more populous West is now much stronger economically, and leads the country in most measures of economic performance. It has moved from the periphery of the national economy to become its principal driver. And, as Asian trade beckons, the region’s economic future is bright. The sun is rising, not setting, on the West.
The contemporary West is emphatically urban, and in many ways its cities are where Canada’s future is being forged. The historical and debilitating tensions between Quebec and the West have receded, as support for independence evaporates in Quebec and Western Canadians increasingly define their aspirations on their own terms. Quebec is no longer a significant point of comparison.”
“The debacle over Canada’s oil pipeline nationalization and trade tensions with the U.S. won’t affect the final investment decision on Royal Dutch Shell Plc’s $40 billion liquefied natural gas project, according to the head of the venture.
Shell-led LNG Canada proposes to export as much as 26 million tons per year to Asia, making it potentially the nation’s largest-ever infrastructure project and one that could transform Canada’s energy fortunes. Shell and its four partners — Mitsubishi Corp., Malaysia’s Petroliam Nasional Bhd., PetroChina Co. and Korea Gas Corp. — are set decide whether to build the complex by the end of this year.
“The overall conditions for LNG Canada to go ahead in 2018 are quite good,” Andy Calitz, chief executive officer of the project, said in an interview in Vancouver. “That is, and feels, so very different to 2016 when the project was delayed.””
Source: https://www.bnnbloomberg.ca/lng-canada-unaffected-by-pipeline-politics-ceo-1.1141366.
“MONTREAL — Prime Minister Justin Trudeau said Sunday he has confidence in the ability of the Spanish government and its people to resolve the Catalan secession crisis in a way that respects freedom of expression.
Trudeau made the comment in Montreal on Sunday, where he hosted a series of meetings with his Spanish counterpart, Pedro Sanchez.
Speaking at joint news conference, Trudeau was asked whether he supports the right of the northeastern Spanish province to vote in a referendum on independence, as the people of Quebec have done twice, in 1980 and 1995.”
Source: https://www.ctvnews.ca/politics/trudeau-hosts-spanish-pm-pedro-sanchez-1.4106174.
“OTTAWA — Back then, the world was a much easier place for a Canadian comeback.
When the Liberal government came to power in 2015, Canada’s decaying relations with the United Nations and the United States left political space to rebuild. New trade prospects seemed bright in China and India. Canada’s most important foreign policy priority was humming happily along with the White House occupied by the friendly Barack Obama.
It was the dramatic shift in power in Washington, with Donald Trump winning the U.S. presidency, that many believe knocked the Trudeau government’s “sunny ways” and “Canada is back” foreign policy squarely off its axis.”
“I see tumultuous days ahead for Canada where different ideologies, values and camps are being pitted against one another and because national identity and unity have not been our strengths, new waves of division will seek to separate us even further. For the unassuming eye this may seem normal, but this fresh wave seeks to unleash a civil war of sorts.
We need only look at our political leaders to see what’s at play. On the first day of Parliament’s fall session former Liberal MP Leona Alleslev crossed the floor to join the Conservatives, saying, “The government must be challenged openly and for me to publicly criticize the government as a Liberal would undermine the government and according to my code of conduct would be dishonourable.” She went on to say, “To my Liberal colleagues, thank you. But my oath is to country, not party, and my sacred obligation is to serve my constituents.”
That last part sounded good, but she chose to hurl this spear at the prime minister and her former team not during their summer retreat or at their caucus meeting, but on the first day of battle, and Conservative leader Andrew Scheer stands with this turncoat as though this is a great victory.”
Source: https://www.durhamregion.com/opinion-story/8916297-dangerous-days-ahead-in-canadian-politics/.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/23
“More than 23,000 people have signed an online petition calling on Premier Doug Ford to never again use the controversial notwithstanding clause to overrule the Charter of Rights and Freedoms.
The petition, which was launched last Friday, was created by the advocacy group Democracy Watch on the website change.org.
“Premier Ford has made several false claims to try to justify his use of the notwithstanding clause to violate the rights of candidates and voters in Toronto’s election, and he has issued the dangerously undemocratic threat to use the clause again in the future whenever the courts rule that his government’s measures violate the rights of Ontarians,” said Duff Conacher, co-founder of Democracy Watch and adjunct professor of law and politics at the University of Ottawa.”
“A number of years ago I attended an event at which Irwin Cotler, then Federal Minister of Justice, was the featured speaker. Being a former professor, his speech was as much a university lecture as anything else. The focus of his engaging and entertaining presentation was how, with the repatriation of the Constitution in 1982, and the adoption of the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms, Canada moved from being a parliamentary democracy to a constitutional democracy. One of his sub-theses was that not all of the governments within Canada that had cottoned on to this fact.
What Kotler meant was that with the adoption of the Constitution Act, 1982, something that most people my age were taught in grade school was no longer the case. Parliament (and, within its respective jurisdiction, the provincial legislature) was no longer supreme. All government action, including legislation, had to be undertaken in a manner that is consistent with the Constitution. Actions and laws that are unconstitutional can be struck down by the courts on application by aggrieved parties. The judiciary, as separate from the executive and legislative branches of government,are the gatekeepers in protecting the public from illegal government interference with protected individual and collective rights.”
“Campers at Nanaimo’s tent city have 21 days to vacate the property they’ve illegally occupied for months.
The Supreme Court of British Columbia ruled against allowing Discontent City to remain on City of Nanaimo land, according to a recently released decision made by Justice Ronald Skolrood.
The ruling comes months after a two-day statutory injunction hearing took place at the Nanaimo courthouse in July, when lawyers for city argued that Discontent City be shut down and dismantled.”
“PAIN COURT, ONT.—Premier Doug Ford dismissed protesters who unfurled a banner and shouted “Don’t plow our charter” Tuesday as controversy over his attempt to shrink Toronto’s city council followed him to the International Plowing Match.
“They hopped in their car from downtown, the NDP, and drove up here. That’s what it was about,” Ford charged at the annual farming exhibition west of Chatham on a sweltering late summer day.
“Hopefully we’re going to move on over the next couple of days, get this done, run a more efficient government in Toronto, get transit built, infrastructure, housing,” he said.”
“ST. THOMAS – 2 (b) or not 2 (b) – that is the question.
The Charter of Rights and Freedoms section enshrining freedom of the press as a fundamental right was central in both the defence and Crown arguments at the trial Wednesday of two Aylmer journalists accused of obstructing justice.
At stake, said their defence lawyer, is the protection of that right, especially in light of recent attacks worldwide on press freedom. Gordon Cudmore said he didn’t want Brett and John Hueston to be found not guilty, but wants “exoneration.””
Source: https://lfpress.com/news/local-news/judge-to-rule-on-aylmer-press-freedom-case-in-october.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/22
I wanted to explore some of the world of different Christian leaders, small and big. However, I wanted to report less on those and more in their own words. These will be published, slowly, over time. This, I trust, may open dialogue and understanding between various communities. Of course, an interview does not amount to an endorsement, but to the creation of conversation, comprehension, and compassion. Pastor Dave Solmes is a Lead Pastor of Living Waters Church. Here we talk about his life and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your family background regarding religion? How did this influence personal upbringing if at all?
Pastor Dave Solmes: I was born into a Christian home. My father was involved in pastoral ministry. Since I was part of the family, since birth [Laughing]…
Jacobsen: …[Laughing]…
Solmes: My family had Christian values. That were biblically based and publicly expressed.
Jacobsen: What was educational background prior to the formal pastoral work?
Solmes: I attended as a full-time student at our denominational Bible college and graduated with a B.Th. and am presently a part-time student with a university in Lakeland, Florida pursuing a master’s in Christian Leadership.
Jacobsen: With regards to undergraduate theological training, what are some of the courses covered and courses taught?
Solmes: Courses range broadly from the education necessary for someone to be based in a church-based ministry or a Christian organization. Some things foundational to the degree that I received were theology courses, biblical hermeneutics, theology courses including Christology, pneumatology, eschatology, ecclesiology, and so on.
Jacobsen: What is the tradition or sect for you?
Solmes: I have grown up in the Evangelical denomination if you would or the Evangelical church. Specifically, it was the Pentecostal Assemblies of Canada, which was where my father had credentials. After graduating from Bible college and seminary, I, as well for 28 years, had been a credential holder and ordained with the Pentecostal Assemblies of Canada.
Jacobsen: Now, you are the lead pastor at Living Waters Church in Langley, British Columbia, Canada. What tasks and responsibilities come with being a lead pastor?
Solmes: I would be thought of by the membership and congregation as a team or staff leader. We have 17 paid employees on our team. That in itself is a joy. I would be responsible for our local church constitution as the lead pastor, as the chairman of the leadership council.
It has specific tasks and roles. Again, the oversight of ministries and congregational care would probably be the three categories of intention.
Jacobsen: How do you move upward in a Christian church from pastoral training to pastor to lead pastor?
Solmes: There would be a number of ways to respond to that question. One would be based on giftings, natural talents and natural giftings. One would be based on personal interests. One would be based on opportunities that come people’s ways to continue to get involved and pursue and take on more responsibility.
There would be also the foundational and educational aspects. The personal preparation for professional education and then the personal development. The foundation for all of those is that God is someone who would move someone’s heart into that direction and would – the word often used in pastoral ministry is a calling – be something someone would be responding to, walk towards, God.
That is the one who is ultimately the head of the church. One who is calling people to His side, so we get caught up in His story. We then accept an invitation to be a part of that.
Jacobsen: In terms of formal training, and formal definitions or traits of God, to you, what is God?
Solmes: My response to that would be a personal experience, personal observation, and personal understanding. I have witnessed the gracious presence of God all my life. I would be able to note and describe times when I sense His involvement and His activity in my life and around my life
I observed that in other people. I always think the story of God lends itself to a God that cares for people and has drawn near to people. That is what He has done to me. He has drawn near to me. I have allowed Him to draw near and to provide the work of a Saviour and a directing role within my life and create a purpose for life to live responsibly on Earth and, of course, living on Earth in light of what I consider an eternal promise and an eternal hope.
Scripture lends itself to a God who draws near. The Old Testament of a God drawing near through descending to Earth through Jesus. If you study the book of Acts, you see the pouring of the Holy Spirit of God drawing and being near and continuing the daily practice to be near us and us opening our hearts to that.
So, He cares.
Jacobsen: How do you prepare a service? How do you prepare for each Sunday sermon? How do you prepare other younger pastors or pastors-in-training to be able to speak in public with authority on Christianity’s text, the Bible?
Solmes: Church expression and ministry involves mid-week activities. Also, of course, the responsibility of Sunday services or Sunday gatherings. I would certainly be in the middle of that conversation. So, at Living Waters, we make decisions based upon hearing specific team members as we discuss and consider primarily teachings that come by way of a series.
So, we are seldom, as it relates to sermons, one-off sermon givers. The majority of the teaching happening happens in the context of a series. Where it would be a theologically topical series, it would be studying specifically a book of the Bible over a long period of time and drawing application.
Sunday preparation involves conversation to be able to provide a little bit of a liturgy. It involves conversations with other pastoral team members in our worship network as they prepare songs. We organize ourselves around our liturgy to make sense of it, to help invite people into it.
Jacobsen: Churches are not simply physical places or objects. In the same way, a house is not simply a physical object. It is also a state of mind in the way a home is a state of mind. A church is a state of mind in other words. It becomes a community effort to provide for the needs of the community.
In the frame of reference of the religious community, it is a spiritual community. With respect to the provisions outside and around the church, like daycare, childcare, Bible study groups, and others, what are some that are more notable, and maybe not notable, within the Living Waters, in Fort Langley, community?
Solmes: We have two locations. We have a Fort Langley and a Willoughby location. Those participating are interested in being engaged relationally within the community. That often find strides in age-specific ministries or in gender-specific ministries.
In both locations, there is a program and focus on the nursery to youth aged children. That looks different in both. In Fort Langley, we have primary staff that give program and attention and opportunity for pre-teen and teens to gather.
We have Sunday opportunities for children. Every week, there are about 120 kids in the midst of our four gatherings. During the week, there is attention. There is an arts camp in July. All kinds of kids come to it. Beyond that, when it comes to some of the most interesting opportunities, our ladies provide every Christmas with the “Helping Hand’s Initiative.”
We have hundreds of ladies at Living Waters who engage in all kinds of community activities, where they show up with helping hands. All leadership development for women ends up in the fourth segment of it. It is to encourage the expression of finding local community groups and simply showing up with helping hands.
One lady, one at the completion of the network education, hosted in her townhouse complex a meal. She provided a meal and gifts for 8 single moms. She did it all out of her own initiative. We all have involvement in the local prisons.
We have gift baskets or care packages given to incarcerated people. We have actually last Christmas developed or organized a number of hampers, Christmas hampers. Kwantlen reserve became the benefactors of that.
They are our neighbours across the water here in Fort Langley. We are actively involved in giving hundreds of thousands of dollars annually to global partners around the world. We have friends of Living Waters and formal partners. We have 12.
There are hundreds of thousands of dollars are given annually to support ministries, which relate to language learning and benevolent ministry and social justice concerns and university ministries. Living Waters, at the core of it, would be interested in being continually generous and being helping hands to encourage people and honour people – to live responsibly no matter the continent or country.
We are seeking to influence the world and make it a better place.
Jacobsen: I have one, last, very side question. I note one issue as commentary from several pastors. Some of the more prominent ones. They note a decline in “masculinity” within the church. In particular, they note a decline in the men enrolling in the church.
They attend less. They adhere less. Of course, women, globally, are more likely to be religious. However, what is the response, internally, from the Christian church in Canada to men adhering to the faith and partaking of the suggested practices of the faith as well?
Solmes: That’s a great question, Scott. That’s a good question. Your observations are correct. We can talk about causes and strategies. Let’s talk about strategies, men require purpose, clarity, seek to be involved and active.
So, Christianity that does not find expression and activity. When Christianity is expressed in a circular way, I think men tap out, in some cases. I know at Living Waters; we have an egalitarian model of leadership, which says, “Men and Women are equal.” Our denomination ordains women.
Living Waters is at the front end of providing opportunities for women. Not at the expense of men, but to share a male-female expression of leadership. For men, I think it requires involvement. I think that men form relationships differently than women.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Pastor Solmes.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/22
Mandisa Thomas is the Founder of Black Nonbelievers, Inc (Twitter & Facebook). One of, if not the, largest organization for African-American or black nonbelievers or atheists in America. The organization is intended to give secular fellowship, provide nurturance and support for nonbelievers, encourage a sense of pride in irreligion, and promote charity in the non-religious community. I reached out to begin an educational series with one of, and again if not the, most prominent African-American woman nonbeliever grassroots activists in the United States. Here, as the start of the series, we talk about Black Nonbelievers, Inc., associated organizations, barriers facing African-Americans coming into the nonbelieving community, and funding.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s bring everyone back into the fold in terms of what is happening with Black Nonbelievers, Inc. What is it? What are some of its new activities?
Mandisa Thomas: Yes, I am Mandisa Thomas. I am the Founder and President of Black Nonbelievers, which is an organization devoted to increasing the visibility and building the community for black atheists or blacks who are atheists, or questioning religion or who may be leaving.
Also, we are connecting people with the broader secular community. We host a variety of activities including general meetings, support meetings, social gatherings, tabling at various events, and so on. Also, we have the annual convention, which is coming up. It is one of our larger events.
We host guest speakers and bring members, and other attendees and allies, together for fun and educational experiences. Also, we advocate for being out as atheists as well as connecting with others. So, we can turn around the stigma of atheism, and bring people into the community for our voices to be heard.
Jacobsen: For the African-American community, in particular, as we have discussed in other interviews by us, it is one of the less reached communities on behalf of the secular community as a whole.
What are other organizations doing similar activities? Also, what are some of the difficulties that come along with that, especially as it is not one of the communities reached out to as much?
Thomas: Yes, the black community in the United States continues to be highly religious. The new Pew Research numbers show 87% of blacks in the United States identify as religious, which can make the conversation, as well as being open, about atheism difficult.
Because a lot of the politics and community building is centered around the church. That is due to historical reasons as well as the presence of, not just the church but, the historical fact of institutionalized racism in the United States.
It is similar to organizations doing similar work to ours such as African Americans for Humanism, Ex-Muslims of North America reaching out to the ex-Muslims who need community and building supports for those who want to leave.
Also, there are other organizations within the secular community that target specific demographics: Secular Student Alliance based on the building of these communities and groups on high school and college campuses.
Most of the other organizations have the Military Association of Atheists and Freethinkers. You have the Hispanic American Freethinkers, American Humanist Association, who challenge Church-State separation on a more aggressive level there.
Each organization has their unique focuses. It is similar to Black Nonbelievers reaching out to specific demographics. It shows that we all need it.
Jacobsen: Also, different people coming from a different background of faith, which they left, may have different concerns if they are coming to Black Nonbelievers. For example, someone who has a Sunni or Shia Muslim background may have a different set of concerns compared to the Baptist or Lutheran community.
It may be different when wanting to integrate into a new community of secular people. Do you note differences between the issues people come forward with when leaving different religious groups?
Thomas: Yes, absolutely, one of the major concerns heard by us. Many of our members think that they are the only ones. It is having a highly religious black community and a highly/predominantly white represented secular community.
It can be isolating for the many black atheists. To encounter an organization like Black Nonbelievers show that there is an organized effort to bring out black atheists, people of color, those who can relate to issues in our community.
A lot of politicians and representatives are faith-based, which makes it that much more of an obstacle for many black people to understand that there are more of us our here. Yes, there are specific circumstances for different demographics or groups.
Each of our organizations can help touch, even with ex-Muslims. We have some who have left the Nation of Islam sect of the Muslim faith. Many of our members were not only Christians but Muslims as well.
We catch some intersections there when it comes to leaving the faith or leaving the religion. Also, it comes to the idea of being an atheist is trying to be white. That is, you don’t belong to the black community because you’re atheist or do not believe anymore.
You do not like all the other things supposedly associated with black culture. Also, we help with the support there within the organization for us.
Jacobsen: Also, in the United States, some of the language used by the government has been “faith-based organizations.” This seems like a way to simply weasel around the word “religion,” not necessarily having as much of a positive association to some of the American electorates.
As far as I know, this impacts funding for certain initiatives in the United States, from the United States government to certain organizations. Is funding to Black Nonbelievers or similar organizations in terms of simply operating and potentially expanding that generally is underserved?
Thomas: Yes, but since we are a 501(c)3 organization, we can accept funding from the private sector and the public sector, as well as our members. But I think there is a barrier to knowing our organization is needed for support and visibility.
We are still a young organization. We are 7-years-old. We are growing. We are still looking for ways to increase our funding potential. As far as the government and certain support given to faith-based organizations, yes, I think it would be easier to show.
I think there is a favoritism there. There is an advantage that they have. As far as the progress offered by them, however, I am confident. As our organization grows, we will be able, as a non-profit organization, to reach out for general funding for certain programs, which, in the black community, may be considered mostly faith-based.
We still have to test waters for applying for larger funding. We are at the point of receiving considerable amounts of support from donors and contributors. But when it comes to looking to increase funding, it is looking to not only our own but also to other communities.
We are still looking to expand there, as well as looking into obstacles faced in terms of funding for us.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.
Thomas: No problem! Thank you very much.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/16
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was the family and personal background regarding geography, culture, religion, and language?
Jummai Mohammed: My name is Jummai Mohammed. I am a Hausa lady from the northern part of Nigeria. I was born into a Muslim home but in a predominantly Christian society. I was born and bred in the southern part of Nigeria which is mostly dominated by Christians.
Jacobsen: How did this impact early life? What was early education like for you? Was religion a part of that education?
Mohammed: I will say being born in a Muslim home in a Christian dominated society tends to shape my being an atheist to this day. As a young girl, I was practically confused by the contradictions in both religions, yet they both claim to serve the supreme God.
I never loved Islam in schools due to the fact that the ustaz in those schools always look and act mean.
The way in which children are beaten up, young boys tied into poles while being flogged mercilessly in the name of punishment made me hate going to Islamic schools; on the other hand, whenever I have the opportunity of following my Christian friends to church, I tend to enjoy the less tensed environment, the songs, the dance and everyone smiling faces and that paved my way into converting to Christianity in the later years.
So, I have practiced and experienced the two most popular Abrahamic religion. Early education for me was fun. I attended a private nursery and primary school. Yes, religion was part of the education. I later proceeded to a church-owned private high school for secondary education. I converted to Christianity while in secondary school, but a closet one.
Jacobsen: When did you first start to begin questioning religion, or were you always an atheist?
Mohammed: I have always questioned religion right from primary school, I always questioned the Bible/Quran stories right from that time, because the stories don’t add up. I ask questions like why did God create us, why place an apple tree in the garden when he doesn’t want humans eating from it.
However, joining a popular Nigeria online forum known as Nairaland influenced and hastened my decision of becoming an atheist.
Jacobsen: Are women treated differently than men and religions? How is this difference manifested in Nigeria?
Mohammed: Yes, it is a glaring fact that religion preaches subjugation of women and it is very evident in Nigerian society. Women are being treated more like a semi-human or should I say slaves in Nigeria, most especially in the northern part of the country which I come from.
Jacobsen: What has been your experience as an adult atheist in Nigeria?
Mohammed: My experience as an adult atheist is just religious fanatics unwillingness to get close, make friends, or do business with me. I don’t live in the north where most atheists are likely to face death threats, I reside in Lagos.
Jacobsen: Who are some prominent male atheists in Nigeria? Who are some prominent women atheists in Nigeria?
Mohammed: Prominent female atheist:
Jummai, Pearl, Neshama, Dorris, etc.
Mubarak Balah, Azaya, Calistus, Juwon, Dr. Leo., Etc
Jacobsen: Can you recommend any books on atheism that are popular within Nigeria? In particular, those that are written by non-Nigerians. Also, those that are written by Nigerians, or a Nigerian.
Mohammed: No.
Jacobsen: What are the main forms of discrimination against atheists, especially open ones, in Nigeria?
Mohammed: Discriminations vary, depending on the atheist environment. In the southern and eastern parts, the discriminations are; family and friends rejecting that person, people not wanting to make friends or involve in any sort of business with one, relationship/marriage breakups. etc..
In the northern part which is predominantly Muslims, atheists face death threats, lynching, and so on, together with what I listed up there faces by a southern atheist.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Jummai.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/16
“A Western University professor has been named as the Canadian Space Agency’s first science adviser.
Minister of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Navdeep Bains announced the appointment of Sarah Gallagher, a professor in Western’s department of physics and astronomy, to the new role Wednesday.
“Her advice will help us shape the future of space science in Canada and ensure our investments effectively support the Canadian space industry and its workers across the country,” Bains said in a statement.”
“The Klondike region of Canada is famous for its gold, but now other remarkable ancient treasures have been unearthed from the melting permafrost.
Two mummified ice age mammals – a wolf pup and a caribou calf – were discovered by gold miners in the area in 2016 and unveiled on Thursday at a ceremony in Dawson in Yukon territory.
It is extremely rare for fur, skin and muscle tissues to be preserved in the fossil record, but all three are present on these specimens, which have been radiocarbon-dated to more than 50,000 years old.”
“The Canada Science and Technology Museum has a plan to deal with its new, but undersized storage building.
The museum has stopped collecting artifacts, at least for now.
It is also reducing the size of its existing collection to free up space, donating items to other museums or selling them “as a last resort.””
“Step into the grocery aisle and you’ll find a huge range of “probiotic” products, advertising billions of beneficial bacteria with each cup of yogurt or bottle of kombucha.
But what exactly have these commercial bacteria been proven to do? Maybe less than you think.
The important thing to remember is that probiotics aren’t all the same. “The reality is there are hundreds, thousands, who knows how many strains of bacteria that are good for us,” said Mary Scourboutakos, a Ph.D. in nutrition who has researched common probiotics in Canada.”
Source: https://globalnews.ca/news/4451875/probiotics-benefits-science/.
“Canada is well on its way to becoming a country where knowledge and ideas, not oil or timber, are its most important resources – but there’s more work to be done before we truly become an innovation nation.
That was the message delivered by University of Toronto researcher and former Ontario chief scientist Molly Shoichet and two other post-secondary heavy hitters – Martha Crago, McGill University’s vice-principal of research and innovation, and Paul Davidson, president of Universities Canada – during an Economic Club of Canada event today.
Shoichet, who holds a University Professor designation in U of T’s Faculty of Applied Science & Engineering, noted “things are really happening” in cities like Toronto and Montreal, which have both seen huge investments by Silicon Valley heavyweights and multinationals in recent years.”
Source: https://www.utoronto.ca/news/basic-research-root-innovation-canada-u-t-s-molly-shoichet.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/16
“An Indigenous renter in B.C. who was prohibited from practising a First Nations cultural ceremony in her home has filed a human rights complaint against her landlord.
Crystal Smith, who is Tsimshian and Haisla, says her former landlord, Parminder Mohan, discriminated against her on the basis of ancestry, race and religion because he forbade her from smudging in her Burnaby suite — a common Indigenous practice that involves burning plants like sage or cedar to cleanse a space and one’s mind and body of negative energy.
Mohan said the smell was “really strong” and made him feel sick, and believed Smith was actually smoking marijuana. He tried to have the complaint dismissed, but the B.C. Human Rights Tribunal recently denied his application, paving the way for the case to go forward.”
“A group of bikers against the helmet exemption for Sikhs in Alberta believe a choice should be made between riding and any religious practice barring the use of a helmet.
Or, at the very least, they’d like to see the exemption expanded so every has the right to choose to ride lidless or not.
A group of just over 30 like-minded bikers gathered at Michener Park in Lacombe Saturday as part of a Civil Disobedience Rally. The rally would see them ride from Lacombe en route to the Alberta Legislature in protest of the exemption – one they say is unfair and discriminatory.”
“This week marks the beginning of the holiest period of the year for roughly 14 million Jews across the globe. As they celebrate the holiday of Rosh Hashanah, they begin looking back on the past twelve months through the lens of their faith, counting their blessings and asking forgiveness for their mistakes. For believers, it is a time of psychological and spiritual introspection, renewal, and growth.
As we approached this momentous holiday, a rabbi recently shared with me his conviction that religion can be one of the most powerful forces for good in individuals’ lives. “It offers us the opportunity to be better, happier, healthier people,” he asserted. “We shouldn’t forget that.””
Source: https://www.psychologytoday.com/ca/blog/supersurvivors/201809/is-religion-good-or-bad-us.
“Increases to immigration levels in Canada means more religiousness in Canada, too, according to a new Angus Reid poll.
The research, in partnership with religious think tank Cardus, found that almost four in 10 immigrants to Canada are “religiously committed.” In other words, they are largely certain in their beliefs, and most likely to attend religious services, pray and read a sacred text regularly. That’s almost double the proportion of the general Canadian population.
Another 21 per cent of immigrants are “privately faithful,” identifying with a religious tradition, but infrequently reading sacred texts or attending religious services. Less than a third of immigrants are “spiritually uncertain” while just 11 per cent reject religion altogether.”
Source: http://canadianimmigrant.ca/living/culture/immigration-will-boost-religion-in-canada.
“September 13, 2018 – Canada’s religious landscape has shifted in recent decades, as its composition has grown more diverse with each decade. New permanent residents are increasingly likely to identify as following a faith other than Christianity, which in turn is testing the nation’s respect and treatment of religious minorities.
A new study from the Angus Reid Institute asks Immigrants and Second-Generation Canadians for their perceptions of Canada’s performance on religious tolerance, and finds a generally satisfied population. Roughly four-in-ten newcomers say that Canada is better than their home country when it comes to religious freedom, while a similar number say it is about the same.
Interestingly, Third-Generation+ Canadians, who presumably have less experience regarding religious culture abroad, are considerably more positive about their nation’s religious freedom and treatment of religious minorities.”
Source: http://angusreid.org/religious-freedom-in-canada-immigrants/.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/16
“The topic of Canadian politics has quickly become as polarizing of a topic as it’s been in the States ever since their last election. Though, if you thought that most Canadian parties are one in the same at the end of the day, you couldn’t be more wrong, that is, at least when it comes to one certain Canadian party.
What was so special about this party in particular? Their main goal was to get Canadians one of the most unanimously desired laws: a 4 day work week.
The party in question was called the Work Less Party, WLP for short and was created by a man named Conrad Schmidt from British Columbia. While Schmidt created the party in 2003, it wasn’t until 2007 that the WLP was able to register with Elections Canada to become a legit party at the federal level.”
“When the Canadian government talks about trade diversification, the agreement it puts in the window is its wide-ranging trade deal with the European Union, which started to take hold one year ago this week.
But cutting a wide variety of tariffs — the way the Comprehensive Economic and Trade Agreement did — is only the beginning. If businesses don’t take advantage of it, hopes for meaningful economic growth may be dashed.
Early data suggest European businesses may have been faster to capitalize on CETA than Canadian ones.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/ceta-anniversary-imports-exports-1.4823822.
“OTTAWA — Maxime Bernier has debuted the People’s Party of Canada, the federal political party the former Tory MP is leading, with a promise to put “Canadian people first.”
Bernier—who is keeping his seat in the House of Commons— launched his new party, party logo, and headquarters in Gatineau, Que. In French the party is called “Parti Populaire,” and the acronym is PPC.
“Why this name? Because it is time that the government put Canadian people first when they make decisions and policies. It is time to put the power back into people’s hands,” Bernier told reporters at the National Press Theatre in Ottawa Friday morning.”
Source: https://www.ctvnews.ca/politics/maxime-bernier-launches-people-s-party-of-canada-1.4094059.
“The exemption Canada negotiated for cultural industries in its first free trade agreement with the United States still haunts the renegotiation of NAFTA three decades later.
But is this perennial “red line” for Canadian trade negotiators smart policy, or just smart politics?
“It is inconceivable to Canadians that an American network might buy Canadian media affiliates, whether it’s newspapers or TV stations or TV networks,” Prime Minister Justin Trudeau told reporters last week, as his officials began briefing journalists on how the Americans weren’t prepared to sign off on the status quo.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/nafta-culture-politics-1.4822117.
“Three senior members of Justin Trudeau’s cabinet have been found in violation of ethics rules in the past year — a list that includes the prime minister himself.
And that’s raising questions about whether the conflict rules are tough enough, or effective enough, in elevating the public’s trust in politicians.
Conflict of Interest Commissioner Mario Dion ruled this week that Dominic LeBlanc violated conflict rules by awarding a lucrative fishing contract to a company set to be run by one of his wife’s first cousins. He was not fined.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/conflict-interest-ethics-leblanc-trudeau-1.4824472.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/16
“That didn’t take long. Whoever thought that the “adults in the room” of a Ford cabinet would counterbalance the most extreme elements of his agenda are now under no illusion. All PC members voted unanimously to override the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms by using, for the first time in Ontario history, the constitutional notwithstanding clause. The Ontario government is all Ford Nation now. So much for conservative values like rule of law, respect for courts, due process and democratic principles. It’s all about looking tough, acting tougher and winning at all costs. And Ford unapologetically stated that he would use the notwithstanding clause again to override a court decision that got in his way. All of this to ram through a bill to cut the size of Toronto council in the middle of an election — something he never mentioned in the election campaign. This can only cement the perception that this was a reckless, ill-thought-out move, motivated by spite to settle old scores and exact revenge on Toronto.”
“OTTAWA—Former prime minister Jean Chrétien, retired chief justice of Ontario Roy McMurtry and former Saskatchewan premier Roy Romanow — political heavyweights instrumental in the creation of the Constitution’s notwithstanding clause — are condemning Ontario Premier Doug Ford for using the controversial measure to overrule a provincial court.
In a joint statement to the Star on Friday, the trio spelled out how the rarely-used clause was meant to be invoked in “exceptional situations, and only as a last resort after careful consideration.””
“What a mess!
Ontario’s Bill 5, the Better Local Government Act reducing the number of Toronto wards and councillors from 47 to 25, was extraordinarily badly timed, coming during a municipal election that it threw into complete disarray. A judge’s decision on the bill, striking down its first version as contrary to the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms, is legally dubious and likely to be overturned on appeal. Premier Doug Ford’s response to the judge’s decision – the inclusion of the Charter’s Section 33 notwithstanding clause in a new version of the bill (this one called the Efficient Local Government Act), in effect overriding the judge’s decision – is constitutionally ill judged and legally tone deaf.
But there is nothing fundamentally new in the Bill 5 brouhaha. It reflects a complicated dilemma that Canadians have struggled with since 1982, when the Charter came into force. Mr. Ford unwittingly captured the essence of this dilemma when he compared himself with the judge who struck down the first version of the bill. “I was elected,” Mr. Ford said. “He was appointed.””
“This winter, Ontario’s Ministry of Transportation says Sikh riders will be exempt from the province’s motorcycle helmet law.
The possibility of an exemption has been a contentious topic for years, with some arguing that it would pose a safety risk, but now Premier Doug Ford says he will make the change in recognition of Sikh motorcycle riders’ civil rights and religious expression.
The change, if it goes forward, will see the province fall in line with Alberta, B.C. and Manitoba, where exemptions are already in place.”
Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/toronto/ontario-sikh-motorcycle-helmet-exemption-1.4817828.
“A couple from Brooks was in court in Medicine Hat Wednesday to fight the federal government’s attempt to dismiss their case over a summer job funding request that was rejected because they refused to affirm support for legal abortion and LGBT rights.
Rhea Lynn and William Anderson wanted to hire a student to work on their irrigation business under the Canada Summer Jobs grant program.
“Their application was rejected because they refused to comply with the new CSJ attestation requirement, which requires applicants to express agreement with the Trudeau governments’ views on abortion and sexuality,” said a release from the Justice Centre for Constitutional Freedoms, which is representing them in court.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/13
Nsajigwa I Mwasokwa (Nsajigwa Nsa’sam) founded Jichojipya (meaning with new eye) to “Think Anew”. He is among the best read – on primary freethinking and humanist sources – African freethinkers known to me.
We have talked before about freethought in Tanzania. They have an in-development YouTube channel here. Some grassroots activism here. Some work or organizations with activism and cultural exchange here: Galimoto’Kali, Sisi Kwa Sisi (Facebook/LinkedIn/Twitter/Felix Ntinda).
Nsajigwa has been interviewed here. We conducted other interviews/publications in Blogogate here, Canadian Atheist here, here, here, and here, in The Good Men Project here, here, here, here, here, here, here, and in Humanist Voices here and here, Tanzania Today here, and Tech2 here.
Here we continue the discussion on the updates over the last few months of the secular community in Tanzania.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How are things with Jichojipya/Think Anew? What are the post-summer updates on the organization?
Nsajigwa I Mwasokwa (Nsajigwa Nsa’sam): We did our fourth Jichojipya Think Anew AGM on 23rd June 2018, once again on self-reliance basis of raising funds for that. The turn up was half, which gave us an impression that many nonbelievers are still shy of coming out and to be known so publicly. However, we had a very positive meeting and agreed on some bold moves for the way forward.
We must keep on identifying, unearthing, and connecting the Tanzanian independent-minded and potential freethinkers, and nonbelievers. On the positive note, there has been noted vigor from the youth.
The team of genuine freethinkers joining us is adding up. Thus, there is a division of labor, which is labor off the shoulders of the original founder Nsajigwa and the other two – to make three.
The youth have decided to “take over” and start by revamping the Jichojipya Think Anew website. They promised to make it active, alive. We are very happy with this development.
Jacobsen: Any major events for the secular community in Tanzania?
Nsajigwa I Mwasokwa (Nsajigwa Nsa’sam): The public day for chimpanzee is marked, recognized! It should be a day to remind of evolutionary theory.
That we are modern humans, are an animal species that evolved – not created as the numerous tribal and religious myths suggested in the past – and that the chimpanzee’s are – in fact of biology – our close cousins.
More so in a country that is then taken to be the origin of mankind through studies of anthropology, the earliest findings of modern humankind. The famous biologist of chimpanzee life, Dr. Jane Goodall, has spent almost an entire lifetime here, in Northern Tanzania Gombe National Park, researching on Chimpanzees’ life.
It is a positive development to have a day – July 14th – to mark and appreciate the facts of the evolutionary explanation. And there was a maiden public display of messages by a few, of course.
Jichojipya is going to mark it, to take part next time around. It is as important a day as Darwin Day and a visit to the Galapagos island! Hopefully, many freethinkers should be visiting Tanzania just for that, haha! You are welcome!
Jacobsen: Have there been any developments in politics, policy, or civic life around critical thinking, skepticism, and so on?
Nsajigwa I Mwasokwa (Nsajigwa Nsa’sam): While many possible nonbeliever individuals are in the closet, however for the youth, the horizon of skepticism has risen.
You spark an argument to find out that enough youth are doubters, critical thinkers on the question of Theity & supernaturality. Yes, they believe out of conditioning, but they have their own rational doubts!
Jacobsen: With the passing of the elder atheist, Elder Kingunge Ngombale-Mwiru, what does this mean for you, for the passing of the humanist torch?
Nsajigwa I Mwasokwa (Nsajigwa Nsa’sam): The passing of Elder Kingunge Ngombale-Mwiru was indeed the close of a chapter and the beginning of another new era.
It came out that we – JichoJipya/Think Anew – were the only ones who interviewed him correctly of what he was – an independent thinker and a freethinker – and in that way cleared many misconceptions about his life stance and thus way contributing philosophically in documenting correctly his biography.
Ngombale-Mwiru being another of a series of very important figures of the Uhuru era age, being one in the team of Nationalist founders here.
After his death, our interview with him got noticed, and was “shared” around, and even plagiarized! Many ones came to know what a freethinker living without a religion is…not necessarily a Marxist or a communist as an assumption by many implied that was a necessity the case!
Someone got linked to us saying Kingunge’s life epitomizes his own, but he thought he was alone. So, he joined our circle on knowing there are others alike, albeit few who are Kingunge like-minded, living good without any religion. More so, the interview got even journalists starting using the term “freethinker” here!
“Wosia wake” Swahili for his final word to us (during the interview) was… “during my time I was alone but you freethinkers now you must be meeting regularly” …he said that, adding he was very happy to have finally met the Tanzanians of his like-mind, though of a later generation. He advised us to be meeting regularly.
So, it’s our aim to see that the Tanzanians “FikraHuru” freethinker’s family – be humanists, secularists, and rationalists – meet & socialize more regularly. But first, we have to pioneer and “unearth” and connect those who are in the closet, to emancipate them from fear and let them realize that they are not alone as nonbelievers.
And going by the population of Tanzania, while, yes, freethinkers are an obvious minority, but they could be sizeable & noticeable if organized…talk of W.E.B. Du Bois “Talented 10th” of any society!
Late Elder Kingunge lived ahead of his time. For us, the middle-aged, we have tried hard to build the foundation for the emergence of genuine freethinkers in a humanist eeuphraxsopher circle & community here.
Now, the youth have been teaming with us, collectively we see ourselves as the footstep Heirs of Kingunge philosophy, of living without religion, likewise Mwalimu J.K. Nyerere Tanzania very first President’s principles of Secularism for Tanzanians as modern Africans.
We paid tribute to both of them during the AG meeting – together with Ugandan writer-thinker named Okot Pbitek – for being founders of independent thinking to freethinking on Rationalism secularism aspect of modern African life.
Another recent development is that we have again had an interesting interviewed with another prominent individual, this time Emeritus Professor Alex Mwakikoti. A Tanzanian living and teaching in the USA.
The interview shall be out to the public soon. We agreed during the AGM to remake, revamp the website because now the youth team within us are pushing us (in a good way!) to be more vigorous, more open, and active.
They have the know-how on how to use modern gadgets – smartphones as a tool of intellectual empowerment, modern version of Gutenberg print revolution during dark age going towards renaissance, as indeed it is our case stage here in modern times today.
Thus such modern devices for reaching out to the public. We are thankful that now the youth are finding us and joining us. Power be to the youth for the ultimate African humanistic rationalistic renaissance!
Jacobsen: What are the next steps for Tanzania to compassionately, considerately, and democratically move from superstition to rationality, human rights protections and implementation, and science and evidence-based thinking – much more broadly than its current state?
Nsajigwa I Mwasokwa (Nsajigwa Nsa’sam): Next step for us is the preparation to come out and let the Tanzania populace know that there are many more Kingunge like people – independent thinkers and freethinkers living without religion yet ethical, humanistic and that, it is indeed possible to live that way.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, and the opportunity, again, Nsajigwa.
Nsajigwa I Mwasokwa (Nsajigwa Nsa’sam): Our venture is monumental, herculean. It needs the support of any fellow like-minded – freethinker Humanist Secularist Rationalist family. Any such positive resource support is welcome. Thank you for this great chance.
—
Scott Douglas Jacobsen is the Founder of In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal and In-Sight Publishing. He authored/co-authored some e-books, free or low-cost. If you want to contact Scott: Scott.D.Jacobsen@Gmail.com.
—
Do not forget to look into our associates: Godless Mom, Nice Mangoes, Sandwalk, Brainstorm Podcast, Left at the Valley, Life, the Universe & Everything Else, The Reality Check, Bad Science Watch, British Columbia Humanist Association, Dying With Dignity Canada, Canadian Secular Alliance, and Centre for Inquiry Canada.
—
Image Credits: Nsajigwa I Mwasokwa (Nsajigwa Nsa’sam).
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/11
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You are part of two important initiatives. One, you are the co-founder and vice president of Intentional Insights. Two, you are the co-founder of the Pro-Truth Pledge (PTP). There are important, along with others around the world, of critical thinking and science and evidence-based thinking.
What is your own personal narrative? How did this lead to being the co-founder of the PTP?
Agnes Vishnevkin: The backstory is that I am a co-founder of a non-profit organization called Intentional Insights launched in 2014. The purpose was to share science-based tools for improving decision-making and truth-seeking and to help people have better relationships using science-based tools.
As the year 2016, we found ourselves talking about using scientific techniques to interpret events in the political world including the 206 presidential elections in the United States with Donald Trump as well as the success of the Brexit vote.
We found ourselves talking about how truth and facts were actually thrown under the bus when these candidates were speaking with these political causes to get ahead. In 2016, we thought of ways to fight back against this culture of lies and post-truth, which was actually named the 2016 word of the year, if I am not mistaken, by Oxford Dictionary.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Vishnevkin: [Laughing] Yes, and believe it or not, it is almost two years ago that this occurred [Lauging]. With our knowledge in behavioral science and psychology, my fellow co-founder, Gleb Tsipursky, has a lot of the scholarly background, he led the effort to do a lot of research to see how we can change people’s behavior to focus more on facts.
Even though, there is a lot of incentive for people, including politicians and others, to move away from facts and pass opinions off as fact. That is a bit of a long story. That is how the PTP project was launched, by their non-profit. This non-profit is non-partisan and registered in the United States.
Of course, there is a lot of work ahead of us, especially as the co-founder of these initiatives.
Jacobsen: How do non-evidence-based and non-truth-based policy and public discourse poison the ways in which citizens live their lives and make decisions about how the country is run based on, for instance, voting for candidates who make policy pledges? Things like this.
Vishnevkin: When people who are in authority or positions of power make false claims, it is easy for us to trust. That is what we do. We are wired to do that. Because of our brains. A lot of the behavioral science indicates that human evolved not to live in 2018, not in the world of constant news and smartphones.
We evolved to live in the savannah of 100-150 people-groups. Where we may not have lived past our 20s, we have not evolved to live here. Back then, millions of years ago, it was a matter of life and death to belong to your tribe and to be accepted.
Sometimes, you might be rejected by the tribe and may not survive the rest of that month. Now, we are still wired to listen to authority. When someone in a position of authority says something that is a lie, it is easier to trust that person and believe them.
When that person creates policy based on this lie, we have a policy that is not based on something that could actually achieve its goal. It is easier to be misled by our leaders if our leaders make false statements.
Jacobsen: Can an argument be made that lies to the public or non-evidence-based decision-making towards policies that affect the public amount to harms to the public good, in a very real sense?
Vishnevkin: I would definitely say, “Yes.” For instance, if I was a policymaker, or if I was a lawmaker, if my duty is to protect my constituents, then science and evidence bases are the best way to know what does and does not work.
From my perspective, that is the duty of a lawmaker or a policymaker. Of course, politics is not something entirely different. People have a pressure to get re-elected, to get financial support. So, they have incentives to do certain things that are not based on evidence, on science, on facts.
As we know, there are many moral things going on, where policy may be significantly different from what is evidence-based. I would like to live in a world where policymakers look at evidence each time. That is the point of PTP through protruthpledge.org. We have already two peer-reviewed research papers that show PTP takers are more truthful in their public statements.
I am aware that I accept the world in which I live: politicians have many other pressures to do other things. That is one of the big things that we follow through the PTP. People getting away with lying and misleading the public because they have incentives to do that and have no incentives to hold them accountable.
We developed this opportunity for people to volunteer to be more truthful in their public content and statements. So, they would have an incentive for a public place where they can be recognized in order to encourage them to state in their literature and their website that they signed the PTP and for people to comment. We are looking for the grassroots incentive for people to be truthful and focused on facts. We already have multiple lawmakers around the world and in the United States who signed.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Agnes.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/11
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you get involved in the Pro-Truth Pledge?
Bentley Davis: I was working on how to help people agree more and found the Intentional Insights Facebook page where they discussed the psychology of disagreements. I started volunteering and when as a group we came up with the Pro-Truth Pledge. I was excited because a shared pledge can increase the chances of agreement.
Jacobsen: What is its value to the work that you do?
Davis: If we can find more agreement we will spend less time working against each other and more time working together. Even a small increase is agreements can unlock substantial human resources to make a better world.
Jacobsen: What inspired the foundation of www.reasonscore.com?
Davis: Two of my friends unfriended each other over an online disagreement. I knew the topic would come up as we hung out so I tried doing some research. Everywhere I went I got an opposing viewpoint that sounded plausible. It would take forever to come to a conclusion. There has to be a better way.
Jacobsen: What does the app do? How does it work?
Davis: We are just experimenting right now. People can search for a topic and find all the pros and cons organized and scored. They can dig deeper to learn the reasons for the scores. They can share them with their friends to ease disputes. They can add any missing pros or cons to make sure all information on the topic is available and scored. They can also add their own topics claims and share them. They can also have a constructive debate using the tool.
Jacobsen: How can others get it, build on it, and collaborate with you?
Davis: Right now the best way is to schedule a demo and spend some time giving live feedback on the tool. They can schedule time with me at BentleyDavis.com/meet.
All the code is available at github.com/reasonscore. I welcome feedback and submissions.
I am also working with a larger group at https://github.com/canonical-debate-lab/paper.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Bentley.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/10
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s start from the top, what was family background regarding culture, language, geography, and religion or lack thereof?
Zachiam Bayei: Interesting, I was raised in a Christian family. I speak the English, Pidgin-English, Hausa, Jju languages. The languages I speak, their cultures have greatly influenced me. I am from a village named Akudan, in Kamrum District, Zango-Kataf Local Government Area of Kaduna State. I was a Christian, but now am an Atheist and a Humanist.
Jacobsen: Would you consider this more liberal or more conservative as a household compared to other ones in Nigeria?
Bayei: I am from a conservative Christian family. I became an Atheist long before having a University education. I was a skeptic long before I became economically independent from my parents.
I later declared to them that I no longer believe in their God and religion. It was not an easy task. My father is an illiterate and a simple man. He understands me and wished me the best. But my Mom, a retired civil servant refused to give up on me.
She still echoes my coming back to God and religion whenever I pay her a visit at the family house. She said, she still prays for my return to religion.
Jacobsen: What were his primary, middle, and high school, or their equivalent, in Nigeria while getting your education? Was religion a big part of it? Was it formal in the education or informal in the social life, or both?
Bayei: Yes, while growing up, religion plays and still played a major role in my educational journey. In primary school, we were forced to pray during assembly time. A similar scenario plays out during my secondary education too. But at the university, it gives you wings. Nobody forces you to do such primitive rituals.
I already knew what I wanted for myself long before heading into University. I did not find atheists there. However, I found other schoolmates who held irreligious views about Abrahamic faiths. Social media actually gives me a voice to connect with atheists all around the world. I am so grateful for the technology of building bridges all across the world.
Jacobsen: When you reflect on some pivotal moments or arguments, or passages in the Bible that were contradictory, what were those moments when you begin to question it? When did you finally explicitly believe in nonbelief?
Bayei: I long knew the Bible was filled with contradictions and primitive violent rituals inimical to the freedom of the human spirit. In one breathe, the same Bible tells Moses saw the back of God; in another chapter, it says no man has ever seen God.
Moses was said to have written some books in the Bible, how come the same man recorded his death? But when I raised these observations to clergymen and Jesus-fans who often engage me in debates, they often shy away from them.
I had the observation theists hardly sustain debates about their faiths. I often tell them the burden of proof of God existence lies on them not us. Because they said He or She exists, simple they should prove it? This is a herculean task they can’t do.
The truth is that many of these religious con artists knew deep down in their hearts God doesn’t exist, because of the social supports they get from them; it keeps them in it.
Jacobsen: How does this impact on family life, personal life, and professional life?
Bayei: My atheism has personally made me freer and open to learning. But it has further alienated me and my family from other religious families. My wife is a Christian. We define our differences and still stay together.
She is worried about going to church alone. I always remind her not to cross the line we both agreed. We have a baby girl of 1. 11 years in the union for now. As for my place of work, it has not been easy.
My religious colleagues are aware of my stance on religions, but I try as much as possible to avoid religious debates with them. I just work and go home.
Jacobsen: Can you recommend any books by Nigerian authors on atheism?
Bayei: Really, I have yet to see or read a book written by any Nigerian atheist. But if I see, I will buy and read it.
Jacobsen: What have been the impacts of non-Nigerian authors who are atheists on the atheist community in Nigeria?
Bayei: The impact is enormous. Atheists like Christopher Hitchens, Richard Dawkins, Sam Harris, Ayaan Hirsi Ali, etc., have impacted positively on the Nigerian atheists’ community. We often draw inspiration from their quotes and share on social media.
Jacobsen: How does the public view the atheist community? How are atheists treated in Nigeria? Is it positive or negative in general?
Bayei: The public views on atheists in Nigerian is a worrisome one. Majority of Nigerians are handcuffed by Abrahamic religions, any idea or ideas that challenge these “sacred” values are not welcome.
The Northern part of Nigeria is more intolerant towards atheists because of their fanatical stances towards Abrahamic religions (Christianity & Islam). Many atheists I know from the north have to take on pseudonyms and identities on social media just to play safe. That is how bad it is in northern Nigeria, but the South, which is more advanced in education, has a liberal outlook towards atheists.
Jacobsen: Who are some inspiring non-religious figures in Nigeria? In particular, what about outspoken women who don’t believe in any religion?
Bayei: Really Dr. Leo Igwe, the President of the Humanists’ Association of Nigeria (HAN) and Mubarak Bala have been inspiring figures for consolidating my stances on atheism. As for the public view of atheists in Nigeria, it is like any other in religious communities. They are physically, emotionally, and psychologically violent against the non-religious including atheists.
As for atheist ladies in Nigeria, earnestly, I know of none. Most of them are silent. I only meet a few during our atheist meetups in the country. But I know with time they will be expressive to the world.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved in Nigeria and its atheist activism? As per the right to freedom of religion and freedom from religion, the basic premise is not hoping for some inevitable elimination of all religion or discrimination against religious people, but for the equality of the non-religious, in particular, the atheists, with the religious in Nigeria – and elsewhere.
Bayei: I stopped believing in God and his religion when I was 19 years. Today, I am 36 years. It took me time to study and understands my environment. When it is time I can out. I strongly believe economic and social supports are pivotal for atheists coming out for activism. As you can see theist controls almost every go things for life. These are the “weapons” they often used to intimidate and even kill those who do not share in their own version of the truth.
The best way I think people can live a secular life in Nigeria is by separating the state from religion in our constitution. Religion has no basis in our constitution, but the political merchants are refusing to amend the Constitution because they often reap political capital from it.
Religion should be separated from state institutions. This is destroying the quality of service delivery. Critical thinking and inquiry should be encouraged in public schools. It will create doubts in the minds of the students and people about all they have been taught to believe.
It is a natural way to atheism, but the Nigerian government isn’t allowing that.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts based on the interview today?
Bayei: The interview has been incisive and inspiring. Thank you for finding me worthy to be questioned. Thank you for the opportunity once more.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Zachiam.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/09
Diane Burkholder identifies as a cisgender, queer, mixed race, Black feminist. She has education in both sociology from CSU-Long Beach and Ethnic Studies from San Francisco State University. She’s a co-founder of One-Struggle KC, is the founder and lead consultant for The DB Approach, co-moderates the Kansas City Freethinkers of Color & Kansas City Mixed Roots, and serves on the Board Member of Kansas City’s Uzazi Village. Burkholder can be found on Twitter here.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your personal background?
Diane Burkholder: I grew up in a manger. I’m kidding. How do I arrive to be an atheist? I did not grow up in a religious home. I went to a Methodist Church with my mother when I was a little young. She said that I spoke to God when I was the age of 5.
My mother considers herself Christian but doesn’t go to church and is very critical. In my late teens, I identified as agnostic. In my early 20s, I thought, “Who am I kidding? I don’t believe in a higher power.”
Only 10 or 15 years ago, I adopted the term atheist, secular humanist, and so on, depending on who I am speaking to so they can understand.
Jacobsen: You were the co-founder of One Struggle KC. It’s a coalition of Kansas City activists hoping to connect and help the struggles of oppressed black peoples not only in Kansas City but across the world.
What are some of the issues now from your particular perspective? Why are some issues more important than others?
Burkholder: We started right after Ferguson in October, 2014. We saw a need to talk about issues of police brutality in Kansas City. We are only 4 hours away from Ferguson, but we are not very connected to St. Louis.
A lot of people in Kansas City thought St. Louis was way over there. When you have a black police chief and a black mayor, they thought it wasn’t really an issue. The police brutality is a very pressing issue.
From 2005-2016, the paper did an expose. KCPD had killed 49 people without any indictments. Since then, they have killed 6 more people. Then it was talking about how police brutality is how it is linked to other types of oppression for black folk, and how other marginalized communities within black communities: LGBT folk, undocumented folk.
They are even more oppressed under police and state violence. We look at how they are linked. Police brutality kicked this off. We talk about many different issues.
We talk about the way our community is oppressed in various different fashions. Our group is mostly non-believers. We have had Christian folk and other belief systems as part of our group. We are not a strictly non-belief group.
I also facilitate the Kansas City Freethinkers of Colors. That is specifically for non-believers.
Jacobsen: You founded and are the lead consultant for the DB Approach. How does this relate to the other areas of work that you noted, One Struggle KC and Kansas City Freethinkers of Color?
Burkholder: My work history has been advocacy, specifically HIV advocacy. I did treatment care, prevention, and also worked in the evaluation. I have three other folks who are community organizers who I have collaborated with. We work one-on-one with agencies to do anti-oppression training.
We look at policies and procedures and the ways trauma and oppression work at the organizational level and not only the individual actions way. It is looking at all of the ways oppression plays out.
Jacobsen: As well, you co-moderate Kansas City Mixed Roots.
Burkholder: That was founded in 1991. It was a multi-racial family circle. It was a space for multi-racial kids. About four years ago, we changed the name to be more relevant. Some of my co-facilitators grew up in the group.
In the online space, we have meetups for people who are multi-racial, transracial, adoptive families, interracial couples and families, and others; it serves as a space discussion on race. We have a space for people who are non-white.
We have play dates. Those are open to everybody. We have a local chapter of Showing Up for Racial Justice (SURJ) here. Three of those organizers are also a part of Mixed Roots. They have a families group. They host and talk about race and racism, specifically for white folk, but they also have a space for white folk who are raising kids of color.
Those are for people with the background who are able to talk with their people group.
Jacobsen: What is Uzazi Village?
Burkholder: Uzazi Village, it was founded to address issues of infant mortality. Some of the highest is black infant mortality across the country. That really plays out systemically with families before a baby is born and up to 1 year of age.
But really, it is looking at the ways black families, straight or queer-identified, are affected: looking at breastfeeding outcomes, access to prenatal care, and there’s also the Sister Doula program.
Folks are trained to be really advocates to help moms and pregnant folks during their pregnancy and after their pregnancy with advocacy of care. There is also a breastfeeding class. It is really providing advocacy in the community.
We moved in 2017 down the street from where we previously were. It has a larger building with a second story that will have not only a space for clients, but also community space for other organizations.
Also, we are building a community garden next to the new location. It is operating and expanding above, and being a focal point for black families, whatever shape they may look. It is to have a black-centered space.
Jacobsen: Most of this work is very practical in addition to the advocacy. Something as simple as breastfeeding classes. So, in addition to the advocacy, which is needed, as well as the educational and social initiatives, the foundation is keeping the ears to the ground and helping people with very practical needs.
That leads to the last question. How can people get involved, donate, or help in some other way?
Burkholder: I really encourage folk. If they want to donate to other organizations, I appreciate it. We need all not-for-profit organizations running, as they function off donations. We also encourage people to dig locally into their own communities.
So, depending on people’s identity and background, the goal would be to find community groups and organizations that have similar interests. I would encourage people to work as small as their living room as that is how most community groups start, whether an activity or some other means.
I often say the strongest way in order to argue for the community is if you are able to connect with other community members. Particularly with our current administration [Laughing], it is all about harnessing the power that has been taken away from our communities and having people connect with one another, which is a power of ours.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Diane.
Burkholder: Thank you!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.


















